Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 1
“… in other news a massive meteorite has landed in the Northern region of Mexico. The event was witnessed by anyone outside and looking in its general direction from Guadalajara to Albuquerque. Scientists everywhere are stumped by the fact that said object wasn’t observed until it was entering the atmosphere. Even when witnesses report the object to be large and of curious shape, no remains have been found once official forces reached the crater. At the moment both the United States and Mexico are working together to discover more about this confusing incident. ”
The blonde, buxom woman sitting by the kitchen’s table reached for the remote control and turned the news off before placing her breakfast bowl in the sink and turning away.
“Brittany!” She called out loud.
A moment later in front of her stood another woman. She was nearly three meters tall, werecheetah, her body was covered in fur and a feline tail flickered idly behind her.
“What’s up, Gina? We going somewhere? I don’t remember you programming any expedition anytime soon.”
“ I ’m going to visit Shangri-La, I’ve some books I need to return. I’m already running quite late and they should also have some maps I requested last time I visited.” The woman told her sister.
“Great! Because I’ve planned to visit hunny over at El Dorado and I hope you remember I hate when you interrupt my time with him.” Brittany glared down at her sister. “I want to tell him about our little adventure helping Danny.”
And with a puff of displaced air before Gina could say another word, the werecheetah had disappeared. Gina shook her head and picked her hat, she would need Ace to fly her over if she wanted to make it in time.
By the time Gina had left the Diggers’ Home she had forgotten all about the strange object that had landed on the planet just a day before.
The moment the door opened and the mature brunette woman entered the room everyone stood to attention. It wasn’t just the way the mature woman in the suit walked in, her whole presence commanded their fealty. It was that or disappearing into some deep, dark hole to never be seen again, and it wasn’t a euphemism to them getting fired.
The laboratory wasn’t just the top of the line in technology, multiple screens of all sizes decorated multiple surfaces, even some spots on the ceiling were used to project information. It also was very advanced in the use of magic in the field of research and investigation.
The woman’s sharp eyes landed on a man and without a word he rushed to her side.
“Lady director.” He bowed quickly.
She assented and talked. “What can you tell me about the objects we recovered ?” Her tone was as cold as her glare.
“We… ahem,” he cleared his mouth looking nervous, “we know much less than we would want.”
She raised an eyebrow and made it look dismissively. “Explain.”
“All technological and magical scans are bringing close to nothing.” The man shivered as he answered her order. “The ship appears to practically be one solid piece of an unknown alloy. If it hadn’t opened up to allow us inside we doubt we would have ever managed to explore the few rooms we had access to, at least without causing severe damage.”
She didn’t growl, chide or even say a word, and everyone in the room felt like writing a will.
“What about the rooms we do have access to?”
“It’s unfortunately more bad news.” The man swallowed dryly to not stammer. “The available entrance only connected to a hallway and to what appears to be the ship’s bridge. But the current state of the ship has locked down on all terminals and systems. We’ve been theorizing it uses some kind of holographic interface given the existence and layout of chairs in it.”
The man forced himself to look away from her and focus on the tablet he was holding, working through it to bring up pictures captured inside of the ship on one of the larger screens.
“We believe that other rooms exist in the ship. But currently all our scans read as if the space behind the few doors we found is completely solid to the point we receive basically nothing.”
“What about spatial relocation?” She prompted.
“I… We don’t believe it was wise. Without a proper idea of where to aim we feared either hitting a solid spot and causing an explosion from superimposition of matter, or worse, hitting some power system and causing the whole ship to explode. We have only low estimates of the amount of power a ship of this size would need to fly, and making it explode would be destructive to say the least . ”
The woman scoffed. “Okay, continue your work on it, I want some success at least, as minor as it may end up being to show we’re in the right about keeping the ship.” She ordered. “Now, what about the specimen?”
“Good news, we’re pretty sure it’s alive.” The man seemed almost content to have something to give their superior. “The mass, which we have dubbed specimen-one, appears to act as a thick oil and prefers to remain as a single unit. But we’ve managed to take small samples for further study. Unfortunately it seems to be going in a similar way to studying the ship it was found inside.”
The man tapped on the tablet a few more times, keeping his gaze away from the woman. A new set of images were brought up, a tall, transparent cylinder was filled with a purple substance that seemed to stir lazily from time to time. A few other images appeared too, some of the scientists and researchers were looking down upon small samples under microscopes and other tools.
As the woman said nothing, the man continued speaking. “We’ve kept constant surveillance over specimen-one and all of its characteristics, which leads to some strange and curious qualities.” The woman gestured to continue and the man nodded. “It stays at near perfect forty degrees Celsius, about a hundred and four Fahrenheit. The mass lost from the samples taken has been recovered, we would be more curious to know from where if it wasn’t constantly generating energy.” The man explained. “We’re not sure if this effect will continue forever, or stop at some moment in the future, but it’s constantly generating heat and some minor magical readings.”
The man tapped a few more times and brought a video.
“The amount of heat generated is directly related to the temperature it’s exposed to, higher heat given a lower temperature.” The video played and showed how the test tube froze quickly before starting to thaw. “This only changed when we tried to do the opposite and increase the temperature. That’s when specimen-one switched its approach and started to greedily absorb the excess heat to bring itself down to the base temperature.”
“Anything else?”
“So far genetic studies have only brought back errors, and that’s when we use magical approaches. Technology just seems to not work at all, even the old tests result in nothing.” The man turned to her. “The only thing we’ve discovered is that it seems capable of mimicking anything biological it’s presented with.”
The woman raised an eyebrow, showing at least some interest in the discovery. To that the man simply tapped on the tablet and played a new video. It hadn’t been part of a planned experiment, and instead the result of an accident as one of the researchers had touched the material with their bare hands.
The mass had writhed and quickly changed into a finger, it seemed the lack of mass kept it to just the tip of a finger, albeit a recognizable one.
“Any side-effects?”
“We’ve checked the person thoroughly and it seems that specimen-one only copied after consuming the dead skin cells off their finger. But we’ll need more tests to confirm if that’s what it needs, or if it's just a side effect of having touched the sample.” The man explained.
“Good, continue studying it and bring it to my attention immediately if anything changes.” She ordered before turning and leaving the room.
Every scientist and researcher breathed a sigh of relief once the door closed. In many ways they had survived getting strapped onto a table, or worse.
It was just another day in a pretty secretive, and more than a bit amoral, laboratory hidden in New York.
Magnus’ awareness returned slowly.
The first thing he noticed was that he still had his memories, which was definitely an improvement from the last time he woke up from an accident. Second was that he was stuck somewhere small and restrictive; he fit too well.
Since he remembered his father’s words about waking up in strange places and he didn’t feel openly threatened at the moment, he didn’t react in any way. Instead he slowly opened his senses to the area around him.
Finding himself in a very advanced lab was a moderate surprise. Observing the test tube he had been placed in he discovered at least a dozen cameras and definitely two more between other observation tools.
It seemed to be working hours because he could see a large number of people going around, studying samples he could feel were his. It was harder to feel further away as the area was quite packed with magic and technology. Nothing to the point of what his father or older siblings got to, but quite an impressive sight for what appeared to actually be quite modern.
The few people talking did so in English, their exact accent too varied to pinpoint if it was a particular spot on Earth. He wasn’t even sure if he was actually on Earth, it certainly felt so.
“ System? ” He queried mentally.
“ System is online and working, what does User require? ”
He internally smiled, but kept his body from reacting in any way. Better get the lay of the land before giving people any sign he was active.
“ What happened? ”
“ Long Fortune appears to have entered a very complex World. Scans show the World has suffered extensive temporal tampering and is slowly accelerating towards total collapse, exact time span remaining unknown. Current World’s also extremely complex in the number of realities it contains, it also contains extensive buffer zones between these realities. ”
Even without more specific information this was already quite worrying. Magnus knew that Worlds of this class tended to be either Important or Artificial in some way, usually they were both if they were Artificial.
An example of this was his own homeWorld. His mom’s original World had already been quite important, but his father had increased it further by artificially adding more Worlds. In this case it was the Infinite Realms that acted as a buffer between the realities which had been Worlds in the past.
If they were in reality, that meant they had practically crossed all the possible barriers but one or two, it wasn’t a surprise they had gotten knocked out. Most likely even his father would not be having an easy time entering the World.
“ What about my current status? ” He asked calmly.
“ User’s current state is designed to acclimate them to the World, the amorphous form has been designed for survival and is capable of resisting extreme conditions if necessary. ”
It was reassuring to know it was something his body was meant to do, it meant he would recover normally with enough time.
“ How long will it take? ”
“ Exact time needed is unknown given World’s characteristics and User’s Potential. ”
Internally he chuckled, it had been quite a while since the System had pointed it out.
“ Okay, how about my sister? ”
“ Orange is currently recuperating and will awaken in seventeen hours. ”
That was good news, it meant he would be getting some help soon. “ Can you gather information without being noticed? ”
“ System can do a basic read of the close systems, information gathered will be incomplete. For better information gathering, System will need Long Fortune’s systems to be unlocked. ”
“ And for that I need Orange to awaken. ” He grumbled a bit. “ Okay, start gathering the information you can, it would be good to at least get an idea of where we are and if we’ll need to prepare and escape or establish communications. ”
It took nearly ten minutes before something useful came in, which was quite slow since the System could read and parse electric signals much faster. It made him wonder how much security was needed to slow it down this much.
Most information was useless, basically the logged attempts to study him. It seemed all the safeties his father had included were being quite useful. They had deemed him Specimen-One, he hadn’t found any information on the ship as it may have been in some other laboratory, which was obvious given the normal size of the room he was in.
It surprised him to see that his mass appeared keen to imitate biology it came in contact with. It was something to keep in mind, though he doubted they would throw someone into the container, yet.
It took another hour of reading through boring test results before something interesting happened. One of the researchers pulled their personal phone out and logged into some kind of social media application.
The System instantly infected the device with a pretty stealthy virus which would remain in the background until they put the phone away. Then it would become a relay for the System to contact the internet, or whatever local equivalent of it there was, and start acquiring proper information.
Of course it would be limited, mainly by the battery life of the device. And also the fact that it was pretty obvious that the owner definitely shouldn’t have it in the laboratory, even less to sext with their SO.
Actually, there was something weird about the World, he could feel an underlying sense of something that he couldn’t put his finger onto. But the fact that practically everyone in the lab was good-looking was interesting, he wondered if it was because they picked people by their beauty in a lab like this.
He really hoped it wasn’t some kind of porn World on top of everything else, but he hadn’t seen any random pizza delivery or strange fetish experiment yet. The moment they tried to have him duplicate some random dick he was ordering that piece of himself to jump down the idiot’s throat and choke them from the inside before breaking out.
After an hour of waiting for the System to drain the poor idiot’s data plan he had plenty of information to read through.
First thing was that he was definitely on Earth, or at least one variant of it. The World was also in a semi-open masquerade that had been half-way confirmed given the amount of magic going around the lab he was in, but it was nice to confirm it.
Magic was a thing, superheroes were too, villains popped from time to time, non-Humans existed and rarely got more than a look, people suddenly using super martial arts was televised and most countries were at peace; outside of a few hostile places. It was an interesting world, it also appeared to be larger than Earth while still being Earth.
If anything, learning all of this started to make him think he was definitely in some illegal research facility of some kind given the whole vibe he was getting. Which pointed out that the idiot who had brought their phone and obviously set it to connect with the outside was going to at least get fired. It eased a small worry on Magnus that he was burning a nearly literal hole in their pockets by abusing their connection.
Of course soon it became boring and Magnus started to read biology textbooks to pass the time until his sister woke up.
Orange woke up in her personal room for the second time in too little time. She sighed and slowly sat up from her bed before opening herself to the Long Fortune’s systems.
“ Good morning sleepy head. ” Her brother’s voice called out. “ If I knew you would spend so much time asleep I would have asked someone else to come with me. ”
“Fuck you.” She let out without much venom and got up to grab a large mug of freshly made Matutine Coffee, downing it in a gulp and putting the mug to refill as she let the magical caffeine do its part. “What happened?”
“ I’m pretty sure my Potential got us dragged into a pretty complex World. ”
“I'm afraid to ask this, but how bad?” She was fearing reading the logs.
“ It’s like home, but grandpa went on a bender. ”
“Fuck!” She cursed and downed a second cup of coffee and started to feel better.
“ Yeah… we smashed practically every possible barrier but a couple. ”
She nodded absentmindedly. “Yeah, six… wait, no, seven. It was definitely seven barriers on our way in, fuck, what kind of bastard created this mess?”
“ No idea, but I think if we crossed one more barrier we would have ended in someone’s private demesne, or worse, someone’s stomach. ”
“Fuck that, I hate dimensional stomachs, you never get the smell off things for months.” She took the next cup and sipped it slower to enjoy the taste a bit. “So what’s up? You’ve definitely been awake for longer.”
“ Yeah, I was out for a few hours. Though at that time the Long Fortune was picked by some very shady bunch and they scooped me off my chair and stuck me in a test tube to study. ”
“But that means they would have gotten inside, and that means… Of course! Sometimes I forget dad put that safety in place.”
“ I imagined, don’t worry, it’s not that bad. Right now they haven’t been able to do much to the ship given the lockdown and they are afraid to blow themselves up by trying. They have had a bit more luck with my mass, and yes I’m still a puddle, apparently my mass loves to copy biology, I didn’t know that. ”
“Stop and breathe, if you can even, you’re talking like Milo.”
“ Haha, that would be hilarious. And no I don’t breathe at the moment. Anyways, good news and bad news. ”
“Good news first?”
“ We’re definitely in some kind of secret base and the guys are definitely not meant to legally hold us here. ”
“That’s not, no, wait. Yes, that’s good news, it means we can escape and ignore much of the collateral damage in the process without much worry. ”
“Exacto, I would like to make sure we don’t blast through a normal neighborhood on our way out, but I don’t think they would build it somewhere like that. I’m pretty sure we’re in New York. ” She was surprised by this. “ Yeah, no idea how they got the Long Fortune from Mexico to New York without people seeing it, I’m blaming magic, and yes, there’s plenty of magic going around, the World’s weird. ”
“How weird?”
“ That’s the bad news, we’re definitely in a porn world. ”
She instantly started to curse, or at least until she realized her brother was laughing on the other end.
“MAGNUS! You idiot, you know-”
“ I’m kidding, though there’s something still very weird happening here. Too much comic-book pretty going around, there’s also a very open supernatural and fantastical going around. I’ve seen a lot of reports of supers and similar. If this World wasn’t going to collapse on its own time-fuckery in the future I would say it’s a pretty nice place. ”
“That bad?” She sat down on her bed and started to look through the logs properly.
“ Taking a lesson from grandpa, if time can be a spiral, this place’s a spiral spring tightened to the point it’s going to explode. ” Her mouth twisted at that explanation. “ I was mostly reading while I waited for you, my System bugged someone’s phone, but that had a limit. ”
“Don’t worry, the Long Fortune’s systems can do much better without being noticed. What about you?”
“ I’ve been letting them take samples of me, so far they have allowed my main mass to recover between samples taken. It’s been taking me a bit but I’m growing better at looking through them, no matter how small; I’ll have the System share the map of the facilities I built up. ”
“Oh, yeah, lots of magic and tech going around. I’ve to say I’m actually impressed by the ability displayed here. ”
“I know, right? If we’re really in some villain’s secret base it also means we can steal with impunity. Don’t you love having the moral high-ground? ”
She laughed. “I don’t know about a moral high-ground, but we’re definitely not pulling many punches once we leave the place. And… there we go, the full map of the place.”
“ Hmm... we’re definitely much further away from each other than I thought. But it should definitely be possible to get to the ship quite quickly. ”
“Just a few walls.”
“ No one said it would be a clean way there, just fast. Do you still have the ol’ Camera Crash? ”
“The visual virus? I think it should be, yes, there it is. Why do you want it?”
“ Just stacking our side, I’m pretty sure it should work in this World and having an easy way to disable all cameras and blind people for up to half an hour is always useful. ”
“I should be able to test it on an out-of-the-way camera once I’ve fully infiltrated the local systems.” Orange mused as she watched the infestation spread through the facilities.
Her personal stealth suit was considerably more advanced than the technology in the base, and as far as she could see, while there was plenty of magic, there was no defense against magical hacking. And what her virus couldn’t reach, her own ability and strategies easily broke through.
In just a few minutes she was reading the director’s personal emails.
“Whelp, this place’s owned by a rat.”
“ Figurative or…? ”
“Quite literally, it’s taken me a bit of going around. But I’m pretty sure I just found a security recording of them shifting into a rat and leaving through some kind of magical gate.” She explained.
“ I don’t want to stereotype, but does it reflect on their practices? Or it’s just a furry problem? ”
“No, no, definitely a rat through and through. But I can’t tell you just how evil without more information, I will keep an eye on them and expand my searches. It feels like she’s very much of the type with a finger in all possible pies and she definitely was meeting with some conspirator because she turned the private security system off.” She worked for a few seconds. “There, next time she does it won’t turn off and give a false negative.”
“ Interesting, it seems they are wanting my mass to imitate organs, now I’m worried it’s for medical research or worse. ”
“You will fuck it up?”
“ Of course, I want to see what happens when they cut it open and find it looking at them. I may also look for a moment to have some of those pieces escape. Been reading some biology and biotech, I should be able to repurpose those into small bugs to explore further. ”
“Gotcha, enjoy terrorizing people, I will look out into the world and see about gathering more information, though…” She started to grin. “Some trolling would definitely ease my worries.”
Her brother laughed.
“They have been such terrible guests, stepping all over my ship with their dirty shoes and not cleaning up after themselves.” Her grin grew larger. “Let’s see if I remember how to operate a horror house.”
With how pliable the insides of the ship were, she was going to enjoy herself.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 2
Doctor Jones liked to think they were quite respected in the fields of aerodynamics and rocketry. That's why he felt conflicted by the fact that he was studying a legitimate spaceship in person. The problem came that he could tell nothing about it.
Most of the ship was inaccessible, nothing responded to their prodding, the scans gave back absolutely nothing and he couldn’t shake the feeling he was being watched. And that was outside of his superiors hemming and hamming at any negative response he gave about the results on his studies.
He wasn’t the only one inside the ship, and so far he was becoming pretty sure this was some kind of punishment duty for something he wasn’t sure he had done.
The thought was definitely shared by doctors Morisette and Enblanca, it’s the fifth time they had gone over the room and nothing had changed besides the signs that they had walked around the area one too many times and the powder they used to look for fingerprints; unfortunately there no signs that those were left behind.
Though given the fact that a pile of goop was found on a chair, whatever piloted the ship may not have them to begin with. He’s only heard a few rumors about the specimen discovered in the ship from the other departments. Apparently the bio guys are crazy about its strange properties and call it some futuristic flesh or something like that. It’s rocket science to him… or well, to other people, he can understand rocket science quite well.
There’s another moment of being observed, though this time it seems to come with something else. A strange caress against his exposed skin that makes him look up and around. It quickly becomes obvious he’s not the only one to have noticed because the two other doctors are also reacting like he did.
“Everyone felt that?” He asked out loud.
“As if someone touched me very lightly?” Morisette asked. “Yeah, it’s weird, but I don’t see anything.”
“...wait! The floor! It’s clean!” Enblanco points out.
And she’s correct, the floor had been marked by dozens of footsteps. Now it’s pristine, his shoes are clean too.
“I think we should leave and report this change. We don’t know if it was some kind of automatic cleaning or what, but it’s definitely a change and something we can study further.” He decided to take the lead.
“Did any of you feel any aura effect to go with it?” Enblanco prompts as they move towards the door.
“Nothing, but I’m not the most sensitive person.” He replied, the third doctor shaking their head. “At least it’s something to invest our time in,” the three of them stopped when they noticed the door in front of them was closed, “and eh… did we turn around?”
“The door closed, but how did we miss it?” Morisette had a flash of panic go through his face.
“Calm down,” Enblanco calls out, “it could be part of the cleaning process. I’m sure that if we wait it will open by itself.”
Though it’s another door that opens, one that by the small mental map he has in his head, leads further into the ship’s back. Was it inviting them to go through that?
“Should we…?” Enblanco asks out loud, and none of them is sure what’s the correct answer.
“I think we should stay.” Morisette stated after shoring up some courage.
Jones internally wondered if they were weak against ghosts or something.
Doctor Enblanco ignored him and wandered towards the door, Jones and Morisette following a moment later to not be left behind.
The door opened to a long hallway, one Jones was pretty sure was longer than the ship. But given the size of the ship it was a bit hard to calculate distances properly inside. It quickly showed it may not have been the best idea because the door closed behind them once they entered the hallway.
The lights shifted from the soft red they had been until a moment prior into a warm and almost sun-like illumination. Though that didn’t surprise them as much as the fact that multiple doors seemed to grow at equal intervals along the walls.
Jones was the first one to move, approaching the closest door. With no kind of knob or way to open, he could only hope it was automatic; which it did once he was close enough.
He would have called the two doctors to come with him, if they hadn’t already moved after him. And if words hadn’t died in his mouth at what he saw on the other side of the door.
An open space, a blue sky as far as he could see and a large collection of plants near the door. It was large, too large, way too large. Even the more severe calculations would put this area at several hundred square kilometers of size.
“H-how?” Morisette asked out with a dry mouth.
“I’ve no idea.” Jones admitted as he stepped through the door and walked towards the closest plot of land. “It appears to be a collection of some kind, samples? Each plot has only one plant growing.” He observed.
His words made Morisette and Enblanco follow, which quickly showed to not be the best idea as the door closed and disappeared behind them.
The three froze the moment they realized they were alone in what was definitely a pocket dimension of impressive size. The complete silence was broken by an almost inaudible buzz that brought three pairs of eyes down upon a small, crystalline bug.
It wasn’t the only one, there were dozens if not hundreds of the small things, fluttering at different speeds from plant to plant, from flower to flower.
“They are… they are pollinators.” Enblanco noted as she leaned closer to look at the, almost, artistic little things. Their bodies are completely transparent, only the pollen stuck to their bodies making them more visible.
“They are not alive, more like tiny, magical golems.” Morisette noted as he captured one on their hand, where the small thing simply waited to be released before flying away.
Jones looked up and all around, there was a sudden thought that ran down his spine like a chill. “Just how many would be needed to manage this many plants?” The question made the two other doctors freeze.
Enblanco stopped herself from grabbing one and instead pulled her hands back to her body.
“I think we should look for a way out.” He offered and they nodded.
They passed patches of colorful mushrooms, grays, oranges, and blues. It was strange how he could feel the last two altering the temperature around them, or maybe it was necessary to help them grow. There was a small collection of fruit trees, but they were too afraid to pick any of the succulent-looking fruits.
There’s bushes of different types and colors, and soon they find the most curious heart-shaped fruit at the top of a stall. It’s deep red and it appears to mimic a common drawing of a heart, not an anatomical one.
“That must be the first atypical plant we came across.” Morisette noted.
“The colorful mushrooms weren’t enough for you?” Enblanco jokes, mainly hiding her nerves.
“Not really, my dad used to farm mushrooms, you won’t believe how some look. You would think they are some kind of alien species. Now this,” he gestured to the plant, “is curious. I can practically feel the power coming from it, can’t you?”
Jones has to admit he’s not the most sensitive on the facilities, but even he can feel a small and warm sensation emanating from the plant.
“What do you think it is?” He asks. “A fruit of some kind?”
“It certainly is very eye-catching, I can imagine most animals would try to go for it.” Morisette noted and moved closer.
It happened very suddenly, once the man stepped on the plot the heart-shaped object shook like a maraca and exploded. They were pelted with small, hard seeds along with a wave of warm energy.
The three of them were left blinking at the surprise, quickly checking themselves. The surprise didn’t end there as a swarm of tiny crystal bugs appeared to collect the projectiles.
“It was a seed shell!” Morisette laughed. “Though I wonder what that energy was, it certainly didn’t feel dangerous in any way. If anything, I feel great.”
“I’m certainly feeling refreshed.” Jones mused. “Quite an interesting plant, create a very visible shell and coax animals to spread their seeds by healing them. I wonder what kind of world it comes from.”
“I wish we could take a sample back, it would go a long way.” Enblanco let out before sighing. They continued their way.
“What’s that?” He prompted. “It looks like…”
He had to stop and look at it more, it was the size of a melon, perfectly round and smooth, of color blue and seemed to have a wick at the top.
“I don’t think we should get closer to that one.” Enblanco said out loud, the thought shared by the three of them.
Soon they found a way out, a set of stairs going up to some kind of walkway held up by nothing. They would have ignored it or considered it some kind of look out if there were two very obvious doors at the ends of the walkway.
They breathed a sigh of relief as they found themselves back in the hallway, they completely ignored the fear that it may just be another very similar one.
“Okay, should we look for the exit or try another door?” Jones asked.
“I think we should try one door before looking for the exit.” Enblanco offers and wanders ahead.
The chosen door doesn’t appear to be the best as the three doctors end on their asses as the sight scares them nearly shitless. A massive monster glares down at them, three heads with a single eye each, fangs like swords.
It takes them a bit before they realize the thing is dead, very dead. Closer inspection, from their safe spot in the hallway, reveals large amounts of damage to their necks. At least two necks are broken in the middle, one definitely having been bitten down by something larger, while the middle head had the base of the neck nearly ripped off.
“I-I thi-think we shouldleavenow!” Morisette stumbles and rushes towards the just opened door at the end of the hallway.
Behind him Enblanco and Jones follow, the sight of the large room the ship was deposited gives the three of them relief. Which surprises the few people outside of the ship, which focus on the three panting doctors.
The question about why they had run out of the ship only a couple of minutes after entering makes the three of them nearly pass out.
Magnus cackled, in the safety of his mind, as he watches his sister put the three stooges through a time-altered trip. He also noticed that they may have accidentally smuggled out at least a Hearty Radish seed, he notes it for Orange. But she notes that she thinks it won’t hurt.
He sure hopes she’s right, she may end dropping a few more as they leave just to make sure everyone gets to study them and not this obvious evil organization.
On the other hand, he’s been having fun after a couple days of experimenting with the researchers and all the reading he had done had netted him a nice biology and biotechnology perk. It’s ample, very ample, maybe a bit too much for what he wanted. It also meant he would be ignoring a lot of it. It gave him a better understanding of himself, which was always nice.
While growing an ear inside a cow’s stomach his mass mimicked was fun, it’s not the ear that allowed him to listen. Instead he had developed a rudimentary, but quite effective, mix of hearing and touch sense. This gave his mass the ability to listen in and not just feel its surroundings, he may try eyes next.
Echolocation would make that easy, but it would make it hard to read screens which was needed for some pranks.
The basic listening mostly gave him nothing besides a lot of technical jargon, a few curses and a lot of gossip once one of his masses was placed close enough to the water cooler. Though all that lost its shine when they brought something new.
It’s not the first time they brought some exotic organ, which worries him given the size of the heart they placed by his mass and the nature, and current state, of its late owner. Though given its size they hadn’t placed enough of his mass to do anything but copy a small patch.
This was different, there’s power in this piece of flesh, more power than practically everything else in the lab but him. He couldn’t tell what it was at first, and he’s using a lot of willpower to keep himself from actively finding out. They were already going to bring it to him; he could wait.
Mentally he only stopped calling it an organ once they placed it down and allowed it to touch his mass. It’s a finger, an index finger to be exact, he allowed his mass to wrap around it to study it further, giving up some kind of active response was worth learning more about it. Plus it would make it harder to recover before he finishes studying it.
It’s a woman's finger, not manicured, very fresh and… it was cut off while the person was alive. He could practically taste the hormones and chemical responses of someone who was alive and very conscious when subjected to the operation.
Whatever maybe he held about the morality of this place faded away faster than ice in the sun. This was practically them declaring themselves to be evil, to not care, to just aim for advances. A lot of plans for the way out swiftly shifted as he messaged Orange.
All of this didn’t stop his study of the finger, because he couldn’t deny the finger is a masterpiece. It’s not human, he could barely see it on the edge of his limited awareness. It’s still connected to the whole, a part of something much greater.
He couldn’t even deny that he could see his father being proud of this quality of work, it lacks his usual black boxes, protections and traps. But it’s ahead of anything he had seen outside of his father.
After a few seconds he released the finger and shifted the necessary mass into a visibly identical copy of it. He actually created two, the finger slid into his inventory for protection as both fingers on the plate are made of his mass. He wants to see how long until they realize it.
He also makes a promise to take their owner out with them when they leave. He may need to move ahead on their plans, a few messages to Orange to escalate the information gathering. He can’t help but enjoy the idea of screwing every possible plan the owner of this lab has before they leave.
His main mass lets out a few bubbles that don’t go amiss, suddenly the room he’s in is buzzing with activity. Better take advantage of the distractions this causes.
Their teacher had left almost ten minutes earlier and the three of them were still laying on the ground whimpering. The injuries inflicted on their bodies would have been deadly multiple times over in any other species.
Instead the three wererats were slowly healing. Broken bones mended, shredded kidneys regenerated, lacerated livers recovered and punctured lungs cleared from blood.
The short brunette was the first to push her off the ground before spitting a few broken teeth. “Get up you two.” She groaned in pain as she slowly got to her feet.
The blue haired man failed to get up and collapsed, letting out a wet, sucking sound as blood dribbled from his mouth.
“Moisha, help Romeo up, it sounds like his lung is full of blood.” The brunette ordered as she started to clean himself.
The room was a bloody mess, their teacher hadn’t pulled any punches, or slashes. His blade had been sharp, decisive and quite deadly aimed. She wanted to get out of the place as soon as possible and forget just how much of their blood was now painting the ceiling.
“You could help too, Lydia.” The pink-haired Moisha chided as she helped the third of their group heave out. “You know, we’re meant to be, like, a team.”
“I’m the leader here, I give the orders.” She ignored Moisha and wandered, unsteadily, over to the pile of belongings and pulled her phone out to check it.
Moisha dropped their teammate onto the bench as she grabbed her own phone.
“Anything interesting?” He asked tiredly as he recovered.
“Everyone’s still going crazy about that ship they found in Mexico.” Moisha answered.
Romeo frowned. “Isn’t all that under a very heavy lock and key?”
The pink-haired rad chuckled. “All I had to do was flirt with one of the nerds and send him messages I found on some site along with some images of someone else. In exchange he keeps me up to date with all the juicy details.” She giggled.
“So? Anything interesting?” Lydia asked succinctly.
“Well, the rumors said that the ship’s behaving strangely. More than one of the lab assistants went in and swore to have spent up to an hour inside, lost in some kind of immense farm. But instead came out just a couple of minutes after going in.” She read out loud. “They also swear having seen a huge, dead monster inside. On the other hand, it seems that a number of samples have gone missing and people have started to point fingers at each other.”
“Can you imagine having your own spaceship?” Romeo fantasized.
“So you can what? Crash it? Just like the last few cars you stole?” Moisha teased him, making the boy huff.
“Maybe we should look into it, who knows what we could find inside.” Lydia mused.
Moisha giggled again. “It would be nice if it would earn us a break, I would like to go a week without finding my body pushing pieces of broken blades out.” She shuddered after speaking. “I wish we could get better, or at least that Zero stops aiming at my clothes, I’m running out of disposable wardrobe.” She complained out loud.
They finished changing their tattered clothes for some pristine ones before spilling the fuel all over the place and lighting the abandoned building on fire on the way out.
“Hey, if you… if we could not do this anymore, would you-?”
“Stop that.” Lydia interrupted Romeo. “Don’t even say that out loud, the elder has ears everywhere, we don’t have anywhere to run to anyways.”
They walked in silence as they entered a more commercial zone of the city, the only man of the group quickly becoming a pack mule for his two teammates as they worked through second hand sales for some new clothes.
It was only once the three of them dropped into their ratty apartment they shared that they could relax. It had cost a pretty penny, and a couple of artifacts they had ‘found’, but they had managed to get a pretty respectable Aura-user to ward their place from observation. They still did a proper check-through for any other kinds of bugs.
The three of them shifted into their wereforms and started to talk about their day, but that wasn’t the true conversation going on. Instead Lydia’s face started to minutely twitch, the series of gestures was seen and understood by her teammates.
“ Ship. Possible. Escape. ”
“ Need. Look. Up. ” Moisha answered.
“ Sneak. Look. Plan. ” Romeo added.
“ Danger. Distraction. Elder. ” Moisha added.
“ Plan. Elder. Plan. ” Lydia explained, not grinning outwardly.
As their inane conversation continued, they started to plan. The elders weren’t the only ones with ears everywhere, any good wererat orphan knew how to keep their ears to the ground and where the best cheese was.
They were practically under the Elder’s constant surveillance twenty four seven, with exception of a few bits of time they could confirm his attention was somewhere else. Though that didn’t mean they hadn’t heard and learned things while under his view too, They had overheard him muttering things from time to time, and while it had taken time, they had built a few truths and a lot of leads.
Getting into the facilities would be the easiest part, they had done it before out of curiosity and thankfully they hadn’t gotten out of it with more than an extra-hard training round under Master Zero. They weren’t sure how much of that was the Elder Gothwrain’s sadistic pleasure, or his overconfidence about the three of them. But helped form them.
This meant that as long as they didn’t try anything too overt, even if they were caught snooping around they could blame their curiosity. It wasn’t like everyone in the undercity hadn’t heard of the ship having been taken; it was just that rats rarely talked with non-rats.
Deciding how to distract the Elder would have to wait until they had scouted up the place. But they knew of a few people he definitely didn’t want learning of his existence. Dropping an anonymous message to one of them would definitely raise enough for them to get away and hopefully come out clean.
Lydia looked at her teammates, the closest thing she had to a family. She both hated and couldn’t deny she would most likely jump after her two idiots if they fell down a hole.
“ Vote. ”
““ Yes. ”” Both replied without even a nod of their head.
With that done they got up, still talking about absolutely nothing. Dinner would be had watching some cheap and brain-rotting TV. The three hoped they could find a reason for themselves.
Most of Magnus’ attention was currently on the small, roach-shaped mass of his flesh that was sneaking through the tiny air system. He had to give some points to the evil organization, they were barely large enough to let a rat through. Though given the fact that the owner of the place could turn into a rat that painted this decision in a certain light.
On the other hand, his main mass was currently trolling the researchers. Two large bubbles, then one short and one long, then two large bubbles again, then one short and one long. And then they were cursing again as he had just rebutted their question with a ‘your mama’.
Crass humor was so effective at distracting people.
His little bug slipped into the belongings of one of the security guards currently leaving his shift. After a couple days of observing and Orange’s constant monitoring of their systems, he was finally sneaking some of his mass out of the building, hopefully.
Though that was going to take some time, and it seemed they were taking a kidney he had mimicked over to one of the operating theaters. It made him curious to see if they would actually implant him on someone so he hadn’t twisted the organ into a surprise box.
A small and quick subsonic pulse painted quite a grim image as the person laying, and heavily restrained, on the operating table was not there on their own volition, and definitely quite awake.
Magnus may break a few more bones on the way out. Is that of sic’ Milo on the place, and there would be a new tree and a lot of screaming, his brother always gets so messy when he gets angry.
Though a mix of curiosity and something else keeps him from just melting the kidney back into goop. Maybe he can help from the inside and the ship still has plenty of space.
Notes:
Biotech(200CP)(Marvel Cosmic):There are many fields of scientific and engineering expertise. They are all studied and mastered by assorted scientists across the universe. One of the most versatile and powerful fields is that of biotechnology. You are a veritable god in this field. Force evolve creatures at your whim, uplift entirely new species just because. Feel free to create biological interfaces with mechanical devices. The sky's the limit and flesh is your servant.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 3
She didn’t have a name outside of Persona Simulation Array, or at least that’s what they referred to her as.
She didn’t have good memories, her whole life had been painful experiments from nearly the moment she had woken up. She had never been told anything about where she had been found, it all had been orders and punishments. At the start they would only punish her if she didn’t behave, but as time passed it stopped being punishment and turned into constant torture.
By now she didn’t know what else they wanted out of her, they had removed practically every organ in her body at least once, cut off her limbs, sewn them back together and used more drugs than words she could understand.
Her mind felt broken, so many voices pleading for mercy, all of them herself. Even when her body just healed itself, regrew missing pieces, adjusted and purged all drugs. That only meant they could do it again.
She spent most of her time floating in a containment tube, naked, exposed, observed. She had never had any kind of privacy. Though if she had to say, staying in the tube at least meant they would only experiment using drugs and injectables.
Laying once more on the cold operation table was a familiar nightmare. They had paralyzed her vocal chords just to keep her from screaming as they opened her stomach once more. Though this didn’t stop the many voices in her head from screaming for her.
She wanted to do anything but see how they opened her once more, how they removed one of her kidneys and placed a new one in. A few of the voices were surprised, it wasn’t the first time they had tried that. But it had been a long time since they had done it last.
In the privacy of her mind she wondered if they had stopped trying because it didn’t bring her enough pain. Outside of some annoyance and mild aching as her body rejected the organ, it was one of the least invasive experiments they ran on her. And it was them transplanting an organ into her body.
She tried to close her eyes and distract herself as she felt them work inside her belly, moving organs that would accommodate themselves later. She is moderately surprised to see the organ not getting instantly rejected by her body and instead watch it function correctly. But she couldn’t watch it for long as they quickly sewed her up once more and dragged her back to her test tube, once more being observed by everyone, watching her for something .
She tried to relax as they moved her into the tube and started to fill it up.
“ Well, ain’t this interesting. ”
A voice, a completely new one too, sounding inside of her head just like all others. It became quite more obvious as all of them went silent. The surprise quickly was replaced by fear and she curled on herself, acting as if it had started to hurt; she had plenty of experience on things that hurt.
“ Whoops, sorry to surprise you, and yeah, better not allow them to notice our little talk. ”
She tried to speak, but the oxygen mask over her face had a tube going down her throat, keeping her from articulating.
“ Think out loud, I can hear you, I will try to explain. ”
“ What? ” “ Who? ” “ New voice? ” “ They haven’t chopped us enough for a new one to come up in a while. ”
She quickly curled on herself once more as a current of anger swam through her without words.
“ Oh, fuck, fuck, sorry, calm down, sorry. I’m not angry at you, but angry for you. ” The voice tried to reassure her. “ I’m sorry, this is complicated and I’m trying to make sure we don’t accidentally hurt each other, or I hurt you badly. ”
“ I’m used to it. ” She cockily replied in her head.
“ You may be, but my brother and sister would kill me if I hurt a girl the first time I’m inside of her. ” The comment came accompanied by some strange emotion she couldn’t put a finger onto. “ Anyways, I think the best way to start is presenting myself, I’m Magnus, Traveler. ”
“ Magnus Traveler? ”
“ Oh, sorry, confusing you is not what I intended. My name is Magnus. But I also go by Traveler, you can use any or both. ” The voice was calm and didn’t hold it against her. “ They seem to have implanted some of my mass in you, I’m currently a bit indisposed, and by that I mean I’m just liquid in a tube. The thing is that my body will try to take over any body it parasitizes and implanting an organ made of myself falls under that. ”
“ But you won’t hurt me. ” She guessed, a few voices in the back of her head echoed.
“ If anything, talking with you makes me wanna rescue you from here right now. But there’s such a thing as patience and my sister and I are trying to plan accordingly. We want to make sure the people behind this place get what they deserve when we run, you’re of course invited to come along. ”
She didn’t know what to say, many voices inside of her head wanted to reject the invitation, calling it a trap. But it was also the first sign of hope she had had in forever.
“ I’m so rude, I presented myself but I didn’t ask you for your name. ” The voice continued, either ignoring her turmoil or simply giving her time to think about it.
“ I don’t have a name. ” She replied. “ They call me Persona Simulation Array. But that’s not really a name. ”
“ No, it’s really not. You should think of a name for yourself. Or we could think of one together .”
“ I will think about it. ” She responded, starting to feel a bit overwhelmed.
Idly she looked around, most scientists seemed to be busy with their screens and studies, her few reactions had either been ignored or considered not important enough. She felt terribly conflicted, it wasn’t just the voices in her mind that were divided about what to do, she was too indecisive if she wanted some silence once more or to keep on talking.
Finally curiosity won. “ Why did they implant you inside of me? I thought you were liquid at the moment. ”
“ I’m a shapeshifter, the thing is that entering this World put me in danger and forced me into my current state to keep myself safe. Apparently my mass likes to imitate biology it comes in contact with, if I had to guess it’s to adapt faster. ” The voice spoke calmly, taking its time to let her parse the information. “ Honestly, given what I read in their files, they are throwing things to the wall and seeing what sticks. They’ve planned to see how long until your body rejects my mass, which won’t happen as long as I play along with your body. It should be easy to remove myself from inside you once we leave. ”
She breathed out of her nose in a sigh, the bubbles rising up in the liquid and a few getting trapped in her loose hair. It wouldn’t be the first time they just used her for experiments.
“ Why are you being so nice to me? ” One of her voices pushed to the front and asked the question she wanted to ask. “ I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to say that. ”
“ It’s okay, I’ve no problem answering. Two reasons, mainly because it’s the right thing, as far as I can see they have used you as a guinea pig for as long as they have had you around and that just… let’s say my family has a code on dealing with this kind of thing. Second, you’re definitely the closest person I’ve found to myself. It’s hard to explain, but we’re both created by higher beings of great crafting abilities. It’s in finding someone so similar to myself that presents me with a sense of kinship. ”
Was she being flirted with? Multiple voices in her head, which thankfully the new voice seemed to ignore unless they spoke very loudly, were quite into it. Other voices were wondering why the scientists were discussing possible signs of a rejection as her body temperature rose.
“ I would like to meet you too, outside of here I mean. ”
“ Don’t worry, my sister and I will make sure to get you out of this dull place, there’s so many Worlds out there. ” The voice spoke calmly. “ And talking about my sister, I think I may be able to patch you over, no rush, there’s still a few more days before the escape. I’m sorry for having to keep you here for so long. ”
She wanted to shake her head, but also didn’t want the scientists to notice her good mood. “ It’s okay, a few more days is not difficult, especially if you’re okay and they will be just observing how I deal with the transplant. ”
“ Good, you should still rest and prepare, once we start, it will all go down very quickly. If you want to talk to my sister just ask me. ”
“ I will. ” She felt her eyes heavy, it wasn’t weird that her body felt exhausted after operations, this time it had just taken longer given the few problems.
“Sleep well .” The voice felt soft to her and sleep quickly took her and all the voices.
“ You’re angry. ” Orange just pointed out.
“ I’m seething .” Magnus was barely holding his Darkness back.
It hadn’t felt this angry and hungry in a long time. Though his hold was complete, instead he was very carefully digging under his containment tube, eating through the solid metal in such a way it wasn’t visible or noticeable. It spread through the floors and the structure, like roots or cancer.
The more it spread the more he could see, feel, the faster he would be able to reshape his surroundings once time came.
“ Got some good news. First of all, the Core has synced with the World, once we leave a buoy outside it should be easy to return in the future. ” Orange listed. “ Also, we’ve two names and a lot of threads. Elder Sherisha McKraken owns this place and the man she meets is one Elder Gothwrain, she keeps a pretty tight leash on him; her control is definitely magical in some way. ”
He looked at the recording. “ They are totally flirting and totally hate each other's guts. ” It wasn’t hard to read people in that kind of private environment, both of them knew their game and as far as they knew, it was only the two of them playing it with no witnesses.
“ Yeah, there’s been a few comments that point out that Gothwrain is not his original name and that he was in control of her before. Fucked up shit all the way down. ” Orange laughed dryly. “ They are also old, very old. It took a lot of searching as they have done a very good job at erasing their trails. But those two are several thousand years old. ”
“ Perfect, immortals that are up to the times. Where’re the good ol’ buffoon villains? ”
“ Most likely under these two’s employ acting as distractions somewhere else. ” Orange offered. “ Elder Sherisha has a pretty solid front as director of a large conglomerate for technology and medical, as far as everyone knows she’s old money, knows it and will crush anyone with it if they look at her wrong. Elder Gothwrain rarely moves around without bodyguards, it’s either two dumb bricks, or a Master Martial Artist known as Zero. Of him there’s a few more records. But nothing conclusive, he just appears and disappears at will. ”
“ Will he be a problem? ” He asked.
“ Not likely, he rarely steps anywhere in this facility. He’s only been seen accompanying Gowthwrain when he visits Sherisha. ”
“ But he’s also a master and most likely only seen when he wants. ” He added.
“ On other news, I managed to find a pretty interesting vault on the highest floors of the building. ” Her sister was plotting. “ It’s sealed and warded to hell and back, but I managed to sneak one of the Greenhouse Helpers up there, it’s full of magical artifacts and other things. ”
“ I don’t think taking such a detour is a good idea. ” He mused.
“ That’s okay, because you won’t have to. All you will have to do is increase the chaos down here while I portal one of the spare bodies as I’ve already hacked the security system. Once everyone looks down, I will just open the vault and throw everything into storage through one of the portals. ”
“ Aren’t you worried about curses? ”
“ That’s what I’ve you for. We can properly catalog stuff later and all cursed stuff can be used for your studies, ain’t I a genius? ”
He rolled his non-existent eyes and jiggled his mass to send the researchers and scientists once more into chaos. Part of him wanted to see if he could make someone have a heart attack.
One of the samples that had been ‘lost’ inflated while hiding inside the back of a desk. It reshaped itself and started to play a very low, haunting tune; almost imperceptible. It was enough to make a few people look around confused as the Darkness already spreading under the floor made the shadows in the corners wiggle, something only visible in the corner of your eyes. Only once in a while, just enough to make people doubt what they saw.
Increase paranoia, make everyone do double takes, sow doubt between everyone inside by moving a few things when they weren’t looking.
Meanwhile the couple of samples that had managed to escape the building weren’t having as much luck. The two of them were kinda locked inside the house of the security guard they had hitched a ride on, there wasn’t much of interest there and would most likely be used to call the police once time came before ending themselves.
“ In other news, I think I can waste a good chunk out of Elder Sherisha’s bank account into some very silly projects. Hopefully she won’t notice them going through once the chaos starts and until a bit later. ”
“ Fun, fun. ” He chuckled.
“ And- Oh, something’s happening. ” Her sister’s tone went completely serious.
“ Talk to me. ”
“ I’m reading through some urgent messages going through an emergency line, Elder Sherisha’s coming down herself, apparently the Explorers’ Society is coming to investigate. ”
“ That... doesn’t sound like an organization that would watch over a secret, and definitely some-kind of illegal, lab. ”
“ I thought so too when I first found mention of them. ” She laughed softly. “ The Explorers’ Society is an organization that collects some of the smartest, bravest, boldest people from around the world. These are the people that keep this world safe, some of them have saved the world over half a dozen times. Archaeologists, scientists, magicians, tomb raiders, daredevils, and so many more. They are also allied to some kind of superhero league. But as you can imagine, it can be a bit hard to find proper information about some of those. ”
He would have whistled if it wouldn’t have brought too much attention to himself. “ So a Justice League? ”
“ One much more greedy and solitary, most members work in small teams of at most four or five. And some of these are very old people too .”
Magnus was only mildly surprised when his System hijacked his sense of vision to show him a security feed. Three people walked down the hallway towards the room holding the woman he had made contact with. Two of them were unassuming, a dark-skinned, bald man with a long, white beard and dark glasses. The other was the definition of an office drone, well cut hair, perfectly tailored suit and dark glasses too.
The third was three meters tall and just as wide, a mass of muscles in clothes that must have been weaved with miracles to hold against his herculean figure. While the top of his head was bald, rich red hair grew from the back and hung from his face in a long beard.
He was the most vocal of the three, pointing at his new friend. Elder Sherisha apparently had the law on her side, the dirty and twisted law. He was glad she was deep asleep at the moment, because seeing the pity the dark-skinned old man gave her when they were forced to turn around and walk towards his own room.
He swiftly stopped his teasing of the research and pulled all of his magic back into himself. It made him feel bloated, but he could feel the redheaded man moving in his direction.
The closer he came the more he could observe the man, he was old, ancient even. While Magnus wasn’t the most skilled in observing souls, the man’s soul wasn’t human, and neither was his body. But his body didn’t entirely match with his soul. It took him a moment to put two and two together and realize he was some kind of Golem, a masterwork of impressive power.
It was hard not to react when the man’s presence was practically poking at him. It also hid the two men that had come with him quite well. Not so much the office drone, he was busy talking legalese with the wererat woman, on the other hand the bald, dark-skinned man was looking straight at him.
“As you can see, it’s completely unresponsive. The most we’ve managed to do is study its reactions when in contact with biology.” Elder Sherisha spilled useless information and fed them carefully trimmed videos.
They weren’t buying it, especially by how loudly the redhead was screaming, Magnus could practically feel its containment vibrate with his voice. But apparently they knew their laws and were playing the game.
He noticed the bald man’s eyes wander down and Magnus felt a small chill go down his non-existent spine. Just to test he extended a tiny strand of Darkness down the road he had already created. The man’s eyes tracked the movement from behind his dark glasses, but to his surprise said nothing.
Maybe getting someone to respond to the chaos would be easier if he just…
“Come on, Monty, there’s unfortunately nothing we can do at the moment here.”
Those words made him grumble and turn around, knowing full well that the woman’s eyes bore on his back in victory.
“I still think something stinks here.” Monty didn’t hide his dissatisfaction. This was why he hated bureaucracy, just let him fix things on the ring like good old times.
Elder Bibi smiled and patted his large arm. “Something tells me they may have already bitten more than they can chew.”
Monty raised an eyebrow, but before he could say something about it, he felt something drip onto his shoulder. Out of reflex he smacked his large hand onto it, only to pull back and find a purple smear on his palm.
He gave his old friend a look, but Elder Bibi ignored it and kept on walking. Monty wasn’t stupid, his fist closed just enough to hide the smear and continued walking out of the building.
He only opened his hand again once they were back in private. The smear was still there, though it was now a small sphere.
“Is this?”
“Looks like they don’t know what they have.” Bibi laughed softly before giving the mass a look. “Can you talk?”
“Only a bit.” A soft, masculine voice replied. “This mass’ too small to do much, too far from my body.”
“Who are you?” Monty asked, feeling very curious.
“Magnus, the Traveler.” Both of them blinked as the name had weight to it. Though the act of speaking it had definitely cost them as they shrunk. “Before we ask more questions, I want to warn you, we’ll be breaking out in less than two days, we hadn’t planned to land in your World.”
“Why not? Our world’s beautiful.” Monty shot back.
“Your world may be, but your World’s Time is fucked. Someone’s been messing with it for a long time and I don’t want to be anywhere near when it snaps back. Or worse, attracts anything hungry.”
Both men froze.
“Are you sure?” Bibi prompted.
“Sure? No, I can’t be so, unfortunately. I’ve not studied temporal mechanics much outside of some lessons with my grandfather. But there’s some observable problems from the outside. It’s also why I’m a pile of slime instead of having an actual body. ”
“ I hope you understand that we can’t take such allegations so easily.” Monty stated.
“I sure hope you do not.” Magnus answered. “But someone tied the end of your universe with the beginning of it, it’s spiraling down on itself and tightening harder and harder. I would be very careful when talking about this, because if someone did it, someone will want to abuse it.”
Monty sighed, he knew way too many people that would indeed do.
“What are your plans?” Bibi asked.
“I’m breaking out, I’m taking the girl you saw before me, getting back to my ship and leaving this World for a while. I may contact my father to see if he can do something about it, so I may come back in the future. The problem is that time’s weird when you leave a World, so I can’t promise any kind of stretch of time for me to return.”
“You keep talking about worlds and outside, and I don’t think you’re talking about outer space.” Monty pointed out.
“Oh no, I’m talking about the Outside of reality, what’s even further out, past the buffer zone between the realities that comprehend your World. It’s how I observed the problem.”
Both men froze.
“You’re talking about some very dangerous subject.” Monty let out coldly.
“Of course I know, but getting to the Outside without the proper tools is not only nigh-impossible, but also very foolish. There’s a lot of Nothing out there, very aggressive Nothing that will undo you in ways you never were, are or will be. There’s no return from that.” The tone they used was just as cold and matter-of-fact.
“Anyways, we’re going to be making a big mess when we leave. Lots of noise, lots of chaos.” Magnus sounded almost happy about it. “And if you give me an email address my sister will make sure to forward you all the juicy information she’s been collecting from that rat at the top.”
Monty couldn’t help it, he barked out a laugh.
“Good.” That single word’s full of venom.
Bibi quickly rattled out a private address.
“Good enough for now.” Magnus noted. “Now I will stop holding this form, I’m Lying too much to keep it going.”
And just like that, the sphere wasn’t there, instead what appeared to be a smoking pile of ash. Though one that appeared to have been cooling for a bit.
“Do you think he said the truth?” Monty prompted.
“It worries me if he did.” Bibi sighed, stroking his beard. “If he’s lying, it would be a stretch as it would mean getting into a situation like this just to wait for us to come around and sneak a way out with us before telling us a fabricated tale? I don’t think so, unfortunately.”
Monty grumbled. “I think I know a few eggheads that could help with this, may need to approach the Archmages Council.” He dropped back on the chair, which barely held on. “It’s just that they are so stuffy.”
“Maybe Diggers?” Bibi offered.
“He’s been reconnecting with his wife last I heard, something about finally dealing with a curse that wasn’t a curse or something.” Monty answered.
“No, not him, his daughter. I heard some very impressive things from her technological work. Maybe a young mind is what we need to tackle this problem.”
“Hmm, could certainly try to extend the subject during the next come-together.” Monty mused. “We’ll see, like old times, try things carefully and see how it goes. Something tells me that while Magnus may be right, we may still be talking about quite a while.”
Elder Bibi nodded, the two of them would go their ways. But prepare for the chaos he had promised.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 4
The three of them made their way into the building at different times. It wasn’t hard to slip as cleaning or security, even Moisha, the most eye-catching of them, knew how to make herself go unnoticed when necessarily.
Romeo was the first, entering as a janitor and just wandering as if he knew where he was going. He only cleaned a hallway for a dozen minutes before he used a change in the security to slip into a cleaning closet and disappear into the ventilation.
Lydia was second, entering as part of the security made it easy. A glare and a grunt kept people from asking questions as she wandered towards the camera room to replace the tired guard from his night shift a few minutes earlier than normal.
Last was Moisha, she came in with a delivery, showed some cleavage and the guy at the door allowed her to pass. Finding the correct door unlocked allowed her to disappear into the building and down to the secret underground quite easily.
The three of them met in a room Lydia had already removed from the security camera rooster.
“All good?” She asked as the three had changed out of their disguises.
Moisha and Romeo nodded and the three shifted into rats and slipped into the vents. Getting to the ship wasn’t the easiest or faster, as much as they could get everywhere in the underground facility, the vents had been designed in segments to keep an ease of travel for small vermin.
“Ew, I thought they kept this place clean.” Moisha complained as she caught sight of something creeping around the corner.
“Don’t complain.” Lydia chirped back as they carefully unscrewed one of the vent covers and sneaked into one of the laboratories.
Lydia gestured silence to the other two and they waited until they could sneak all the way to the open room unseen. Surprisingly they found the next vent already loose, but didn’t complain about making it easier for them and quickly moved further.
“Do you know how big the ship is?” Romeo prompted while they dropped down one of the vertical shafts.
“No idea, but if all goes well, it will be all ours.” Lydia smirked as the three of them slipped out onto the rafters atop of the large room that held the ship. “Oh…”
“It’s beautiful.” Moisha was amazed.
“It’s also huge.” Romeo pointed out. “...maybe this is not the best idea.”
“Too late for that, come on, we should go down and check it-” Before Lydia could finish speaking, loud klaxons and alarms started to sound.
Panic broke out instantly in the area under them.
“What’s that?!” Moisha screamed.
“No idea, but come on, I doubt they will get far. We should take advantage of this distraction.” Lydia ordered and ran towards a cable that ran down the wall.
Moisha and Romeo shared a look before following her.
“ Everything is ready. ” Orange’s voice made him smile.
Magnus’ perception expanded quite far, having bore through walls and floors. A large chunk of the facility had been infested by his Darkness and awaited his command.
“ I’m... ready. ” The nameless woman spoke softly, the echo behind her voice agreeing in a majority.
“ Don’t worry, honey, we’ll have you out of that nasty tube in no time. ” Orange sent her good feelings her way. “ Anytime you want, Magnus. ”
“ Okay then, starting in three… two… one. ”
Magnus stilled completely, the change wasn’t lost in all researchers as he started to shift. Dozens of cameras tried to record every second of it, but they were saving the captured images into nothing as Orange had already taken care of the building’s databases and servers.
His arm erupted up the slime and there was a scream, someone practically jumped as he started to pull himself together. It was theatrics, he pushed himself off the slime at the same time it reshaped into his body.
His clothes reformed with his body, so no free show for anyone interested as his other arm pushed itself out and his upper body started to push itself out too. His hair recovered just as his head came out and gave everyone a nonplussed look. His lower body and legs were the last.
He grinned, sharp fangs flashing for the cameras as his fist pulled back. Practically every scientist seemed to mouth a no and shake their head in utter terror as he punched through the reinforced material easily.
Alarms quickly started blaring out loud by virtue of Orange starting them. He could feel people quickly start to run back and forth the facility. But he wouldn’t allow it to be so easy.
Oily growths made of Darkness sprouted from all surfaces, covering doors, sealing hallways, eating away lights. Whatever panic had started quickly grew tenfold.
And just to add to that, Stonebell chimed, the sound echoing through all of his Darkness, casting a wide illusion. Shades came to life, scaring anyone that looked at them, wandering around, moving, escaping.
He walked unimpeded to the door before equipping Close&Personal and punching a hole through it before the heat created by the gloves allowed him to reshape the pneumatic doors open.
He wasn’t ignoring the people left in the room, they had been saturated with his Darkness in quite the nasty fashion, at least to the point they would be fearing the dark for a long time. With time it would be purged, but he doubted the fear would leave them as easily.
It surprised him to see a couple of security thugs looking down their guns in his direction. But their doubt allowed him to exchange his gloves for his bow and arrow; a freezing arrow exploded in their midst. It surprised him to see the runes encasing them up to the neck in pure ice, though they didn’t look in danger of more than a flu. He chalked it to the nature of the world, the ice would last long enough to allow him to pass.
“ You have ten minutes. ” Orange announced.
Magnus moved a bit faster, nothing stopped him for long. The facility was more or less under his control and the more time he spent the further it was twisted.
He gave the pink-haired woman a warm smile once he ripped the door open. He gave a much more bloodthirsty smile towards the scientist huddling around the room.
“Open it.” He ordered them. “Open it, or else. ”
That seemed to do the trick and one of the most brave, or the one most afraid of what he could do, rushed to a keyboard and tapped away. Magnus quickly caught her with a towel.
“Let’s get out of here.” He said as he reached to remove the mask she had been forced to use. “And as for all of you.”
His Darkness answered to his call just as he felt a new perk slide into place, a skill based on the use of curses. It was only a bit more complicated than the fear of darkness that he had instilled on the ones before. But it was worlds apart in comparison to the effects.
From now on, anytime they closed their eyes they would see themselves in her place, being operated by her themselves. They would feel every cut, but no damage would be done. He didn’t doubt they would break before long, but he felt untroubled about it.
He didn’t need to check the map or the time to know he had to rush a bit. The ship was practically on the other side of the facility.
“ I’m pulling back from emptying the vault, Zero’s here. ” Orange warned and he cursed a bit.
The doors in his way opened either because they were under his power, or because his sister willed it. Though his advance was stopped, a single man stood menacingly in his way to the ship.
He was tall, his long, dark hair was done in a single ponytail. He wore a pair of long pants and a coat made from a similar material with nothing under it. He wielded a katana on his side. His Soul was also Cursed, but Magnus didn’t care at the moment to look deeper.
“Leave that and stop your foolishness.” Zero said, coldly.
Magnus snorted. “I’m sorry for this.” He told the woman he was carrying and heaved her off.
Internally he giggled at her reaction, but instead of falling to the ground, a golden portal swallowed her. Orange would catch her on the other side.
“Whoops.” He let out playfully before grinning. “Looks like I’m being foolish.”
Zero just sharpened his glare towards him. “If that’s how you want to do it.” He unsheathed his weapon.
Tenlight found its way to his hand, the blade thrummed as eagerly as he did. “Oh, it totally is. I’ve to admit I was feeling itchy.”
A Blink and he was swinging down upon his enemy. The blade cut through the air, but Zero was ready, his own blocking the hit. It still was enough to surprise him and force him to retreat.
“I misjudged you.” Zero glared. “You’re not human.”
“Never was, never will be.” Magnus replied and swept his blade, a halfmoon of Light shot out cutting through the air.
Zero wasn’t caught by it, even at the high speed it flew, it was barely a tease, a poke, a taunt. It caused the man to grumble and change his posture, immediately feeling much more dangerous.
Magnus ran forward, shoulders loose and blade at the ready. His opponent didn’t wait for him, rushing forward too.
“So foolish to waste such an ability so quickly.” Zero smirked and parried his attack, swinging in the opening. “I will teach you a few lessons.”
They clashed quickly, blades bouncing against each other. None managed to touch each other until Zero pulled a second, shorter, blade and stabbed from below, forcing Magnus to Blink away. He glared at the drop that fell from the tip, sizzling once it hit the ground.
“First lesson, always surprise your opponent.” He told him condescendingly as he flung the blade, rushing after it.
Magnus parried the first and fell into the defensive, stepping back.
“Lesson two, learn your opponent well and you will never lose against them.” Zero pushed harder before tugging on his off-hand, a wire connected to the blade he had thrown made it fly back to his hand.
Magnus wanted to laugh. “Oh? Giving me lessons? I’ve one for you too!” He rushed forward, blade up. “Strength’s above all.” He swung down.
Zero grinned before easily dodging the chop. Though to his immediate surprise, his blade went through his opponent’s body, as if they hadn’t been there at all.
He felt the hit before he realized what happened. In an instant it was as if he had been hit by a speeding truck, his whole body was launched sideways and flew until he hit a wall.
“Very important lesson,” Magnus mocked Zero’s tone, “don’t fight illusionists.” He pulled Graceful up and rested it on his shoulder.
Zero could only groan as blood dripped down his lips, to MAgnus it was obvious his torso was more than severely injured. His cloak had fallen off and he could easily see the massive bruise quickly spreading. He just stayed still as there were more than one broken rib, most likely poking at his insides.
“Anyways, thanks for the fun, and see you never.” Magnus called out and walked into the ship. “Oh, just a tip, the police are here.” He laughed as the ship’s door closed behind him. “All ready here.” He announced as he entered the bridge.
“Great!” Orange called. “I got quite a lot of loot for us to check later, all information is being leaked and several viruses will pop in a few hours to add to the chaos. Let’s bail!”
He laughed softly as he turned towards the pink-haired woman. “Sorry about throwing you.”
“It’s okay… it’s not like you hurt me… though, why didn’t you use the portals straight away?” She asked, nervously.
“Oh, I didn’t want to use them unless necessary. Mostly to keep them just in case, there’s too many ways to intercept such portals and relying only on them would have been dangerous.” He explained as he sat down by her side. “Now get ready, we’re leaving.”
She nodded to his words, looking almost afraid, but mainly hopeful.
The ship started to rise before a massive, golden portal opened in front of its stem. It started to accelerate, the hangar was replaced by the starry void of space and the moon glowing silver.
“Get ready, leaving the World in three… two… one…” Orange counted down.
From certain points of view time stopped. Only a few beings across the World noticed this little blip on existence, of course, for these beings it meant scouring high and low for the source. Though none would manage to find anything before it was done.
The cause of this sudden time stop was a woman, old, ancient even, because how old could you consider someone that’s technically older than the universe itself? Even if her skin was perfect, her hair had gone white so long ago, over her nose rested a pair of old, round glasses and behind them a pair of the smartest eyes in the World. Her clothes covered her practically from head to toes, only her hands and a bit of her face were visible.
She walked calmly through the bridge of a ship currently about to leave the area in a way she had never seen before. None of the people in the ship could notice her, or even comprehend how she was there. Neither the woman who was also the ship, the man who had single-handedly thrown so many plans (hers and others’) into chaos, not the woman of whom she had a hand in creating, nor the three wererats that had slipped in amazingly unnoticed.
“Now, who are you?” She asked out loud and reached towards the man.
A single spark surprised her enough to pull her hand away. Said spark grew into a small fire and the image of man’s body, up to its neck, was projected under it.
“ Hello. ” Their voice was strange.
“And who are you?” She asked.
“ Unfortunately I’m not a person, more of an echo in a protection laid on him by his father. ” The strange being replied. “ Though to keep matters simple, call me Guru. ”
“Then you can call me Gina.” She replied with a playful smile.
“ First names already? I’ve to warn you I’m a married man, my wives would kill me if I tried to flirt with other women… or they would invite them to join. Depending on the mood. ” He joked. “ I’ve to admit it’s not frequent that I find someone capable of stopping time like this outside of my father-in-law. ”
She laughed softly. “Oh, this is nothing. I needed to check this closer, it’s not frequently we get visits like this, or not at all. It’s also not useful for more than a quick check up ”
The figure stood still for a moment before replying. “ Hmm, given what my daughter has written down, most likely most burn down in entry, your World’s a bit too complex for most things. But I, my original, made this ship to survive that kind of entry. I hope that’s not a problem. ”
“Hmm… no, at least I don’t think any major plans focused on any of the people you will be taking away. And hopefully this will give them a better future.” She mused and lied a bit.
“ Hmm, knowing my son, he will most likely return in the future. ” They turned to look at the pink haired woman. “ Something tells me her story in this World’s far from over. ”
Gina nodded. “A number of Summoner’s Magends exist in the world.”
The figure rubbed its ‘chin’. “ I think I can do something about it, and… done. ” He shot her a thumbs up. “ Now she will get a reminder to find them in the future, that should be tempting enough to return. ”
She smiled. “Yes, that should be helpful. Honestly, all of the chaos he released should shift things around enough that I’ll be able to push some of my best plans forward and discard a few of the bad, but necessary, ones.”
“ Good to hear, I will have to call it here, I was not meant to exist. ” He laughed softly. “ The protection simply found my simulation to be the most efficient way to respond to the threat you present, I hope you don’t feel insulted by it. But if I stay around for longer then I will waste all energy meant to save his life in actual danger. ”
“It’s okay, this little talk was more than illuminating. I hope I can talk with you for real in the future.” She bowed and watched them disappear.
She easily stepped out of the ship and allowed time to resume, watching it disappear out of reality.
“Quite an interesting thing.” She laughed softly before she frowned and looked around before focusing down on Earth. “Oh my, ain’t that interesting.”
Magnus felt the woman squeeze his hand and shake for a moment.
“And we’re out!” Orange called out and turned towards him. “All good?”
“Give us a moment.” He answered and gave her a smile. “All good?”
She nodded weakly. “It’s weird, I feel like I just lost something… but gained so much more.” She spoke slowly, and at the end gave them a bright smile.
“That’s great, because we’ve stowaways.” Orange called out.
That brought him to a halt. “What? How did that happen?”
“I may have been a bit distracted and three young wererats slipped into the ship during the chaos.” She admitted, some embarrassment showing in her voice. “I didn’t notice until we left the World and the system marked the three passed out in the hallway.” She explained.
“Do we have a brig on the ship?” He asked.
“I’m repurposing some equipment and a room, but until then I’ve the old hamster house.” She answered, making him nearly stumble.
“Hamster… house?” The woman asked.
“It’s…” He chuckled. “Long story short, it’s an enchanted cage designed to hold three super-powered rodents very comfortably.”
“Why would you need that?” She asked, and part of Magnus was pretty sure she was asking because she was enjoying just talking.
“Because my father had three super-powered children and turning them into hamsters was a great way to put us in time-out. I mean, it was still very fun there. The bigger question is why do you have it?” He asked Orange.
“Because it’s hilarious and great for teasing. Also if I wanted to grab a pet I wanted a cage that could hold them safely.” She answered.
He grumbled, but couldn’t deny the cage was pretty good at what it did.
“I’ve already placed the three of them in the cage. I will take care of the buoy and get us to a safe distance. You should help your lady friend.” Orange pointed out and he just rolled his eyes.
“Let’s get you some clothes.” He offered her his hand and guided her towards one of the empty rooms. “This room is yours from now on and as long as you want to stay with us.” He quickly showed her around. “Most of the systems will need you to equip a System, but let’s get you some clothes first, ok?”
He turned to her and stopped, he didn’t need his brother’s empathy to understand how she felt. Instead he sat on the bed with her and pulled her into a hug, just like that, as if a faucet broke open, she started to cry on his shoulder.
“It’s okay, you’re out, you’re free now.” He stroked her back, partially ignoring the fact she was barely wrapped in a blanket. As much as his body was under his control, she was still very hot.
He allowed her to vent, cry and scream against him. All very justified in his opinion, she had a lot of pain inside of her. Still, soon she pulled back, eyes puffy, nose runny and red, looking like a complete mess.
“...I’m sorry.” Her lip wobbled a bit. “I made a mess.”
He chuckled. “It’s okay, nothing that some cleaning won’t take care of.” He reassured her. “You should take a bath, I will prepare some clothes for you.”
She nodded silently and smiled, a renewed warmness in her face as she entered the bathroom. Meanwhile he allowed his clothes to clean themselves as he retrieved some thread and fabric to put together some basic things.
It would be nothing the System wouldn’t be able to replicate, but she would have to equip one to have access to that. He still needed to take care of the three rats, it made him wonder what had driven them to get in.
Magnus groaned as he opened his eyes slowly, a quick look around revealed he was in some dirty back alley. The stench of trash assaulted his nose for a moment before it was ignored. Everything looked so large, but it was looking at himself that made him freeze.
Four legs, a tail, the size of a normal cat. “Ah crap, why am I a Zorua again? Last I remember is that I was leaving this World.” He grumbled as he closed his eyes and checked his System.
“Fuck.” He cursed and looked around before leaving the spot, hoping no one had seen the small talking fox.
He had left the World, but not all of him had done so in the ship. More than a few pieces of himself had gone around, a few even left the lab and wandered around. He had been pretty sure he had ordered all of them to terminate themselves.
But apparently one of them had been eaten by an old, large cat. Unfortunately for the cat, it couldn’t exactly digest him, instead he had carried the mass inside of its body as he left the World. Effectively making this last piece of him, him .
That tiny fragment was about fifty grams of mass, barely enough for anything. But it was also mass in contact with a living being, aka enough body mass to start to recover. The poor cat had been taken over and practically digested from the inside out.
It was strangely reassuring to know he could recover from being barely above a smear. It had been a few days since he had left, his body left to work automatically into recovering. Though now that he was awake he could finish personally.
Full-body illusions would be hard in his current form, so instead he preferred to modify his still flexible body closer to that of a black cat. It would help pass unnoticed. He still illusioned a collar around his neck.
Another unfortunate point was that his stars were barely sputtering sparks inside of his soul, he would need time to amass enough strength before he could reignite one of them; the other would quickly follow. That left how to go forward.
He would need to find a safe space, he knew this world as safe as it was, it was also very dangerous. He could hunt Monty or Bibi, but he didn’t feel like hanging out with that mountain of muscles, his prodding presence and undercurrent of resentment wasn’t fun to be around.
He did feel a pretty strong source of magic in the distance, it felt quite pure too, so it wasn’t the worst lead to start. Though it was far enough that it would take a few days to get there with his small size.
He huffed as his stomach grumbled. With his Stars like they were, he would need to eat. Thankfully he could still eat anything, though he would look for something better than just trash.
Now if he could shake that sensation of being watched off his tail.
Notes:
Unnatural Skill – Curses (200CP)(Percy Jackson):Whether from your heritage or just being that good you've got one particular mundane skill that your feats which border on supernatural. Whether you're a smith on the level of the Cyclopes, a near prescient tactician or a swordsman who is nigh unstoppable with a blade your feats will be legendary. You are on a level within your skill such that only other beings of legend can hope to match you. This may be taken multiple times. You may not choose magic but you may choose a particular application of magic if you have it already(so curses, enchanting might work, more specific gets a bigger boost)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Words – 5
Romeo woke up slowly, his head feeling like a well-played drum. He didn’t move at first, half for self-preservation, half because the bed he was laying on was very comfortable. Still, there was no noise besides two relaxed breathings similar to his own.
He sat up and froze. He was inside a hamster cage, it felt insulting for some reason. He looked around to find Moisha and Lydia still asleep. The last he remembered was getting into the ship with the chaos and then hearing some fighting so they hid down a hallway. Then the ship started moving and then nothing.
Had they been found out and captured? Given what he saw that was the most likely. He moved to the edge of the cage and found that there was some kind of invisible and soft barrier keeping him from pushing his hand out. Looking out revealed he was on a table inside an empty room that shared similar to the ship’s aesthetics.
They had definitely been captured. He sighed and turned to wake up his two teammates.
“Wassap?” Moisha mumbled and rolled over
Meanwhile Lydia practically jumped up and looked around, he quickly explained what little he had found. She quickly smacked the third awake.
“Ouch!” Moisha rolled away. “What was that for, sister?”
Lydia snorted and pointed at the cage. “We’re trapped rats.” She said dryly.
“But this is a hamster cage… isn’t that insulting?” The pink rat asked.
“I know, right?” Romeo couldn’t help but laugh a bit.
“Doesn’t matter if we’re rats, hamsters or gerbils. We got caught, and I’m pretty sure it wasn’t by any of the elders.” Lydia pointed out.
“Now what?” Romeo shrugged to Moisha’s question.
A moment later the door opened and a man entered the room. The three of them stiffened and tried to act like normal rats, which became pretty obvious they weren’t being believed.
“Hello you three, so we don’t go into a comedy skit I will come out and say that I know you three are Wererats and that you can understand me, ok?” The man said as he sat down on a chair a meter away from their cage.
The three of them turned to look at him.
“My name’s Magnus, though I also go by Traveler.” He presented himself. “You three slipped into our ship just as we’re escaping that lab. Under normal circumstances we wouldn’t have had trouble just dropping you back, the thing is that we left the World you come from.”
The man took a sip of water from a glass he hadn’t been holding a moment prior and wasn’t holding anymore a moment after.
“You three are stowaways we basically know next to nothing about. You’ve multiple options going forward, first is that you stay there.” He gestured to the cage. “Definitely a bit degrading and humiliating, but it’s been enchanted to stay clean, comfortable and you will have food, water and entertainment. You won’t be able to change back, I know, I tried when I was stuck inside. I don’t know if you’ll need to change back for health reasons, but in that case I would just knock you three out and proceed as if it was a real medical emergency, you don’t want that.”
The three of them remained silent and Magnus continued speaking.
“Second choice is that you assume human form and accept to spend it in one of the prison cells. Pros you get to be human and definitely some better entertainment, cons you will be less comfortable as the prison cells are definitely not enchanted for it. You will also be treated as actual prisoners and get less privacy.” His tone was cordial, but serious.
“Third choice, and the one I honestly hope you pick, gets you your own rooms, more freedom, training if you want and can come with us when we visit other Worlds. It requires that you assume your human form and accept taking one of these.” He retrieved an orb. “This is colloquially called a System where I come from, they were created by my father. They are designed as a combination of personal assistant and training tool between a plethora of other uses.” He explained. “They wrap around a person’s soul and provide knowledge, skills, some extra powers and help said person grow to be more while also helping them heal.”
Romeo was pretty sure he wasn’t the only one thinking that was too good to be true.
“Now, there’s a catch for you three. Equipping one of these is near-permanent, only a few people can remove them safely as they are meant to be an armor for your soul; it’s not meant to be easy to remove. It’ll also allow us to know where you are, communicate with you and know your general well-being. Consider it a kind of probation, you misbehave, you go back to a prison cell. You behave and it doesn’t matter, plus you will grow stronger and get training.”
He looked at Moisha and Lydia, no matter how much the man presented it, it wasn’t an easy choice.
“Oh, you three can speak like normal, I will understand you since you’re smart enough.” He amended.
That brought them to a stop before Lydia was the first to relax and speak.
“How can we believe you?” She asked.
He shrugged. “Because you three honestly have more to win from this than I do. You choose one of the first two and all we have to do is make sure you stay alive in your cells or cage, and that’s not really that difficult. There’s definitely enough translation between what your human bodies must be to your rat forms that I can tell you’re trained, but you won’t be escaping that cage or the cells.” He explained. “And before you say this is to trick you into a deal, I do not need your compliance to equip one of these to you. But using them on you would be a waste of resources otherwise, I’m just taking advantage that it would let us keep you under observation.”
“I’m not the smartest here,” Romeo prompted, “but why can’t you just drop us somewhere if we would be too much trouble?”
“Didn’t I say it? We left your World behind. And I don’t mean planet Earth.” The man gestured and a diagram appeared behind him. “I said World, capital W, that means we aren’t near your planet, nor your solar system, nor the galaxy. We left your Reality a while ago, we actually left what contains your Reality. We’re Outside, if I dropped you outside of the ship you would just stop existing as nothing decided you weren’t meant to exist. And that’s in all levels, body, soul, fate, you just dropped out of the board to never be found again, even lost socks have more chances to be recovered.”
He swallowed dryly as that painted a pretty grim and final picture.
“What does it mean if we accept one of those?” Lydia asked.
“The System is designed as an assistant first of all, it’s meant to help its user grow.” Magnus explained. “It provides the User access to choosing a Job, this will help by helping the User develop skills and abilities in line with the Job they choose, with enough time you can upgrade on your Job or choose a different one to spread your skills, but abilities will stop developing at the same rate. It also catalogs your class, or race if you want to be specific, and provides your body with slight corrections like cleaning genetic defects you find troublesome, clear curses and mental programming.”
“What?!” Moisha screamed.
“Oh yeah, dad’s pretty against that kind of thing, so a few versions ago he added the ability to clear mental programming and similar things. Though it can take time to work depending on how deep it is. Anyways, as I was saying, it’ll help you learn and develop skills that fall under your Job. For example a soldier will learn to wield their weapon and master it faster, helping the User clean their form until they don’t make mistakes.” He explained.
Romeo snorted. “We had a teacher, he was… particular.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow. “Oh?” He thought about it. “Don’t tell me, it was Zero?” He nodded. “Oh, I came across him on my way out, didn’t look to me like he would be a good teacher.”
“Oh yeah, he loved to teach us the feel of blades stabbing in flesh.” Moisha answered derisively.
“Then you will love this.” The man grinned and gestured to a video of Zero getting hit with a metal bat and smacking against a wall. “Want to see it again? I love the face he puts on when he notices he was fighting an illusion all along.”
The wererats could admit to feeling a bit of dark pleasure at seeing the man that had practically tortured them for weeks fly like a baseball.
“In my opinion, a terrible teacher. How about I get you some fresh fruit and leave you to think?” Magnus asked, but didn’t wait for an answer as a plate of fruit fell into the cage. “See you later, and if you make a choice, just call out loud.”
He turned and walked away. Romeo noticed there was no chair in the room.
When he turned Moisha was already eating through a pretty good-looking apple and Lydia sighed.
“So?” He asked.
“I don’t know.” She admitted as she grabbed a grape and bit into it. “If he’s telling the truth, the third option is the best one by far. We behave and we get some freedoms and some nebulous things that may help us grow stronger. I want to ask more questions, but I fear that doing so may screw us over.”
“I think we should just, like, ask them more. I’ve no problems staying like this too, this is such good fruit.” Moisha offered.
“In a way, wasn’t this what we wanted?” Romeo asked.
Lydia just sighed. “We would be just changing one leash for another.” She grumbled and grabbed some of the fruit to eat.
They said nothing as she dug in with gust. Romeo couldn’t blame her, it was really good fruit.
Magnus left the three rats to think and instead joined the others in the mess hall.
“Nice to see you chose to equip it.” He said as he joined them on a table, his own System marking the nameless woman as Summoner. “Did you choose that?”
“No, it was actually there when it finished starting up.” She admitted.
“It seems to be her original name or designation, most likely picked from the World’s Akasha.” Orange offered. “It could work as a title, but you still need to pick a proper name.”
She grumbled. “It’s not so easy.”
“Would it help if we offer you some names?” He said.
“That… that could work, at least it would give me some ideas of what I don’t want.” The two of them laughed softly at her comment.
He thought about it. “Hmm… it’s maybe a bit harder than I thought.” He joked. “Molly? Irene? Yasmin? Nicole?”
She shook her head to each one of them.
“Kaiya? Ariana? Eden? Ruby?” Orange proposed.
“No, no, no, n… actually I like Ruby.” She stopped and thought about it.
“Ruby Summoner has a nice ring to it.” Orange nodded to herself.
“You’re just saying that because you suggested and it’s a color name.” Magnus teased his sister. “It’s still a very nice name if you will adopt it.” He directed the last part towards Ruby.
“Yes, I’m Ruby from now on.”
“Then welcome aboard the Long Fortune, Ruby.” Orange congratulated her. “Now that you have a name, you should choose a job, also what class did the System assign you?”
“I’ve to admit I’m curious too.”
She tapped the screen only she could only see. “It is called the Summoner of Selves. How does it know so much about what I can do when I don't?”
“The System is literally in your Soul, plus the Long Fortune’s Core did sync with your World’s Akasha, your existence is written in it, ergo it knows about you.” Magnus explained. “What does it say?”
“It says I’m an Artifact capable of creating Magends at my command.” Orange gestured to her to continue. “Magends are living spells… apparently there’s a number of them already in existence, they appear to be out of reach to recall…”
“Well, we’re not in the World anymore, I don’t think many things could make that distance.” Orange laughed a bit.
Ruby was silent, making Magnus reach to place his hand on her shoulder. “Does it bother you to know you’re a magical object? Because from my point of view I think you should consider it a step in discovering yourself.”
“Plus, we don’t really see a problem with it,” Orange offered, “so you will have us on your side for as long as you can withstand us. I just have to warn you, Magnus snores.”
He rolled his eyes. “I don’t even need to sleep.” He smacked the back of his sister’s head. “But the feeling’s true, the System will help you learn your abilities, develop them and finally break through your limits.”
Ruby looked troubled, but not in a bad way, she gave them a small smile before she focused back on her screen. She tapped a few times. “I chose my job too, it’s called Toybox. It says it’ll help me learn as many skills as toys I can put in my box.”
Orange froze and practically screamed. “I knew it was a porn World, fuck this!” She threw her hands up and walked away, causing Magnus to break out in laughter.
When Ruby looked at him questioning he answered. “The phrasing was full of innuendo, Orange has no interest in sex or getting romantic in general, she understands it. But doesn’t… it never clicked for her. The thing is some of the other siblings always joked about her ending in a porn World, basically a World that follows cheap rules to enforce a perverted status quo. I joked with her after arriving at your World that it was one of those. The way the System decided to phrase it just… well, it’s not like she’s really bothered by it.” He couldn’t help but laugh between words.
“Will it be a problem?”
“Not really, most likely if we return she will stay in the ship and try to interact as little as possible. Also, I don’t think it’s really a Porn World, her reaction was mostly to lighten things up.” He explained.
Ruby nodded a bit unsure.
“Would you like to accompany me to the training room and try your ability to summon Magends?” He offered. “Or if you prefer I could prepare something to eat first, I don’t want to think much of what they fed you back in the lab.”
Comically fitting, before she could speak, Ruby’s stomach made itself known, causing the pink-haired woman to blush.
“Food first it is. I hope you’re okay with being vegetarian for a while, we’ve had an excellent first harvest from the plants I collected on the World I visited before your own.” He offered as he took over the kitchen.
“Would it be okay if I watch?” She asked timidly, to which he nodded. “And can you tell me about that World?”
He smiled warmly as he grabbed a knife. “Of course I can, I can also show you some pictures too.” He answered happily. “The World of Hyrule’s interesting, it’s also called the Land of the Gods, a land blessed with prosperity and cursed by a Powerful Demon King. But worry not, because with his rise two will appear, a Wise Princess and a Courageous hero…”
He easily fell into a rhythm as he cooked, painting the land and weaving some of its legends for his new friend.
Orange snorted as she watched her brother flirt for a bit. She mostly ignored that stuff and turned her attention to the ship.
The buoy had been properly set and would provide not just directions to the World, but also cast a warning about the dangers of coming too close. Two buoys in the area didn’t make a map, but it was certainly the start of the mapping process. It also helped to paint just how far they were from home.
She would feel much better once she managed to make contact. They either were being very far from home, the World they just had left was troublesome at a distance, or worse, there was another similarly troublesome World in the way.
She didn’t like any of those personally. She was a bit more careful this time by scanning for the characteristics of the next closest World before having the ship move in its direction. From the distance it appeared to be a basic one, she didn’t detect any time-meddling. But there were a few Worlds close enough that they may come in contact from time to time; nothing too out of the ordinary.
It surprised her to see that the three rats were calling for attention. With her brother busy and everything else in order, she decided to attend to it herself. It only took her a couple of minutes to reach the room with the cage after telling her she was in her way.
“What can I help you with?” She asked, serious, but cordial. “And yes, I can understand you three too.”
“Who are you? We wanted to talk with the guy.” The brown rat took the leader role apparently.
“I’m Orange, I think my brother named me before? Doesn’t matter, I’m his younger sister and more or less the owner of the ship we’re in, and the ship itself.” She answered. “He’s currently busy with the last person that came along when we left the World.”
The rat huffed. “…Okay, we've got some questions we would like to ask.”
She nodded. “Go ahead, I would prefer it if you didn’t have any doubts about your choice.”
“How exactly do those system orbs work exactly?”
“I’ll take my brother gave you the more technical explanation, right? With soul wrapping and all that?” She sighed and nodded to herself. “Okay, have you ever played a game?” The rats nodded a bit confused. “The System is more or less based on one. You get a Class, which is your race, and a Job, which is what you want to do. The more you train, do and experiment, the more the System rewards you with. It’s at its core a ritual, though instead of magic words, precious materials and some strange knowledge, you are using your time, effort and experience to get rewarded. For example, the more you train and fight with a sword the better you become because the System will literally reward you by helping you improve further.”
“That sounds too good to be true.” The blue one said out loud, he quickly looked embarrassed for having spoken his thoughts.
“Dad liked the idea of people getting rewarded for their efforts, you still have to work for it. Just equipping a System and choosing a Job will get you some basic skills. But they are pretty basic, in most cases they are things you can already do, the System just lists them.” She explained.
“And the class?” The first one asked.
“A Class is what you are, in your case you get Wererat, maybe if you’re particular you get a modifier, things like Lithe, Magic, Dexterous, Gluttonous, etcetera…” She listed a few possibilities. “What it does is affect more passive things in your growth, like helping you grow physically stronger, increase your magic reserves, improve your senses or gain better control of them. It’s rarely an active thing, a dragon may get a Dragon Breath. But if it comes from its Class, then it’s meant to improve on their ability to use it, not the breath in itself. They already can use it, it’s part of who they are. For your case it will most likely help you control your transformation further and slowly deal with whatever weakness you have.”
“You mean, like, silver?” The pink rat asked and if the blue one had been embarrassed, the look the brown rat gave her signaled she really shouldn’t have said that.
“Yeah, don’t expect to kick in instantly. And you may need to test and practice with it. But with enough time the Class will remove those kinds of weaknesses as you consider them something holding you back. It’s meant to help you improve after all.”
“So Class is passive and Job is active?” The brown one changed the subject.
“Yes to Class, Job can have both. Also, not just because you have an ability or skill to do something it will feature under your Job unless it’s related. For a vague example, my job is centered around manning this ship, and while I know how to fight, I do not have a skill related to it.” She explained.
“Can we improve our jobs, is that like in games? Once we level up enough?”
“There are no levels, there’s no numbers associated besides things like age, height and weight. The System has an internal understanding and measuring of how far you are in your path, once it considers you have reached the limit of what you can gain from a Job it will offer you to change it.” She explained. “Then you can do multiple things. You can advance in your path, you usually get one or two options, it’s sort of a refined aim, though that doesn’t mean more focused, sometimes you step up into broader applications.
“You can change your Job altogether and start something new, you will lose some stuff, gain access to new stuff. You keep your knowledge, but unless your new job uses said skills and abilities, the System won’t reward you for working on them. You will also lose the constant correction passive skills give you.” She continued explaining.
“Finally you can withhold from advancing. This means you don’t advance, you stay where you are. You can technically develop things further, but it will be very slow. The main reason you would want to do this is because the System has something it calls Mutations.” She explained. “A Mutation is when something external changes you at your core. Things like enlightenment, heavy trauma, revelations, permanent transformations, etcetera… These are rare and usually not a good thing, so in most cases you should choose one of the above.”
“What would we need to do if we accept?”
“Behave mostly.” She laughed and relaxed a bit. “Don’t start trouble, especially inside the ship, it’s large enough, but we’re literally a few walls away from total annihilation. If you’ve problems then talk with us, I like to think we’re reasonable people as long as you aren’t trying something very stupid. I mean it, I commit crime all the time, the trick is having a good reason and not getting caught.” She noticed that their eyes practically shone at that. “Listen to us, we’ve more experience than you here, if we tell you something it’s because there’s a reason for it. You wouldn’t believe the kind of threats and dangers you can come across in some Worlds out there.”
She quickly continued speaking as she noticed them trying to ask. “Just to put an example, your World’s timeline is severely fucked, as in your World could collapse on itself by how much time was fucked around with. There’s someone actively doing their best to keep it existing.” She said grimly and resumed the subject. “I think that’s pretty basic ‘get along’ stuff. Outside of that you will get food, a room each, training if you want, equipment if you get my brother in the mood and basically infinite wealth.” She saw their eyes glitter at that. “I’m being honest here, the ship literally creates energy out of nothing and can turn energy to matter to shape it into anything. Most wardrobes don’t really store clothes unless they are enchanted, they just save their design and recreate them when you want to use them.”
The three of them gave each other a look and Orange pointedly ignored the talk they were having. After a few seconds they spoke again.
“We’ll accept.” The brown rat stated.
“Okay, I will call Magnus. Since he and Ruby are over in the training rooms we should move things over there.” She opened the cage. “Now follow me and don’t make me regret trusting my brother on this.”
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 6
Magnus didn’t say a thing about how blissful Ruby looked after having eaten real food for the first time, he could only imagine the difference between what she had been force-fed during her time in the lab and a home-cooked meal by a pretty skilled chef like him.
“Okay, enough of that,” he told her gently, “I promise there will be much more food like that in the future.”
She blushed at the comment.
“Now, first thing.” He pulled the finger from his inventory. “Try to reabsorb this.”
She took the finger and looked at it, a moment later it had disappeared.
“That was easier than I thought.” Ruby admitted and then looked surprised. “The System also mentions that it counts as a proto-Magend.”
He rubbed his chin. “I should check what Orange took from the vault during our escape, they may have put some other of your Magends there.” He offered, getting a nod of agreement in response. “Now let’s try the opposite, you said you need a goal for your Magends, right? How about trying something simple?”
“They are meant to be pretty strong spells, so something like large-scale destruction? Fire control? Earthquakes?” She asked.
“I was thinking more of cooking or hand to hand combat. Keep it that simple for now.” He said with levity.
“Ok,” she nodded and closed her eyes.
And just like that, next to Ruby there was another Ruby. She was a bit shorter, closer to his height than hers by a few centimeters, she was a bit more portly too. Her clothes were similar to the ones he had sewn for her, but the front was almost shaped like an apron as a wooden spoon was held on her hand. Closer inspection revealed said spoon was actually a magic wand, which gave him ideas for future projects.
Magnus smiled. “Was your meal still in your mind?” He asked.
Ruby, both of them, quickly blushed. “Yes.” The second one answered. “It’s like… I suddenly understand all you did earlier. I can understand why you would chop, cut and dice ingredients in different ways, times for cooking each, the use of spices… It’s amazing.”
“If I had to guess you also know a few cooking spells too, no?”
“Yes, but how did you know?” The first asked.
“If I had to guess, with a name like Magend, they are meant to use maigc, so most of your selves will be able to use magic in one way or another. Also because you were thinking about magic before I offered the simple options.”
Ruby nodded and didn’t need to close her eyes before a third appeared. This one went towards the other extreme.
This Ruby fit the definition of amazonian. She’s over two meters tall, arms thicker than his head, a chiseled body up and down. Her clothes were almost minimalistic, barely above a bikini and completely skin-tight.
“Close combat?” He guessed.
“Actually I aimed for a form without magic.” She admitted. “Though this form can still use self-reinforcement. Outside of that, all the knowledge seems to be aimed at fighting, hunting and…” She quickly blushed.
He closed his eyes for a moment and let it pass, they were there to help her discover herself. He guessed something like this would happen sooner or later.
“Good enough, how are you feeling?” He asked the first Ruby.
“Strangely light, but in a good way.” She spoke as she was fighting a blush down. “It also explains why there’s voices in my head,” she admitted, “I though I had gone crazy. But it’s some of the Magends I created in the past and reabsorbed.”
“Are you okay with those?” A bit of worry dyed his voice.
“I’m actually much better now. It’s not just having control and understanding over the process, it’s also the System, one of the abilities under my Class is named Peace of Mind, apparently it helps me with the burden of the situation.”
“Okay, tell me if you need anything. I can think of a few ways to help if it becomes too much.” He reassured her. “But for now, how about we try some basic sparring? I promise I’m not a lightweight.”
The third Ruby seemed to like the idea, but before they could move to the center of the large training room, he received a message from Orange.
“Oh, looks like the three stowaways decided to join the crew on probation.” He stopped himself.
“Oh, that’s… good?”
“It simplifies some things, complicates others.” He admitted as the door opened, Orange entered leading the three wererats. “Welcome to the crew.” He greeted them.
The one that had taken the leading role was the shorter of the three, she had short, messy and brunette hair in the same tone as her fur. Her glare was to the point she feared she would bore a hole through most piece of armor.
“I’m Lydia.”
The other woman had pink hair of a duller tone compared to Ruby, almost lilac, she presented a more ditsy front. But he wouldn’t believe that.
“My name’s Moisha.”
The last was the only male of the group, his height was between the two women, he had blue hair cut short and trimmed down on the side.
“And I’m Romeo.”
“No last names?” He asked.
They shook their heads and Lydia answered, “Yeah, we have them, but it’s usually from the orphanage we’re left in, or if we’re lucky we were old enough to know it.”
He nodded and gestured to Ruby. “This is Ruby, and yes, they are all the same person. If you see someone with her hair color you can assume it’s her, unless Orange or I are playing a prank.”
Magnus retrieved three System orbs and handed one to each of them. “You just have to accept them and they will do the rest of the job, it will take a couple of minutes where you may feel a few tingles here and there, given your nature you may shift between your forms if you feel necessary.”
The three rats shared a silent conversation, most likely confirming they were sure before the three orbs disappeared and left them blinking.
“I don’t feel no-oOoOoohh…” Moisha let out a strange sound as she squirmed a bit.
Lydia, on other hand, maintained a poker face, but her tail had come out and was swaying nervously. Meanwhile Romeo appeared to be the less affected outside of a few patches of fur.
“...It wasn’t like that for me.” Ruby whispered into his ear.
“Different species and personal experiences can alter how the System acts at the start. The three of them are getting a lot of the usual city-born pollution purged out of their bodies.” He explained.
While it was a bit awkward, they watched in silence for almost a minute before the three wererats’ state normalized.
“Good, looks like all went well as expected.” Magnus said out loud, bringing attention to himself. “Now, the System responds to your will, just thinking about it will bring your personal information, most of this information comes directly from your World’s Akasha that means-
“What does it mean that my name’s Lydia Iceron Mckraken?!” She interrupted.
Magnus stopped talking. “Uh… I can see the resemblance. Though I don’t think I have heard about Iceron.”
The three of them shared a look. “I think I should know it, but… I’m drawing a blank.” Romeo admitted while shaking his head.
“Well, who could have thought our Lydia’s the daughter of an elder.” Moisha crooned.
“Big fat of good that did for me, bitch has never even seen me after popping me out.” She seethed before calming down. “...it doesn’t matter anymore.”
He wasn’t going to comment on that. “Okay, moving on, you should all have access to your Class and all the information the System collated about it, Jobs should be open. The System will also guide you to your personal rooms in the ship. We assigned you three consecutive rooms, but that can be changed if you want, those rooms can also be internally connected between them.” He explained quickly. “The ship’s very flexible.”
“What does that even mean?” Moisha asked.
He smiled and ordered the training room to expand, the four-meter high ceiling was suddenly twenty meters away from the ground and the walls expanded to double the size of a football stadium.
“While personal rooms won’t grow to this size, many rooms in the ship can expand considerably to fit.”
“I have, like, a question.” Moisha raised her hand.
“Just ask, no need to raise your hand.” Magnus laughed softly.
“Your sister said we can ask for any clothing?”
He nodded. “The System knows your measurements so you can request any type of clothing and it will produce it for you. Though given that you three are shapeshifters of a kind, you will need clothes that change with you.”
“We've got our bodysuits already.” Lydia pointed out.
He approached Romeo and tugged on the sleeve of it. “It’s not bad, but very basic.” He noted. “I can do much better than that, I will make you much better than that, it’s not even bullet-proof, terribly basic.”
“Oh yeah?” Lydia sneered. “What do you know about shapeshifters?”
Magnus grinned, his mouth was full of sharp fangs before he started to shift. Black fur covered his body as his fingers shifted into long, purple claws. His hair filled, a spiky mane as Stonebell swung lazily behind him. His clothes shifted with him, loosening in some spots and tightening on others.
“Just a tip, no one in this ship’s human.” His change didn’t stop as his Cherry Mask was on his face and his body growing larger and larger. Soon he was looking down at all of them. “ I am showing you this now to keep it from surprising you in the future. .” His voice made the area vibrate before he quickly shifted back and took the mask off.
Lydia, Moisha and Romeo were frozen stiff, holding against each other, meanwhile Ruby was looking at him with stars in her eyes. Meanwhile Orange just cackled, smacking her thigh, this caused the three of them to break out of their stupor and glare at her.
“What?” She asked playfully and her skin and hair melted away, showing her metallic skin. “I’m not human, my brother just told you. Don’t worry, we don’t discriminate, our family’s weird enough for us to be throwing stones.”
“What. The. Fuck?!” Lydia screamed.
“Yeah, I won’t assume that form unless something big needs to get really fucked up. But as I showed, my clothes survived the whole thing.” He gestured to himself. “I will make you a better bodysuit and a couple sets of shifting clothes, the rest can come if necessary. Meanwhile the clothes the ship creates for you can be considered disposable. Just don’t try to abuse this, each of you have a small inventory where to store them and your personal belongings.”
They nodded understandingly once they finished calming down. After that they spent a bit looking through their information.
“What does it mean I’m a wererat mage?” Lydia asked, getting a curious look from her two partners.
“The system simply assessed your magical Potential to be large enough to consider you a particular example of your race. This means it will help you develop that further, for example making it easier to grow your energy pool. Now, this doesn’t mean you two can’t use magic, being wererats already puts you in the magical being category, she’ll just have a much easier time growing stronger as long as she applies herself.”
She nodded understandingly, as he turned to talk with Ruby, he could hear the three of them discussing the weird Job names. He always had a good chuckle at how his father’s bad naming sense had infected the System in that department.
“Will they be okay?” Ruby asked as they moved to the center of the room.
“Oh yes, they aren’t evil, they definitely did some bad stuff in the past. But I can tell it was mostly to survive, so I can’t hold it against them. The thing is to see how they go forward.” He answered as he removed his jacket and ended in just loose pants and bodysuit. It wouldn’t be the first time his family gave people second, or third, chances. “Let’s see what you can do.” He taunted playfully.
In a moment she was up to him, hands together swinging down like a hammer. He easily dodged under her arms and delivered a quick palm to the kidney, it made her jump back and glare at him; being smaller had its advantages.
He moved first next, he kept things as mundane as possible when both of them were definitely above even Olympic-level powerhouses. Their punches sounded loudly as they displaced the air, even grazing blows would bruise badly in normal people. But the two of them were having fun.
If he was honest, while he was paying attention to the fight, a part of him was organizing his schedule. He still had things to be done before they arrived to their next World. The Gleeok corpse had laid long enough, he wanted to personalize the Workshop, he would need to tailor the promised clothes, the loot Orange had grabbed. And that was without starting on a few personal projects that had been bouncing in his head for a while.
If anything, it felt like those ideas had multiplied in his head while he was busy with other stuff. He hoped Orange picked a World a bit more mundane next time.
“Okay everyone, it’s been a few days and I think we’ve proved we can endure each others’ presence enough that we won’t try to kill each other. But the wait’s done.” Orange happily led the meeting as the Long Fortune rested just outside a moderate World.
It had been nearly a week, or at least seven twenty-four hours cycles since they had left their previous World, and outside of a few stumbles along the way, they were indeed coexisting quite well. The main problem had been that neither Magnus nor Orange actually needed sleep and had forgotten others did. This had led to the establishing of the day-long cycle, the ship’s lightning would naturally dim towards the night and turn nearly completely off in common areas during sleep time.
“Since this is your first time entering a new World, we’ll do things slowly and carefully, I promise that in most cases things aren’t as rough as departing your World was.” Orange continued speaking. “Now, I probed the World, it’s a modern one with some supernatural aspects. Now, this doesn’t mean you can go and use magic in the open, and please don’t spread your curse.”
“If you feel the need to actually bite someone, tell me and I will make something to keep you from spreading your curse… Actually, I may ask one of you to help me study your curse later, the System will fix the weaknesses, but nothing says we can’t discover something new.” Magnus offered.
“New Worlds for the just initiated: some Worlds follow a theme, this is very common in Worlds of this size. For example in the case of the one we’re entering is Fighting, people train, live and bleed fighting. We’ll be coming out in a place that’s called Metro City, it’s legal to start Street Fights in Metro City, you punch someone and they will happily punch back.”
“Wait… what?” Moisha interrupted, feeling lost.
“Yup,” Orange answered, “people just step up to each other on the street and start to fight for the pleasure of it. There are a few rules, yeah, but it’s whoever comes. Old Lady punching a teen? Sure. Two businessmen after hours? Go ahead. Police hitting a teacher? Well, that happens in other Worlds too, but you get the idea. But that’s normal people, you also have the Fighters, people who are by all means superhuman, these are the main sources of the supernatural, or maybe it’s better to call it the extraordinary. They are hard to miss and most of them have world-wide renown, they can also come from any place and any origin, even a bum in the corner could become a Fighter with enough training and willpower.”
Her lips pulled into a grin as a few pictures appeared on the skin.
“Another lesson about Worlds, while I doubt you will find a local variant of yourselves, there’s a possibility of running across local versions of important people.” She pointed to two pictures of a similarly-looking blonde man. “Both your World and this one have someone called Master Ken, they both practice a similar style and have similar abilities, the main difference is their personal history.”
“What would that mean for us?” Lydia asked.
“Would there be another me?” Ruby added her own question.
“For you three, nothing most likely. I honestly doubt you’ll have an easy time finding local wererats, or versions of yourselves. As for you Ruby, you’re a bit more unique. Just like Magnus and I, the nature of our existence puts us in the nearly impossible to have natural duplicates.” She patiently answered. “That covered most of the important stuff, if you’ve questions just ask.”
“What about money?” Moisha asked eagerly.
“I’ll take care of that, don’t worry. Once you’re down there the System will create a credit card for you to pay with, try to not bring too much attention to yourself and only buy stuff you can carry. So no huge pieces of art, please, or multi-million dollars purchases without asking us.”
She laughed at the dollar sign that practically appeared on the woman’s eyes.
Magnus stepped forward. “Now, you three already equipped your new bodysuits, I hope they are comfortable.” They nodded. “Good, that’s what I designed them for.” He retrieved a series of silver pouches with colorful labels. “These are potions, they are straightforward.”
He handed each rat a pack of twelve.
“Green is stamina, chug one and it will give you eight hours of energy, don’t abuse them. Red is for healing physical trauma, I know you have regeneration. Gold is the strong healing. And Silver will increase your body’s resistance against damage for about thirty minutes.” He described them. “Just bite the bag and suck hard.”
He looked at Orange and she nodded.
“That’s all, outside of that just have fun, don’t let people see you can turn into rats and don’t spread the curse.” He shrugged. “Hit it, sis.”
Orange smiled and had the ship enter the World.
Lydia, Moisha, Romeo and Ruby all prepared for it, but the entrance was as seamless and smooth as possible. Once they were inside, the ship parked behind the Moon, far away from prying eyes. But close enough for the portal system to reach the planet.
A golden portal opened in the room. “Just go through, I will stay right here.” Orange stated and watched them leave, her brother being the last one.
They shared a look before he disappeared through the portal and she closed it. She sighed and leaned back on her chair. With that done she could start looking through the internet and see what interesting things she could find.
Magnus watched the three wererats disappear between the multitude with the experience of people who had lived their whole lives in the city and learned how to be unseen. It wasn’t like it wouldn’t take more than a portal to be just a few meters away from them, so for the moment he turned to Ruby and offered his hand.
“Overwhelming?” He asked gently as they walked out of the alley and joined the people going on their day.
Her hand tightened on his own. “It’s… so many people and it’s so open.”
“Tell me at any time if you want to take a break, I’m sure there are nice places we can visit that are more contained and have less people.” He offered as they walked in silence, Ruby practically drinking any and all sights.
They continued walking in silence as they neared the waterfront, the more open area gave a lovely view of the bay. It was also a bit thinner in the number of people. This was also the first time the two of them saw one of the previously mentioned street fights.
It was a surprising fight, a hotdog vendor had suddenly been called out by one of the runners passing by. The second man had carried a basic greeting and both had fallen into stances before the punches and kicks started flying.
It was impressive just how everyone had simply made space and watched. Some even hollered for one of the two fighters. Two bouts of ninety seconds each and the hotdog vendor had managed almost two perfect wins.
Meanwhile the runner was panting heavily and thanking the man for his time. Magnus could see that the runner had definitely not come fresh, there were signs of exhaustion and not just from a morning run. A few bruises barely visible under his loose shirt pointed to him having fought earlier in the day. He still bought a sausage with everything, chowed it down and resumed running as if nothing had happened.
“I can’t believe that just happened.” Ruby mumbled.
He shrugged. “I’ve seen weirder, at least here it appears to be legal and everyone’s consenting to a point.” He bought a couple of hotdogs from the winning vendor and handed one to her. “Nice fight.” He congratulated them.
“Thanks, Mark comes daily.” The vendor laughed. “He used to kick my ass and get a hotdog free with his victory, I had to start training or I would have ended up broke.”
“Curious,” Magnus mused, “you weren’t the first person he fought today, you could see the signs he was in a fight earlier.”
“Was he?” The man rubbed his chin. “Well, there’s been a number of criminals wearing cardboard boxes and starting fights,” they raised an eyebrow at the comment and the man chuckled, “yeah, yeah, but they do so to commit crimes and be a general nuisance. Maybe he got ambushed by a group of them, they like to gang up on people.”
Ruby nodded. “We’ll keep it in mind. Thank you for the information.”
The man blushed. “You don’t want to fight instead of paying?” He taunted Magnus.
“It’s not necessary,” he paid for the hotdogs, “plus it wouldn’t be much of a fight.” He shot back as the two of them walked away.
After a few meters Ruby spoke up. “Are you going to look for those masked people?”
“No.” Magnus shook his head. “Because sooner or later they will come to us. A detail I decided to leave out for the wererats, is that people like us will always have trouble finding us, even if we don’t actively go out our way. Plus we make the perfect target for criminals.” He added with a laugh.
And just like he said, it wasn’t more than five minutes before their walk was interrupted by half a dozen shirtless men wearing oversized cardboard boxes on their heads, only two holes on a side for them to see through.
Magnus had to admit he was quite curious about how they held them in place.
“Hihihi, nice girl you have bro, don’t you think you would look cool if you pay us for protection.” The lanky man pulled a pocket switchblade and opened it.
It was cheap and tiny, barely as long as one of his claws, the edge looked dull and chipped, the blade was dirty and scratched. It made the blacksmith in him want to cry.
He took it off the man’s hand without him even noticing for a moment. “This is not a blade, what have you been doing with this? Scratching concrete?” He felt pity for the thing, so he simply squeezed it down, the cheap metal bent down noisily until he dropped the crumpled ball. “Now this,” he pulled one of the carving knives he had made to butcher the Gleeok, it was closer to a sword in size, “this is a knife.” He grinned.
The masked criminal took a step back.
“I don’t want any problem, so why don’t you and your friends go back home and rethink things?” Magnus offered, but at the same time allowed a bit of his Darkness to dye his words.
It didn’t take more than a second for the group to scamper away, only then he put the knife back into his inventory.
“Told you, problems would find us sooner or later.”
Ruby just shook her head and smacked his arm. “At least nothing more happened.” She then smiled. “Come on, I want to see more things.”
He nodded as they soon were visiting other places, not like this would lead to future problems.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 7
Lydia had to admit that this was the good life.
They had found that Metro City had a lot of stores packed in a pretty nice area of the city. Apparently while everyone liked to fight, they also liked to do so while looking good, which had led to a lot of fashion stores with very comfortable clothes.
On top of that having three limitless accounts to buy meant they could splurge to their hearts’ content. The hardest part had been finding a spot to drop their purchases into their inventories.
She watched Romeo vacuum his fourth slice of pizza while Moisha carefully dug into her authentic Chinese food. She had already finished her shawarma, very good and filling. Plus they had plenty of show with their meal as at least four bouts had gone down in the plaza they overlooked since they had sat down.
With that in mind she pushed herself off the table. “Look after my stuff.” She told the other two before approaching one of the entertainers she had watched for a while.
Her target had been there since they had arrived at the plaza, so far he hadn’t fought anyone. She wondered why, while their body was on the smaller side, she could tell they were quite well trained by the sheer control they had on their body.
“Hey, I’m new around her, how about a couple of bouts?” She greeted curtly.
The mime smiled cordially and bowed in greeting before adopting a fighting stand opposite to her. Instantly people pulled back and made space for them. Finally she would be able to beat one of these mute creeps, she just hated how they managed to be more silent than her, a properly trained warrior!
The fight started and she wanted to curse, how did they fight without making a noise. Even when blocking her own hits it was as if she was hitting a cushion. Even her stronger blows were easily pushed away.
And he could so easily slip under her guard, forcing her to step back. She had to fight her reflexes to not transform and whip him with her tail. Instead she tried to take advantage of how close they got to sweep their feet.
Which quickly didn’t work and she wanted to curse as the silent fighter had skillfully jumped back just as the ninety seconds alarm sounded.
The mime gestured that it was a tie and prepared for the second round.
She grunted and pushed forward much more aggressively this time. She also started to move around more. Still wasn’t useful, he simply parried her blows, redirected her kicks and easily switched her grabs to force her to retreat.
The need to shift and lash out was growing so strong that only the alarm of the end of the fight broke her concentration. Once more they signaled it was a tie.
Lydia sighed. “No, it’s my loss. That was very impressive.”
The mime offered his hand to her and she shook it, even if it felt a bit humiliating to get this kind of pity.
“It’s not frequent that I find men like you.” She stated proudly, which apparently caused the mime to break out in silent laughter. “What?”
The mime slid her thumbs under his suspenders and pulled them enough to allow Lydia to see he was actually a she, her small body’s features were almost boyish. The mime grinned and blew her a kiss, causing Lydia to blush instantly and stammer an apology before rushing back to her table, where her two teammates were betraying her by laughing out loud.
“Ugh… kill me.” She wrapped her head with her arms.
“Why? Because you were beaten and flirted with by the tomboy mime?” Moisha teased.
The fact that the mime took the table’s fourth chair and sat down with her belongings didn’t help.
“Welcome around. I’m Romeo, this is Moisha and you already met our lovely Lydia.”
She laughed and wiped the thick paint off her face with a piece of cloth. “Nice to meet you, I’m Maria.”
“Excuse me, but like, Maria the Mime?” Moisha asked.
The small woman laughed. “Totally, it was a joke when I was a little girl, but then it turned out I really liked miming and really good at fighting.” She admitted. “What about you three?”
Lydia just groaned out a ‘kill me’, but she was ignored as Romeo answered after presenting the three of them.
“Kinda finding ourselves after getting out of a hard spot. We are still computing the fact that we have taken a plunge that succeeded in a way we didn’t expect.”
Maria finished wiping her makeup and put the cloth away before pulling a bottle of water from her bag and drinking from it.
“That I can believe, it’s actually quite common around Metro City, the place wasn’t so well off about a decade ago.”
Lydia unwound herself a bit at the offer of a change of subject.
“Like, how bad?” Moisha asked. “We’ve seen some pretty bad places.” The shared memories of the Undercity came to mind.
“The place was ruled by the gangs, they are still around. But they are just troublemakers now.” Maria told them. “Mad Gear and Skull Cross Gang still exist, but back then they were kings of Metro City, there was practically no building that wasn’t rundown, the factories were taken over, all streets were destroyed.”
Romeo let out a whistle, Undercity was bad. But that was more because it was a cave stuffed with rats.
“Then the Mad Gear Gang decided to teach the new mayor a lesson by kidnapping his daughter. Let’s say Mayor Haggar decided to take matters in his own hands, or fists, rumors say it was just him, Jessica’s boyfriend and one other guy who pretty much dealt with the whole gang up to their leader. And then did it again some time later.” She pointed to a pretty big statue of a big man. “He’s the one who started the whole fighting thing in the city while turning it from the crime capital of the country to the leading city of the country.”
“Place definitely got gentrified.” Lydia said.
Maria laughed. “Yeah, all big corporations are now pretty much fighting to build their super buildings everywhere. There’s this new tech company releasing their security drones everywhere too, you can see them usually at night. They can get pretty nasty if they decide to attack you, so be careful.”
They nodded. “So what’s fun around here? Besides, like, fighting?” Moisha asked.
“Well, outside of fighting you can also fight by the waterfront, or maybe visit the local Chinatown and fight, or maybe go to the Museum… about fighting. Oh, oh, I heard they released a new movie in the local theater, it’s all about the last World Tournament, it’s about-”
“Fighting?” The three of them interrupted her.
Maria just nodded with a smile. “Yeah, it’s pretty central to everything here. Joking aside, the Overpass is a pretty nice social spot, lots of entertainers and little stands selling the usual tourist crap. Otherwise you can visit some good restaurants and dojos around town, most places have open classes for those interested in trying their styles. There are some pretty big names in the city.”
“We may look into that later, it’s honestly the first time in a long time we can choose how to use our time.” Romeo admitted.
“Ah, the joys and curses of freedom.” Maria goodnaturedly laughed before freezing and quickly starting to put her thing away. “Okay, it was nice to meet you guys, I’ve to run.”
Before they could ask, the small woman had left the table, just moments before a group of people wearing boxes on their heads appeared.
“Where’s she?”
“Where did she go?”
“You three! Where’s that bitch?” One of the men approached their table and barked the question.
Before they could do anything but glare, another of the men came running. “The others saw her run North.”
“Fuck, come on, she won’t escape this time.” The man that had asked the question ran off, followed by the rest.
The three wererats were left there watching the group leave.
“So… we’re totally following them, right?” Moisha asked.
“Like someone that beat me can be in danger, but I would like to see more of her skills.” Lydia said, getting a look from the other two as she stood up.
Romeo chuckled. “Nothing like some exercise after a good meal.” He put her stuff away and followed the shorter wererat as she trailed the short woman.
Lydia had to admit she was starting to change her opinion on the whole system thing. Learning her full name was almost a footnote by now as she had learned she wasn’t a normal wererat, when Magnus had explained the difference in potential for the use of magic she hadn’t understood at first.
But then he had taught her the very basics of fire magic and it had just filled a spot she had been missing. Of course the man had insisted that she focus on control of her emotions before furthering her control over the flames, it didn’t help that she hated to admit she could get hot-headed; it felt like a joke at her expense.
There were other things that had slowly improved along the days, her sense of smell had become better, not stronger per-se. But instead it had become easier to differentiate smells and track them better, she was also feeling less bothered by strong smells. Which was a blessing in a city that usually smelled like smog and chemicals.
Her other senses hadn’t fallen behind, sight and touch were definitely the less improved, barely any changes she could notice. Her taste was next, but she couldn’t say if it was because good things tasted better or it was just her eating better food. Her sense of hearing had sharpened and she could now easily pinpoint the source of things. She wondered if she could learn to hear people lying, she remembered something about heart beats and such.
And her Job, Warrior Princess, she hated that it had been the best choice. She had a pretty good distribution of Job options, things like Warrior, Ninja, Werefighter, Team Leader, and a few others. But Warrior Princess was basically all of them and more. Though she wasn’t sure when she would need to use Courtly Manners, outside of dissing someone.
A partial transformation on their hands allowed the three of them to easily climb up a wall and reach a vantage point to look down a cul-de-sac. It was obvious Maria hadn’t meant to end there, most likely corralled.
Lydia’s ears shifted just enough so she could hear what was going down on ground level.
“…running away, it’s time you pay for messing with us.” One of the masked men spoke.
“Come on, no need to get physical here.” Maria tried to placate them. “You guys were totally booming out everyone and keeping the tourists away, we needed to work.”
“I know exactly what kind of work you can do.” The masked man at the front reached for Maria, who reflexively smacked the hand away.
That was the signal for all of them to gang up on her, and while the small woman was holding them back, it wasn’t really putting them down. Her style was good at the defensive and why Lydia had had so much trouble with her, but there was a limit to her stamina and the guys just kept getting back up to attack her.
The three of them dropped down to join the fight, and they were definitely more ready to put the masked men down for longer. Lydia had to admit that getting to blow off some stress after the events she had gone through last week was a nice thing.
On the other hand, Moisha and Romeo were being a bit more practical and aiming for quick knock-out blows, utilizing their stronger bodies to overpower the masked goons and put them out of the fight one after the other.
Finally they were all lying on the floor and the four of them were still standing, albeit Maria appeared to be panting a bit harder.
“I… thank you.”
“No problem, I think I speak for all of us that we couldn't let some lowlives ruin our afternoon.” Lydia said modestly. “Now how about if we- Watch Out!”
One of the men on the floor had been playing dead, using the lull of the after-fight to throw a pocket knife in Maria’s direction. Before she could react a long, pink tail had coiled around it.
Lyida’s eyes opened wide as she saw Romeo surprised by having reacted like that, Moisha was already by the man and kicking his head to knock him out.
“Fuc-” Lydia bit down the curse. “We can explain, but not here.” She said as she looked around.
The small woman they had saved looked stumped, but nodded before following them out of the Cul-de-sac. A pile of groaning gang members still doting the ground.
And a flying drone that had recorded everything.
Magnus sat on the edge of the highest building’s roof as Ruby stood a few meters behind.
“Are you sure it’s safe?” She asked.
“Totally,” he patted the spot by him and laughed softly, “I mean it, Ruby. First of all, I could actually survive this fall, the floor would be cratered badly, but I’ve walked out of worse situations. Second, with this much distance to the ground, we can have Orange catch us with one of the portals and place us somewhere safely. Third, if necessary I can shift into a flying form before hitting the ground, it will be a spectacle. But I wouldn’t get hurt and I could catch you.”
Ruby thought about it before carefully walking to the edge and sitting down, he quickly reached around her waist and pulled her closer to make her feel safer.
“It’s so beautiful.” She whispered.
“Cities have a way to be beautiful, especially when looked at from above.” He noted. “But I promise that I will show you some much more beautiful vistas in the future.”
She nodded silently as they watched the moon rise as the sun set behind them. Similarly the city under them started to light up in full, there were also buildings that showed their lights once darkness laid over the city.
It wasn’t as if this stopped the people of Metro City. Just like any other big city, a large part of everything happened at night, if not entirely once the sun set. Bars, some shows, raves and some less legal fights only started once lights were out.
“I’ve a question.” Ruby asked after a while.
“And you know I’ll always be happy to answer you.”
She took a moment before speaking. “What are you expecting to get from this World?”
Magnus didn’t answer straight away, instead thought of the words he would say before opening his mouth. “Originally, after my time in Hyrule, I wanted to visit Worlds to find useful information to help the people in Hyrule, to deal with the curse that’s been plaguing the World for a long time. But after visiting your World I wanted to find a spot to rest for a bit, though now I’m using this World to test the three rats.”
“You think they will start trouble?”
“I know they will start trouble.” He corrected her.
“ They already started trouble. ” Orange corrected him by speaking out loud.
He sighed. “How bad?”
“ Not as bad as you would expect, they actually helped a young woman they just met out of a hard spot, thoooough… Romeo totally showed his tail. ”
“Did someone see that?”
“ Just to be sure I hit the gang members with a short-term flush, the one that causes hangovers. ”
“Okay, keep me apprised of how that goes, if necessary remind them that they can ask for help.” His sister answered with a confirmation before cutting the call. He just knew she would make him pay on the bet they had for that.
“Will it be a problem?” Ruby worriedly asked.
“Hmm? Not really, I imagine it will lead to some more problems. But I don’t think they will be in actual danger, so it’s a good first taste of how things can go in other Worlds.” He explained.
“How can things go in other Worlds?” Her curiosity was piqued.
“Yup, as I told you before, trouble will find us sooner or later. My last two World entrances were anything but subtle.” He laughed. “How about we visit a restaurant before we go see what the night has to offer?” He offered his hand to her.
Ruby smiled brightly before taking it, and quickly screamed as Magnus yanked her close and dropped over the edge onto a waiting portal.
“So when you three said that you had gotten out of a hard situation that’s what you meant?” Maria asked once they had left the area far enough, she had taken them to a small abandoned warehouse. “What are you exactly? ‘sperimental subjects from a shady organization or something like that?”
“What? No… I mean…” Lydia grumbled. “We’re born this way, we’re wererats.”
“Though you could consider Elder Gothwrain to be pretty shady, and Elder Sherisha’s company did do a lot of experimental stuff.”
Moisha laughed as Lyida wanted to shut Romeo down.
“So like werewolfs but with rats? So if you bite me I will turn on the full moon or something?” Maria energetically asked.
“Yes, you would turn, the curse’s pretty nasty. But no, there’s nothing to do with the moon’s phases, I think werewolves took the whole moon thing just because they like to howl at it.” Lydia explained. “Plus we’re asked to not spread the curse if possible.”
“How does that work?”
The three shrugged at the question. “The curse’s old and you have various groups of were, as far as I know we rats were the first along with the wolves, but you also have dogs and a large variety of cats.” Romeo explained.
“We all can pass as near perfect humans, our animal forms do bleed a bit on our features.” Moisha showed her larger ears. “And we can turn half-point or fully animal, though we won’t show you since we shrink and that means dropping most of our clothes, and sorry but I’m not getting them dirty.” She gave the place a derisive look.
Maria just laughed. “It’s okay, I trust you.”
“Okay, spill, why did those gang members were after you?” Lydia asked, a bit rudely. But she wanted answers.
“Ugh, they have always been around, but they now use those silly boxes and think no one can recognize them. It was a couple of weeks ago, they had practically set camp on one of the touristy spots and were scaring all the tourists so I went and scared them away.” She explained. “Kicked their asses and sent them running, they have been looking for me since then.”
Before Lydia could ask about what they would be doing going forward, the fake phone the System had provided rang, surprising her. Out of habit she pulled it out to check the message, which got the other curious.
“What’s that?” Moisha prompted.
She sighed. “Just Orange telling me that it’s okay to ask for help.”
“Why would she message you that out of the blue?” Maria prompted.
“Because it’s not out of the blue, she’s keeping an eye on us. She’s one of the people that took us in after we got out of the bad situation we were in.” She answered.
“Now you got me curious.”
Lydia shook her head. “Not my story to tell, they are… peculiar… and particular . Let’s leave it at that.” Thankfully she accepted that answer.
“Would they really help?” She asked instead.
“I fear that they would do so gleefully , which scares me a bit.” She shuddered slightly at the memory of a monstrous fox kaiju looking down at her, eyes brimming with energy, two holes full of Light and Darkness…
Maria whistled. “You make me think you’re talking about someone on the level of Chun Li or Master Honda.”
Lydia’s phone chimed again and she pulled it up, before they could ask she spoke. “It’s the location of the gangs’ hideouts, the number of people there and… I’m pretty sure this is blackmail if they want to bargain.”
They all looked at her surprised.
“Well, I think now I understand a bit of what you meant by scared.” Maria humored.
“You have no idea, sister.” Moisha laughed nervously.
“Thankfully they are on our side.” Romeo admitted. “Now, which group’s the one that’s been bothering you?” He interrogated Maria.
“It’s the Mad Gear Gang.” She pointed out.
“Then they will be at the scrapyard.” Lydia checked the info.
The four of them looked down upon the phone she was holding and dragged her finger around the screen to get a good view of the map. She was impressed by the technology, but more by the fact that it was apparently very common, and if anything it was a step down from what the System could provide her.
“We’ll need to prepare for a fight, I greatly doubt they will just accept our request, even with the blackmail.” Lydia assuredly said. “So we should see if we need anything.”
“Like?”
“A good battle cry?” Romeo said humorously.
Ruby followed Magnus into the workshop he had on the ship.
“You know you don’t have to follow me, right?” He pointed out as he looked over his shoulder.
She smiled, it wasn’t the first time she had watched him work, it was strangely entrancing as he seemed to lose sense of his surroundings while working.
“It’s okay, I like seeing you work.” That seemed to be enough for him, nodding and looking away. Though she was pretty sure she saw his ears redden for a moment.
Just out of curiosity she summoned one of her selves that she had created purposely to understand his crafting. It had only helped reveal how deep his work went, it was as if she could see every step and understand the process. But seeing it in action was a completely different thing.
If she had to put it in words, it was because he put his care into each step. In how he shaped the wood, how he treated the metal, how he poured his magic into the object. A second self had come out just to understand his magic on top of what she was already seeing. And finally a third to understand the magnificent instrument.
“A… guitar?” She asked, it was strange having suddenly access to so much knowledge about everything she just wanted. Was this how he felt when he got his perks?
“An electric guitar, yes, or well, a magic guitar as it’s not using electricity to play.” He explained as he thrummed the strings and she could see magic practically explode from the instrument.
She could feel it wrapping around him, a gentle caress that sent a shiver down her spine and made her sigh.
“Whoops, sorry, I sometimes forget just how much my magic loves to mix with music.” He smiled playfully as he tuned the guitar and fiddled with a few dials. “Perfect, now I can provide some background music for the wererats’ fight.”
The reason presented almost made her sputter. “Just for that?”
“Why not?” He laughed and hung it across his back. “I like playing music, it’s mostly inoffensive and I can still use it to cast large-scale illusions.”
He looked at the ax and smiled. “I dub thee Blue Chords.” An almost happy twang echoed in the room, surprising her. “How about I make one for you and you join me in the fun?”
His offer made her curious. “Okay, I will follow your lead.”
“Excellent, we still have a few minutes before they get to the scrapyard, let’s see what kind of weapon I craft for the lady.” He turned back to the work table, ready to show off.
Ruby felt like chuckling, though instead of that she drank in the sights of how he worked with the materials. A few voices in the back of her head commented, making her blush, how they wanted to be treated like that.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 8
Moisha looked at the scrapyard ahead of them, the place was definitely a relic of another time. There was enough rust per square meter that she was pretty sure one would need a tetanus shot just for passing by the place.
The bright and massive neon sign on the front had been vandalized, a letter had been broken and another two moved around, it read Abigail’s SCAR-METAL. There was also a huge scrap metal claw sprouting from above the building, it was impressive to see that it was definitely functional and used daily.
She scoffed because she knew her current clothes would be a loss before the night was over, even if she had chosen something pretty tight. It was bound to snag and tear with one of the many protruding sharp corners. She would be more worried if she couldn’t just replace them as easily as clicking a button.
What surprised her was how empty the place appeared, and if her nose hadn’t told her the place reeked of people she would have believed what she saw.
Lydia walked ahead, Maria behind her while Romeo and her closed the formation. The moment they crossed the large, open entrance the gang members started to make themselves known.
“Think they were expecting us?” Romeo whispered and she shook her head.
“It feels like all of this wasn’t for us.” She commented just loud enough for Maria and Lydia to hear her.
The shop’s front rolled up, revealing more Mad Gear members as the large claw on top shifted around. They froze for a moment as a couple of large spotlights shifted around and pointed together to the claw. As the machine moved to the front of the show and lowered, a hulk of a man hung from it.
He was at least twice as wide of all of them put together, with arms the size of their torso. Long yellow dreadlocks hung from his head as a pair of large, dark glasses covered a large part of his face.
“Well, well, well, what do we have ‘ere?” The man looked down at them from his spot on the claw before jumping nearly four meters down as if it was nothing, not even cushioning the blow. It was like watching a fridge free fall. “I thought you were that pest that wanted me to let go of Li Fen, but no, you are the other pest.”
Moisha raised an eyebrow, they had definitely mixed into someone’s else thing.
“Doesn’t matter what pest comes, aight. You bring the great Trasher Damnd a pest, he smacks it down.” He grinned.
“Fuck that, fuck whatever you think it’s happening here.” Lydia just went off and Moisha felt like facepalming. “I don’t know who the heck is Li Fen, I just want you to stop bothering my friend here, tell your goons to stop hunting her and I won’t have to feed you your teeth.”
Trasher Damnd, Moisha felt strangely not ready to call that name weird given some of those she had heard in Undercity in the past, stopped grinning.
“You see here, little biatch. You don’t just come ‘ere to Mad Gear territory and order me! Trasher Motherfucker Damnd! How to do things.” He snapped his fingers and more of those boxed weirdos started to approach. “Show her some manners, boys.”
As the goons closed a circle around the four of them, the first few chords of music reached her ears. Her eyes looked for the source as she could feel magic in the music, and it certainly surprised her to see Magnus and Ruby playing just on the other side of the street as people started to stop and watch the duo play.
Her attention was brought away from them as she dodged a couple of thrown bottles by the goons. There were enough of them for the four of them to divide them and still have their hands full.
If there was something she could think about their cardboard box masks, it was that she could more easily ignore the lascivious gazes that tended to follow her. She was also glad that the Job she had ended up choosing was based not just fighting as part of a team, but fighting against teams of people. The skill Devious Parry was excellent at pointing the best ways to have her enemies attack each other.
It wasn’t more than a few clashes before a number of the goons were fighting each other more actively than her. The idiots were too easy to distract and a few well-aimed hits during their distraction was reducing the number of her opponents. Now if they stopped coming out from under the rocks, at this rate she may end up grabbing one of the stamina bags to keep going.
Romeo dodged another thrown object and moved closer to Maria to block one of the goons coming at her from the back. His grip on the man’s wrist surprised them and allowed him to toss him over his shoulder to ground two other masked gang members.
But he didn’t see it, instead already moving to cover Lydia’s blind spot and use the idiot with a knife as a meat shield against the one attacking Moisha.
The Job of Team Support was apparently much more active than he expected. While he had acquired some interesting First Aid knowledge and similar, the role he had weighted heavily in covering for his allies and abusing the enemy’s attention on them to keep them safe.
The music in the background changed and a strange sense of restoration filled him. If he hadn’t noticed it was Magnus playing he would have been a bit more worried. But even without asking he was there helping them.
He remembered having read of bards and similar magic performers using magic through music. Though he was pretty sure that none would be playing such rock hits, actually he was pretty sure druids would have a hard time creating a storm like the one brewing above them, though he failed to smell the usual characteristics of such weather in the air; it may just be a visual aspect of the magic.
Now the wind he felt pushing his every move felt quite real, even as strong as a wererat was, Romeo knew his punches didn’t send men larger than him flying like they were doing. Or maybe it was one of those things Magnus had explained some Worlds had, because no one was looking too surprised by the goons getting thrown around like this.
A trash can’s lid was used to block a pair of thrown bottles, the glass pieces loudly exploding out as he flung the lid like a Frisbee at the pair of idiots that had tried it. Once more he didn’t see it hit, though he heard it, as he was already moving to attack the next idiot.
Or he would if Trasher Damned didn’t snap his fingers and caused every other gang member to step back from them.
“Okay, maybe we do have a problem ‘ere.” The man sauntered forward, his physique imposing. “You know what I see when I see you all ‘ere? I see that damn Haggard and his two pretty boys, coming here and wanting to lay the rules just because they can fight good. I remember the fun we had back in the old Metro City, it was our city, the gangs ruled. But then he decided to change things and forced us to give up the throne!”
The man grabbed the lid from the ground and crushed it between his large hands before throwing crumpled, cheap metal away.
“So I got strong, I wanted to not fight until I entered the World Tournament and show everyone that Mad Gear Gang should still be feared. But maybe I will blow off some steam by kicking your sorry asses down before entering the tournament and getting all the way to the top.” He punched his fist into his other hand loudly.
“Come, I will show you who’s going to blow some steam.” Lydia taunted as the music changed again.
Romeo could only watch as Lydia slipped past Trasher’s huge punch and connected her much smaller fist right on his cheek. It was impressive to see how he just stopped there, his head turned to the side before he took a step back and grabbed his jaw.
“Well, color me impressed little lady.” The man fixed his dark glasses and spit to the side. “Maybe you can give me a good fight.
She just snorted and Romeo could almost see her tail thrashing around behind her.
“Will she be okay?” Maria whisper-asked to him.
“Yes, Lydia’s tougher than she may appear. She’s just used to fighting with weapons, you could say our previous teacher was quite physical with weapons since we heal fast.” Romeo explained as he winced when Lydia was surprised by a kick in the stomach.
Thankfully that wouldn’t keep a wererat down for long. Though in truth she was fighting her instincts to not fight like a wererat, claws, tail, and teeth were barred and not just for the possibility of passing the curse; Trasher would be a very ugly rat.
Romeo could still see that Lydia was getting the upper hand, the punches and kicks she managed to connect seemed to deal a lot more damage to Trasher than the ones she took. He was actually pretty sure she had repeatedly bitten her lip to keep a trail of blood going as her healing would have closed the few lip lacerations too quickly to be normal.
Finally she managed to slip under his guard and sweep the back of his knees. Bringing the giant man down she grabbed a handful of his dreadlocks and smashed his face down into the ground.
“Done, now you and your goons have to stop bothering Maria.” She growled and walked away.
Moisha raised her hand and high-fived her.
“Nice work holding back.” He whispered.
“It was good experience.” She admitted and turned around, watching Trasher Damnd slowly get up with the help of his goons.
The man pushed the goons away and simply sat on the ground of the scrapyard. A grumble escaped his lips as he wiped the blood from his lips, impressively his glasses remained intact and on his face. “Okay, okay, you earned it, we won’t bother that pest anymore. Now leave.”
Lydia nodded and guided them out of the lot, she instantly sighed when she noticed a large amount of people watching Magnus and Ruby play.
Now that he wasn’t being distracted, Romeo could admire how well the man played, and the pink-haired woman wasn’t too far behind. With the addition of both being drop dead gorgeous, it wasn’t a surprise there was a huge amount of people watching. There were even a couple of cop cars parked a bit away and a few uniformed people trying to organize the public.
“You know them?” Maria asked, picking up the clues.
Romeo could only chuckle at the suffering look Lydia was having. “It’s okay, don’t worry.” He answered.
Just then he noticed another Ruby standing by them. She wore a very unassuming sweater, loose pants, and a cap, the pair of glasses covering her eyes finished the costume to make her unassuming.
“We’re almost finished, Magnus’ offering to prepare some dinner to celebrate your fight.” Her words made Moisha, Maria and Lydia turn surprised.
Ruby just waved her fingers. Maria was the only one that switched her view between the two Rubies. “Sisters?”
“Something like that.” The other Ruby’s voice sounded soft, almost far off. “Anyways, directions on your phone.” She told them before walking off into the multitude and disappearing in a way that made them jealous.
“That fighting did open my appetite.” Moisha mused. “We should accept the invitation, he’s a very good cook after all.”
Lydia and him nodded, leaving Maria looking at them.
As they explained things to her, Magnus finished his song and thanked the public, asking them to keep their money before he and Ruby disappeared into a cloud of smoke, leaving everyone surprised with the magical act.
They would accept the invitation, free food was free food.
Magnus could admit he was learning a lot from helping Ruby cook, her chef-self knew a lot more than he did, and not just in cooking techniques. But also a large number of cooking spells, small applications of magic he had never thought about before.
One could literally seal the juices inside the meat during cooking, the process would make sure the meat remained moist and became extra tender without the texture that it would have if it had been boiled. Or a spell that made sure that spices were perfectly spread all over the dish. There were even several alchemical spices that he hadn’t thought possible or even entertained the thought of before.
The large feast they were putting together was enough to finally accrue him the cooking perk that had stalled on him for quite a long time.
He looked up as Moisha, Lydia, Rome and Maria stepped through a portal, the three wererats looked a bit apprehensive about showing the young woman the place, while she looked a bit stunned by what she saw. Though outside of the very obvious portal, the mess hall was quite ordinary, albeit a very well-designed room.
“Welcome to the Long Fortune.” He greeted her from behind the counter.
Maria looked around. “When they told me we were walking into a spaceship I don’t know what I expected. Maybe more windows?”
He laughed. “Ah, we can project images of the outside of the ship while inside, but actual windows are counterproductive for the working of a ship like this.” He explained as he helped Ruby get the food onto one of the large tables.
She sat down along with the three wererats. A part of Magnus wondered if they would start acting a bit less like a unit now that they looked more relaxed. Only time would tell.
“Thanks.” The young woman mumbled as she put some food on her plate. “I’m sorry to ask, but why is this place so big?”
“The Long Fortune’s equipped to hold up to somewhere between thirty and forty people. As you can imagine, that’s a lot of people that would need a space to eat, even if most rooms can act as apartments, a communal space is necessary.” He explained.
They started to eat in silence outside of sounds of enjoyment before Orange entered the mess hall.
“Sup, sorry about being late.” She quickly sat down. “Got distracted messing with some people.” She cackled.
“Messing with criminal organizations?” He asked.
“You know it.” Orange turned to Maria. “Also, nice to meet you, glad to see you four managed to deal with the problem you had.”
Maria nodded back. “… is it okay for me to know about you and all of this?”
His sister smiled. “And who would believe you?” She asked playfully. “It’s also not like anyone could do much to us, we’re currently on the other side of the Moon and from what I’ve seen not many could deal with Ruby once she gets going. I don’t think anyone could actually deal with Magnus or me getting serious.”
Ruby blushed at the compliment. And it was true, he had gotten to spar with her a few times, and each of her selves were quite good, but it truly got devastating when she started to properly lean in on the group dynamics. Right now she was working on building a solid rooster of Magends to cover as wide enough as possible.
Maria looked at Ruby. “You were the one playing earlier… no, you look slightly different.” She sharpened her gaze as she observed her.
“It’s complicated, the answer is mostly yes, but also no.” Ruby waved it off.
That was something Magnus had noticed so far, each Magends tended to have slight tics and quirks to their personalities. The Chef Magend rarely liked to talk about anything not related to her field, even if she used magic she quickly lost interest if it couldn’t be used for cooking.
Maria accepted the answer, even if he could tell she wanted to ask for more. Instead she turned to him.
“And what’s your story?” She asked.
“A long one,” he laughed, “but to keep it short. I became an adult and decided I wanted to go out and explore. Orange and I decided to pair up and dad helped us with the ship and a few other things. This is more or less our third stop and the last one was still mostly an accidental thing.” He explained. “That’s when we picked Ruby and the three of them, even if they were mostly a surprise.”
Lydia rolled her eyes. “We snuck into the ship and got knocked out as it was leaving.”
“Wait, that’s what you meant by you three escaping a bad situation?”
“Yes, honestly it’s turning out to be better than we expected.” Romeo answered her.
“How bad was it?” She asked aghast.
“I mean… It wasn’t that bad.” Moisha admitted. “It was just.. like, we’re being totally groomed into tools by this old wererat.”
Lydia nodded. “Constant training and the sensation that we had no freedom, even if we didn’t have collars around our necks, Elder Gothwrain just needed to give you a look and…” She closed her mouth and groaned.
Romeo just nodded.
“Then you three will be quite happy to know that we really flipped the table when we’re leaving.” Orange happily told them. “I can’t even imagine how mad they are right now after all the little things I did.”
Lydia raised an eyebrow and that was enough for his sister to start telling them about her doings.
Sherisha was seething, her claws had long since forced her to replace her desk from the long marks she had left on the acacia wood table, her trash can was full of broken pencils that had ended the target of her anger to not break her teeth from clenching too hard, again.
Her glare was nearing the level that even Gothwrain in front of her was looking worried.
“How badly exactly?” She asked again.
“Your whole human persona’s a complete loss.” He answered almost detachedly. “While a lot of the information they acquired was fabricated there’s nothing we can do to work against it that wouldn’t get us into more problems, even the bribes and blackmail can only do so much.” The man’s features twisted. “And it’s not like I wasn’t burned quite badly too.”
Almost unconsciously her eyes wandered down to the wererat’s tail, or half tail as the rest had been removed while he dodged a spell from a particularly skilled enemy. It wasn’t the only damage, his clothes certainly hid the major, still bald patches of missing fur on his body, burns, scars and other magical, hard to heal, injuries.
“How did it happen?” She ordered him to answer.
“I don’t have perfect proof, but I can only theorize that it was that ship you picked up. It was bound to be too good to be true.” The man admitted. “I don’t know the specifics, but it became akin to a Trojan horse even if it may not have been one to start.”
She ran her fingers through her short hair.
“The facility’s a total write off, whatever the man did twisted the whole place inside out. Most of the research personnel are a write-off too, they have either been severely traumatized or straight-up cursed, for some reason he seems to have made contact with that artifact you were already studying and decided to repay the researchers that worked on her case especially badly.”
She raised an eyebrow.
“Yes, I studied the curse, but didn't see a reason to remove it.” He admitted. “Not that it would have done much good, the way it had latched to their brains would have reduced them to vegetables. He made sure they were dead-men-walking.”
“The rest?”
“Most developed a fear for the dark or enclosed spaces, a few were murdered by fellow workers during crises of faith and mental breakdowns. There were also a number of accidents during the initial panic.” Gothwrain explained. “And of course, there’s the problem with the Guild of Explorers dropping in just in time to call the shots, it’s obvious they knew this was going to happen, they were just too ready.”
Sherisha breathed in deep to focus herself before exhaling slowly. “Zero made contact, right? How is he doing? Did he say anything about the man?”
“One displaced vertebrae, two broken ones, four broken ribs, one of them pierced his lung and nearly his heart, severe bruising in the liver, tearing in the stomach, one bruised kidney, diaphragm with severe lacerations and a concussion. It’s honestly a miracle he’s already immortal or he would have been long dead. Or maybe the man held back, he could have certainly finished him. But instead he decided to board the ship and leave as quickly as possible.” Gothwrain answered the second question first.
He retrieved a sketch and slid it over the table. “He described the man as young and of short stature, more of a darker complexion and a long braid of an eye-catching purple color. Very skilled illusionist and knows how to fight well enough that Zero admits he would have most likely lost in the long run.”
“With Zero out of commission, what about the three students?”
His face went completely blank. “They are… missing.” He admitted, to which she raised an eyebrow. “The three of them were last seen entering the building over the facility, that’s why I sent Zero to retrieve them. But now there’s no sign of them, and I’ve looked quite intensively.” His lip twitched as he pulled a cigar and lit it before taking a long drag from it. “I can only guess they boarded the ship during the chaos.”
Her claw started to tap loudly on the desk.
“Nothing?”
“I’ve checked on Jade and even used one of the back-up spells I had laid on the three of them. All of it failed.” He answered between drags of his cigar. “It didn’t help that Diggers found me during one of the most intense searching rituals.” The rat barely hid his wince at the memories.
“The amount of money lost in this will push a lot of things back by years, if not decades, at the minimum.” She painfully admitted, her claws once more marking the desk.
“I may have an idea of how to still get ahead.” She glared at him.
“Tell me, slave.” She ordered and so he started speaking.
Magnus chewed on a few rocks before swallowing them, their taste quite sub-par compared to the rocks he had tried over in Hyrule. But they would do as his stomach digested them into energy.
Between the materials he had been eating and the idle absorption of sunlight and shadows he was on the way to recuperating. Maybe once he had found a safe spot he would look into putting together something to hasten the process. Otherwise he would need to hunt down some radioactive waste to really fuel his Stars. The two had grown from the little sparks they were when he woke up, it was still a long way to proper reignition.
He scooped another piece of gravel off a front garden before he followed the sensation of power. It had moved since he had started walking, but it always returned to the same spot, which made it easy to guess it was their home. While Magnus would have preferred to not approach their home out of the blue, he did need the help.
Thankfully on the date it had moved to another place and been joined by other sources of power. The combination was almost suffocating, but it was easy to pick the general good mood of the people.
The System had calculated the location of his destination, finding it was a church pointed to be a celebration, most likely a wedding or similar.
He started to get worried as an undercurrent of something else started to dye the atmosphere of the church. Magnus did the only thing he knew, he rushed to help.
Notes:
Cook Aptitude (Zelda: TotK): 100CP - You have a decently large array of recipes for meals and elixirs and can easily learn more. You also have a basic mastery of most common cooking and distillation techniques.
200CP - You know techniques that can allow you to draw more potential out of the ingredients that you use, allowing you to imbue stronger magical effects into your cooking.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 9
Archmage Dr. Theodore Diggers felt the atmosphere of the church go from tense to mournful. Tanya had managed to escape and the young werecheetah had been revealed to have been a golem all along before he had been practically unmade.
He tried to calm his mother-in-law before approaching Jazelle to check on her.
“I’m so, so sorry…” Her voice filled with grief.
“We know it’s not your fault, Tanya’s nothing but very resourceful.” He reassured her.
The room had been full of people, some very skilled, and one unpowered woman had still managed to get one under their noses. More than one person was currently feeling slighted and the most important thing at the moment was to keep hot heads from boiling over.
His daughter and Stripe rushed into the room, stopping when they noticed the unmade golem on the ground.
“Is… is that… Raphiel?” Brittany asked, almost scared of the answer she could guess.
“We heard a commotion and came to investigate.” Stripe explained, sounding a bit more collected.
“...what happened?” Theodore’s daughter asked.
“Stripe? Brittany? It appears that our old friend Tanya came back for a visit… And Raphiel…” He reached to pick one of the quickly dissolving pieces that had made up the golem boy. “Was a golem, carefully constructed specifically for this occasion… Even with her magic suppressed it appears her golem-making skills were very much intact.”
He ran a quick spell on the clay that had piled on the ground.
“I wonder where she got the materials, this clay’s incredibly similar to the Genesis Clay of Eden. It explains why he was so life-like, it even fooled my senses…” He sighed, adding in a low voice to himself, “Or… perhaps I still feel guilty about not being able to save Brittany’s family when I rescued her as an infant…”
Most people remained silent, he could only wonder what was going through everyone’s head at the moment. This had been meant to be a day of celebration. Had he been so ready to sacrifice his daughter’s happiness in exchange of soothing his own ego at his perceived faults?
“Excuse me? Is everything okay?” A soft, masculine voice made him, and everyone, turn towards the entrance of the church.
A fox the size of a large cat had come through the half-open door, his fur was quite eye-catching given its black and bright purple coloration. Though what surprised him the most was how he was having troubles sensing them, they were definitely supernatural. But he was having a hard time picking what exactly made them so.
“I apologize for interrupting, but I was passing by and I could feel magic being used and wanted to lend a… paw if it was necessary.” They continued speaking as they came closer. “But it appears I got here too late.”
“Ah… yes, unfortunately the guilty party has run away.” Theodore explained. “May I ask who you are?”
The fox nodded, and ignored Gina’s comment about how fluffy they looked. “I’m Magnus, I wish I could present myself better. But I’m currently in a bit of a personal predicament.” He let out a yip-like laugh.
“I’m Dr Theodore Diggers, we’re here for my daughter’s marriage when some events came to interrupt the celebration.” He was still having problems reading them, their non-human form and the nearly nonexistent magical signature was slowing things down. He presented some of the people and looked at them to see if anyone picked anything he hadn’t.
“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Dr Diggers, and everyone else.” The fox bowed before giving the golem materials a sniff. “I’ve to guess a golem was used here? It’s been a while since I saw such a saturation of Life in an Earth-aligned material, I think I only saw similar things in products created by one of my siblings.”
Theodore raised an eyebrow. “I didn’t know foxes studied such schools of magic.” He tried fishing for information.
“Oh, my brother’s no fox.” Magnus laughed softly, it felt weird given the room’s atmosphere. “I understand why you would think that. While this form’s not unnatural to me, I’m like this because you could say I’m in power-saving mode.” Her comment made Gina laugh, before stopping and blushing as she had been the only one.
“Sounds like an interesting story.”
“Oh, it is, it’s also a long one. Or maybe not. But I think right now I may be able to help here. Given the room’s mood, it appears more like a murder was committed here rather than preparing a wedding, so I assume that the golem was the victim?” He received a few weak nods and confirmations. “Then yes, I may be able to fix them, though…” He focused on the pile. “It feels like there’s something missing.”
He was surprised when Brianna walked forward and opened her palm, showing an intact puzzle piece. “Tanya called it a Soul-Key, I took it because I was sure nothing good would come if she managed to take it with her.” The fox gave it a sniff.
“Perfect, you’re very lucky.” Magnus congratulated her. “Having that raises the chance of this working to nearly a hundred percent. Though I will admit that what I’m going to do will knock me out for who knows how long.”
Theodore frowned. “What do you mean?”
“Well, I said I’m in power-saving mode, I’m about to burn all the stocked power I’ve to make things work and maybe a bit more. I will be okay, but expect me to be practically dead for at least a few weeks until I recover enough energy.” The fox sighed. “I was hoping to save enough power to recover. But… there’s more important things.”
“Wait, wait, wait.” Hilda interrupted. “This was caused by magic, it won’t be magic that solves it.” She growled.
Before Theodore could calm the woman Magnus spoke.
“Oh, I’m not going to use magic, I’m going to Lie to Reality very very well.” The fox grinned. “Now, tell me about the golem, the more information the better.”
Brianna licked her lips. “His name was Raphiel, he was a bit naive. But he was ready to give up on his mission because it meant ruining my sister’s day.” She spoke honestly.
It only took Dr Diggers a moment to realize his daughter was seeing her own creation on the golem.
“Creator? That Tanya you were speaking about?” He queried.
Stripe spoke up. “Tanya was El Dorado’s Head Priest until she tried to come between Brittany and me, she was caught and exiled for it. She has always been very good at the creation of golems.”
Magnus’ grin grew larger and Theodore had to stop himself when he started to feel the fox’s aura change.
“Oh,” he laughed softly, it wasn’t a yip, “I think I’ve the perfect idea for this.”
Suddenly it wasn’t a small fox standing on four legs in the middle of the room, it was something in the shape of a fox. A pelt stretched over an emaciated being that had decided to partially stop hiding.
“ You who were created with no choice, who were given a mission without knowledge, who were ended when you decided to find your own meaning. ” Theodore noticed that his daughter had pulled one of her machines and was fiddling with it furiously. Magnus voice started to change, gaining a reverberation that he could listen on multiple levels. “ ɎØɄⱤ ₵ⱤɆ₳₮ØⱤ ₲₳VɆ ɎØɄ ₦Ø ₵ⱧØł₵Ɇ, ฿Ʉ₮ ł ₵₳ⱠⱠ ₮Ⱨł₴ ₳ ⱠłɆ, ɎØɄ ₩ɆⱤɆ ₦Ø ₴ł₥₱ⱠɆ ₲ØⱠɆ₥, ɎØɄ ₩ɆⱤɆ ɎØɄⱤ ₵ⱤɆ₳₮ØⱤ’₴ Ⱡ₳₴₮ ₥₳₴₮ɆⱤ₱łɆ₵Ɇ. ₮ⱤɄɆ Ⱡł₣Ɇ ₲łVɆ₦ ₮Ø ₵Ⱡ₳Ɏ. ⱧɆⱤ ₳฿łⱠł₮Ɏ ₴₳₵Ɽł₣ł₵ɆĐ ₮Ø ₥₳₭Ɇ ɎØɄ ₮ⱤɄɆ, ł₮’₴ ₳ ⱠłɆ ₮Ⱨ₳₮ ₴ⱧɆ ĐɆ₴₮ⱤØɎɆĐ ɎØɄ, ₴ⱧɆ ⱤɆⱠɆ₳₴ɆĐ ɎØɄ, ₳₦Đ ₮Ⱨ₳₮’₴ ₮ⱧɆ ₮ⱤɄ₮Ⱨ. ”
Theodore felt his eyes water to the point he was forced to blink, when he opened them Raphiel was standing there, as surprised as everyone, and quite naked as his clothes were still laying on the ground at his feet. And with that the being inside the fox pelt was snuffed out, leaving barely a weak, trembling frame.
Magnus opened his mouth, but only a wheeze came out before he crumbled down like a puppet whose strings were cut off.
Raphiel looked around. “What… what happened?” He looked at everyone, as lost as everyone else.
Things quickly exploded into motion, the young Werecheetah was removed from the room, his clothes taken along, most likely to give him some modesty during getting dressed. Theodore sure didn’t want to notice how much gazing two of his daughters had given the poor boy.
Of course Brianna had stopped first and reached to pick up Magnus and gave him a look. “Will he be okay?”
Theodore winced internally as he ran a scan over the fox. There was barely anything left in the fox, he had seen empty rooms with more things happening inside. “I think we’ve to believe him when he said he would recover.”
Personally, Theodore was barely coming to grips with what he had seen. The best way to describe what he had seen was a miracle, when the fox had said he would lie, it had felt like a boast. But he hadn’t expected to see such a powerful reality-altering event in front of his eyes. If he focused he could almost feel where reality had been twisted.
“It’s so strange.” Gina mused, her machine pointed to the fox. “I couldn’t record anything, there was no magic or technology used.”
“ My User used his Domain over Truth and Lies to alter reality. It’s neither Magic, nor Technology. ”
“Who said that?” Gina and Brianna nearly jumped.
A transparent sphere appeared over the fox, a neutral voice projecting from it. “ Greetings, I’m System, I serve my User. Given User’s current state it was deemed correct to make contact with the people holding him. ” The voice was completely unemotional.
“Where are you?” Gina grumbled. “I can’t find any technology on him.”
“ System’s wrapped around User’s Soul, User’s father created System with this capability from the start. User will recover, unknown time expectancy given User’s Potential. ” The voice explained before fading out.
Gina grumbled something about unhelpful answers and Theodore just shook his head. Meanwhile Brianna just held Magnus, he knew he would need to talk with his daughter soon. Maybe he would get her in contact with a Balance Mage, he couldn’t believe he had let his daughter go with such internal turmoil for so long.
And while he wondered what Magnus really was, there would be no more answers coming from him for a while. And more importantly, they had a wedding to finish.
Magnus hummed one of the tunes he had played earlier in the day while he finished reforging his weapons. Graceful, Forward, Tenlight, Closer&Personal, Deliver and even the just named daggers, Harmonies. Not everything had gotten the full-work, but they were definitely looking more put together.
And why wouldn’t they if he had acquired a new blacksmithing perk. It was obvious it came from Hyrule, most likely something that he may have gotten sooner if he had focused more on crafting weapons. It didn’t just provide a lot of extra knowledge on how to work with monster parts to produce elemental results. But it also improved his blacksmithing to the next level, stepping into the level of a Master of the art.
He put the hammer down when he noticed the door opening, surprising him to see Lydia step through.
“Couldn’t sleep?” He asked, it had been a few hours since dinner and Maria’s departure from the ship.
“Yes, and no.” She answered and stopped a few meters away from the weapons, her eyes opening in surprise. “We’re talking and decided that we would take on your offer for training.”
He raised an eyebrow surprised, he wanted to say he expected it. But not for a while longer.
“Look, fuck I’m not good at being too honest.” She cursed to herself and took a deep breath. “We… I nearly lost earlier today, if it wasn’t for you being there I would have lost, against a normal person, that idiot at the scrapyard could have knocked me out multiple times. If you hadn’t been playing music and doing whatever that was, I would not have won that fight.” She glared at him.
“...ok.” He nodded. “We’ll have to sit down and discuss how to do things, but I see no problem with it.”
“Just… just like that?” She couldn’t help but ask out loud.
He rolled his eyes. “Look, I’ve inherited a lot of things from my dad, one is that I take care of people I take in. I did offer it initially and that offer didn’t disappear.”
“Ok… I,” she sighed, looking defeated that there was no conflict, “I expected this to be harder.”
He laughed. “Well, you also grabbed me in a good mood. I just finished the maintenance of my weapons.” He gestured to them, knowing she wanted to ask them.
“They are impressive, I can feel the power they have.”
He nodded. “And I’ll be making you three personal weapons, that will go into the discussion time.”
“Wait, what? You aren’t worried that we’ll use them against you?” Her tone was worried.
He shot her a grin. “Then I will accept a nice fight and nothing less.” He laughed at her reaction.
“You’re crazy.”
“That’s true, I definitely don’t think like you or other ‘normal’ people. My brain’s literally wired differently.” He explained. “But yes, I got a pretty good idea of what to use to make the weapons.” He retrieved the Gleeok’s fire horn. “Don’t you think it’s a beauty?”
The wererat took a step back. “What the hell is that?!!” She screamed as she shifted, her fur standing up to appear bigger.
“This is the horn of a King Gleeok, a very old and very evil monster I killed.” He answered and put it away. “It was a twelve meters tall, three-headed dragon-like monster, each head had control over a different element. It was a good fight, you can request the recording of it to the System.”
“And you will make us weapons from its horns?” She asked, incredulous about what he was saying.
“Don’t be like that, the crafting process will tame the lingering will in them, plus it will be made subservient to you.” He explained. “Plus I make very good weapons.” He opened his hand and Forward jumped onto it.
Since they had left the second World his weapons had felt more , in a way he was still discovering. He had long since noticed they had a sort-of will, Tenlight for example didn’t like to be used by anyone but him.
“This is Forward, a Zora-style trident, note that the bottom’s actually a spear?” He pointed down. “It also gives its wielder the ability to control water bodies.” He passed it to Lydia who caught the trident unsure.
“How does it work?” She asked and he grinned before throwing her a water bottle right at her face.
The wererat flinched and lifted the trident’s shaft to protect herself. But instead of bouncing off it, the bottle got stuck in the air a meter away from her. She hadn’t closed her eyes, but she had been surprised.
“Just like that, I based it on the species’ ability to control water. Of course it usually needs more of a Royal Bloodline to really show abilities like that, but I did manage to help another Zora do it too.” He explained.
Lydia looked almost entranced by how the bottle of water moved around to where she looked.
“I’m sorry to ask, but what is a Zora?”
“They are a race of fishmen.” He happily answered as a hologram of Sidon was projected. “They live around three hundred years, are completely amphibious as they build their houses outside of water, and as you can see, can grow to quite the heights. Though Sidon here’s a bit of an exception given that he’s part of the royal family and they continue to grow all of their life.”
Lydia handed him Forward back.
“So you will make us weapons with elemental powers?” She asked, eyeing the other weapons.
“That’s part of the discussion, personally I’m thinking of a fire-aspected blade for you, something that may allow you to program spells into and cast during the fight instead of having to concentrate on them. Electric-aspected sais for Moisha, not as much for the attack but to imbue her with Lightning’s speed. And finally an ice-aspected staff for Romeo, given his position in the group, the reach and keeping a cool head will be a boost to his effectiveness.” He offered. “Of course all of that can be modified and a lot can be added to the weapons on top.”
“I will talk with Romeo and Moisha about it.” She interrupted him before he continued speaking.
“No rush, also, you should think of a name for your team.” He suggested.
“Is it necessary?”
“Eh, more of a practice in my family. It makes for good organization, and honestly it feels rude that I’ve been referring to you three as the wererats in my head.” Magnus admitted.
“Another subject to talk about then.” She shook her head and thanked him for his time before turning and leaving the workshop.
Magnus wished her well as he turned back to the table and brought something he had to finish for a while. With the Fire gloves, Earth boots and Water trident, he was only missing Air to complete the usual four-element set, and that would be the main aim for the chest piece.
In many ways the feather-fall cape he had crafted with the knowledge of the Rito hang glider was a good prototype for what he wanted to do. The main aim of the chest piece would be giving him an ability over Air and/or Lightning, but he couldn’t discard the fact that it would have to be minimalistic in its design or restrain him as little as possible.
The good news was that the chest piece didn’t need to be armor, he could certainly take a page of inspiration out of his sister’s Abyss Gate; a floating accessory could work. Thinking about it, it could even double as a weapon, maybe a set of Wind-aligned Chakram would fit well.
He opened a new file and quickly started to put down the design ideas. Circular ones, jagged ones, complex fractal ones, star-shaped ones, even a heart-shaped one that would naturally boomerang back. Even after half an hour of putting down ideas, Magnus ended back with a circular design, the internal part of the ring sporting a pin-wheel set of blades; this wouldn’t be a weapon one held .
He would go for three Chakrams, each one would have about seven to three in composition for Wind to Lightning alloys, making them more of a Storm-aligned weapon when used along Forward. Thankfully with such a high Wind affinity flying would come almost inherently to the weapon. But the hard part would be laying mental control over them. He had Dexter&Sinister to base his design on, but it would need something a bit more natural.
With all the details down, he got working.
It was morning and he had taken Ruby for a walk to Metro City’s Chinatown, Hong Hu Lu street. The picturesque neighbor was stuck just off one of the main streets of the city, but even before arriving there were plenty of clues that pointed just how touristy it was.
The decoration, the Torii gates, the paper lanterns and the signs showed an interesting mix. It was still obviously a neighborhood that had formed from immigrants and only recently adopted the more open and showy nature.
The good weather made the location the perfect place for some morning walks. They had even found a cozy tea shop that sold handmade Japanese sweets from where they could watch the class being imparted in the center of the plaza.
He rested his eyes on the teacher, a woman of Chinese descent he recognized from the list of people of interest Orange had built up. Chun Li was both a Tai Chi teacher, world-known Fighter and an Interpol Officer. From what he had read, she had a pretty active life and was now semi-retired as she took care of an orphan she had picked up during one of her missions.
Even from a distance he could feel the energy contained in her body, and if he really looked he could see how she glowed brightly compared to anyone else in the area.
“Everything okay?” Ruby asked after poking his arm.
“Hmm, yeah. Just a bit of a curiosity.” He admitted. “I wasn’t able to give Trasher a good look, so seeing a Fighter from this close made me lose myself in my thoughts.”
He grabbed one of the cute cheery flower-shaped sweets and popped it in his mouth. He thought about trying to make some of his own sometime.
She relaxed and took one too. “Ok… is it weird that I find it normal to gain understanding of things so suddenly?” She asked after a moment.
“You mean the whole thing about your Magends and the knowledge the System’s helping you acquire?” She nodded. “Depends on your context, honestly. For me it’s completely normal, most of my family practically works in a similar way. Some of my oldest siblings were practically created as adults, so their personalities and knowledge came from an amalgamation of popular media and the internet, with time and an increased number of them just living, they started to be able to create more natural personalities along with the few that started their lives as younger models.”
He explained without much problem, mainly because he was Lying to anyone outside of the both of them.
“In that context, you will find that most Metaloids would easily understand what you’re going through.” He gestured a bit as he talked. “Now if you talked about normal people, yeah, they would find it weird. Normal people don’t really come to possess large amounts of knowledge in an immediate fashion, even the most out-of-the-blue thoughts have a connecting trail to things that happened before.” He gave her a reassuring smile. “It’s just that for you, the Metaloids, and me, it happened to someone else .”
“Thank you.” Honesty and gratitude were strong in her voice.
“Anytime, Ruby.” He patted her arm, not missing the bit of blush on her cheeks.
He wasn’t too surprised when Lin Fen, Chun Li’s adopted daughter/little sister approached them. The girl hadn’t been too sneaky at stealing looks at them, plus Orange had messaged him that she was looking at one of the videos recorded of the two of them playing the night before. He did have to act as if he didn’t know who she was.
“...Excuse me,” the young girl in a white and yellow jacket said, “but are you two the ones that played near the scrapyard last night?”
“Oh? Yeah, we did it mostly for fun.” He answered.
The girl nodded. “I caught sight of the end of it, saw you rejected the money people offered you. Found it weird, most people who do that kind of stuff in Metro City do it for a reason.”
Magnus shrugged and Ruby answered. “It was honestly just trying to play in public, I don’t think you could even call it a hobby, we saw a chance and…” Internally he was quite impressed by her fibbing.
“Though, what was a girl of your age doing in that area of the city?” Magnus shot back.
Li Fen instantly clamped down, her sunny disposition was replaced by embarrassment as he noticed Chun Li approaching them. Apparently the class had just ended and the woman had noticed her ward talking with them.
“I would like to know too.” She asked as she had been close enough to overhear them.
“I… ehm…” The girl fidgeted. “The Mad Gear Gang grabbed me because they wanted me to work for them. But I managed to escape, I promise nothing else happened.” The girl easily confessed as she waved her hands. “Apparently someone else had a problem with Trasher Damned and practically took out his whole gang and him, that’s when I slipped out.”
The woman sighed “And how did they grab you exactly?” Magnus felt a bit awkward watching the interrogation, thankfully the woman was mainly worried about the girl and not looking to grill her in front of strangers.
“I promise it wasn’t my fault, I was just going to the cafe a couple of blocks down the gym and they ambushed me, there were just too many of them to slip out. I was nowhere near their usual hangouts.”
The woman nodded. “Okay, it looks like we may need to take your lessons a bit more seriously from now on.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow because while Li Fen looked outwardly boomed about the news, there was a glint in her eyes that she had actually gotten something she wanted.
Chun Li turned to them. “I hope she wasn’t being a bother.”
Ruby smiled warmly and shook her head. “No, it’s nothing outside of some curiosity.”
Magnus was about to add to that, but his phone rang. The phone that didn’t really exist, he reached into his pocket and retrieved the decoy, wondering why Orange deemed it necessary to contact him this way.
“ Hey bro, the rats are in trouble again, some shady group just snatched them. The best I’ve found so far is a name, Fang. Sending you the location. ” He didn’t get to answer before she cut, the phone chimed with a map location.
He turned to Chun Li and Li Fen. “I’m sorry for this, but something came up.” He ignored the look the pair was giving them as he turned to Ruby. “We should go.”
She nodded and left a tip before they wished the two of them a nice day. He just knew he would see at least one of them again before the day was done.
Notes:
Fire and Ice (400CP)(The Legend of Zelda Breath of the Wild - TG):The mark of a true journeyman of the trade, you have learned how to infuse elemental properties into the weapons you've forged, as well as create the entirely elemental weapons known as Rods. Though both of these require some 'infused' mystical energy to make, once forged anyone can wield them. In addition, if you have Hammer and Anvil and Gimmick and Trick, your crafting expertise is now such that you could create weapons worthy of the Royalty of Hyrule itself, granted to their guardians or rewarded to those who have shown great skill as a hero - yet nothing quite unique. Not yet.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 10
“Orange, explain why you decided to call me that way?” He asked as Ruby followed him into the ship’s bridge.
“It’s pretty basic, I needed Chun Li to hear the name Fang, they have a bit of history together. Plus the three wererats did get nabbed and are being a prideful sort.” She added. “It seems that they captured Maria during the night and used her phone to bring them to one of SiRN’s buildings, they are threatening her to make them comply.”
He sighed. “What can you tell me about SiRN and those behind the whole thing?”
“It started some time ago, once upon a time there was a group called Shadaloo, or Shadowlaw the specific of the name’s a bit muddled. They were a big criminal organization, Chun Li was among those that finally brought it down and broke it for real.” She explained as a series of newspapers, images and news reports were presented by a hologram. “Of course such a large organization wasn’t without internal divisions, some survived, transformed and adapted.”
“Excuse me, but does that happen often?” Ruby asked.
“It depends on the Worlds, but in those like this one with heroes and villains it’s more common,” Magnus answered before Orange resumed her explanation.
“Yeah, and one of those divisions was called S.I.N.” Magnus couldn’t help but groan about cliches, causing Ruby and Orange to giggle. “Yeah, I can’t say it’s directly connected, but Shadaloo’s second-in-command was seen recently in the city and S.I.N. is too close to SiRN to not have a connection.”
“And let me guess, his name’s Fang?” He asked.
“Bingo! From the records I found, Fang was head of R&D, and S.I.N. was the weapon research division.” She added. “Now that I explained everything, you should get moving, Li Fen saw the address I sent you and did tell Chun Li about it.”
He sighed. “Okay, want to come, Ruby?”
“I will pass, I don’t think I’m ready yet for actual combat.” She waved it off, but she looked a bit worried.
“It’s not a problem, fighting’s not for everybody. But I think we most likely won’t stay for much longer after this given all the attention we’ll be attracting.” He announced before heading out.
He wouldn’t lie if asked, he couldn’t wait to exchange hits with a Fighter. Better if it was one of the criminal ones. It was bound to get showy.
“Everything okay?” Orange asked the moment his brother left through a portal.
She turned to face Ruby, noticing the girl appeared to be going through some internal turmoil.
“I’m not you, and I’m not my brother. But to me it looks like you’re worried about your relationship.” Orange interrupted the woman’s thoughts to introduce her own opinion. “My brother’s quite quick to develop an opinion on people, he’ll usually like most people he meets unless there’s something that really clashes with him. Similarly he feels a sense of kinship with you that I can admit to be very rare.”
“It’s just…” Ruby tried to speak, but Orange continued.
“Look, my brother wanted to help you because that’s how he is. He sees a problem, he tries to help, and while he does look at the long-term, he usually makes snap decisions about certain things.” She explained. “I won’t say your beauty didn’t help his decision, but he knew you and your situation before he even laid eyes on you. Being with you fulfills him and he hopes it does the same for you, I think the only reason he hasn’t offered to make you equipment is because he sees you’re still finding yourself and wouldn’t know what to ask for.”
“Is it really that simple?” She asked hopefully.
“With my brother in the current situation? Yeah.” Orange laughed softly. “Ruby, you and him clicked very well. I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but he’s practically taking you on dates and flirting with you all the time, and you’ve been responding in kind even if you aren’t sure.”
Ruby blinked at those words. “I thought you weren’t into sex and that stuff.” She finally asked.
“Oh, I’m practically asexual and nearly completely aromantic, unless I find the perfect person I doubt I’ll ever see another person on the level of SO. Doesn’t mean I don’t have access to the same cloud of information and experiences all of my family do. I also write romance novels, and you two…” She couldn’t help it and laughed. “Well, let’s say I may use you as inspiration.”
Ruby instantly blushed as she realized what she was being told.
“Exasperation aside, I think that you need to sit down with him and talk it out like adults.” Orange offered, turning serious. “Also, remember that you’re free to do anything you want. My brother invites you to do stuff because he doesn’t want you getting bored, or worse, going into a depression.”
Ruby looked down for a moment, it was obvious she was reminiscing.
“Nope.” Orange clapped her hands in front of her face. “Nothing of that. Again, it’s over, you’re free. You may need one day to face those memories and those scars, but you won’t do it alone, understood?”
Ruby froze before taking a deep breath and relaxing. “Yes.” She smiled small, but brightly.
“Good, now let’s watch my brother break some chaos loose, it looks like Chun Li’s having some trouble with the idiots at the base of the building.”
Orange grinned as she tapped the security cameras to get a good look, one of her extra bodies brought the popcorn to enjoy the show.
Magnus stepped through the portal, stepping directly past the roof’s entrance of the tall, building the shady organization was hiding in. It made him wonder why villains insisted on using office buildings to hide their crimes, though he could understand the comforts of the city.
He was only wearing his normal set of enchanted clothes, sans the jacket, and Solid&Firm. In other words, more than enough to deal with most opponents as far as he could see, maybe one or two of the Fighters could prove to be a problem. But he honestly believed his weapons may be overkill, especially after their latest round of maintenance.
Except for his boots, though mainly because it allowed him to sense through the building’s concrete. Metal beams, elevators, pipes, plastic and wood were completely blank to this sense, unfortunately. Glass was on the edge enough to be noticeable; would be good to keep it in mind.
Thankfully he didn’t need to rely on it with Orange having already cracked the security open and hijacked all the cameras. It made it easy to walk directly to where they were keeping Maria. He felt it for the girl, while the three had helped her with a problem it had also drawn her to one a bit bigger.
“Hey! You! What are you doing here? How did you get past-” The man’s words were cut just as his fist pushed up against his solar plexus, a very controlled hit after a blink had been enough to turn his lights out.
The other hand had been fast enough to pull his phone out. But not fast enough to call for support, or dodge his hand from smashing him twice against the wall. He fell to the ground insensate after a good brain shaking.
Honestly, he had expected the attack once he opened the door. He could see that Maria was standing by the door, though he could only technically see the spots she was standing so he could only guess how she was standing. This made the chair to the face actually quite comical as the thing broke when it impacted him, barely ruffling his hair.
He had to give Maria props, she had managed to do nearly the whole thing nearly silent, any other people would have gotten surprised by the attack and most likely taken out, or at least distracted long enough for her to escape. Instead he stood there and the woman let out a worried and silent eep.
“Oh, no, no, no, I didn’t mean to do that, I’m so sorry.” She scrambled to check on him and he gently stopped her, letting out a soft chuckle.
“It’s okay, I’m made of sterner stuff than an office chair.” He smiled. “More importantly, are you okay?”
“I’m… yes,” she quickly changed from apologizing to answering, “this weird chick dropped on me and kidnapped me. But after that they threw me in here and warned me that if I came out they would get physical.”
“That’s good to hear, though, if you will excuse me.” He reached behind her back and pulled a small bug before crushing the micro machine. “Just a little pest.” He explained.
“Wait, they were listening in?” She asked, worried.
“Nothing too out of the ordinary in these situations.” He admitted. “Though now that’s done, please step through the portal and I will go rescue the three silly ones that were too prideful to ask for help.” He winked, causing her to laugh softly and step through.
Though before she turned to him. “Thank you for helping.”
“All in a day’s work.” He responded and watched the portal close before cracking his neck and turning around.
The hallway was filled with mooks, mooks! This was such a lovely gift, it wasn’t frequently he got to fight mooks. And they were all dressed similarly, he was going to have so much fun.
Lydia winced, it just wasn’t the nausea, the burning sensation, the mending bones and the partial blinding. It was also that the asshole that had kicked their asses while acting like a goddamn clown.
The man had presented himself as Fang and had come to tame some unruly test subjects, talking about how it was getting back into it after so long. The man was just so dismissive of them and had played them for fools, even more than he acted.
He was as slippery as a greased eel, his long limbs slipped under their guards as if they hadn’t even defended. And on top of that he had used some kind of poison that had completely fucked their regeneration, their bodies were having a hard time dealing with it on top of all the damage he was managing to do.
She really wondered where he was keeping it, because there was only so much space in those oversized sleeves of his.
“Nye, heh, heh, such lovely lab rats, your bodies will be the base of the new army for Lord Bison!” Fang’s body contorted into C, standing on the tip of his toes to dodge Moisha’s sneak attack. “Behave and this will be so much easier for you, it wouldn’t be the first time we had to brainwash someone to behave… and it’s not your skills that we want here!” He laughed once more.
Lydia bit through the last of the healing elixirs and swallowed the contents, the soothing effect spread through her body. But her body revolted at the amount of liquid she had been drinking, more than once Fang had aimed his kicks to her stomach and caused her to puke it out.
She didn’t need to announce she had run out of the normal ones, only the strong ones remained and she didn’t want to use that one yet. The defensive one had been taken a while ago and was most likely the reason they hadn’t been defeated yet.
One of the goons came running into the room, he looked just like any of those they had beaten when they first had come in outside of the fact that his clothes were ruffled and hair messy.
“Oh, finally done? What happened?” Fang asked while barely taking his beady eyes off them.
“The hostage had managed to ambush the two guards on her door. But worry not, we managed to subdue her successfully.” The man saluted.
“Excellent, once I’ve done with these we’ll have no more need for her and she will be disposed of.” Fang taunted them, making Lydia growl.
“As you order, Lord Fang.” The goon saluted again.
“And for such a good job I’ve a reward for you.” Fang turned momentarily towards the suited guy. “Poison!” He flung two of those ranged attacks, the virulent purple sludge splashed against the door, sizzling.
The man stood a few meters away, grinning. “Damn, I thought I would manage to trick you for longer.” He laughed. “What gave it away?”
“The only Lord is Lord Bison, to call me Lord, his second-in-command…!!” Fang sounded personally insulted.
“Oh well, nothing to do, you win some, you lose some.” Magnus noted as he stood in the spot the man had been, causing Fang to growl in anger.
“Who are you?! And what have you done, you insolent insect?” He commanded.
“I am me, you can call me Traveler, and just done my usual, hanging around, thwartin’ your plans.”
“Thwartin’ my plans?!”
“Thwartin’ your plans.” Magnus confirmed and once more teleported, dodging the flung poison. “Also rescuing my prospective students, it would be terrible of me as a teacher to let them get experimented after all.”
Fang growled. “Why you! I’ll kill you kill you kill you!” He screamed and rushed towards Magnus.
“Lesson one, no matter how much strength you can pull from your emotions,” Magnus adopted a teaching tone as he slid into a defensive pose, “never let them blind you. Otherwise you’re going to miss the obvious.”
His figure disappeared before Fang could reach him, appearing behind him and hitting the center of his back with a light, open palm. Still strong enough to send him rolling.
“Nyayayaya!” Fang jumped back onto his feet and turned around. “Playing tricks on me! I will show you!”
“Lesson two, a good defense is a good offense.” Magnus continued with the lesson, Fang’s attack going through his body. “But sometimes the best defense is not being hit.”
He proceeded to grab one of his opponent’s long sleeves and fling him towards a pile of chairs in the corner.
“Lesson three, everything is a weapon, even the floor you’re standing can be used and weaponized.” He kicked the ground, a large tile jumping up before he kicked it too.
The projectile flew straight towards Fang, who failed to dodge it completely, getting grazed on the shoulder.
Fang was quickly devolving into a tantrum, shout of anger and a few curse words as he rushed again.
Of course that’s when Orange sent him a message that Chun Li was arriving, and with the state of the three wererats there would be questions asked.
Magnus quickly blinked behind the man and grabbed a handful of Fang’s clothes and flung him over his head. He didn’t say anything but gestured to the portal that opened in the room.
Moisha, Lydia and Romeo understood immediately, running through and disappearing from the room, just before Chun Li burst in through one of the doors.
Not that Fang noticed, his wrath completely blinding him as he rushed to intercept the man. His posture dropped low, one foot ahead and the other stretched behind. Both hands went forward together and hit Fang right on the center of his chest, compressing his thorax hard enough to momentarily stop his heart.
The lanky man froze, Magnus could see the understanding in his eyes before they rolled back into his head and his body dropped down to the ground. He didn’t wait for a second, quickly pressing his hand onto his chest and pushing down. Since Fang was technically dead, his body didn’t fight the Darkness that wrapped around his heart and compressed it a few times to restart it.
Only then he looked at Chun Li. “Hello, nice to see you again.” He said nonchalantly as he stood up.
“Stay where you are.” She ordered and quickly moved to check on Fang.
He internally shrugged and allowed her to check on the villain, not that he was too bothered for possible problems that could arise. He had acted quick enough that even a normal person would suffer no more than maybe a short-term memory loss, on a trained Fighter like Fang? The man would most likely just get angry at having been taken out so easily.
“I don’t know how you did it, but the ability to beat a man like Fang doesn’t come out of nowhere.” Chun Li glared at him, whatever friendliness she had shown earlier in the day had been replaced with curt professionalism.
Magnus rolled his eyes, not wanting to insult her. But honestly not caring much for her opinion, there hadn’t been anything that had truly called to him in the World. At most he would mention it to some of his siblings who were much more interested in martial arts, for him it was just a passing point.
“He kidnapped my students and wanted to experiment on them. I took care of him and the hostage he had acquired. I beat his ass and now that all is done I’m leaving.” He answered. “I’ve other things to take care of and other places to visit.”
He had to give it to her, the kick would have caught most others by surprise. Instead he caught the kick and looked at her. He wondered why she was so jumpy.
“Okay… I don’t know what your problem is, lady.” He made a show of focusing on her. “But I’ve been behaving, I fought him unarmed when I’m mainly a weapon-user.” He pushed her leg away, Chun Li didn’t even waver in her posture, easily drawing her leg back and adopting a fighting stance.
Forward appeared on his hand, getting twirled around to call attention to its presence before he stood with the weapon in a stand-by position. Its presence was enough to increase the room’s humidity.
“I was on vacation until someone decided to start problems with mine. So this is a warning, if I truly wanted to fight, this building would have crumbled. ” He slammed the base of the trident on the floor, the water pipes shook, making the room vibrate.
She took a step back.
“Exactly.” He sighed. “Anyways, you’ve been talking with an illusion,” his figure started to waver, “I doubt we’ll ever see each other again. Wish you a good day, and I recommend taking care of him before he recovers.”
Magnus playfully waved his fingers before his translucent figure disappeared completely, leaving Chun Li alone with a knocked-out Fang on the floor. The only sign of the fight was the mark on the floor and how soaked her clothes had become.
She quickly tied up Fang before calling for back-up, the man was still wanted in multiple countries for an almost uncountable list of crimes after all.
Finding the strange young man became nigh-impossible. Not only had he disappeared off the face of the Earth, but all recordings of his playing had been altered. The pair’s features being either hidden or altered from file to file, this hadn’t gone amiss, turning the pair more into an urban legend or a cryptid. And while many new sightings happened, all proved to be false.
“So this is a goodbye?” Maria asked.
“They decided it’s time to go, and honestly I can understand why.” Lydia answered. “The whole thing would make it harder to relax.”
Moisha jumped to hug Maria. “Don’t worry, sister, we won’t just forget you.” The lilac-haired wererat said.
“I know it may sound strange, but it’s not the first time we’ve had to abandon an identity before.” Romeo noted. “This is just the same.”
Maria nodded while hugging Moisha back. “Yeah, it still sucks. Any idea where you are going next?”
Lydia shook her head. “No idea, I don’t think even Orange knows where they are going. From what they explained, it’s because they have never visited this area before, so without exploring they won’t know what to expect.”
That’s when Magnus, Ruby and Orange entered the room.
“Just in time.” Magnus said. “Sis’ took care of all records of our presence on the planet, especially those samples that they took of you three.”
The three wererats didn’t flinch.
“And as for you.” He turned to Maria and passed her a bracelet. “A little gift to remember them by.”
It was made of silver with three rats engraved on it, each with a different eye-color, a red, a blue and a purple gem. “It’s enchanted, only you can take it on and off, most people will ignore it.” He explained. “It will also not only help you heal faster, but muffle the sound you make and reduce your presence when you don’t want to be noticed.”
Their eyes opened wide open in surprise.
He grinned. “I do more than weapons, I should show you the worker units at some time, I just have had no reason to.” He chuckled. “Still, hope you enjoy the little trinket Maria. I can’t promise we’ll come back around, but you may get some of my siblings coming around sometime in the future.”
She nodded and slid it on her wrist, of course nothing truly happened at the moment.
“Thank you for the gift.” She said honestly.
They shared the final goodbyes and then Maria stepped through a portal towards her home. She would later find a sizable donation on account of Orange deciding to drain all funds she found linked to Fang.
With nothing else holding them back, the Long Fortune once more left a World.
Magnus dropped back onto the training mats, laying down like that for a bit before sitting up. “Come down you three.”
The three wererats exchanged a look before they sat down. Lydia sat with her legs crossed and an elbow on one of her knees to rest her chin on her palm. Moisha sat sideways, her legs crossed and showing off her body. Finally Romeo sat with his legs crossed too, though he leaned back, resting both hands on the ground.
“Okay.” Magnus clapped his hands. “I offered training originally, you want training, I think we can work something out. First of all, what kind of training do you want? To take game-like nomenclature, you want to be warriors? Ninjas? Rangers? What do you want to focus on?”
Once more Lydia took the lead. “We talked about it and we want to focus on stealth, team dynamics and fighting larger, stronger enemies.” She explained.
He nodded. “Good decision, that I can work with and those should fit pretty well with your natural abilities as wererats. I will proceed with the production of your weapons since you’ve decided on their forms and planning a proper training schedule. But until then I’ve a couple of toys for you to train with.”
A large box fell out of his inventory and onto his hands. Moisha quickly leaned forward, interested. The box opened to show a set of three identical armbands.
“Each one gets one of these.” He threw a lightly-decorated armband each. The piece was a dull silver, decorated with black trimmings. The most eye-catching thing was the orb that would be resting just behind their wrist. “These are multi-tool projecting assistants, though I’m most likely calling them Hero-bands.”
“Hero-bands?” Moisha asked as she easily slid hers into place.
“Hmm, a lot of the tools that it can project were based on tools used by a series of heroes in the land of Hyrule.” He explained. “While some can be used as weapons, they are meant more for practical uses, your System will let you see a full list of tools. They are magic, so it should be possible for you to use with just a thought. Though I think I could program hand gestures.”
Lydia nodded as she slid it into place and skillfully cycled through a few of the small tools until she stopped on the much larger hammer.
“This can’t be used as a weapon?” She asked, raising an eyebrow.
“The Megaton Hammer could be used as a weapon. But it’s meant for infrastructure destruction and creating localized quakes.” He explained, he felt very proud of managing to get that one working.
Lydia snorted. “We’ll have mastered it before you even get done with those weapons.” She boasted.
“That’s good, because once you do I will just add more functions to those.” He shot back with a grin, happy to see that. He wouldn’t make it easy, though.
Chapter 11
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 11
It had been already a couple of weeks since they had left the Street Fighters’ World and fallen quickly into a new routine. Or at least most did, Orange occupied her time guiding the ship, probing Worlds they came across and keeping the place clean and running.
They had come across a few small Worlds, but they had nothing of interest. Probing had shown they had no complex life going on, or were just uninhabited. They may have had the answer to all answers ever, but the chances of that happening were so small that entering the Worlds was just losing time.
Ruby ended up complementing Orange’s roles in the ship. Her Magends had found various spots in the ship’s roles, a couple of them usually hung in the kitchen, ready to take any order while experimenting in her free time. A few, because it was an always changing number, practically inhabited the Greenhouse, while the System had the place controlled, she enjoyed the open-air nature of the room. Finally one had also claimed the medical bay and was reading all she could find about medicine and the biology of other species. Not that any of them truly hurt themselves in any permanent fashion, practically everyone of them had some kind of regeneration.
This had come actually by the fact that not all her Magends were human . It had started as half a hunch and half a curiosity, but Ruby had accidentally created a Wererat Magend when trying to stealth. Apparently there were a lot of races originating from their World. She had documented various elves, amazons, halflings, giants, dryads and others. They had honestly ran out of ideas to try before they ran out of races. Some races came more often when related to some goals, but Ruby’s opinion had priority.
Having so many Magends hanging around had actually done wonders for her mood. Magnus couldn’t deny the woman simply glowed with happiness; sometimes quite literally.
Team Maus, named by Moisha with Romeo’s support and Lydia’s scorn, had also been keeping up with the training he had set for them. Between spars with him and Ruby, training with the Hero-bands and their new weapons, the three of them were growing by leaps and bounds.
Magnus had to admit that Zero wasn’t actually that bad of a teacher. It was just that he found his training style to be stifling and restraining. In contrast, Magnus preferred to foster his student’s strong points and help them shore up their weak points in addition to improving their team cooperation. The System’s corrections did help a lot in this as the three always got a bit better each time they did well.
Of course it wasn’t all training, he knew not everyone could follow a schedule like his own. So he pushed for them to find hobbies, and while they were technically restrained to the inside of the ship, there were plenty of things to do. The gaming room had gained a number of old-style pinball machines and similar arcade games.
Magnus wasn’t holding back either, he worked to not only improve the armbands and produce Team Maus’ weapons. But also a plethora of little tools and extras for the armbands and improving his own Forge Ants units, even if they weren’t getting as much attention as before.
And since he had finished the weapons, it was time to present them to their users.
He entered the training room, the expanded space was filled with obstacles, targets and holographic drones as the three wererats were bouncing around, deep in their training. He patiently watched them for a bit as the timer for their current training finally ran out and everything came to a halt.
The three of them were left panting, a quick check showed they had been training for six hours, it was not a surprise they were exhausted after all that.
“Very impressive.” He called out.
Lydia snorted. “We’ve been training five days a week, it would be weird if we’re not impressive.” She boasted, standing proud.
Moisha meanwhile hopped forward, actually looking unbothered by her exhaustion. “Oh! Are they done?” She guessed correctly.
“Already?” Romeo sounded impressed. “I thought these kinds of weapons took longer to make.”
He rolled his eyes. “I thought that you understood that I don’t follow the norm when it comes to crafting.” He says lightheartedly. “Honestly, I had to take my time too.”
“Show us!” Moisha said eagerly.
“Maybe you would prefer to take a shower first?” He joked, but knew the three of them didn’t care much for that at the moment. “Okay, okay, no need to glare at me.”
The room summoned a table for him to place the three boxes.
Lydia was the first to approach her own. The box was a particularly long rectangle, inside rested a Long Sword. The design was pretty simple, the few decorations it had rested on the hilt, an opal in the pommel to provide some fire-resistance and the refined Gleeok’s eye at the center of the guard, which was shaped like a side-ways hourglass. The blade itself was a dull orange, but he was pretty sure it wouldn’t stay that way once she claimed it properly.
For Moisha he had ended up crafting a Scimitar. Similarly low-key in decoration, the refined Gleeok’s eye had been encrusted in the broader area of the blade. Thankfully magic laughed at things like physics and putting such jewel-like objects there didn’t impact the weapon in any disadvantageous way. Said blade was a dull yellow, almost mustard.
Finally Romeo’s was a Broadsword, not as long as Lydia’s own, but definitely wider and heavier. The Gleeok’s eye had been placed in the blade’s fuller just a bit above the hilt. The blade itself was a metallic gray that was almost blue.
“Now, they are very pretty and strong weapons. Not only as weapons, but they also hold something that could be called a Will. You should be able to take and use them, but their true power won’t be accessible until you either tame or prove yourself to the weapon.” He explained as each took the weapon, their blades gaining a bit of color as the eyes gave the impression of focusing on their wielders. “I recommend you get used to them and take some time to meditate with them. I recommend you take turns and the other two support the one connecting with their weapons. Finally, you will have to name them.”
The three weapons seemed to focus on him before rattling, the reaction made him chuckle.
“You say it like it’s hard.” Lydia snorted.
“It can be, but sometimes the name comes to you and it’s perfect.” He admitted.
“Ha! I will show you, it shall be… ehm…” The brunette instantly frowned. “It’s like it’s fighting my ideas for a name.”
He nodded. “They have Wills, that means they will have a preference. So unless you wow them with a good name, it’ll be something you work something out together.” He noted.
The team nodded understandingly.
After that, it would be nine more days before they found an interesting World to visit.
“Okay sis, you’ve been keeping it under wraps for long enough, spill it.” Magnus looked at his sister.
She gave him a grin, one that spoke of her getting something out of this.
“I think it’s time to speak about another curious thing about Worlds.” She adopted a teaching tone. “While the Outside is quite hostile to people and objects, it doesn’t mean that there are no things that can travel through. One of those is knowledge. Sometimes memories, experiences, even minds may travel through the Outside, the latter is the rarest. But the first two may lead to certain things being known as fiction in a World when it actually happened in another.”
“Wait, you mean something like Transformers actually happened in another World?” Moisha prompted out loud, getting a curious look by her teammates.
The question caused Orange and Magnus to chuckle.
“Oh, it’s not just possible, we know of a World like that already. Our parents and a few of our oldest siblings fought along Optimus Prime against Unicron.” Orange answered. “We can show you the pictures later if you want.” She smiled knowingly and resumed the subject. “Though I will note that this is a World that does it, there’s nothing that says that there are no other Worlds out there that do the same, other Transformer Worlds, or even multiple versions of your own may exist. The Outside is truly infinite, though I wouldn’t recommend hunting for such Worlds, you will most likely get lost or worse if you try.”
“Why does that information give me a headache?” Lydia complained.
“Because it’s along the lines of stuff mortals were not meant to know.” Orange answered. “Anyways, going a long way around back to the original subject, the World we just found appears to be a Pokemon World, Pokemon are the general group that covers Magnus’ furry form. And it’s the closest thing you will find to a utopia in most Worlds.”
“Really? A World based on a children’s game?” Moisha asked.
“It’s more of the other way around, those games were based on a version of this World.” Orange corrected. “And yes, most versions of this World tend to be very safe, even with creatures capable of blowing off mountains and rewriting reality, they are very stable. You may get an asshole from time to time, but the World has its many champions more than ready to stand up against them. They tend to be Worlds where the power of friendship will beat the odds most of the time.”
Magnus nodded. “It’s also a World with a lot of interesting technology.” He mused.
“That’s right, that’s why I found an entrance straight to the region of Alola.”
Lydia frowned. “I don’t think I’ve heard of that region.” Romeo and Moisha shook their heads.
“From what I remember checking, your World’s a few years away from releasing that game, so congrats, you get to visit before anyone can play it.” Orange claimed and summoned a series of images. “Alola’s a group of islands, very tropical, lots of beaches and strangely varied biomes for being so close to each other.”
Four islands appeared on screen , each with a name under it: Melemele, Akala, Ula’ula, Poni.
“The idea is stepping out on Melemele, being the most touristic island around. But nothing says we can’t visit the others, as long as nothing truly bad happens, I think we can take a pretty nice and long beach vacation.” She turned to him. “Now, I’ll be parking the ship in orbit, so I will need you to go talk with the large noodle in the sky to prevent them from attacking us.”
Ruby blinked curiously. “Large noodle?”
Magnus sighed, but played along with his sister. “You will see.” He told them.
“Anyways, I will create trainer licenses for all of you, just keep in mind that we are trying to not bring Pokemon with us on the way out. So try to not capture any. Also, remember that the System’s Understanding Enchantment should work on most Pokemon, so you’ll be able to communicate with most of them.” Orange explained. “Also, try harder this time to not turn into your Were or full animal forms, people will try to capture you and I honestly can’t tell if pokeballs would actually work on you.”
Team Maus’ faces went through an interesting set of reactions that made the Metaloid chuckle.
“Now, I’ll try to get you some money. But most of these Worlds can be a bit too clean to easily get the money. So I’ll recommend selling a few products produced by the ship. Gold nuggets, diamond sand and a few other gemstones. Once that’s done it’ll be easier to make more money.” She explained. “I think that’s all.” She looked towards Magnus.
“I don’t think so, just the usual. Don’t start trouble, remember you can call for help or information, have fun, it’s practically a beach vacation.” He noted and turned to Orange. “I think we can go in, I will head outside once the ship’s through.”
The ship entered the world. Once more the screens in the bridge appeared to show a starry void, a large moon on one side and an Earth-like planet on the other.
“So what was that about the sky noodle?” Romeo asked.
“Oh, that’s simple, just watch.” Orange pointed at the screen.
Right on the nose of the bridge stood Magnus, no sign of needing any kind of suit to survive the void of space; albeit his figure appeared to be wavering slowly as the Darkness of space reacted to his presence.
“I’m not seeing much.” Lydia pointed out as she raised an eyebrow.
And suddenly he wasn’t alone, the camera only managed to catch a quick sight of something incredibly large and immensely long zip past the camera. It appeared as barely a green blur at first. But it didn’t stop there, it crossed the screen a few more times, coiling on itself until a massive Eastern-style dragon was visible on camera. So huge, that its body just kept on moving even as its head floated in place a dozen meters away from Magnus.
“What the…” Moisha squeaked. “How can it be so big?!”
Orange chuckled. “First time seeing a Legendary?” She teased. “Rayquaza, the Sky High Pokemon. As you can imagine, a pokemon in charge of the skies and keeping meteorites from impacting the planet must be large enough to carry out their job.”
It was a huge beast, basically a god in its size and power. Nearly a hundred meters long with a head a tenth of that. It just floated in the void of space, completely unbothered by it. Meanwhile Magnus shifted into a Zoroark and started to speak with them.
“What’s he doing?” Ruby asked, a bit worried.
“Basically presenting us, asking for permission and asking if he can help with anything.” Orange answered. “Basic protocol for these kinds of situations. Don’t worry, I doubt anything will go wrong.”
And she was right, a moment later Rayquaza nodded their massive head and slithered away to do something else. Magnus stepped back into the ship.
“All done, we’re free to stay. But they may prod you for help, if something truly comes up, Orange.” He said. “Also they suggested we can harvest a few of the stones floating around, it would make their work easier and we can keep anything we find in them. Just make sure there’s no Deoxys inside.”
She nodded. “Sounds smart, I just finished your local identities, so you can go ahead and step through.”
“Okay then, follow me.” Magnus stepped through the portal that opened, followed by the three wererats and finally Ruby, who exchanged a look with Orange who just gave the woman a thumbs up. It wouldn’t be like she wouldn’t also be staying on the ship in a way.
Ruby stepped onto the beaten path, taking a deep breath and surprising herself at how sweet the air smelled. There was a hint of the ocean in the distance, but the sheer presence of the jungle just a few meters away overpowered it. There wasn’t a hint of pollution in the air, it felt cleaner and healthier.
“Uh, I expected to see some Pokemons already.” Lydia mused.
“With me around?” Magnus joked and retrieved a bracelet. “I made this for a reason.” He slid it on and instantly there was noise in the area.
Ruby blinked surprised, having not noticed the silence outside of the wind.
“I still expect at least one Legendary to come and look around, my presence won’t go unnoticed. But hopefully this will keep people from overreacting.” He laughed.
Ruby giggled, as did a few of the other hers in her head. One of the Magends on the ship was talking with Orange and watching the Metaloid’s extra bodies walking on the moon to collect pretty stones.
“Anyways, we should start walking, Orange will need that money if we want to do anything with capital.” He stated, and they started moving towards what the Metaloid had marked as Hau’oli city.
Ruby followed, just enjoying the view. It was obvious that the people of the island loved the place. The path was made of compacted dirt, but it was also obvious people had seen to remove all rocks before the constant use had turned it into a proper road. People and Pokemon certainly used it daily.
It was a few minutes before they saw their first one, they hadn’t reached the city yet when a small, little rat passed by. It surprised her when the System quickly marked it as Rattata and even mentioned the dark-color was because of a local variant.
The small animal turned and froze when it saw the three wererats, definitely feeling some kind of likeness between them. But before anyone could say anything it scampered off.
“That’s… totally going to come back later, no?” Romeo asked, knowingly.
“Ah, you’re learning.” Magnus said humorously. “But yes, most likely by the afternoon every rodent in the island will know about you three and be very curious.”
Ruby giggled as the three of them looked troubled by it.
“Don’t worry, just take it as a learning opportunity and leave it clear if you don’t want to fight.” He explained. “The System’s translation should work well enough with most Pokemon since they are usually as intelligent as any other person.”
She nodded, she had heard the whispers coming from the bushes. Though they hadn’t been completely understandable unless she focused, from what she had studied in her own time, it was due to a lot of the communication in such species going through body language.
Shortly after the little encounter they reached the city, it was very well developed, the dirt road gave way to paved ground and the five of them moved onto the sidewalk as there was actually some traffic going around.
“Okay, first step, finding a place to sell the large golden nuggets and the diamond dust. If questions come up, our story is that we acquired them by exchanging some food and snacks with some Pokemon we met on the way here, evading answering more. But if truly pushed just admit that it was an abandoned shipwreck on a sandbank and we only stopped out of curiosity, and you don’t want anyone else bothering the spot. That should be enough, it’s okay if it doesn’t truly exist, there’s plenty of mysteries on the sea and a lucky find of a sandbank may not be the strangest.” Magnus explained.
In her opinion it was overthinking it. But there was some sense of at least sharing the same story once they were asked. She followed them, but mainly looked around. It wasn’t like they stood around much, there were plenty of people dressed much more extravagantly. There were also Pokemon hanging around and going through their day almost anywhere she looked.
A few birds pecking the ground over there, a few bugs scooting through some decorative bushes, a couple of bunnies putting on a little show for the people who stopped to watch, a few more rats peering at Team Maus. She giggled at the last one as they reached a shop and she simply stood back.
Magnus haggled a bit, but soon he had sold everything they had prepared and divided the money between them all before leaving the shop.
“Remember, have fun, don’t start problems.” He waved to the three of them before turning to her. “How about we wander around a bit? Or would you like to head over to the beach?”
“We could wander through the beach, it’s a lovely day.” She offered and he nodded.
They stopped on their way to the beach to change clothes into a much more fitting attire. Orange had given her a hand in deciding for a bikini and a light sarong, she did her hair in a ponytail and came out of the changing room.
She blushed when Magnus gave her a very appreciative look, not like she didn’t do the same to him. He just wore a pair of dark-purple swimsuit trunks, his hair still done in the usual braid that practically mystified her.
“I hope you don’t cause any accidents.” He teased her and her blush returned with force.
She huffed. “This is just more comfortable.” She leaned to hug his arm against her body as they approached the beach.
It was impossible for them not to get some looks, Ruby had accepted long ago that this was always going to happen and gave it little to no thought. Instead simply enjoying the sensation of sand between her toes, the warm sun coming down and the sound of the ocean and the people.
“…it’s so different from the last two Worlds.” She mused.
“It’s usually like that.” He agreed. “Not all Worlds follow the same…” He bit his lip and mulled on a word. “...rules. It’s hard to explain, much easier to experience like you’re doing. It’s not just the magic in the air, but there’s other things. In some Worlds basic things just go differently, in Worlds like this you may use your Willpower to hit harder, while in others that is impossible.”
“I see why you say it’s hard to explain.”
“Oh, it’s not hard, I’m just being lazy.” He admitted and made her laugh. “It’s just that a lot of the terms and concepts aren’t normal so it’s a pretty long lecture to set up the basics.” He explained calmly before sitting down and inviting her.
She happily leaned on him and watched the ocean. It wasn’t all she was doing, she was also watching Orange hack some criminal organizations’ bank accounts to fatten their own. Also she was watching over a few of the plants one of the Metaloid’s extra bodies had collected from the world. She was also wandering through the city and watching the sights.
Though her attention was also caught as a small group of Mantykes surfed a large wave, all of them following a Mantine. The small manta rays playing around were completely adorable, especially as they weren’t as experienced as the older specimen and failed to get off the wave before it crashed down, sending them tumbling.
If she concentrated she could hear giggles and other sounds of happiness mixed with the chittering as the Mantine, who appeared to be their mother, scolded them for allowing it to happen.
They weren’t the only Pokemon around. A few Seels were sunbathing down the beach, Wingulls floated on the rising air currents, there was even a dark-colored Meowth sweeping at the water trying to catch one of the many fishes swimming by.
A sound made her turn, finding a Rockruff running towards her as a young boy who appeared to be its trainer ran after him.
“Rocky, stop already.” The kid called out, but the puppy reached her before and started to sniff at her.
“ Nurse Joy? ” The puppy Pokemon barked curiously.
“Sorry, little one, I think you’ve confused me with someone else.” She reached to pet the friendly creature.
“I’m so sorry.” The kid apologized as he finally reached them, leaning onto his knees as he panted to recover.
“It’s okay, nothing happened.” She told him with full honesty as Magnus sat up. “I think this little one just confused me for someone else.”
The boy bowed in apology and picked the Pokemon. “Come on, Rockruff, we have to train if we want to do the Island trial.” He quickly wished them well before running off.
“Who’s Nurse Joy?” She asked Magnus.
“I don’t know the specifics, but it’s a sort of title slash family slash job, they are Pokemon nurses. There’s basically one in every center, and there’s one center in basically any large enough city or town. They are pretty recognizable by their pink hair and similar uniform.” He looked at her and grinned. “And before you ask, no, I can’t say if they are your local alternate. Though it would be a funny thing.” He joked and dragged her back down on the sand.
She shook her head and giggled as he continued. “I’m sure we’ll cross paths at least once with one of them in the time we’re here.” She nodded to his words and relaxed.
There was something in this World that just made her happy, and it wasn’t just her current company.
Notes:
Artifice (300CP)(Avernum):You have a gift for the creation of powerful magical items. As True Artifacts their magic won't ever run out, or at the very least won't run out for a very long time. What you can make is limited to your knowledge, your imagination, and your resources.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 12
Lydia did her best to ignore how there was a rotating entourage of Pokemon following them; mainly Rattatas and Raticates. She had to admit that she had never seen most of them before, she had only played some of the oldest games and these appeared to have come out only in the recent time; from a certain timeline’s point of view.
When they had been told they would be the area’s gossip, she honestly hadn’t expected to end up like this. It made the skin on the back of her neck itch. Her whole body was wanting to shift into the smallest size and scurry away down to the pipes.
“You think they will, like, approach us?” Moisha asked between sips from her water bottle.
“If it’s anything like in the Undercity? As long as we don’t do anything too interesting, everyone will forget about it by tomorrow.” Romeo offered and Lydia nodded.
“We’ve to just ignore them.” She told the other two before they entered the mall, the tropical heat of the outside was replaced by the coolness of air conditioned units.
Not that any of the two really bothered them much, the System actually provided a certain amount of protection to the elements. Apparently this extended even to the void of space and would allow them to imitate Magnus’ walk on the ship. But she didn’t feel like trying, she preferred smaller, enclosed spaces.
Moisha practically skipped ahead of them and checked the map of the place. “The store’s this way.” She waved at them as she didn’t wait for long, making the two of them pick up some speed to catch up.
“So what should we get?” Romeo asked her.
“Let’s grab a few basic balls, a couple potions just in case the ones we have aren’t enough, antidotes too.” She said as she remembered their fight with Fang.
“I’m grabbing a couple of paralyze and burn heals too, you never know.” Moisha announced to them and dropped the spray bottles she grabbed into their basket. “Oh, cool, they sell those belts that let you latch your pokeballs on too.” She quickly added two into the basket.
She watched Romeo pick a cap with the words ‘Hyper Fang Club’ emblazoned on the front. He sure hoped it wasn’t some kind of ridiculous meme, or worse, some kind of bad innuendo.
She just grabbed a keychain with a couple of Rattatas sharing a piece of cheese. She found it adorable for some reason. Not like she would be able to do much with it since she didn’t really have keys to latch onto it.
They quickly paid for their stuff and headed out of the store, deciding to wander the mall.
It was a bit surprising to find almost just as many Pokemon wandering inside the building as there had been outside. The main difference was that those inside seemed to be behaving a bit more and there were a few that occupied the water feature, doubling as decorations.
Even the ones inside the mall were peeking at them from time to time.
“It looks like we’re still quite the hot new thing.” Romeo joked.
She wanted to say something, but her attention was caught by one of the Rattatas sneaking around clumsily. It was carefully peeking its face from under the bushes while their tail stood up very visibly from the top. It eyed the people, scooting back each time someone passed by, not that people were paying attention to the little rat.
Lydia just watched silently as the little one waited until it could rush through out of the bushes and hide into the next one. And do so just as well as its back half stuck out of the small and well-manicured bush.
The situation repeated a few times as the little rat made its way to her, stopping at her feet and looking up.
“ … ex-excuse me. ” It whispered with a boyish voice.
It was weird, she could hear the soft chittering of his name under the words, but could still understand the words. Instead of just answering, she reached down and used one nail to scratch the rat’s scalp right between its ears.
“ Ah- no, please… I’ve a message and… ah… ” The Rattata tried to speak but her touch slowly made it relax, eyes closing and its body splaying on the ground with a happy expression.
After a few seconds she pulled her hand away, it still took the small rodent a few more to break out of its blissful state and look up.
“ No fair! ” It, he? He huffed. “ The matriarch wants to meet the three that smell like us… please? ”
She turned to Romeo and Moisha, both having noticed the whole situation, both nodding.
“Okay, guide us.” She told the little rat.
The Rattata cheered. “ Fo-follow me! ” It moved towards the exit and the three of them followed.
For being such a small animal, the Rattata still managed to keep them walking at a fast pace. They moved to the closest edge of the city and off the beaten path they went, thankfully they didn’t need to shift to get through the vegetation.
It soon opened into a clearing that had obviously been created to be so. The plants had been nibbled, pruned and weaved to make a natural wall. But there were also a few berry bushes planted.
The area was full of Rattatas and a single, larger, Ratticate. It didn’t take much thought to realize this was that matriarch. Their little guide dropped by her side.
“ I brought them, mother. ”
“ Well done, boy. ” Her voice reminded Lydia of some of the matrons at the orphanage, but not as cold. This was her family and she looked over it, but seeing as she was the only evolved one it was obvious there were some rules in place. “ Welcome to my home, you who smell like us, but you are not. ” She eyed them. “ It’s good to find you alone and without the one who smells like darkness and mischief. ”
Internally Lydia chuckled at the thought that Magnus had been so easily sized up.
She bowed her head slightly, enough to show good manners. “Thank you for inviting us, we’re not from around here, and we’ll not be staying for long. We’re just passing by with our companions. Honestly if you hadn’t invited us, I doubt we would have come in much contact with the locals.”
“ Ah, yes, that disguised fox. We tend to keep our distance from those like him. ” The Ratticate mused. “ Interesting that you’re traveling with one of those. ”
“Will that be a problem?” She asked curtly.
“ No, no, ” The matriarch waved it off lazily, “ it’s just that their kind usually just looks to entertain themselves. ”
Lydia couldn’t exactly deny that fit Magnus quite well.
“It’s okay, they have been nothing if forthcoming with their intentions and helped us a lot.” She calmly explained.
The matriarch allowed them to leave it there. “ Though coming back to it, I would like to know why you smell like us. ”
“It’s just how it is.” She answered. “We’re born like this, and as far as I know we’re the only ones around.”
“ I see, ” her eyes sharpened, “ would you be interested in helping us with a little problem we have? Just recently the Yungoos and Gumshoos ran most of our people out of our main feeding area and it’s become harder to find a new place to feed. We know of a spot, but it’s being monopolized by bird Pokemon, leaving us with little chance to get our share. ”
“And what’s in for us?” She asked, talking for her team.
“ Hmm, you could take some of my children, many of them are eager to find a proper trainer. ” She offered and the wererats didn’t miss that some actually looked eager at the notion.
“I’m sorry, but I think I should explain something. We’re not trainers, nor are we staying in this World for too long. If they came with us, they would most likely not see other Pokemon than those with us for an unknowingly-long amount of time.” She didn’t like how those little eyes bore into her, it was a harsh truth and one that squashed a type of hope she knew very well.
The matriarch didn’t look too happy about her rejection, but it was obvious she was experienced enough to not really show it outwardly. It wasn’t hard to understand, this was a World where Pokemon rarely became truly powerful alone, and especially not those at the lowest groups like the common Rattatas.
The matriarch leaned down and whispered something to a Rattata which ran off.
“ I think I’ve something then. ” She said calmly as the little rat returned with something in its maw before handing it to her. “ This is a Z-crystal, I was hoping to pass it to one of my children once they found a proper Trainer. But if you help my children take over the feeding grounds you can have it. ”
Team Maus shared a look, the two other members shrugged, leaving Lydia to answer for them.
“Okay, we’ll do it.”
“ Excellent, I’ll get in contact with the other matriarchs, you can go for now, I will send one of my children to pick you up once it’s time. ” The Ratticate’s swollen cheeks jiggled in eagerness at getting what she wanted.
The three of them were quickly escorted out of the nest and guided back to the city.
“This is totally, like, a trap, no?” Moisha asked once they were far enough.
“More like they were looking for a sucker.” Romeo said and chuckled. “But if it wasn’t us, there would be another sucker. It's just easier and harder since we can properly understand them.”
“I think we should investigate what exactly happened between them and the mongoose Pokemons. I think that’s the clue to know just how much trouble they are trying to get us into.” Lydia decided.
“Hmm, that sounds smart.” Moisha nodded. “Plus it’s like what Orange and Magnus told us, it’s okay to do crimes, just don’t get caught.”
She just rolled her eyes, as if someone needed to remind her to not get caught, again.
Magnus had returned to the workshop after a lovely day of relaxing along with Ruby. And while it had been a perfect outing, he couldn’t deny a big part of him couldn’t wait for some time with the World’s tech.
Orange had already acquired a nice number of samples from the world. Not just things like Pokeballs, medicines, supplements and other items, there were also a number of pretty confidential files ‘acquired’ from large companies like Silph Co. and the Aether Foundation.
Apparently Porygons were quite loyal until they were bribed with full seasons of good shows.
The information acquired was quite useful in filling the more technical aspects of the local technology, especially that aimed for the digitalization and storage of matter and living beings. Many of these gave him a lot of ideas as there were multiple ways to reproduce in his own ways.
The technology was also definitely Magitech in many cases, there were pretty interesting studies on the working of more primitive Pokeballs, those used in olden times and which were still produced in some regions. For example Johto still had a number of craftsmen that worked with Apricorns.
And now he had about five saplings of each type of Apricorn for a total of thirty five trees that would grow quite healthy inside the greenhouse; along with enough seeds to experiment in the future.
Berries had been a much harder subject. There were at least over fifty different varieties of the fruits, some of them considerably hard to acquire. Thankfully they were quite self-sufficient once they took root, one berry buried into fertile ground would sprout in the matter of days and quickly develop into a full plant with multiple fruit in a week or two.
Those weren’t the only plants that had been acquired, there were also a variety of beans, grains, mushrooms, herbs and a nearly extinct variety of leek. The greenhouse had filled considerably even if some plots would provide plenty of just one plant.
Orange had also acquired a number of materials, a lot would be easily reproduced by the ship and were taken mainly out of curiosity. Though some he doubted would be reproducible like the Elemental Stone or Everstones, though he was pretty sure he could find a way to create more if he studied them properly.
Old Pokeballs were mostly magic, there was little to no doubt about it. It was actually quite an impressive feat and made him wonder what kind of magic actually had existed once in the world to lead to such development. Orange had found a few studies about giant Pokemon held in what were definitely the ancestors of the primitive Pokeballs, massive artifacts of stone and magic; some even still worked to the date.
People had just advanced and technology had simply adopted the magical method, applied science to it until things just clicked and modern balls had become exceedingly common. The whole transport method was also magic, the transformation of matter into energy while maintaining all information and managing to return to matter was an impressive feat.
There was a lot of stuff that was actually impressively similar to the ship’s own energy-matter transformation system. He would have to check on the ship’s documentation and maybe break open a book or two about more advanced subjects.
He fiddled with one of the basic balls, pulling it apart in less than a minute. The miniaturization of the technology was also amazing. There were multiple systems practically packed away in the little button, and that was before coming into consideration that the Pokeballs could shrink to about a third of their size for easy carry.
Each Pokeball would have the digitization/materialization system, capture safety and emergency release, creature comforts, health check-ups, situational awareness, and more. And many of these things were done at a distance .
The fact that they basically just had one button and all you needed to do was press on it and wish very hard showed just how magic was going around to make them work.
Not that it reduced the impressiveness, in many ways it increased since it was obvious these were made by mass production and many Pokeballs were never touched by human hands until they reached their user.
The inside was just as impressive as the interface. While the Pokemon was effectively energy and information, the inside created a holographic representation of the creature’s most comfortable location and allowed it to rest inside. They weren’t awake or asleep, more of a sort-of dream state that allowed them to rest, but at the same time to observe the outside if they wanted. Most Pokemon could stay inside their balls for days or weeks undisturbed and show no problem afterwards.
Studying the Pokeballs also revealed a quick and easy way to keep them from being captured. He quickly put together a series of small accessories that would not only trick normal balls into thinking they weren’t correct targets, but they would also wreck any illegal capture tool that tried to skip the confirmation process.
In a similar fashion he was going to put together a capture system at a later date. One just never knew when they would need to imprison someone, or something. Similarly he would seek to improve his own miniaturization and expanded-spaces technology.
But all that would have to wait, there was something he hadn’t experimented with for a long time.
He retrieved a few of Oran berries and quickly bit down onto one. The fruit was fresh and its juices spread through his mouth. Its flavor was quite varied, quite hearty, he could taste something similar to what the Hearty radishes had, though not as strong. Also the healing power didn’t do anything to him as he hadn’t hurt himself in a while.
He looked at the other fruits, he would need to experiment to find the best way to extract its active components and see how it would mix with other berries. He wondered if he could also crossbreed the berries to develop something he could take back to Hyrule, more healing was always good.
He had the whole night for himself, it was time to have some fun.
“Definitely a great day for ice cream.” Magnus told Ruby.
She nodded, enjoying her own as they came out of the store together.
“Yeah, I didn’t know spicy sweets could be so good, there’s some strange mix in the flavors of the Cheri and the coldness.” She observed.
“Well, then it’s good Orange filled the greenhouse with as many berries as you would need to experiment.” He offered. “It would also be great to expand the ship’s menu without adding meat.”
She gave him a bright smile. “Thank you.”
He raised an eyebrow. “I’m pretty sure I just said Orange did it.”
“That’s not what I meant.” Ruby said and leaned against him. “Thank you for bringing me along.” She whispers in his ear, sending a shiver down his spine.
Before he can say anything, the sound of running makes the pair’s moment break and their gazes turn towards a young blonde girl in a white dress approaching them. At her feet, a similarly white fox ran by her feet. But more importantly, there were four figures running after her. A blue-haired man, a magenta-haired woman, a Meowth and a Wobbuffet were running after the girl.
Ruby quickly moved to shield the girl, turning toward her to ask if she was okay, meanwhile Magnus stood in front of them.
Taking a page from his brother, he put on the friendliest smile. “Hello, can I help you?” His tone may have dropped a few degrees off the temperature around.
The woman was the first to shake it off. “Yes! Move, we need to get that Alolan Vulpix.”
Magnus turned to look at the little fox. “Well, it looks like it doesn’t want to go with you. I would suggest you turn around and don’t harass young women and their Pokemon, ok?” His words were accompanied by another smile, and the slowly dimming of the natural light.
“No! We work very hard to capture those Pokemon for the boss!” The man called out.
“Yeah, that’s right!” The Meowth said and Magnus was surprised that it was actually speaking the local version of Japanese just like everyone else, and not the usual Poke-speech.
“No matter how you look at things, it’s obvious you’re in the wrong. Go,” he shooed them away, “before you get into actual trouble.”
“Trouble?” The woman said. “We’ll show you trouble!”
They grabbed their shirts and Magnus prepared a Blink just in case he needed to take them out. But against all of his expectations, they ripped their clothes off to show they were wearing uniforms, except for the Meowth. But it was actually weirder since the feline had been wearing clothes until a moment before and he hadn’t found it strange. Stranger yet, was to think they were wearing full uniforms under what had appeared to be normal clothes, light vacation clothes at that.
“Prepare for Trouble!” The woman called out.
“Make it Double!” The man followed her cadance.
“To protect the world from devastation!”
“To unite all people within our nation!”
“To denounce the evils of truth and love!”
“To extend our reach to the stars above!”
“Jessie!”
“James!”
“Team Rocket, yours truly blasts off at the speed of light!”
“Surrender now or prepare yourselves for a fight!”
The man and the woman posed together as the Meowth jumped in front of them.
“Meowth, that’s right!”
“Wobbuffet!” The blue Pokemon joined them, cheering too.
Ruby was clapping, only stopping when the blonde girl and the Vulpix gave her a look. “What? That was pretty fun to watch, also those costumes were very good, it’s actually very hard to wear clothes under clothes.” She offered.
“Oh, thank you.” The man waved it off. “We’ve been doing this for a long time, we used to get all tangled up in the beginning.”
“James!” The woman smacked the back of his head. “This is not the moment to accept praise, it’s time to show these numbheads!”
Orange helpfully was feeding him information about the group, half criminal, half comedy group. Apparently, they were a known group, very slippery and hard to catch. They were also part of a larger organization called Team Rocket, which was a criminal and terrorist group from what he could see. They had been broken down, disbanded, and recovered a few times; they had a pretty grim rep sheet.
Thankfully this group was considered mostly harmless, more of a nuisance and usually dealt with by the present trainers.
“It doesn’t matter,” the Meowth said, “they don’t even have a Pokemon… though that guy smells strange.”
“That’s right!” Jessie threw one of her balls. “Mimikyu go!”
Said Pokemon was small, less than twenty five centimeters tall and most of it the empty, upper half of the costume it wore. They exchanged a look, but it seemed the small Ghost and Fairy type wasn’t interested in fighting as it turned around and scooted over to Meowth to whisper something to its fellow Pokemon.
“Ah, he says he’s not interested in fighting anyone but Pikachu.” The feline translated.
“I’ve to do everything here!” James complained and threw his own ball. “Go Mareanie!”
“ James! ” The water type Pokemon cried out and instantly pounced onto their trainer’s face, latching quite vigorously and making him scream and try to pry them off.
“Do you know them?” Ruby asked the girl.
“Yes, they are criminals that steal Pokemon.” The young blonde answered.
“ Meanies! ” The Vulpix cried out.
Magnus sighed, the comedy routine was pretty fresh, but he was growing tired of it. His braid swung lightly and Stonebell chimed.
“I will repeat myself, leave .” Darkness stirred, and even as it was a nice and clear day the sun seemed to pale, a thick fog flowing covering the ground.
The man finally managed to get their Pokemon off their face, even if he looked a bit dizzy.
“Hmph! We’re Team Rocket, like a threat will stop us. Show them what we’re made of Mareanie!”
“ Yes, James! ” The Pokemon cried out and prepared themselves.
“Ehm… guys, I think we should-”
“It’s not the time to doubt, Meowth!” Jessie cut him off. “Wobbufet, prepare to support Mareanie.”
The Pokemon saluted as James pointed at them. “Mareanie, Sludge Bomb!” The Pokemon complied and unleashed a stream of dark globs at them.
Magnus just snorted and channeled some of his Light before backhanding the attack, causing the globs to explode into a short-lived cloud of smoke. But effectively did nothing.
“ Last warning .” Magnus calmly told the couple and their Pokemon.
The illusion fog spread thicker, some of the shorter Pokemon were having trouble even being visible. Though it also cut off just at his feet.
“That’s… Jessie, I think we should retreat this time.” The man took a step back, even his Pokemon looked a bit worried.
“Team Rocket doesn’t retreat!” Jessie called out.
He blinked forward and allowed some of his hostility to bleed into the Darkness currently holding the illusion, just enough that the five in front of him could feel it.
They instantly froze at the show. “Leave.” He repeated softly.
To his surprise a massive bear-like Pokemon fell out of the empty sky between him and the criminals. The black and pink bear just snorted and glared at him, more than ready to start a brawl if necessary.
They were almost a meter taller than him and looked more like a person wearing a costume than an actual animal. They were still a Pokemon, he could see how their fur was standing up, their chest was full of air and the gaze promised violence.
“Just take them.” Magnus didn’t feel like truly starting a fight.
The Bewear nodded and turned around, wrapping their arms around the two humans and their Pokemon before carrying the still frozen criminals off.
Magnus could only watch and shake his head, he released his hold on the illusion and the fog melted off.
Thankfully no actual fight had started, he turned back to Ruby and the girl, there was a need to make sure she was okay.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 13
Ruby knelt down. “Are you okay?” She asked the blonde girl, ignoring the familiar sense of dread going behind her back.
She didn’t fear Magnus, if anything it reminded her the man has carried her to safety while using a similar trick to reduce most people into gibbering mess. In her case it was another kind of mess. But she also knew that not everyone could face such a presence and was using herself to shield the girl and her Pokemon.
“I’m-yes, I’m okay, it’s just-” She flinched when the small Vulpix pressed against her leg. But she didn’t pull away.
Ruby smiled softly to reassure her. “I’m Ruby, and my companion is Magnus, what are your names?”
“I’m Lillie, and this is Snowy.” The girl answered.
“She’s very cute, is she your Pokemon?” Ruby asked gently, aiming to keep her attention on her.
“Ah, not exactly.” The girl looked away.
“ Yes, I am. ” The Vulpix barked, but the girl didn’t understand her.
“I think she has a different opinion about it.” Ruby giggled softly as she pointed out how the little fox tried to get closer, though she still respected her personal space.
A rustling sound made her look over her shoulder, seeing the lack of Team Rocket made her curious. But Magnus was walking calmly in their way.
“They left.” He answered her unasked question. “Hello Lillie, I am Magnus, are you okay?”
The girl nodded.
“And you, Snowy?” He asked the Vulpix, who also nodded. “That’s good to hear, you two must be tired from the run, would you like an ice cream?” He gestured to the shop they were still standing in front of.
“No, it’s okay, you don’t have to worry.” The girl blushed and tried to reject.
“Hmm… I’ve a perfect idea, but I will need your little friend’s help. Do you want to help me make something for Lillie, Snowy?” Magnus looked towards the little fox as he retrieved a bottle of water and a handful of berries.
“Wh-where did those come from?” Lillie asked, surprised by the act.
“Just a little magic, what do you say, Snow?” The Vulpix yipped in agreement.
Ruby watched as he drew the water from the bottle and the fox froze it with their breath. She didn’t miss how the low-key rings he wore beat almost imperceptibly with his magic to control the elements. Not just the water, but wind in a trick she had taught him. The clear sphere of ice was reduced to snow and collected in a bowl. He then did something similar to the sweet berries, frozen and shaved down snow, to mix it with some honey and into the already shaved ice.
“Here you have.” He handed the bowl to the girl. “Some shaved ice made by your friend to make you feel better.”
Ruby pulled a spoon from her inventory. “Here you go.” She gave the girl a smile. “Magic.” She explained.
The girl looked dubious at the answer, Ruby found the girl to be quite sharp to just not accept such an out-there answer. Though it wasn’t entirely a lie.
She took a bite out of the ice and shivered. “It’s cold, but so good!” Her eyes were practically stars as she ate another spoonful.
“ That’s good, Lillie! ” The Vulpix cheered at her reaction.
“Oh, you want some too, Snowy?” The girl knelt down and took a spoonful before feeding the small fox.
They shivered after a spoonful, their eyes sparking in a similar manner. “ It’s very good. ”
“Thank you.” The blonde bowed deeply towards him.
“Hey, hey, hey, no need for that.” Magnus helped her straighten up. “I like to help, you should ask Ruby how we met, though I don’t know if you would believe her.” He joked, causing her to blush and smack his arm.
“Can I ask how you did all that with water?” She asked. “It was definitely not a Pokemon move.”
He laughed softly. “I wasn’t lying that it was magic.” He Showed her his rings, the small silver bands had tiny gemstones encrusted on them. “These allow me to perform small tricks with fire, water, wind and metal.” He explained.
“I can’t believe magic is real… Can you, Snowy?” She asked her companion.
“ Of course! Though, why do you smell like a fox? ” They asked him.
“That’s a secret.” He gave the fox a silence gesture. “Would you like us to accompany you home?”
Ruby was pretty sure the girl wanted to grumble and say that wasn’t an answer. But those emotions only flickered in her face.
“Okay, my friends should be around here.” She answered. “But they should have already been here.” She added with a frown on her face.
“We can stay, we’ve nothing to do.” Ruby offered to soothe the girl’s worries.
The girl sighed. “I just know they got into some trouble.” She admitted. “...and I’m missing it.”
Snowy reached to pat at the girl’s leg, Ruby didn’t miss that while the girl flinched, she appeared to be trying to get over it. She couldn’t imagine what she had gone through given how friendly Pokemon were.
“Why don’t you tell us about them while we wait?” Magnus offered as they sat down.
“Well, there’s Ash, he joined the class just a bit ago…” The girl started to tell them about her friends, calming down and missing the fact that the Vulpix had scooted up to her side.
Romeo finished pulling the mask over his face and the hood over his head, effectively hiding his features with the exception of the small area around his eyes. Not that even that was visible, while he couldn’t see it unless he checked on a mirror, a small amount of darkness hid everything but his pupils.
It was a bit of cliché ninja clothing, but he couldn’t deny it was comfortable, easy to wear and move, and effectively could shift its color to better camouflage with its environment. It even had a hole for their tail to slide out if they shifted.
Moisha hadn’t lost a moment after hiding her face to shift, from them she was the more lackadaisical about not transforming. Not that he didn’t follow a moment later. Lydia just raised an eyebrow at them.
It was just more comfortable for all of them and Magnus had already made sure they wouldn’t be able to get captured, especially as they just looked like a group of cosplaying ninjas more than half-animal people.
“I talked with the Ratticates in charge, you two will be running distraction while I go with the main team to take over an old nest in the area.” Lydia explained.
“I love easy missions, I just gotta make a lot of noise and get out of the way.” Moisha said, followed with a giggle.
“Are you sure about it?” Romeo couldn’t help but still feel a bit worried.
“Yes, I ran a little private scouting mission through the area earlier. The tall trees should provide plenty of shadows for everyone to hide.” She explained. “The teams you will be joining should keep the birds distracted long enough for enough rats to move into the nest, once that happens it will become harder for the birds to root them out.”
“Uh, for some reason I was expecting something more aggressive.” Moisha admitted.
Lydia gave a shrug. “I looked into things, the Rattatas and Ratticates until recently had been feeding out of a warehouse, they got run out of the easy target by the police with help of some other local Pokemon and some trainers.”
“Oh, I see.” Moisha nodded. “It’s just easier to defend a territory you own rather than fight for someone else’s.”
“Yes, the area’s also pretty bereft of other species, so adding some variety shouldn’t be bad. At worst the Ratticates have to move away, at best both find a balance.” She shrugged after speaking.
Romeo couldn’t help but agree. “Hmm, we’ll be long gone by then.” He said,
“Yeah, anyways, you know where to go. Try not to get caught.” Lydia joked before fixing her mask and leaving.
He didn’t miss her tail swaying behind her.
He gave Moisha a nod and headed towards the group of Rattatas he would be joining.
“ Oh, you’re that guy! ” One of the young rats called out when he approached.
“Yes, I’ll be helping in the distraction.”
One of the larger ones huffed. “ What can a two-legged one like you do? ”
“This.” He reached to pinch the Rattata’s nape and pick them up, leaving the rat incapable of breaking out.
“ Hey! Let go! Come on! Not in front of everyone! ”
He placed them back down. “Size and hands are very useful, believe me.”
The Rattata huffed and moved away before the signal came to move.
His team was made up of about a dozen Rattatas and a single Ratticate. The first stage Pokemons were varied in size, from just below average to one that was nearing the Ratticate’s size, though the evolution was definitely on the smaller size compared to the matriarch they had met a day earlier. It was kinda obvious they had been put in the role simply because of their stage as the group followed the largest Rattata more than they followed them.
The leader of the group stopped by one of the trees and gave the order to climb, Romeo would have definitely used his claws for it, but instead he aimed the arm with the band up and activated the hookshot. A barely glowing chain made of some kind of blue energy shot out from the jewel and latched onto one of the big branches up high, quickly tensing and dragging him up.
He could tell it was pulling on all of his body as there was barely any strain on his arm, he once more had to admit it, Magnus was crazy good at what he did. His mind wandered towards the weapon he had been given.
It surprised him to be the first to name his blade. Icy Moon rattled like a diamondback ready to defend itself. Coming with the name had been strange, meditation hadn’t been something he expected to improve in so quickly. But it only had taken a few days before he had made contact with the Will of the blade.
When he had been told the Gleeok was ancient it hadn’t made sense to him. But meeting even a third of the creature had shaken him to the core. A head large enough to swallow him in one gulp, an eye that froze him in place, and the hate… the hate . The ancient being had lived for a long time and had been sealed for longer, and the first thing that happened once it got released was it got beaten, killed and butchered.
It had been a few long and harrowing minutes that felt like hours. But he had managed to come to a certain understanding with the King Gleeok, or at least that head, they would do their best together to beat Magnus. And while the Gleeok had wanted to kill him, Romeo had managed to remind the monster that even them hadn’t been able to beat him once Magnus got serious.
The Gleeok had also wanted to step on the moon, and while Romeo had offered to step on a moon, the monster had insisted it had to be Hyrule’s. It made him wonder if there was a reason for it, but without heading to the World and checking he couldn’t honestly tell.
Maybe it had been that request that had led him to offer the name Icy Moon, as surprising as it had been for the weapon to accept it. The blade had changed, going from dull blue to looking as if it had actually been carved out of an iceberg, and Romeo stopped caring for changes of temperature. If he had to admit, the constant chill was pleasant.
But he wasn’t going to use such a weapon here, he had no enmity with the birds and no reason to kill them.
“ How did you make it up here so quickly?! ” The Ratticate screamed.
“Nin-nin.” Romeo joked and looked ahead instead of saying anything else, he could see a few of the nests and the bird Pokemon eating some of the fruit growing from the branches.
The leader Rattata ignored the by-play. “ Remember our mission, just having them run after us is enough. ” He called out, getting a glare from the Ratticate.
Romeo made a mental note to keep an eye on the Pokemon, that was the kind of glare he had seen plenty of times before. The kind that practically screamed that they were about to do something very stupid if given a chance.
The leader looked at him. “ It’s your turn. ”
Romeo nodded and moved, jumping from branch to branch as if it was solid ground and not nearly a dozen meters into the air. The small Pikipeks didn’t even notice him until he was practically on them, but the birds weren’t his objective. Instead he grabbed the largest, juiciest fruit and ran away once they realized what he had just done.
At the cry of “ Thief! ” The flock quickly took flight and rushed after him.
The Rattatas were ready and surprised the birds, and him, by releasing a barrage of black and purple spheres. And to add to that, the attacks seemed to do nothing more than scare the birds into breaking their flight, trying to dodge attacks that went harmlessly through them.
Romeo quickly reached the Rattatas who turned and joined him in running away.
“ Shadow Ball, Pikipeks are immune to it. ” The leader decided to explain. “ It’s not an attack that we can learn normally, but we stole one of those machines the humans use and passed it around. ”
He raised an eyebrow, not that it showed with his mask.
“ You may not know it, but we don’t normally learn long-distance moves. Shadow Ball is one of the few we can learn this way, unfortunately as you saw, it’s ineffective against the birds. ”
He nodded, that was something he could understand.
The sounds of angry birds only increased as they got the Pikipeks and the Trumbeaks that joined them the go around. They may be able to fight, but they still stopped to dodge the Shadow Balls they launched from time to time.
Romeo also helped too, of course. The armband had a series of nice distraction tools, from noise makers to small flash-bombs. None really dangerous, but certainly was surprising when there was suddenly a flashlight aimed at your eyes. They were also constructs, so once used left nothing behind.
He flung another handful of the flashing pellets behind, mixing a few of the noisemakers mixed in. He made a mental note to ask Magnus if they could be made to float.
There was suddenly a much larger noise in the distance, one that didn’t sound like a distraction. It sounded like an actual fight.
“Was that any of you?” He quickly sent the way of his two partners.
“ Nothing here. ” Moisha answered quickly, not sounding even winded up.
“ Some trainers are helping the birds keep the rats from taking over the abandoned nest. ” Lydia answered a moment later. “ I’m keeping my distance for now. ”
He snorted, she didn’t say anything about not interfering.
He looked at the Rattata leader. “Some trainers are helping the birds, I will keep them distracted, I would suggest you go and support the main group.”
The rat nodded curtly. “ Good idea… thank you. ” They bowed their heads before turning around and barking orders to the rest.
“Hey, you want this, no?” Romeo called out the birds still following them, distracting them as the Rattatas started to move away one by one, soon he was the only one, the focus of their full attention.
Now all he had to do was keep them going in circles for a few more minutes.
Lydia remained hidden, hugging the back of one of her trees and making her presence as little as possible. Her breath had slowed down as she remained completely immobile and observing.
Things had been going well until a Rowlet had flown into the area, a colorful group of young kids followed the bird and released more Pokemon that she could be interested to name.
She was already starting to doubt that the Ratticate’s plan was going to work when the Toucannon flew down from its nest to keep them from achieving their goal.
Unfortunately she couldn’t finish this quickly by pulling her sword out. Even if unnamed, she was pretty sure the monster in it would relish in imposing its presence in the area. But since her side didn’t know about it, it was bound to scare everyone .
Instead she activated the armband to create a small slingshot and loaded it up with the small explosive marbles. She was glad her Job provided some skill in using any kind of small weapon… for some reason. She was honestly a bit confused and had asked about it.
While Magnus hadn’t known the answer, Orange had explained that her Job was most likely based on the feats carried by a pretty old fictional character. She didn’t know what to say to that, but it was very effective and useful. Plus as they had told her, it was only fictional in their World, and it may as well be true somewhere else.
She released the payload and watched it fly before bouncing against a tree and exploding just behind the Toucannon’s head, effectively distracting him and earning the bird a direct hit from the ice attack of one of the matriarchs.
It wasn’t enough to sway the course of the battle, but it definitely had eased some of the pressure on the matriarchs and their Rattatas. She prepared a noise maker and shot it off right into the bushes behind the trainers.
It wasn’t just the Pokemon that were fighting. It had taken her a bit to understand something about the World. When Magnus and Orange had explained that no one reached the top alone, they meant that the relation between Trainer and Pokemon went further than just orders and guidance. Disrupting the Trainers was as effective as disrupting the Pokemon themselves.
She ponders for a moment using one of the smoke bomb pellets, but with so many bird Pokemon around it’s just not going to last more than a second.
She rethought her plan and shifted down into full rat-form to sneak around the trees and unload a few more flash bombs and noise makers. It was working to balance the fight, but it was becoming obvious for the trainers that something was happening.
It was obvious she needed something a bit bigger. That’s why it surprised her when Romeo practically ran through the battlefield in sight of everyone, carving a long trench with his blade from which a wall of ice rose in the matter of an instant.
She wanted to scream at him, but noticed that no one had managed to react, even the few birds that had been running after him looked surprised by the whole thing. The most impressive thing had been that Icy Moon hadn’t scared the lights out of everyone, was naming the damn weapon so damn important?!
The battle had stopped cold, even the few birds that had been running after him were surprised and stopped. The break turned out to be enough for the Ratticates to move into the nest, the old, hollowed-out tree trunk was just the entrance to what they had been explained was an old set of burrows used by other Pokemon, but long since abandoned.
She had asked why they didn’t try to dig their way to it, but apparently there were plenty of other Pokemon that lived underground and would make it much harder, on top of the many tree roots in the area.
She could honestly not tell if she was being fed a load of bullshit, she had never had to dig her way through a forest or anything similar. But with the matriarchs taking the old nest, the mission was completed. It meant they could retreat, she would have to scream at Romeo for his actions though.
Lillie waved at the strange couple as they parted ways with her. She was thankful to them for helping her, but she couldn’t shake the feeling that there was something going on with them. And it wasn’t her feeling extremely jealous of Magnus’ hair, it was just unfair that he didn’t do anything special to maintain such a long braid. She had to work so hard with all the salt in the air.
Ruby had been nothing if kind and understanding with her, not even pushing her on why she didn’t feel comfortable touching Snowy. Maybe it was because none of them had Pokemon on them. Though she wondered what Magnus had done to get Team Rocket to run away, Ruby had been in the way and kept distracting her.
“ Vul. ” Snowy’s cry makes her look down.
She went down to her knees and carefully tried to reach for the fox. She managed to get a finger onto their head before her hand pulled away reflexively. Her heart was beating hard inside of her chest, it felt like it was trying to escape up her throat.
“Sorry Snowy, I promise I’ll get over it.” She sighed, feeling a bit defeated. “Maybe we should see about sharing more shaved ice? You will help me make more, no?”
“ Vul-pix! ” Her friend agreed.
“Thank you, though I doubt I’ll manage to make it as good as Magnus, I don’t have magic…” She grumbled, but couldn’t help to feel amazed by the show she had been given.
“Lillie!” Ash called out, waving as she joined the group.
She didn’t miss the fact that all of them had their clothes rumpled and were slightly dirty, the few Pokemon outside of their balls were similarly dirty.
“Hey guys, what happened?” She asked.
The question caused a series of reactions, a few frowns, a couple of embarrassed looks and even Ash looking nervous.
“Well, Rowlet’s friend asked us for help since some Rattatas and Ratticates were trying to move into their territory.” He quickly explained with his usual energy.
She blinked. “So you made them run away?”
“Ehm… No…” Ash laughed nervously after answering, rubbing the back of his head as Pikachu facepalmed. “Someone was helping them and then there was this strange figure that zipped past and distracted up with a huge ice wall, allowing the Ratticates to move into the spot they were trying to take over.”
“Team Rocket?” Lillie asked, though internally she doubted it.
Ash shook his head. “I don’t think so, they weren’t trying to capture any Pokemon.”
“I think it was an unknown Pokemon.” Sophocles insisted. “I’m sure I saw they had a tail, I bet they are an Ice and Dark type.”
“Unfortunately I failed to get any good pictures of them.” Rotom admitted in a depressed tone.
“We’ll have to tell Professor Kukui about it, he may know something.” Ash said, always optimistic.
“Maybe the Kahuna knows something too.” Mallow reminded them.
“How about, Lillie? Everything okay?” Lana prompted a change of subject, causing the young blonde to blush as all attention was suddenly on her.
“I got chased by Team Rocket, they were trying to steal Snowy,” she took a moment to breathe and quickly added, “don’t worry, nothing happened. I came across a couple that helped me, Team Rocket got dragged away by the Bewear before anything happened.”
“What did they do?” Lana asked.
“I don’t know.” She admitted, laughing similarly to how Ash had done earlier. “Ruby kept me distracted while Magnus confronted Team Rocket. They said they are vacationing, so you may see them around, they are quite eye-catching.” She added as they started to walk towards the Pokemon School.
Unfortunately for her, her friends didn’t stop assailing her with questions. Thankfully Snowy’s presence by her legs helped her relax.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 14
Magnus was wandering the island of Hau’oli alone for once. Ruby had wanted to do something alone and he wasn’t going to stifle the freedom she had. He would just have preferred if his sister hadn’t teased him about her getting him a gift.
She had also teased him about Maus getting into something, but since there hadn’t been any mob, call for capture or large forest fires, he could ignore it.
What he couldn’t ignore was a strangely familiar scent tickling his nose. It had become noticeable after a change of the wind and it took him a bit to realize what he was smelling exactly.
It took him a few minutes to track the source and was not entirely surprised to find it was the local Pokemon school. It was a lovely plot of land, a few very open and nicely constructed buildings, and a lot of places for kids and Pokemon to hang out.
It seemed to be break time because there were a lot of children running around and playing. But the source of the smell was nowhere in the large number of them, instead there was a young kid peeking from behind a tree. One with a hard-to-miss black tail behind his back.
He took a moment to study their disguise, they didn’t look local, which made him think they had copied some tourist child. Which was quite smart, less chance to come as a doppelganger if the owner of the look lived in another region.
He dropped down from the branch of the tree and didn’t hide his landing, not as if his landing was loud. But seeing the kid turn around in surprise showed they had heard him.
“ Ah! ” They let out in surprise, quickly covering their mouth as for anyone else it would have sounded like ‘ Zor ’.
Magnus smiled warmly and reached to boop his nose with a purple claw. “Good disguise, but you still have some work for it.”
Stonebell chimed and the boy(?)’s tail disappeared.
“ You?! ”
“Me.” He answered playfully.
“ I don’t think I ever saw you before. ” The young disguise-fox finally said.
“I’m here on vacation.” The answer was honest, even if it left some very big things out.
His nose flared for a moment. “ Why can’t I smell you? It’s like you aren’t here. ”
Magnus pointed at the bracelet hanging on his wrist. “For many reasons, I’m hiding using this. Otherwise it would have everyone feeling threatened.”
He frowned. “ Really? I don’t believe you. ”
Without another word, Magnus placed a finger on the bracelet and gave it a quarter of a rotation, just enough for a peek. The poor fox froze before he restricted it back.
“ Ok! I believe you. ”
Magnus laughed softly. “Yeah, I’m pretty sure everyone noticed my arrival before I placed it on. I just forget to put it on because it tickles.”
The kid’s eyes opened as big as saucers. “ That was you?! Mama will want to meet you, the elder smelled another Zoroark around, but when we looked we didn’t find anyone. We thought they… you may have had a trainer. ”
“No, quite free and happy about it.” He answered before he noticed a dark-skinned man approaching with a cap. “You still haven’t mastered human speech, right?”
The kid looked surprised by the question, then embarrassed, then panicked as he shook his head. He was glad to see they hadn’t missed the man until it was too late.
He thought for a moment before he reached and tapped the kid’s neck. “There we go, it will only last for a couple of hours.”
“What?” The Zorua asked before looking very surprised. “What?!”
“Shh… just a little magic, it should last enough for you to play with the other kids if you want.” He offered and the kid’s eyes sparkled at the notion. “But you better learn how it feels, because you will need to speak the normal way after this.”
He nodded energetically.
“Excuse me.” The man finally came close enough to speak.
His skin tone marked him as most likely local-born, he wore a pair of shorts, a lab coat, a pair of glasses, sandals and the aforementioned cap. He was also very well trained, his physique indicated he wasn’t just a very active person, but actively trained his body frequently.
“Good morning.” Magnus greeted the man.
“I would like to ask why you are approaching one of my students.” The man lied with a straight face, but also didn’t.
Magnus felt a bubble of curiosity go up. “Hmm? Oh, I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to worry you about your student.” He looked down. “You should join your friends.” He told and the Zorua didn’t lose a moment, missing a bit of the subtext.
The man relaxed a bit and his presence became a bit more friendly.
“I’m sorry for having given you the wrong impression, I was just following a familiar scent, I just didn’t think I would find someone like me around.” He tested his little guess.
The flinch and understanding look in the man’s face told him he had been right. He quickly sighed as his form relaxed even more, taking a more lighthearted attitude.
“I’m Professor Kukui, I hope you understand why I was worried, especially after that strange presence that was felt a bit earlier.” The man had relaxed, but a closer look showed to not be entirely true. His hand was still close to the few Pokeballs on his waist and his eyes hadn’t left him.
“I’m Magnus, though I also go by Traveler.” He presented himself. “I honestly didn’t know there were others like me in the islands, I thought most lived in the Unova region.”
“It’s not well known, most just live their lives and aren’t interested in trainers if you catch my drift.” He smiled charmingly. “I like to Assist the young ones in learning to fit in.”
Magnus nodded. “Understandable, I would imagine a good teacher wouldn’t miss some of the obvious hints.”
Kukui laughed. “That’s little, I remember staying until late one time making fake fox tails so all kids wore one.” The man reminisced. “I had to work so hard it was like I had mastered Double Team.”
“Well, I gave that one a helping hand, while it will run out, he should be able to speak normally for a few hours.”
The professor looked curious. “… I never heard of that ability.”
“Oh, that was just a bit of magic~” Magnus waved his fingers, some sparks coming from them. “Funnily enough, it counts as a curse since he won’t be able to speak normally in the meantime, but I doubt that will be much of a problem at the moment.”
He looked towards the kid, playing with the other children quite happily.
“I see…”
“No, you don’t.” He laughed softly. “Don’t worry, most people aren’t ready to have their paradigm modified on the fly. I will be around for a few more weeks, just look for me, I doubt it will be hard to find me. Now I’ll go for now, most likely will come back later to pick up the kid as I wanted to meet his family.” He waved before blinking away, just moments before a troublesome entity reached the area.
He would have to be more careful with releasing his presence. But it was so fun getting everyone to react to nothing.
Kukui watched as the strange man just disappeared from the spot.
Braviary, Incineroar and Lucario jumped out of their respective Pokeballs.
“Check from above.” He ordered the first. “Anything down here?” He looked towards Lucario as his starter approached him.
“ Roar. ” His starter checked on him.
“I’m good, just a bit surprised.” He didn’t admit to being a bit shaken too. They all had felt the wave of pressure, a presence had appeared for just a moment and it felt like the sky was about to come down, Sun and Moon along with it.
“ I can’t sense anything, they’ve already left. ” Lucario communicated to him. “ There’s no scent either, it’s like they were never here. ”
Braviary came down and Lucario exchanged a few words with them.
“ They say they saw nothing close-by, but there was definitely someone with purple hair in the far distance. ” They translated as Incineroar was checking the ground.
The grass showed signs of someone having stood in place for a bit, so they hadn’t been an illusion all along. But to move that far so quickly.
“I’ll have to look for them after hours.” He told the three of them. “Though, magic…”
His thoughts were interrupted as Tapu Koko flew down to join them. They bowed at different rates and he may have said something if he wasn’t troubled.
The legendary had a silent conversation with Lucario before the Steel and Fighting type spoke to him with Aura. “ Tapu Koko says that they aren’t dangerous unless someone makes them so. Also something about them having arrived with Rayquaza’s permission. ”
Kukui’s eyebrow rose at the notion. “Rayquaza? But that would mean…” He felt a chill go down his spine. “Now I really need to find them.”
He thanked Tapu Koko before returning his Pokemon back to their balls and turning back to the playground. It had been only a few minutes, with small kids that was always a few minutes too long.
Spear Pillar was a known, but hardly visited, set of ruins on top of Mount Coronet. Legends said that it had been the spot from where Arceus had created everything, it had been ancient even when the region of Sinnoh had been called Hisui.
While the ruins were incredibly damaged, for a set of ruins so exposed to the elements at the top of a mountain, there was actually hardly any new damage to them. Even studies with decades in separation showed startlingly similar descriptions down to the marks on the few remaining pillars.
So it would have been a surprise for anyone observing the ruins when a golden portal opened by the staircase going up into the ruins. One after another, a small group of women stepped through, all of them with pink hair, but with noticeable different bodies.
None of them was really dressed for the weather, but neither of them appeared to be bothered by the chilling winds and the bright sun above.
“All looks good here.” Ruby said.
“ Excellent, I was a tiny bit worried given the nature of Space in the area, but it appears the effect is centralized in the ruins. The area just outside is safe. ” Orange’s voice came through clearly for all of them to hear.
“So it’s true?” She asked. “That this world was created from here?”
“ No idea, the fabric does read as older, but I can’t honestly run a scan that large. There’s also the possibility that the planet technically existed before and the deity just started the work from this spot. There could be multiple ones if they were capable of multitasking! ” She giggled at Orange’s playful tone.
Her Magends spread through the ruins, studying the area. Most of them had been created with the use of magic in mind, mainly for large areas of effect and divination abilities. Not that she had forgotten her own protection, two of her Magends had been created in case some unruly Pokemon decided to attack them. While it would be unlikely, as the area appeared to be mainly ignored by most creatures, there was no sense in not doing it when she could.
She wondered why her more physical Magends came with so little clothing, maybe Orange was right about her World being a Porn World. Thankfully it wasn’t like she couldn’t get them better armored clothes. Which made the pair look quite intimidating at an average of almost two and a half meters tall and built like brick houses.
The two of them simply stood looking menacing and ready for action while the rest studied the ruins.
“Orange, I’ve a question, but I don’t want to come off as weird.” She nervously asked.
“ Just ask, Ruby, the most I will do is tell you I can’t answer. I don’t think there’s much you could ask that would be a problem. ”
“Okay…” She wiped one of the lowest broken pillars to sit down. “Why did Magnus’ father decide for three kids and not one? I don’t think merging the genetic material of the three of them would have been harder than making three of them.”
“ Oh… that .” The tone made Ruby quickly speak up.
“If it’s too much trouble you don’t need to answer.”
“ No, it’s not a problem to answer, it’s just that it happened way before I was born, so I only have the records to talk about it. ” Orange’s tone had turned completely serious, making Ruby give her most of her focus.
“ Technically, dad did make a single child at the start, or at least that’s what he meant to. The problem was thankfully caught before anything actually happened. Neither of our parents is normal, even discounting what dad made to himself, our mothers have their particular cases. ”
A picture appeared in her field of vision, the woman only looked a bit older than she did. Her hair was a mix of black and white, more on the petite side of average, while also looking fit and athletic. Her toxic green eyes seemed to even glow in the still picture.
“ Just to start, Dani’s a clone of two half-ghosts and a normal woman, one of them considers her his sister and he is the king of a realm, at least later on. She was also adopted by the Ghost of Time, who may as well be the Titan Chronos in that World. ” Orange explained.
The picture changed, the woman reminded her strongly of Magnus, her skin tone was darker. But her hair was very similar to his. She was similarly fit and athletic, but her body was slightly taller than Dani.
“ Sabbah was an orphan who was given training to be dad’s bodyguard. Her mastery over shadows later had the Titan Nyx adopting her. ” Orange explained as the picture changed to a man who looked like Magnus quite strongly. “ Dad did a lot of work on his own body, to the point he doesn’t count as human anymore, he’s never truly bothered by this, and to add to the trio, he was adopted by the Titan Gaia. ”
“I’m seeing a pattern.” Ruby tried to inject some humor.
“ Yes, three Titans and a lot of magic going around. The kid’s soul would have most likely achieved some kind of divinity very quickly, even before they could develop a proper ego. That would have been troublesome. ” She continued her explanation. “ That’s on top of the Domains the kid would have ended with: Truth, Life and Abyss. ”
The mere idea sent a shiver, and she knew she couldn’t grasp the full meaning behind that combination. “Yeah, that sounds bad.”
“ Bad? That’s downright Eldritch God characteristics! ” Orange barked a laugh out. “ Thankfully dad caught the whole thing early enough that he divided the proto-soul in three and balanced each domain with another. Life got Nurture, Abyss got Oceans and Truth got Lies. ”
She couldn’t honestly tell how balanced that actually made things, it was obviously a matter of philosophical discussions, and she felt like she lacked the life experience to talk there.
“ And while the three of them are now three, there’s the slight problem that as they have grown stronger there’s some repercussions of that start. ”
“I hope it’s not something bad.”
“ Not exactly, at least not for them. But when the three of them are together they start to, in the most basic sense, resonate and synchronize. Though not even dad knows what would happen then. Since the three have well defined egos now they could maintain their individuality while merging in a single entity, or lose their individuality while retaining all of their memories and life experience, or become a completely new being, they could even birth a new entity. ” Orange’s words were accompanied by a series of adorable hand-drawn pictures. “ Or nothing at all! ”
“It still sounds dangerous.”
“ Completely, that’s why they mostly only meet alone rarely and usually with dad around to provide some grounding to their souls. ” Orange sighed and quickly changed her tone. “ Oh, someone is approaching your position quickly. ”
“Okay, thanks, and thank you for telling me all that.” Ruby stood up and wiped some of the dust off her skirt.
Thankfully her Magends had nearly finished their work when a woman landed on the ruins. She had come on the back of a large, white bird, It was nearly two meters tall and very rounded; looked very nice to hug.
“Excuse me,” the blonde woman in the black dress stepped forward, “I would like to ask what are you all doing here.”
“Hello champion.” Ruby internally thanked the System for providing her with the name. “I was running a test in the area.” True, albeit incomplete, not as if she expected Cynthia to believe it just like that.
“Oh? That’s interesting, I’ve studied these ruins extensively myself.” She stepped closer, followed by the Togekiss, as friendly as the bird looked, it was quite threatening when it was a bird larger than a condor.
“They are very interesting indeed.” Ruby agreed. “But it’s more that I’m studying the area of the ruins, it may be hard to see, but space itself has been altered.” She explained. “The surprising thing is that the ruins themselves seem to have played a part in this.”
The champion’s attitude quickly changed, apparently growing quite interested. “Oh? Tell me more.”
“Yes, I hope you’re not insulted if I simplify some of the terms, otherwise I will never finish the work.” She signaled to the center of the ruins as Orange fed her information. “It’s normally impossible to see, but the ruins in themselves section this area of space from the rest of the area. While it opens up into the sky, the walls are solid enough to keep any effect from spilling down the mountain.”
Cynthia relaxed as Ruby continued the explanation. This meant she had more time to finish her actual goal.
“On top of that the pillars act as anchors for hard guidelines. How to explain this?” Ruby snapped her fingers. “Imagine a soap bubble, poking it would pop it. But if you have the soap bubble land on a spiderweb you could safely pop one of the sectioned areas and not pop the entire bubble.”
“What would happen if these guidelines broke? Or didn’t work?” Cynthia asked.
“In this case the walls created by the ruin would most likely act as a second barrier. But anyone in the ruins themselves would be sucked to the other side.” She explained grimly. “Unfortunately as the ruins are technically open up into the sky the hole would become a funnel and the weather in the area would worsen depending on the other side.”
“Hmm, that seems to fit with the records.”
“Records? It happened before?” Ruby didn’t need to fake her tone at that revelation.
“And it almost happened again just a few months ago when a terrorist decided to try and take control of Dialga and Palkia so he could recreate the world to his image.” Cynthia explained in disgust.
“I’m glad to hear it didn’t come to pass.” She admitted as she got ready as the ritual reached its final stage. “Hmm, looks like I’m almost done here.”
“Oh?”
“Yes, watch.” Ruby couldn’t help but feel a bit giddy as the group of diviners and casters finally activated the ritual.
Her mention earlier of a funnel seemed almost ironic as a large magic circle formed a few meters up in the air. The ring started to rotate as the center dipped all the way down to a small jar one of her Magends was holding at the center.
It took a moment before thousands of small grains of red sand started to fly up from everywhere around and get collected into the magic funnel. There were so many and they were so small it was like a red haze had risen.
It had taken some time to locate all of the remains of the Red Chain, thankfully the ritual had been effective and over half of the original components were currently filling the jar, an impressive show that went for almost five minutes.
“Very impressive, though I’ve to ask, what’s that?” Cynthia interrupted the moment the ritual finished. “And I’m curious, but you’ve spent the whole time talking in the singular.”
“Oh, It’s just you and me here, and well, your Pokemon.” Ruby smiled beatifically as her Magend stored the jar. “And for the other, it’s a gift for my boyfriend.”
“Wait…” Cynthia’s whole attitude took a hundred and eighty as she flung a couple of her Pokeballs, a Lucario and a Garchomp being released.
“Two words, Shock and Awe.” Ruby called out, mostly for Cynthia as the two physical Magends retrieved the shields on their back and cast the strongest fortification spells, Walls of light were erected in front of her.
That was just in time for the two very physical Pokemons to impact the magical barriers before one of the caster Magends used a powerful flash to blind them before all of her went through a Golden Portal, leaving Cynthia all alone.
Once safely back on the ship she couldn’t help but to break out in giggles. She had done it, all by herself and quite successfully.
She retrieved the jar full of sparkling red sand. Now that she looked at it from close, it was powerful, and no one would miss it.
Ruby couldn’t wait to see what Magnus could create with it.
Cynthia couldn’t believe she had just stayed still and watched as someone collected the remains of the Red Chain. She turned her two front-liners.
“What happened?” She asked.
“ It was as if a solid Light Screen had been raised. ” Lucario explained. “ They weren’t lying either, I could only feel one person. It was strange, it was as if every last one of them was the same person. ”
This confused her more, unfortunately she didn’t have any Psychic type with her.
“Was everything they told us true?” She checked.
“ As far as I could tell they were telling the truth or what they believed to be the truth. Though it felt as if they were speaking someone else’s words when they described what happened to space here. ”
She nodded. “Though it fits with what I observed, it may actually be true. Though it surprised me that they didn’t have any Pokemon with them.” She mused.
“ Gar-gar. ” Her dragon spoke softly.
“No, I don’t know why she would smell of fox on her.” Cynthia answered even more confused. The Garchomp called out again. “She felt like a Fairy Type? Even stranger, I will have to get someone to make a sketch of her. Hopefully we’ll get some more info about it.”
She retrieved her two Pokemon and got onto Togekiss back. “Let’s head back.” She held firmly onto the Fairy Flying Type. “Did she really feel like a Fairy to you?”
“ Kiss~ ” They answered.
“Uh, I wonder what that meant.” She mused out loud as she headed back.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 15
Magnus smiled as he looked at the very eager Zorua, still in his disguise, jumping around him.
“That was a lot of fun!” He giggled in a very childish manner, which was fitting given the age he most likely was.
“That’s good, now we should go before Professor Kukui gets too curious for his own good.” Magnus spoke calmly.
“Ok, I will show you where the others are!” The kid shouted before stopping. “Uhh, weird, I can’t speak normally.”
“Hmm, that’s the little thing I did for your voice. Allow me.” He reached and tapped the kid’s neck. “There we go, curse over.”
“ Curse?! ”
He laughed at his expression. “Don’t worry, all it did was make you incapable of using poke-speech while giving you human speech.” He explained. “Now, in which direction we should go?”
The kid blinked confused before nodding and pointing in a direction.
“Perfect, now hold on.” Magnus grinned as he placed a hand on the kid’s shoulder before they swiftly sank into the shadow they were standing.
A few meters away Kukui got to see Magnus winking before the ground swallowed them.
Nearly a minute later the two of them stepped out a few kilometers away. He looked down at the kid who looked completely frozen.
“Come on, kid, it wasn’t that weird.” He poked his forehead.
He slowly turned towards him. “ That... was… AWESOME! ” He started to jump around him as if he had given him an energy drink, a cup of espresso and sugar on top.
“Calm down, that was just Shadow Travel. Let’s get walking, we don’t have all day.” He reminded him, his words finally calming him down.
“ I thought only Ghost types could do that, could you teach me ”
“We can try, kid. But I was taught by my mom under specific circumstances.” He answered while he got the kid to start walking. He didn’t believe that Kukui wouldn’t find them again if they just stood in place.
The little Zorua nodded and resumed guiding him. They quickly left the city and took the main road until they reached an abandoned dirt road that was marked as out of use. The dirt road soon led to a dead end from where they kept walking. Soon they were crossing a thick, and familiar, fog bank, coming out to a small village on the other side.
A quick appraisal of the area showed that most buildings were actually quite old. There was none that hadn’t been fixed multiple times with different levels of skill applied onto that. It was also clear that most hadn’t been done by human hands.
The whole area smelled like foxes, though he could identify a few other Pokemon mixed in, even one human if he wasn’t wrong. It took a few seconds before the whole area came to life, dozens of Zorua came from barely visible holes, and a few Zoroark walked out of houses. He also saw a few of the local Vulpix, the Lucario surprised him, but not as much as the Xatu.
All the little ones were instantly swarming his legs, sniffing his shoes and clothes, curious about his presence. The Zorua that had brought him had approached one of the Zoroark and was quickly talking with them.
He didn’t need to ignore the kids’ questions for long because the Zoroark came forward.
“ That’s enough, go and play, that’s for all of you. ” She, and it was definitely a woman, called for order before turning to him. “ Welcome to our village, you can let the transformation go if you want. ”
He let out a soft chuckle. “Technically that one’s not my natural form, but if it will make everyone feel more comfortable.” He shifted. It wasn’t as if he was taking a different form, both of them were him; both sides of a coin.
Now that he stood in front of a proper Zoroark, he was quick to notice the slight difference their bodies had. To start he was standing more erect than them. Zoroarks tended to stand at the ready, their long legs slightly bent and their bodies leaning forward, their manes acting as counter-weight to maintain their posture. Their arms were also a bit longer than his own, though it was barely noticeable. Finally his mane was still braided, so even after it bulked up with his transformation, it was leaner than theirs.
“ You look better this way, though… ” She shrugged. “ Nevermind, the elder will want to meet you, follow me. ”
He nodded. It wasn’t lost on him that practically every Pokemon in the small village was looking at him, he was effectively a stranger, even if of the same race, kinda.
They guided him towards the oldest house, different from the more modern style of most houses, this one was built in the traditional style of the islands. He got invited inside where an elderly Zoroark awaited him.
Their fur had blanched nearly completely, making them look almost like a Hisuian Zoroark.
“ Welcome to our village, stranger. ” His voice was soft and tired, though that was mostly because it’s obvious to his eyes the old man had just woken up from a nap. On the other hand, his eyes were quite sharp.
“Greetings, I’m Magnus, but I also go by Traveler.” He bowed his head towards the elder. “I thank you for inviting me to your village.”
“ Polite .” The old fox said with a chuckle. “ And you’ve a name, interesting, I take it wasn’t a trainer that gave it to you. ”
He shook his head. “No, it was given to me by my parents, while my title was given to me by a teacher.”
“ Makes me wonder, you’re definitely no normal Zoroark. ” He studied him carefully.
“I’m not.” He admitted with a laugh. “But that’s a complicated story, the Truth is that I’m effectively a Zoroark like this, just like I’m a human on the other form.”
His words caused the old fox to raise an eyebrow, but he didn’t comment, the truth of his words helping him accept the fact.
“ I will take your word. So, what brings you by? ” He asked as he shifted his hands onto his knees, leaning forward.
“Just like my Title, I like to travel, this World’s just another in my path. I’m just relaxing, enjoying the sights and seeing what I can learn. I also offer my help to those I find to my liking.” He replied honestly.
He nodded. “ What kind of help could you offer us? ”
Magnus wouldn’t lie and say he didn’t like them already just for sharing his race, there was also the fact that he could show off a bit. “Personally, I’m great at fixing, creating and construction. I could even teach a few of the older ones around better construction and fixing skills.” He explained. “I could also ask my sister to help by creating a number of ids for anyone that wants to properly pass as human.”
“ Hooo, all of that sounds quite useful. How long would it take you to teach construction? ”
He only thought about it for a moment. “… I would say seven classes of two or three hours. While I’m not against teaching, I could also rebuild the village at the same time.”
The Zoroark looked at him. “ A week to rebuild the village sounds quite fast. ”
Magnus laughed. “Oh, no, I meant two hours .” He grinned, giving him his best foxy smile.
The fox growled. “ I’m old enough to know when you little brats are teasing… but something makes me think you’re just not telling the whole story. ”
He nodded. “The answer is both simple and complex, it’s just Magic.” He explained, his fingers were snapped for the show as a small sphere of Light was created above. “During my travels I learned how to use magic to modify large areas, replacing work, time and materials for Power.”
“ I remember tales of magic, I think the only ones that have anything close to that are those of the Fairy type. ” He mused. “ Maybe a few Ghosts. ”
“I could show you, the process is permanent, or as permanent as building a house is. You could show me a clear spot or a house that’s too far gone. It wouldn’t even take that long, maybe a dozen minutes if I really go all out.” He offered, trying not to sound like a sleazy sales-mon.
“ I’ve seen many things during my life, I’ve even hung out with the Tapus on more than one occasion. But I think I’m not too old to see something new. ” The Zoroark got up slowly. “ Come on, show me this magic. ”
Magnus grinned, the corners of his muzzle pulling up. He quickly followed. It was obvious they had been eavesdropped, because everyone was already around to watch him. The same woman that had guided him to the elder guided them to an old house, it was in such disrepair that it was obvious it hadn’t been in actual use except for the obvious signs of Zorua playing in it.
“Looks good enough to me.” He joked. “Okay, everyone stand back.” He warned them and metaphorically pulled his sleeves up before he dropped both open palms onto the ground.
While not obvious at first sight, a deeper observation revealed that the building was soaked in Darkness, which wasn’t that surprising in a village of Dark-type Pokemons. Thankfully it didn’t make things harder, only a bit easier as his own elements soaked into the land and quickly devoured the existing materials.
It was fun to watch, as if suddenly the floor had turned into a dark pool and the house sank into it. Just in case he dropped some pure sand, stone, and more wood. Thankfully he wouldn’t need metal as all the materials already in the sort-of cauldron could be reinforced to a very high degree.
By now he could tell he was doing something different compared to the original version of the spell. Just to start he was using it to construct normal buildings and not dungeons or fortresses, no matter how much a home could be one. There was also the fact he was using the whole trap-construction for the creation of appliances.
At the eight minute mark he finished the preparation process and started to raise the house proper. It was a simple one floor and one basement house. It was something between an igloo and a Hobbit hole. It was stocked with everything someone would need, a fridge with a freezer, flowing water collected from the humid air coming from the ocean, and artificial lighting. All powered by an adapted version of the Blue Flame.
He stood up straight. “There we go.” He gestured to the home. The Zoroarks quickly moved to check it as the elder just stood by his side.
“ Ok, maybe magic can do it. ” The old Zoroark chuckled. “ I assume that you will teach a few of us how to repair it? ”
“Oh, it shouldn’t need to be repaired for, let’s say, one or two thousand years. I build to last and that house will take anything outside of a Legendary deciding they don’t want it to exist anymore.” Magnus laughed at the old Zoroark’s look. “I learned from a race that has been building for a few thousand years, it’s the gift of learning from the best.”
He let out a barking laugh. “ Good, maybe then they will stop complaining to me about things breaking down. ”
“You should see what you like about it and what not so if you want me to do the whole village we can have a better design. But for that I recommend you talk with the others.”
“ That will do. ”
Before Magnus could say something more, he was once more swarmed by the Zoruas, their voices melding into constant yipping, though he could pick up the ‘play with us’ general feeling.
The elder laughed. “ I think you’ll be busy for a bit. ”
“It looks that way, I will look for you before I leave for the day.” He said before leading the kids away to tire them out for a bit.
Lydia looked at the small, black gem. It was curious how the emblem inside was visible from practically any angle, as if it reoriented itself so the viewer could always see the… face? Maw? Bat? Some strange combination of all of the above?
Apparently it was called Darkinium-Z, and it was technically completely useless for them as they didn’t have a Z-ring, which was necessary to use it. And more importantly, a Pokemon.
“That’s done, now what, sister?” Moisha asked.
“Like usual, we keep our noses clean and don’t attract attention to ourselves.” Lydia put the small gem away into her inventory. “There’s still a lot to see on the island and the other three.”
“I’ve been reading the local tourist guide, there’s apparently a pretty nice cave towards the North of the island.” Romeo suggested before stopping his walking and looking down the canal.
Lydia and Moisha quickly joined him, finding three Pokemon wandering towards the area under a bridge. From their position they could see a collection of old furniture and other trash. Lydia also noticed that the small owl appeared to have stuck some kind of metal ring around their neck, a detail that wasn’t missed by Romeo who before she could say anything had jumped over the edge.
Thankfully no one had noticed his sudden disappearance, except for the three Pokemon. Moisha and her soon joined him.
The small cat, a Litten, had instantly turned, their fur standing up straight as they got ready to attack. Meanwhile the Owl, Rowlet, remained stuck inside the same bubble that the last one, a Popplio, had been carrying on its nose like a toy.
“Whoah, calm down.” Romeo softened his voice. “Saw you were in a little predicament and wanted to help.” He showed his open hands. “See, I’ve nothing to attack, nor I’ve any Pokemon.” He showed his empty belt.
The Litten hadn’t lowered their guard, but a heavy and tired Whuff came from below the bridge. “ Enough .” It surprised all of them.
He moved slowly, showing their age. A dog the size of the couch it had been lying on, the System identified it as Stoutland.
“ You shouldn’t deny help when you need it. ” The dog spoke like an old man, his slow movement and generous fur certainly added to the image.
The Litten turned and meowed to them. “ But they smell weird, like rats. ”
“ Would it change much? ” He pointed out and the small cat looked down.
Romeo took a slow step forward and all attention was back on him.
“I just want to help, I imagine thumbs would be useful to get the Rowlet unstuck.” He explained.
The Popplio and the Litten looked towards the captured owl.
“ It would be helpful. ” Rowlet noted with a sleepy tone.
“ Okay, let me get you down. ” Popplio gently lowered the bubble, which popped when it touched the ground. The owl shook some of the moistness off.
Lydia watched as Romeo quickly knelt down the Pokemon and reached for their neck, carefully tucking their feathers under the metal ring, slowly pulling it up their head to not hurt them.
“You okay, old man?” Moisha had moved around the Litten and approached the Stoutland.
The old dog huffed. “ Just my time is coming, I’ve been alive a long, long time already. ” He answered, barely raising a bushy eyebrow to look at her.
Lydia, meanwhile, was keeping an eye out, she couldn’t discard the feeling that something was about to happen. That familiar itch on the nape had only become more clear since she had acquired the System, as if a little bit of her brain occupied itself by taking every bit of information her senses captured and carefully studying it to keep her prepared.
And at the moment, that bit of her brain was calling for caution, so she would keep her ears up and open.
“And… we’re done.” Romeo announced as he removed the ring off the owl’s neck, the bird stretching their wings now that they could move.
“ Finally! ” The Rowlet celebrated by flying around a bit before landing to preen at their ruffled feathers.
Stoutland approached Litten, laying his old body down. “ Remember that accepting help is not wrong. ”
“ It’s just… ” He patted the ground idly.
“ I won’t be always with you, and you have a whole life ahead of you. ” Stoutland spoke gently. “ Now you should accompany those two back to their trainers. ”
“ But- Ok. ” The Litten looked a bit defeated. He walked towards Popplio and Rowlet. “ Come on, I’ll guide you to the Pokemon school. ”
Stoutland turned towards Romeo. “ Thank you for helping. ” He bowed slightly, obviously exerting himself to do so.
“Hmm, it was nothing.” Romeo tried to waved it off, causing Moisha and Lydia to chuckle as they found it funny how he was acting embarrassed.
The old dog let out a dry laugh that was cut suddenly as all of them heard the cry coming from the distance, three small, familiar Pokemons. Stoutland practically launched himself in that direction, Team Maus moving behind. Though at a distance and keeping to the shadows, looking to keep the element of surprise while observing the situation.
Two humans and a Pokemon were standing on the roof of a small house that overlooked the canal. One of them was holding some kind of capture tool with a net that held the three young Pokemon. Their Meowth seemed to be trying to convince the Litten to join them, but only managed to get a face full of embers.
Moisha didn’t lose another second after Lydia gave her the okay. A constructed blade flew with perfect aim, severing the net from the tool and freeing the three Pokemon.
The Rowlet caught the Popplio as the Litten simply twisted and landed on his feet. Stoutland showed an impressive feat of power as the sofa-sized dog leapt two floors up as his mouth was filled with fire.
The Pokemon thieves didn’t get much time to react before the attack connected. For some reason the resulting explosion sent the three of them flying off in a magnificent arc that Lydia was pretty sure would get them to the ocean in one flight. She only worried about them for a bit, if they could fly off so easily, they would have some landing plan.
Stoutland landed, still at the ready. But his attitude didn’t last as his legs quickly lost strength and collapsed down. The Litten was instantly by his side.
“ I’m okay, I’m okay. ” The Stoutland tried to hide his cough. “ Don’t worry, just these old bones aren’t what they once were. ”
“ You don’t look well. ” Litten complained as Rowlet and Popplio approached slowly.
Romeo stepped forward. “You should guide those two back to their trainers, we’ll look after him.” He suggested.
The small cat looked dubious, but a nod from the old dog made him turn around and walk away, albeit slowly and with a couple of looks over his shoulder.
“Let’s get you back to your spot, old man.” Moisha said as the three of them accompanied him.
“ Ho ho ho, it’s been a long time since I’ve been given this kind of treatment. ”
“Maybe if you didn’t live under a bridge?” Lydia harmlessly snapped at him.
“ Maybe. ” He heaved his body onto the couch, wheezing as the small amount of exertion had taken its toll. “ Though you three are very interesting, I don’t think many would have been able to do that throw. ”
“What can we say? We train hard, eat all of our veggies and aren’t human.” Romeo joked before turning a bit more serious. “You’re dying and soon, I can tell you’ve no more than a few weeks, and there’s little that can be done that wouldn’t at best extend it to a couple of months.”
Stoutland nodded. “ I know, it’s not like there’s much left for me to do in this life. ”
Romeo nodded. “That’s why I would like to offer you something that will at least make that time left more comfortable.” He explained as he retrieved a golden bag from his inventory.
Lydia and Moisha didn’t react to it, at least externally. Internally, she was wondering what had gotten into him to go this far for a random dog.
The old dog chuffed. “… well, it would certainly make it easier to teach Litten a few more tricks. ” His tone was wavering.
“Just bite and suck the potion, old man.” Moisha suggested.
“ I really can’t say no to the youth of today. Bring it here. ” He bit down the silver packet and drank the content.
Lydia was still amazed that the potions were made of radishes, magic radishes yes, but radishes anyways. They were the size of her head and there was a need for half a dozen to produce one of those potion packets. But they were renewable, even if only one plant survived to seed, that would give around forty to sixty seeds. And Magnus had a field of a few hundred of them always growing.
The change was nearly instant. There was a weight lifted off the old dog’s body as his body recovered old strength, his fur recovered a shine, even his eyes regained a youthful glow.
He let out a ruff and shook the effects off. “ Oh my! It’s like I’m a young Herdier once more. ”
“Just be careful, this just makes you healthy, you still have some only till your time comes.” Romeo lied.
“ I will, thank you for your help and this chance. ”
They nodded and proceeded to leave, only once they knew to be far away enough Moisha broke out in giggles. “You’re so mean.” She laughed and smacked Romeo’s arm.
“What? I just told the truth, it made him healthy and he will live well until his time comes. It’s just that his time will come much further ahead.” He smiled beatifically.
Lydia shook her head. She would just mark it as a random good action and let it go.
“How about we visit that cave system you had talked about earlier?” She changed the subject.
“Sure, Seaward Cave should still be open. Not that would really stop us.” He chuckled, receiving a condescending look from both of them at the bad joke. “Everyone’s a critic.”
At that they laughed and resumed their walk.
Magnus looked at the jar Ruby had given her.
“You know, there’s something special about you giving me something this red after taking Ruby as your name.” He joked before placing the material down and passionately kissing her. “On the other hand, you’re crazy, facing Cynthia and running away like that?”
“I left before the boss' music started.” She joked back and leaned against him, more than content about the results of her actions.
“I’ve no idea what I’ll do with it. The Red Chain is… was definitely a divine, semi-divine at worst, artifact. One with a very strong alignment to Control, Capture, and Command. Which is kinda funny because they are connected to Wisdom, Benevolence and Valor.” He eyed the tattoo on the back of his left hand.
He definitely needed to add something, it shouldn’t be too hard to tattoo himself. The spare hands would make that part very easy, the hard part would be forging a needle capable of stabbing his skin without breaking and an ink capable of staying in place and not being purged.
His eyes wandered towards the red sand… He would have to study that avenue. He turned to the actually important subject.
“Still, you were quite brave, facing a Champion and part of her main team while stealing something like that from under her nose.” He leaned closer. “You deserve a reward.”
The thoughtful look sent a dangerous shiver down his spine, there would be no crafting time this night.
Chapter 16
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 16
Magnus returned to his workshop after a visit to the Zoroark village, as he had promised he had given those interested a lesson on basic building and maintenance skills, at least the first lesson; half a dozen to go. He had also talked with the elder and the other adults about the new design for the reconstruction of the village.
He had seen to counsel them on their choices, but allow them the last word on the subject. They would also need to move their belongings out of their houses and that would take time, so there was no rush for his part of the work.
He guessed one more visit to discuss things before he would work on the village. But that would be in the future, right now he had something more interesting to invest his attention in.
The red sand resulting from the breaking of the Red Chain was impressive, and thankfully he had a lot of it. A few kilograms may not appear much, if he would just use the sand, but these were the kind of materials one used sparingly and alloyed with other things.
But what he wanted at the moment was to utilize some of it to create a pigment for the creation of tattoo ink. The characteristics of the material should remain in his skin as long as he was the one applying the work.
Otherwise a tattoo would just not remain on his body, it would be quickly purged. The only reason the Triforce and the crests remained on his hand was because they were literally divine in their making.
Though while it would be fun to expand his tattoo into a sleeve, it would be a waste of an interesting material. Thankfully he had an idea for that too, it had been growing in his mind the whole day long and he now could put it into effect.
The Red Chain was meant to impose one’s Will upon a Pokemon, it carried a sense of domination and control, and there were a few things he had wanted to have proper control over, like his weapons.
He retrieved Graceful, it was his first weapon and the most fitting for the circumstances. The weapon would need to be reforged, but first he would need to create the bond, and for that he would need the tattoo.
He would use his existing one as a start, it just felt right to go for some nature design encapsulating the crests. He would also need to add his own crest, a good way to anchor the meaning to himself.
If he was right, this would not only bring him closer to his weapons. But also set up the future for some interesting projects he was thinking about.
(Spoilers for Ghostbusters: Afterlife)
The Spengler’s house was the center of a massive ectoplasmic storm. Hurricane-like winds threatened anyone coming close and kept those already in the area prisoners of the being that had walked out of the fields. Massive electrical and psycho-electric discharges ran down from the clouds of dust lifted by the thunderous winds.
The half-formed figure of Gozer slowly came together after recovering their Keymaster and Gatekeeper. The full access to their powers in the mortal plane allowed the divine-like entity to exert themselves fully. Their power such that their mere presence bled energy into their surroundings and exerted a primal fear onto their figure’s witnesses.
Gozer’s fingers trailed over their hellhounds in devilish delight, their androgynous figure turning their attention towards the mother and daughter that had tried to oppose their return. And with gleeful pleasure they aimed their intents to enjoy the destruction of the child that had delayed their physical return and the one that had been one of had been the enabled of Zuul.
“Oh no…” The woman whispered in terror as she tried to shield her daughter from the being. But before their power reached them someone called out.
“Hey, flattop.” The middle of three old men called out, they walked into the area wearing old uniforms, not used in dozens of years. “Missed us?”
They stepped closer, their bulky equipment coming into view as they stepped into the rays of light cast by the old ecto-1.
“Gozer the Gozerian, in the name of the county of Somerville state of Oklahoma the US fish and wildlife service, all the members of ducks unlimited, and the association for the advancement of retired persons I command you under the National Invasive Species Act to depart this world immediately” Dr Ray Stantz finished his speech.
Dr Peter Venkman nodded. “Bravo.”
Gozer and their hellhounds barked and growled at them.
“I think she remembers us.” Winston Zeddermore chuckled.
Gozer looked at them, studied the three old men before speaking. “Are you… a god?”
“Ray…”
“Oh, come on, Ray…”
“Yes.” Ray said.
“Yeah, we’re all gods.” Winston added.
“Yeah, we’re all pretty damn special down here, on a personal note I thought that we had busted up for good.” Peter said. “I mean, it wasn’t working for me, my friend didn’t think so, I know yours didn’t-”
One of the hellhounds stepped forward to growl, only to be stopped by Gozer.
“Okay, playtime’s over.” Winston called out. “Let’s toast this muffin.”
The three retrieved the guns from their Proton Packs, aiming them forward.
“Light him up.” Peter said and the three charged their weapons.
The familiar buzzing as the packs powered up to life.
“Man, I love that sound.” The black man said with a smile.
“On the count of three, go on two.” Peter ordered. “One, Two.”
The three of them shot at the same time, the Proton streams shot out, latching onto the ghostly entity, coiling around their figure as the three old men moved closer.
“Yeah!” Ray exclaimed. “Nothing stings like a billion electron volts!”
The streams collided with each other and merged into a much more powerful stream of energy. But it wasn’t enough against Gozer, their hands reached to grab the ropes of energy and forced them slowly apart, uncoiling them.
“Do you feel that?” Winston called out.
“Oh, no.” Peter let out. “She’s uncrossing the streams.”
Gozer didn’t growl, scream or cry out, instead they just forced the streams apart before whipping them like ropes, sending the three men flying back against the parked Ecto-1.
“No!” Phoebe cried out from behind her mother, who looked terrified.
The three slowly shifted from the spots they had landed, pulling themselves closer.
“I don’t remember this job being so painful.” Ray groaned.
“I do.” Winston corrected him.
“You got a lot of nerve, coming back here, crawling back to me.” Peter said. “We could have been the most spectacular power couple, you know.”
The hellhounds growled loudly and threatened with their open mouths.
“My sense of fun,” he continued, “and your personality. But no, you always had to vanquish, and conquer, or always had to maim somebody, and that’s probably the number one reason why-”
A zap of power from Gozer stopped his speech and the powering of their Proton Packs.
“Good try anyways.” Ray offered.
“Now we’re finished, babe.” Peter said softly. “Come on baby-”
Before anyone could say anything else, before even Gozer or their hellhounds could react, a massive, peach-colored cat’s paw came down from straight up. It was larger than an adult man, almost two meters long, and it connected to a leg easily about six meters long.
The sudden event had made everyone freeze. The two hellhounds had been pushed away and stunned. The three old men could only watch. The two teens in the Ecto-1 had stopped their actions. The woman had frozen completely and even her daughter, who had moved away to aim her Proton Pack at Gozer, could only watch.
The massive paw slowly rose before slamming down two times more. The action made everyone look at the splayed figure of Gozer, just as stunned as everyone else by the act, before looking up and really freezing at the titanic figure connected to the arm.
A humanoid cat was becoming visible through the clouds of dust lifted by the storm. A long, sinuous tail swaying idly and almost lazily. They were just floating up in the air, but even its massive size wasn’t as impressive as the sight of those eyes. Huge orbs that displayed intelligence and an alien disinterest. Even Gozer’s eyes had displayed some relatable emotion. But these two looked down with contempt, boredom and an indescribable emotion.
Gozer tried to stand up, to call to its power. But instead received another, almost playful, swat down, burying their figure deeper into the dirt.
“ɢօʐɛʀ ȶɦɛ ɢօʐɛʀɨǟռ, ɨռ ռǟʍɛ օʄ ȶɦɛ ӄɨռɢ օʄ ȶɦɛ ɨռʄɨռɨȶɛ ʀɛǟʟʍֆ ʏօʊ ǟʀɛ ʝʊɖɢɛɖ ɢʊɨʟȶʏ.” The cat-like being spoke and everyone heard it and understood it. Their voice reverberated inside of their heads and each word had a weight of its own. “ʏօʊ ɦǟʋɛ ƈʟǟɨʍɛɖ ʟօʀɖֆɦɨք օʋɛʀ ȶɦɛ ʀɛǟʟʍֆ ʄօʀ ȶօօ ʟօռɢ, ǟ քօֆɨȶɨօռ ȶɦǟȶ ɖօɛֆռ’ȶ ɮɛʟօռɢ ʏօʊ. ʏօʊ ֆɦǟʟʟ ɮɛ ֆȶʀɨքքɛɖ օʄ ʏօʊʀ ȶɨȶʟɛֆ ǟռɖ քօաɛʀֆ, ȶօ ȶɦɛռ ɮɛ ɨʍքʀɨֆօռɛɖ ʄօʀ ȶɛռ ʏɛǟʀֆ ʄօʀ ɛǟƈɦ ʏɛǟʀ ʏօʊ ɦǟʋɛ ɮɛɛռ ɨռ ȶɦɛ աʀօռɢ.”
[Gozer the Gozerian, in name of the King of the Infinite Realms you are judged guilty.] [You have claimed lordship over the realm for too long, a position that doesn’t belong to you. You shall be stripped of your titles and powers, to then be imprisoned for ten years for each year you have been in the wrong.]
Before anyone could react, even Gozer could only scream in pitiful powerlessness, the ground turned a toxic green. Dozens upon dozens of hands sprouted from that green swamp, grabbing Gozer’s figure and starting to drag them down. The hellhounds weren’t left behind, the monstrous beasts getting dragged down as the two captured people were freed from the Key and the Gatekeeper’s forms.
More hands shot up into the sky, grabbing the flying spirits and souls, dragging them down screaming and flailing. Deformed figures screamed and fought, but were unable to break free from that glowing mirror.
The two hounds sank quickly, while Gozer fought hard to keep themselves from sinking in. However it was futile, they sank and sank until only their hand was left protruding from the pool, the whole thing dissipating once the appendage was dragged in.
No one could react, they just stood in place, watching the event.
“ǟռɖ աɨȶɦ ȶɦǟȶ ɖօռɛ” The giant cat started to shrink, their imposing figure becoming a handsome man who cracked their neck. “Much better.” He looked around. “Hmm, anyone needs medical attention?”
[And with that done.]
“What-” “The-” “Fuck?” The three old men said one after the other.
The well-dressed man ignored their reaction and instead walked up to them and easily helped each of them stand up, wiping the dust off them. “There we go, I even added a bit of extra healing for those old age ails.”
Winston raised an eyebrow as Peter and Ray checked themselves up and down.
“Uh, my joints don’t hurt anymore.” Ray mused as he flexed his arms and legs.
“Anyone else needing a pick-me-up?” The man went around, checking on everyone.
“Excuse me,” Phoebe stepped forward, “who are you? And what just happened?”
“Ah, I knew I was forgetting something, being on official duty always bores me out of my mind, I go with the flow until the job’s done.” The young man bowed. “I’m Milo, as I said before, I come from the court of the King of the Infinite Realms, also called the Ghost Zone, Ghost Dimension, Afterlife, etcetera, etcetera. As you can imagine, Gozer calling himself the King of Ghosts went against the current king’s position.”
“King?” Ray let out dubiously.
“Yes, his Majesty Daniel Fenton, he who beat the previous king Pariah Dark. Honestly Gozer only got to run like they did because Pariah Dark had been locked away for the last few thousand years. He was let out a couple decades ago and was swiftly beaten by the new king; it still took a few years until he stepped up into the role proper.” Milo explained.
“How does that even work?” The young girl asked.
“Oh, it’s not royalty like with mortal people. The King is a half-ceremonial figure, in charge of a certain social aspect of the Infinite Realms, and half a necessary part for the functioning of the realm; he’s like the gallbladder, not strictly necessary, but certainly appreciated. Not like things would break down quickly, Pariah Dark was not doing his job for a few thousand years and things were still running mostly normally.” Milo shrugged and maintained his affable smile.
He then turned towards nothing, making everyone confused until he spoke.
“Of course my job’s not technically done, I’ve one more thing to deliver.” He waved his hand and a ghostly figure became visible to the surprise of everyone. “Egon Spengler, for your deeds carried in protection of the living world and humanity you’ve been invited to join the Ghost King’s court.”
“ But I failed. ” Egon’s voice came as a mix of a whisper and a breeze, soft and easy to miss even when everyone could hear him.
“You and your teammates stopped Gozer once and saved the world from its destruction, and you managed to slow his return for long enough.” Milo spoke seriously. “You must understand that even more ghosts would have had trouble dealing with a being like Gozer.”
Ray snorted. “And you just slapped him silly.” He let out.
Milo’s smile tugged into a grin. “I’m neither a ghost, at least not fully, nor I’m a normal being. I don’t want to boast, but there’s only a few beings capable of matching my power.” He let out a soft chuckle.
“Then what are you?” Peter prompted.
“As my brother likes to say, unique .” Milo answered and changed the subject. “Anyways, Egon, you have your invitation, and don’t worry, Winston Zeddermore, Dr Raymond Stantz and Dr Peter Venkman will get their dues once they pass for the deeds carried in life.”
Egon’s mouth closed silently and he turned towards his daughter and granddaughter. By now Trevor, Phoebe's brother had helped Lucky, one of the two people captured by the hellhounds, away from the spot and onto the house’s porch stairs. While Callie had helped Gary, the other victim of the hounds.
“Oh, don’t worry, it’s a very easy matter to fix their economic situation.” Milo reassured her. “There’s always people with more money than sense or right to it.”
Phoebe raised an eyebrow. “Are you talking about stealing?”
“Stealing, schmealing.” Milo waved it off. “Nah, I’m doing capitalism as it’s proper and redistributing money around. If the capital doesn’t move around the economy stagnates, there’s less money going around and that makes governments issue more money, which devalues the coin and that influx of money only ends adding to the money those few people are already accumulating and so on.”
“Oh.” The girl was surprised at having an explanation for stealing.
The younger kid that had been helping form inside the Ecto-1 stepped out, he appeared to be covered in some kind of puffy, white goop. “What I want to know is how you did that.” He said as he approached the large paw indent on the ground, the multiple impacts had revealed the ghost traps half-buried in the ground.
“Just the joys of a Titan’s heritage and not wanting to deal with a megalomaniac ghost’s gigantic ego.” Milo shrugged. “A good smack’s enough to stun and the contact allowed me to strip them off their powers.”
Ray frowned. “Wait, then what was all that about the decree? Doesn’t the king have the power to strip a ghost’s power?”
“Sure, but my uncle would have to be here in person. That’s why I was sent, I can do that normally.”
Peter mused. “How does that even work?”
“Complete control over the shape of bodies, mind and souls lead very well to everything from healing to ghost depowering.”
“That kind of control would make you immortal.” Ray pointed out.
“I’m already immortal and very hard to kill.” Milo riposted. “Anyways, everyone’s been healed, matters fixed and…” He turned to Egon. “I would suggest you say your goodbyes, you’re either coming with me back to court or passing on, you know very well you can’t stay on the mortal plane in your current state.”
The ghost nodded and turned towards his old friends first.
Ray was the first to speak. “I feel like I owe you an apology for thinking you just had run off with the Ecto-1 and most of the equipment.” He started heartfelt, but his tone quickly shifted into a more lighthearted one. “Though I also want to punch you for being such an idiot that didn’t ask for help, we’re a team.”
“Personally I thought you had gone insane, the supernatural was on the down and there was no more work as Ghostbusters.” Peter admitted. “I thought that you running away was hunting old dreams and I decided to just give up instead of reaching out to you to learn what truly happened.”
Winston chuckled. “In many ways being part of the team was the first step in realizing my potential, so I’ve to thank you for that. When things ended I just thought it was time to take the next step.” He smiled. “In many ways, this is the most alive I’ve felt in a long time.”
“That could also be a side-effect of my healing.” Milo spoke up from his spot. “Just a suggestion, but you’ll be a decade or two younger.”
The three looked at him before Egon smiled while shaking his head. The ghost then turned towards his daughter and granddaughter. He approached the younger of the two first, reaching to stroke her head.
“ I don’t have long, so I will say this, you’ve the smart and the spirit to carry you a long way. You can keep all of my research, I can only imagine how much further you will take it. ” He spoke gently before he went past her and approached his daughter.
The two looked at each other before sharing a heartfelt hug, sharing a few words no one, except Milo heard. But he knew better than to speak about such things. After that he turned to Milo and nodded.
“Excellent, now, one last thing.” He pushed his hand into thin air before pulling a small card and handing it to Phoebe. “If your grandfather’s right, you have a lot of Potential in your future, if you ever want to expand your horizons call us, I’m sure my father would be more than happy to foster your intellect.”
The girl looked curious. “Like?”
“Anything you want, though I’ll guess you will prefer more of the hard sciences or paranormal studies. I’m sure one of my siblings is more than up to the task for that.” Milo answered. “Anyways, let’s go, I wish you all a lovely time.”
He bowed before grabbing Egon’s shoulder and both of them getting sucked down into a green portal. Everyone else could only watch.
“Did that just happen?” Trevor asked.
“I think it did, but I missed most of that, so you will have to explain it to me.” Lucky laughed.
The other kid that had been in the Ecto-1 looked around. “Did someone else notice he called the king his uncle?” His question went ignored.
With the apocalypse averted and the adrenaline of the situation running out, more than one felt close to passing out. Except for Ray, Peter and Winston who were feeling quite spry for their age.
Things would change, but most of the world would be unaware for a long time. Closer to home, Phoebe did adopt a pale cat that appeared on the farm the next day, a smart little fella that was well behaved and kept to himself most of the time. It would be a few years until the card she had been handed would be remembered.
But that’s another story.
Magnus was impressed by the result of his work. It wasn’t just the intricate runic design that spawned from the Golden Goddesses’ Crests. It was also the fact that his weapons were now stored inside of it.
They had effectively become an inherent part of him, to the point he could move them around even when not physically touching them. And it wasn’t just his weapons, but also Dexter&Sinister were a part of him.
He had bonded with each of his weapons, Graceful, Forward, Tenlight, Deliver, Close&Persona, Solid&Firm, Swift Petals, the newly named chakrams, even the illusion daggers had been bonded and properly named as Fog and Flash. On the no-weapon variety, Stone Bell and his clothes had been bonded too. It made them feel so much closer to him.
Honestly, just watching Graceful float in the air and move around with just his will was impressive. Especially when the weapon was a few tons of solid metal. He couldn’t wait to fling it to someone.
It had taken the whole afternoon and night, but it was what he liked to do. He only needed to will it to feel the weapon slide into his soul, a tiny speck going around his suns, joining the little bit of Hyrule he had taken with him.
It had grown, but only minutely. From a grain of sand into three, or four. Not enough to be considered anything. But for some reason it was enough to have most weapons orbiting around them, the only exceptions were the Dark and Light aligned ones, which instead orbited their respective stars.
He had also acquired a new perk, working with the Red Chain’s remains had counted towards working with monster materials. And that was all the perk was about, working with bits from monsters and living being to create weapons, armors and other implements.
There wasn’t much it would change towards his current weapons, they hadn’t been exactly created from monster parts. But he could reforge the Gleeok series, or maybe use some of the material he had acquired from the rest of the body to create some new things. He may replace Deliver’s string for one of the monster’s many tendons, the material would certainly be much more suited.
But that would wait, with his personal work done, he headed towards the mess hall, as usual finding a couple of Ruby’s Magends hanging there.
“Magnus, taking a break?” The one by the counter asked.
He gave her a smile before leaning over the counter to kiss her quickly. The action received a reaction from all the Magends around, most likely sharing the experience.
“Hmm, more like I’ve done enough for now. I was thinking of heading down to the Zoroark village soon, and was thinking of inviting you to come.” He answered her question.
“I would love to accompany you, I should be able to join in half an hour, so until then how about something to eat?” She offered.
“Hmm, I can always eat if you’re cooking.” He flirted.
She laughed. “You can eat anything, you would eat a rock if I sprinkled salt on it.”
“So? It wouldn’t be the first rock I eat.” He only half-jokes. “At least it would have been properly seasoned this time.”
She rolled her eyes as her other Magend was already half-through the meal’s preparation.
“Any other plans?”
“Well, I was thinking of leading Professor Kukui around for a while, there’s something very tempting about some mischief.” He laughed. “How about you? Been teasing any other champion?”
The other Magend slid the plate of breakfast onto the counter and leaned over to kiss him.
“No, nothing like that.” She answered. “I’ve been doing a lot, honestly. Mainly I’ve been spending a lot of my attention studying the berries inside the Greenhouse. There’s so many of them and they can be so versatile. People in this World have been using them for a lot of things, I’ve been experimenting with using them to cook.”
The other Magend pulled a series of small, colorful cubes before speaking.
“While they are mainly effective on Pokemon, a few can be excellent beautification supplements. Better hair, supplier skin, etcetera.” She fixed her hair.
“I don’t see much difference, you’re looking as good as when I retrieved you from that lab.” He commented honestly.
The silence while he ate told him he had said the right words.
Ruby huffed. “Anyways, I’m ready to leave at any time you want.” She offered.
“Sure.” He smiled and kissed both Magends in gratitude before heading to look for the main of her. Finding her by the bedroom he offered his hand. “Let’s go, it’s still early and I will still need to reconstruct a whole village.”
“With pleasure.” She took his hand and both stepped through the golden portal that opened in the hallway.
Notes:
Smithing (200CP)(Wakfu):You know how to make weapons and armor from all sorts of raw materials. From Scarabug wings to Blibli tusk and Gobball hooves, you can turn just about anything you'd find in nature into genuine combat equipment the more powerful the creature it came from, the stronger the equipment will be.
Chapter 17
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 17
Magnus and Ruby took their time walking towards the village, the weather of the islands was mostly sunny and tropical, making any time outside to be an enjoyable time for the couple. He had little to no difficulty to steer them through the fog barrier that covered the village.
“Very cozy.” She observed after looking around.
“Don’t be mean, it’s already impressive that they managed to keep everything so well maintained.” He spoke softly and smacked her arm playfully.
The inhabitants of the small village had carefully packed all of their belongings and moved them out of their houses and burrows. There was more than he expected to see, apparently many families had lived in the area for several generations and accumulated quite a bit. Thankfully given the plans they had discussed, everyone would have more than enough space to store everything back and still have spare space.
The elderly Zoroark approached him, giving Ruby a look.
“ Good morning, and welcome to our little village. ” The old fox smiled. “ When Magnus said you looked like a Joy I thought he was overstating it. ”
She laughed. “It’s not the first time I’ve been confused with one. Though I am quite capable of offering healing, either medical or magical.” She offered.
“ Hmm, well, I’m sure at least one of the little ones will get a scuff or two before the day’s over, so we may end up needing your help. ” The comment made them all chuckle.
“I take everything is ready?” Magnus asked and received a nod in answer. “Then little reason to delay things any longer.”
He pulled his sleeves back and placed both hands down, the work would be as large as what he had carried back in the Gerudo Desert. His Darkness flared up and expanded out, it didn’t take long to cover all of the area and start devouring the materials existing. Of course it didn’t stop there, he would need more metal and glass for what he was planning, and just in case he added some berry tree seeds.
He would need to bring the current fog wall down before he finished, but it could wait until near the end of the process. With everything in order, he got working.
The elder turned towards her. “ So what’s your story? ”
“Well, he saved me.” She answered with a smile on her face. “No matter what I look like, I’m not human, I’m old, very old. Old enough that I don’t really have memories beyond a point in time. I just woke up one day and apparently, I had been grabbed and people were experimenting on me.”
She didn’t miss the look of confusion on the elder's face.
“It wasn’t a good time,” she decided to spare him the details, “when Magnus found me he decided to help me break out, but even then he offered it, and for me it was basically the first choice I had in years. We’ve been traveling together since then. Well, there’s also his sister, who’s in charge of the ship, and three stowaways that were invited to join us as long as they behaved.” She laughed a bit at the memory.
“ I see, what I don’t see is why you say you aren’t human. You may smell a bit peculiar, but it’s mainly fox. ” He added teasingly, getting a blush out of her.
“Well, I can show you, but it can be a bit surprising; so bear with me.” She said and there was suddenly another her by her side. Her clothes were similar in exception for the red cross on her shoulders. “Just like that, I can create more of myself.”
“In addition, my other selves are capable of doing things I can’t, or at least doing them better.” The second Ruby explained. “Like this I’m an excellent healer of multiple kinds.”
The elder now was looking considerably surprised. He stepped over and placed a hand on each Ruby’s shoulder. “ Well, I will be a Mankey’s uncle. You can duplicate yourself, and this is permanent? ”
“I can reabsorb them, though their personality lingers inside me, in a manner of speaking. I do have a number of them active at certain roles for our group, medic, chef, and a few others.”
“ Sounds very useful. ”
“It is, though it can get complicated when I'm in too many places at the same time. There’s also the fact that I imagine a Psychic type would feel surprised, or appalled, by the number of voices inside of my head.” She laughed.
Before the old Zoroark could say anything else, the mischief of Zoruas arrived to investigate both Rubys. Or maybe it was just that their playing had moved around until they had simply wandered towards her. Behind them were a number of the mothers while the rest, men and women, just watched or talked between them.
“I think we’ll have to continue our talk later.” She chuckled.
The elder nodded. “ Go, I doubt this will be the last time we talk. ” He waved her off and she followed the energetic kids while her other self joined the gossip of the female Zoroarks.
She can’t deny there’s something very fulfilling about being so easily accepted while being open about things. She still looked over towards Magnus, busy with his work. Her magic Magends practically sang praises at the extent of the ritual he was casting alone, not only the sheer power output, but the delicate and multitasking he was carrying to do it.
It certainly lit a fire in her, maybe she should take to spar with Team Maus, it wouldn’t make her the weaker link in their group. Especially when she had so many links in it.
“Ugh…” James groaned as he plopped face down onto the arm of the Mecha-Meowth. “This is so boring, and we haven’t been able to capture any Pokemon in a while.”
“Shut up! This time we’ll get them!” Meowth called out from inside the machine, his voice accompanied by the sound of a wrench being used to bash something.
“It’s those damn twerps!” James complained. “Every time we manage to get something good they come and ruin everything.” He continued as half of his body was working inside the mecha’s arm.
He pulled out, dragging two extension cables he connected. “And if it’s not them it’s someone else, like that guy-”
“Shut up already!” Meowth flung a nut at his head as he interrupted them. “I don’t want to think about that guy anymore, I told yous guys he was dangerous.”
“Why would I believe you? He was just one weird guy, he didn’t even have Pokemon on him.” James complained some more, rubbing the bump on his head.
“Guys!” Jesse came into the clearing, looking all cheerful. “You won’t believe what I found! I think I’ve the perfect target for our next heist!”
“Oh?” Meowth looked at her. “What did you find?”
“You remember that foggy area of the forest?” Both nodded dumbly at her question. “Well, turns out there’s actually a Pokemon Village over there, I saw dozens of rare Pokemons and practically no one around.” She grinned, rubbing her hands together.
“Oh, that would be a good one, anything of interest?” James called out.
“I’m sure I saw a Xatu and a Lucario, but it’s mainly Zorua and Zoroark.” Jesse answered. “Now finish with the Mecha Meowth, we’ll be striking as soon as possible!”
““Yeah!””
The three of them worked like possessed to finish. It wasn’t like they hadn’t built it before, even if they kept upgrading little and larger things, they had done it dozens upon dozens of times before. The machine was soon standing proud, ready for their vile deeds.
“Onward! For Team Rocket’s future!” Jesse called out and the machine started moving.
Magnus was finally finding a small problem with the construction spell, it was very hard to stop once it was going. It did not just require a lot of his attention for such a medium scale project. He also had to balance the construction of two dozen houses, a couple warehouses, the roads, the berry patch and the smaller details. Materials moving around, elements getting shaped and keeping the metaphorical cauldron going.
Thankfully he was finishing, because he could hear the sound of fighting. He trusted Ruby to help, even Orange to step in or send Team Maus if necessary. But he could practically feel the emotions wafting through the Darkness that saturated the area.
It was starting to become a problem to keep his own emotions from getting influenced by fear and worry. As much as his emotion was his own, his magic was so easily intermingled with the already existing Dark energy from the Zoroarks and their children that it was bypassing many of his defenses.
He could feel his fingers turning into claws, fur growing from his extremities as his body shifted. His teeth sharpened and his ears stood up. With a final growl he yanked up.
Like a large boat suddenly surfacing from the depths, the whole village practically shot from the darkness. Houses rose, roads were formed, plants practically grew to maturation in seconds. And Magnus didn’t care, he already knew he had done a good job, he could even feel a perk sliding into place. But his attention was on something else.
A few of Ruby’s Magends were currently casting a protective barrier over a few downed Zoroarks, the healing-oriented one was already working on the few. What he noticed was a lack of Zorua and it wasn’t hard to connect the dots of the missing kits with the nearly ten meters tall robotic Meowth.
It wasn’t a stretch when he could feel their terrified Dark energy from the oversized backpack the machine had on the back. He had to give it a tiny bit of respect, as Team Rocket was using their Pokemon to unleash attacks from the inside of the arm that wasn’t holding the oversized vacuum connected to the backpack.
“Grrrr, give up already!” One of the people inside ordered, most likely the man of the group given the voice.
Ruby turned to him. “I’m sorry, they took us by surprise and captured the little ones.” She apologized as he approached them silently.
“It’s okay, you’ve done great, but we’ll have to train together from now on.” He smiled reassuringly. “Now let me take care of it.” He blinked forward, the sheathed Tenlight appearing on his hand.
Suddenly appearing in the middle of the field gained him plenty of attention, especially from the criminal group.
“And who do you think you are?!” The Pokemon of the trip called out from the inside. “Just give in and let Team Rocket win today!”
“ I warned you last time. ” Magnus’ voice reverberated in the clearing, so much of his energy had been invested in the construction that it practically saturated the air.
“Who do you think you are?!” The woman screamed from inside the mech.
“ I’m Magnus, and I don’t have any patience left for all of you. He slowly unsheathed the blade.
Tenlight’s bond with him had expanded, he could feel the weapon sharing his current emotions. It wasn’t as if the weapon had a proper personality or mind yet, but it was forming something akin, and it was doing so way earlier than he had expected. It would require him to look into it. Though that would be later.
At the moment his Darkness was starting to close a dome over the area, imitating the effect Malice had on Hyrule, darkening the sun and the sky.
“Your petty tricks won’t scare us this time!” James screamed from the inside.
“ Tricks? ” Magnus asked as he breathed in deep before exhaling a deep, black fog of Darkness. “ I’m not doing tricks right now, just giving you a threat, let the Pokemon go and leave. Maybe rethink your life in the process. ”
“You are no one to tell Team Rocket what to do!” Jesse screamed from inside the robot, which lifted an arm to point at him. “Show him the power of Team Rocket!” She ordered and a dark, gooey attack was shot out from the robot’s hand hole.
He didn’t even interact with the thought of blocking the attack, with a single Blink he was standing on the robot’s shoulder. A single slice of his glowing blade had cut through the joint and released the arm from its body.
The machine started to tilt as its balance was screwed for the lack of a limb. The screams coming from the trio inside were only compared to the sounds of distress from the Zorua in the backpack. Magnus quickly switched shoulders and severed the other arm to return its balance.
He ignored the insults coming from the criminals inside the machine and instead blinked just behind the robot, one swing of his weapon created a cutting edge of Light that severed its legs, and a second swing safely detached the backpack from its back. Magnus simply had to lift an arm to catch the container and walk away as the robot’s head and torso was left laying on the spot it had fallen.
He ignored the torso and the troupe of idiots as he carried the container to behind the barrier Ruby was still maintaining, placing it down and cutting it open. He then turned towards the machine.
“What did you do?! Our precious robot!” James complained from inside the machine.
“You will pay for what you did!” Jesse added.
Magnus simply let go of Tenlight, the sword sheathing itself again. But not leaving, instead floating by his side as Graceful appeared on his hand.
“ Then let me give you your payment. ” He blinked forward, the bat already held back as all the Darkness in the area coalesced around the robot before he swung the Kanabo.
While Darkness was technically solid in its current state, it wasn’t a physical object, so when the bat impacted, it didn’t create any sound. Unlike when the robot torso was launched at an impressive speed, flying through the air into the distance.
He allowed the Darkness dome to finally break, the leftover energy was taken by the fog barrier he had installed in the village. It hadn’t been exactly too hard to study his own ability and replicate it.
The elder was sitting on the ground, he looked relaxed. But Magnus could see the marks on his fur, signs of battle that healing hadn’t taken care of.
“ Thank you for that, though those are the weirdest Honedges I’ve ever seen. ” His tone indicated he was joking.
“That’s because they aren’t, they are Graceful and Tenlight, weapons I made myself.” He explained. “I’ve a few others, but I won’t be pulling more weapons out at the moment.”
“ How many weapons do you have exactly? ” The elder asked.
He made a quick mental count. “Eight,” he answered and then added, “if you don’t count the duplicates from the weapons that come in pairs.”
He stored the two of them. “Once everyone calms down and we’ve made sure they are all okay I can show off, or something.” He turned to Ruby. “Need any help?”
“I’m good, they are mostly still a bit shaken.” She answers while checking another of the Zorua.
His girlfriend just sighed. “I don’t know how it happened, they came from nowhere, suddenly that giant robot was standing over the kids and sucking them with its vacuum.” She pointed to the machine still attached to one of the arms he had cut off.
He reached to pet the same Zorua that had guided him to the village. “ It was scary, but also kinda fun. ” He admitted, though it wasn’t hard to tell he was putting a brave front for the younger ones.
“You were all very brave.” He agreed.
Everyone was still a bit stressed, but no one would say that Pokemon weren’t used to fighting. In addition to that, with the houses finished everyone had to choose and move their belongings in.
Ruby and Magnus happily helped, and even joined the Elder and his daughter for dinner. He decided to help her learn the ways around the kitchen, he made sure to give her a thorough lesson she would be capable of sharing with the rest of her people.
Still, soon came time to leave, Magnus would come back a day later. But for the moment the village rested after the scare and enjoyed their new homes.
Magnus was finishing the third set of classes with the few adult Zoroarks when he was surprised, though not that much, by finding Professor Kukui talking with Ruby outside of the house.
The man turned to face him. “It should have been obvious that the strange man I met a couple of days ago was behind the strange events of yesterday.” He said.
“In my defense, I was busy with something when Team Rocket became a nuisance.” He quickly replied as he gave Ruby a look, receiving a message through the System that the man had just arrived.
He turned back to Kukui. “Would you prefer to sit down to talk?” He asked.
The man’s serious expression broke into a more relaxed one as he rubbed the back of his neck and sighed. “Okay.”
Magnus smiled and guided them towards the berry tree patch, already full of colorful fruits. He chose a nice spot with shade before his inventory opened to allow a table and three chairs to fall out. The shadows moved, rising off the ground to catch the falling objects and set them correctly.
Kukui gave him a look, but Magnus ignored and sat down, Ruby taking the chair next to him. The man finally sits down, not reacting as Magnus just retrieved a jar of cold water, a few glasses and a plate of cookies baked by one of Ruby’s Magends.
“You know my name, and I took my partner here and presented herself already, so I’ve to ask, what do you want to talk about?” He asked as he filled the glasses.
“You… you’re a very confusing individual.” He noted.
“I live to please.” Magnus answered, enjoying the look of slight frustration.
“Most people don’t take it as a compliment.”
“I’m pretty sure I’m not most people, I’m not even a few.” Magnus joked and leaned back. “I mean, you already know I’m not what I look like.”
“You’re certainly not human, but something tells me you’re not a Zoroark either.” Kukui said sharply.
“Very correct of you.” He nodded, but didn’t say anything else.
“And you won’t tell me what you are? Talk about a Feint Attack.” The man laughed.
“I mean, I am me . The specifics can be a bit hard.” Magnus and Ruby laughed. “Honestly, I’m one of the three kids my father created as his blood-related children. I will leave the specifics of that out as it would take the whole day to introduce the proper characters in that story.”
“So you won’t tell me?”
“I can give you a name, but I’m not even the same as my two siblings. Technically I’m called a Twilight Jaeger since the second part is what my father adopted after all the work on himself. But it’s not as if it’s more than a name on a field of my information. Plus given my connection to the Zoroark means I don’t even have to stay that way.” He quickly retrieved the Zora mask and placed it on his face. The change was immediate and his chair was now feeling a bit small. “It’s not as comfortable as my base form, but certainly not an issue.”
Kukui gave him an impressive look between completely done with his ramble and actually impressed, plus a bit of curiosity about what exactly he was.
“Long story short, I’m me, my companions and I are traveling from World to World. We help where we can, but we just keep to ourselves.” He pulled his mask off, he did need to practice more with them.
Kukui looked at him and the renovated village. “Is this really keeping to yourself?”
Ruby laughed and was the one to answer. “It sure is, this World’s a paradise when compared to many others.” Magnus internally raised an eyebrow, he hadn’t known she had gotten into reading the records on other Worlds. “There’s little need for us to do more than help those we come across.”
“Is that why you helped one of my students when she was harassed by Team Rocket?” Kukui asked.
“Oh, I didn’t know she was your student. It just felt like the correct thing to do.” He shrugged. “So a total coincidence, though it doesn’t surprise me, Fate tends to work that way around me.”
Kukui sighed, looking a bit frustrated. “It feels like I’m missing half of the conversation for some reason.”
“It’s not as bad as you’re thinking, I’ll play by the local rules while I’m around.” Magnus offered kindly. “I may leave my mark, but I doubt I’ll visit again. There’s so many Worlds out there, even when I’ll live a long, long time, I’ll never be able to visit them all. There’s a reason I was given the Title of The Traveler.”
“And that you keep saying worlds, but I don’t think you’re speaking about the planet.”
Magnus grinned. “I’m not, just imagine it’s very similar to the whole thing the Aether Foundation is doing by studying Ultra Wormholes.”
“...how do you know that?” The man’s tone had grown serious.
“Like it would be hard to miss how space’s been getting twisted and poked over their artificial island. I may not be my sister, but I can easily read the fabric of space. I’ve to say, you’re all lucky you haven’t brought something truly dangerous from somewhere else.” He offered. “So take a bit of advice and look for the researcher who keeps poking the only protection against beasts from the beyond.”
“How bad could it be?” He worriedly asked.
“Well, you can always get my sister in a cranky mood, that one’s always hard to deal with. But you will most likely get something that barely plays by local rules and decides you, Pokemon or even the ground and water are a good snack. Or many of the other, not as quick, ends. Humans really should tamp their curiosity down a bit.”
“Like you stop yours.” Ruby shot towards him.
“The difference is that I’ve what it takes to deal with those problems.” Magnus shot back.
The Pokemon professor raised an eyebrow. “You speak as if you have actual experience with it.”
“I do. My siblings and I do fall under the category of Eldritch Being if we want to. We prefer to keep ourselves looking human and all that.” As Magnus spoke he started to allow his nature to ease out.
He still kept it controlled, just a couple meters around them. It wasn’t exactly a domain like some Gods had, this was his soul deciding to exert itself on the physical. An easier way to take effect on reality without exerting himself.
Ruby was the first to react, he saw her shiver and blush. It wasn’t the first time she had felt his touch like this, but he didn’t think the last time had left such an impression on her.
Kukui reacted a moment later, his expression swiftly turned into one of seriousness, ready for battle. Just in case he placed a little Truth over his Pokeballs to impede their opening for the moment, it would keep things from unduly escalating.
“As you can tell, right now I’m very much not human, this form’s basically just an extension of my soul, which is a bit too large for my usual physical form. Just like this I can tweak things, set down my own rules and deny what I don’t like. Just like the Truth is that your Pokeballs won’t open for the moment,” he gestured to the table, “or the Lie that this table can break.” He brought his fist down, the table not even marking.
He smiled, it wasn’t entirely a nice smile. Any human would not fail to recognize the inhumanity in it. It wasn’t something Magnus enjoyed doing, he liked to have connections with others, most people didn’t react well to this side of him. He hadn’t even shown Team Maus, feeling as if it was too early.
Most people took first impressions and ran with them. As long as he looked human enough, people could ignore the little quirks he had. But like this he fell straight into the deepest parts of the Uncanny Valley. The spot that people just couldn’t quickly rationalize, that sparked all warnings and hit the Fight or Flight response the hardest.
Orange and Ruby were an exception. His sister understood very well he wasn’t human, she wasn’t either and all Metaloids had the knowledge and access to the experience of facing it. Ruby on the other hand actually had something similar, she had managed the barest taps into her true nature and only made him become more interested in her.
He swiftly pulled back, his control as perfect as the clearest crystal. The Lie about the table breaking first, a small crack appearing on the material. But nowhere near close to the damage he had truly inflicted, if he had waited longer it would have not even been visible.
“I’m sorry for that, but maybe this way you won’t freeze when faced with things from beyond.”
“Well… wasn’t that a Sucker Punch.” Kukui mumbled, his open shirt soaked with sweat.
“It’s impossible to explain, only first hand experience.” He apologized and leaned back. “So how about you ask another question, we still have a lot of day time.” He smiled warmly.
That seemed to do the trick as Kukui quickly started to ask questions more openly.
Notes:
Planning Mind(100 CP)(ARK Survival): Your ability to plan your creations in your head is extremely potent, you can plan the design of an entire house on scale without even using a sheet of paper for the math. Speaking of math, your skills with it seem to have increased tremendously.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 18
The rest of the week passed quite quickly, nothing large happened as far as Magnus cared. He mainly focused on hanging out with Ruby or training with her and Team Maus. The latter was especially effective for developing their team work.
It was also excellent training for him too, especially after he had made an interesting discovery about his Hyrule masks.
The masks had bonded with him in a different way to his weapons, they had become an extension of his knowledge, memories and experience. As he was effectively another species when using them while remaining himself, they were him too.
This had led him to try to use the Blue Flame clone technique in combination with the spell, it just felt right . It didn’t want to work at first, there was some kind of inherent problem between the mask and the technique, he could certainly use it while using the mask. But it felt like that wasn’t what he had to find.
As if he had two puzzle pieces from different games that still felt correct going together. It had been easily obvious he was missing something, some kind of connecting part. It had been obvious in hindsight, the clones were him, but not, very much a lie. A Lie between the pieces was all he had needed.
Of course finding the proper Lie had been a bit harder, he was messing with quite powerful magic in a way. The Lie he ended up using was based on his Mirror Moon technique, it was a reflection of himself.
Though in this case it was more akin to a shadow puppet show. He was the source of Light, the Masks were the puppets, and together they created the show.
The two pieces clicked perfectly once he had a third piece in-between them. The Rito mask slipped off his grasp, Darkness and Light coalesced behind it and he was suddenly standing in front of himself.
It felt very similar to Mirror Moon, but it was both less taxing and much easier to hold. He would go as far to say that with a bit of practice it could very much well be held constantly. He was both, the Lie holding quite easily in fact.
He observed himself, it felt right, he was both, he could see himself seeing himself.
He exchanged a grin with himself as he swiftly jumped back and took to the air, Deliver found itself to his claws as he used his beak to pull the string as Payload, the finished quiver produced a series of arrows.
At the same time he pulled Tenlight and his still unnamed shield, the rune strings sprung up to life and shielded him from the projectiles. The runes quickly cycling between elements to keep the ice, fire and lightning payload from hitting him. In a way he was cheating, it was impossible for him not to know what he would use next.
He responded to his own attack by swinging his blade, a fan of Light blades shot out, forcing him to swiftly dodge them. The air currents in the training room were practically under his control, making it easy to maintain the air-superiority as he unloaded shot after shot.
And since controlling two bodies was easy, two more masks shot out of his Inventory, the technique activated once per mask and he was suddenly in four places at the same time. His Goron self retrieved Graceful and his Zora the trident.
The four was actually taxing as he had never been so spread before, forcing him to slow down. While harder to maintain, the slower speed made the whole sparring session look more like he was practicing a choreography with himself.
The training room quickly changed to accommodate them all, the ceiling rose, a few connected pools formed on the floor and some rocky formations grew up. The varied environments allowed him to test his bodies for a few more minutes before he had to let go of the technique.
The three masks fell right into his inventory, he would look after them after a break. At the moment he felt as if he needed to recover from the experience. Thankfully it would only get easier from that moment on.
For some reason, he couldn’t shake the feeling that his sister was having fun. Which certainly worried him a bit. His sister’s sense of fun extended to some worrisome activities. Worrisome for everyone else involved, which meant he felt as if he was missing some good show.
They really needed to make contact with home, it would be nice to talk with them again, maybe meet in some World.
(Spoilers for Sakamoto Days)
Claire looked over her shoulder at the man reaching for Akira’s tail, his body had become frozen completely as the fluids inside of him were completely under his control. She didn’t feel like killing at the moment, instead flicking the right spots in his brain, erasing the last ten or so minutes of memories and knocking him out.
The JCC test for assassins felt like some silly rehash of those old animes some of his siblings watched, though the free fall when the plane broke had been quite the surprise. The most interesting thing so far had been the fat guy, ‘Taro’, and the young girl standing by her, Akira Akao.
He honestly wondered what the man was doing in the test, he was severely overqualified. Though the fact that the potent stench of blood hadn’t washed off him proved that while he hadn’t killed anyone recently, he had taken a lot of lives in the past. Made her realize there were multiple events going on at the same time, not just the test.
The girl on the other hand was the greenest possible newbie, Claire doubted she had ever killed an insect consciously. Un consciously, on the other hand, the girl was a natural-born killer. It made her want to recruit the girl, even if just to have another person to talk with during some outings.
Her attention turned towards the fighting going on in the distance, it wasn’t hard to follow the movements of every person on the island. Little bags of liquids moving around, it was actually harder to ignore them. Her attention stopped for a moment on the marionette, while the person was asleep, some pretty impressive tech had been equipped on their bodies to control them at a distance.
It made it a bit frustrating to have to ask June to look for the other end of the connection, that tech was a bit too worrisome. Especially because it allowed the person on the other side to effectively fight safely while exploiting the marionette’s body way past its normal limits. Just the fact that it was killing some of the examiners quite easily was proof of it.
She didn’t care too much, as long as the marionette didn’t wander in her direction she would allow him to continue. As long as she passed she had carried her mission properly.
The bushes rustled and ‘Taro’ froze when a deer stepped out, his reaction made her turn ready, which caused the poor deer to freeze in the spot. She turned away when it became obvious it was a normal animal and didn’t have any kind of explosive or trap inside.
It even relaxed enough for Akira to wander and pet it.
What really surprised her was the fact that Taro’s relaxation only lasted for a moment before zipping out of the clearing, leaving her with the girl and the animal. Claire could track him heading directly in the direction of the fighting, impressing her quite a bit that no one was calling his paper-thin disguise.
“Where’s Mr. Taro?” Akira asked.
“I think he saw one of the other groups.” She answered and made sure the hanging ribbon was still holding in place.
“Oh… I wish I could be that good, but when I try to face another person I freeze up…” Akira complained.
“Hmm, that’s okay, once you have some experience and improve on your courage you will do great.” Claire offered with a warm smile. “I’m getting kinda hungry,” the deer froze like a… well, deer in the headlights. But she ignored it, “would you like me to get some more fish?”
“Sure!” The girl didn’t notice the animal by her side was going through its third near-death experience.
She smiled and got some of the fish living in the river by the clearing, all while the fighting continued by the beach. Maybe she would extend an invitation to this ‘Taro’, even as a teacher she was more than capable, and there must be a reason why he was keeping himself from killing.
A few weeks later, she was now standing inside the JCC school, it looked almost normal. With the exception of practically everyone in school being armed, the constant fighting going, in and outside of classes, the few murders happening in campus, the very silly mechanics they insisted on adding to everything. She wondered why these kinds of schools always tried to make it about points or some bullshit, it never helped.
Claire couldn’t help but feel a little back at home at the highschool when comparing it to the one she had attended with her brothers. It had been deep in the supernatural of her mother’s World, she had shared classes with dragons, pixies, assassins and many others.
She placed her hand on Akira’s shoulder, she had found the girl panicking and had decided to take her under her wing.
“Claire!” The younger girl had practically screamed.
“Calm down, panicking will do you no good.” She smiled and ruffled the girl’s already messy head. “Breath in and count to three.” Akira followed her instructions, practically deflating after exhaling.
“I’m sorry… it’s just…” she grumbled, “I didn’t expect to make it in.”
“You’ve natural skill, you just need to panic a little less and get some experience under your belt.” She offered her hand to help her up.
“Why are you being so kind to me?” She asked as she didn’t let go of her hand.
“I would like to be your friend, I can see a lot of Potential in you.” She answered honestly. “It costs me little to nothing to help you and in exchange I get a skilled partner if I need it.”
“But I don’t have any skill-” She started, but the words ended before she finished.
Claire kept a smile as she flung a coin, doing the initial hand movement slow enough for the girl’s eyes to follow it. In an instant her head moved, her body reacting before her brain did and the metal disc impacted the idiot that had been trying to pick-pocket Akira’s wallet.
“That’s what I’m talking about.” She said, “Come on, we’ve classes to attend, we better not get there late or I’m sure the teacher will single us out for some bullshit exercise.”
“Will they really do that?”
“If they are anything like some of my old teachers, totally. Putting us against some teacher’s assistant or using us for target practice.” Claire said. “It’s always the same thing with these kinds of schools.”
“Really?” Akira asked and she nodded. “… why did you come then?”
“I won’t lie and say it was only because I was bored.” She quickly laughed at the girl’s reaction. “But I also came because I heard a pretty interesting rumor about a database of graduates.”
Claire raised an eyebrow when the girl froze, internally she smiled.
“… I’m here for that too, I want to find my aunt, Rion Akao.” Her voice was soft.
“I will help you then, two people will be much easier than one.” She smiled as they entered the class with the rest of the students.
Said class started quite mundanely until the new assistant entered. Claire had to crush a few sunken boats off the coast into soda can-sized balls to keep herself from laughing. On one hand the disguise was incredible, on the other Taro was dressed as a meek, Japanese housewife about a third or fourth his body mass.
All in all, classes went through quite mundanely. Weapon handling and shooting, history of assassins, JAA bureaucracy, and a few others. Most quite simple for her, and passed for Akira once Claire helped her relax a bit.
Finally came the hand-to-hand class. Apparently Aikido was a required course in the career, Claire could see why, the martial art was all about having no aggressive moves against your opponents. If there was no killing intent it was much harder to react.
Though it took her a moment to realize why everyone was looking away from the teacher. The assistant was eye-catching and quite boisterous, but the man was practically a baby compared to the composed woman by his side.
Okay, it wasn’t as if the man wasn’t skilled, there hadn’t been one student capable of putting a hand on him even as he was blindfolded. But the woman by his side could most likely kill someone by just pushing them aside.
“Oh, ain’t this an interesting class!” A young man approached them from behind. She recognized him from the test, apparently he was called Shin and if she remembered right, and she did, he had been one of those who had fought the Marionette and survived.
“Shin? What are you doing here?” Her friend asked.
“You’re looking well, Akira, …and you too Claire.” The second part sounded a bit less sure. She wondered if he found her off-putting because he could only hear the sound of the waves going inside of her head.
She chuckled as the kid quickly went ahead and confronted the teacher’s assistant, easily trouncing him even when the man pulled a gun on Shin. Of course his victory was quickly thwarted when he called the actual teacher an aunty and got smacked around harder than a misbehaving son when his mother pulled the chancla.
Shin quickly revealed he was looking for the Database too.
“Honestly…” The woman mused, “If you’re so determined to learn about the location of the Database, then see if you can score one hit on this retired old soldier.”
She then handed Shin a permission to take a hit on her, it only lasted twenty four hours. Akira had leaned over his shoulder to look at the thing before flashing forward to try and hit the teacher. Of course failing too.
Claire felt tempted to give it a try too, for the camaraderie. But she didn’t want to get the woman getting serious, there’s bound to be collateral if they did.
Instead she picked the two kids and carried them to the infirmary.
“Why are you giggling?” Shin prompted as she threw him onto the bed. “It makes you pretty weird.”
“Ah, it’s just…” She smiled. “This treasure hunt just got very fun, I came thinking it would be looking around. But going against someone that skilled, I wonder how far Satoda Sensei can push me.”
“Hmph! Like we need your help.” Shin glared at her.
“Of course you do.” She shot back. “I’ve seen people of her skill level, and I’m sorry to say. But you two will never manage anything alone.”
Akira looked between them. “Claire, please don’t fight with Mr. Shin.”
“I’m not fighting, just giving him my honest opinion. He shouldn’t let his ego stop him from accepting help.” She shrugged. “But if he doesn’t want to, I’ll just try on my own.”
“And what do you even know of fighting? You didn’t kill one single person in the test, I checked!” He glared.
“I didn’t kill anyone because I didn’t feel like it.” She leaned forward and even the light coming through the infirmary windows seemed to dim. “Believe me that I’ve no problems ending a life. The Ocean’s very deep and very dark.”
She then turned around. “Anyways, I’m hungry, I will see you in the cafeteria. I’m pretty sure the teacher should be there too.” She suggested and headed out, it wasn’t as if she couldn’t keep an eye on the old woman while they were in the same building.
It didn’t surprise her when the two tried to attack her while she was eating. In her opinion it was very rude, and completely useless as the woman handled them with kiddy gloves and still handed the pair their asses.
What surprised her was the fact that another kid using a curious invisibility tech had caught Akira and decided to join the two of them. She wondered if there were really that many people hunting for the Database.
She handed Akira a bottle of water as the girl rushed after Shin and Seba, the invisible tech kid. Instead she approached the old woman and sat in front of her.
“Could I join this little test?” She asked kindly.
Ms. Satoda looked at her. “What’s someone like you doing here?”
“Getting my slice of entertainment and hunting for the Database rumor.” She admitted.
The older woman grumbled and finished her meal. “If those kids manage to touch me without your active help you can hear when I tell them.”
Claire pouted at that. “Okay, okay, I won’t mess with things. It’s been fun enough so far that I can play along those rules.”
She finished her food, wondering why they thought the JCC bowl was bad, it had everything needed in a day of activity. But she also could eat the dirt and pavement, and get as much out of it.
She still decided to wander around the school until she noticed the three kids setting up an ambush in the covered basketball court. Claire had to whistle, impressed by their quick development, she may end inviting the three of them if they were this good. Though at the end the woman gave them the win, and some pointers too.
“Well! You students have put great effort! I suppose I should answer your question.” The teacher said.
“Y-You mean…” Shin stumbled.
“Database, it’s a certain person’s nickname.” She explained.
“Nickname?”
“Yes, more precisely,” she smiled, “A classmate of mine with preternatural memory.” Her words surprised the three of them, and made Clair grumble a bit, it meant she would have to copy a brain to get the info. Not the most troublesome, but she wasn’t her brother. “He still works with me here at the school.”
Claire mused on it, there was about half a dozen people the teacher’s age. It wouldn’t be hard to just copy the five people and just just check, or even just copy the one with the best memory. She bet it was the janitor, everyone missed them.
Of course that was when the alarms blared.
“CODE 37564 CODE 38564 THE SECURITY SYSTEM HAS BEEN FORCED TO SHUT DOWN.”
She groaned. “Fucking- Of course it happens right now, and I bet they are after the Database too.” She let out loudly, making everyone turn to her. “What? I’ve been here from the start.”
She jumped over the edge and walked over to the teacher. “Okay teach, what’s the protocol for this?”
Ms. Satoda turned to her. “If it’s intruders then we deal with them.”
Claire nodded and turned to the kids, Seba had disappeared somewhere. She could see him running towards the workshops, so she imagined he was grabbing some equipment. “Sounds good to me, you two, here.” She threw them a bottle of water each. “Keep these on you.”
“Ah! Thanks, I’m parched after that.” Shin claimed as he opened the bottle, though the water inside didn’t come out. “Hey! What the hell?!”
“It’s not for drinking,” she said, “it will keep you alive, tho. Consider it a personal charm.” She then turned to the teacher. “Should we go? There’s a strange man killing students.”
The older woman glared at her, but didn’t ask how she knew. Claire wondered what she thought she was doing to know. Still, she didn’t say a word and started walking, in the right direction too.
They found the man, impressively without a drop of blood on him. Even when he reeked of it to her senses. He turned towards them and grumbled.
“Hmph, we don’t need no extras.” He said looking at her.
The comment made her smile, it wasn’t a nice thing. “Please, I’m not the one being extra here. I leave that to my brother.” Claire joked easily as she retrieved a bottle of water.
“Bah! You just don’t fit in the kind of art I see!” He claimed magnanimously.
“It’s okay, you don’t need to see anymore.” Claire said sweetly as she pulled a couple of water drops from said bottle.
The bottle may be a simple half a liter container. However the truth was there was around two thousand liters of water compressed inside. It could be easily used as a bludgeoning tool. But she didn’t need to.
“I will show you what true art is!” He cried out.
“As an idiot once said.” Claire grinned. “Art’s an explosion.”
She flicked both drops off and the man’s head turned into mist, painting the hallway. She smiled and turned to the teacher. “Should we go?”
The woman huffed. “Let’s go, maybe this will be done fast enough that I can finish with my paperwork before dinner.”
Claire reached for the headless body, grabbing its shirt and dragging it behind her. “Just go, I will follow.” She smiled beatifically, leaving no trail of blood behind.
They walked until they found the second intruder, Seba, one kid she didn’t know and who she was pretty sure were the Janitor was standing in front of a weird guy.
“Hey! Are you the intruder?” Claire nonchalantly called out, causing the man to turn to her. “Is this your friend?” She threw the body over.
“You killed Kanaguri?” The man with the tattooed face asked. He then turned to the teacher standing by her side.
Ms. Satoda looked over to the janitor and exchanged a silent nod.
“Well, we discussed art, we disagreed, so I ended him.” She replied easily.
“Oh! You showed him the truest kind of pain!” The madman exclaimed.
“Not really,” she corrected him easily as she shrugged, “the brain simply can’t react that fast. He literally was dead before he knew it.”
For some reason that made the man’s eye twitch.
She turned towards her teacher. “Any reason to keep the idiot alive?” She ignored him as he started to spout something about emotions, sensations and other blabber.
“Not really.” Ms Satoda shook her head.
“Excellent, there’s a move I’ve not tried in a while.” She said and started to walk forward as Shin and Akira arrived panting.
“Claire, stop, that guy’s one of Slur’s underlings.” Akira cried out.
“Pfft,” she laughed, “Slur? Really? And who’s this guy? Insult? Because he certainly is insulting my sense of sight by standing there.” She pointed at him while turning towards her friend.
In an instant the man was in front of her. “I will show you things!” He started, arms coming down towards her.
But it was too late, her hand was on his chest, a feral grin on her lips. She may not have her brothers’ fangs. But her gaze was the darkness of death. She said a single word.
“Pop.” She popped her lips and the man did too.
His liquefied internals simply exploded out of his back, just a skeleton and a skin bag stood in place, along the front of his ruined clothes. Though only for an instant as they all just fell down, nothing holding them together anymore.
She quickly snatched the resulting soul, not as if anyone could see the act as she turned back to the rest and walked towards the janitor.
“Excuse me, Database?” She asked.
The man chuckled. “That’s what some call me, yes.” He replied wily.
“Excellent.” She reached up and poked his forehead. “Boop.”
With that she turned away. “Whelp, that was fun, time to head back now.” She started to walk away before stopping and turning to Akire and Shin. “Keep those bottles with you, and here.” She flung a couple contact cards. “Call me if you wanna hang out.”
The two of them didn’t wait, instead running after her as she left the scene of the murder.
“What was that?!” Shin screamed.
She decided to humor him. “Which part?”
“You just killed him with one hit!” He screamed.
“It was so cool!” Akira cried out.
“Teacher taught you about the Rotation Principle, right?” She answered. “Well, this is Resonance, hitting something the right way causes extreme and catastrophic failure. In layman’s terms, I made all his fluids shred his soft tissue and achieve escape velocity out of his back.”
Shin looked at the bottle he was holding, looking a bit afraid.
“Aw, come on, I won’t kill you two so easily.” She reassured them. And stopped when June came around the hallway. “Ah, perfect.” She tapped the blank head he was holding, imprinting Database’s memories.
The perfect tool to find the right people to replace. He nodded and left. Her little brother was always so helpful, now if he was a bit more talkative.
“Who was that? Why couldn’t I read his mind?! Why can I only listen to the water when I read your mind?!” Shin looked absolutely lost.
“You should be careful when peeking at people’s minds.” She suggested. “You never know when you will find something that bites back.” She grinned as they entered the classroom.
Even with all the chaos and panic of intruders, it seemed that everything had calmed down just as fast. She couldn’t wait to see what happened next. Who knew, she may even learn something new!
Chapter 19
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 19
The Greenhouse had changed considerably since Ruby had joined the crew.
Originally it had been a flat plane with a grid that expanded as far as the eye could see, with a similarly flat and empty blue sky and a constant light at all times. Each spot in the grid was a neat square of fertile ground and nothing else.
It had started to change first by the many samples that had been planted in the grid. It was mainly plants that had been acquired from Hyrule, along with a set of basic plants that had been stored in the ship to begin with.
It had changed further once Ruby had decided to take it in herself and invest a number of her Magends to run the area. With the addition of the day and night cycle in the ship, a fake sun had been added to the skybox of the Greenhouse along with a small weather pattern; basically shifting temperatures with the time of day.
She then decided that a flat plane of grass was just boring and decided to alter the Greenhouse with the addition of hills, valleys, artificial rivers and other similar geographical items. As some areas rose and others lowered, the temperature difference created wind currents.
Roads had been formed as a number of grid cells had merged into larger plots. As much as a single cell could provide for a type of crop, she could tell that some actually needed to be planted with other specimens. It was also great at breaking the artificial sensation of the grid.
With the introduction of a fake sun, a set of cardinal directions had been introduced. This had also led to weather changing depending on the axis you moved. Imitating a real world, weather was the hottest towards the center while it grew progressively colder the further North or South one moved. It wasn’t as real , but heading East made the weather dryer, while West made it moister.
Ruby had been greatly surprised how flexible the interior of the ship actually was.
Orange had explained that this was because the ship’s inside was technically its own World. It made sense in hindsight when one questioned how it flew through the Outside. She had also explained that this was attained by having constructed the outside of the ship with basically the same material that formed a World’s overlay.
It was how the internals of the ship were so flexible, the ship was the World and in control of its insides. Each room was effectively a reality in itself, just small ones connected by the doors.
Their first stop had helped add a large number of plant samples, not just crops, but useful plants for her own experiments. This second stop had added a huge number of interesting samples, mainly the whole line of berries that grew in the World.
They had come perfect for her experiments.
A farmer, a druid, a botanist and finally a researcher Magened. It had started with one, then two, then three and the last one had come when it had become obvious she would need one focused on keeping tabs on the going-on inside the Greenhouse.
Controlling the amount of magic some of the plants were exposed was providing her with a lot of interesting mutations. While most mundane plants just died, the already magical plants were quite more flexible.
For example the Saffinas could easily shift in their variety given a small amount of magic and a different surrounding. Warm to Cold, or to Electric, or to some of the other variants she had discovered. Hard Saffina which increased defense, Fast Saffina which made one move faster, and finally Energetic Saffina which was akin to multiple shots of espresso or an energy drink.
Though some of the results weren’t as useful straight away, the poisonous Hearty Radish, or Heartbreak Radish as she had gotten to call it, was very dangerous. The poison attacked the person’s vitality, eating away at it until they died. Even if it was nullified, the damage would be hard to recover as the person would be required to recover said lost vitality.
Another type of extreme farming she was doing were the underwater cells. Which turned out to be quite fun to watch and provided a nice decoration as the cell’s walls contained every drop of water, making them look like aquariums.
Watching the different kinds of algae floating back and forth was quite relaxing. And swimming through the plants were small, glowing constructs in the shape of fish. They were the same system that took care of most plants, just adapted for the different environment.
The programs took care of not just keeping the plants healthy by trimming the poor growths and acting like natural predators. But they also took care of the harvesting of the ready to pick seaweed and replant it.
With the addition of artificial water currents, the underwater plots appeared more like a look into an alien environment.
She grabbed the prepared and dried up nori, given the extremely controlled nature of the plots it needed minimum cleaning and could be used practically as is once it was harvested. She placed it into her inventory so her two Magends in the kitchen could retrieve the darkened sheets.
The rice was already prepared to perfection and the fish was cut too. She would request some fish to start a farm in the Greenhouse. Her druid Magend should be capable of taking care, though it may need some controlled breeding to make sure no problem arose, and maybe creating a veterinarian one too.
A quick spell rolled the nori before the knife Magnus had made for her sliced the sushi with some impressive perfection. She grated some actual wasabi root before pushing the finished dish over to Moisha.
“That looks very good.” Romeo mused and the light purple-haired Wererat pushed his hand away.
“You asked for a burger, maybe ask for sushi next time.” She said as she quickly dug into her dish with gusto.
“Stop fighting you two.” Lydia grumbled as she finished her pizza before thanking her for the food and heading out.
Romeo and Moisha rushed shortly after her. The dishes didn’t even need to be cleaned, the ship simply unmade everything, storing it back into energy and reproducing them. It felt very efficient and strangely decadent.
Her two Magends didn’t remain in the kitchen all the time, they still had some freedom to come and go. When they weren’t cooking or experimenting with ingredients she had found it interesting to visit a few restaurants over the world. She had found a recommendation for a Pokemon Gym Leader-owner restaurant, the most curious thing was that it wasn’t a single gym leader but instead a set of triplets.
She finished cleaning the knife and put it away, thankfully Magnus’ work didn’t need resharpening. It did need her to ask him to create a cutting board that wouldn’t be cut by it.
She marked the kitchen as closed before heading out. It wasn’t like there wasn’t plenty of prepared food in stasis from her idle time. If the restaurant turns out to be good enough, she may invite Magnus for a date in it.
Professor Kukui took a moment to sit on his chair and relax.
Most of his class was currently out and doing their own stuff. He only knew that Ash and Kiawe had been heading towards the beach to train with the former’s newly captured Litten.
The young Pokemon had been a surprise, but apparently their sort-of guardian, an old and wizened Stoutland, had insisted the young one had a proper trainer. The dog had rejected getting captured and given its age Kukui could understand why. Though he had insisted both got a proper check up by the local Joy.
She had talked with him in private since the Stoutland was quite the stubborn one. In her words the dog was the healthiest specimen she had ever seen and would not be dying anytime soon, no matter what the old dog seemed to insist on.
At the end the Stoutland had become pretty much a chaperone for the group. Even if the Pokemon didn’t belong to any of the trainers in specific. The old dog had also been a fantastic help in getting Lillie to overcome her fear of Pokemon, the young girl had managed to bond properly with her Vulpix and was doing great work with the old and patient dog.
His reminiscence was broken when his personal line rang, Kukui quickly fixed himself a bit before answering the call, a blonde woman appearing on the screen.
“Champion Cynthia, good morning, or would it be evening over there?” He quickly greeted her.
“ It’s indeed evening, and I’ve to say you’re looking good, Professor. ” The woman answered with a kind smile.
“Thank you, I take this is not a pleasure call, what can I do for the Champion of the Sinnoh region?” He asked.
“ Only partially, this is honestly an off-the-records call. ” She admitted. “ Mainly because we have a lack of proper proof to release an official statement. ”
“Now you’re worrying me, especially since our region rarely gets much interaction with the other regions given the ocean and the distance.” He said as he rubbed his chin.
“ It would hopefully be nothing, but I had a strange and slightly worrisome meeting. ” The woman let out a soft sigh. “ It started about a week ago. I received a notice from one of the league-sponsored trainers that wander Mount Coronet and its surroundings. Since the incident with Team Galactic we’ve made sure to keep watchers in the area just in case. ”
Kukui listened to her talk, his hand reaching for a pen to write down that he should talk with the Kahunas about keeping an eye around the few important spots in the islands.
“ We got word that some movement had been sighted in the area, so I decided to move and face the intruders myself. ”
“Wait, couldn’t it have been some wild Pokemon?” He interrupted her.
“ The Spear Pillar ruins aren’t visited by Pokemon, they just keep away from the area of the ruins. From what I’ve discussed with some professionals, this may be an inherent quality of the ruins. ” The woman cleared her throat, looking a bit embarrassed from having gone on a tangent. “ Anyways, when I arrived in the area I found a group of women studying the area. They were quite polite and explained what they were doing, they also lied. While they were apparently studying the space of the ruins, their actual objective had been to collect the remains of the Red Chain. ”
“I was pretty sure the report had said the Red Chain had been completely destroyed.” Kukui pointed out.
Cynthia let out a soft sigh and rubbed the bridge of her nose. “ By any and all means it should have been considered completely destroyed, the Red Chain was reduced to a fine sand. Any attempt to recover any significant part of it should have been large-scale and very obvious. Unfortunately it seems that magic was more than up to the task and a good amount of the artifact. ”
“That’s worrisome, how about the people you found carrying the whole thing?” He quickly asked once she stopped talking.
“ That’s one of the biggest problems of a lack of clues. While originally I thought I had met some off-shoot of the Joy clan given the coloration and similarity of the women working in the ruin’s grounds, later facts may point out to all of them being the actual person. ” She explained. “ I still don’t know how it can be, but I’m guessing interference from a powerful Fairy Type given the comments of my Pokemon. Though it could also be a Celebi messing with a single person’s timeline to that extent. ”
“A Legendary being's involvement could certainly both explain things and complicate matters quite a bit.” He offered. “Though I could see why you are telling me this, the Tapus are certainly quite active in Alola and everyone has one or two stories of at least having sighted them in their lives.”
“ That’s why I initially decided to reach out to you when the theory came up. ” She admitted. “ Celebi may be mostly known in the Johto region, but there’s been sightings of them all over the world since forever, and given their powers it could always be the same Pokemon. ”
“Unfortunately I can’t say I’ve ever been able to reach for Tapu Koko, they have always come to meet me. Best suggestion I can make is reaching for any kind of spot they are known to be worshiped. My knowledge of the Johto region may be out of date, but I remember Celebi having a shrine deep in the Ilex Forest.” He said. “I don’t know how useful it would be, or easy, but I can’t think of any other place to reach for them.”
“ That’s frustrating, as the Champion I won’t be able to just visit another region without a good reason, or at least do so quickly. ” She sighed. “ I will have to continue looking for answers. Just in case keep an eye out for a young woman of average height and pink hair, she looks similar to a Nurse Joy, but most Pokemon read her as a Fairy Type. ”
Kukui nodded before freezing, there was someone that fit that description. And unfortunately for him, this fact hadn’t gone missing by the Champion.
“ You are thinking about someone. ” She pointedly said.
“There may be someone, though I’ve not seen them do anything worrisome except besides the company they keep.” He half-admitted.
Cynthia looked at him expectantly.
“I met her companion first, he’s an interesting and curious young man. I only met her for a short moment during our second meeting, so I can’t say much of her.”
“ That’s slightly more and less worrisome. What can you tell me about them? ”
“I will say that I don’t know how true what they told me is, but I will try to keep an unbiased opinion.” He said. “Her name is Ruby Summoner and his Magnus Traveler. They aren’t from around here as I’ve word from Tapu Koko that they asked Rayquaza for permission to park their ship.”
“ Excuse me, ” Cynthia looked confused, “ but aliens? ”
“Yes and no, from what Magnus explained, they come from an alternate version of the world. They have been traveling a while and they are here just for a break, though if they are the same person I don’t think they were telling the entire truth.” He said.
“ She did have profound knowledge of the workings of the space fabric, being able to describe quite well some of the events I could observe myself while not actually being there. ” She thought out loud. “ I may need to visit your region. ”
“Please don’t rush about it, with a bit of luck they will have already left and I won’t have to deal with an international incident between some alien being and a foreign Champion.” He said dryly.
“ Luckily for you, I am pretty busy. But I will make some time and message you before leaving. Hopefully the league won’t drop another incident anytime soon, the region has been pretty calm after the last one, let’s hope it stays that way. ” She half-complained.
“Please, take your time.” He repeated, making her laugh and apologize for having to cut it short since she had barely managed to make time in her schedule to make the call.
He leaned back on his chair and sighed, while he had revealed the existence of Magnus, there had been one detail he had left out. Between the first and second meeting with the man, there had been one change, a beautiful tattoo on his left arm made in some of the richest red he had ever seen.
One that was incredibly eye-catching in the fact it was so life-like it almost seemed to move. It grew from another tattoo, one that while simpler, carried a sensation he had only felt when studying Unowns and their ruins. Curious connection given the ruins in the Johto region.
He had also not mentioned Magnus’ strange nature, though it surprised him only a bit to hear Ruby had her own strange qualities. The thought that they fit well together made his mind wander over to another professor.
After a bit he got up and walked outside, he was wondering what the kids were up to, it shouldn’t be too hard to find them over on the beach. Hopefully they hadn’t started any big problems.
Magnus’ hammer came down, sparks of molten dross and power sparked off the blade he was working on. Each movement was a step in a dance, part of a massive play that had to be just perfect; there was zero tolerance for error.
The hammer came down, beating the metal with a rhythm only he could listen to, a meticulous instrument that required a hundred and ten percent of his attention. Each hit of the tool instilled a shape, a meaning, a goal and an understanding into the weapon.
The blade he was working on would go past just being a weapon. The straight, double-edged blade had had a name even before he had started to work. Gentle Lie .
It was a name that had existed in him, a name buried in his own domain. It could go by other names: White Lie, False Light, Untruth. All fit it, but not as much as the name it already had.
He had used an ingot of Blank Metal, it was one of the few that were stored in the ship. It was more of a concept than a material, metal for forming. But it lacked everything else, it wasn’t made of an element, it carried no element, it had no nature on itself. It had been stored in a special container that kept it from touching anything , and the moment he had pulled it out his time had started to run out.
He had fed Lie into it until it nearly stopped existing before bonding it with the Red Sand; it gave the Lie weight and a connection to him; enough to force it to remain.
It took all of his attention, all of his perks, and all of his intuition to know how to shape the metal. And that’s what he was doing. Hit after hit, the blade lengthened, sharpened, took a life of its own.
A straight blade, delicate, slightly flexible with an unsuspectingly sharp edge. Shaping it was an experience, he could feel a new Perk practically act through his body even before he finished the blade, just the act of starting the forge had been enough to achieve the necessary requirements.
One last hammer blow and all impurities flew off the blade, power snapping into place and all heat simply disappearing. As if it had been a lie, as if it had never been hot at all.
The hammer practically broke apart, its duty fulfilled. He picked the blade and gave it an appreciative look. It was deceptively light and just as sharp. He carefully etched his crest on the blade’s base before fixing the handle to it.
Gentle Lie’s blade had a slight red sheen to it, an obvious mark from the Red Sand used in its production. But its color was as deceptive as the rest of it.
He eyed the finished product before placing a log on a stool.
A testing swing of the blade and nothing happened, the blade just went through the piece of wood. The attack a lie.
He cut the log horizontally, a moment later it fell down, cut vertically. A small Lie to change the angle had been especially easy. It should be quite easy to use against any target. A quick look at the split log and they fell down into tiny pieces. A much larger Lie as he hadn’t even swung the blade. This one would be much easier to apply on a target, most people would call out the Lie.
He cleaned the small mess and put the blade away before turning to the other ingot of Blank Metal. The sibling sword would need to be made too, just as Gentle Lie had always existed even before he gave it shape, Hard Truth already existed.
There would be hardly anything nice about that blade, he could already see its shape even before forging it. While Gentle Lie was delicate and deceptive, Hard Truth would be heavy and overbearing. There’s little as destructive as the Hard Truth used correctly. Its damage would be hard to counteract and True death would be carried by its edge. One would have to be extremely self-delusional to not be affected by it.
Unfortunately the two swords would be hard to practice with, properly using them would need targets that could react and reject them. Maybe he would ask Orange to pick a World where he could go hunting properly. Plus it would be nice to get some monster parts to experiment too.
Their current World just wasn’t the right one, as dangerous Pokemon could be, people rarely died in the wild outside of accidents or collateral damage. Most Pokemon were smart enough to accept people retreating and the truly dangerous ones were nowhere close to anywhere where someone without a good team would hang out.
It wasn’t like people didn’t die from Pokemon attacks, but it was about one in five deaths in the wild, the other four being people poorly prepared for their situations or accidents; mainly natural disasters. Maybe it was because Humans were just hardier in this World, outside of rare circumstances most could easily survive a Pokemon’s attack and quite the extensive abuse.
He had had Orange check on Team Rocket after he sent them flying off, the trio had landed quite roughly. But they hadn’t gotten more than a bit scuffed and a few bruises that were healed over the next few hours.
Humans got bitten, shocked, poisoned, mind scrambled, possessed, befuddled, drowned, pelted, whipped and many other things in the daily and most barely considered it more than commonplace when dealing with Pokemon in the day to day.
And it wasn’t as if they didn’t hit back, there were plenty of people who could fight Pokemon one on one. Fighting type trainers between the more common examples, this was mainly from the use of Aura from the papers and studies he had checked.
He would need to look further into it, Aura was quite an interesting thing. Similar to many other Worlds, Aura was basically an expression of the user’s life force, this was why it was present in Fighting type trainers as most of them tended to train their bodies along with their Pokemon. Aura had a few other properties, like the ability to communicate past the language barrier as Auras touched to communicate intent and thought.
It wasn’t the only ability Humans could possess that put them at the level of Pokemons: psychics, spiritists, magic-users, chosen ones, etcetera… It certainly gave plenty of ground to the theory that Humans were just another kind of Pokemon.
He wasn’t a complete believer of the theory, mainly given the existence of Humans in other Worlds. But he would believe Arceus had made this version much stronger and just gave them type-like abilities.
It could also be just the adaptive nature of humans in such an energy-rich environment. Practically every Pokemon exuded power into the air, from the smaller Caterpie to the massive Rayquaza. Which led to explaining how many Pokemon could practically create matter for many of their attacks.
For example a Squirtle could generate dozens if not hundreds of times their body mass in water if they were healthy and well trained. While tiring, there were a few studies about how Pokemon could absorb some of the ambient power. The only thing that stumped him was that he couldn’t find where all the extra mass created each time one of these attacks were used went.
Since he hadn’t found any theory about it, he had developed his own. While simple, the idea that the excess slowly moved to the Distortion World, the reflection of the material world. It wouldn’t surprise him if it decomposed back into energy over there and seeped back into the material world.
He would need to observe and study some Pokemon. Who knew if it could even lead to him discovering something useful.
Notes:
Craftsman (400CP)(Hercules) : Greek myth sure does love it's weapons and armors, doesn't it? You're great at making both, now. Not only do you have a preternatural skill at putting together weapons, armor and other artefacts of the very highest quality, being able to work legendary items from common tools and materials, but you're also a whiz at enchanting them. Simply put, you can imbue just about any and all magic and power you have into items, and have it work as you desire. It also helps you figure out existing examples of craft, and replicating the effects on your own.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 20
The mind is a strange place, and Magnus’ was certainly above the rest. There are times that thoughts bore deep and take root, remaining inside no matter what one does. For him it was the existence of his two recently finished weapons.
Even after a week and a day, both had become a constant companion to his thoughts, like two silent advisors who still provided their thoughts about the matters at hand. The two had already surpassed whatever understanding his previous weapon had already developed in just a few days.
It had worried him a bit at first, but the other weapons had instead become subordinate to the pair. He could feel the bonds expanding from the two towards the other eight weapons.
Thankfully the sensation of Gentle Lie and Hard Truth looking over his shoulder wasn’t overbearing. Even when Hard Truth had ended up with a wicked look. The heavy broadsword’s edge wasn’t straight, instead it spiked out to provide a harder bite . Truth sure liked to sink in its teeth and not let go.
Once more both blades were looking over his shoulder, thankfully this didn’t bother him as much as the strange situation he had ended. Funnily enough, he wasn’t the center of the situation.
His girlfriend had been ‘recruited’ by the local Fairy type Legendaries. The four Tapus had somehow coaxed her into cooking a whole feast for them. He had asked, but she insisted that it was okay and they would pay her for the job. It was good to hear they at least had some manners.
Thankfully the Long Fortune’s production capabilities were more than up to the task of producing the necessary kitchen appliances and all that was necessary to power them in the middle of the jungle. He was pretty sure Tapu Lele, the Psychic type of the quartet, was to blame for them knowing Ruby was such a capable chef and had access to prime ingredients produced in the Greenhouse.
How they had been able to look into the Long Fortune to discover it just eluded him.
Magnus wasn’t staying still, even as Ruby had four Magends working, he was still filling the role of sous chef for her. The whole situation was turning out to be more fun than he expected. He also enjoyed watching Ruby work, half a dozen Magends and they didn’t even come close to grazing each other as they ran around the open kitchen area.
He felt a shiver, a strangely familiar reaction when space buckled . He had wondered why the Tapus had asked for so much food, it was obvious in hindsight that they wouldn’t be the only ones eating it.
Five Psychic types were suddenly there, each one of them a Legendary too. One of them was very familiar to him, the small, pink figure with a long, bobbing tail zipped from the spot they had arrived to his side. Thankfully there wasn’t an iota of hostility as they invaded their personal space and looked up to him with large, cerulean eyes.
“ You smell like me, but it’s not you! ” The voice was completely neutral in gender, and practically blasted him with glee and cheerful curiosity.
Before he could even react the largest Psychic type of the group reached for the Mew’s scruff and dragged them back. Mewtwo carried themselves well, but Magnus could see a bit of an awkward embarrassment wafting off his psychic energy.
“ Please, behave. ” Their voice begged for it, already done with the energetic Legendary.
“ But they smell like a Mew! I thought I knew all of the Mews in the world! ” They insisted.
The remaining three Psychic types approached him a bit more respectfully. Uxie, Mesprit and Azelf, also known as the Lake Guardians.
“ You carry great knowledge in you, even more than you have actual access to. ” Uxie observed him, their eyes still closed.
“ You aren't afraid to show your emotions! ” Mesprit let out energetically.
“ And you’ve shown great Courage in facing the unknown. ” Azelf praised.
Three Psychic types exchanged a look. “ We like you, you can keep the remains of the Red Chain. ” They spoke with one voice before heading towards the served table.
He felt a small weight on his shoulder and turned to find Mew just sitting there.
“ It’s pretty rare that the three of them find someone they accept like that. ” They cheerfully noted. Magnus didn’t miss the look Mewtwo was giving the smaller Legendary.
“I’m glad they allowed me to keep the Red Sand, I’ve used it in a lot of things, removing it would be pretty hard.” He said.
“ Will you tell me why you smell like a Mew? ” They insisted, gently.
He thought about it for a moment, he could certainly explain the whole thing. But it was much easier if he just focused on his father and his two siblings before allowing Mew to peer at his memories.
Mewtwo just sighed, he wondered why the genetically engineered Pokemon kept insisting on acting properly when they were obviously dragged around by Mew when the small and old Legendary fancied it.
“ Oh! ” Mew cheerfully screamed before flying off.
The display of psychic power was something special, he wondered how many people could actually understand the amount of skill and power the small Legendary used when moving around.
“ Your dad’s like my dad, and your brother’s like me… in a way. ” They laughed. “ But you’re also like Mewtwo too! ”
The mentioned Psychic turned surprised, though instead of answering Mew flew to their side and shared a soft forehead touch to share the memories. The Pokemon’s look towards him seemed to change slightly, he could almost see a hint of envy; which surprised him given the control they had over their own emotions.
Mew flew over to Ruby. “ And what about you, pretty lady with the hair of the best color? ”
She laughed softly. “I was created too,” she replied honestly, not hiding it, “but I can’t tell much of my past. I awoke once in a very bad place, and I suffered there until Magnus saved me and took me with him.”
“ May I? ” Their voice softened as Mew reached for her forehead.
Ruby silently nodded and closed her eyes, allowing the small powerhouse to peer into her memories. Mew quickly proceeded to hug her head, stroking her hair gently and whispering with her psychic speech in such a way he couldn’t really overhear.
There was a silent conversation between them and Mewtwo, and he wouldn’t be surprised if the Legendary didn’t share some experiences with his girlfriend.
Still, all the socializing had happened over a few minutes, and there was a much more important matter at hand, food .
Most maintained quite the decorum when eating. Most was the four Tapus, the three Lake Guardians,and even Mewtwo ate calmly, enjoying the food in a very human way; most likely a remnant of his early raising.
Mew had simply dove face first into the largest cake Ruby had made. The small pink cat had disappeared inside the cartoonishly large pink cake and hadn’t been seen again until the whole thing collapsed in.
It had been very obvious they had used their psychic powers to support the cake’s outside while they voraciously devoured every bit inside. They looked very happy and fulfilled, while also not looking even a bit bloated after consuming multiple times their body mass in cake.
And it didn’t even end with the largest cake that may have as well been just a prop. The small Legendary had a sweet tooth an ocean’s wide. Most of the other desserts and sweet dishes devoured just as quickly.
Thankfully Ruby and him quickly got into preparing more for the rest of the Pokemon until even Mew couldn’t eat another bite.
“ Thank you for the food. ” Mewtwo spoke, their voice was quite masculine and collected. But there was a sense of satisfaction coming off him.
Made him wonder if the Pokemon knew they were that obvious with their emotions. Something told him that Mew was most definitely related to that, the pink cat had given more than a few commentaries during the meal towards them about relaxing and enjoying the food.
“It wasn’t a problem.” Ruby thanked him. “It was actually quite fun to do.”
“ Still, not many can remain unfazed when dealing with… ” They eyed Mew, the Legendary giving them a lazy wave. “ They did communicate to me what you went through… ”
And with that Magnus turned his attention away, it was definitely quite personal from them to share and he had only been overhearing. Instead he approached Mew as the Psychic type gestured to him to approach them.
“ You’re a good person .”
He shrugged. “I just do what comes natural to me.” He said honestly.
Mew nodded. “ I wish you would stay for longer, but I can see you’re already looking ahead. ” The playfulness in Mew’s tone was replaced by something older, wiser, more mature. “Don’t act surprised, I am my father’s first child. Though a few others are older than me given their nature and retroactive creation, it doesn’t deny the fact that I’ve lived a very long time. ” They laughed softly.
He laughed awkwardly, Mew’s personality wasn’t a Lie, it was the Truth, though this was also the Truth. Beings were multifaceted after all.
“ Traveler’s a very fitting title for you. Unfortunately I can’t see anything about your future after you leave this World, so I can’t act all wise about your future actions. But I can do this. ” They reached and booped his nose.
He felt two pieces of knowledge slide into his always growing collection. One was the full nature of Evolution Stones, enough that he may be able to work with Ruby towards the artificial creation of them; maybe even the creation of a few nonexistent ones too. The other was the creation of Z-Crystals, which was similarly interesting. However it would be much harder to use as he was the only Pokemon around.
That didn’t mean he couldn’t use it in some interesting ways, his knowledge of enchanting did light up some of the theories and paradigms that could lead to something workable.
“Thank you.”
“ It’s nothing, just some old memories. ” Mew waved it off. “ Just another bit of a World going with you, try to come back in the future, I want to see what that grows into .”
Magnus nodded, he had liked this World, it was fun and relaxing, he would return in the future if possible. Orange had already set up a buoy outside.
“It’s still more than I had before, and I will never not be grateful for new knowledge.” He said.
He then suddenly got an idea, there was a way he could show his gratitude for it.
He retrieved a bit of gold, easily heating it up in his hand and molding the soft material. He ignored the few eyes on him as he worked, instead mumbling some words of concentration as his fingers worked the golden metal like soft clay. He used palm, finger, claw and magic to shape, etch and enchant the object.
Finally magic poured into it and the gold band snapped into its final shape. Engraved on it, written in Unowns, was the word PEACE. Funnily enough, you could only see the P until you started to turn the band, and this was for any observer.
It was also interestingly low-key for having been made of gold, and tough enough to handle a lot of abuse. Mew took it with glee and slid it over their puffy tail, letting it hang halfway down their tail, held there by magic.
It didn’t do much outside of that, only project a small aura of calm and peace to the surroundings of the wearer.
“ I love it, thank you! ” Mew chirped excitedly as they floated around, following the shiny attached to their tail. Then they stopped and looked towards them. “ And I know just the prank to celebrate it, don’t worry, you’ll have already left by then. ” They said conspiratorially.
Mewtwo let out a tired sigh as the other Legendaries giggled.
A very fey mood had taken Mew, because the psychic had decided to regale all of them with ancient stories and legends. He was pretty sure historians would salivate at hearing even one of them. Though the fact that over two thirds of them were basically ‘and that’s why I pranked them’ would dishearten more than one of them of their image on Legendary Pokemon.
After a few hours the Legendaries had to go, the Lake Guardians were the first to disappear, giving them a heartfelt thank you for their time and effort before disappearing in a Teleport. The four Tapus thanked them in their silent way before three headed back to their respective islands while Tapu Koko disappeared back into the jungle.
Finally it was time for the oldest and youngest of the guests to leave.
“ It was great meeting you two. ” Mew spoke calmly, but they certainly still acted energetically as the small cat gave a hug to both.
“Don’t worry, we’ll come back.” He said.
“And who knows what kind of sweets I will be able to prepare then.” Ruby added, gaining some kind of life-long appreciation from the Legendary.
“ Please, don’t encourage them. ” Mewtwo sighed, but there was no hostility there. Just a bit of familiar needling. They had shown to not be a total sourpuss at least.
The two disappeared with something that definitely wasn’t a Teleport, leaving the two of them alone.
“That was fun.” He said as the Forge Ants stepped out of his inventory to pick up all the kitchen appliances, they would be fed back into the ship to save up on space.
“Yes. I really like cooking for others, it’s always nice to see them enjoying the food I prepare.” She spoke as he leaned against her side.
“You were great back there, a total pleasure to watch work.” He praised her, causing Ruby to blush.
“Like it’s not the same when you get in the zone.” She easily replied as the two headed through one of the golden portals towards the ship.
Orange turned towards them, giving him a quick disgust look, though it was obviously a joke since he replied with a tongue out.
“Hope you had fun, Team Maus’ already back and ready to depart.” Orange announced.
“Good to hear.” Magnus took one of the bridge’s chairs as Ruby took the one next to him. “Any idea of where we’re going next?”
“Nope!” Orange claimed happily. “I tried to use a few of the drones to explore the Outside, but they found nothing close, so it’ll be a few days once we leave.”
“Hope you had fun with the world.” He said.
“You know me so well, brother.” She joked. “Just the usual thwarting of plans and deviation of funds.”
Ruby let out a polite laugh.
“Okay, everything’s in order, I’m notifying Team Maus and getting ready to leave the World in three, two, one-”
The World’s barrier softened and the ship crossed it, effectively leaving the World to places unknown for those inside. Just like when they arrived, this wasn’t lost on a number of observers. But seeing nothing else happening, they quickly went back to their business.
All except for two, one could almost see a little thread still connecting them to one of those in the ship. A promise of return.
Another, in a much higher seat, observed how the ship left the World and traveled the Outside. It made them ponder, but they didn’t act. If anything, their World had been enriched by this visit.
The few Unowns observing closed their eyes and Arceus’ attention wandered back to his own matters. Fate had a funny tendency to get out of control if they weren’t keeping it under watch after all.
They still turned towards a series of islands and one of their children. While they weren’t a prankster, the God Creator certainly enjoyed a bit of humor from time to time.
Cynthia walked out of the airport and took a moment to enjoy the view. She had changed her normal and well-known black clothes for a much lighter white set of clothes fit for the tropical weather.
It had taken some time to clear her work load enough that she could take her vacation days and not expect to return to a region on fire.
“Good morning, Champion.”
She turned to the source of the voice. “Professor Kukui, quite a surprise to see you being my welcoming committee.” She joked. “And please, right now I’m on vacation, so call me Cynthia.”
“Then please call me Kukui.” He smiled and walked with her as they left the airport. “I assume you came looking for the mysterious woman?”
“Yes, though I won’t deny I do need some r and r.” She smiled before releasing her Lucario who shook their head.
“Just a tip, you won’t be able to find them unless they let themselves be found.” Kukui offered. “I tried.”
“Worst comes to pass, I will just enjoy some time off with my Pokemon.” She stated with a smile as she caught something in the corner of her eye.
Her reaction wasn’t missed by the professor who turned to look in the same direction as her. A familiar, pink-haired woman was leaning over a railing, facing away from them.
She rushed over. “Excuse me.” She quickly called out.
The woman turned to look at her and Cynthia couldn’t believe she had found her so quickly.
“ You arrived too late. ” The familiar sensation of Psychic Type’s speech entered her mind and before her eyes the figure of the woman popped like a soap balloon.
In their place there was now a small, pink feline, large eyes looking into hers before a childish giggle filled her mind.
“ Better luck next time! ” Mew said before zipping away from the spot they had been floating on. Fast enough that she almost missed the bit of gold hanging from their tail.
“That… that was definitely not what I expected to happen when coming here.” Cynthia admitted.
Kukui covered his mouth, trying not to laugh.
She then sighed. “Okay, with that done it seems that I’ve my schedule free, I think I could use some relaxation after meeting a Legendary out in the open.”
“Welcome to Alola, they truly wander around in the open sometimes.” Kukui said in good humor.
She just shook her head, at least she now could relax without many worries, hopefully.
Once more things fell into a routine at the ship.
Though that didn’t mean some things didn’t advance inside the Long Fortune. Team Maus had taken well to the relaxation and the amount of freedom Magnus and Orange provided to the trio.
Each had thankfully kept from getting into much trouble outside of some pranks and fun they had at other people’s expenses. They also acted a bit more individually, enjoying some time away from the other two during.
They had even taken to personal hobbies, besides training that is. Which was all good in Magnus’ opinion.
On the other hand, Magnus and Ruby had been overtaking a large project together. They had started to develop a large magical array that concentrated energy and dyed it of a particular element before solidifying it into an Evolution stone.
Of course they hadn’t had much trouble on managing to make the first one, the bad news was that it was huge . As in actually uselessly big and requiring too many Magends to activate and manage properly.
In a way, this was good as it meant they had a nice project to work on together as they advanced towards their next, unknown World.
Though nothing had been as surprising as when Orange had announced they had gotten a message from home. The fact that it was a message and not a call showed just how far they had ended.
“ Magnus, congratulations on surviving. ” The image of his father said, very much in jest. He hoped. “ First of all, it’s great to hear from you, just keep in mind that only about fifteen months have passed for us while you should be approaching your twenty-first birthday. Your mothers send their best wishes, though I imagine they will talk with you in their own recordings. ”
He smiled, it was nice to hear his father once more. His old man ran through a few interesting bits that had happened after he left, thankfully most had been pretty calm outside of the monthly idiot trying to win a Darwin’s Award.
His dad’s Earth wasn’t a utopia, yet. Though he doubted it would ever reach that point, his siblings had been working for decades into improving the situation. Unfortunately there were still too many old people entrenched in their ways. Their power had been reduced to almost nothing and the youngest generation was mostly enjoying the prosperity and ignoring them, didn’t mean they weren’t being a nuisance from time to time.
Her mom’s world, on the other hand, was in a constant state of chaos and change. It was practically impossible to put any kind of order in it. Heroes, villains, champions, chosen ones, mad scientists, geniuses, etcetera, the world just produced them by the dozen.
“ In other news, with your message we have also managed to get an idea of where you are, this means we’ve started to plot the Outside in your direction. Hopefully we’ll manage to establish a solid channel of communication in the short order. ” His father explained.
He was certainly understating what it meant if that channel was established, it would also make it so much easier to travel back and forth, just like they had done with the buoys in the last few Worlds. It could cut travel time as much as down to a tenth.
“ Your siblings have also decided to head out, so they may catch you somewhere in the middle, though I can’t say if they will get distracted somewhere. ” Rick said. “ Though both of them still have a few things to finish here, they will most likely have already left by the time you receive this message. ”
He would like that, especially if it meant throwing Team Maus at his sister for a while, he wasn’t mean enough to throw them to his brother.
“ Finally, ” his father said after a while of talking, “ with your birthday incoming I decided to send an upgrade for the Long Fortune. Orange noted that you and your girlfriend have been enjoying the greenhouse quite a lot, so it should now be able to continue growing and develop into a proper living World. All functions of the Greenhouse will remain, but you should be able to introduce larger and more extreme biomes from now on, alter gravity, time to an extent and even the composition of the elements in certain areas. This means you will be able to experiment more with plants and such. I’ve to admit it’s never been a field I explored as much as I should and most of the time I simply set things up and watched them develop. ”
“Well, that will be an interesting change.” He ignored the implications of his father’s gift when it was Ruby who used the Greenhouse much more than he did. He would still thank him.
He would have to see how things changed, he also wondered how long until they reached their next World. Something told him it would be a fun one.
Chapter 21
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 21
Romeo took a moment to close the book he was reading. It flickered like an image on a corrupted video and disappeared from his hands in a cloud of pixels. He had been surprised the first time, even asked Orange if anything was broken. She had simply answered that it was just a cosmetic effect and not to worry about it.
He simply shrugged the strange effect once more, just like the first time after getting it explained. The book was just a solid construct to read through one of the many manuals his System gave him access too. He had found to have an easier time when reading a physical book than a screen, so this fit him well.
With his eyes closed, he concentrated on what he had read in the book before prodding at that small sensation that usually fed into his transformation ability. He opened them slowly and suddenly the world was filled with more color, though mainly around Magnus and Ruby’s Magends as they worked with the man a bit further away.
It was mainly clouds of steel blue, the color of concentration and focus. Though he didn’t miss the few pinks and reds that wandered between the two people carrying a large ritual, signs of love and affection. He would have needed to be blind to not see that part even without empathic vision. There were also a few stray spots of a dull, weak yellow which was… not fear exactly, but nervousness if he remembered right. It made sense that they would be nervous when hoping what they were working for worked.
He could also see some difference between each Magend, but more interesting was how Magnus seemed to carry multiple emotional currents. He knew the man thought in a different way, but this was the first time he had seen proof of it. Outside of the few random comments and decisions he tended to make which made little to no sense to him.
He felt as magic shifted and the steel blue swallowed everything, there was suddenly full focus in effect as the magic circle lit up and shrank . From a diameter of nearly twenty meters it was reduced to five and the use of power was streamlined.
The smell and taste of recently cut grass filled his mouth as he saw something start to take form at the center of the array. He was too far to see it well, but the System provided quite a clear image of a green crystal slowly taking form. A small seed of shiny green that unfolded into a single green leaf that remained floating in the air even as the array dissipated once its work was done.
In his opinion it looked like their experiment had been fruitful, or at least leaf ful. It sort of surprised him and not, he had seen a few Leaf Stones for sale back in their last World. They tended to appear as fossils, so this may be one without the rocky bits.
He closed his eyes and ended the empathic vision spell, his eyes itched a bit as they suddenly felt very dry, forcing him to blink repeatedly to wash it off. He opened the book which quickly reappeared in his hands to make sure it wasn’t anything worrisome.
To his own surprise he stopped before reaching the necessary page as he could feel the answer already in his head. The sensation was more from the excessive amounts of energy in the air than anything he had done. As if he had opened his eyes under highly-chlorinated water.
He let the book go and instead opened the window of his System, it was easy to navigate to his Job and see that he had managed to develop the Basic Empathic Vision. He was glad to see that his work had been just as fruitful.
If he had to be honest, the idea had come mainly from an off-comment from Magnus about a good support should understand his companions and enemies. It also wasn’t the only thing he had been studying, taking first aid lessons under one of Ruby’s Magends was a curious thing, also made him envious by the fact that she could simply know stuff by creating them. However he had read through some of the files Orange had taken from the lab, and seeing what she had gone through…
Still, he was looking to shore up his abilities, they had learned to fight quite well, as one or as a team. But they had lacked in other fields, their stealth capabilities were practically all self-taught. It was true that it came normal for Wererats, but that didn’t mean that having a teacher didn’t help in making sure you didn’t make the most common mistakes.
He knew that Moisha had taken to learning as many fighting styles as possible, he wasn’t entirely sure what she expected to get from it. But given the amount of effort, the reward should be quite useful. On the other hand, Lydia had taken to magic under Magnus. He was still trying to ignore the cackling. Orange’s comments about ‘Unlimited Power’ were worrisome.
A stray thought made him stop and retrieve the Z-Crystal they had acquired back in the last World. It wasn’t technically his, but they had decided that he could keep it because he had been the one to turn the mission into a success.
He took a soft breath before once more activating his Empathic Vision, it came so much easier this time. There was also no itch on his eyes as he had left the Greenhouse and the rest of the ship wasn’t as saturated. He froze when he looked towards the crystal.
It was a rolling mess of emotions, while it was built on a sense of companionship, the light purple was lost in a mess of dark emotions. Envy, jealousy, sadism and others. Their colors mixed into a murky darkness that sent a shiver down his spine.
Had he been carrying this all along? He would have to bring it to his teammates and most likely discuss it with Magnus. He wasn’t feeling so sure about trying to use it anymore.
He closed his eyes and put the crystal away as he decided to look for them right away. Only the fact that it was safely in his inventory kept him from rushing.
Magnus watched as Ruby ran the array once more, this time it was barely a few meters wide and only needed two of her Magends to activate it. He observed how the energy coming off the berry trees nearby coalesced into a green seed before it unfurled into a leaf, just like the previous tests had done.
She grabbed the result once it was finished.
“It looks good.” She said and handed it to him.
He nodded as he studied it too, it felt pretty similar to the previous examples and more focused compared to the actual Leaf Stones Orange had acquired for him. It made sense to him, this was a pure crystal and not something created naturally.
“I would say this is a success.” He said, a smile on his lips as he proceeded to do the same with the crystal as he had done with the previous ones.
He easily crushed it between his hands before sprinkling the dust under the berry trees, a light green shine on the dirt already visible.
“That should be very helpful to make the berries grow faster.” Ruby mused as one of her Magends ran a test on the plants. “Though… don’t you think it may cause problems if we reinforce the plant’s growth with the same energy they produce?”
“That’s why we’re only trying with this patch right here.” He reminded her. “We’re just quickening the normal process as part of that energy would have ended in the ground already. Still, we’ve to keep an eye and run a few tests daily to make sure they don’t mutate malignantly.”
The improvements in the Greenhouse had been very useful as they proceeded with their experiments, the World inside the ship was more alive than ever before. It was also why this berry tree patch had been sectioned from the rest as they had run their experiments.
“Honestly, the worst case scenario I can foresee is the berry trees evolving into a Pokemon given the energies of the Evolution Stone we created.” He mused.
“Could that really happen?” Ruby, stunned, asked.
“Maybe? I would say it was bound to happen if my brother was around, as it’s usually Water that lends itself to Life more than Light. But I do carry a bit of the Worlds we visited, and with them there’s the promise of Life somewhere there.”
And it had been a surprise when he had found the fact that he had taken along with him a bit of both Worlds. Alongside the spark from Hyrule there was now a smaller one from the Fighters’ World and one in the middle from the Pokemon World.
He suspected Mew had slipped it in place along with the knowledge they had given him. But that didn’t explain the other one, which led him to the theory it would just happen again and again for any place he visited. He did remember thinking about accumulating a bit of the essence of the places he visited, though he had been more thinking about knowledge and memories.
“Is all okay?” Ruby asked as he had grown silent.
“Yes, I was reviewing the ritual.” He fibbed, thankfully his latest perk was about increasing the efficiency of rituals, which was pretty useful in improving their work.
Their attention was taken when his sister contacted them.
“ I just finished scanning the new World, and it’s a doozy. ” She announced.
They exchanged a look before moving towards the bridge of the ship, Team Maus joining them a moment later.
“Good news and bad news!” She announced with her usual exuberance. “It’s a mostly modern World with some magic in it. Scans show it to be March nineteen ninety five, so there’s enough technology going around for me to mess with things, but not enough to really mess things up. On the other hand I could practically take over the tech giants with little difficulty if I wanted.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow. “You’re speaking as if you want to take over, are you getting the jitters like most of our siblings do?” That made Orange laugh.
“Jitters?” Moisha prompted.
“It’s an internal joke of the family that us Metaloid were made to take over civilizations. Mainly because that was more or less the first thing we aimed to do as a species while following our father.” She answered. “Anyways, it may depend on if we’ll go in and what we will do.”
He gestured to her to continue as his sister was milking it.
“That’s because here comes the bad news, this is a Wizarding World.” She announced and he couldn’t help but groan.
“What’s a wizarding World?” Romeo asked, worried.
“Similar to the previous World we visited,” Orange took the lead in explaining, “this World is also a known one, or at least what it contains. Half a century ago back in our World there was a children and young adults series of novels that depicted this World. Long story short, there’s a lot of human supremacy, racism, slavery, stupidity in droves and most likely some heavy inbreeding going on.”
He spoke after her. “The Wizarding World is a mess, magic users, usually called Witches and Wizards make up for a tiny percent of humans, like point oh three in just the few areas they live. And there’s only like half a dozen large settlements mixed in with normal human cities. They also decided to go into hiding more than a few centuries ago and kinda stalled in their societal development.”
“That sounds, like, a total mess.” Moisha said.
“Oh, it gets worse from there. If they just decided to hide and not bother anyone else then I wouldn’t have too much trouble. It becomes an actual problem because they, for all intents and purposes, see themselves as better than normal humans and other magical beings. So they not only want nothing to do with normal humans, but also see no reason not to just wipe normal people’s memories if they witness acts of magic, no matter the side-effects of the memory erasing magic carries.”
“They can’t be that bad, right?” Ruby mused, always the hopeful.
“Eh, as far as it’s been shown, even the best of them can be pretty pro-establishment and status quo.” He shrugged. “It’s a pretty flawed place and at the end of the day it’s hanging from a thin thread before chaos truly breaks out.”
“My brother’s right, their method of keeping their secret society is running on a timer. Once technology advances enough, world-wide access to the internet and smartphones reaches a certain point, hiding magic will become truly impossible. They have around a decade and a half before mundane people start to pick things up and magic people will most likely won’t react fast enough, as from their point of view mundane people’s advances just don’t matter.”
“They are also pretty cult-ish.” Magnus mused. “They have only a few learning places, they instill a sense of fear of others , who are also lesser . Most people either work for their government, small shops or teach, you practically don’t exist for normal people, their school system is literally medieval.” He shrugged again. “There’s more, but it all follows some worrisome lines.”
“Then we’re skipping this shitty World or something?” Lydia said.
“Actually, I want to go in.” Magnus grinned. “I want to cause chaos and throw everything on its head. I’ve a pretty good idea, but we will need to get some more Metaloids.” He looked at Orange. “Think you can expedite our siblings catching up to us?”
“Well, dad said that Milo and Claire were on their way, but I doubt our brother’s coming here on ship and Claire’s most likely getting distracted somewhere, so I think I may be able to ping the last ship.” She grinned. “I would suppose we should enter the World then to prevent time from screwing us up. Plus I would need to do some more extensive scans to find good targets.”
“Targets?”
“Morally correct targets even.” Magnus answered and pulled his cherry tree wood mask. “And I’ve a great idea of how to make this even more fun for all of us.”
The plan wouldn’t be easy nor simple, and it would definitely take plenty of setting up. But there was something very fun about the idea of sowing chaos for the incoming silent invasion.
For Brianna it had been a couple of weeks since her Brittany wedding, and she had moved to her own house with her husband, Stryyp. This meant the house was mainly just Gina and her as their parents had taken to spend more time together going out. Though it wasn’t as if Brittany didn’t visit frequently.
For Brianna it had also been a few very introspective weeks. Once the wedding had ended and everyone had headed back to their places, her parents had sat down with her to talk. She had denied that something was wrong with her, and insisted she was okay. But even if her creation had been strange and unexpected, they were still her parents and knew her well enough to get Brianna to open up to them.
She had been denying it mainly to herself, insisting in her mind that all was okay. But it had turned out she still held a deep-seated resentment for her sisters, for Gina and Brittany. A lingering effect of the curse, or just a facet of their personalities combined together to form a fear of being less than them.
She didn’t want to admit she had rejected her father’s initial offer of help. But her mother and him had soon gotten her to accept setting some sessions with a Balance Mage to help her. Apparently Balance Mages were professionals in helping people with mental and magical ailments, and did so very commonly in Jade.
Of course it would take some time, between reaching to said mage in Jade, for them to have time for the sessions and setting up a method for them to travel back and forth. It would not be something short either. Until then she would keep herself occupied with her Peebos and practice some meditation exercises taught to her by her dad.
And there were also the daily check ups of the little fox that had helped them. The small, black and purple being was still laying on a pillow in one of Gina’s labs; along with a dozen machines all trying to scan them. So far nothing worked.
“Nothing new?” Gina asked as she approached her.
“No, I thought I saw some movement earlier. But I think it was just some air current swaying his fur.” She answered.
“I’m sure things are improving, so don’t worry so much.” Gina said, patting her shoulder. “Plus whatever that system he has is, it’s still working.”
“I wish it answered more and it wasn’t so dodgy about its answers.” She grumbled and took one of the tablets from the table to look into them.
“I wouldn’t try, they keep failing to get anything.” Gina said.
“I know it’s just… I’m worried because he said he was running on low power, whatever that meant, so I’m worried that he proceeded to use everything he had for Raphiel.” She said, thinking out loud.
“Wait, repeat that.” Gina interrupted her.
“That he burned his energy to save Raphiel?” She tried.
“No, before that.”
“That he was running low on power?”
“That’s it! He’s low on power, that means he’s focusing everything on recuperating power.” Gina deduced.
“… that would mean,” Brianna mused, “that no scan is getting any result because he’s doing the opposite of producing energy.”
“He’s sucking any kind of energy aimed in his direction!” Gina finished. “No scan worked because they were all trying to read what comes out of his body or showering him with their own energy.” She gestured to the empty scan results. “But it was like throwing stones into a hole so deep that we can’t know if they hit anything.”
“Then we just have to pour more energy on him!” Briana said hopeful.
“We should still be careful, we can start with one megawatt and go up from there.” She happily said as she ran to get one of the large lights she kept around for experiments.
The moment said light was aimed at the fox and turned on it became obvious he was absorbing the power. Light visibly bent and was swallowed by his body, part of her wondered if this was what observing a black hole was like.
As nothing happened, either good or bad, Gina slowly started to increase the power until they had to not only wear appropriate eye protection, but also stand behind the blast shields as the bit of light not being absorbed by the fox-shaped black hole was heating the surroundings by several dozen degrees.
The moment she felt something change she rushed to turn off the high-power lights. The sudden disappearance of light left her blinking blindly until she could see again.
Magnus appeared to have woken up, the pillow they had placed under him was severely signed and still smoking from the intense heat.
“…hello?” His voice came through slowly and weakly, making him grunt as he hadn’t spoken in over a week.
Magnus stirred slowly, his everything hurt like nothing else before. The worst part was that he could feel and recognize every little problem he was having. At least whatever they had been doing before he woke up had recharged him enough to kick-start his regeneration. Even if it wasn’t enough to reignite one of his stars.
He blinked the tiredness off his eyes as he studied his surroundings. It appeared to be some pretty advanced lab, most likely someone’s personal place given what he could observe. He suspected most would miss the little details, but he had been born in someone’s personal (mad) lab after all.
Two blonde women entered the room a moment later, he quickly remembered seeing them in the wedding. And in his dad’s name, what went through his mind that he tried to do something so stupid? Oh right, he liked to help.
He felt inside of him, his soul actually looked to be in a better situation than it had been when he awoke in the alley for some reason. It would need proper study, but he was up and that meant he could take some matters in his own hand to improve his situation.
“Good morning.” He greeted the pair as thankfully the System could give him the time of day and just how long he had been out for.
“You’re okay.” The taller of the duo said in quite honest happiness.
He was surprised by how strong she was feeling, to the point her magic was reacting to her emotions openly; most likely she wasn’t magically trained even with her high potential.
“Welcome back to the world of the living.” The bespectacled one added.
He made a point of looking around. “I don’t know, I’ve been to the kingdom of the dead, it was more active than this.” He joked.
“That’s just because Gina’s lab rarely admits guests.” The taller blonde said. “Anyways, I don’t remember if we presented ourselves back at the wedding. I’m Brianna and this is Gina, you talked mainly to our dad, Theodore Diggers.”
“Nice to meet you then, I’m Magnus Andes, though I also go by traveler-” He froze as he pronounced the word. “Oh-”
“Everything okay?” Brianna’s tone indicated she was worried.
He thanked her for the feelings, but remained silent as he thought about it. He was no longer the Traveler, the Traveler had effectively left the World. It meant he would have to find a new title for himself. What a curious experience.
“I’m sorry about that, I think I’m no longer the traveler anymore.” He couldn’t help but let out a small laugh. “Just Magnus will do, and once more, thank you for keeping an eye on me.”
“It’s the least we could do after you resolved the situation in such a way during the Wedding.” Gina said. “Though I want to ask, what exactly did you do?”
“I rewrote the Truth,” he explained, “I declared what had happened to be a Lie and instead set a new Truth. It helped that Tanya wasn’t there and everyone wanted to believe the new Truth.”
“That’s… crazy, how do you even…” Gina said, startled and started to mumble to herself.
“It doesn’t matter, I want to thank you and I’m sure Raphiel would thank you too for giving him a second chance.” Brianna bowed to him.
“It’s okay, I like to help. Plus the more he lives his life the more solid the Truth becomes.”
“How would that work?” She asked.
“Lies can be rejected by observation, but Truth only becomes stronger as more people observe it to be so.” He explained. “The more people see him going around, living his life, interacting with others, the harder it is for the Truth to be rejected. Unless Tanya can convince everyone, the Truth will just become the actual reality.”
“How do you even start that?” Gina mainly complained.
“My father didn’t skimp when making me and my siblings.” He answered.
“You were created?” Brianna quickly asked in a strangely personal tone.
“Yes, my parents weren’t biologically compatible, so dad took matters into his own hands.” He answered. “I’m still the son of my father and my mothers, but he did modify our genetic material quite thoroughly, on top of all things he had done to himself before. So I’m unique.”
“Oh…” Her tone surprised him.
Gina sighed. “Brianna was unexpectedly created when my sister and I tried to remove a curse from ourselves.” She explained. “And I would do it again.” She added and patted her sister’s arm.
“I don’t want to impose, but how about we move somewhere better to talk? I’m sure we all would enjoy it more somewhere that didn’t smell scorched.” He joked.
Gina snorted and Brianna smiled. “Sure, especially because Gina’s needing some sunlight.”
“Hey!”
“You barely left your lab this last week, come on.” Magnus jumped after Brianna as the woman picked up the shorter blonde and carried her out.
He couldn’t deny his new life had taken a very weird turn. But no one said he wasn’t adaptable.
Notes:
Ritualistic (100CP)(Azeroth):You are much more skilled at elaborate rituals. You often find that if a ritual calls for the blood of 10 virgins, you can get away with just 5. This only applies to magic such as Enchanting or Inscription, not to anything scientific in nature. So you'll still need those two batteries for your rock'em sock'em robots.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Wild – 22
Magnus took a moment to breathe in and taste the air of the garden, the large open space was quite nice with the sun still not up to the zenith. He could feel the magic wards over the area and practically feel the sweat that soaked the ground, it was very obvious the area was used to train very frequently.
Brianna placed a plate with juice in front of him and handed Gina her own drink before she sat down with her own. He leaned down to lap at the juice, it felt nice for his parched throat.
“Doesn’t that feel a bit demeaning?” Brianna prompted.
“Not really.” He laughed softly. “Until I recover enough energy to take my larger form I just lack thumbs and there’s little I can do until then.” He could technically do an imperfect transformation. But that would be tiring when he needed to save as much energy as possible.
In addition there were plenty of advantages to being small and adorable.
“How long will you need to recover your energy?” Brianna asked.
He honestly shrugged. “Quite a long time, unless you have a star or two laying around that I can snack on. But I doubt you would like me to eat your sun.” He proceeded to lean down and lap some more of the juice.
They laughed at that.
“What are you? Some kind of eldrtich being?” Gina joked.
“Yes.” He quickly answered. “I’m a being that exists in multiple dimensions, my true form can cause severe mental damage and I technically come from outside your reality. I think I fit pretty well in the eldritch category.” He added.
“Then why are you so small and fuzzy?” Gina asked as two small bots had climbed the table and were studying him.
“Because people can’t be angry if I break into their places and empty their fridges when I look like this.” He said and gave her his best puppy dog eyes. “I’m adorable.”
The both of them laughed so loudly the two bots ran away surprised, making him laugh too.
“But yeah, I’m mainly just in power saving mode like this, I’m usually more of a biped fox-like being, a bit over a meter and a half with a long mane of purple hair and opposable thumbs. And even that’s not my main form, but… well, you’ll see.”
Gina hummed and rubbed her chin. “I think I could make a fusion battery for you to feed on.”
“I can also snack on fissile materials, my body can simply turn matter back into energy if necessary.” He added before turning to Brianna. “There’s one thing I want to ask permission for.” She nodded slowly. “You said you were created by a curse, I want to very carefully try to read your magic.”
“My magic?” She asked surprised.
He nodded. “You told me you were created by a combination of the curse and imprints from Gina and Brittany. The latter a Werecheetah, aka a pretty strong magical being in themselves, plus one that if I’m not wrong, is technically the result of a curse.”
“How do you know that?” Gina interrupted him.
“I did some observation of a similar being, a Wererat. While they are born, they are the result of a very old, ancient curse.” He explained. “And I want to specify, this will be an invasive procedure, I’m mainly asking permission to look at your soul… though I think you call it Aura here if I’m not wrong.”
“What’s the worst that could happen?” She asked seriously.
“Depending on the curse, it could activate and try to attack me.” He answered. “While I doubt this is that kind of curse, this wouldn’t be the worst as I would just eat it and burn it into energy for myself. The problem with lingering curses is that they are akin to a piece of heavy metal lodged in a living body. Said body will slowly break the piece down, effectively poisoning itself by spreading smaller quantities of it through their cells.”
“I don’t know, dad wanted me to see a Balance Mage.” She said softer.
“If he thinks a professional can help then I think we can wait.” He nodded. “Thankfully there shouldn’t be any rush.”
“No.” Brianna’s words made Gina and him surprised. “Even if we get nothing out of this, I would prefer to do anything to improve myself.”
“I understand.” He nodded. “Now, keep in mind that you will feel observed on a very deep level and it can get most people feeling nervous. Unfortunately I’m not my brother, he’s the expert on soul matters. But I’ve learned enough from sheer osmosis.”
He gave a small explanation before concentrating. He didn’t have enough skill, nor power, to do anything big on her soul. But if he was right…
He opened his eyes to the World. Instantly both Gina and Brianna shivered and he could see them.
Gina’s Aura was very similar to her physical self and very pure. Not in the normal sense people used when talking about that kind of stuff. But she had a very clear and solid goal in life, one that she followed through, and that mattered a lot in these matters.
Brianna was visibly quite more interesting. To start she was two or even three times her physical body and held a lot of Potential to his eyes. He doubted Gina was a good example of a normal Soul since her father was apparently an Archmage. But he could see the fusion of two people in addition to the nature of the curse, or curses, had given her a lot to tap into.
His attention focused on a thin, “dead skin”-like substance wrapped around her figure. This was most likely the curse, her body was trying to break it down, but it lingered. Thankfully it was mostly inert, and had been so for a while. He would have to ask her father if he had been the done to do so, because even like this he could tell the man was an artist to pull such complex magic.
A bit of his Darkness reached out and snatched the leftover curse, throwing it into his mouth to devour. It tasted like bad luck, nothing too serious nor too big. But it would be stubborn to remove, it had exchanged reach and power for defense; proof that it still technically lingered.
He could see how smart they had been in how they removed it. A specifically keyed biomass was used to trick the curse into one target instead of two. Of course such ingrained curses remembered their Souls well enough that it ended up acting as a mould for a new one.
He allowed the remains of the curse to lay in his stomach to get digested as he closed his eyes and sighed.
“It’s done.” He announced. “I removed the biggest remains, taking the rest would have been inefficient. I would have wasted more energy than I would get back and your body will safely take care of the little bits, without another large source you should purge the rest along for a few weeks, especially if you’ll be seeing a professional to reinforce your improvement.”
Brianna patted her chest. “It’s… as if an almost imperceptible weight was lifted off. Thank you.” She explained as she rubbed her shoulders and neck.
Gina gave another shiver. “Brr, you really meant it when you said I would feel observed.”
The house’s back door opened and out came Doctor Diggers followed by his wife.
“Hello girls and, oh! This is quite a surprise, good to see you awake, Magnus.” Theodore said.
“Greetings, and yes, they were able to help me recover a bit faster.” He bowed his head. “And all it took was a few thousand megawatts of power.” He half-joked.
The man laughed, thinking it was a total joke. “I’m glad to hear that, I can vouch that they will find a solution to any problem presented to them, even if there will be collateral damage sooner or later.” The last part of his comment made the two of them look away embarrassed. “By the way, this is my wife Julia.”
“A pleasure to meet you, ma’am.” He bowed his head.
They laughed softly, but it was hard to miss the sharpness in each little movement. The woman was extremely trained and barely showed it. “The pleasure’s mine, you did keep my daughter’s wedding from becoming a complete mess.”
“Talking about that problem, how’s the golem doing?” He asked.
Theodore chuckled. “Well, that young man, Raphael, is getting acquainted with the Amazons in Jade. He’s being kept from dehydrating and in seven or eight months a new litter, or two, of Werecheetah will be born.” The man answered. “And now that you’re awake, I would like to ask more questions about what you did exactly.”
“I see no problem with that.” Magnus answered. “I explained a bit to Gina and Brianna, but I imagine I may be able to explain a few more complex subjects to you.”
The man laughed lightly, getting a look from the women of the house, it was obvious something that had come in the past. And Magnus didn’t doubt it would come again in the future.
He felt immensely lucky, though he also felt incredibly hungry, it would take time to reignite his starts. But at the moment, it could wait.
Magnus gave Ruby a smile. “How do I look?” He asked as he fixed his dark suit.
“Very evil.” She observed.
He couldn’t help but grin as he turned towards the tall mirror. His sharpened teeth were always a wicked look in his human form; also very fun. His hair was nearly black, only a sheen of purple was visible with the correct light. The white pupils with black sclera and the pale skin just made him unearthly and off-putting, though his natural charm made up for it. Even if his features were definitely more angular at the moment.
He chuckled as he mimicked the aura he had studied from the Dark-type Z-crystal that Team Maus had handed him. He had returned it after explaining it was safe to hold and even when in use it didn’t carry any kind of danger, Dark-type Pokemons lived on those emotions. Personally, he found it quite chilling and perfect for the role he would be playing.
“I can confidently say that no one will recognize you.” She said, “Though… is all of this necessary?”
“Necessary? Not really, or maybe not entirely .” He laughed a bit. “But fun, very fun. And sometimes that’s all that matters.”
She shook her head, but had a placid smile on her lips.
It had been a couple of weeks and finally they were getting ready for the first step of the plan. It had been mostly information gathering and correlating what they knew and how different the version of the World was. Finding it was very similar meant they could rely on a lot of information that wasn’t normally accessible.
“Plus I don’t think that killing literal soul-sucking monsters that are being used for a torture prison can ever be a bad thing.” He said, plus destroying said prison island and killing all prisoners.
All prisoners would be killed. He didn’t doubt a few could even be innocent, but at the moment he was pretty sure none of them were in any shape to rejoin society. There hadn’t been any new prisoners in a few years and the effect of Dementors would have already set in. This was mercy, it didn’t bother him one way or another.
Plus it did add to his ‘evil’ persona he would be playing.
“Stay safe.” She whispered before pulling him into a kiss.
“Hmm, of course, that’s why I’m aiming for a sneak attack.” He grinned before a golden portal opened for him. “Wish me luck.”
“Good luck.” She kissed him before he left.
He retrieved Hard Truth, the weapon looking as wicked as always before he stepped through and allowed gravity to pull him down.
He was high enough that all he could see at first was the gray of the permanent storm over the island of Azkaban. Even then he could feel the darkness hiding below, the vile, filthy pit that called for souls to feed on, metaphorically. He could also feel the Lie, the spell hiding the island’s presence. For him it was a lighthouse, a beckoning light that allowed him to aim better as he punched through the magical clouds.
His broadsword bit through the clouds and dragged them along as he kept on falling. The sight of the horrible, geometric tower prison came into view, first as a little dot, but quickly growing larger and larger. He could see the few wraiths flying around the place.
He didn’t panic by the quickly approaching target. Instead he retrieved a handle-shaped item. It was a one-time-use landing support item. The moment it became activated, a shell of magic wrapped around him, cutting the effects of gravity on him and immediately ceasing his fall after breaking through the roof of the prison.
Funny thing was that he would most likely survive such a fall without much problem, but he would have also likely punched through multiple floors and made his work harder.
A moment later the storm clouds caught up to him, swallowing the whole edifice.
He straightened up slowly and looked around, there was only one figure in the cellar he had ended inside. Even her emaciated figure didn’t erase her cruel smile, if anything it made it look etched on her face, black hair in terrible condition, barely above being bald as it stuck to her scalp. He Truly observed her and grinned.
“Bellatrix Lestrange?” He asked.
Her voice was so dry that it hurt to listen to her try to speak. “Ah… who’re you? You came to bring me to my Lord? I could feel him, he’s back and soon he will release me.” She quickly fell into rambling and laughing maniacally as she tugged on the chains holding her.
“In a way.” He answered as he approached her, hidden by the clouds still filling the room. Truth stabbed forward, his brute strength being the main reason the weapon punched through her sternum and came out of her back. “He will die too, you were just the lucky first.”
His magic turned virulent as it reached for the burning mark on her arm. Curious thing about Curses was that they weren’t inherently evil, if judgment was correctly carried, a Curse could be proper and fitting punishment. And for such a beast wearing human skin, his Darkness was fitting to carry a Curse of such magnitude.
Darkness turned virulent and pounced onto the Dark Mark barely visible on the woman’s wasted arm, the nature of the mark being crime enough for his Darkness to infect it and quickly spread through the network they presented. Bellatrix would have screamed as three gashes opened over the faint mark if her life hadn’t already fled her body.
Just like it would do for each person connected to that filthy network. He could hear pained screams from all over the building along with their sources suddenly lit up to his perception. The principle of similarity was very fun to abuse, and it wouldn’t be the last time it was used on that day.
“First one down.” He announced.
“ It’s working, I’m getting a few dozen signals from all over the isles and a few from Europe. ” Orange said in his mind.
He dropped the corpse as he kicked the cell door open before hunting the rest of the targets. It was impressive how there hadn’t been even one sign of reaction from the guards, at least the wizards. He could feel the wraiths becoming more and more active outside.
Just to bait them he activated a lure as he worked his way down the tower, killing every prisoner, most of them before they even realized what was happening. He didn’t spare a prisoner, cutting them down to a man or woman. Even the first guard that was unlucky enough to find him lost his head before he could see him coming through the magical clouds still filling the cells and hallways.
He finally reached the base floor and walked out into the courtyard at the center of the building, if it could even be called that. It was just a hold in the building giving it a vague tube shape. But what was important was that it opened to the sky, and through the opening came pouring down the Dementors.
“You! Stop what are you doing and…” The poor Auror that had had enough bravery to face him, saw that little courage melt away like a bit of snow in the sun as the dark swarm of wraiths came pouring from the sky.
At least he was smart enough to run before his body couldn’t move anymore.
To Magnus it felt like a dozen pebbles being repeatedly thrown against his front door. Bothersome and hard to ignore, yes. But it would take much larger rocks or a lot more pebbles to stop him.
Instead he pulled another of the items he had created specifically for this.
He quickly activated the unassuming sphere and a glowing blue chain shot out to stab right into the closest Dementor’s chest, causing the monster to scream out in pain and trash around.
Unfortunately for the beast, it was already too late. From its body multiple chains shot out, stabbing the next few closest, and from them to the rest. I repeated until every one of them had been stabbed, the chains growing invisible and intangible as they ran off into the distance, hunting the remaining targets.
The moment no more targets were available he grinned. The chains yanked them down into reach.
“You have soiled this World with your presence for long enough.” He raised Hard Truth. “I shall give you True Death.” He brought the weapon down.
They screamed silently all as one as death spread through all of them. Their figures fell down like broken bones and dirty rags, quickly collected in his inventory. Some use he may find out of them, even if just as bone meal. There would be a few he wouldn’t be able to recover as they dropped dead wherever they had been.
He could feel that no other living being remained on the island, meaning it was time to destroy it. He retrieved the last object, it would be mainly a light show, or well a dark show. Anyone observing would see the place getting swallowed by the inky darkness of the abyss. But he wasn’t his sister, so the truth was that illusion would burn through the place down to the foundations and beyond. Pure Light aimed to burn everything that had made this despicable place.
He retrieved the last orb that would run this program, placing it at the center of the courtyard before activating it. A metal stake shot down to lodge into the ground before the magic he had instilled into it started to thrum and sing. A mix of a whale’s song and the sound of a rock cracking under pressure.
“Everything’s in order.” He announced.
He quickly left through a portal as Darkness started to stir and Light coalesced at the orb. Stepping up to Ruby’s side he watched on the large screen as the ocean around the island darkened until it was a sea of ink. Then the Darkness rose, swallowing the whole tower, pitch black hid as Light ignited inside, consuming everything inside the boundary down to just pure magic.
Darkness dissipated and water just came in to refill the empty space.
“That increased the World’s quality by a considerable percentage.” Orange joked.
“Was it really that bad?” Ruby asked.
“Just being there literally reduced a person’s will to live, even before the Dementors came into play. The few guards were forced to eat chocolate daily to keep from going into severe depression. The fact that it’s technically the only magical prison in the area will tell you how bad things were.” He answered.
“Won’t people be in danger without a prison to put criminals in?” Ruby asked.
“Hopeful as always.” He teased her, earning himself a pout. “The truth is that they are already in danger, honestly most criminals are still out and working under the shadier parts of the government as we explained before or in hiding. Though Team Maus should be getting done with a few of the older ones.”
Just as he spoke a new Golden Portal opened, the three Wererats stepped through carrying almost comical bags of loot over their shoulders. The truth was that they were stocked full with magical and cursed items, the bags had been necessary to carry them safely.
“Honey, we’re home!” Romeo joked before dropping his bag down.
“Any problem?”
“Pff, that old foggy practically died the moment he saw us.” Lydia laughed it up.
“She’s not joking.” Orange laughed too. “The guy was practically a corpse and when he saw three shadowy figures he started to scream about death’s lackeys coming from him and his heart just stopped.”
“We still made sure to dispose of the body.” Lydia added, waving a fist-sized capsule.
He nodded, he was glad to see that those had worked well. He had created them while designing the illusion ritual for Azkaban, they used a Pokeball’s capture magitech before it erased the body it stored inside, leaving absolutely no lead of where the corpse went in as many levels as possible.
“I’m glad to hear that it worked well, with Riddle’s mark properly cursed we’ll have an easier time to start moving against them. The main problem will be acquiring the horcruxes in Hogwarts and Gringotts, which means we’ll most likely have to leave it to the good guys.” He grinned. “Of course it will be much easier now.”
A golden portal opened and Magnus watched himself walk through the portal. His hair was blonde and short, his features pale and his eyes bright purple.
“Of course it will be easier when we have this.” His second body said as he opened his hand, the first horcrux rested on his palm. The ring was sealed under half a dozen curses, but the Deathly Hallow it had been created on was already eating through those. “And I’ve to say, the curse looks delicious, I will start moving the soul fragment into something much easier to abuse.” He announced before stepping away.
Lydia made a show of shiver before looking at his evil-looking one. “I kinda understand how you managed to make two bodies. But what’s the hell with that version of you? You honestly make my skin crawl.”
“I think you’ve gotten used to my Lies when they aren’t pointed at you in addition to the protections the System provides.” He answered. “There’s also the fact that you saw me splitting, so you know it’s a Lie.”
“Yeah… I don’t think it’s that.” She said and then shrugged. “But it’s okay, we’ll be working with this you mostly, no?” He nodded. “Then there’s no problem, should we drop these bags in your workshop?”
“If you want, otherwise I will carry them later.” He answered.
The three gave the bags a look before they walked away while leaving them there, causing him to laugh a bit.
“Well, I did offer.”
They shared a quick laugh before he moved the objects. This was just the start of the plan, there would be plenty of chaos to unleash on the unsuspecting.
Dumbledore stepped into the dungeons and headed directly to Snape’s office.
The old wizard waved the potent fumes that came from inside the room when he opened the door. It was proof of how potent the ingredients being used were that these thick clouds barely moved to his gesture. A swipe of his wand cleared most of the air, with exception of the fumes collected at the top of the dome-shaped room.
“Severus, you called for me?” The man asked, worry strong in his voice. If it had been any other person, he would have delayed the visit, but-
The man stood partially over a bubbling cauldron as two others were steaming a bit away, one of his sleeves was being held up and exposing his left forearm. To the older man’s surprise, the Dark Mark was marred by three bloody gashes, the cuts were not only open, but openly bleeding. Given the pile of used gauze on the side he had failed to close it.
“What happened?” He asked.
“Unfortunately, I’m not entirely sure.” The man replied, his tone tired.
Before he continued speaking, he carefully scooped a bit of the contents from one of the steaming cauldrons with a ladle and poured it over the injury. Dumbledore watched in silence as the three gashes closed slowly, but much more quickly they started to reopen. A constant look of pain on his face.
“It started a couple hours ago.” Snape started to speak again. “I felt a tug and at first I thought he was calling us. But the sensation quickly turned into the most god-awful sensation as something spread through the Dark Marks before the three gashes materialized. Nothing I’ve tried sticks, the best I’ve done is a Slow Bleeding potion. I’ve been using two others to balance the side-effects, but it will soon become too toxic to continue.”
“And of course you can just go to Poppy.” The old wizard hummed and retrieved his wand. “Allow me to try something.”
Albus concentrated for a moment before he ran his wand through a complex series of movements, swishes and flicks before mumbling some words and tapping the injury.
A look of relief appeared on Snape’s face as the injury closed.
“Unfortunately that will only give us time.” Albus said. “You said a couple hours ago?”
“About two and a half hours if I’m not wrong, I apologize if I can’t give you a better estimate, after a bit the pain started to make it hard to concentrate on some things.” Snape said sourly.
“Because since about two hours ago there’s no more Azkaban.” The old wizard spoke and for a moment he looked so much older.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 23
“...What do you mean Azkaban is gone?” Snape asked after a moment of incredulous silence.
Dumbledore sighed and took one of the chairs to sit down. “The exact details are unknown at the moment, but the Aurors located at the island recall that there was suddenly an explosion that rocked the tower before everything was swallowed by a very dense fog. Apparently the Dementors started to act erratically before they started to hear screaming.”
Snape winced, but mainly because his arm looked raw over the Dark Mark, thin pink lines still visible over the magical tattoo.
“Auror Patel went after the attacker but never came back, and Auror Williamson confronted the attacker in the inner courtyard.” Albus continued. “He only got a short sight of them before he was forced to run as all Dementors flooded the area. He described the attacker as a young man of pale skin, black, long hair.”
“So we have absolutely nothing.” Snape said dryly. “That would describe a good majority of Dark Wizards out there.”
“I doubt most have braided hair past their waist.” Albus’ words made the potion maker raise an eyebrow. “So it may be a bit easier to recognize them.” He laughed softly, even if it sounded a bit forced. “Unfortunately the Aurors were forced to retreat as practically every Dementor in the area was attracted to the courtyard.”
Snape grumbled. “Just standing near that many Dementors would be troublesome for an experienced Wizard.” The man said. A very British understatement.
“Which makes it a surprise that any Dementor not stationed in Azkaban just fell dead with an eerie synchronicity.” Albus said. “Every last one of them simply went still before dropping dead where they were, as far as magic’s been able to tell, there’s no living Dementor left in the world.”
“Good riddance.” Snape spit out.
“Maybe.” Albus sighed. “By the time the Aurors that had retreated managed to explain the situation there was no island left. It’s gone down to the bottom of the ocean and the magic that once hid the island is gone as well.”
“I… I can’t even fathom how a whole island could disappear just like that, even with magic.” Snape said.
“I’ve to agree, even Muggles would have a hard time making a whole island disappear like that.”
“You don’t mean-”
“No, no, from my understanding a bomb capable of destroying an island would have caused massive panic all over the world.” He corrected him. “It would be impossible to hide its effects even with magic. Which means it should be magic, which brings our problem back to the start.”
“We’ve no idea how it happened, nor why it happened at the same time that this happened.” He gestured to his arm, before noticing a few beads of blood and wiping them off.
The old Wizard nodded. “I believe it’s a curse. From what I studied previously from your mark, I believe the bond that exists between them was used to spread it.”
Snape’s eyebrows rose. “The attack on Azkaban was used to hide the fact that the attacker got his hand on a living owner of a Dark Mark.” He theorized.
“I can’t do much more than guess on the order of the events. But I would imagine it happened pretty quickly, which surprises me given the complexity of casting such a curse would take.” Albus rubbed his beard. “Even if their target was severely weakened there would have been quite the resistance.”
“But why?” Snape mused. “Voldemort has no reason to act like this.”
“I was asking myself the same before coming here.” Albus let out a small laugh. “But from what I see, I think we’re not dealing with Voldemort in this case.”
“What?”
“I believe there’s a new player joining the board.” He answered.
“And their opening move was this?”
“Their first move effectively hit both Voldemort’s forces and the Ministry of Magic's most important aspect, their image .” Albus explained seriously. “Last time I checked, there were a total of eleven individuals in Azkaban that had been part of his forces, a number of them quite high up in it too. The attacker didn’t just keep them from rejoining Voldemort, but also managed to extend a curse through the mark.”
“The Lestranges, Rookwood, Mulciber…” Snape remembered out loud, getting a nod from Albus.”
“And while one death won’t destabilize the Auror forces, the destruction of Azkaban will certainly hinder the ministry in many ways.” He continued. “Unfortunately not enough to stop this damned tournament for some reason, with only one task left they want to show they can finish it.”
“If this was their first move, I fear what they will do next.”
Albus sighed. “It worries me too.” He said and shook his head.
Magnus took a moment to release the True Mirror Moon technique and became one being once more. The cherry wood mask rested on his hand, still as stark-white and bereft of details. It needed a proper name, but he hadn’t found one yet.
He was glad that the technique had worked, since the other masks allowed him to create clones from each race, why wouldn’t the mask that represented him create another him. Of course it was a pretty strong Lie. It was still a pretty tiring technique, much more than the other version. It made him wonder how his dad had pushed so far.
Still, he had two pretty interesting things to study, or well, one object with two things. Besides the acquired loot.
He could feel the Death in the stone and the vileness of the Soul fragment attached to it. Thankfully he could also feel that it was incapable of sensing the outside without someone actually wearing the ring.
First step would be separating them safely and devouring the lingering curse in the ring.
Unfortunately from the three siblings, he was the worst at dealing with souls. Thankfully that didn’t mean he was completely incapable, his brother and sister were just abnormal in that department, especially his brother.
He focused first on the Ancient Sheikah knowledge, impressively there were a few runes aimed to the containment of souls. It was most likely something used in those ancient prune monks at the end of the test Link would be running through once he woke up. Combining it with a constant stasis rune would be a good way to make sure the Soul Fragment didn’t cause any problems too.
He quickly set up an extractor, a container and an observation terminal. Placing the ring in the extractor and activating it had the desired effect. If anything he could say the Soul Fragment seemed eager to jump ships. The dark and smokey substance that filled the containment almost looked like a torn up piece of fabric, especially as the Stasis Rune activated and it froze completely.
“Good, good.” He mumbled and activated the observation part of the machine. The bad news was that it would take some time to finish as the stasis rune slowed it down quite a bit.
He turned his attention to the ring, and with a claw covered in darkness reached to tear the curse that was laid over it before flinging it into his maw to chew on. It was a pretty straightforward one, anyone that used the ring would die soon after. Of course the curse was moot if he didn’t wear the ring.
It wasn’t as if the curse wouldn’t be useful, a ring was meant to be used and the Horcrux would tempt the person that grabbed the ring to wear it. But that was the usual problem with powerful curses, they either needed very specific conditions to activate, or had very big loopholes.
It was just that he was one of the largest loopholes for most curses.
All that remained was the Resurrection Stone embedded on the ring. He could feel the aspect of Death from it, though it felt shallow and restricted. If he used it he could call images of people that had died, capable of thought and speech, they would also be in unimaginable pain for some reason. He also had no reason to use it except to torture some soul if he felt like it.
Honestly, just holding the stone meant he was screwing up a lot of other people’s plans, which was certainly hilarious. He would see to collect the other two and see about returning them to Death. In a very strange way, they were sort-of a family-friend after all. Or he could eat it, that was a possibility too.
For the moment he just dropped said ring in his inventory and cracked his knuckles. There was plenty for him to look through what Team Maus had brought with them.
Orange’s attention was on a dozen different places, taking over a number of large companies, getting patents for some large technological advances, buying suitable locations for new industry, even murdering one troublesome individual or two. All in all, she was taking it lightly.
Of course it wasn’t as if it was complicated for her, Metaloids had been doing things like these practically from their race’s conception.
The nineties also made it incredibly easy to carry a ton of these jobs, just enough technology to screw everyone, but not enough for them to notice her actions. She had just acquired enough of Microsoft while also convincing them to buy a new start-up that she created. It would be easy to have the company advance by a few leaps thanks to the patents under the start-up’s name.
She noticed one of the Wererats approach the bridge, which was more her room than anything else, way before she even opened the door.
“Hey Moisha.” She greeted her as she turned around to face the Wererat.
“Orange, sorry to bother you at this hour.” She said.
“I don’t sleep, Moisha, you could come and talk to me at any hour of the day and I will be up and running.” She waved it off. “Anyways, what do you want?”
“Actually, I just wanted to talk.”
Orange nodded. “Sure, I could use a little break from what I was doing.” Not like she couldn’t keep a few of those tasks running in the back of her mind.
“… what were you doing exactly? I’ve to admit I always see you here, but, like, never truly see you do much.” Her curious tone made her smile.
“Mostly collecting information and starting the setup to keep the world from imploding in the chaos of the aftermath.” She explained vaguely.
“Uh… I think Magnus’ whole plan of breaking up the secret of magic would mean a lot of people would panic.” She observed.
“It’s not just that, I’m also taking control of some large companies that will allow me to shape the progress of science and technology in the next decades. For example I’ve more or less taken over Microsoft and introduced advances in microprocessors that will strip anything anyone else will manage for a couple decades. But I’m also setting up better power generation and oil-based products production.” She smiled viciously. “All while kneecapping a few of the usual suspects of keeping those advances from coming through.”
“...how can you be this scary while sitting here like this! Teach me your ways, sister.” Moisha asked, impressed before both laughed.
“Please, you have your way, you just have to improve on that.” Orange said. “If you do want to make people quiver, look into the manuals the System has under Intimidation. I’m sure you can find something that works for you.”
“I will, Romeo was telling me it worked quite well for him.”
“The System is made for that, it rewards work, so if you put in the hours, you will get results.”
“Sometimes I forget I’ve access to such a bullshit thing.” Moisha laughed deprecatingly. “All I’ve managed so far is to get over the whole silver weakness, it hurts like hell. But now I’m not weaker to a silver blade than anyone else, anyone normal at least.”
“Oh, that’s a good one, and I don’t doubt it’ll affect your Job upgrade positively.” Orange nodded. “Of course it gets harder from there on, no matter what my brother may tell you, you usually need years to get past your second Job.”
“I imagined.” She said. “There’s something I want to ask about the little job you sent us for. As fun as it was, why choose them?”
“Oh, why this random asshole? Mainly because they were already on death’s door and lived alone, or nearly alone.” She laughed at her reaction. “Remember when Magnus mentioned the slavery? Yeah, there’s these Brownie-like beings magic people keep around as slaves to act as butlers and caretakers. Of course this particular idiot mistreated his enough and never ordered them to keep him safe, so when you three entered and his heart popped, the little thing didn’t do anything.”
“Wait, we were seen?” Moisha looked worried.
“That was the idea.”
“WHAT?!”
“We needed a witness.” She shrugged. “And a House Elf is good enough to act as a witness, but not good enough to actually do anything against our plan. And I’m not meaning to them not rising to strike us for the crime against his master. I’m speaking that the magic police practically tortured the little thing until it died to get as much information as they could because one of them thought they could have helped you enter the house.”
“But aren’t they forced to follow, like, all orders?”
“And they will feel pain if they go against them, yeah. But how could three random people just enter a house of such a magnificent wizard and steal so much. It’s obvious someone helped them!” Orange faked a very bad posh accent. “It wasn’t exactly a false flag operation, but certainly aimed to muddy the waters, especially because he was a well known supporter or wizard supremacy that would have sided with Voldemort in a few months.”
“So you used us?” She sounded offended.
“Maybe a bit?” She admitted. “I will try to not do it again, but it played too well in the plans to not do it. And it wasn’t as if you guys were in true danger.”
“Please.” The single word was honest and Orange couldn't help but nod and make a mental note to keep the promise.
“I understand, I’m sorry it came to you feeling like this.” She apologized.
“I do have a question, how did they know the guy died? We disposed of the body?”
Orange shrugged. “Magic.” She answered and changed the subject. “How about if I invite you to watch a movie? The ship has a pretty large collection of movies my family made in the past?”
“Family movies? Ain’t those like cringe?”
Orange snorted. “You forget the part where Metaloids were made to infiltrate and play any role. There’s also gratuitous amounts of magic used and no stunt double.” She laughed. “At the start we actually used normal guns, but they came up short to what people expected guns to be do in movies.”
Moisha laughed.
“Yeah, the first movie we tried doing people shot fell over crying in pain as they would in real life. It was very boring, and a little too visceral. So we developed stunt guns, now that I think about it, there should be a couple in storage if you want to try them.” She sent a request through the System and a gun fell onto her hand. “Here, it’s safe, they basically send someone flying a few meters and keep them harmlessly stunned.”
“Uh, this could actually be pretty useful.”
“Yeah, keep it, I can make more.”
“Thanks.” Moisha smiled.
Orange smiled back. She could take a break after all, world conquering needed to be done carefully after all.
Magnus smirked as he reached for ground covering the grave and a small application of his boots had the stone move away and exposed an old, weathered coffin.
It had been pretty easy to find the location of Little Hangleton and the local graveyard from there.
This wasn’t the first coffin he dug out, as there were three people that had been killed by Riddle. His father, his grandmother and his grandfather. He couldn’t say that any of them had been good people in life, but they certainly would be useful in death.
He could feel the touch of the spell that had been used to end the three of them, too fast to leave any grudge. But once more their lives hadn’t been the brightest and he could use that.
The lingering, natural Darkness and Death from the graveyard answered his call. Like boney, oily fingers covered in ruinous silks reached from the ground to wrap around the remains. He tapped on his knowledge of medicine as he poured cursed Darkness and vile intents into the meshed remains. Arthritis, gout, bone spurs, osteoporosis, scoliosis, marrow cancer.
He giggled internally, he wanted to see how Riddle enjoyed this little gift. He finished said gift by wrapping it in a Lie that they were all the correct bones and nothing had been done. He placed them down again and removed all signs of his presence from the spot.
Though before leaving he felt an idea come to him and quickly set up the area so it would magically light up if someone aparated into the area with a portkey. That should be a good justification for his other him to find the area.
Meanwhile, his other self was visiting Diagon Alley with Ruby, his girlfriend had magically dyed her hair to attract a bit less attention. Which was quite hard when the two of them definitely passed by supermodels in this World.
“Are you sure about these clothes?” She asked.
“Ugly as all hell, I know.” He laughed. “But you make them look good.” He whispered to her as they passed by the other people inside the Leaky Cauldron and waved to the man behind the counter before stepping right to the backdoor.
He could see the magic laid over the bricks, making it very easy to tap them with his wand and open the way through. Of course said wand was actually just a random stick he had found and Lied about. At the end, it was a magic stick.
“So what are we here for?” She asked.
“Besides looking around, there should be a pretty useful item in one of the shady shops.” He explained. Their words were wrapped in a lie, anyone else would hear the most inane conversation they could think. “It’s one part of a pair of items, acquiring it would be useful to keep it from landing on someone else’s hands. But it should also be useful to get past the castle’s defenses.”
Her eyes opened big in surprise. “And it’s laying just around like that?”
“Yeah.” He laughed. “In everyone’s defense, it’s actually a pretty rare magical item, so when you have only one it’s hard to know what it is. Plus I’m pretty sure the other one’s been left open, so you can’t use it.”
“Still…” She sounded disappointed.
They wandered through some of the normal stores of the street, making a stop at more than one to buy a few things. Their targets in the last few days had been quite useful to acquire capital for spending.
Ruby got a kick from the Herbology store, the local plants would be an interesting addition to the Greenhouse. And all it took was a Lie or two to convince the seller to part with some particularly dangerous seeds; it wasn’t as if they didn’t pay for every single one too. They made sure to pick a book on the subject too.
It didn’t go amiss for them how practically everyone they passed turned to look at them, and while they could have made sure no one remembered them, it would only make things more troublesome in the long term.
Slowly they made their way through the street and down one of the darker alleys, Knockturn Alley in specific. The whole atmosphere changed the moment they moved a few meters away from the main street, the sound of people died down and the sky went from clear to cloudy. The stench of an old smog-soaked building filled the air as they noticed the eyes peering from little windows and slightly open doors.
And while the shop they were heading towards was quite close to the main street, they still attracted attention and troubles like flies to vinegar. Because their way was interrupted by a man he would guess had Troll’s blood running in his veins.
“Whut’s a pretty witch like you hanging with this little man when you could be with a bloke like me?” He sneered at him.
He could feel Ruby shivering by his side, of course she was shivering because she was holding her laugh. He wondered when she had become such a naughty woman. However, instead of laughing out loud she gave him her best seductive smile and made him lean down before whispering something in his ear.
His eyes rolled into his head and his expression became vacant before he wandered away.
“Nasty.” He praised her.
“I took a page from your book.” She explained. “I created a Siren Magend and worked on learning that magic. Of course on someone with his level of intellect…” They chuckled before entering the dark and dreary store.
His eyes wandered over the items on display, ninety nine percent was crap or spooky-looking stuff to trick people. He could see a Hand of Glory that was very obviously transmuted pork, a collection of reduced heads that were dried monkey heads and a collection of books he was pretty sure had not a drop of magic, he would go as far as to say they were actually old mundane books with magic-sounding titles.
He chuckled in his head at the idea of selling a book bought on some random holistic shop about crystals to a witch or wizard.
There was still one percent of actual stuff. He could see a few pieces of cursed jewelry that made his mouth water. A set of bloody torture tools that had actually been used in the past. And a book he was pretty sure had been bound in human skin.
The man behind the counter looked at them.
“What do some pretty people like you want here?” He practically spit out.
“We came to buy, obviously.” He answered and walked forward. “A man like you must know that when hunting monsters you need some things that aren’t usually on the market.”
The shopkeeper let out a dry snort. “Sure. And I’m a law-abiding man that doesn’t work on that kind of thing, especially when I don’t know their names.”
“Oh dear, that’s unfortunate, then maybe you won’t mind if I look around? My last job filled my pocket and I could get one curiosity or two.” He easily shot back.
“Sure, whatever, this is a shop after all. Just don’t break anything or you will buy it for double.” He threatened.
Magnus smiled and wandered around, he quickly grabbed a few of the fake books out of curiosity and a few of the cursed pieces of jewelry.
The shopkeeper gave them a look. “That will be fifty Galleons.”
“Please, it’s barely thirty five, forty if the books were in better condition.” Magnus haggled.
“Bah, what do you even know of the good stuff, I won’t go under forty eight.”
Magnus snorted. “For that price I would have an easier time bribing an auror. Forty two.”
“Forty two?! I should call the Aurors for this attempt as broad-light robbery.” The man slammed his hand on the counter.
“Hmmm… how about forty five and you give me that cabinet you have over there. It’s a curiosity, but I doubt it’s actually worth anything.”
“You want tha-!” The man quickly shut his mouth. “The fifty Galleons if you want it.”
“Once more trying to rob me?” Magnus laughed, he pointed to another of the cursed pieces. “Add that bauble and I will pay the whole price.”
“Done.” The man growled. “Now give me the money, grab your stuff and never come around.”
Magnus nodded triumphantly and put the small objects into a fake mokeskin pouch before waving his wand and getting the cabinet to float out of the room.
“Was all that necessary?” Ruby asked once they were far away.
“Of course, haggling is always fun.” He answered. “Plus the money was cursed, he will not only not want to lose the cursed Galleons. But they will bring him bad luck.” He explained.
Ruby raised an eyebrow. “You’ve been using a lot of curses lately.”
He stopped for a moment. “Hmm, you’re right, maybe I should look into broadening into blessings, something to counteract the whole thing. Think you can create a Magend capable?”
She laughed. “Of course, though the question is if you will be able to learn them.”
“From you? Always.” He pulled her closer.
Chapter 24
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 24
Harry grumbled as he closed the notebook Hermione had gotten him. It was full of notes on spells, potions and random magical knowledge, every little bit written in his friend’s neat writing. By now he was pretty sure he had read through it multiple times. Unfortunately he wasn’t any closer to getting some of the most useful-sounding spells. It wasn’t entirely his fault, some of the spells were sixth year and above.
By now it felt like his mind was too full of knowledge to even worry about the upcoming Third Task. His wrist hurt from swishing his wand so much for nothing and his tongue felt swollen from speaking the complex tongue-twisters some of the spells required.
He had taken his glasses off to rub his eyes for a moment, leading to him missing when Hermione dropped on the couch by his side. Quickly putting them back on he looked at the pile of books she had placed on the table.
“’mione, are you trying to kill Harry before You-Know-Who does it?” Ron joked from the other couch.
She snorted in her usual fashion. “I’m trying to make sure he survives this year.” She said as a matter-of-fact.
Harry smiled. “While I thank you for your efforts, Hermione, I think I do need a little break. Just an hour or two of fresh air and I think I’ll be able to tackle these again.” He offered a middle-ground.
She rolled her eyes, but gave in. The three decided to visit Hagrid. The groundskeeper and professor of Care of Magical Creatures was always a welcoming sight, even if Harry couldn’t say he shared the half-giant’s liking for the large and dangerous.
Just leaving the castle was like a breath of fresh air for Harry, and not just because it was a lovely day outside. Summer was practically around the corner and the castle’s grounds were already blooming everywhere.
For Harry the castle would always be his home much more than his uncle’s house, even with the dangers that came every year. But this year had made the castle feel like a place he didn’t belong.
Even during his first year he had never wanted the fame that had come attached to his name, he had joked darkly more than once about how Voldemort’s worst deed had been saddling him with it. He would always have preferred to be just Harry.
The problem was that this year that fame had practically inverted, everyone’s eyes were on him. But now everyone hated him for something he hadn’t done himself. Why would he have wanted to join a tournament with a death toll ? He already had to survive each year against the odds. He would have gladly quit the blasted tourney and just watched it from a distance.
But noo… he, who had always rejected fame, had suddenly decided he wanted more.
“You okay, mate?” Ron asked.
“I am, why do you ask?”
“It looked like you were ranting in your mind.” His friend said knowingly, making him chuckle.
“Maybe a bit.” He admitted. “It’s just… this whole situation is frustrating.”
“Why can’t you just stand by the entrance?” Hermione asked.
Harry kicked a rock by his feet. “I did ask Dumbledore about it, apparently we do have to actively compete. Apparently after some competitors were bribed in the past, they changed the magic in the cup to make sure everyone tried to win.” He explained. “Because it was easier to add more magic to the already ancient object instead of making sure people didn’t cheat for some betting money.”
“That’s- ugh!” Hermione complained.
“That’s Wizards and Witches.” Ron laughed. “Talking about Wizards, did anyone notice how Moody and Snape were acting strange?”
“Yeah… it looked like they hurt their arms.” Hermione noted.
“Maybe they cursed each other?” Harry offered. “They certainly hate each other’s guts enough to do so, especially Moody.”
They shared a shrug and continued walking.
Soon they reached Hagrid’s hut and knocked on the door, their large friend opened it with his usual smile on his face. But there was a hint of something more.
“Hagrid, are you okay?” Harry asked after they were invited inside.
The man sighed. “I really can’t hide anything from you, kids.” He laughed.
They shook their heads, the half-giant wore his heart on his sleeve after all.
He sighed and sat down in front of them. “You kids keep up with the news?” His question made their faces twist.
“Not really.” Harry admitted. “After the third article about me I lost interest.”
“I mostly hear other students talking about the interesting bits.” Ron answered.
“I prefer not to read it.” Hermione said, a hint of anger in her voice.
“Well… given the last few weeks I can understand that.” Hagrid said. “Since the attack on Azkaban things have been going weird. There’s rumors some old Wizards and Witches had dropped off the map, some died at their homes with little to no warning, in some cases their whole houses have become unfindable.”
“What?!”
“Keep it low.” The half-giant asked gently. “It started on the same day that Azkaban was attacked. It’s not clear what happened, a pretty old Wizard died in his home. But when they went to investigate he was nowhere to be found. The place was empty, only his House Elf was left.”
“You don’t mean You-Know-Who, right?” Ron asked.
“No, Aurors checked things, the death is believed to have been natural. But without a body who knows. He was also known to have provided some support to Death Eaters back during the war.” Hagrid sighed. “Aurors believed the House Elf was somehow convinced to let the people in before or after he died.”
“But a House Elf wouldn’t have been able to go against orders.” Hermione complained.
Hagrid shook his head. “Unfortunately that’s not what Aurors thought, from what I heard they interrogated them until they passed away, all they got was that it was three individuals. But the House Elf swore they knew nothing else.”
Hermione’s expression told him everything about her opinion on things. Especially after the girl was still pushing for the whole SPEW business.
“It’s been happening again?” He asked, trying to push past the subject of House Elves.
“That’s what everyone thinks, the problem is that if it’s the same people behind the events, they are getting smart about it.” Hagrid answered. “It’s been mostly some pretty old and recluse Wizards and Witches, the only thing linking them besides their age, is that they are what you would call proponents of the old ways. ”
“Someone’s been taking them out?” Ron asked, incredulous. “Why?”
Hagrid snorted. “Kids, you’re young so you don’t know. But old Wizards and Witches are rarely well-liked. Yes, you’ve people like Headmaster Dumbledore. However most people that reach that age grow… unsocial , some people say they live for too long to deal with the changes and prefer to hide in their houses. Even most of their families usually just endure their existence.”
The adult laughed softly at their reactions.
“There’s also been rumors about strange individuals being seen near magical creature’s communities. Some acquaintances I’ve told me that some of these communities have started to keep their distance from Witches and Wizards.” Hagrid said, sounding tired. “I don’t think the centaurs are doing it, but they have been keeping to the depths of the Forbidden Forest during the Tournament.”
“What does that even mean?” Hermione asked.
“No idea, and that’s the problem. There’s been a lot of rumors coming from the news, so far it’s all in small notes at the end. But it’s definitely there and growing.” Hagrid answered, proving that even adults sometimes didn’t have the answers.
“But don’t think too much about it, kids.” The half-giant laughed softly. “You should enjoy your time now, especially with the tournament almost over.” He gave Harry a wry smile.
Harry understood his words, and in his opinion, spending a while not thinking about what was to come fit him pretty well at the moment.
Magnus wandered along through the depths of the Forbidden Forest. It was just him and only him, it just felt like the correct thing for this meeting.
This tribe of centaurs was practically one of the last groups of intelligent beings he was visiting. The only ones left would be the Goblins and the House Elves. The former would definitely be the most troublesome, they were definitely cunning enough to make things difficult for him, so he may just leave it as a surprise for them. The latter had nowhere specific to reach for, being basically spread over ninety percent of magical people’s homes.
Other races had been strangely much easier to approach, Merfolk had practically sung him praises after explaining the specifics of the ritual, or well, Ritual . It may also have been because he approached them in the form of a Zora. He hoped this one would go at least half as well as that meeting had gone.
He was not hiding his presence as he walked through the forest, though he did restrict it to a few hundred meters, enough to keep anyone on the borders of the forest from noticing him. It meant he kept hearing skittering, scrambling, flying and basically every creature, animal and being that ended in his vicinity escaped from the big, bad predator.
The only ones that hadn’t had been a Unicorn buck, the male had wandered close enough to make eye-contact with him before snorting and leaving placidly. It made him wonder if it was an effect of Malanya’s touch on him.
“Stop, stranger, you’re in our territory. Leave or die!” A commanding voice called out and Magnus stopped.
He had felt them approach, but seeing the armed centaurs stand in an arc in front of him, all with their bows ready, was quite an impressive sight in the dark forest.
“What’s a Wizard doing this deep in the forest?!” A brash one called out. It became obvious he wasn’t meant to talk as a larger and older Centaur chided him with a look before stepping forward.
“He was out of place to speak, but he’s right. Wizards have no right to come this deep into the forest.” He said and glared at him. “Even if you appear to be completely okay after traversing Aragog’s hunting grounds.”
“It’s very simple, I’m no wizard, and the spider could recognize that coming after me would just end with their group dead. There’s a saying Humans use ‘don’t bite more than you can chew’, and the spider understood it well enough.” He answered.
The leader gave him a look. “You talk as if you’re not Human.”
“That’s right. But I can understand your confusion, after all a short-sighted person could call you a Human too if they only saw you from the waist up.” Magnus said and caused more than one Centaur to bristle.
“You-” The same brash one stepped forward, only to be stopped by the elder.
“He did that on purpose.” They said and turned back towards him. “Then what are you, stranger?”
Magnus smiled. “I’m unique.” He answered and started to change.
Most centaurs took a step back, even when his head barely reached their stomach, it was as if he was standing above all of them. Magnus smiled as the beings once more prepared their weapons.
“Please, I come in peace.” He laughed internally. “Believe me that it would be very obvious if I wasn’t, I’m here to speak Truth and explain what’s coming.”
“And what’s coming?”
“The change of Magic and the world with it.” Magnus answered seriously. “I don’t doubt you’ve seen it. Magic’s been tied down, it’s stagnated. Most magicals species are slowly heading to extinction, many that were deemed useless or too dangerous for wizards and witches have been outright eliminated.”
“And you intend to change that? What will you do? Become one of those feared Dark Lords?” The Centaur asked, pointedly.
“Not exactly.” He smiled gently and retrieved the book he had prepared. “I’m setting a large Ritual, I won’t bore you with the specifics. But it’ll basically create private demesnes for all Magical Creatures. These areas will basically be expanded sections of the territories you already control.”
Magnus waved his hand and generated an illusion of the forest. “For example, the Forbidden Forest will become a demesne for the magical creatures that inhabit it. Of course that space wouldn’t be too generous, that’s why Magic will be used to expand these territories multiple times.”
“That’s it? A glorified prison?” For the first time the Centaur sounded angry.
“Not really.” He quickly corrected them. “I did call it a Demesne and not a zoo cell. These will be your lands, and even then they’ll not be closed forever, mainly until the situation stabilizes.” He threw the leader the book. “Here’s a compendium of knowledge to help you, with everything from druidistic construction magic, all the way to the understanding and control of Space.”
“Why?” The Centaur looked at the book with a mix of fear, disdain and a strange sense of wonder and curiosity.
“Because wizards and witches disgust me.” He answered. “The Ritual will remove their access to Magic, but that will be temporary, Magic wants to be used after all. But once it returns, it will be for everyone.” His words made whispers and looks of concern go through the Centaurs. “Don’t worry, I’m not so careless to cast such a change upon the world and not think about the afterwards. We’re already setting up the situation to lead the World into a better situation, but it will take decades.”
The Centaur eyed the first few pages of the book, looking surprised at what he saw. Magnus wondered if they had ended in the crafting of magical foci, or the primer on plant control; those two were towards the start.
“And what do you want?”
“Right now, nothing besides not telling wizards and witches about the Ritual. In the future? A modicum of cooperation would be appreciated.”
“And if it’s not you, how will we know they come in your place?” The Centaur asked.
“My siblings are quite particular, they will present themselves as such, and I doubt any other being will be capable of stepping into the demesne without permission.” He answered.
The Centaur nodded, making Magnus wonder what he thought would come. He would make a note for the Metaloids to send their most unassuming member, that was always fun.
“We’ll take your word for it, but I will need to speak with my tribe to discuss things.” He said and started to move forward to hand him the book back.
Magnus quickly stopped him. “No, keep that. I made that book specifically for you and its contents were meant to help Centaurs and similar beings.” He said, they looked surprised, it made him chuckle. “I’m sharing information, not losing access to it. I already know a lot of that knowledge, it just doesn’t fit my type of work.” He explained. “To add to that, I’ve given similar books to any tribe that accepted to talk.”
The Centaur held the book a bit tighter after that.
“Now I should go, time waits for only a few. I wish you all a good night.” He bowed.
“How will we know when it happens?” The brash Centaur asked.
“A ritual of this magnitude can’t be hidden, the whole world will know something changed.” He answered before stepping through a golden portal.
Orange turned towards him. “With that we’re down to just the Goblins.”
“Yeah, the Goblins…” Magnus’ mouth twisted. “I’m starting to feel partial to just leaving them out of the loop. Different from the other races, they have a much more solid development and their demesne will fit them quite well already.”
“It’s up to you.”
“I will think about it, we still have a few more days until the third task and Riddle’s return.” He thought out loud. “I will go work on the Ritual, I think my last Perk will help us finish it on time.”
With those words he headed towards the Greenhouse, the place sure needed a better name. But for the moment it was the Greenhouse and practically Ruby’s personal place. He couldn’t blame her for choosing the open space after having been cooped up for so long.
He found one of her Magends, a particularly pale elf, working with a fanged lamb attached to a large, green bulb. The animal… plant… thing looked at him and hissed, only to be chided by Ruby and be fed what appeared to be scraps from butchering some small animal.
“I take that’s one of the plants we acquired?” He asked.
She nodded. “Lamb of Tartary, the plant that actually grows babies in a cabbage.” She joked. “The lamb develops inside the bulb and then comes out, it grazes the surrounding area, keeping other plants from encroaching in while also attracting other prey and small predators. It’s a fully functioning predator so eating the small prey does provide the plant with nutrition on top of the decomposing bits feeding the ground. The lamb’s a fruit and has a pretty sizable seed inside that can be taken for replanting once it’s ready for harvest.”
“Useful, does that mean that the ship will have fresh meat?”
“Mostly lamb, but the aquatic farms are starting to develop to the point we’ll be able to supplement the red meat with varied types of seafood.” She noted after a moment.
He inferred she must have been checking with one of her other Magends in charge of that part of the Greenhouse.
“That’s good, any other interesting plant?” He asked and Ruby practically glowed…
No, closer inspection showed she was actually generating Light. It would have been easy to miss in the Greenhouse if he didn’t feel Light around him.
“Well, there’s this bush that lives constantly on fire. I managed to isolate the oil it creates. It's a very flammable fuel and it’s magically-enhanced to burn for longer, not that I found any book studying that part of the plant for some reason. Most books just note that the seeds are used for multiple burn-related potions and the plant for help during the hatching of dragon eggs.”
“Uh, sounds shortsighted.” He said, already knowing the reason.
“I know! I’ve been reading some of the books we bought, and it’s so frustrating!” Ruby started to complain. “I don’t know if it’s behind some more advanced books, some masters keeping it a secret, or people here just don’t look deeper into it.”
“I think it’s a combination of the three. I don’t doubt someone else found how to acquire the oil and simply kept it a secret or didn’t think it would be useful, after all, magic .”
She sighed. “Yeah. Still, I’ve been looking to try to crossbreed the Fire Bush with some of the elementally-aligned plants from Hyrule.” She explained. “So far nothing has taken root, but I think I’m in the right direction.”
“Any other interesting projects bearing fruit ?” He asked.
“Oh, yes!” She grabbed his hand and practically tugged him to another patch, practically pushing him towards another of her Magends ready to receive him. “I’ve had some very good luck when crossing some of the Pokemon World’s berries with the Saffina plants.” She continued and showed him one of the growing plants.
It looked basically like a normal strawberry, except he could feel both Hot and Cold coming from it. “Interesting.”
“I know, right?” She said excitedly. “I had to facilitate things with magic, but the Red Saffina mixed very well with the Rawst Berry, it’s excellent at healing burns and heat-related damage while providing an increased resistance to heat.”
She pointed to a tree with deep red pods growing from it. “The Oca Berry worked similarly well. It gives near immunity towards heat up to ten thousand degrees Celsius.”
“Oh, I will want to try and experiment with those, I’ve left my alchemy on the side lately with the work on the Ritual.”
“I knew you would like them. Unfortunately they are still mostly sterile or grow one of the two original plants.” She grumbled. “Still, I know I’m on the right path, maybe I will find a plant between those originating from this World that will make a proper bridge.”
“Ask me if you need help.” He offered.
“I will, don’t worry.” She waved it off gently. “But thank you for the offer. So what's next?”
“Well, various things.” He said. “First, we need a better name for this place, I’ve been calling it the Greenhouse for its original identification. But by now it’s more your place than even Orange, and she agrees with me that you should give it a new name.”
She looked surprised. “Are you… no, of course you two are sure.” She smiled brightly. “I will think about it.”
“After that, you already know how the Ritual’s progressing and I’ve decided to not approach the Goblins.” He said. “I think they will do well enough by themselves. So all that’s left is to wait for the third task of the tournament. So while my Lie will be heading towards the graveyard a day before, I think you and I should do something during the task.”
“Oh?”
“Yes, I feel like I’ll be kicking the magical people a bit too much, so how about sneaking in the local hospital while the task’s going and healing those inside?”
“Hmm, while I’ve been playing around with a white mage Magend, I think I would need to look into their cases just to make sure.” She answered.
He nodded, it shouldn’t be too hard to slip in under the cover of the Darkness. It would not even cut into his time to finish the Ritual, most of the theoretical part was done, all that was choosing the locations and the crafting of the focus.
He had a few hours until nighttime, maybe he would let himself relax and spend some time with Ruby. She sure knew how to occupy his time.
Notes:
A Barrier of Perspective(200CP)(Touhou Forbidden Hermit):You have an extensive understanding of the arts required to create Gensokyo in the first place. Gensokyo’s boundary works off of perspective – one could travel between two similar barriers (such as between Gensokyo and the Lunar Capital) without ever leaving Gensokyo, but at the same time if they were to ever try to fly to the edges they’d “see” themselves travelling great distances while not actually moving at all, only discovering how little they moved when they turn around. You could use this easily to craft your own sealed dimensions.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 25
With the sun setting and most of the magical community’s attention towards the tournament happening in Hogwart’s grounds, the long-care wing of St. Mungos was practically deserted, outside of the patients.
A patch of darkness stirred before Magnus stepped out, Gentle Lie on hand. A quick sweep of the sword and a lie was cast over the room, no one would be able to remember its existence for a while. Only once the change was settled in, a golden portal opened and three Magends stepped through.
The one at the front looked around and her mouth twisted. This was the Magend that usually stayed inside the ship’s medical wing.
“There’s many reasons why hospitals stopped looking like this decades ago.” She grumbled. “Still, we’re here for a reason.” She didn’t need to say anything before the two others moved around to confirm the case of each patient.
Magnus simply took a step back and maintained the Lie over the place as the Magends worked in coordinated silence. The one taking the lead simply scanned the patients and guided the other two, one of which usually filled the position of nurse and the other was a powerful white mage.
She worked like a machine, studied a patient, decided if her previous decision about the case was correct, cast the necessary magic, made sure they were okay and still asleep, and finally moved onto the next bed.
For good or for ill, there were less than a dozen patients, so in the matter of a few minutes they were down to the last two, Mr. and Mrs. Longbottom. He only needed to see her reaction after scanning them to understand how much damage had been done.
For the first time she turned towards him, the message was easily understood. Blue Chords appeared on his hand and he started to play a soft melody. His magic joined hers, boosting her actions and bringing her healing to a new height as the ambient magic started to resonate with his music.
For a moment he felt a pang of fear as the man’s body started to convulse. Thankfully it only lasted a moment before they relaxed and an actual expression of calmness, and not the vacant look it had until a moment before, appeared on his face.
She then moved to his wife, Magnus kept the music going as she worked. Unlike him, her reaction was much smaller. She actually sighed and he didn’t miss the movement of her eyes behind her eyelids. However it wasn’t enough for her to wake up as the sleeping spell was laid on her before her brain managed to finish waking up.
“It’s done?”
“Yes, they should still sleep for the rest of the night, dreaming will allow their brains to get reused to working properly.” Ruby answered.
He nodded, he would trust her on that. It wasn’t as if he dreamed, or even slept much actually.
“With that done, let’s go.” He announced and stepped after Ruby once the portal opened.
Behind them a Lie started to unravel, it would still be hours before anyone truly remembered to check on the patients, and hopefully even longer until they realized what had happened.
Lydia wasn’t troubled by her current situation, she was above the joke about her stalking a seventeen years old French girl. Jokes aside, she was staying about half a dozen meters of distance between her, in rat form, and the young tournament participant.
As they had asked, Magnus and Orange had explained everything about the current plan, every detail and the reasons behind their actions. At the moment they had to make sure the three kids Team Maus was following failed to reach the cup with as little interference as possible.
She was following Fleur Delacour, the girl was apparently not entirely human. Lydia could smell it, maybe because of her Fire element, or maybe it was her nature as a Wererat. It didn’t matter, she could smell the bird and fire in her, like singed feathers. It put her off the girl’s unnatural beauty.
The teen was careful in her advance, tackling every danger in front of her with patience, but not losing much time on them. She still had failed her situational awareness to the point she had missed the rat following her.
Meanwhile, Lydia was following the local boy, Cedric Diggory, and Romeo was following the Bulgarian, Victor Krum.
She had taken a look at the boys, Romeo’s choice made sense, there was an aura of cold coming from the boy. Though from what her partner commented, it felt like something that had come from his environment. On the other hand, Moisha’s target was out of choice.
Magnus and Orange had explained that there was already someone working to make sure the last kid, the Potter boy, found the cup, and only him. They would be delaying the other kids and there was no reason to allow that, the other thing they had to make sure, was that none of the three kids they were watching reached the cup. Apparently originally the local boy would reach it at the same time as the Potter and that would lead to his death at the graveyard. Since it would complicate Magnus’ action in the graveyard, Moisha was making sure to keep him occupied.
“ Strange scent approaching Krum, it smells like something disgusting and slimy was over-boiled. ” Romeo announced through the System.
“That must be the fake teacher. Magnus said he kept his transformation with something that apparently has been described as ‘boiled leeches’.” She said.
“ Ugh, it’s disgusting, I don’t understand how anyone can miss the potion’s use if it stinks this badly. ” Romeo complained some more.
“ I doubt anyone else can smell as well as us. ” Moisha said, followed with a small laugh. “ Whoops, looks like Cedric had a little accident. ”
Lydia rolled her eyes as she continued following the French girl, she had come across a large etched stone tablet and was busy focusing on it.
“ Target temporarily neutralized. ” Romeo announced. “ Just a bit of ice on the ground and the guy nearly cracked his head open after slipping. Incredibly Krum didn’t notice and just kept going, I think the fake teacher was using some kind of sound-muffling spell. ”
“Have you tagged him?”
“ I tried, but whatever he’s using to stay invisible is keeping the armband from tagging him properly and I don’t want to get closer to try again. ”
“That’s okay, his smell should be enough for us, how’s Krum doing? ”
“Still advancing, I will try to slow him down at the next interjection. Thankfully by Orange’s calculations he will still not reach the cup on time, but to make sure… ” Romeo left it hanging, the meaning obvious.
“Good, and you, Moisha?” Lydia asked.
“ Cedric’s advancing much faster than expected, the kid’s really showing off by now. ” Her tone showed a modicum of respect.
Lydia imagined it was well earned after their bar had been set by Magnus and Ruby. She doubted the kid was anywhere near the pair, but in the local context he was doing great.
“Understood, you can slow him down a bit more openly if you feel it’s necessary.” She gave the order and stopped as the small amount of wind that ran through the corridors brought her the smell of boiled leeches and her attention quickly shifted around. “I smell the fake, I will move to intercept.”
Romeo had been right, it smelled awful. She had had boiled meat before, it was something you had to be lucky to get in the Undercity, otherwise you were just eating trash or mushrooms. The smell was like the three things mixed into one.
She could barely hear the sound of steps moving the grass, but she had a much easier time opening herself to her element. Suddenly she had a very easy time to see the hot body under a layer of nothing, it felt similar to one of Magnus’ lies. But it was so weak it was pathetic, she could focus and see the slight edge on the invisibility.
She could feel a modicum of disdain coming from her blade towards the man in front of her, and a grin bloomed on her lips as she sneaked close enough before blowing a thin line of fire towards the back edge of the cloak he was hiding under.
Normal flames wouldn’t have been enough, especially when she was basically creating something just above a pocket lighter’s flame. But channeling her magic through her weapon before releasing it changed them slightly. Magnus joked that the name for her weapon had been fitting, because the flames produced were quite hungry , quickly devouring any kind of fuel, cloth and magic being her main aim.
She skittered away and watched as the man took a few seconds to realize his invisibility cloak was now becoming quite a fiery blanket. That would hopefully keep him from trying again.
The man finally threw the cloak off his body. The man’s transfigured form was something else, missing limbs, scars all over him and a fake eye. She was glad that Magnus had made sure the eye-rtifact wouldn’t see her, she just hated that his pun had gotten stuck in her head.
The man growled and cursed low enough that made his words silent under the muffling spell, he started to hobble away. Most likely giving up on interfering as he was moving towards the edge of the maze and away from the competitors. She quickly told her partners, but reminded them to keep an eye just in case.
She rushed after Fleur, the girl just now finishing the stone tablet. It seemed she was trying to cast some kind of spell. Lydia carefully dropped one of the stunning pellets created by her armband at her feet, surprising the girl and making her fail the spell. That would hopefully earn her enough time to keep the girl from reaching the cup.
She would still stay close, it was her mission after all.
Magnus oversaw both the graveyard and the events in the maze at Hogwarts. With Crouch Jr. out of the way, it was only Team Maus’ actions keeping Harry ahead, thankfully the fake had cleared the boy’s way to the cup outside of a few simple tests on the way.
He watched Peter Pettygrew carry the ugly homunculus baby and sweet mercy it was such an ugly thing. Like a deformed adult the size of a baby, the cameras they had zooming down upon the graveyard allowed him to see how deformed it was, it could barely pass as a doll and that would be generous.
The traitor had set the baby down as he worked setting the place. It was the strange lull of the situation as time finally came and events kicked into motion. Only Harry reached the cup this time, the poor boy getting yanked across hundreds of kilometers in the matter of an instant.
He arrived dazed to the graveyard and the portkey’s activation also released a large flash of light. It would look like an after-effect of magic, but it would still be bright enough to be seen through the surrounding area. Now all he had to do was wait a bit more.
The ritual started and the rat carried the steps. The ugly baby was yeeted into the cauldron before one of the darkened bones he had left in the grave was retrieved and fed into the cauldron. The fire instantly turned a ghastly white before the rat cut off his own hand with barely any doubt. Finally he took some of Harry's blood and dropped it into the bubbling cauldron.
He was glad to see that the curse had been missed. If he was any further away, he would have been cackling as the cauldron caught on fire. Those white flames turned black as the metal was consumed and the deformed figure of Riddle was shown quickly growing.
Of course it wasn’t so simple, he had willingly taken something cursed with ill intentions against him, and it quickly showed. His legs were bent, his back hunched, the proportions of his skeleton were wrong in multiple places, his waxy skin was broken by bone spurs poking out of his figure, his skull was deformed and his jaw was severely overbite.
The man… thing screamed in pain as he took a step and nearly fell over, only to be caught by his subordinate as a dark cloak covered his figure. Thankfully he could hear quite well the conversation going on.
“ Master! ” Peter screamed as they caught Riddle.
“ Pettigrew! What did you do?! ” It was an impressive amount of hate in just a few words.
“ It wasn’t me, master, I followed your orders to the letter, it must have been the boy! ” He quickly deflected the guilt.
Riddle growled. “ Give me my wand! ” His words made Peter scream and rush to hand the thing the bone-handle wand, trying to scurry away, still missing a hand.
Riddle waved the wand and started to float. “ Insufferable idiot… but you did follow my orders to the letter. ” He kept that raspy tone that indicated some breathing problems, and not just from his lack of nose. “ You do deserve a reward. ” He grinned and waved his wand.
Peter instantly was brought down, screaming in agony as a silver hand formed on his stump. It was definitely not a simple spell, and definitely been cast with ill intentions because it looked more like a rat’s claw than a human’s hand.
Riddle quickly moved away from the crying ratman and floated over to Harry, laughing as he touched the boy’s face. “ Now there’s no more protection to keep you safe. ”
The boy still struggled against the transfigured statue holding him in place. Magnus started to move as Riddle once more approached Peter and activated the, still cursed, Dark Mark on the man’s arm.
He cracked his neck and made sure Gentle Lie was still on his waist as he approached the graveyard; it would take a minute or two before the Death Eaters started to arrive, giving him the perfect moment to interrupt.
He had chosen some simple clothes, something between monster hunter and adventurer without going into fop. Just enough to project an air of professionalism and have enough pockets to pull some toys if necessary.
He was also very much looking like his false-self. Short, blond hair, light skin, a few centimeters more of height and definitely not tattooed.
“Hey! What’s happening here?” He called out loud enough to be heard by the three people in the graveyard.
“Interruptions, I should have known it was too easy. ” Riddle growled and aimed his wands towards him. “Avada Kedavra.”
Magnus heard Harry scream, but he had jumped off the path of the attack even before the man had started to cast the spell. It was honestly much slower than he had expected, even a normal human could achieve a faster throw with a bit of practice.
“Impudent! You’re not worthy of interrupting Lord Voldemort! Pettigrew, don’t be useless.” He bared a hoarse order as Magnus was already on the move.
He reached into his pocket and retrieved a handful of disposable flash pellets, throwing them in Riddle’s direction. The small spheres fell short of hitting the man, causing him to sneer, but a moment later they exploded in a blinding flash of light that got him and Peter screaming.
Meanwhile he moved around the area to approach Harry. “You okay, boy?” He asked as he faked, trying to break him free from the statue.
“Besides the tumble and the cut on my arm? Doing quite peachy.” He answered sarcastically.
“If you can take that tone you’re definitely not dying yet.” He laughed.
“Who are you?” He asked as Magnus stopped to fling a handful of instant darkness powder to get some more time.
“Magnus, monster hunter and problem shooter.” He answered. “Was after a pretty troublesome Dark wizard,” he looked at the cloud of darkness, “ another one.”
“Can’t you transfigure the statue?”
“Sorry kid, I’m barely above a squib in terms of magic and transfiguration was never my strong point to begin with.” He put his hand into his pocket. “Look away.” He retrieved a small hammer and smashed the statue’s arm.
The moment it made contact with the stone, the material exploded into a could of sand.
“Sorry about that, the problem with some magic tools is that they can get pretty finicky.” He said as he helped Harry up. “So what’s your story? You’re too good looking to be the virgin sacrifice here.”
The teen instantly went red on the face and stammered in denial.
“Calm down, it was a joke, lightening the mood and- Down.” He pushed Harry down as a gout of fire licked the spot they had been standing, the darkness evaporated away, revealing a huffing Riddle and prostrating Peter.
“You fool! You think some petty tricks will stop Lord Voldemort!” Riddle screamed at the top of his hoarse lungs as the first of the Death Eaters arrived.
Like a mix of falling stars with drunk fireflies, they landed one after the other. All wearing dark cloaks and those silly-looking masks. Their arrival had distracted Riddle enough for Magnus to turn towards Harry.
“So how did you end here?” He asked quickly.
The boy was still shaking from the surprise. “The cup!” He answered and pointed to the cup. “It’s a portkey.”
“Then you better run towards it while I create a distraction.” Magnus answered, already feeling the thrill of the fight.
“You’re alone and there’s at least a dozen of them on top of Voldemort.” The kid panicked.
“You’re right, those are some terrible odds… for them .” He grinned and unsheathed Gentle Lie. “Don’t worry for me and just focus on running.”
Magnus pulled a handful of mixed pellets and launched them into the mass of Death Eaters, the fools hadn’t managed to get up to the situation before a series of flash and stink bombs exploded in their midst. The chaos that started had Riddle once more screaming in anger.
“Now run!” Magnus screamed towards Harry as he rushed himself into battle.
He aimed for disarming blows, literally in many cases. Fingers, hands, wrists and even elbows were easily severed as any kind of defense that had existed over them was deemed an insignificant Lie. Their screams of pain quickly overtook the screams of anger.
Being in between his enemies also kept them from using large, destructive spells; he more than once hid behind one of them to block a killing spell.
“Missed me!” He taunted Riddle as the thing looked worse for wear and he hadn’t even approached them.
He laughed. “I came looking for a true Dark wizard, but instead of my target I found some other pathetic fool calling himself a Lord, your kind is a dime a dozen.” He danced around the idiots and severed the leg of who he was pretty sure was Lucius Malfoy.
“If my actual target was here he would have killed all of you already. Now that’s a threat!” He cackled and sneaked a good kick in between Peter’s legs from behind. “He already destroyed Azkaban and all of those that had been inside. Compared to that, you’re just a small cell of useless idiots.”
He quickly unleashed a large cloud of Darkness, cutting the ability to see of everyone but himself. He quickly picked a number of those limbs and pieces laying around. There was no reason to make it easy for them before melding into the shadows and making his retreat.
He could have killed them all, but that wasn’t his aim at the moment. He needed Riddle to be around to distract the good guys. Plus he had made contact with Harry in a good light, that would be quite helpful going forward.
In addition, with all Dementors dead, Crouch Jr. couldn’t get the kiss, making sure Dumbledore had a proper witness to prove Riddle’s return. It also meant he would need to make an appearance soon. Now that would be fun.
For Harry, the moment he landed back on Hogwart’s grounds outside of the maze, things got weirdly disjointed. As if his life had suddenly turned into a strange slideshow he could barely feel a connection with.
Chaos erupted the moment he landed, his disappearance hadn’t gone unnoticed and practically everyone was asking him the same questions repeatedly and at the same time. What had happened to him? And where had he gone?
It felt like he was drowning in the noise, he had barely managed to tell Dumbledore about Voldemort’s return before things got even more confusing. And then professor Moody was dragging him away from the mob of people.
All he could do was get dragged by the man and think how he could smell smoke. He could only think that it must be him, most likely from that twisted ritual Voldemort had carried a few meters away from him.
To Harry’s impression, the man went on a rant that felt long, disjointed and incredibly boring. Even when the man threatened to kill him and finish Voldemort’s job he could barely react. Thankfully the doors of the room were blasted open and in came Dumbledore, followed by McGonagall and Snape.
Things just kept happening around Harry, he had complete loss of control over the situation. The man that had been calling himself Moody turned out to be the late Barty Crouch Sr.’s son, and the real Moody had been found imprisoned in the man’s trunk.
In the blink of an eye, he was sitting on one of Dumbledore’s office chairs, watching as Fudge whined about something or other, even as Snap applied some potion on Barty Crouch Jr.’s tongue and had the man answer all of their questions.
People were just coming and out of the office, and Harry could only enjoy the fact that it seemed they had forgotten about him, giving the poor boy enough time to put his mind in order. Because before he knew it he was alone with Dumbledore.
He blinked surprised as he turned towards the grandfatherly figure.
“Are you okay, Harry?” He asked.
“… I don’t know.” He admitted and the old man nodded, offering him an understanding look.
“Can you try and tell me what exactly happened after you were taken?” He asked.
After a moment he nodded and started speaking. “I found myself on a dark graveyard, I don’t know where exactly.” He took his time with the words, thinking things through. “Before I knew it one of the statues grabbed and pinned me in place, that’s when Pettygrew appeared, he was carrying a bundle of cloth against his chest. I thought it was a baby, but then it spoke with Vodlemort’s voice, sir, it was… it was horrible.” He shuddered at the memory.
“Did he look like a baby or a tiny man?”
“The latter, sir, a small man the size of a baby, the proportions were just wrong.” He answered.
“That was a homunculus, Harry. It’s a pretty dark side of Alchemy, the creation of a living puppet, since it lacked a soul then Voldemort’s soul could easily inhabit it.” The man explained. “Please, continue.”
Harry nodded again. “Peter dropped Voldemort in a bubbling cauldron before taking a bone from a nearby tomb. He then cut off his hand and finally took some of my blood. He was chanting all along, I could hear him mumbling about bone of a father, flesh of a servant and blood of an enemy.”
“I have never heard of such a ritual, but I don’t doubt it’s a very dark one.” Albus offered.
“But something went wrong, sir.” Harry quickly resumed his explanation. “Voldemort came out wrong, his body was deformed and he was in pain. He couldn’t even walk and had to float in place.”
“You can tell me the details later, in a way it’s good fortune that his ritual didn’t go as expected.”
He nodded. “That’s when a man wandered in, he was well dressed and sported a long blade by his waist. He didn’t seem to know what was happening, but reacted quick enough to dodge an Avada Kedabra from Voldemort and distracted them. He presented himself as Magnus and told me he was a monster hunter, he freed me from the statue when the Death Eaters arrived.”
“I don’t think I’ve ever heard of a Magnus.”
“He didn’t sound local. He admitted to being barely above a Squib with magic and instead used tools, mainly some kind of explosive marbles and some dark cloud dust. He told me to run to the cup as he confronted the Death Eaters. I don’t know what happened later.”
“I see, you’ve given me much to think about tonight, Harry.” Albus spoke gently. “You should go reassure your friends and rest, I’m sure you are very tired.”
“I will, sir, and thank you.” Harry stood up and wandered towards the door before turning. “What about Voldemort, sir?”
“He may be back, but it’s obvious he’s not back to his full power. With Crouch Jr.’s confession we can start to move against him. But it will be slow, Fudge is still against it.” The old man sighed. “But that’s for me to take care of. Now go, you have done enough tonight.”
Harry nodded and wandered off, leaving the man that was feeling the years on his old bones.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 26
Magnus was enjoying a pretty mundane cup of coffee in a little bar near the center of an English town practically in the middle of nowhere. It was a few hours away from Hangleton, just enough to make it appear he got there normally.
Thankfully he had managed to trick an owl to deliver him one of the magical papers, a small Lie over it had made it so no one noticed the nature of it. The front page was a warring stage between the results of the tournament and the minister’s doubts about Riddle’s return even with all the proof Dumbledore had managed to amass.
Under normal circumstances the wizards would have sided more with Fudge as the paper sang the useless man praises. But the attack on Azkaban was being connected to Riddle’s apparent return. It wasn’t hard to see why, as far everyone knew Azkaban was attacked and a few weeks later they are saying Riddle’s back, especially as there had been no mention of the prisoners having been killed, they just were missing. The only confirmed death had been an Auror.
Practically half of the newspaper were people fighting back and forth on these two subjects, to the point that the news of a number of long-term care patients waking up in St. Mungoes was being relegated to the latter half of the pages. It was a tiny note with no pictures to it. Most likely it would be missed by most people.
And not one mention of the state of the many people that ended up missing something under his blade. He would imagine it would take a bit until they were forced to show off, enough time to hide the fact some way or another.
Honestly, the paper was ninety nine percent trash, even the paper’s title ‘Daily Prophet’ was a lie, it prophesied nothing. Acting as if he was reading the paper while waiting for Dumbledore’s letter, and he was pretty sure it would be reaching him sometime soon, allowed him to do something he hadn’t done much.
He opened his System’s Skill list under his job. While most of his growth was due to the Perks he acquired complementing what he worked hard to learn, the System still kept track of the skills he developed and helped him improve on them.
There were obvious ones given his type of Job and work: Advanced Blacksmithing, Advanced Weapon Crafting, Advanced Enchanting, Architecture, Advanced Potion Making, and a number of similar ones were the highest Skills he had achieved. He could tell a few were close to advancing a step further, which would most likely spill over the progress of a number of Perks and most likely reward him with something big.
There were also a larger number of Skills that he had acquired almost by tangent of the Skills he had developed: Programming, Multi-casting, Basic Landscaping, Basic Alchemy, Ritual Optimization, Glassblowing, Chemistry, Woodshapping, and the list went on and on. He wasn’t too interested in improving in most of them actively, his usual work would slowly push them higher and higher.
Except for one, Basic Alchemy was something he had barely dabbled in. He had mostly just aimed to work on Potion-making and it showed. Thankfully he had liberated a number of books on the local Alchemy and from what he saw it appeared to be quite versatile. From what he had seen it should be quite capable of being adapted to any World with a modicum of magic.
There was one aspect of this type of Alchemy that really called to him, and it was the production of naturally impossible materials by the study of the concepts and qualities. It’s not going to be easy, but he wondered what would come out once he mastered this art.
His attention was broken when he felt Space heat up, such an interesting sensation had him cast a large scale Lie over the area, hiding him and the guest that was arriving from prying eyes.
With a singing thrill accompanied with a small fire, a beautiful bird appeared in front of him. He could now understand why people linked Phoenixes with purity, the feeling the magic it emanated couldn’t be considered nothing else. The sensation of standing in front of a comfortable fire, as long as you weren’t evil, then it would feel more like a scorching oven.
“ Delivery .” Their voice was completely androgynous and melodic, as if they were singing the very word.
“Thank you.” He reached for the letter and quickly read through it before retrieving some paper and writing back. Nothing too ostentatious or complex, mainly setting a meeting in a few days, something that sounded normal enough.
Once he was done with it he wrapped it and handed it back to the Phoenix. “Thank you for waiting.”
The bird nodded and Magnus felt their attention slide off the Lie of his persona, completely missing what hid under it. They simply took the letter and disappeared, leaving him alone once more.
He allowed the Lie to disappear before paying for the coffee and leaving. With a few days until he had to be in Hogsmeade, he had plenty of time to further his own plans. Part of those plans laid in the Metaloids arriving and that led to the thought of what his siblings were up to.
Akira looked around, still wondering if this was truly her life now. She had accepted Claire’s invitation, she just hadn’t expected for it to blow her understanding of reality so much.
She was still quite thankful with the young woman for helping her have revenge for her aunt. However, finishing with that goal had left her feeling empty , maybe it was true what they said about basing your life on a single goal like that. So when she had invited her for an adventure, she didn’t expect to have her mind blown with revelation after revelation.
“Still wondering why I brought you here?” Claire asked.
“No… well, yes. But I was mainly trying to wrap my head about the whole Worlds thing.” She admitted.
“Oh, take your time on that one. We usually don’t force people to accept that kind of thing as personal experience tends to do a much better job.” Claire said. “Anyways, welcome to the district of Nerima, one of the most-”
Her words were interrupted by the sudden noise of destruction and fighting in the distance.
“ That .” Claire laughed. “There’s a very high density of martial artists around and they can get…” She shrugged. “Very quirky.”
“And we’re here for?”
“Oh, to get you a teacher, one of the best too.” She answered and resumed walking. “We’re talking about someone on the very peak of the human spectrum and beyond.”
“How strong is that?”
“One or two mountains less.” Claire answered.
Akira frowned as she tried to understand. “...what?”
“He may have destroyed one or two mountains.” She clarified.
“...how?!”
“I told you, he’s very good.” She laughed as they stopped outside of what appeared to be an old-style Japanese mansion.
At first sight, the place looked mundane, maybe in a bit of disrepair. But a closer inspection revealed that the plaster repairs on the walls were very human-sized, as if people had been launched through those walls more than once.
Claire just moved forward and knocked on the door, it wasn’t loud. But it was suddenly as if an unnatural silence had fallen on the place.
“…Claire?” She asked carefully.
She placed a finger over her lips as a moment later the door opened and a woman between twenty and thirty peered through. “Hello?”
“This is the Tendo-Saotome Dojo, right?” Claire asked.
“Depends on why you are here.” The young woman answered.
Claire rolled her eyes. “Neither my partner or I are here for debts, promises, wedding arrangements, revenges, sinister plots of any kind, we’re not part of any strange tribe with inconvenient rules, practices nor traditions, we’re not allied with any other person in this district currently, we do not come from the government, we’ve no need for your money, nor taxes, nor blood vows, nor first, second or whatever child, we’re not being extorted by greater beings, true or otherwise, we lack any knowledge for future, or past, time travel, there’s no cursed item on us, we’re not cursed personally, we’re not possessed or haunted, we’ve no likes or dislikes for any animals in particulars, allergies, infatuations or preferred enemies, we won’t attack anyone unless they start it, but we’ll aim for minimum collateral possible, we don’t come from a rival school, dojo, group of weirdos, or landholders association, we’re not messengers of any kind of cult, religion, apocalypse nor new world order, we’re not looking for treasure, people or souls, there’s no enmity between us, we’re not secretly magical girls, nor we’re reincarnators nor time travelers for the local timeline, and we’re just looking for a teacher for her.” She finished by pointing towards Akira. “Oh, and we’ll pay for it too, that’s not a problem.”
It was the last words that made the woman’s disposition turn sunny. “Excellent, so much better than the last visitors we got.” She opened the door fully and allowed her inside. “I’m Kasumi Tendo, welcome to our school.”
“I’m Claire Andes and this is Akira Akao, she’s pretty good reflexes so I looked up a good school that would fit her style.”
Kasumi gave her a look. “It looks like she trained before.”
“Oh yeah, she was an assassin for a while.” She admitted openly.
“Claire!” Akira cried out.
“What? How many people have you killed?”
“...one.”
“Exactly, and did you want to kill them or…?”
“You don’t have to remind me it was an accident.” She wanted to cry, hoping it didn’t put Kasumi off.
“Oh, that sounds okay. I know we all have had little accidents in the past. What did they do to you?” The woman asked patiently.
“They killed my aunt… she was like a mother to me.” Her words made Kasumi nod and say nothing else.
The three of them entered the dojo part of the house, the smell of sweat and wood varnish filled her nostrils. But it was the two figures currently sparring at the center that caught her attention.
Though it looked less than a sparring session and more as if the woman was trying to kill the man over and over again, only for him to slip past her hits like a leaf on the wind. She managed to tear her eyes off the pair to look at the rest of the room.
A few meters away sat a pair of older men, one bald and with glasses, the other with long, dark hair and a mustache. She wondered which of the two was the master Claire had mentioned, she couldn’t really tell if they were that impressive.
Soon the sparring sessions stopped and the two fighters bowed towards each other, only then noticing Claire and her, to which Kasumi quickly spoke.
“These are Claire and Akira, they came looking for a teacher.” The young woman explained.
“It’s been a while since we taught any new student.” The long-haired man said. “We’re a bit too rusty to take any new-”
Kasumi sighed. “And they’re willing to pay.” She said and the old men’s attitude quickly switched.
“As I was saying, I would love to teach you-” The long-haired man quickly rushed to said before the other man interrupted.
“What do you think you’re doing, Soun? They will obviously learn under me.” The bald man said. “My style would fit them so much better.”
“In your dreams, Genma!” Soun shot back and pushed against the other man. “My branch of the school’s infinitely better than yours.”
Akira watched half surprised, half impressed by the situation. Thankfully Claire interrupted by raising her hand and speaking.
“Two things, first, it’s only Akira here that needs the teaching. Second, I was looking for neither of you.” She said and turned towards the man that had been sparring. “We came specifically for him.” She pointed towards him. “Ranma Saotome.”
“Me?” The young man said.
“Him?” The rest strangely echoed.
“Yes, you.” Claire patiently spoke. “Your deeds, fight history and experience makes you an excellent teacher. Akira’s training has been mostly aimed towards assassination techniques and she needs to break away from that, in addition her reflexes require a teacher capable of keeping up. From what I’ve looked into, your abilities fit the bill.”
Ranma simply approached and looked at her better. Akira felt strangely naked under his eyes. She quickly dodged the punch, only partially surprised by it after attending the JCC.
“Oh… I see what you mean, she’s good.” Ranma praised. “Follow me, girly, I want to see what you can do.”
Akira gave Claire a look, only receiving a nod in response. She sighed and stood up, joining him in the center of the room, she wanted to complain about being called girly. But this close to the man she could tell his pride was well earned.
She tried her best, but all ended with her laying back down on the hard floor, covered in sweat and panting. She sat up slowly.
“Okay, I’m impressed.” Ranma said. “And I can see what you meant, she could see my movements, but hardly keep up with them, my style would certainly fit her quite well.”
Claire nodded.
“Unfortunately I can’t teach her, I’m no master.” His comment made her raise an eyebrow.
She watched Claire snort and adopt a look that told her that she knew more than she let out. “I find that surprising given your abilities.”
“Maybe, but without the Old Freak declaring me a master I’m just a Martial Artist.” Ranma deflected.
“Hmm…” Claire mused. “Any possible way I could convince him? You’re definitely ahead of any other candidate we’ve access to.”
“Hooo, so you say you could find people as good as me?” Ranma asked excitedly.
“Could I? Yes, but that would require a lot of luck to find them for reasons I’m not going to entertain at the moment.” She waved it off. “Though… if you did teach her I could see about actively looking for them.”
“Very tempting.” Ranma said before getting smacked over the head by the young woman he had been sparring with. “Akane!”
“Don’t start, you idiot!” She berated him. “Don’t complicate it, when Happosai comes around you gotta ask him honestly what it would take to make you a master.”
Akira felt a shiver go down her spine and quickly found the source of the sensation as standing on a window’s edge was a very short, old man. He looked practically like a prune even when he stood on the thin edge as if it was solid ground.
“I heard my name and I felt new lovelies!” His voice sent a shiver down her spine.
Ramna focused completely on the old man as he jumped towards her. Akira felt her body instinctively jump off the way. But before she could dodge, she found that Happosai had gotten stuck in the middle of the air.
“I would prefer it if you didn’t try to molest my companion.” Claire’s tone left little doubt about her opinion on the situation.
Akira wondered for an instant if they even understood what she was doing, and how thin the string holding the man’s life was.
Happosai growled softly, but didn’t complain as he was placed down. “Who do you think you’re, little lady?”
“Someone that came here for a reason and that’s the only thing that kept your heart beating.” She replied coldly. “If it wasn’t because we came looking for Ranma to teach Akira, if you had tried that anywhere else, well…” She smiled peacefully.
Happosai snorted. “Another fiance, boy?” He asked towards the young man. “Do they even know-”
“They didn’t come for that, old freak. They came for lessons.” He quickly interrupted them. “But as I told them, you never gave me the title of master, so I can’t do anything unless you tell me how I can achieve it.”
“Like hell I will do that. Unless…” He grinned lecherously.
Claire interrupted now. “I should note that while I promised I had no intentions to hurt anyone in this house, I can still wait till you leave, Happosai.” She said.
“Claire! Stop threatening to kill people!” Akira finally snapped.
“What? I’m trying to get you the best teacher, a little murder of an old relic is pretty cheap.” She said nonchalantly.
Ranma chuckled. “You heard her, old man. Just test me properly and you won’t have to look over your shoulder… more than normal.” He said as he grinned.
Happosai’s scoff was interrupted by the sound of water and a cat’s scream.
“Sorry about that, dealing with possible interruptions.” Claire waved it off. “Go ahead, make your decision.”
“Okay, okay! I will test you properly.” The old prune finally acquiesced. “But you have to give me a day or two to think it through properly, that chick’s not wrong in that you have certainly surpassed that pair of slobs over there, I’ll need to prepare to properly test you.”
“Hey, it’s all good for me, I waited this long, I can wait one or two more days if you promise to take it seriously.” Ranma said and Claire only had to smile towards Happosai for the old man to nod a bit more energetically than necessary
He also quickly made his way out of the dojo.
“Well, that’s the fastest and easiest the old man was dealt with.” Ranma said and whistled. “What did you do exactly?” He turned towards Claire to ask.
“Just took a hold of the water in his body.” She answered without problem.
“Hoo, I would love to be able to do that.” Ranma mused. “You think you could teach me?”
“Unfortunately I was born with this ability.” Akira didn’t react to the evasive answer Claire had given. “Does it have to do with the curse that afflicts you?”
He sighed. “I should have imagined you knew about it since you had looked into me, I’m surprised you didn’t think it was something else.”
“Unfortunately my skill with curses is just good enough to recognize them for personal safety, the one capable of doing anything about those is my brother, which is a problem in itself because I was actually looking for him before I decided to make a stop here.” She explained.
“Bummer.” He sighed.
“It is in my skills to tell you that the curse you have only attracts water to yourself, your ability to change form and gender is the one being cursed. If my brother were to remove the curse, you would just gain control over it.” She explained.
“Wait, I thought the curse was turning.” Akane interrupted.
“Oh, no. That’s a bestowed ability, and why I imagine most people find it impossible to dispel.” Claire cleared things up. “There’s no curse to dispel on that front, the real curse is quite insidious, hiding in the ability’s activation, taking control of the change while adding the water attraction. Of course I’m talking from what I learned from my brother, curses are more of his thing and he could talk to you for hours about them.”
He let out a sigh. “By now I’m kinda used to it and I had already accepted I would live my life with it. The idea that I could have control over it…” He shrugged. “I think that would be worth the payment for the lessons.”
“That won’t be necessary, I doubt my brother would accept payment for something he would have done anyways, so we’ll pay for the lessons for Akira once you acquire your rank.”
Akira could only watch, she was glad Claire was helping her find a new goal. But she still wasn’t sure about learning Martial Arts, it certainly was a short-term goal until she found a proper one besides following Claire.
She also wondered about her siblings, her current companion was quite chatty when she felt like it. But usually preferred actions to show, and that extended towards the people in her life. She had only met a few of those that traveled in the same ship as hers. From Milo she had only heard a few comments and Magnus had been placed in the you will meet him sooner or later category, which mystified her.
She looked around the dojo, Kasumi had left a while ago with surprising stealth, meanwhile Akane had remained by Ranma, fussing over every comment he made in one way or another. Finally the two old men appeared to have grown depressed from having been pushed aside so easily and were moping over a table of shogi.
Her study of the room was broken by Claire. “Come on, we’ll come back in a couple of days to see how the whole test goes, for now we should get something to eat.” She said and after they thanked the people in the dojo, they headed out. “There’s this pretty good ramen shop near manned by an old Chinese amazon that is incredible.”
“...why does it feel like it’s related to Ranma and the rest?” Akira asked.
“Ah, you’re learning.” She smiled. “But yes, things in Nerima tend to rotate around the people in this house in one way or another. It’s not something that happens in all Worlds, but it can be pretty common that places with a very solid mundane civilization you find that anything strange congregates around certain spots, it makes it quite easy to find information about them once you recognize this.”
“What about my World then?”
“Ah, I understand the confusion. From your point of view your World was mostly normal except for the assassins and everything that went around them.” Claire answered. “But the truth is that everyone was a bit twisted, which is why we got interested in your World to begin with. Most people could observe people fighting to the death in the middle of the street or a subway and wouldn’t blink an eye.”
Akira opened her mouth to reply. “…” And then she closed it, realizing that was true, she had seen it many times herself. People in her original World just didn’t care about murder unless it was directly related to them, someone could be killed a meter away and as long as they didn’t know the person, they would ignore the fact.
She shuddered at the thought. “In hindsight, that’s terrifying.”
Claire placed a hand on her shoulder. “Don’t worry, you’ve transcended your World, now forget about that, we’re here.” She pointed to the store. “Come on.”
Akira closed her mouth, keeping what she wanted to say to herself. She would speak those words later, but she couldn’t deny she was getting hungry and the smell of the food was making her stomach complain. She followed Claire inside.
While this World was pretty close to her own, she wondered what the next one would present her with. Of course from what Claire said she would be spending a few months in this one. For some reason she wasn’t sure if that would be long enough to learn everything she had to. But she could certainly aim to make it her goal.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 27
Lord Voldemort breathed slowly and painfully, the potions he had imbibed still hadn’t fixed the problems of his body, it was as if his current malformed figure was meant to be natural to him. But he could feel it, lingering in the depths of his body, buried in the center of his bones. It became obvious when he thought about it, someone had tampered with the ritual ahead of time. But how!?
The necessary rituals to correct these kinds of deformities would take weeks, if not months to set up. None was kinda, every single one would be like dying once more, having his body melted and reformed. And worst of all, unless he could dispel whatever truly afflicted him, all would be for nothing.
In addition, the Dark Mark remained cursed, no matter what he did, how many times he tried to blast the damn thing off, it just came back. It was frustrating to admit someone had gotten one over him, unless he could cast a spell over every one of the Deatheaters at the same time, the damn curse would just reinfect the whole thing. At least the three cuts on his arm were a small thing compared to the other bleeding injuries caused by his deformities.
At least he could still glare at the pathetic fools that followed him, not one of them had come unscathed. Every Deatheater that had attended to his return was missing something, a finger, a foot, a hand, half an arm, part of a leg. Though he was pretty sure the reason Lucius Malfoy was stumbling was from a different kind of injury.
There were many that had not come to his call, some he could forgive, after he punished them. Others… he would take care of those at their due time. And finally the few that had been in Azkaban, been .
“Explain again.” He hissed.
Lucius Malfoy bowed further. “Yes, Lord Voldemort.” He cowed before straightening. “The details are unfortunately few, I was lucky to have been present during the interrogation of the Aurors. But even they had little to tell. As far as everyone knows, it happened in the span of ten to fifteen minutes. The attacker entered the prison from above, from the records that means he would have entered Bellatrix’s cell first. He used some kind of fog magic to swallow the whole tower and went down floor by floor, cell by cell.”
The Malfoy family head swallowed dryly. “Before he made it to the ground floor, Auror Patel intercepted the attacker and was apparently instantly killed, only delaying them for a second or two. A few moments later Auror Williamson attempted to stop them in the inner courtyard, but the swarm of Dementors made him run away. After that details are lacking, we only know all and every one of the Dementors fell to the ground dead and instants after the whole tower was swallowed by pure darkness, when it cleared there was nothing down to the bottom of the sea.”
“And what about the prisoners?” He hissed angrily.
“…Unfortunately, as best as we can tell, they are all dead, the goblins have already closed their family vaults and done away with their contents.” Malfoy answered sourly after a moment.
Voldemort wanted to rage, scream and punish his pathetic followers. But even the thought sent a sharp pain through his chest as his malformed ribs dug into his lungs, sending him into a coughing fit.
“Lord Voldemort.” Pettigrew rushed to his side, trying to help him. The pathetic rat had been trying to get back into his good graces after the failed ritual.
“Leave me.” He weakly shoved him away. “We need to focus on these pathetic bugs that dared to attack us, but we can’t forget about Dumbledore and Potter just yet. Barty Crouch Jr. certainly ruined our plans when he spilled everything, and even if Fudge won’t accept the proof in front of him, the fact that many of you have not made an appearance in public in the last few days is not helping.”
“Then what do we do, my lord?” One of the groveling wizards asked.
“I will need time to get my strength and fix this, but that doesn’t mean you all don’t have the necessary riches to hunt down for the one that dared attack Azkaban and the one that interrupted the ritual. Put a reward through the scum for any information on them, and a bounty for their heads, alive or dead.” He cackled painfully.
“Yes, my lord.” Lucius bowed just as the doors opened.
“Ah, Severus, I was wondering when you would make your appearance.” Riddle hissed.
“I apologize, Lord Voldemort, it’s quite hard to escape Dumbledore’s notice with the current events. My current time’s limited as the old fool had some official matters to attend to in the ministry.” He spoke stoically, ignoring his deformities.
“Ah yes, your post in Hogwarts… What can you tell me about that fool Crouch Jr.?”
“I’ve to admit he tricked me at first, but the man failed to secure his own ingredients and forced my hand to provide for him, it was a hard year of having to excuse such expenses towards Dumbledore. Once he was caught I was forced to feed him Veriseratum when the old fool ordered me to, the man wasn’t even prepared, sang like a bird.” He practically spat insults towards the man, making Voldemort grin, showing his mismatched teeth.
He turned towards Malfoy once more. “Lucius, do you think you could get me that fool? I would like to punish him personally.”
“With Azkaban gone, he should be kept in one of the Ministry’s cells, it makes it harder and easier, but… I will see what I can do, my lord.” Lucius bowed.
“Good, good… that bug may have helped get Potter to me for the ritual, but his later failings should be punished, I may even have a use for him after… if he’s still alive.”
Magnus observed the meeting through one of Orange’s many spy bugs. The information was quite useful to him, if he could get a proper date of their attack, he could add some more chaos to the situation. There were more than a few things he would like to acquire from the Ministry and if Riddle’s group provided the distraction it would be better.
Right now half of him was working along Ruby towards the finishing details of the Ritual, they had hit a small snag. But the slow down wouldn’t impact their time table at all thankfully. The other half was walking into Hogsmeade to meet with Dumbledore, he was going to feed the old man enough Lies to choke a lesser. Though depending on how the meeting went, his other half would be breaking into Hogwarts through the Vanishing Cabinet.
The magical item was curious, and frustrating just as anything else the local magic people did. It wasn’t even frustrating in the usual way, the item was incredibly simple, an object or person entered Cabinet A and closed the door, then Cabinet B’s door opened and they came out. It could only work as long as both cabinets were closed. That was it, they did nothing else, theoretically the person wouldn’t even feel a thing inside.
Point to point, it was ages better than Floo transportation as far as he could tell, and it had been created by a wizard that wanted to act as a fake magician for normal people. How one half of it ended in Hogwarts and the other in a shitty shop in the bad side of town he had no idea. But most likely the wizard got arrested for using actual magic in front of normal people and it got lost in transit somewhere.
Technically the half in Hogwarts wouldn’t activate as long as the Room of Requirements wasn’t in the correct configuration, but nothing a Lie wouldn’t fix.
Magnus stopped in front of the Three Broomsticks Inn and headed in, it was time to face the music and he had a role to play, he was going for the gold and… he was definitely getting too into character. He chuckled and walked in.
A blonde woman who appeared in charge approached him. “New face, I’m Madam Rosmerta, the owner, how can I help you?” She greeted him.
“I’m Magnus, and I was going to meet with Dumbledore here, I don’t know if he arrived yet.”
“Ah, yes, the professor arrived just a few moments ago, third floor second room on the left. Would you like me to send something your way?”
“A hot chocolate if you could.” He asked, and with her nod he headed up.
Honestly, the Inn was the most mundane magical place he had seen, the construction was neat, clean, there was a bit of smell of smoke, but it almost added to the atmosphere. People sat around tables, even this early in the day they shared drinks, talks and more than one person looked ready to hand a group of inexperienced adventurers a quest way above their level; the usual.
He didn’t have a hard time finding said room, what surprised him was that it was only Dumbledore meeting him. He had honestly expected the man to come with at least one more person. Not as much as for his own security, he was pretty sure the old man only feared confronting one or two people alone. But more for the image of… he was wrong, he could faintly see the Lie of someone hiding in the room.
It was quite a Lie too, a deadly one for the pun. It wasn’t hard to tell who was most likely under the Lie, especially when he could feel a similar sensation to the stone he had recovered. He practically ignored the people hiding and smiled cordially.
“Albus Dumbledore, I believe.” He reached with his hand and the old wizard shook it.
His grip was firm, but respectful, and so far Magnus didn’t have a reason to push on that front, and he replied in kind.
“And you must be Magnus.” His voice was wizened and a bit tired, it was obvious he had spent a lot of his time talking lately.
“In the flesh, Magnus Andes.” He presented himself and sat down, not at all surprised to see his drink waiting by his side, that was good service.
“I must thank you profusely for helping Harry in the graveyard.” The old man started to speak.
“I want to say it was nothing, but I can tell it meant a lot more for you than it did for me.” He laughed softly and took his drink. “It was very fortunate I was in the area, or better to say, it was fortunate that my target visited the area. He was seen a few days earlier in Little Hangleton, for what I’ve no way of knowing, my own investigation only showed that he had done something in the graveyard and in a small house near by the town’s outskirts. Apparently it had been once owned by the Gaunt family, unfortunately there were only rumors and ashes by the time I got to the place.”
“The Gaunt you say?” Albus sounded surprised.
“That’s what the locals told me, unfortunately, as I said, the house was burnt down to ashes by the time I investigated. I was on my way out of town when I saw a bright flash of light over the graveyard and went to inspect. Things quickly went very messy there.” He laughed. “But I managed to help the boy escape while I distracted the masked men before making my own way out.”
“That was very brave of you.” The tone felt a bit condescending, but he let it pass.
“I want to be honest, it wasn’t that dangerous. Outside of the head honcho, who was definitely in little shape to fight after failing whatever return ritual he carried. The rest carried themselves like children, I think they did more damage to each other than to me, which was easy since they didn’t touch me once.” He laughed.
“Impressive, many of them should have been expert duelists.”
Magnus snorted. “I won’t put down such abilities, but there’s a big difference between fighting one on one, and the chaos of one fast target in the midst of your forces.” He said. “Can you really say that a group of wizards could deal with one fast Cornish Pixie with a switchblade?”
It was a fact of this World, most current Magic spells were quite slow, outside of a few that were immediate, most spells had to fly towards the enemy and hit them. He hadn’t had a need to even Blink around them to dodge.
“Honestly, they were lucky they got me, I was just distracting them and running away. If they had found my target the Isles would have been down a dozen or so wizards by now.” He laughed darkly.
“You’ve talked twice about your target so far, who are they?” Dumbledore asked curiously.
“Ah, yes, him . Unfortunately I can’t tell you his name,” he grinned, “we cursed it.”
That surprised Albus. “Cursed his name?”
“Yeah, we cursed it.” He laughed.
“Why would you do that?”
“Names have power, so we cursed it to keep it from being spoken, we stripped its power, people quickly forgot it. His contacts couldn’t speak it, he lost connections everywhere.” He explained. “I think I can tell you a bit of his history, you’ve to understand that it all started before I was born, so I didn’t actually have personal experience with the man until later in my life.”
“Please, go on.”
“I was born in South America, Argentina in specific, if you kept in touch with the muggle’s history, you would know the area was under a dictatorship for some time. My target was working with the people in charge, he helped them come into power and used them for his own ends, over thirty thousand people killed in his name that we know of.” The number made Albus pale. “As you can imagine, that’s a lot of power he acquired, it was a losing battle, many wizards and witches were killed under the pretense of being enemies of the country. Men, women, adults, children, pregnant women and even the handicapped, no one was safe.”
“How did I never hear of this?” Albus mumbled.
Magnus snorted. “Easy, the dictatorship had pretty big international sponsors, both England and the USA had interests in keeping it going, and I don’t doubt your own government was quite busy during the events.” He took a long sip of the hot chocolate as he watched Albus’s hand grip the armrest harder.
“We were forced to fight fire with fire, but not in the way you’re thinking. Fighting in secret wouldn’t have worked, our magical population is tiny in comparison, and most people aren’t too above me in magical capability. We joined forces with the muggles and started to hide our acts in public protests, it started on the seventy seven. It was those that were considered the weakest, mothers of those that had been taken started to protest openly. Their image as the weakest became a sort of shield, a peaceful protest hid a ritual, it wasn’t big nor flashy. But it was accumulative.”
His tale had the man entranced, the Lies mixed with the Truth that existed would solidify the understanding in his mind as nothing else was possible.
“Muggles may not have magic, but there’s magic in belief and such zealous repetition, week after week. More joined, men couldn’t protest openly, but they were too, sharing their intentions. It spread, you can only hold a society under such hold for a certain amount of time before it moves against you, by the eighties over half of the country’s inhabitants counted towards the ritual.”
“Why wouldn’t you have reached for the ICW?”
“And they would do what exactly?” Magnus asked dryly, an eyebrow raised. “No offense, but their love for the status quo would have aimed to first destroy the ritual and Obliviate any muggle that was in the known. Meanwhile the target would have just murdered any force of the law, magical or otherwise, that tried to stop him.”
Given his reaction, he knew Albus though it would be like this.
“The curse and the ritual finally worked, it helped that when the dictatorship was finally broken, his main supporters in the muggles turned against him for failing them to keep them in power. Unfortunately he escaped into the Amazon forest, it became impossible to find him after that.” Magnus Lied, Lied and Lied a bit more. “I was barely a kid at the end, I don’t really have memories of the worst years.”
With Dumbledore deep in his story, his other half stepped through the Vanishing Cabinet, after fixing it, the object had worked perfectly and now he was surrounded by piles and piles of random objects.
His inventory opened and out came a swarm of Forge Ants. He hadn’t been idle with them, their design had been streamlined. And while every single one was just a worker, they were all connected to the Long Fortune’s systems, and to Orange from there. They quickly spread around, collecting anything and everything, they had also all been connected to the ship’s own storage and were throwing every piece of furniture, broken cauldron, book, jewelry, bottle and anything else they came across.
While they worked, he followed the wrong sensation he was feeling since he had come in. It made it quite easy to find Ravenclaw’s diadem. He instantly threw it into his inventory, he would extract the soul piece later.
There was one more thing he had to take care of in the castle… well, two actually. But he wasn’t going to try and break into the Gryffindor’s Tower for the Cape of Invisibility. Especially because if he played his cards right, he could snatch the wand from Dumbledore.
He quickly left the Room of Requirements and wandered towards the closest bathroom, and then did something he didn’t think he would ever do. He sank into the shadows of the pipes.
While he could have certainly wandered through the school towards the first floor bathroom to open the secret door, it would have been asking for trouble, especially when he could feel the chamber deep underground, connected to the darkness of the plumbing system.
It was interesting how he could feel the plumbing changing shape, also completely stupid from a design point of view as he could tell that there was no logic nor reason to the configurations the pipes took. It was as if someone was playing an old pipes puzzle game and didn’t truly know what they were doing.
He finally came out to the chamber, even if the magical torches took a moment to turn on, he could still see the corpse of the nearly sixteen meters long monster. He approached the body, a closer inspection showed the monster hadn’t moved a centimeter from the spot it had died. That was such a shame, for others , it meant he had a whole body of materials.
Unfortunately the eyes were missing, now that was a shame, they were very potent reagents and even one of them could have been used for dozens of things. On the other hand, there was a fang still in the mouth and it didn’t look like anyone had dared to milk the monster for its venom. There was also the fact that the killing wound was a pretty small incision going from the roof of its mouth out to the crown of the head, a very clean kill all accounted for. It would be easy to get between thirty and fifty square meters of pristine Basilisk skin, a full skeleton, all its internal organs, a few hundred liters of maybe a bit spoiled blood, not that he believed the corpse would be spoiled. It had been dead for two years and it didn’t look even bloated. Most likely its flesh was too poisonous to rot normally.
It took a bit of effort to move the corpse into his inventory. But he had moved larger with the Gleeok, the only difference was how floppy the noodle-shaped body was to move.
With a smile on his face, Magnus checked on the progress of the Forge Ants. Ninety percent done, he set them to finish and start to evacuate as he got ready for his second role of the day. Since he was playing the hero for Dumbledore, he would now play the monster.
Darkness reached out for the torches and snuffed their lights, plunging the chamber into darkness before his Darkness came up to swallow it all. It started to spread through the plumbing he had used to enter. It became easy to reach every corner of the castle.
He counted down from three and grinned when he heard the panic break all over the castle, and all he was doing was spreading a layer of Darkness over walls and windows. He could feel students and teachers trying to attack the Darkness, but there was no magic missile here.
Elemental spells were swallowed, flung objects fell down after hitting it, even light spells did nothing. And then he heard someone cast a Patronus spell, it was a spur of a moment. But it felt so fitting, he had the Darkness shy away from the spell, pull away and act scared. Evil Overlord List number two hundred and twenty, fake a vulnerability.
Thankfully there were enough people capable of casting said spells to put an actual problem to the chaos he was starting, since he was still with Dumbledore and the old man hadn’t reacted yet, he still had a bit more work to do.
His posture dropped and his fist was pulled back, it had been a while since he had pulled on his titanic strength in full, just in case he enveloped his arm in Darkness before he punched up.
The solid Darkness impacted the roof of the chamber with the might of a dozen cannonballs launched straight up. He felt the whole castle shake in response, many of the mirrors would have most likely cracked if they hadn’t been covered in his Darkness. The same couldn’t be said about the Potion classroom where the toxic fumes of mixed reagents was filling the place.
The screams filling the castle were perfect, and to add a bit more he proceeded to shape a big chunk of Darkness into a replica of the Basilisk. He made sure to make it look like the corpse, a hanging jaw, a missing fang, empty eye sockets and dripping Darkness as venom from its maw. If someone got close enough they would notice the hole on its head. He had it slither along the hallways, acting as if it was hunting for something.
Playing the bad guy shouldn’t be this much fun.
He unfortunately realized late he should have used the chaos to slip into Gryffindor’s tower and get the cloak. But Dumbledore was finally reacting to the chaos. The old man had barely apologized before running out of the room.
Magnus would of course not stay behind, he followed him at a healthy distance. The trick would be keeping the charade and not kill him. He needed to disarm him and take the wand, so there would be a bit of power testing at the start.
The easiest would be just cutting off his hand, but that felt strangely wrong about how to go, breaking his arm would be the best. He would need a good distraction, and a helpful hero acting with the worst timing would be perfect for the story.
He pulled his fist back and punched towards the roof of the chamber, time for the next act.
Chapter 28
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 28
“I still don’t understand why he would attack Azkaban then.” Albus mused. “Wouldn’t he have wanted to take control of those inside?”
“Ah, I understand your confusion.” Magnus answered. “The thing is, that my target has never had many followers, he only had people he used. The muggles in the government? Tools to the last one of them for him.”
“Then why the attack? It’s even less meaning.”
“He acquired power by absorbing power from death. Tell me professor Dumbledore, how many people have died in Azkaban over the years? How many were kissed by Dementors? How much darkness has accumulated in that physical place? He killed them all and destroyed the place so utterly that it all had one place to end, in him .”
The old man paled at the implications.
Magnus didn’t smile when the first hit shook the castle a distance away. He only noticed a small stiffness on the old man, had that not been enough?
He continued talking as the fake snake was released and the man’s tone turned nervous. With the second hit he finally reacted.
“I’m sorry, I feel like something came up and-” His words were lost as Fawkes appeared on his shoulder and took him away in a short-lived gout of flame.
Of course Magnus couldn’t just stay there, even if there was an audible gasp from the person under the invisibility cloak. He ignored them and rushed out of the room.
What was really worrying though, was that his other self hadn’t realized he knew the location of the cloak. He rushed towards the castle grounds while racking his brain trying to understand why. He couldn’t deny it worried him, both selves should have maintained a near perfect connection. But for some reason the more he played the roles, the further away the two got.
He would need to reconcile with himself and meditate about it, otherwise it could become dangerous if he was blindsided by himself. Only those that had come with him could truly pose a danger to him in this World, and he was his worst opponent.
He watched the castle shake a third time as he approached it. The place looked wrong, the windows were pitch-black, adding a strange sensation of depth to anyone watching. The sound of spells could be heard in the distance, especially as he came out through one of the walls riding on the massive Darkness snake. He was being so fucking extra, if he wasn’t worried about the synchrony issues he would be enjoying it much more.
A closer look showed that Dumbledore wasn’t being left quite far behind, he was riding on an animated manticore made from stone. He had completely missed the man casting that spell, he had thrown a few testing blasts of Darkness while he juggled the attention of the teachers and a few seventh year students.
He would have been more worried about the missing chunks on the Darkness construct if he hadn’t made those himself, seeing every magic user trying to cast Patronus at him was certainly cementing his so-called vulnerability.
Magnus launched large comets of Darkness, they weren’t exactly dangerous. They basically hit the target with a good punch and sapped their energy, got hit too many times and you passed out. But nothing that a good sleep and a meal wouldn’t fix. It still painted a terrible sight, people having troubles keeping their eyes open, bodies sagging against the surfaces. Seeing your comrades pass out after being hit was incredibly demoralizing.
He forced Dumbledore to move away from the castle. It wasn’t hard, forcing the old man to keep the fight at a close distance and use the animated mount to shield the people left behind by the castle.
He took a moment to calculate things before moving. While the one of him that was on the snake prepared a very obvious attack, his other self rushed towards Albus. The timing was everything.
The old wizard missed the signs, too focused on the Magnus attacking to notice the attack coming from below the ground. Spikes of Darkness shot out just as his other self tackled the old man out of the way, but not fast nor far enough for one of those spikes to hit his wand hand.
He could see the look of surprise and fear on the old man’s face, but there was a quick acceptance as the golem he rode was turned into small chunks, stabbed by dozens of pitch black spikes. He caught the wand with a tendril, storing it into his inventory before making a quick way into the forest and disappearing into the shadows completely.
The Magnus that was left in the castle’s ground helped the old man up. “I’m sorry, I saw what was about to happen and just reacted.”
“It’s… okay…” Albus breathed heavily as he looked at his hand, the cut was quite nasty. But the local magic wouldn’t have too much trouble fixing it. “I’m not as young as I once was.”
He turned to study the damage on the castle, Darkness had left with his other self, and without him, the few standing people were taking those laying down.
“I assume that was your target?” Albus asked as they quickly moved towards the castle at a tired pace.
“Yes, though I’ve no idea why he would attack the school. As dangerous and malevolent he is, he rarely attacks without a good reason. Did you keep something he could have wanted?” He asked, curious to see what was his opinion.
“The school’s library is considered the largest in the country.” Albus mused. “And we do hold a number of very rare and normally considered banned books for study. I’ll have to ask Madam Pince to make sure no book has been stolen, which will be hard given the many that have been lent and not returned.” He sighed. “Though I’ve a larger guess given the monster he had been seen riding.”
“The snake? I don’t think I’ve ever seen him create one before.” He thought out loud. “He usually rode a giant feline made of shadows, apparently he killed it in the Amazon forest and turned it into a sort-of servant.” He explained. “Please don’t tell me he killed the school’s pet.”
“Oh, no, no, no,” he laughed softly, “it was actually dead all along. It’s an unfortunate part of the school’s history, the monster had been sleeping in a hidden chamber in the school, unknown to everyone. It had been a long, long time since it had acted and no one knew it even existed outside of tales. It was killed a couple years ago, thankfully there were no fatalities. A Basilisk is a deadly creature after all.”
Magnus acted surprised. “To be that size… it must have been ancient. I’ve not had the bad luck to come across one, but I’ve read enough about them.”
“Yes, legends say it was bred personally by one of the school’s founders. How true we can’t really tell. But it would be close to a thousand years.”
He nodded. “Is there anything I could do to help?”
“I think you’ve done plenty by saving my life, with my years I think I’ve grown a bit rusty.”
“Then I’ll wish you luck, I’m staying near Diagon Alley, so it should be easy to find me. If I’m not around, then most likely my partner Ruby may come in contact with you, until my target’s done with, I don’t have a reason to leave.”
The old man nodded and wished him well. With that done, Magnus left as quickly as possible, only stepping through one of the golden portals once he was sure he wouldn’t be seen.
It still took long enough for him to remove the second soul fragment from the diadem. He looked at himself and realized what was happening, quickly releasing the True Mirror Moon and sighing in relief as he felt his mind start to mend.
“Are you okay, Magnus?” He felt Ruby by his side. It surprised him to see her.
“… I just didn’t notice I was growing so distant from myself.” He answered, turning towards the pink-haired woman and hugging her close. Her slightly taller frame made it quite comfortable.
“Did anything wrong happen?” She asked seriously.
“No… thankfully I managed to learn of the problem before anything serious happened.” He admitted.
“Then the worst was averted, learn from it.” She smiled and drew him into a kiss.
He melted into the moment, he was still worried about the divergence between his selves when using the True Mirror Moon. But his girlfriend was more important. He had been quite successful on his mission, he could take some time for himself.
Magnus woke up covered in Ruby. He didn’t necessarily need to sleep, but his girlfriend had enough bodies to make sure he felt the need to do so. With the room’s lights off, he easily melded down into them and left the pile of body warmth, as comfortable as it was, he still had things to do.
He stopped by the shower and fifteen minutes later he was back in his workshop. The death stick was still where he had left it.
He took it and gave it a swish, he could feel the wand react to his will and a shower of black and white sparkles shot out from the tip. He was glad that disarming the old man had been enough. It was certainly tempting to use, but… he honestly could craft a much better foci for himself.
The biggest thing about the wand was that it was compatible with anyone that won it over and any spell cast with it was more . Wands in this World just didn’t vary much, if at all, if you were compatible with it, good. But you wouldn’t be getting wands specially made for specific qualities, what they could do was what you got and even then they didn’t really show off in any particular way.
Funnily enough, he had given a number of magical races much better knowledge on how to create magical foci.
He placed the wand down by the stone, two down. It was fun to think he could have just snatched the cloak too, but that would have broken his cover. Not that he needed that persona, it was just fun and having given Dumbledore the information about his “target” he could have certainly left.
There was also the fact that with two of them, it wouldn’t be hard to triangulate the location of the third at any time he wanted.
For the moment he could truly relax, allow both sides to lick their wounds and wait until Riddle decided to attack the ministry of magic.
“ Feeling better? ” Orange’s voice came through the System.
“Yeah.” He answered as he opened the index of objects in the warehouse and started to eye all the objects he had taken from the Room of Requirements.
He retrieved what appeared to be an incomplete set of Goblin silver cutlery. Closer inspection showed it wasn’t an incomplete set, but multiple very incomplete sets. It didn’t matter, what he was interested in was the material.
“ Glad that Ruby got there fast, I was honestly a bit scared when I saw you panic. ”
He winced. “Yeah, sorry about that. I think the technique blindsiding me was not something I expected.” He said.
“ Hmm, well, maybe you will think things better next time you try to imitate dad. ”
“In my defense, the main problem was trying to play two different people, not dividing myself in two.” He said mostly as a joke as he started to melt the Goblin silver cutlery.
Orange just snorted through the System as he started to work with the strange alloy. He wasn’t sure exactly what made it special, but he had a hunch it was an alchemical creation.
Thankfully he didn’t need to create more yet and there were enough samples left to study after. For the moment he used the material to reforge Tenlight.
The blade had followed him the longest of all of his weapons. The katana had had its fair share of fights. He worked the material into the weapon as he simultaneously fed the material with his Light. Goblin Silver had the ability to absorb the qualities of things it was used on, which was why it boggled him that someone had used it to make cutlery. Thankfully no one had used any of the pieces he had melted, that’s why he was feeding the metal with enough Light that nothing else would fit.
He pushed on his skills to work the metal as he mixed it into the weapon. But it wasn’t just the shape of the weapon, but the soul of it, that little fidget of Will that had sprouted after he visited Ruby’s original World.
As he worked he felt something slide into place, finally clicking as the largest Perk he had ever acquired joined him. It combined with a large number of Perks, not just in the usual way they tended to synergize. But it also added more on top. He could feel a number of his skills tip over too.
Tailoring, Blacksmithing and Enchanting were the first that went from Advanced into something more . Tailoring evolved into Numenous Vestures, Blacksmithing turned into Legendsmithing, Enchanting gave way to Mystical Enchanting. Those changes simply signified the knowledge the Perk had added, ways to further create and enhance items, true secrets of Hyrulean’s armors and weapons.
Of course there was a difference between knowing all that had gone into making a weapon like the Master Sword, and actually forging said blade. It wasn’t a matter of skill, but the complexity, materials, times, beings involved, goals, and a dozen other things. There were also smaller secrets, the Bigoron Sword was a curious one, while a sword sized for his titanic form would be interesting, he could already do something with his existing weapons. They had gained that ability to keep up with his size.
He poured his new knowledge into Tenlight, not just towards the reforging of said blade, but also to improve the enchantments he had once so sloppily cast upon it, if they could even be called that. He practically rewrote it from the ground up, giving the weapon a new way to grow.
He worked for nearly four hours, constantly pouring Light into the weapon as the Goblin-wrought Silver was forged into the blade, as magic was rewritten and the Will inside of the blade was given a proper body.
He sighed as he looked at the blade, the general aspects of it hadn’t changed. It was still very much a normal-sized Katana, the edge had gained a stronger silvery sheen. But it was the growing lines along the body of the blade that was the most eye-catching. The lines still held their ninety degrees angles, imitating many of the Sheikah’s design motifs.
He honestly felt spent, it had taken more than a huge chunk of his Light to finish the blade. But it was worth it. The main problem was that it was definitely overkill for the current World. It would be like pulling Excalibur on some cavemen. Not that Truth and Lie were that much weaker, and they could certainly get a proper reforge once he acquired a good material for it.
To truly finish the weapon, he stored it away inside his Light star, which would further hasten the weapon’s development. He couldn’t wait to see what came out of the other end.
For the moment he had a massive snake to butcher and to decide what to do with all those materials.
Snape could barely believe what had happened while he had been away. Dumbledore knew he had to make himself present to Voldemort, especially as his mastery over Potions had become necessary to deal with whatever had gone wrong with the ritual for his return.
Voldemort was sure it was a curse, which proved to be a problem because there weren’t many potions effective at breaking curses, even less curses like the one that was affecting him.
He had barely made sure the potion laboratory didn’t explode, melt or any idiot decided to try their hand at finding if he had stored Felix Felicis in there. Snape had a supply of the potion stored for himself, but he certainly didn’t keep it with himself or in some random lab that wasn’t his personal and private one.
He certainly wished he had a vial on him, maybe it would have set the situation better when he heard Hogwarts had been attacked. That… that had not been something he had ever expected to be surprised with.
Oh, Snape certainly knew that Voldemort would sooner or later attack the school. But this had come out of nowhere. Thankfully with the blasted tournament over, he had a bit more freedom in how he moved.
The Potion master walked into Dumbledore’s office and was only moderately surprised to see it was only the man inside, even his trusty companion Fawkes was missing.
“Ah, Severus.” Albus’ voice was tired.
“Albus… I heard about what happened.” He said, unsure.
“Ah yes, the attack.” He sighed and shifted a bit. “I’m not as young as I used to be.” He laughed awkwardly. “Fortunately no one was injured past a few bruises and bad falls in the chaos and what happened afterwards. I was unfortunately away from the castle at the moment.”
“What happened exactly? I mean, I saw the hole getting fixed. But… who was it?”
“We’re still investigating how it happened, they were seen coming out of a secret door on the seventh floor by the portraits, they acted as if they didn’t care and wandered towards one of the bathrooms on the same floor. They somehow used the plumbing to get access to the Chamber of Secrets, apparently they were after the Basilisk’s corpse.”
Snape winced, he couldn’t believe he had forgotten about such a trove of treasure under their feet. The venom alone would have been worth at least a few thousand Galleons, the rest of the beast would only increase the payment tenfold.
“Yes, I blame myself there too, we should have done something about it straight away.” Albus said. “I will be heading down later to investigate and make sure nothing else was left down there.”
He nodded. “We will need Potter, I don’t think the way down can be opened without Parseltongue.”
“Ah, I actually have been practicing on my own, it should be enough to open the way.” Albus laughed weakly. “Seems Salazar only went as far as keeping it locked behind the spoken word and not a natural language speaker.”
“I see, then that’s good.” He wouldn’t outright say that the less he had to see Potter the better. “And the attacker?”
“That’s a bit of a story, I talked with Magnus, the one that Harry fortunately met in the graveyard. He so far refers to this person as target, and given that they apparently cursed his name to weaken him…” Albus once more looked tired. “After hearing the whole story I can agree that it was necessary. But before I tell you about that, I would like to listen to how things are with Voldemort, there’s something I’m curious about.”
“Someone knew about Voldemort’s Ritual, and cursed his father’s remains quite badly. It’s riddled him with a Muggle’s medical book of problems and he’s been incapable of dealing with it. It’s been keeping him in constant pain, which translates to much shorter patience, I don’t doubt he will act before he’s actually ready, he’s been planning to attack the Ministry, albeit I lack the reason behind the move.”
“He could be planning to retrieve the prophecy, or maybe something else…” Albus offered his opinion.
“Maybe, he’s having me currently brewing potions to fix the missing limbs in his Death Eaters.” Snape said.
This brought Albus to a stop. “Missing limbs?”
“Yes, apparently Magnus is quite capable with the sword he carried and cut a fair share of hands, fingers, forearms and legs. No fatality, but practically every Death Eater that attended the call lost something. It also seems like he kept all the pieces .”
That seemed to bring Albus to a pause. “I don’t know what to say, I can see the reason why he would aim to disarm when so outnumbered. But taking the limbs…”
“It’s certainly slowed down the Death Eaters, none of them have been able to make a public appearance, except Lucius Malfoy. But in his case,” Snape coughed, “well, let’s say Magnus wasn’t out of hitting under the belt. The prat’s been having a hard time walking straight or sitting down.” Dumbledore winced a bit.
“I see.”
“I also don’t know what to say about him being in danger when being outnumbered. As far as all Death Eaters could tell, he wasn’t hit even once.”
Albus nodded. “He did mention he took advantage of their inexperience of fighting a faster enemy in their midst.” He noted. “There’s one other matter that worries me the most.”
“Yes?”
“The so-called target, he managed to take the Elder Wand-” Albus was quickly interrupted.
“What?!” Snape screamed.
“It’s vexing. During the attack he kept his distance to attack quite monotonously. But it seemed to have been a trap, when I lowered my guard he attacked from below, having created some kind of black spikes from the ground. It was only Magnus tackling me off the golem I had transmuted that saved my life.”
“That’s when…”
Albus looked at his hand. “Yes, I’m pretty sure that attack would have impaled me. It only grazed my hand and forced me to loosen my grip. He then proceeded to take the wand and escape, I don’t know if he even knew what he took or simply aimed to take it as a trophy or simply deny it from me.”
“It’s unfortunately a wise move.” Snape admitted sourly.
That was when a small pop signaled the arrival of a House Elf.
“Oh, Dobby, what brings you?” Albus asked.
“Me sorry, sir. But the elveses have something wrong found on the Seventh floor.” The House Elf spoke carefully. Snape was actually a bit surprised by the near lack of errors.
“What is it?” Albus asked, the serious Wizard peeking behind the affable grandfather.
“The elves were looking to tables replace from the extras. But there’s no more extras.”
Snape frowned. “What do you mean there were no extras? There’s always more furniture in case the current one breaks.”
“Not… not exactly sir. Teachers and Headmasters buy new furniture from time to time, we elves put the old furniture in a special room, along with every lost thing.” Dobby explained. “ That room is empty.”
Albus frowned, concentrating before his eyes opened wide. “The Room of Requirements…”
“The room of requirements?” Snape asked, confused as Dobby nodded.
“It’s a very particular room, I’ve not had the need to use it. But it’s a very magical place in the school. The room can shift to fill any need the person looking for said room. One of its basic configurations is a room that contains everything that could be considered to have been lost in Hogwarts since nearly its founding.” Albus explained. “I’ve to admit I, like my predecessors, have neglected to take care of it. With every year it becomes more of a hassle to start.”
Dobby nodded energetically, his floppy ears bouncing. “Thas right, sir Headmasters Dumbledore. The old elves say it’s mostly trash, but…”
“But as Muggles say, one man’s trash is another man’s treasure, and with a thousand years, who knows what may have ended up lost.” Albus said gravely.
Snape winced, he could barely imagine what students, teachers and headmaster may have left lying around. The worst offender was funnily enough headmaster, many of them had carried on their position till the time of their death, and many of them hadn’t been exactly sound of mind by that time, or they had been too interested in the academics of certain untold and prohibited subjects.
He could imagine anything, from love notes from first years to the works of a lifetime carried by teachers and forgotten from a badly cast spell. Blackmail, forbidden knowledge, riches long forgotten, and who knows what else.
“I think…” Snape nearly whispered, “that the Basilisk wasn’t the true objective.”
Albus paled at the shared thought.
Notes:
Flesh and Steel (600CP)(The Legend of Zelda Breath of the Wild - TG):Clothes can make the man, you've learned. It might be possible for someone to perform great feats of stealth in bulky plate, but even someone with that kind of skill would be much better served with the appropriate wear, right? And the tales of those with shining and enchanted armor allowing the hero to survive impossible odds are common - the hammer that could forge such a thing is now in your hands. With this skill, you can create armor and accessories (such as rings, jewelry, and armbands)that directly imbue the wearer with supernatural power, physical boosts, and prowess in certain skills. With this, you could create amber earrings that make one tougher, or a suit of armor that allows you to swim faster! In addition, if you have Hammer and Anvil, Gimmick and Trick and Fire and Ice - your weapon crafting skill is among the legendary smiths of old, able to create the kind of weapons only worthy of the 4 Champions of Hyrule itself, matching the mythic weapons of Hyrule such as the sword of Biggoron or the Six Sages!
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 29
(Warning about looking into Cybersix, the animated series is for kids, the comic is very much for adults )
Cybersix went along with her usual day-time life, or at least she did it as her alter-ego Adrian Siedelman. She still couldn’t believe the luck she had had when she had escaped from Von Reichter all those years ago.
Coming across a car crash in the middle of nowhere wasn’t the strangest, drivers tended to get complacent when there was nothing happening. The true luck of the situation had been the fact that the car crash had claimed the life of three people, an old couple and their only son, a son that had held an eerie resemblance to her.
She had quickly taken the gift and claimed the name, may the young man rest in peace. Being a fresh orphan helped hide a lot of her initial mistakes and insecurities, thankfully Adrian had been a young adult and she was allowed to live on her own, instead of being thrown into the foster care system.
The inheritance from her, Adrian’s, parents also helped her live alone, and hide the fact that Adrian was actually a genetically-engineered woman hiding in plain-sight as a young adult. She had taken some time to properly find her life, but she enjoyed being a literature teacher, no matter how troublesome some students could be.
So far into her own thoughts she was that she accidentally walked into a young man, she was surprised by the fact that she bounced. She looked up trying to apologize and lost her words as she looked into his eyes, the bluest eyes she had ever seen.
“I’m sorry, I wasn’t looking where I was going.” He said.
“No, no, it’s okay, I wasn’t looking anyways.” She responded in kind.
She was a bit surprised by his startlingly silver hair. But it was his smile that made a small amount of blush pepper her cheeks and nearly break the masculine tone she used when she went out as Adrian.
“ I- I’m sorry, I’ve work to do.” She quickly apologized and ran away.
She thankfully could continue with her day in disguise as it was normal, but the image of the man haunted her thoughts for all of it. The way she couldn’t not think about him made her think it may be another of the Creatures created by Doctor Von Riechter, had he been sent to capture her or get her to lower her guard?
Her paranoia only mounted up during the day, to the point she apologized to Lucas, the only person she could consider a friend in her life as Adrian, and headed straight home. She still made sure she wasn’t being followed, taking the quickest route.
She quickly removed her clothes the moment she reached home, ignoring the questioning growl from Data-7, and changing into her dark, full-body suit. She got the hat and the cape on before turning to her oldest friend and current companion.
“Calm down, Data-7. It’s… I’m just overthinking things.” She admitted, mostly to reassure herself. “I just came across someone that surprised me.”
The black panther with the mind of a man moved closer to sniff her before chuffing and growling.
“I smell like a cat? I don’t remember coming in contact with any.” She said as she thought about it. “Maybe someone I came in contact with today owns one?”
The panther growled again.
“No, I don’t think Lori’s a cat in heat, no matter how she acts, she’s just a teenage student.” Cybersix rolled her eyes.
Data-7 grinned before the two of them went out of the window and took to the roofs of the city.
She loved this part of her life, the freedom, the speed, the anonymity of the darkness. If she could just forget completely about Von Riechter and his son, Jose, if she could just live her life without the fear of one day getting caught. Maybe then she could let Adrien rest once for all, maybe then she could tell Lucas… But that was a pipe dream, unless she took care of the two monsters she would continue hiding as Adrien by day and hunting at night.
And hunting she was, her body wasn’t natural. It had been created by the terrible Doctor Von Riechter, the sixth specimen of the Cyber series, the last of them, the only survivor. In many ways she was a success, outside of the programmed need for a specific chemical cocktail, she would live longer, heal faster, and be physically superior to any human. She hated the fact that she could be considered one of the man’s masterpieces, or close enough.
This need also meant she couldn’t just kill the two monsters after her life. If she did she would be setting herself for an inescapable death. She would have already died if she couldn’t get the chemical in another way.
Her eyes zeroed in her target, a couple of Fixed Ideas, one of the doctor’s most basic creations. About as smart as a well-trained dog, too literal in their thinking, once given an order they would follow it to their deaths. While they sometimes showed a small level of individuality, the strongmen couldn’t be considered individuals.
Two Fixed Ideas were easy to take out, even alone she could take a small team of them, with Data-7 the two easily immobilized the big lugs and drained them off their life-sustaining chemicals. The two dried husks broke down into dust as the two of them jumped off the scene when they heard someone come close. However they didn’t go too far, stopping at the edge of the roofs above to look down.
She was surprised when she saw the man she had come across earlier in the day. He was still wearing the same set of clothes, a pair of long pants, white shirt and suspenders. Now in the night his hair appeared to glow when even a little bit of light shone on it. He approached the pile of dust and knelt down to touch it, looking confused before looking around.
The two of them moved away from the edge when he peered up. After not seeing anything, he just left. Without even thinking, she started to follow him from the roofs.
Thankfully her companion didn’t contest her decision, following her in silence.
They followed the man until he stopped at a warehouse, surprisingly he gave it a look before turning around and heading back downtown, where they saw him enter a hotel.
Unfortunately, without breaking into the hotel, it seemed they had lost the man for the day. Meaning they had to go another way to investigate, the two turned around and headed back towards the warehouse, what a surprise it would be when they found that Jose had set a counterfeiting operation inside it.
Milo couldn’t help to chuckle as he watched the curious woman and her feline partner head towards the source of those weird artificial beings.
He had honestly not been paying earlier in the day, having his attention too spread over the city. It had been like an itch he could find, there was something wrong and it was driving him crazy .
So it had actually been a surprise when he came in contact with an artificial being, a woman dressed as a man. She was quite the interesting specimen, but he had nearly gone serious when he noticed the planned obsolescence. Her body was designed to slowly break down unless she intook a certain set of chemicals.
He had found a few sources of said chemicals, in much more primitively made beings that wandered around the city. They had been moving some large equipment, of course he was not too surprised when a pair that moved away from the group got quickly hunted down for those same chemicals they held in their bodies.
That’s why he had guided the two towards the warehouse, it hadn’t been hard to realize the two would take care of it. Not that he didn’t have a few of his own creations watching over them.
People heard his affinities were Light and Water and quickly went to think he did things that were visible. The truth of it was that his control over the Electromagnetic Spectrum extended quite further than the visible range.
Sly was one of these beings, technically a higher energy being, their body was living radioactivity. Completely invisible to the naked eye of most living beings, it was an excellent spy… and assassin. Not the kindest way to die, brain tumors were rarely benign.
He turned when the open faucet stopped working, not that it was a surprise. A thick, blue substance oozed out from the open pipe, it quickly filled the basin and reached with a rough appendage to close the faucet.
He reached a hand and the slime climbed obediently, also quite eagerly. He honestly found that Clu was more like a very friendly cat more than anything else. A mass of Water and Life, just like Syl it had quite the advanced intelligence. Both were capable of not just following orders, but also improvising if it was necessary.
He connected with the slime, a very easy thing to do thanks to the fact he had created them. What he saw made him sigh.
“I should have known.” He grumbled to himself. “Of course it’s the damn house on the crag right outside the city. It’s downright comedic for them to have chosen a mansion built so far away from everything.”
Clu poked him and made him chuckle. “No, I’m not angry at you, I’m just a bit tired of always finding this kind of thing, things can’t just be a bit more random. I bet there’s more things like this, I bet the person I want to turn into a cactus is a goddamn nazi-like hiding in the local version of the Amazon.”
He grumbled as he started to release a number of Clu’s siblings from his pocket reality, the slimes were flushed down the drainage and towards the sewer system. It would most likely turn into the cleanest sewer for the next few weeks as the slime would consume practically everything down there and multiply.
Now the problem was, should he approach the pair of strangers. He didn’t have to think too long, it was a pretty straightforward thing, especially since it would be easy to have them approach him. For that he headed to the hotel’s roof, it was deserted enough at those hours of the night.
He chose a nice spot by an old bush, he could feel the plant had long since outgrown its pot, unfortunately the hotel would never do anything but keep trimming it down, keeping it looking nice until it finally killed the plant.
All it took was a touch to reshape the plant completely. It would live comfortably, devouring the smog and never growing any larger than it currently was, he had made sure to reshape the root system too and the fungus that had started to grow in them. Before he knew he had added enough microflora to make that single cement pot be a self-sustaining ecosystem.
He grumbled, it was always the same, he started with little things and forgot to stop, from talking to life alterations. He produced a maple syrup-flavored apple to chew on while he waited for the two individuals to get around to his position.
Syl slid into him and informed him the two were moving in his direction. Just in case he let Tur, Nel and Som, the trio were a mix of golem and trent, basically walking potted plants. They set themselves around the roof for support as he heard the whooshing noise of fabric flying through the air.
He internally smirked when only the woman landed in sight, the large feline had hidden just over the edge of the building on a ledge. He didn’t act surprised, nor did he pay attention to the large cat.
“Good evening.” He greeted after swallowing the rest of the apple.
Being greeted so openly seemed to surprise her. “You-!” She tried to speak more but she found herself lost for words, mouth muttering in silence.
He laughed softly. “Calm down, I’m not your enemy.” He stood up and bowed lightly. “I’m Milo Andes, it's a pleasure to meet you.” He kept it short, even if he felt a dozen other words trying to come out of his mouth as usual.
“… I’m Cybersix.” She finally calmed down and spoke evenly.
“Nice to meet you,” he smiled charismatically, “now, before you ask, I’m not from around here, I was actually on my way to find my brother, the silly fox decided to head out into the unknown and only recently we got some info of where he is, that’s why a few of my siblings and me headed out in his direction. But I got a bit distracted, you may not understand, but I can feel there’s something wrong in this World, so far I’m pretty sure it’s whatever or whoever was behind your creation, it’s grating to my senses, it’s just there all the damn time, so I decided that I wanted to do something about it, I was quite surprised when I accidentally came across you in the middle of the day, not the strangest thing, but definitely helped me set up an image of what was happening, then found those big lugs going on with their crimes and I was pretty sure I was on the right track, that’s why I followed two until you two took them out and then I guided you to the place they were, I saw you took care of that, so congratulations on that, anyways, I decided that I should present myself and offer my help to fix this whole thing before I continued on my way.”
Cybersix took a step back in surprise at the tsunami of words, looking mighty confused until he finally stopped talking and allowed her to parse through it.
“I… you… what? Why do you want to help?” She asked.
“Because it’s the right thing, I also want to turn whoever was behind this into a goddamn cactus.” He answered honestly. “I see you and I see someone that wickedly bound your existence to them in the worst way possible, corrupted the creation of life for their own means. And I take that personally .” His voice nearly went flat at the end, the stillness in the air that was accompanied with the word was not intended.
“Turn him into a cactus?” She asked, confused.
“Oh yes, it’s my favorite punishment. They are left in the shape of small, decorative cactus or succulent plants but they keep all their mental faculties. I've got a whole shelf of them back home. So much easier than imprisoning them.” He smiled. “I especially like the Moonstones, they look like rocks until they bloom, great defense for animals that would eat them, but Red Caps are also nice and decorative with their bright red growth at the tip. But it’s always fun to leave them a Golden Barrel, great to call them fat.”
“That sounds… too much?”
“Really? I find it much better than killing them.” He answered, full of honesty and a smile on his face, not as if he could kill, it went counter to his very Concept. “Consider it a type of life sentence, they will still die when their time comes, I leave the immortal specimens for the specially heinous crimes, but it’s not like enough time has passed for them yet.” He shrugged. “Anyways, I was offering my services, mainly to get all the information I need and not have to just hunt down my targets all over the world, Clu and their siblings are already moving towards the base of the boss of those artificial beings you guys hunted.”
“Wait, you know where Jose is hiding?” She asked, surprised.
“Hiding? I wouldn’t exactly call living in the big, ostentatious mansion on the crag outside of Meridia.” He pointed to the building visible in the distance. “It’s always the same with this type of villain, they just can’t not choose less noticeable places.” He chuckled. “I also offer my services to fix that little thirst that’s keeping you from living a moderately normal life, it’s not even hard and I could do it right now with your permission.”
“You can fix… me?” There was a deep fear in her words that came with trauma, it only painted a worse image of what she had gone through to his eyes.
“I see, I failed to explain myself well.” Milo took a deep breath. “Let me clear it up.”
He cracked his neck and let his tail out. “I’m Milo Andes, many call me the Smiling Saint. I’ve complete control over all three aspects of Life: the Body, the Mind and the Soul, a mere touch is enough to reshape any of the three. For me, the Soul’s a visible thing, standing side-by-side to the Body and the Mind is something that exists in conjunction of both of them. With your permission I can give you and your companion fully functioning and independent bodies, no longer needing to hunt those creatures for the necessary chemicals, polishing a few edges left in your genetic code, easing the trauma you’ve lived and providing your soul with a way to flourish.”
Before Cybersix could say anything else, her companion, the black panther he had seen earlier, approached him. Milo focused on them and internally raged, someone had placed a brain very similar to that of the woman in front of him in an animal’s body, practically lobotomizing many parts of it to allow it to work inside the animal frame.
“I take it you accept?” He asked.
“Data-7?” Cybersix asked, once more sounding lost and surprised.
The animal didn’t speak, even when Milo had heard him talk before, or at least tried to talk and the Understanding Enchantment translated the feline sounds; not like he couldn’t have read the large feline’s mind. He just nodded, so he reached and placed a finger on his head, more than enough. The truth was that this close to him, he didn’t even need a touch.
A shell of Light and Water wrapped around his figure, Cybersix watching entranced as he proceeded to work on his body. It wasn’t hard to give him a human shape fitting for his soul, it was obvious he had been operated on when pretty young, so he had to fix the age, and feed some more biomass towards the full figure. He would also go ahead and add the refined Zoanthrope gene with the three steps. And before he forgot he also shaped some clothes onto him, having him pop out naked would feel ridiculous.
He started on the corrections, removing the dependency, fixed the brain issues, growth deficiencies, added the necessary neural pathways, added some a full understanding of the language, writing, math and the basic subjects, emotional development, better control over the feline instincts. He also improved on the healing, life expectancy, tied it all to the genetic level and allowed him to pass it on to any children.
He stopped himself when he started to eye the man’s soul. He allowed the shell to pop and there stood a man with a skin color just a bit lighter than his own brother.
“Am I human again?” His voice came clear, Milo was glad he had endowed him with the correct speech skills.
“Well… not entirely.” He laughed as the two of them turned towards him. “You can still turn into a Black Panther, plus a middle step in a werewolf-like transformation.” He explained. “Pretty useful all told. Also I increased your body’s flexibility, you should be able to contort yourself like the best… and fixed your diet, you should be capable of an omnivorous diet in both forms, along with practically anything moderately edible.”
“...is all of that necessary?” He asked.
He shrugged. “It does make life easier.” He replied succinctly. “Anyways, would you like to go next, lady?” He offered his hand towards Cybersix.
She grabbed her hands and almost retreated into herself. “… can… can I really…?”
The man that had been a panther walked forward and placed a hand on her shoulder. “Yes, you can.”
She looked into his eyes and nodded, turning towards Milo and approaching him. “I’m ready.”
He nodded. “It’s done.”
“…” Cybersix and Data-7 looked at him. “Uh…?”
“Oh, I don’t need to come in contact with someone,” he kept his smile as he chuckled, “also, your case’s so much easier, I didn’t need to do more than clean a few little things in you, not give you a whole-body reconstruction, ability granting, information downloading and attire fixing. What? You thought those clothes were normal? You would have come out in your birthday suit if I hadn’t added those, and they are just normal clothes, just a bit of extra service to keep things from going awkward.”
“Do you ever shut up?” Data-7 prompted.
“I’m not my sister, she’s the silent and murdery one, I’m the happy-go-lucky, and then you have my brother who’s always looking for a reason to get into a fight.” He laughed. “And it’s that brother we went out to look for, so stopping here it’s a bit of a distraction, but what can you do? Now let’s go kick some nazi ass, we can talk more after we get that blight off the face of the earth.” He clapped twice. “Come on, Tur, Nel, Som, time to go.”
The three potted plants stood up and wandered to him, stepping into a small portal to his personal realm, leaving Cybersix and Data-7 once more stumped.
He turned towards the pair. “Come on, I’m sure you guys hate these guys much more than I do.” He laughed as he walked up to the edge of the building and stepped off, only his long, pink tail swaying behind as he flew off in the direction of the mansion. Only then the two rushed after him.
It was obvious they were still confused and processing, but revenge was such a good motivator, even if it wasn’t the best of goals.
Magnus fixed his suit, he had decided to simply disguise himself this time instead of splitting in two. Even more, until he could make sure the selves wouldn’t grow apart, he would keep from using True Mirror Moon to create such disparate selves unless completely necessary.
“Are you sure about this, boss?” Romeo asked.
He smiled in response. “Of course, I’ve already checked, your curses already beat the local werewolf version, just to start theirs doesn’t provide even a lick of the regeneration you three enjoy, also, they turn into some ugly motherfuckers.” He laughed.
Romeo nodded and fixed his face mask, the three members of Team Maus were wearing the same outfit. He had gone for a design quite similar to that of the ninjas in the old Mortal Kombat games, the main difference was that these showed practically no skin at all. They were all incredibly enchanted, he had pushed quite far into making sure the three of them would be safe from a lot of damage and exotic effects.
And the most important part of them all, he had managed to duplicate his own Shadow Melding ability, it was restricted, even as far as he could push they couldn’t jump to any shadow further than twenty centimeters or so from each other. But in a dark place? They would have incredible freedom.
“So we’re going with you as a show of strength?” Lydia asked, it’s clear she understood the mission, but wanted a clarification of the details.
“Mostly, but you will also kick the ass of any idiot who tries something. I’m approaching Fenrir Greyback because I’ve no problem in sacrificing the monster to destroy the Lycanthropy curse.” He explained.
“What did he, like, do to deserve that?” Moisha asked.
“At least a few dozen confirmed murders, spreading the curse, torture, rape, kidnapping of children, theft, robbery, coercion, blackmail. And that’s what I’m sure he did.” He answered evenly. “Honestly, I would go my brother’s way and set him in an infinite torture loop if killing him to destroy the curse wasn’t going to be atrociously painful already. Honestly, he’s deserved a .50 BMG silver bullet through the cranium for years already. I’m just going to make his death be useful.”
Lydia chuckled. “What about the other werewolves?”
“Honestly? Don’t care if you kill them, just try to spare the ones that truly look like they are surrendering, but if necessary go for the neck, your blades are more than capable of killing them.” He answered and received three nods.
The golden portal opened, and Magnus was ready to give someone a bad time.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 30
Magnus checked the time once more, ten minutes until the moon came out, that was perfect for his plans. Team Maus followed him as the four of them headed deeper into the forest, soon reaching a compound.
He closed his eyes for a moment and centered himself, pushing down his emotions, the rage he felt from the scent of blood he could smell, neither Lydia, Moisha nor Romeo missed the scent. There was a lot he could tell from the scent of blood, and all he could tell at the moment made him more sure about his actions.
He looked over his shoulder and received three nods. With that he focused and walked forward.
“We’re being watched, boss.” Romeo said, his tone almost jovial.
“Quite obvious,” Magnus said in a cold and detached tone, “it’s honestly quite a pathetic attempt at stealth.” His words had the intended effect, the trickle of Darkness acting as an inconspicuous taunt.
A number of not-yet-transformed werewolves started to growl as they stepped out from their hiding spots. He eyed them, they looked pathetic, there wasn’t one that wasn’t badly scarred and they were all malnourished, it was obvious Fenrir kept them controlled through fear and power.
“Bah, pathetic.” He spit the word with as much vile as possible. “I came looking for the big bad wolf and I found a group of mutts, and rabid ones at that.”
Their growls grew louder, but he still found it pathetic, they were trying to growl like wolves when they were still very much human. A much more correct growl reached his ears as from a house walked out a larger man, the difference was obvious. This was Fenrir Greyback, he had the most stupid-looking comb back he had seen in his life, he wore dark clothes, from the shoes to the jacket and a shirt with a cleavage that was nearly down to his navel. The man had long since given in to the curse, his features animalistic even before the moon was out.
“Ah, there’s the big dog, your mutts are terribly trained, I would recommend being nice and just breaking their necks; their corpses could be useful for fertilizer.” He laughed.
Fenrir’s growl grew louder as he stepped forward. “And who are you? Thinking so great to come here with just three,” he sniffed the air and looked surprised, “ rats .”
“Ah, unfortunately my name’s out of the reach of everyone, but you can call me darkness, I would say Lord darkness. But unfortunately I’ve not conquered any kingdom yet. Peh! Just petty titles.” He grinned.
“Never heard of you.” He grinned.
“Yes, yes, that’s the unfortunate thing when your name gets cursed, but I think my deeds speak for themselves. After all I destroyed Azkaban and attacked Hogwarts, much more than your previous lord ,” he chuckled at the dismissive tone he used, “was ever capable.”
Fernrir’s lips pulled back. “Petty tricks, so what did you come for? Wanted to give in and follow a true boss?” He sniggered.
“You?” Magnus laughed out loud, adding a bit of flair as the shadows in the forest darkened and squirmed, causing the werewolves to look around in fear. “Please, I came to see the fools that followed that pitiful lord , call it taking out the trash. The last thing I need is an idiot and his group of idiotic bitches to pester me for whatever silly idea finally popped from their empty skulls.”
“I will show you my power.” He grinned as the full moon finally appeared in the sky. “I will show you to fear.” He let out a pretty convincing howl as the curse activated.
While the other werewolves turned into languid, deformed things. Fenrir was definitely a step above the rest, his body swelled larger, fur covering most of his features as ridiculous cleavage allowed the shirt to remain on him, the loose jacket became quite tight on him.
Magnus didn’t let him gloat, a tentacle rose from a shadow and whipped Fenrir across the face twice. “So you’re larger, good for you, just makes it easier to hit you.” He laughed and walked forward as Lydia, Moisha and Romeo jumped out to take care of the other werewolves.
“You!” Fenrir tried to jump towards him, instead he was punched back by a fist made of Darkness.
“You’re pathetic! You call yourself a wolf, you’re less than a mutt!” A second fist punched him from behind, forcing him to be launched forward where a third fist slammed him into the ground. “Look at that, I’ve not cast a single spell and you’re already down, you wretched thing, you surrendered to the curse and decided to call it power.” He slammed down over and over again, burying him into the hard ground. “I think it’s time I show you what true power is!”
Fenrir practically whined as he tried to get back up from the hole he had been beaten into the ground. Unfortunately for him, thick chains of Darkness pinned him in place as Magnus stood above him. He smiled, showing his fangs as one chain coiled around his mouth to keep him from making any more noise.
“Now,” Magnus raised a hand, Darkness wrapped around it until it appeared more like a cutout in reality, “suffer.” His voice was almost gentle as his hand buried into his chest.
He forced his way into the monster’s soul, he wasn’t his brother, he couldn’t just reach into someone and twist things around like silly putty. This was doing brain surgery with a shotgun. His Darkness clawed into his very soul, causing a type of pain untold in their current World, it buried into his soul, burning it away and slowly loosening the curse that had latched onto it.
He was putting Fenrir through the kind of pain that made people long for suicide, if he hadn’t been completely immobilized he may have tried to break his own neck already. Instead he was forced to remain still as he made sure he didn’t just die as he started to rip the werewolf curse right out of his body.
He ripped the curse out of his soul, his darkened fist came out carrying the curse wrapped in Darkness to keep it from leaving. There was enough life left in Fenrir to see his actions as his transformation receded.
“Ah, such a pitiful thing, it’s as much a blight on the world as you were.” He grinned towards the dying man before he unleashed the Curse he had prepared for the thing.
It was a silly idea, Curse the curse, but funnily enough it worked. Similar to how he had killed all Dementors, or had cursed the Dark Mark, it was unfortunately more a quality of the World, though one he may be able to replicate in the future. Like called to Like, he watched the remaining werewolves in the camp, the ones not already dead at Team Maus’ blades, writhe in pain. It wasn’t anything close to what Fenrir had gone through, if anything it was similar to their normal transformation.
“Say goodbye to werewolves.” He made it as if he crushed the curse before Darkness swallowed it, the few remaining werewolves started to turn back before getting decapitated. He was glad Team Maus had understood the mission.
Of course, Fenrir was dead by then.
“Excellent, look around and make sure there’s no other beast hiding, and if there are innocents just knock them out, these wretches like to kidnap people to turn them.” He ordered out loud as he started to set up things so the local magic police found the place quickly.
From the shadows the three wererats stepped out.
“All done, boss.” Romeo announced.
“We checked the whole place, they had some people trapped in a shed, and hit them with a sleeping spell.” Moisha said.
“Outside of that, no one else.” Lydia offered. “Though I did find a letter written by the Riddle guy.” She added and handed him a piece of parchment.
He read through it, nothing too surprising, some mention of joining his forces, empty promises, orders to collect new werewolves, basically everything he already suspected.
Magnus rubbed his chin and swiftly grinned. “I’ve an idea, show me where you found it.” He asked Lydia, quickly following her into the house.
He quickly grabbed a piece of blank parchment that was lying around and quickly started to write a Lie, he promised Riddle he would get him an army of werewolves in a few weeks. Unfortunately for the inbred idiot, there would never be another werewolf in the World, at least until someone was stupid enough to recreate the curse. He would need to make sure it didn’t happen.
He then approached the caged owl in the room, tying the letter to the bird’s leg and allowing it to deliver it. Hopefully it would get quickly, he had honestly little idea of delivery times of animal-assisted mail, magical or not.
“Okay, let’s go.” He ordered and walked out of the place through a golden portal, followed by the three members of Team Maus. Only moments before the French Aurors arrived.
Magnus had expected many things to come from his meeting with Dumbledore, however he didn’t expect to get an outright invitation to join an Order of the Phoenix’s meeting. Of course the old man hadn’t called it that, instead Dumbledore had invited him for a meeting to answer a few questions about his target .
In his opinion it was a bit too trusting of the old man to just invite him. But it was also true that he would be practically alone against a meeting of wizards and witches with a modicum of fighting experience. Not that he would be in much actual danger, and he was still taking Ruby along, his girlfriend’s presence made them look friendlier..
The old wizard met them a few blocks away from Grimmauld Place, the Black’s family house. He found it funny that he could see through the Fidelius without much trouble, it wasn’t as strong as the Deathly Hallow’s invisibility; it reminded him of the Lie that had been cast over Azkaban. But it was still quite an impressive bit of magic, just not to his standards. Albus handed them a small piece of paper with the address, which allowed them to properly see under the enchantment and enter the place.
Magnus understood why the front of the house was darkened, between not getting normally clean by normal people and the house being practically abandoned for over a decade, the smog was bound to dirty it up. But it didn’t explain why the house elf didn’t clean it, or was enchanted to properly stay clean, it wasn’t as if normal people would ever see the house.
The moment they stepped in a section of his shadow detached as they passed the threshold and headed into the house to devour some curses, the place practically reeked of them and getting some new samples was always useful. It was also sneakily hunting for the Horocrux hidden around, as long as it was somewhere dark he could find it.
“I’m sorry about the state of the place, it’s not been used in a while, so please don’t wander around until we’ve ascertained the place is safe.” Dumbledore said as he guided them into a dining room.
He eyed the people in the room, even if he didn’t know who each was before, he would have thought things looked a bit pathetic. Not that Riddle’s forces looked much better, most crippled in one way or another.
The most eye-catching was Alastor Moody, the man who had recovered from his imprisonment. But he didn’t look ready to fight a fly, while most likely dangerous due to his experience, a fairly mobile enemy would take him out as long as they didn’t become conceited.
Sirius Black didn’t look much better, for a man that had been out of Azkaban for almost two years, his health was deplorable. He could understand that magic people were more resilient, but that was no reason to ignore physical health.
Remus Lupin wasn’t too far behind, though he could tell the disappearance of the curse had removed a weight from the man. To begin with he wasn’t slouching, but it would take a few months of proper diet for him to improve on his looks.
Mundungus Fletcher made his skin crawl, and if Gentle Lie wouldn’t just kill the man if he tried to grab the sword, he would have grabbed the handle protectively.
It surprised him to see the Longbottom couple, they were looking well, but it would be hard not to after Ruby had healed them.
The Weasleys couple was also a surprise, he was pretty sure they only joined the order later, but maybe with the stronger confirmation of Riddle’s return they had joined now. It could be anything in all honesty, he had already borked the timeline quite roughly.
Nymphadora Tonks had been more expected the young metamorph made him curious, but mainly to study her ability, which was unfortunately not going to happen under normal circumstances. He noticed that the young woman was eyeing Ruby’s hair.
“Everyone, these are Magnus Andes and his partner Ruby Array, I hope I pronounced those names correctly.” Dumbledore presented them.
He nodded. “Yes, greetings everyone.” His words were followed by Ruby greeting them too, in response everyone swiftly presented themselves.
He turned towards the recovered couple. “Excuse me, but I think I read something about you on the newspaper,”
Alice quickly nodded. “Yes, it’s… we’re still not sure what happened, no one is. We had been practically dead to the world for years, and suddenly we woke up.” She explained, there was a strong sense of confusion lingering there.
“So no idea how it happened?” He asked and they nodded in unison. “I see, that’s unfortunate.” It seemed the feeling was shared by most. He wanted to ask the pair what had brought them to these talks, but he was interrupted.
Dumbledore invited them to sit before he started to speak. “I invited you here because I learned something through my position on the ICW, but during last full moon Fenrir Greyback was killed along with his pack. He was apparently hiding in a Muggle camping area near the French Alps.” He looked troubled as he spoke. “A total of nine Werewolves were killed, most were found dead mid transformation, but the situation is still being studied. Fenrir was… there’s no easy way to explain this, but the report states that he had his heart ripped out of his chest.”
There were gasps all around the table in response to the mental image.
“His death hasn’t been made public yet, the French Ministry’s still deciding how to tackle the fact that he had been in their country for so long without being found and still quite active.” Dumbledore spoke firmly, but he sounded tired. “They found a number of Muggles in the place, they were found asleep and locked in one of the buildings, most likely they would have been turned during the night, if not killed.”
“Is that in any way related to why I’m apparently no longer a Werewolf?” Remus Lupin prompted.
“That’s…” Dumbledore looked surprised. “Excuse me.” He pulled his wand and used it to cast a spell before looking surprised. “You’re no longer a Werewolf.” He said stumped.
“I know, I still don’t understand why or how it happened. I just know that a terrible pain woke me up mid transformation before I returned to normal.” Lupin explained. “I’ve contacted a few other Werewolves, or well, we may just be Witches and Wizards once more, and they said the same thing.”
“That’s… it will change a lot of things going forward.” Dumbledore mused. “Is it permanent? Did it expand to all Werewolves? Does that mean there’s no more Werewolves? Does it mean the end for Werewolves?”
The man let out a tired sigh. “Unfortunately, as good news all of those would be, there are more pressing matters.” Dumbledore’s tone grew hard. “I invited Magnus and Ruby because it’s not just Voldemort who’s a threat currently, but also the man they’ve been going after.”
Magnus nodded. “I believe he may be behind the attack on Greyback,” he adopted the necessary tone as he spoke, “he’s been hunting sources of dark power.” He got a look from that. “He destroyed Azkaban, collected the body of a nearly thousand years old Basilisk, killed one of the most monstrous Werewolves in recent history, and that’s just what’s done in the last few months.”
“But what would someone want to achieve with all of those?” Mr Longbottom asked.
“That’s the million dollar question.” Magnus answered. “Which makes it so dangerous for him to be acting unstopped.”
He sighed as the attention was still on himself. “I believe he’s preparing a ritual, a large one. My search has shown that he’s been visiting Stonehenge frequently while the number of tourists has been going down.” He Lied. “The problem is that I’ve failed to find anything about the place, there’s no source of malice, darkness or curses. So whatever he’s preparing, while it may be carried there, it’s not being set up there.”
“I will have to talk with Madam Bones about making sure the people overlooking the area keep a better eye and warn us at first sign something will happen.” Dumbledore said and turned to Tonks. “Can you pass her a message from me?”
“Leave it to me.” She nodded.
“Excuse me, but while Albus explained a bit about this guy, why is he so dangerous?” Sirius prompted.
Magnus nodded and took a serious look. “Imagine someone like your local Dark Lord , but he doesn’t care about wizards, witches, muggles or any other living creature. He’s planned to destroy everything you know, he wants to change the World completely from the ground up. He doesn’t think there’s any superior group, just that they are all below him and he will make sure that’s a rule that will be followed.” Magnus mixed Truth and Lie as he spoke, his words were veiled by themselves, making anyone that heard them believe them. “He’s used wizards and muggles equally in his plan, he has spread the few people that follow his rule through the world and only a few know he even exists.”
“That’s… okay, I think I understand a bit more.” Sirius looked pale at that answer.
“He’s smart and knows to act both seen and unseen, and will gladly attack a place like Hogwarts openly just as he could sneak around and kill the Minister of Magic while he slept.” He shook his head. “You can only surprise him or play catch up.”
Internally he laughed, hard to catch him by surprise when he was already within their midst.
“What I want to know is why you have a sword on you?” Mundungus asked, the way he had been eyeing his weapon during the whole talk irked him.
He blinked surprised at the question. “You mean Gentle?” He lifted the sheathed weapon. “Oh, don’t worry about them, they have been enchanted enough that most people can’t even tell it exists, it’s just after the last meeting with Dumbledore I didn’t want to go out without it.”
The old man let out a soft chuckle as there was greed in Mundungus’ eyes.
“Could I hold it?” He asked, his tone earning himself a few looks from everyone at the table. It was obvious his ways weren’t unknown to most people.
“I wouldn’t recommend it, while their name may be Gentle, they are still a very temperamental weapon.” He explained.
In all honesty he hadn’t tested it yet, but he could tell the blade would either kill anyone trying to grab it without permission, or place a powerful Lie over them. Most of his weapons wouldn’t like to be touched without permission, and even if he gave permission a number of them would just not let themselves be used. Tenlight had long since stopped anyone from unsheathing them.
“Ha ha ha,” the man let out an awkward laugh, “really?”
“Want to try?” He asked coldly, making him return his hand. “Anyways, I decided to keep them on me just in case. It helps when hunting monsters, Gentle's have been enchanted to ignore most, if not all, types of defense, magical or mundane.”
As he spoke, his detached shadow finally found a small compartment hidden behind an enchanted painting. Different from the screaming bitch’s portrait somewhere else in the house, this one displayed a pretty nice visage. It was expertly painted and Magnus was pretty sure it may have been painted by quite a good artist even if it wasn’t signed anywhere.
His shadow quickly ate the curse that hid between the painting and the compartment, it was quite the nasty piece of work. It would not only make the person’s hand go sub zero in the matter of seconds, but it would make the person think they were actually on fire and feel like that. The moment the would-be thief tried to put them off in water the coldness would use said water to freeze their hands through.
Not a problem for him, his shadow slipped into the dark compartment and easily swallowed the locket containing that chip of a soul. That was three pieces down. Ring, diadem, locket. The cup was still the most troublesome because it meant it was stored in Gringots, as far as he knew. Maybe he could use the three soul pieces to search for the rest.
Surprisingly it didn’t go lost as the house elf started to scream and throw a tantrum.
“IT’S GONE! MASTER’S POSSESSION’S GONE! KREACHER HAS FAILED MASTER!” The screams were accompanied by small objects getting thrown around.
“Goddamit!” Sirius cursed as he got up and rushed out of the room, most people following. “Kreacher! Stop that! What are you talking about?!” He cried out an order as a large vase flew past his face.
“MASTER REGULUS’ LOCKET! HE ASKED KREACHER TO DESTROY IT, BUT KREACHER COULDN’T AND NOW IT’S GONE!”
“My brother? What did my brother leave you to destroy?” He asked before ordering. “Stop screaming and speak normally!”
The House Elf flinched. “Master Regulus ordered Kreacher to destroy the Dark Lord’s Horcrux, but Kreacher’s elf magic couldn’t do it. Kreacher kept it safe, away from the Dark Lord’s hands.”
Those words made everyone’s eyes open wide. Sirius turned to Dumbledore. “If I knew we had something like that here…”
“I know, I know,” the old wizard waved it off, instead he turned towards Kreacher, “could you tell me where did Master Regulus got it?”
Kreacher frowned. “Answer him.” Sirius ordered.
“Master Regulus was ordered by the Dark Lord to hide it in a cave. Master Regulus took Kreacher to the place and ordered Kreacher to replace the real locket with a fake when he drank the potion hiding the locket, the Inferi in the lake killed Master Regulus. Kreacher was good elf, Kreacher did as Master Regulus ordered Kreacher.” He actually sounded sad. “Kreacher was unable to destroy locket, even when Master Regulus ordered it.”
“That’s good and bad news, unfortunately more bad than good.” Dumbledore said.
“What do you mean, Albus?” Mr. Weasley asked.
“Recently the Goblins approached me with an object straight from the Lestrange’s vault, with their death the vault became ownerless, by their right, the Goblins can keep everything inside with exception of anything that the Ministry of Magic would have a claim. Cursed items are usually just destroyed, but they approached me because they had been unable.” He explained. “To my surprise it had been a Horcrux, one of Voldemort’s,” the name sent a shiver through most around, “to even more surprise, it had been Hufflepuff’s Cup.”
“Hadn’t it been lost for over half a century?” Mrs. Longbottom prompted.
Dumbledore nodded. “That had been my understanding, it was actually one of the things I had wanted to correct when I ascended as Headmaster of Hogwarts, unfortunately the cup, along with the locket and diadem, remain lost.” He sighed. “The good news is that I know what cave he’s talking about, knowing there’s a fake there will keep us from wandering into danger. Unfortunately means there’s a Horcrux we know not the location off, even worse, I believe the diadem may also have been stolen just recently.”
Lupin was the one to connect the dots. “The attack on Hogwarts.”
“That’s right, unfortunately the place where it may have been hidden was emptied completely.” He said and quickly explained. “Hogwarts has a special room where everything lost ends in, old furniture, forgotten books, lost possessions. But it’s also been used by many to hide things, I believe Voldemort may have placed the Diadem there, I’ve talked with some ghosts that may have confirmed this, unfortunately she wasn’t straightforward about it.”
They all turned towards Ruby and him. Magnus quickly raised his hands. “I’ve no idea how he could have done it!” He quickly Lied. “But if it was him, he has two of those pieces, and leaves me wondering why he wants them.”
Internally he was grumbling, he was thankful he could spy on Riddle and his goons, because the idiot had decided to start his attack on the Ministry. This was troublesome because he would need to split, and that meant getting a good excuse to-
“Magnus, I’m sorry to interrupt, but your meeting with the investigator starts in thirty minutes.” Ruby spoke out.
“Oh my, I had totally forgotten.” He mimicked smacking his forehead. “I apologize for this, but I had a previous commitment.” He bowed his head.
They apologized more before leaving, he thanked Ruby as they headed to the Long Fortune. Time to hit both parties once more, though… he quickly wrote a message towards Team Maus, he had the perfect idea of what the three of them could do.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 31
The small village of Little Whinging hardly ever saw anything of interest happening, and even if something happened, most inhabitants of the place would look away, ignore and deny anything had actually happened. The little village practically appeared as a picture next to the definition of Status Quo in the dictionary.
Of course that’s what the place appeared to be. In truth the little village also fit the old saying ‘little town, big hell’. Everyone practically knew everyone else, and while no one said what happened behind closed doors, it wouldn’t be weird if half the town knew in the matter of hours if something happened. Gossip did travel faster than the speed of light.
“Let’s move quickly, this place’s giving me the creeps.” Moisha chittered and shivered.
“I know what you mean,” Romeo followed her, “this place feels artificial, everything looking the same is fucking with my brain.”
“Shush you two, we’ve a pretty simple mission.” Lydia led their line of rats. “We go into the house, find the trunk, take the cloak and get out as fast as possible. No damage, no injuries, no witnesses.”
That seemed to get the other two into serious mode.
“Dangers?” Romeo asked.
“One magic user, three normal people, one magical pet, possible magical protections over the place.” She listed what she had been told. “That’s for the house, there could be more outside, Orange’s pretty sure that all the cats in the area are magical pets too, full-blooded or half-blooded, smart as a young child, faster and stronger than a normal cat too. Nothing dangerous for us, but if they get back to their owner we could be dealing with many more problems.”
“Silent as a mouse then.” Moisha practically sing-songed. “What about the magical pet in the house?”
“Orange informed me that it’s one of those mail owls, but she can still make a lot of noise and warn people.” Lydia explained.
Romeo stopped. “Should we just put everyone in the house to sleep?”
That brought the other two to a stop. “… you know, that’s a good idea.” Lydia admitted and quickly got in contact with Orange to figure how to get it done.
Meanwhile Romeo turned towards the house and concentrated for a moment before activating his Empathic Sight. The whole area was suddenly much more colorful, though an underlying of gray spread over everything, even in the emotional spectrum, the place monotonous.
Their targeted house wasn’t much different, but there was a pale pink mixed in the house itself. He wondered if that was the wards he had been told about. It was falling apart, barely held in place by magic that didn’t really want to do the job, it was already full of holes and fraying everywhere.
He could tell there was a part he couldn’t see, the only reason his ability worked was because it was magic strongly based on an emotion. But it was old and eating itself to remain there.
“What’chu seeing?” Mosha scooted up close.
“The ward Orange warned us about.” He answered. “It looks terrible, casting a sleep spell may actually end up destroying it.”
Lydia approached them. “Okay, Ruby will be casting the spell in a few moments, but it will be a good rest spell to keep people from noticing, that means they will fall asleep, but it’ll be natural. That means as little as fifteen minutes and they could be awake again.”
“Fifteen minutes is, like, totally enough for what we’re going to do.” Moisha smiled.
They nodded and watched as a non-descriptive car stopped in front of the house for a moment before the familiar sensation of Ruby’s magic filled the area. A moment later the car continued their drive as if nothing had happened, from the outside certainly looked that way.
“Just to be safe, ten minutes max before we’re leaving.” Lydia took her usual role of team leader seriously as the three of them crossed the street and rushed into the greenery on the front of the house.
Thankfully the porch cast a shadow all the way down to the base of the door, allowing the three transformed Wererats to slip under the door utilizing said shadow to bypass the obstacle.
The three stopped once they were past the door, looking around and finding the place as bleak and monotonous as the suburbia outside. The first thing they noticed was a butterball of a man snoring loud enough they feared he was dying. But he was just laying on a couch, watching tv, which droned on something uninteresting about some companies merging up.
They checked the kitchen next, a woman thin enough to be the complete opposite of the man. She was passed out on a chair, leaning back as an empty wine glass rested on the table by her side along with a bottle half empty. Given the cork resting by said bottle, it had been recently opened too.
The three of them headed upstairs. They still checked the main bedroom, not surprised to find it empty. In the next room they found a fat teen drooling over some magazines they were pretty sure a kid his age shouldn’t have; not that any of them saw anything wrong with it. With the bathroom’s door open they just peeked inside before checking the next room, it lay completely empty and unused.
They finally entered the last room on the floor. Thankfully the door was unlocked, allowing them to only need to push it lightly and slip inside. There they found the Potter kid, asleep while sitting on his bed, on his lap a few pieces of paper he appeared to have been writing on. They also noticed the white owl they had been told of sleeping in her cage.
The room was tiny , if anything they were lucky the door could even be opened as their objective, the trunk with the kid’s belongings, occupied over a fifth of the room’s surface. This was also quite unlucky, because none of them would be able to shift into larger form, forcing them to have to work while in rat form.
The three of them exchanged a look and a silent gesture before they got to work. Luckily the trunk was open, allowing them to cooperate and work as a group to remove the objects inside, one by one.
Soon they realized the trunk was larger on the inside than it appeared. They were removing book after book, piles of parchment, a collection of personal belongings. But soon reached the bottom and there it was. It surprised them at first, for being a cloak capable of covering a person, the folded piece of fabric appeared to be a bit larger than a handkerchief.
Lydia quickly snatched it and tucked it into his inventory before they exchanged a look and rushed out, and just in time as behind them the rattle of the owl waking up and flapping their wings. The noise only increased as it seemed to break the spell over the house.
Team Maus rushed out through the kitchen, breaking the window to get to the garden, already changing the moment they touched the grass and jumped onto the roofs to rush away, making it to the golden portal Orange opened for them.
“Excellent work.” The Metaloid greeted them on the other side. “A broken window and a lot of confusion left behind. But I think we can count this as a success.”
“What happened?” Moisha asked, sounding angry once she pulled her face mask down.
“Not entirely sure.” Orange answered. “If I had to guess, Mail Owls are more spell resistant than we thought, which would make sense to keep mail safe.”
“That does make some sense.” She sighed.
“Don’t feel bad,” Ruby’s voice surprised the trio, “with the cloak we can empower the Ritual even further, by handing the three artifacts back to Death.”
“Wait, Death’s an actual being here?” Lydia prompted, sounding a bit nervous.
“Not exactly.” Ruby quickly answered. “Death occupies a pretty similar spot to Magic in this World. They aren’t beings, but hold a certain level of sentience. It wasn’t as if Death actually handed the three items to wizards. But the three siblings carried out a large ritual to rip something from Death and create those three items.”
Orange nodded. “Everyone’s the same on death, that’s why the wand works for everyone, all users sooner rather than later die if they use it. The stone teaches you the lesson that denying the passing of people will only hurt those around you. The cloak represents that death’s usually unseen when it comes.” She explained. “Or at least that’s my understanding.”
“It’s also not like Death lost anything.” Ruby added. “Even the cloak’s like losing a few bits of trimmed hair.”
“How would that work in our World where undead are a thing?” Romeo prompted.
“We would need more scans, but given the observed power level of your World, I wouldn’t be surprised if there were at least a few Death entities hanging around, though most likely more personable and less powerful.” Orange replied before she went stiff and a huge smile bloomed on her face. “Great news!”
“What happened?”
“My siblings are here.” She turned and instantly a large screen popped in the air, a large, disc-shaped ship appeared.
“How… how big is that thing?” Lydia asked in a stunned tone.
“That’s the city-ship Greener Fields, it’s about six and a half kilometers in diameter. It’s designed to land and unfold into a complete city.” She eagerly answered.
“Where will you even land that?” Moisha prompted.
“Mars, we’ve terraformed a number of Mars before, it’s easier and there’s basically nothing there in ninety nine percent of the Worlds out there in the worst of cases.”
“So more people like you?” Moisha asked in a joking tone.
“Oh, not exactly.” Orange responded with a grin of her own. “We’re all just special in our personal way. Now let’s see if Magnus needs something, he will want to talk with them once the whole Ministry thing is done.”
Magnus' plan to get into the ministry was very simple, and in his opinion, quite smart too. He would let others do the job for him. That’s why once he returned to the Long Fortune with Ruby, he quickly changed disguises and went out again, slipping into Lucius Malfoy’s shadow.
Once inside the ministry, he had full access to the place, it was honestly so poorly illuminated in some places. The underground building was separated into ten departments, and while one could access each department with an elevator, each department wasn’t entirely on the same floor.
He quickly slipped into the department of mysteries. The place was a mess, whoever was in charge was either braindead, or they were completely insane, because there was an obvious lack of supervision. He swiftly laid a powerful Lie over the Time Turners before stealing every last one of them. He would keep a few, half to study them, half to experiment with the material, the rest he would…
A grin bloomed on his face at Orange’s message, their siblings had arrived, even better, Morgan had been sent as head of the expedition. While the Metaloid wasn’t the best at organizing people, her research on magic was top of the line for the family. She would fit excellently in shaping that part of the World. He also imagined they had sent a second to cover up her weakness.
He nodded to himself, she would love to get her hands on the material. Hopefully she would hunt down any remaining ones and keep an eye so people didn’t screw with time.
Their arrival also meant that they would not have to delay the ritual, especially because Team Maus had acquired the cloak. He took a few other things as he watched the Deatheaters arrive one after the other.
The start was almost anticlimactic, the activity in the ministry was already dying down for the day when they acted, one of the Deatheaters cast the Dark Mark above the main plaza of the ministry, at the same time as another blasted that tacky statue below.
Chaos broke in the matter of instants, no fight response, nearly every last wizard and witch in the area broke into a flight response. This obviously made the work for the few aurors in the area much harder.
While that area of the underground became a complete mess, a few other Deatheaters advanced towards the detention cells in the law enforcement level. It surprised him a bit to see one of the Deatheaters open a suitcase and allow Riddle to float out. He had completely missed them doing that.
He patiently watched as the cavalry finally arrived, the Order of the Phoenix took their sweet time. In their defense, he could see they had actually made quite the good time between Black’s place and the ministry, even when using the Floo Powder Network, they had to learn about the attack before moving. Made him wonder if Snape told him.
His Darkness snatched a few interesting doodads here and there, but there wasn’t much that caught his eye. There was the weird stone arc in the auditorium. However he didn’t want to pop out to study it well, and he wasn’t sure he could take it without breaking it. It also wasn’t like anyone would go out of their way to break it.
He did break a few things, mainly those that disgusted him, and a few from simply being in his presence.
The room with the weird brains was the most obvious, the moment his Darkness spread into the room the brains started to become agitated. He felt a prod into his mind, quite the impressive ability since his body wasn’t technically in the room, and he replied in kind. The brains shivered and lost all cohesion, melting into some kind of slime that floated to the bottom of the tank.
He didn’t even look into why they needed a literal fountain of love potion, he simply produced a single drop of Heartbreak poison and dropped it into the fountain. The effect was immediate as the potent substance ruined the whole batch, turning it into something else. Something that proceeded to eat through the fountain.
He turned his attention further into the department, finding a room with samples of many living beings. Given the state of many of the still living samples, he did ignite the place in purifying Light. His brother would have done worse, at least the room was empty of everything now, even the stone walls had been smoothed and bleached, only some white dust remained of what had been inside.
He watched Riddle torture Crouch Jr. for a bit, honestly there wasn’t much of interest going, the Deatheaters were being pushed back by the members of the order. Most people that weren’t part of one of the two groups, or aurors, had already evacuated the building.
With his attention on the larger battle, he nearly missed when Riddle started to carve Crouch’s body with a bone knife. Two Deatheaters held the man in place as his body was drawn with some twisted set of runes. It took him a moment to realize what he was seeing and could feel a modicum of respect for Riddle.
When he finished casting the spell, Riddle’s body started to heal. However Crouch’s body started to twist and age, he watched the curse jump hosts as Riddle consumed the other man’s health and youth to heal himself. The curse still had left a mark on the man, in many spots bones still jutted out in uncomfortable growths.
One of the other Deatheaters rushed to his side, fearfully speaking about the order pushing them back. It seemed the man was in a good mood, because instead of punishing him he turned and headed out, dragging the twisted body behind with a gesture of his wand.
He watched as Riddle confronted the order, started to monologue and posture towards Dumbledore and his forces. It also meant it was becoming his time to act.
Darkness responded to his will, the lighting of the ministry’s main plaza started to dim, the torches further away getting swallowed. However the combatants missed this until everything outside the large circle they occupied was the only area visible. Only a pitch black void surrounded them, no walls, no doors, no exits visible.
“Show yourself!” Riddle cried out and his voice sounded weird as Darkness swallowed the echo.
Magnus laughed loudly. “Should I?” He said. “When you two fools fight each other and tire yourselves out for me. Allow me to watch you bugs fight for the prize when I already took it.”
Riddle screamed in anger and shot spells at the Darkness with little effect, meanwhile Dumbledore and his forces cast a number of Patronus spells, he retreated his Darkness a bit. But not enough to make much difference.
Magnus stepped out from the Darkness, it clung to him like a mix of an oil and gossamer. A proud grin on his lips, sharp fangs exposed as his inverted eyes looked down upon all of those in front of him. Internally he wondered why he felt so much disgust for all of them, was just how backwards their society was? The fact that they had stagnated? Or he simply felt superior? Most likely a combination of all of them above, it certainly helped play the role.
Riddle launched a spell at him, given the green coloration he didn’t even need to consider the words said. A large tongue of Darkness swept out and caught it. He wasn’t the only one, but all spells were swallowed by his Darkness until the wizards and witches just stopped trying.
“Bah, you’re such a one trick pony.” Magnus chuckled. “So much of a dark lord.”
He turned to Dumbledore. “And the forces of light aren’t so much better. I honestly expected more… I expected wrongly apparently.” He chuckled.
He ignored the curses coming from a few of the members as he reached into the Darkness and started to pull Hard Truth. The long, brutal broadsword getting used to slice a Patronum that pounced towards him. Truth impacting the spell and declaring it failed.
“More petty tricks, so much magic and the best you fools can do is fling spells around.” He reached out with a hand and made a fist, instantly Darkness reached out to grab one of the Deatheaters and crush the man down into a pulp. Fast enough that they would have felt nothing.
“What’s your objective with all of this?” Dumbledore asked as he seemed to have kept a colder head on his shoulder.
“To destroy your world, of course.” He replied as a matter of fact. “It utterly disgusts me, so I’ve decided to swipe the board, erase everything and start again. It’s all getting into place. A few more days and it will be done.”
“Is that why you attacked Fenrir Greyback?” Dumbledore asked.
Once more Magnus grinned, especially given Riddle’s reaction to that piece of news. “Oh, that mutt? I ripped the curse right out of his soul, I would say his screams were perfect, but I made sure he couldn’t even do it.”
He turned to Riddle. “Did you enjoy my gift for you? I made sure your family poured all their love for you in those remains, sadly it seems that having killed your father and grandparents made them hate you so much.” He grinned. “Ah! I also found a ring, a locket and a diadem. They had this nasty thing stuck to them, so I took it out, I was thinking of experimenting on it, what do you think? Will you feel anything if I torture those pieces of you ?”
Darkness rose to shield him from the spells launched his way. Not just Riddle, but his goons also tried to attack, unfortunately for them, his Darkness was a hungry one and all of those effects were swallowed or neutralized by not hitting him.
“Pathetic.” He spit out. “Anyways, my job here today’s done, please, come see the end of your world in a few days, I’m sure you’ll have an easy time finding me.”
He stepped back and hid the golden portal with his Darkness before leaving for the Long Fortune. Behind her left the chaos of the two forces getting dipped into complete Darkness to battle it out.
“You’re having way too much fun playing the bad guy, brother.” Morgan stated the moment he stepped into the bridge.
He smiled towards his older sister. She stood about ten centimeters taller than him, her curly, purple hair was a bit lighter than his own, while her skin was on the paler side of the spectrum.
“Morgan, it’s been quite a long time, I didn’t think they would have sent you when we asked for help.” He said honestly.
“Well, a whole magical world to reshape to my liking? How could I say no? Sabrina was quite eager to come along.”
“I take you had others come along?” He asked.
Morgan let out a chuckle. “I know my limits, I did bring a few members more capable of organizing the politics of the subject, honestly Orange paved the way for us perfectly.” She smiled. “Greener Fields has deployed on Mars and is already starting the process of taking over.”
“Excellent.”
“On another subject, look at you, following dad’s steps.” She said.
“Yeah, I’m glad to have asked him for permission to do it. I’m still not growing at his speed, but that’s okay.” He answered. “I’ve found plenty of interesting things so far.”
“Like that pretty girlfriend of yours?” His sister teased.
“Ruby’s a gem.” He punned and caused her to laugh demurely.
“You two sure seem made for each other… and the fact that she’s that whole multiple body like dad sure helps, no?”
He laughed. “I won’t deem to answer that.” He stuck his tongue out. “Anyways, with you guys here I can finally start the Ritual in a few days.”
“Yes, that Ritual… I’ve to admit I’m impressed.” Morgan said. “I’ve given it a look, but I don’t see many problems with what you’re planning. Though I would have preferred if you didn’t just throw “dealing with the magical species” our way like it was nothing.”
He rolled his eyes. “I think I did a pretty good job already, all species I approached had accepted to behave and passed the necessary information to allow them to flourish.” He pointedly said.
She sighed. “I would be more mad if I didn’t know it would go this way, plus I won’t deny you are practically giving me a World to play with.” Her smile tugged unnaturally large. “And I don’t want to deny that I’ll enjoy looking at their reaction once they realize the Ritual’s already complete.”
“Following the evil overlord’s list?”
“I did convince them that I was weak to the Patronus spell.” He grinned.
“The spell that uses good feelings?” She laughed out loud. “That’s mean.” She smacked his arm.
“Best part will be once I reveal I’m the good guy that helped them, and the evil guy going to destroy everything.”
He grinned, he couldn’t wait, he did a quick check and noted that the fight at the ministry had ended. Riddle had ended running away, only losing a small number of his forces. However he had been reaching to the vampires and hags of the area, the guy was back to licking his wounds, same with Dumbledore and his order.
The order had suffered injuries, but nothing fatal. He would seek to reach for them in the morning, apologizing for not having helped due to his previous commitment, he could take some of the local healing potions to help and plant the information of what he had found, the exact date of the ritual.
“So what are you going to do now?” She asked.
“Finish the ritual casting satellites, and then do as I promised, I’m going to sweep the board clean.” He told her.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 32
Ruby stepped through the front door of Grimmauld place; she had decided to take Magnus’ place for the visit. She was starting to feel a bit troubled about her boyfriend’s decision of upending the whole magical word.
Oh, she wouldn’t be stopping him, and honestly she understood pretty well why he was doing it. She had spent enough time reading the local history books to know that while he had aggrandized some of the problems, he hadn’t lied or exaggerated that much. The local magical people were impressively ignorant about many things and they were definitely quite stagnated in their ways.
However she couldn’t deny that she felt a bit bad for the people she had met. Not all of them, but certainly a few appeared to be good people, even if they supported slavery among many other troublesome aspects of their society.
Was she bringing them healing potions to make herself feel better? Most likely, but it would still help them and still make her feel better about the whole situation.
It had barely been a day but it was obvious they had been extensively cleaning the place, she could count quite the large number of people in the house too, a number of children too to her surprise.
“Ruby?” Molly Weasley, and she was glad the System kept track of people for her, asked surprised.
“Hi Molly, sorry to come unannounced, but we read the papers this morning and thought to drop by with some help.” She greeted her, lifting a leather bag, opening to show a few rows of healing potions.
For the World they were in, the potions were top of the line. But compared to the potions Magnus brewed, they may as well have been a band aid for a disembowelment victim.
“Oh, excellent, let me show you where they are resting.” The woman sighed in relief. “We’ve been running low on them, we treated the worst, but there’s one too many small things we had to leave for later.”
“It’s okay, I can imagine how hard it can get.” She answered, as if she had previous experience. “I take it you’ve been cleaning? The place looks so much better.”
“Ah! It’s nothing a mother couldn’t do.” The portly woman laughed softly. “I had my oldest son, Bill, help me with the curses laying around, we found so much less than we expected. Not that I’m complaining, it meant we finished cleaning much faster once we shoved a few old Boggarts out of their hiding places and the other pests.”
“Oh, we’ve had to clean a few haunted houses before, some creatures can be so troublesome to deal with.” She lied.
“Exactly.” Molly laughed. “I forgot to ask, how are you and Magnus?”
“Oh, we’re okay. Well, not entirely,” she sighed, “with our target’s actions yesterday we are running out of time. We managed to stop something last night, but we’re starting to doubt we’re actually making any difference.”
“Don’t say that dear, I’m sure you two are doing excellent.” Molly said and smiled warmly as she opened a door, a bedroom had been converted into an infirmary.
“Molly?” Lupin asked, surprised.
“Everyone, Ruby here brought some more healing potions.” She announced.
“Excellent! I was getting tired of being in bed.” Alice Longbottom said. “I’ve spent way too long on a hospital bed already.” The woman barely waited for Ruby to hand her one of the potions before she downed it. “Ugh, just as nasty as I remembered, ugh, the aftertaste is terrible, I wish someone did something about it.”
“I don’t know why you complain, Alice.” Lupin said, compared to the woman’s broken arm, the man’s both legs were covered in wrappings. “You could have just taken a swig of Skelegrow and be out already.”
“Are you kidding me? Those taste even worse than a healing potion.” She said as she spelled the cast off her arm. “Magnus’ very lucky to have you, eh?”
Ruby laughed. “Oh, he saved my life, I’m lucky to have him.” She waved it off as she followed Molly out of the room.
“So he saved your life?” The redheaded woman asked as they went down the stairs.
“Oh yes, it feels like it’s so long ago. However, honestly I would prefer not to talk about back then if it’s okay with you.” She asked carefully.
“Understood.” The woman grinned and thankfully let it lay as they entered the same dining room she had met everyone on the day prior. “Everyone, this is Ruby, she’s Magnus’ partner.”
A group of kids turned to look at her. “Hello.” She greeted them.
“The redheads are my kids, the twins are Fred and George, the single is Ron, the girl’s Ginny. Then there’s Hermione Granger and Harry Potter.” Molly presented them, each letting out a hi or hello when named.
Molly turned back to her. “I know what you’re thinking, it’s just that Harry was attacked in his home, so we decided to move the kids here before something worse happened.”
“Oh, was everything okay?”
The kid looked tired and angry. “They took one of the only things left to me by my late parents.” He answered.
“I’m sorry to hear that.” She replied honestly, even if she knew exactly why it happened. “At least you weren’t injured.”
The bushy-haired girl, Hermione, turned to her. “Can I ask something? Are you a metamorph? I don’t think I’ve seen any other person with pink hair.”
“Oh, no, it’s a side-effect of a failed potion. Honestly I kept it because I liked how it looked.” She lied nearly as easily as Magnus did.
“Oh, I didn’t know there was a potion that could do that.” The girl said.
“That’s because it shouldn’t have done that.” Ruby laughed. “Though I wish it had been red, it would have fit better with my name.” She joked, getting a few laughs.
But even as she answered a few more questions, it wasn’t as if that was all she was doing. Her Magends were still quite busy, especially as the Greener Fields had deployed on Mars and a few of the Metaloids had asked for samples of the many plants she kept in the greenhouse.
“Are you sure you only need a sample of each plant?” She asked, watching massive plantations of crops she had never seen.
“Dad’s long since developed methods to deal with that kind of thing.” The group’s leader answered.
The Metaloid’s name was Pine. At first she thought he had been named fittingly, but apparently it was a name he had chosen himself along with his goal in life. This was pretty common from what she had been told, many Metaloids had a human name and a personal name, with the second chosen by themselves. Apparently Orange was an exception mainly because she didn’t care about hiding her nature or dealing with other people.
She eyed the crops that were already growing around. “Also, could I get some samples of what you have here?” She asked.
“Of course, I will go ahead and deliver one of the seed processors too, I’ve seen what you’ve been doing and I’m sure you will get a lot of use from it.” Pine answered happily.
“Seed processors?”
“Yeah, it’s something dad got an idea from an old game. It basically takes any crop with seeds and produces genetically varied seeds from it. It’s designed to work along with the ship’s systems, so it should cover you pretty well. It’s usually rare to get into genetic problems with magical crops, but it’s better to make sure. Plus you usually get multiple seeds from a single sample, so it’s great when you get your hands on some rare plants.” He explained.
She nodded surprised, it would certainly be a useful piece of tech.
“You know what,” Pine added, “I will go ahead and add the other toys too, I’ve looked at your experiments and more tools would help. I’m sure you know that you will have to study the manuals, right?”
She laughed. “Oh yes, don’t worry about that, I can totally do that, most likely I will be aiming to create a Magend aimed to that kind of research soon, the druids haven’t been enough lately.”
“That’s a very useful ability.” Pine said.
“It’s honestly being propped up higher thanks to the System, without it I may have grown scatterbrained if I created too many. Instead I’m only getting better and better.” She commented.
That comment made her think back to her World, a strange longing assaulting her. She was wondering how things were going there? How about her Magends? She hoped they were living well. She should talk with Orange, maybe see about getting some news from the World.
“Hit it.” Magnus called out and Gina pulled on the oversized switch.
Instantly a few dozen high power lasers turned on, a few dozen streams of amplified Light battered down on his small body, quickly drinking in the energy and fed it directly to his still sputtering spark.
He could feel his Soul quickly filling up. Under normal circumstances even Gina’s lab would have had problems generating this much power, even accumulating it would have been hard. But they had spent a week the three of them working into designing a better power source, Gina, Britanny and him all together.
It had impressed just how smart the two of them were, Gina especially. Britanny had a more focused field of study on small robotics, explosives and guns, meanwhile her sister covered anything she found interesting. They had worked together into improving her current generators by applying runes, better power generation, cooling, heat recycling and a few others.
Gina had been very interested in any application of magic on technology, apparently it just wasn’t something that was normal in the World. He chalked it to his upbringing and how common it was given his father’s line of thought.
He had met the rest of the family and many of their acquaintances in that time too. Many he had already seen during the wedding, but hadn’t been presented yet.
Of that had been during the few breaks, most of the week had been spent putting together the laser chamber he was currently bathing in. He rested at the center as all the lasers on the dome pointed at him. Given the amount of power being used had to be above that necessary for Nuclear Fusion, the chamber had been reinforced as much as possible, especially using the runes he had access to bounce all that heat and energy back to him.
While his body was practically drinking all the energy pouring on him, he couldn’t deny it wasn’t the most enjoyable activity, he was effectively forcing his body to get used to intense heat to the point he may be able to walk on the surface of a star. Or at least he could if he ignored the radiation and solar fire aspects of it.
He withstood the lasers until something clicked and the System deactivated the machine for him. He sighed in relief as he looked inside, the little spark of Light started to grow, more power getting generated than he was consuming. All extra was fed back into the reaction, allowing it to grow exponentially until it truly clicked and the star ignited.
“So it’s done?” Gina asked when he came out.
“Yeah, one done, the other should-” he felt the Light feed into Darkness and the second star ignite too, “- there we go. I’m feeling so much better.” He said as he took a deep breath and evolved.
The blonde woman shivered. “I felt that.” She shuddered as she looked at him up and down. “Is that normal?”
“I can’t say, it’s the first time this has happened to me. But I basically recovered my ‘weight’ in reality.” He stretched his limbs, testing his purple claws as he looked at his mane, he would need to braid it and make a new Stonebell. “Goodbye my tail, it was nice having you back for some time.”
Gina laughed. “Well, I’ve to say you are looking much better.”
“Please, don’t fall for my foxy looks.” He joked. “It’s good to be over a meter tall again, and have thumbs, you never know how useful they are until you lose them.”
She laughed as the two walked out of the laboratory, he wrapped his figure in a loose cloak of Darkness as Light became embroidery. It looked like silk, but could withstand a lot of damage, especially that caused from an elemental source as it would just drink that kind of thing.
“So what will you do now?” Gina asked as they walked into the kitchen.
“Most likely buy one of the empty plots near here, apparently the previous owner ran away, something about the undead rising and attacking?” He asked towards her with a raised eyebrow.
Gina’s laugh turned a bit embarrassed. “Oh, that .” She sighed. “Some time ago we got attacked by a certain Lich, he sent his forces to kidnap me and Britanny.”
“Oh, that must have been a problem. My usual problem with the undead tended to be the ghosts back home. Of course they were also pretty corporeal so you could usually just punch them.” He mimed a one-two. “Actually, most just wanted a good fight.”
“How does that even work?” She asked curiously.
“It’s a particularity of the local version of Ectoplasm, it could be called semi-solid memories. It allows Ghosts and Spirits to interact with the physical world and also utilize supernatural abilities.” He explained, thanking her for the glass of juice she handed him. “Anyways, I’ve had my System create my identity and start a bank account, I had already acquired enough money to buy the place and start a small company. Thankfully I can provide all the work force and materials with magic.”
She looked at him surprised.
“It’s a spell I learned in the World I visited before this one, it allows me to reshape the terrain and transform magic into materials. It’s mostly natural materials unless you pour a lot of Power into it, thankfully that I can provide.” He happily answered. “I would also like to help you and your family, the support you have provided me these few weeks has been incalculable.”
“… thanks.”
“No problem, it’s always good to have friends.” He said.
That was when a portal opened just in front of them and Brianna stepped through, she looked like a complete mess, her clothes were scorched, dirty and practically falling off her figure. The rest of her wasn’t much better, bruises, cuts, a few burns and soot were just the start.
Both of them stood up quickly as the sight alarmed, it was only the smile on her face that stopped them from being more worried. “Brianna! What happened to you?” Gina asked.
“You remember that villain we kicked the ass off a few months ago? Tyrant or something?” She asked.
Gina frowned. “I think? Bald guy, used electricity or something.”
“Well, he apparently escaped prison and made his way to Jade.” She explained. “He was trying to kidnap mages for some crazy plan.”
They watched her sit down, Magnus quickly casting a few first aid spells and a cleaning one to fix her looks a bit.
“Thanks.” She said before her eyes opened wide when she looked at him properly. “Hey! You got your body back.”
“Yes, but I’m going nowhere, finish your story.” He insisted.
“Oh, right, well I was attending my appointment with the Balance Mage when we got attacked, they got kidnapped in front of me. I managed to escape, thankfully I had met with Gar and his team earlier so we grouped up. We had this crazy fight against a few mercenaries under the tyrant dude, and he activated this huge stone robot golem.” Brianna happily explained between small laughs-. “The fight was… something else. I still managed to blow it up… though I miscalculated the radius.”
Gina rolled her eyes and Magnus just laughed. “Well, all looks well, my scans point at some rest and the Werecheetah part of you will heal all the little damage.”
Brianna turned to look at him. “My damage doesn’t matter, but you two should really have waited for me, how much would it have cost you?”
“It wasn’t that interesting and we’re done like fifteen minutes ago at best.” Gina said.
“Even more reasons to wait.” She chided her sister.
“You’re in luck to be here, because I can now show my true form, please don’t go crazy.” Magnus joked about it. He wasn’t entirely sure about doing it given the girl’s interests for the opposite gender.
“Wait, that’s not your true form?”
“I remember saying it before, and it’s not like this is not the true me too, just not my base form.” He explained as his fur started to recede, his features softened and flattened. It sucked that he didn’t have access to the Traveler’s Garments, but he could certainly make something new, he still had to find his new identity. He was honestly glad that he had studied Mr Digger and Seance’s magic suit, otherwise he may have ended up naked.
Gina and Brianna’s eyes opened wide as he revealed his human looks. “Dayum.” Gina whispered.
“Down girl.” Magnus joked. “I’m not against one night stands or dating, but allow me to get my feet on the ground properly.”
His words caused Gina to pout as Brianna laughed, though she also looked interested.
“I have a question, where exactly did you get the money?” Brianna asked.
“Oh, do you remember when I talked about what we did to that Wererat? Well, part of that money was laundered and moved around by my sister Orange, she set it in a number of investment groups under a fake name. There’s a VI in charge of checking on them from time to time and mostly reinvesting it, some excess is donated to a few organizations. But since I’m here, I’m taking control of it and putting it to proper work.”
She nodded. “Then if you’ve money we need to go buy you some clothes.” She purred.
He laughed. “Well, I usually prefer to make my own clothes. So maybe I wouldn’t be against going to buy fabric and similar materials.” He would have wished to produce some magical fabrics, but that would require a proper workplace and some more advanced facilities.
There was also the fact that he was still a Forger, his Soul had healed enough for him to start getting Perks again, he had even acquired one during the week of work towards the laser dome, it was aimed to refine power supply systems; which would be pretty useful for his future home.
“You can make clothes?” Brianna showed her Britanny side.
“Yes, I would say I’m actually quite a great tailor.” He answered. “I started because I wanted to make sure my clothes could survive whatever I put them through, branched into enchanting and reinforcing them. It’s especially useful because I can change shape.” His hand shifted into claws and back to human,
“It would be nice to have clothes that don’t fall apart at the first sign of damage.” Brianna sighed hopefully.
“I’m sure we can work something out once I've got things in order.” Both smiled brightly at his words.
“Hmm, we’ll have to talk Britanny into it too, she’s usually the one that mostly ends up dressed in rags when something happens.” Brianna said.
“That’s because she’s also the first to run into danger.” Gina laughed.
He laughed along, internally he was itching to build a forge, the lack of a weapon was the biggest thing he wanted to correct. The problem was what would he go for. Recreating any of his weapons was all well and good, but he felt like he needed something new .
There was the possibility of focusing on magic and curses, he certainly could join Seance and learn from Dr Digger. That thought pulled up an idea he had buried time ago back when he was still in Hyrule, a runic book. Having a casting focus connected directly to his will, holding his knowledge of runes and being capable of stringing them as he wanted, effectively creating rune strings on the fly.
Of course it wouldn’t be just that, he still enjoyed getting close and personal too much, so a melee weapon was also necessary. Maybe a broadsword or a rapier? The question was what to make it from, infusing it with his Elements could work well, but there was a World of interesting materials. He would need to ask Gina and her father about exotic materials.
“Are you okay, Magnus?” Gina asked.
“Oh, sorry, my mind wandered a bit.” He answered. “Just planning stuff and deciding what I should start with.”
“Oh! I’ve always wanted to try my hand at architecture, can I help?” Gina excitedly said.
“Sure, I've got some ideas.” He answered, thinking it would be fun. Plus the faster he built the house, the sooner he could connect with the World buoy and see about calling himself.
Magnus had arrived at Grimmauld Place with Ruby as quickly as possible after receiving Dumbledore’s call. The old wizard apologized, apparently they had lost all contact with the aurors protecting Stonehenge.
Of course he already knew this, his other half had knocked every auror about an hour early with the help of Team Maus and a number of Ruby’s Magends. It also wasn’t as if the Ritual wasn’t already ongoing.
It actually had started eight hours earlier, the magical satellites had been constructed on Mars and taken through Spacebridge to Earth’s orbit. It had been a good idea to take into account the preparation time into the process, it meant that by the time the Ritual was in any way noticeable, it would already be finishing and be unstoppable. And it had already passed that point by the time they acted.
“I’m sorry to have called you with this urgency, but we just recently noticed we’ve lost contact with the Aurors in Stonehenge. We just can’t take the chance by sending a team to check on them and we’ve decided it’s time to move.” Dumbledore explained to them as they joined the rest of the Order of the Phoenix. “We’ve prepared a number of Portkeys to move us to the area.”
Internally Magnus wondered why they were all pieces of trash, he kinda understood the whole no one would grab trash. But even then it felt very silly.
“I’m glad you called us for help.” Ruby honestly said, after all we needed to be present for the play.
Magnus nodded.
“Thank you.” Dumbledore spoke honestly. “Unfortunately it’s very possible Voldemort will be moving too, he’s been hiding and accruing his forces since the battle at the Ministry, so I fear we’ll be fighting a two-front battle. I managed to destroy his Horcrux, but I believe he may still have more.”
Magnus’ mouth twisted, of course it wasn’t because there were more Horcruxes, he knew that already. However, if the cup had been destroyed that meant one artifact less for him to study. The Diadem’s enchantment had been quite an interesting piece that he was looking into applying for an accessory line.
“Don’t worry, this time I won’t be holding back.” He said and grabbed Gentle’s pommel.
The old man nodded grimly. “It’s an unfortunate need.”
Magnus gave the people in the room a look. Once more he found the wizards and witches’ idea of personal protection lacking. He could tell they were wearing Dragon hide, mainly in the form of leather jackets. But that was it, he had looked into it, enchanted leather armor existed, and while Dragon’s hide didn’t enchant well, cow and snake leather could be enchanted to quite an impressive extent and provide nearly the same level of protection; on top of other abilities.
He still kept his mouth shut, it wouldn’t do much difference at the end.
“Okay everyone, gather up and grab onto the Portkeys, we’ll move in a minute.” Dumbledore called out. “They will deposit us about a block away, so get ready, at my count, the word is cucumber.”
Magnus nodded and grabbed the same piece of trash that Ruby and the Longbottoms. He ignored the fact that Harry and the other were hiding just outside the door and had swept one of the extra Portkeys. He wondered how Dumbledore hadn’t noticed. Not that he didn’t mind, he would aim to make sure they didn’t die. They deserved to see the end of their world.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 33
Harry nearly puked the moment the tugging sensation on his navel finally stopped. He hated Portkey travel, it didn’t help that his last use of a Portkey put him in mortal danger. At least this time he was choosing.
“Over there.” Hermione called out and pointed towards the glowing object above the stone structure.
He had to admit he only had ever seen Stonehenge in pictures and the tellie. They always made it look so much larger, so imposing. The truth was that the stone barely broke the two meters in height at their highest and there was practically nothing around it. Just massive fields of green and a road not just a few blocks away.
Or it would be if his eyes weren’t caught by the massive, floating crystal at the center of Stonehenge. It glowed with a dark light that seemed to make its surroundings darker and made it stand out even more. The strange light cast also made a group of hooded people standing in a circle around it very visible.
He saw the people from the Order already moving ahead, checking on a number of bodies on the ground. He breathed a sigh of relief as he watched them slowly react when shaken. Their voices became more clear the closer his friends and him got.
His godfather was the first to see them as he looked over his shoulder. Most likely their steps called for his attention.
“Harry?! What are you doing here?” Sirius practically screamed when he noticed them. “This is very dangerous.”
“And so was competing in the Triwizard Tournament, at least now I’ve a choice in making a difference.” He honestly spoke before thinking, blushing a bit at the sudden outburst.
Internally he felt conflicted about how he had been feeling as of late. His life had been a string of events happening one after another, most of them out of his control. It made him feel powerless, that’s why he had been the first to convince the twins to copy one of the Portkeys Dumbledore had made.
Dumbledore sighed, to Harry it sounded like it was something the old wizard had been doing a lot lately. “It’s unfortunate, but I doubt we'll have time to send them back. I think we can’t expect to be ignored for much longer” His words also cut Sirius and the rest of the adults from speaking against their presence.
Suddenly and without any warning, the area darkened. As if a massive black sheet was laid like a tent over the area, cutting them from the rest of the world. Harry’s reflexes had him cast Lumos in an instant, similar to most other wizards and witches around him.
“What happened?” Ron called out, looking around wary.
“I don’t know of any spell capable of doing this.” Hermione cried out.
Lupin, who hadn’t cast a Lumos spell, was instead mumbling something else, his eyes widening after a moment. “That’s because there’s none that could affect such a large area.” He said as their magical lights didn’t reach too far away.
With no natural light around, the people in Stonehenge had become even more obvious, the black light cast by the crystal seemed to twist the colors, because the gray stones appeared silver. It also became obvious they were being watched, sitting on one of the horizontal stones sat a man looking in their direction. Unfortunately with the light behind his back and the distance, Harry couldn’t really see his face.
“Ah, finally the audience is here.” His voice was oily and easily heard by everyone. “Excellent, excellent, let’s get this over before the other party comes around.”
Harry looked around, trying to see what Dumbledore and the other adults were going to do.
“Watch out!” Magnus’ cry nearly made him jump, he moved like lightning, his blade coming in contact with the man’s own weapon.
He forced the man back, pushing on his attack as he swung his sword again and again and again. Harry could barely believe his eyes. He has seen sword fighting in a movie before, and in animated drawings in the history books he studied at Hogwarts. But this was something completely different. It was undeniable that they were trying to kill each other, each swing of the sword was a hair’s breadth away from ending the other’s life. He barely heard Hermione cry for someone to do nothing and one of the adults commented that they were too close and were moving too fast to cast any spell on them.
Not that they were idle, he noticed Dumbledore transfiguring the ground into rock soldiers and animating them to attack. He wasn’t the only one, he saw others do the same, a small army literally rising from the ground. But it appeared to be useless, the man appeared to have little difficulty slicing through them with his blade.
Harry had to hold back a shiver at the sight. The blade was nearly as long as his arm and looked incredibly heavy to wield. He remembered how heavy the Sword of Gryffindor had been, but the man wielded it with one hand as if it weighed close to nothing. The worst was the edge, it looked like those pictures of knapped flint knives he had seen once in a museum, those uneven edges bit through the stone like a hot knife through butter.
The chime of weapons impacting echoed strangely in the field, even as the wizards around him cast multiple spells, reinforcing their position and sending more stone and dirt figures to support Magnus.
Harry was feeling incredibly lost. He had expected a battle, but this was so much less and so much more than he supposed it would be. There was nay a spell fire being flung about. The few prodding attacks from the Order splashed uselessly on a nearly invisible shield over Stonehenge.
“Magnus!” Ruby’s cry made him turn back towards the sword fight, he saw the pink-haired woman running towards her partner.
Harry’s throat closed tightly as time seemed to slow down. A masked figure he hadn’t noticed before had appeared in Ruby’s way. The figure’s silhouette made him think she was a woman, and in her hand was a gun. The loud and sudden explosion was followed by Ruby flying back a few meters and hitting the ground, unmoving.
He thought he heard Hermione cry something. Instead all Harry and others do is watch Magnus get disarmed, his blade sailing up into the air to end stabbing the ground a few meters away from them, followed by the man kicking him in the chest hard enough he flew far enough to land at their feet.
The man jumped back after kicking Magnus away. “Well, that’s enough fun.” He turned towards another of the masked followers. “It’s done?”
The figure nodded.
“Excellent, with that we’re down to just one.” He said.
Everyone was feeling lost, a few asking Magnus how he was doing. Harry let out a surprised “Eh?” When Magnus approached him.
“Hold still.” He said and before anyone could reply he brought a strange glass bottle he pressed against his forehead.
A sharp pain that quickly subsided made him wince, his legs nearly buckled as Hermione and Ron grabbed him as Magnus moved away, easily dodging a few spells.
“And that’s the last.” Magnus said as he approached the man.
“No…” Dumbledore spoke and everyone turned to him.
“Yup.” The man answered. “The last horcrux. Diary, ring, locket, snake, cup, diadem, boy.”
“You pathetic wretch, what do you think you did?!” The cry made him and everyone else turn, seeing Voldemort arrive was a surprise, but not a large one.
“Oh, I was just killing a possessed snake, I’m sure you understand that.” The man answered jovially. “With that done, all your horcuxes are done for.”
Harry was once more feeling lost, the worst was that he wasn’t completely lost as he could understand that a horcrux, the same thing he had destroyed back in his second year at Hogwarts, had been in his head; his scar specifically.
Voldemort was surrounded by his Deatheaters, and even in the poor lighting conditions he could see many of them had silver limbs.
“Magnus! What do you think you’re doing?” Dumbledore called out loudly.
Magnus smiled towards them. “Just finished my role in this play.”
In front of everyone, the man reached for Magnus' face and both disappeared. In their place was now a single man. If Harry had to describe him, he was short, his hair was done in a massive braid that hung down his back. The light was weird, but he could swear his hair was purple and his skin dark caramel-colored. He wore a smooth, black mask he removed to show a face very similar to the man and Magnus.
“What?”
“Greetings everyone, foes and allies alike.” The man bowed. “I’m Magnus, the Traveler.”
He spoke in a jovial and gentle tone, but that didn’t stop him from waving a hand and rising a wave of Darkness that swallowed an Avada Kedavra launched from Voldemort.
“Please, don’t rush, I will deal with you in a moment.” Magnus laughed and launched the wave of darkness towards the Deatheaters. “Now, I’m sure you’ve questions. But I think I should answer the biggest one, yes, I lied.” He smiled.
“What do you mean you lied?” Sirius asked.
“Oh, the whole story I fed Dumbledore was a lie. Really, the only truth was that I was preparing a ritual.” He answered. “Honestly, it was a lot of fun to play two-” His words were cut as Darkness once more rose to swallow a serpent of fire and a barrage of spells launched by the Deatheaters. “You know what, I think It’s time I deal with you guys.”
Harry had thought the fight before had been fast, but in a flash of light Magnus was past Voldemort and a massive gout of fire consumed the few Deatheaters at the end of his group. He wasn’t even sure if the cry of surprise had been his or someone else’s.
Magnus stood in between the Death Eaters, the most eye-catching thing was the two glowing gloves on his hands, fires licked the air and lighted the area around him.
“Let’s crush a fool and a prophecy.” His voice sent a shiver down Harry’s spine as he moved.
For Magnus, spell fire moved at a snail’s pace. His dexterity and reflexes were such he could move as little as possible and dance through the colorful curses, hexes and other spells.
He was ignoring their insults, cries and other words. Instead he aimed to break them one by one, which was very easy with the use of Close&Personal. His left fist impacted the chest of one of the masked idiots and he felt bones crunching, the hit was immediately followed by a gout of fire coming out of the man’s back and washing the witch that had been standing right behind him.
It was going fast, there weren’t many Death Eaters remaining to begin with. Forward jumped out of storage and bit through the neck of another of his targets, making the man choke on his own blood as he tried to remove the object from his neck. The weapon twisted and broke his neck.
“You fools! What do you think you’re doing?” Riddle cried out, casting some sort of curse towards him.
It was useless, his Shadow rose and swallowed it whole. “Dying, that’s what they are doing.” He laughed as Graceful flew out of storage too and barreled through some of his targets, as if a car had rammed through their group.
He laughed, not just because it was always fun to deal with some fools, because those from the order were also looking and doing nothing. He thought they would at least try to break the shield over… oh, he was wrong. Dumbledore was working with Lupin, it was just that the others were doing a human barrier to hide them.
He wondered if they would break the first layer. Still, he allowed Swift Petals to end the last few deatheaters, leaving him facing Voldemort only. The rest of his weapons stood behind his back, floating like a set of deadly tails.
“And then there was one.” He spoke with a smirk on his lips.
“Don’t you think you will have such an easy time with me.” Riddle cried out.
“Oh, but I don’t have to do anything about you.” Magnus spoke evenly and before Riddle could answer, Lydia’s blade came through his chest. “I actually have got pretty capable people with me.”
He watched as the man’s voice was cut when a gout of fire escaped his mouth, the deformed man getting instantly cooked from the inside, swiftly reduced to ashes under Lydia’s blade’s fire.
He turned towards the rest of his audience and smiled, his weapons floated behind his back. “And with that, it’s done, no more discount lich.” His words went unheard by most of them as Dumbledore launched a spell towards the shield wrapped around Stonehenge.
Unfortunately, given the silver sheen, it seems that they based it on the Patronus spell, which splashed uselessly on the Light-based shield.
“Nice try, but it’s a Light-based barrier, it could have worked if it was a Darkness-based one, and it had been cast by anyone else.” He explained, even when he was pretty sure it would go over most of their heads.
“Magnus, stop this madness, do you even know what you are doing?” Dumbledore adopted a teacher’s tone, making him raise an eyebrow.
“I do. It took me a good time and some help to work all the details and workings for the Ritual.” He answered.
“But what about Ruby?” Hermione cried out. It surprised him a bit that it was the young teenager that had spoken out loud.
“Ruby’s okay.” He answered easily as he helped his girlfriend up. “See.”
“Yeah, that was a prop gun.” She explained as she showed to be okay. “Though next time warn me with more time, Moisha.”
The woman that had shot her waved completely uncaring of the acid tone.
He smiled. “And anyways, the Ritual’s been done for about,” he mimed checking his wrist for his non-existent watch, “fifteen minutes or so.”
His Darkness cleared and bright on the sky was the active Ritual.
“But…”
Magnus shrugged. “This here is nothing more than light and mirrors, the actual Ritual was carried above the atmosphere.”
“How?” Lupin asked.
“Oh, it’s very easy when you have access to the correct technology. Anyways, it should be taking effect in three… two… one…” He smiled as he felt the change in Reality.
He watched as the wizards and witches in front of him stiffened. “What happened?!” Sirius cried out.
“In very simple terms, you’re all normal people now.” He explained. “All wizards and witches have lost access to their particular form of magic.”
He watched them react, some just froze, most likely would react later. Others had a grim acceptance. He noticed Tonks looking frustrated as her metamorph ability started to turn off permanently.
Similarly their wands would become useless, their contents consuming themselves. Enchanted items would soon start to break. Finally enchanted buildings would be the last, their nature helping them last for longer but not by much. A few may not, but those would most likely end inside one of the demesnes.
“Oh, don’t give me that look, it will be back in a few hundred years. But by then everyone will have access to magic.” He wondered if he should have left a Death Eater or two to react to that piece of news. “I’m also not abandoning this World… or well, I’m leaving, but I’m leaving people to take care of it.”
With those words the Metaloids pulled their hoods back, the large crystal he had enchanted would need to be retrieved soon too.
“These are the Metaloids, they will be soon approaching you to help you rejoin normal society.” He explained. “Things like setting proper id’s, bank accounts, medical care, etcetera etcetera. But also things like common sense, help in case of legal disputes and other stuff.”
“Metaloids? What are you even talking about, mate?” Ron asked.
“Oh, it’s pretty simple. They aren’t humans.” He explained. “I mean, I’m not human either, but I’m more of something else while all Metaloids are the same species.” He waved the rest of the explanation. “Anyways, before you try something silly like going to the government about it, I will note that they have already taken over it.”
He heard a gasp and a comment about what he had done to himself. He ignored it because he had done nothing but train himself, he had never been human to begin with. But it felt repetitive to say it out loud.
He waved his hand and a green portal opened near the ex-witches and wizards.
“If you go through there, you will be back in Grimmauld Place, a Metaloid will approach you in a few hours after they made sure nothing burns for too long.” He waved them off, his word not getting much effect. He rolled his eyes and snapped his fingers. A moment later a large table fell from a golden portal, accompanied by chairs and a few jars of juice that floated down. “Okay, you’ve questions ask them and then you go.”
He was the first to sit, but Ruby and Team Maus followed as the Metaloids took care of dismantling the fake ritual. “Come on, if I wanted to poison any of you I would have long since done it.” He said dryly.
He wasn’t entirely surprised it was Harry and Hermione the first two to sit from the other party, Ron quickly followed them and was the first to pour himself some of the juice made from berries harvested in the Long Fortune.
Slowly the other teens, followed by the adults, sat down. More than one tried to use their wands. However, by then they had been reduced to just pretty-looking sticks. He would feel worse if their society didn’t disgust him on a number of ways.
“Go ahead, ask.” He said as he grabbed a glass of juice.
“What are you? What are the… metaloids?” Lupin was the one to ask, leave it to a teacher.
“In backwards order, Metaloids are a race of magically-capable, mentally interconnected living metal beings. Also my siblings since we all share the same creator.” He lightly explained. “As for me? I’m unique, long story short, dad created me and my two blood-related siblings because he couldn’t have biological children. In short, I’m not human. Next question.”
“Why are you doing this?” Dumbledore asked.
“Multiple reasons, first I don’t think the way your society works is healthy nor will it last.” He answered. “You have about, give or take, ten to fifteen years before technology becomes wide-spread enough that you just wouldn’t be able to keep magic hidden, at all.”
“What does that mean?” Hermione cried out.
“Cellular phone technology and personal computers advance at break-neck speed, in five to ten years they will give way to what’s called a smartphone, basically a very tiny computer that fits on the palm of your hand. Each will be capable of not just taking high quality audio, image and video, but instantly sharing it with anyone in the world with access to a similar device. Access to this will only grow easier and easier as the years pass.” His explanation seemed to do the trick as more than one wizard paled.
“Also, let’s not even start with the politics of a couple decades in the future, a revelation like this would be such a messy thing.” He mimes wiping a sweat.
“Wait,” Harry suddenly looked surprised, “you’re talking about what will happen in the future.”
“Oh, totally, I was born in twenty twenty five.” He answered honestly.
“So far… but if you had come back from the future this kind of change would erase your own existence.”
“Oh, someone watched Back to the Future.” Magnus joked. “I mean, I’ve had proper lessons on the subject so I know how to prevent that from happening. But I didn’t come from the future, I’m just from an Earth that’s further ahead the time axis.”
“… Parallel worlds.” Dumbledore said, obviously more thinking aloud than speaking it.
“Not exactly, but close enough to not need to go into a full class of the subjects comprehending the necessary explanations.” He said. “My actions, while they may appear extreme, were considered thoroughly and judged necessary.” He Lied with all of his teeth.
Well… Magnus knew he wasn’t entirely lying. They had talked things out after deciding to act, it had been a big part of the planning process. It was also true that their society was heading into a catastrophic crash once smartphones came around.
“Did you have to do it this way?” Lupin asked, sounding troubled. He imagined the destruction of the curse was making him confused.
“I’m a trickster by birth. If I can’t get some enjoyment out of things, then I’m most likely not doing it.” He answered honestly.
He answered a few more questions, but soon sent them away. At the end, he owed them only so much for what he had put them through.
“One last question.” Dumbledore spoke up as they were preparing to leave. “What did you do with the Deathly Hallows?”
“I returned them to Death. That act turned out to be one of the biggest anchors for the Ritual.” He explained and enjoyed their surprise. Though surprisingly, the old man nodded, looking almost pleased by it.
He watched the portal finally close. “Well, that was a chore.” He sighed.
“Thank you.” Ruby whispered after kissing his cheek. “I know you only answered their questions because I asked you.”
“It’s also something I should have done.” He admitted, not denying it was mainly her wish. He dispelled the illusion showing Team Maus, the three had long since left.
“We’re leaving soon?” She asked as the two started to walk towards Stonehenge.
“A few more days at most, mainly because I’m curious to see if all goes well with the Ritual. But so far the readings point at things working well and Morgan’s more than capable of taking care of it.” He explained as he pushed the crystal into his inventory.
“Hmm, then you’re taking me on a date or two.” She decided.
He couldn’t deny he would enjoy it. “Sure, I will look into some places before we leave.” He gave her a smile before sharing another kiss.
Overall, he was happy by how things had gone, he had gotten his dose of fun. Most likely he would take their next World a bit more seriously, he had also acquired a good amount of interesting knowledge to study and the many plants Ruby had acquired.
He wondered if he would meet with his siblings soon, Morgan had mentioned they weren’t too far behind them. He couldn’t wait to spar with them.
Chapter 34
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 34
The woman in front of them could be described as beautifully mundane, which were two descriptors Harry had never thought could be used together like this. She wore a simple secretary dress, a pair of round glasses resting on her small nose just below the long fringe of a bob cut.
“As I was explaining, adults will be given classes mainly aiming to help them integrate with normal society, these classes comprehend not only common sense, but there’s also a variety of courses aimed to provide basic jobs in a multitude of fields.” The woman explained towards Sirius and him alone.
Her whole explanation so far had been very easy to understand, she had apparently done it before, in her own words. It had also come accompanied by a series of informative graphs and images that had been cast by her side out of nowhere. She had also explained they were approaching all magical families, whether they wanted it or not.
“Meanwhile, any underage person will be given a fast course to catch-up to their age in scholastic material along with supplementary courses towards helping them preparing them for the mundane world, for that purpose classes will have a number of Metaloid children intermixed to provide a safe environment for interacting with normal people.” She continued her explanation.
Her whole tone was approachable, but held a dangerous glint under it. It made him think of a phrase he had read a long time ago, an iron fist in a velvet glove. It made it easy to listen to her, but hard to actually interrupt her.
“Yes, you have a question?” Her sudden words surprised him, turning to see she was pointing towards his godfather.
“I-yes, I’ve a question, I don’t want to sound weird, but what are you exactly?” He asked.
“It’s okay, there’s no wrong questions. My younger brother may have explained it too quickly and all of you were in a bit of a shock after all.” She nodded mostly to herself, as if accepting her words were correct. “I’m a Metaloid, we’re a race of beings created by our father, the same man that created Magnus and his two siblings.”
“I think I understand that, but excuse me for not fully believing it.” Sirius said.
“That’s okay, we’re made to infiltrate and adapt, it would be our failure if we couldn’t pass as humans.” She spoke with a gentle smile on her lips before the skin of her face rippled and moved away, revealing a smooth, metallic skin underneath, even her hair appeared to be made of the same substance. “We are somewhere between a Golem and a living being… Wait, do you even have Golems here? Never mind, just think of us as living animated statues made from metal. We all share a mental connection and can share thoughts, memories and experiences. You’ve to understand that different from how magical people accessed magic in this World, by getting in touch with the atmospheric magic, we carry an internal generator of power.”
Harry was pretty sure that wasn’t all, but it felt like enough for the moment, albeit… “And no one noticed the many of you around?” Harry asked, voicing his thoughts.
“We’re very good at infiltrating, it helps we’ve done it before and under much harder circumstances.” She answered readily. “It’s also not like we’re living on Earth, our ship, the Greener Fields, landed on Mars and we’re in the process of terraforming the planet.” She continued. “Thanks to the Spacebridge technology the distance between planets is basically negligible.”
Sirius and him nodded as her tone indicated no more questions of that type.
“So this is it? We just attend these classes and go on with our lives?” Sirius asked, Harry shared his thoughts.
“From my records, I would have thought that the both of you would be the most agreeable to a normal life with no surprises” She noted.
“I mean… yes, but it’s still so strange.” Sirius admitted.
She nodded. “I understand, don’t worry, we also offer therapy sessions, which I would suggest both of you take. Your lives have not been kind, taking care of your mental health is as important as your body.” She explained. “And on that subject, with the fact you have no longer access to magic, your bodies will become a bit less resilient, meaning you will need to take better care of them and get a proper medical check-up, which will most likely lead to diet and exercise.”
Sirius nodded, looking a bit disgruntled about being told what to do.
“Consider it a requirement to take care of Harry.” She offered and his godfather quickly stopped his grumbling. “You need to show you’re able to take care of yourself before taking care of another human being.”
Harry wasn’t sure if it was manipulative of her or not, even when it sounded correct and logical.
Along with the explanation, many points simply went over Harry’s head, the woman also handed them a few things, the most surprising was a computer. It was surprisingly small compared to the few machines he had seen before.
“What is this?” Sirius asked, considerably more lost than he was.
“This is a PC, or Personal Computer, they are becoming more and more common in mundane households. Of course this model’s plenty ahead of commercial units currently available. As part of their acclimatization to mundane society, all witches and wizards will be taught how to use one.”
For a moment Harry couldn’t help but laugh at the sudden thought of Draco flailing at the news of having to learn to be a muggle. But then he remembered that Magnus had killed his father and not been too troubled about it.
How many people he had actually killed.
“You have a question.” The woman prompted his attention.
“I… I was just wondering how many people Magnus killed.” He admitted.
“He killed about three dozen people in this World.” She answered. “Do you’ve a problem with it?”
“… I don’t know.” He also admitted. He was a bit troubled about it, but he couldn’t deny that Death Eaters had done a lot to deserve it.
“I would recommend talking about it in therapy, I’m just not the best person to give you any more advice on the subject. It’s obvious you’re feeling conflicted about it.” She offered.
Once more her comments felt cold, but logical.
“Still, you shouldn’t bother about them too much. My brother’s very resilient and he knows what he’s doing.” The woman said. “Now I should get going, just remember to attend the classes on the given hours and call us if you need anything.”
They nodded and watched as she stepped through a green disc in the air, leaving them alone. Sirius turned to him.
“So now what?”
Harry shrugged. “Dinner?”
“I’m feeling like pizza.” His godfather said, making him smile.
“Sure, let’s see if there’s any place near that delivers.”
Harry felt that his life had done the largest twist so far, strangely, he also felt like things may actually be looking up for him from that moment on.
Lydia looked around, starting to be surprised by the fact she wasn’t as surprised that a ship had landed on Mars a few days prior and simply unfolded into a massive city with everything one wanted.
With Magnus having decided to stay a few more days, the three members of Team Maus had decided to take their time exploring the city that had practically popped out of nowhere. The three had gone different ways, meaning she was wandering through a city she had never been in before, but one where everyone kinda already knew her.
It felt like everyone was a sibling or a cousin of someone she knew well, and in a way it was true. She had talked with a few and asked about it once she had felt the rare vibe she was getting. They had confirmed that since Orange knew her, it was easy for them to recognize them, especially as being one of the only few non-Metaloids around.
It was strangely welcoming. It also helped that no one truly used hard currency, most Metaloids worked for the pleasure of it and gained new experiences, so instead they did a lot of bartering and tale-swapping.
That had taken longer for her to understand. She was too used to a capitalist society, and suddenly thrust in what was pretty much, from her point of view, a communist utopia that had shocked her. But it wasn’t illogical, with infinite power generation combined with master transmutation and such a powerful race, their basic needs were more than fulfilled, allowing everyone to do whatever they wanted as long as they respected each other.
She had found curious and exotic clothing designs, acquiring a number in exchange for some anecdotes of her childhood. The tale of how she had joined the Long Fortune had gotten her a delicious bowl of ramen, with a second serving, at a “hole in the wall”-restaurant. A spare souvenir from her stay in the Pokemon World had gotten her an eye-catching set of enchanted toys that constantly fought against each other.
Of course it had been much more interesting to find the owner of the shop was actually a normal human.
“So, how did you end with the Metaloids?” Lydia has asked, a bit too brusquely. Though it didn’t appear to bother the woman.
She instead laughed softly. “It started when I woke up one day and found that one of my plush toys had become an intelligent being.” She started to reminisce. “By chance I turned out to be one of the ten thousand people that had been chosen to gain powers on my Earth, and yes, this is the same event that empowered Magnus’ father, Guru.”
“That must have been weird.” She commented.
“Oh, it was very weird. Thankfully my first creation had also been instilled with the necessary knowledge to help me during the start. You also have to understand that the World I was born in was completely mundane. Yeah, we had a lot of stories and such, and there I was, suddenly animating my plush collection into intelligent beings with all types of abilities.”
She laughed softly.
“I want to say that I was one of the lucky ones, keeping to myself and not getting embroidered in politics. Mainly it was because I didn’t go out and play hero, or villain, like a few others. Instead I approached the Celestial Forge, that was the organization Guru led. I met Morgan about that time and a few weeks later we had started to go out.”
“Wait, Morgan as the leader of the mission?” She prompted.
“That’s right. Honestly, practically all other Metaloids in this mission are single or with other Metaloids, so I’m more or less the only human around, not that it really bothers me.” She said with a shrug. “It’s not like there’s no advantages, for example the medical care is excellent, you wouldn’t believe me if I told you I was past my sixties, no?”
Lydia was actually surprised by that, the woman appeared to be barely below thirty.
“So yeah, we got married a few years ago, took me some time to get used to their society, but also was there as it formed.” She explained. “Now it’s mostly traveling and peddling these, they are knickknacks, but great to exchange for stories and other things. You wouldn’t believe the places and things you learn that will give you new ideas.”
She nodded. “Well, I think that getting a few of these in exchange for that keychain is fair.” She laughed, still not completely sure if it had been a good trade. “So all they do is spar with each other?”
“More or less, I learned a few things from Magnus’ father so their enchantment can technically grow. But it’s pretty rare these models do. They mostly just keep to light spars, however they can learn new styles if you practice in their vicinity.” She explained. “They can damage each other, but they will take a break and fix themselves with the area’s magic.”
She looked at the small dolls for a moment before smiling. “What would it cost me for you to customize these three?”
The woman smiled. “Oh, I’m sure we can get to an agreement.”
Lydia felt a small shiver, for a moment the woman reminded her of those old rats back in the Undercity. She hoped that one or two of the plush toys she had bought back in the Pokemon World would be enough.
He stopped working for a moment as he felt the Long Fortune finally leave the World. Thankfully the changes he applied to Magic hadn’t made their way out problematic.
Magnus grumbled as he watched the ingot fall apart, the alchemical process failing and wasting his last half an hour of work. It wasn’t terrible, just a bit frustrating. It also wasn’t as if it was the only thing he was doing, the other samples were progressing well.
Alchemy had turned into his main focus as of late after finally acquiring a Perk covering it, his skill on the art had also advanced by leaps and bounds. The perk covered both actual Alchemy, aka the study of the natural world and its workings, and fantasy Alchemy, with the creation of potions, rituals and homunculus.
While the potions had gone into improving his current understanding of his already advanced art, he was mainly focusing on the study of the material world and the characteristics of said materials. He was aiming to produce exotic alloys to further improve his weapons.
The failed sample had been an attempt to change some of the characteristics of iron, but it had unfortunately failed. He would have to continue testing.
It had been a week since the Ritual and it had honestly felt even longer. As expected nothing had gone wrong, he had even looked into it in depth with help of Morgan. All demesnes were working correctly, effectively expanding and growing in content. The Metaloids had started to approach some of the cooperating races and that had gone well too.
He didn’t want to say he wouldn’t look into the future. But he honestly didn’t expect anything big to happen for a few years.
He turned his attention to the ship’s navigation for a moment. The Greener Fields had left a trail of buoys along the Worlds in their path all the way to his home World. Distance Outside was a hard thing to measure. The only measurement that could be used was observed time, and even that was variable as two ships could measure completely different times for the same trip going side-by-side.
They had marked a number of Worlds of interest, it also marked his siblings’ paths. That was enough to give himself an idea of where to intercept them. He mostly checked to satiate his curiosity as Orange would be the one choosing their path.
He turned back toward the samples, his eyes zeroing in one of the tests to create goblin-wrought silver. He could feel as the metal started to suck in the ambient mana, he opened his senses and watched as the material started to collapse on itself.
Making a quick decision, Magnus reached and started to feed it Light. He was just following a hunch, but the more he poured the more the material stabilized until something clicked and the absorption stopped and the metal changed.
He grabbed the sample and the first thing he noticed was that the material had gone from silver to an eggshell, it also radiated Light passively. The real answer was that at the same time he felt a new Perk slide into place. The knowledge of how to imbue aligned mana into metals to modify them and improve them greatly. Unfortunately the perk only provided the way to imbue said mana, the results were up to him to study and find out.
On the good news, the resulting materials would be of very high quality and esoteric characteristics. It also meant he would be experimenting with other materials and other elements, he may also do so too with his two concepts. What would True Iron create, or maybe Lying Gold?
He couldn’t help but to smile, this may be the answer to how to bring the rest of his weapons to the level of Tenlight. As he got to work, he wondered what their next World would be like.
Ruby stood by Magnus, the two of them watching down the partially destroyed sight of Brooklyn. She had needed a bit of help from him, but she could see how the fabric of space had been practically blown open, of course the physical plane was also blown open. A massive rocky fortress had apparently erupted out from the underground.
Thankfully it seemed to have happened mainly along the coast, so only the closest building had been destroyed, it still meant a large number of victims her Magends were currently helping out of the debris, a squad of white mages running triage on them.
Each member of the squad was sporting the same white garment that covered them from head to toes, a green cross visible on multiple places on their body. Even their faces were covered to keep questions about their practically identical features from coming up.
The squad was getting led by one of her most charismatic Magends produced so far, Magnus joked that she had based the bard Magend on him. That particular one was wearing a similar robe in blue with little other adornment.
Under normal circumstances, even her Magends may end up running out of power if they had to tackle this number of injured people, to prevent this, each Magend was equipped with a bracelet that linked them all to Magnus, allowing him to feed them with his insane power reserves. It made her incredibly giddy inside.
“Is it okay to do nothing?” She asked.
“Calm down and enjoy the show, honestly I may have said we could have interfered if we had arrived earlier. But right now? Nah, just allow the local heroes to save the day.” Magnus answered easily. “It’s also not like you aren’t helping plenty, I’m also going to clean the mess after.”
She nodded as she looked at the fortress, the massive, monstrous face was oozing lava. Even from the distance she could tell the material was incredibly magical. It was obvious just by the fact that it remained in a liquid state instead of hardening when in contact with the air.
Ruby looked at the turtle being that was currently advancing towards a short, portly man in blue overalls and red shirt and hat. “What’s he exactly?”
“Bowser? If I remember right he’s a Dragon Turtle, or Dragon Koopa depending on the World. The small turtles are Koopa, they can have a lot of variance, signified by the color of their shell, if they have wings, or specific skills like magic.” He explained. “Then you have the Piranha Plants, they are pretty self-explanatory. The mushroom-shaped ones are Goombas. The masked ones are Shyguys, but if their masks are black they are Snifits. Finally the bullets are Bullet Bills. And I see a few others, but the show’s going on.”
As he explained, she watched the princess in white act, distracting Bowser as the glowing star flew and the portly gun in overalls ran after it, quickly followed by Bowser.
“Will they really be okay?” She asked, worried.
“Oh yes, look at that, Luigi, the guy in green, is moving there to protect his brother Mario.” Magnus commented on the events happening in front of them. “Honestly, if the star wasn’t an inherent thing of this World, I would have wanted to get my hands on it. It carries the concept of Victory, having the Star practically makes sure its wielder will win any conflict.”
She believed him, besides the trust she had on him, the Star radiated a very special kind of power; noticeable from a distance.
They watched as the two brothers dived for the Star, just as the breath of fire caught up to them. Something in the air changed and when the smoke revealed the brothers glowing in a rainbow hue with Power.
The sight didn’t seem to discourage Bowser, who quickly ordered the attack of all of his forces. Just two men against an army, and quickly showed that the army was at a disadvantage.
“Oh.” She let out a gasp as she watched them move and act.
Strength, speed, reflexes, power, all of them were magnified, the two brothers were practically unstoppable. They also moved with complete certainty, it was as if everything was in the perfect place to allow them to move, jump and zip from enemy to enemy.
Koopas, Bullet Bills, Goombas, Shyguys were defeated one after another until the two brothers went after their boss. Bowser got tag teamed like the best of them, getting bounced from brother to brother until he was brought down.
That was when Mario and Luigi grabbed the dragon turtle by his tail and started to spin, ending with a swing up that sent the villain flying high into the sky; the brothers jumped up after him, catching up at the peak of his rise.
Their combined punch released a shockwave in the same rainbow hue, it also launched Bowser down, he impacted the stone rendition of his head. The brothers followed it up by dropping with a pair of drop kicks.
She felt Magnus raise a barrier around them as the duo’s impact released a massive rainbow shockwave.
The fight finished and she watched as the Dragon Turtle was fed a mushroom that shrank him until he fit inside a jar.
“So that’s it?” Ruby asked, part of her attention still on the rescue operations along the edges of the fortress. Thankfully the displacement of the structure had pushed everything away instead of crushing it under the massive floating island.
“Yup, Team Maus’ currently picking a few interesting bits here and there. I’m sure you will like some of the plants and mushrooms they have been grabbing.” He answered. “Personally, I want to see what happens if I distill a few of those red mushrooms, and if we’re lucky we may snatch a green one to study.”
“You really think you can fix this place?”
“Ninety percent sure, it helps that Reality knows this is a problem and wants to revert the damage, giving the process some Truth will make things practically happen by themselves.” He stood up and rocked on the balls of his feet. “Ready to meet some royalty?”
“Uh? We’re just going to go and…?” She was surprised.
“Hmm, I mean, I could just move in and start working as if it was nothing too strange. I admit it would be fun. But it could lead to some nasty reactions in their surprise.” He admitted. “Plus it’s been a while since I had to pull on my rank as a Marquise.” He added.
“Oh, right. I had forgotten you were a noble.” She commented with a small laugh as both landed to street level. “For some reason you don’t fit the image I’ve in my head.”
“Oh? What image do I fit more?”
“The jester.” She teased him, making Magnus snort.
“… I could add a few bells to my clothes.” He laughed with her.
“Just don’t become a joke.”
Their presence wasn’t lost as they approached the celebrating group. Ruby took a moment to look at them better. Magnus had presented each of them before, Mario, Luigi, Princess Peach, Donkey Kong and Toad, they had been joined by an older couple who wasn’t hard to guess were the two brothers’ parents.
She was glad to see they weren’t reacting badly to their presence, not that she believed they could put up too much of a fight, especially as the Star’s effect had ended. Without it she didn’t think they could put up too much of a fight against Magnus, and she had been training too. Hopefully there wouldn’t be a need to put that to the test.
Notes:
Alchemy (300CP)(Castlevania):Through careful experimentation and research, you've gained understanding of the true nature of God's creation of the world. You may now utilize a lesser form of this art to create items of power, ranging from potions and charms to powerful weapons to drive back the forces of evil. You also understand the basics of a darker form of this art, enabling you to understand and counter evil rituals.
Forbidden Book of Attribute Metals(200CP)(The Death Mage Who Doesn't Want A Fourth Time):Death Iron and Dark Copper, Life Gold and Soul Silver. Metals created by the esteemed dhampir Vandalieu using his Death magic and raw metals, changing the metals into more powerful forms on par with adamantite and Mythril, or into rare and unique metals capable of influencing the soul and body themselves. While this option does not give you said metal, what you are instead given is a guide on how to imbue Attribute mana into metals to create entirely new forms. These new metals will each be unique in some way, such as being liquid until heated a great deal, and will in turn each possess powerful and useful abilities related to their element. A liquid metal that heals those who eat it and metal that somehow affects the soul itself, this and other effects unknown and untold are yours for the discovering. Just note, however, that a great deal of mana will be required, and perhaps a method to speed it all along.
Chapter 35
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 35
They ended up deciding to stay for about a week after cleaning the city. It turned out to be much harder to herd all of Bowser’s forces and other unwilling travelers than cleaning the physical mess. They made sure to scour the city from up to low so there were no stragglers left behind, and if they grabbed a few stray mushrooms or cat bells left laying around, it was no big deal.
Thankfully, no matter the World, police response is always late, helped along by Team Maus running a bit of interference in delaying them further until Magnus could twist reality back into normal shape. That the only show of the event was the area looking better , was just a funny coincidence.
He had even managed to push the construction spell further and add the manufacture of simple electronics, replacing a lot of the lost furniture and home appliances since Reality had disliked the sudden and catastrophic change. And if many of those things would work better and slowly repair themselves, he didn’t think anyone would complain much.
They also took the princess’ invitation to talk after everyone was back to their respective side of the divide. Thankfully the pipe realm Mario had blasted with a Bomber Bill would slowly fix itself, meanwhile travel between the two realms would need to be carried some other way. Mario and Luigi had decided to follow Peach back to her realm, apparently plumbers were in high demand.
Said meeting had been interesting, even when the king of the Snow Kingdom and the King of the Jungle had been there, it was incredibly lighthearted, even if the Penguin King was the dramatic sort.
“So you just travel from realm to realm?” Said king spoke with a deep and regal tone, which clashed with his small and, honestly, cute form.
“That we do.” Magnus answered as he sipped the tea, he found the flavor to be interesting, he would have to ask for a sample of the plant it came from. “For me it started as a way to spread my wings as I got out of the nest, but it’s quickly turned into what I like to do, travel to new places, see the sights, meet new people, learn new things, help where I can, and prank where it’s deserved.”
Cranky Kong laughed, the king of the jungle smacked his knee. “Oh, I like that last one.”
“There are people who just deserve it.” He nodded.
Princess Peach rolled her eyes and shared a look with Ruby, who just nodded with a knowing smile on her face.
“Are you sure we can’t do anything for you in reward for your help?” The princess spoke cordially.
“I may ask to talk with the people in charge of your construction, I’m always up to learning new things.” He answered easily. “Maybe learn how you create your Power Ups, outside of that I’m good with doing some free clean up.”
“I will talk with some Toads about it.” She looked glad to have solved that.
“Thank you.” He said. “May I ask what will you do with Bowser and his kingdom?”
“I say we put the guy to work.” Kranky offered.
“I would agree, but the cur’s most likely to spit on our eye and make things harder,” King Penguin countered, “in addition we would need to have a way to control him in any way.”
Peach nodded. “I’ve been talking with Kamek, he’s Bowser’s second in command and I’ve managed to keep him from acting out by reminding him that Bowser would be quite mad if he returned to a destroyed kingdom. He’s been getting his troops to move back and start to get the flying fortress back to his lands. After that I’ll have to find someone a bit more agreeable to work with us.”
“I remember there were a few other members of the royal Koopa family.” Kranky offered.
“Yes, unfortunately I’ve no idea where they are, or their current disposition.” Peach explained. “But so far it’s our best chance outside of convincing Kamek to cooperate.”
They nodded understandingly.
“I think I could put together something to get some control over Bowser, it would be based on an old Human story. Story says that Buddha created a golden circlet to put a stop to the Monkey King’s unruly behavior. It was indestructible, irremovable and would give the wearer a terrible migraine when the magic words were used.” He explained, already putting the idea together in his mind. “I trust everyone here to use it wisely and not abuse it… with the exception of Kranky, I’m pretty sure you would do it if it was fun enough.” He lightened the tone as he spoke to the old king.
“Ha! You’re right.” He smacked his knee as he laughed.
“Kranky Kong’s possible actions aside, would it be safe for Bowser to use long term?” Peach asked, the question showing his opinion on the people in front of him wasn’t wrong.
“Yes, I’ve done some study in magically-caused pain, and I’m sure I can prevent the possible side-effects produced from its overuse. It’s meant to be a disabling pain, not torture.” He got a nod from those words.
After a bit more talk about it, Kranky Kong turned to them, he noted the king’s nostrils flaring. “I’ve to ask, why do the you two smell ?”
King Penguin and Princess Peach looked aghast at the comment.
“… Oh!” Magnus took a moment to put things together while Ruby looked between surprised and confused. “That may be because neither Ruby nor I are human, I imagine you’re expecting us to smell closer to Peach or the two brothers.” He allowed the transformation to take over, fur covering his changing features. “I just look human because it’s easier to deal with most humans, having the ability to transform like this is just one of many things.”
“In my case,” Ruby spoke up after him, “I’ve the ability to create duplicates of myself with specific abilities and skills. You have actually seen a number of them, though in their case they were wearing full-body cloaks to keep people from asking why they all looked very similar.”
“That’s a very curious and useful ability.” King Penguin observed.
“It is, but it also requires plenty of training to manage and organize all of the me’s behind each body.” She explained.
She proceeded to show her ability by creating a female Kong. It turned out she was quite tall and well-shaped Kong, her pink hair was practically an afro in her usual pink.
The sight seemed to surprise Kranky. “Don’t let my son see you, or you will be having a hard time dealing with him.” It caused most of them to laugh, except Peach who just rolled her eyes at the old king’s sense of humor.
The rest of their talks were quite lighthearted. He would create the restraining crown for Bowser, based on the idea of Sun Wukong’s circlet, which would incapacitate the Koopa king safely. It would also not require a spoken word, but just the will of a few chosen people. For the moment it was only the princess and the two kings, but they could add more if they voted unanimously for it.
He also saw to help the Snow Kingdom with the knowledge to reinforce their ice construction. It was based on a similar method to how he could work with natural materials and he was pretty sure the locals could take it even further or use it to enhance their existing methods.
Magnus had also acquired a few interesting things as they toured the realm: Rainbow Road bits, Fire Flower seeds, Tail Tree saplings, assorted Mushrooms spores, assorted Beans and a few other things.
While Ruby with her Magends mainly hung out with him as they went around, Team Maus took their time as a short vacation. From what he learned, they mainly spent their week racing the Kongs in their many jungle circuits. Magnus was wondering if they would ask for help for their own karts, he wouldn’t say no to seeing how far he could push those little vehicles.
He even got to study a number of the local races along with learning about the creation of their blocks and other power ups. It had rewarded him with a perk specifically covering this knowledge.
After a few more days of looking around, tourism and learning it became time to leave. Their departure went without problems or surprises, if anything it was delayed by one day as they were enjoying the realm’s many beautiful places. Even then, it was nowhere near close enough time to see everything and they promised to come back.
He had also left a contact card with a little Lumen, the small star-being was definitely a bit around the loop. But given that they had reacted to the name Rosalina, he asked them to deliver it just in case.
With a few goodbyes and best wishes, they departed the World, once more venturing into the Outside. It also meant a bit closer to reuniting with his siblings for Magnus.
Of course, as always it didn’t mean he stopped doing what he enjoyed.
Magnus was surprised when it was Moisha who approached his workshop a week into the trip after leaving their last stop. She found him carving her third new mask, his stay in the Mushroom Kingdom had given him a few new ideas, and resurfaced a few old ones too.
It had been a long time since he had carved any mask, but it felt good. For something he had only done four times, it felt intrinsically natural for him. His claw slowly carved through the wood, imposing his will on the material in a way no knife would have been able.
He had carved one other mask so far, a Kong mask, and tested it. While being a purple ape had been interesting, he wasn’t entirely sure what he would use that mask for outside of pranks. He would ask Ruby later to run some tests on the form to truly quantify its abilities.
He was expecting the mask he was currently working on to go pretty different. The leonine features surrounded by a mane and the pair of horns growing from the top of the head signaled it to be a Lynel.
Truthfully, the main reason he hadn’t carved this mask before, was because he lacked the necessary knowledge. He had managed to learn plenty by fighting a Lynel, but his understanding of their biology and natural abilities was lacking; it had taken him getting proper medical scans from centaurs and other races from the Wizarding World carried by the Metaloids.
He had advanced his Biology skill quite a lot by working out how exactly a monster like the Lynel would work. He finished enchanting the mask with the knowledge he had and allowed the magic he was investing into the mask sink in. Immediately the already realistic features turned life-like and he swore to hear a roar.
He placed it aside as Moisha entered his workshop. “Good evening, what brings you here?”
“I… I want your help to improve myself?” She sounded resolute.
“Ok,” he happily answered her, “there are multiple ways we can go at this. First, I can make some armor or accessories to reinforce you. Second, we can work on a new skill to expand your scope of abilities. Finally we can double your training and work out together.”
He couldn’t help but chuckle at Moisha’s surprised look. “… You don’t need my reason to ask you?”
“Why would I? I took the role of your teacher, when you come with me with such a straightforward problem I’m meant to help you with it.” He shrugged. “So what will it be?”
“What would each cover? I mean besides the last one, that one is pretty obvious.”
“The first would most likely be an accessory or off-hand weapon to complement your weapon. I’ve been studying a few new abilities that I may be able to replicate, or maybe that works along with the Power Ups from our last World. As for learning a new skill, it would honestly be more giving you my opinion on possible new things you could learn, just like how Romeo looked into learning Empathy and Lydia’s been practicing with Fire.”
She looked pensive and then troubled before she sighed and spoke. “I would like your opinion on a new skill to learn.”
“Okay, may I have permission to look at your skill list?” She nodded to his question and a screen opened in front of him.
He looked through it carefully, Advanced Sword Wielding was expected, same with Advanced Stealth. Lock Picking, Sleight of Hand, Distraction, Haggling and Acrobatics were expected. She had also developed a pretty respectable collection of fighting styles. Her passable skill in Crochet was a bit more of a surprise. He continued looking through.
He took a moment to think things properly.
“Okay, I’ve looked through it and I’ve a few ideas.” He reached with his will to bring up a few subjects from the ship’s database. “First is learning Elemental Channeling, especially Lightning since your body should be getting acclimated to having Dancing Surge, it would prove to be a good base for you to later develop.”
“What kind of skills?”
“Elemental Step is pretty straightforward from there, my Blink and Shadow Step are two versions. Lightning would most likely be a bit slower than Blink, but provide either some destructive power, or allow you to travel through conductive materials.” He explained. “Another skill you may want to try to learn is the Multibody Technique, it cuts down your power depending on how many extra bodies you create. But sometimes numbers do make the difference.”
“Is that the technique you use to create your duplicates?” Moisha asked.
“Not exactly, mine are based on the Sheikah’s clone technique, mixed with my own understanding of my concepts.” He explained. “That’s why I can use them along with my Masks as they impose a Truth on things.” He showed her the Lynel mask. “My Masks already work by complementing my ability to transform, so when I combine the two of them.”
He activates the technique as he throws the Mask out. Darkness coalesced, first in his shape before it started to expand. A fact he had accepted was that any transformation he carried would be smaller than an average of the species, the fact was that Lynels were big .
Four powerful horse legs, a barrel-shaped body, a muscular torso where the horse’s head would be. The body started to gain definition and color. Soon it was revealed he has a fur color identical to his hair, it was marred by black and white marks. Thankfully his clothes did get copied over any of his clones, shifting to cover him even in the taur-like physiology. It was also definitely his hairiest form as his hair was a literal mane that ran down his chest and back.
“Oh, wow.” Moisha took a step back. “What the…”
“This is a Lynel, or well, my version of them. They are a pretty aggressive and dangerous race on Hyrule. While they are mainly recognized as monsters, they are also known to be pretty intelligent and advanced enough to forge impressive metal weapons.” He explained. “And to clear something up, they are usually quite taller than this.”
He wasn’t lying, his Lynel was about two and a half meters, when in truth the specimens seen in Hyrule normally surpassed the three meters.
“You just wanted to, like, show off.” She huffed, but still smiled.
“Guilty, but I also had just finished it and I wanted to make sure it worked well.” He laughed. “No idea what I will use it for, but having a larger, tankier form without going Titan will be useful sooner or later.”
“Surprise aside, I will look into Elemental Channeling to start.” She decided.
“Understood, I will send you the manual and make a training tool, it should be a pretty simple and useful tool.” He offers.
“Thank you.” She smiled.
He nodded and released the technique, catching the falling mask and grabbed another block of wood as he watched her go. He could only chuckle, Lydia and Romeo were a couple of lucky rats, and Moisha knew it.
He wondered if his siblings had found anyone.
The room was mostly white and gray, the lack of any kind of decoration and abundance of equipment pointing to the platform at the center easily painted the room as some kind of testing chamber. There was also a large, and very reinforced, observation one-way mirror on one of the walls, a number of scientists busied themselves with tables, computers and other paraphernalia, a constant hubbub of activity that supplemented this idea.
At first glance the people could have been mistaken as something else rather than humans, many of them held animal parts, others sported non-organic features such as metals or crystals. But any informed person would know that this was just a quirk of Humanity in this particular World, not that its inhabitants knew they were quite the outlier in the many Worlds.
A door to the side of the room opened before four figures walked through. It would be obvious in most cases that none of them were there entirely of their own accord. The figures were walking in slowly, all wore the same full-body, white straitjacket, muzzle, eye mask and earphones. They were guided into the room by leashes connected to their handcuffed wrists sliding along rails on the ceiling.
The four were practically dragged into the room, getting arranged in a diamond pattern below the platform. The moment they were in place, the ground at their feet shifted, a pair of mechanized arms rose for each one, grabbing onto their wrists. It was followed by the platform in front of them opening and a pedestal rising, a small crystal held at the top.
“ Subject Boost Alpha, start using your Quirk on the two people in front of you. ” The voice of one of the researchers sounded inside the man at the back of the diamond as the mechanic arms holding his wrists forced his hands against the two people in front of him.
Once his hands were glowing green and that glow was passing onto the next two people the researcher spoke again. “ Subject Boost Theta, start to use your Quirk on the person in front of you. ” Their voice could only be heard by the person on the right of the arrangement as the person on the left heard something similar. “ Subject Boost Gamma, start to use your Quirk on the person in front of you. ”
The two of them were also being forced to touch the person at the peak of the diamond. Different from the first person, Theta’s Quirk expressed itself in an almost imperceptible hazy effect on their target, meanwhile Gamma’s Quirk caused a visible strain on the target’s circulatory system.
It would have been obvious for anyone watching that the man was not having any kind of enjoyment of the situation. It would also be pretty clear that none of the researchers cared, if anything it appeared to be excited by the results from the machines reading into the situation.
“ Subject Omega, you have a crystal in front of you, use your Quirk on it. ” The voice sounded only for the man at the tip of the diamond, his hands forced to aim at the object at the pedestal. “ Subject Omega, start acting now or you will be punished. ” The voice reiterated.
The man let out a muffled groan as the muzzle prevented him from speaking. The air darkened around his hands before it stretched forward to latch onto the crystal. It sank into the object, growing dark enough it seemed to sap the light from its surroundings.
“We’re getting the expected response, Doctor Yamaguchi.” One of the researchers spoke out loud, getting a nod from the man who seemed to be at the center of everything.
Doctor Yamaguchi stood at the center of the room, watching, almost hypnotized by the sight in the other room. He had the body of an adult man, but his face was closer to a bulldog by how his skin was loose and hanging, his hair was sparse, thick and short, looking closer to spikes.
He reached for his microphone and spoke once more. “ Continue, Subject Omega, don’t stop using your Quirk. ”
His facial features made his already troublesome smile look even worse. He watched with glee as the crystal had stopped being visible, in its place was a dark hole in reality.
“We’re getting erratic readings, sir.” One of the many researchers spoke out and Doctor Yamaguchi nodded.
“ Subject Boost Theta, increase your Quirk. ” He ordered the restrained man to further amplify Subject Omega’s control over his own Quirk.
“It’s stabilizing sir.” The researcher announced.
Light started to bend around the void over the pedestal, multiple cameras and scanners reading the events.
“The boundary is stabilizing, we’re breaching through.” Another researcher excitedly announced.
“Excellent, the HPSC will be joyous to hear we’re getting results.” Doctor Yamaguchi mumbled as he looked into the hole in reality.
“ Keep pushing, Subject Omega. ” He spoke into the microphone.
The man seemed strained, but the good old Doctor wouldn’t be stopping him now, there was always a need for sacrifices in the advance of science.
Of course it seemed something was happening, at the center of that darkness there was a spark of color, if his eyes weren’t lying to him, it appeared to be pink.
“What are we seeing?” He ordered an answer.
“It’s strange, we can’t seem to gather any actual information, there’s a barrier of some kind.” A scientist answered.
Doctor Yamaguchi’s mouth twisted and reached for the microphone. “ Subject Boost Alpha, push harder. ” He switched the channel. “ Subject Boost Gamma, increase the effect on power from your Quirk. ” His orders took a moment to be followed.
He watched the pink start to grow brighter, more defined than before with a sudden sound like a bubble popping in reverse. And just like that the void was gone, and over the pedestal was a large, pink and see-through bubble containing a sleeping young man.
“The breach collapsed and the boundary is gone, Subject Boost Alpha, Boost Theta, Boost Gamma and Omega are down, vital signs are crashing.” A researcher quickly said.
“Pathetic.” Yamaguchi mumbled. “Reads, what about the new specimen?”
“We’re not getting any read, the bubble seems to be isolating them from everything. I’ve never seen a barrier Quirk like this.” The other researcher answered.
“And it’s being used to sleep?” The doctor let out a grumble as he changed the channel for the microphone and spoke through it. “ You have just entered a very restricted area, identify yourself immediately and surrender yourself to investigation. ”
The young man didn’t seem to react, didn’t even move from its curled sleeping position.
Doctor Yamaguchi growled louder as he twisted the volume knob and tried again. “ You! The person inside the bubble, wake up and identify yourself! You’re in a very restricted laboratory, surrender yourself to investigation, otherwise we’ll have to use force. ”
He smiled victoriously as the man started to stir and opened an eye to look around. He wondered what gave him the right to smile so easily when the laboratory’s security forces were on their way.
The man slowly shifted as the bubble seemed to expand, allowing him to sit with his legs crossed.
“Well, this is interesting.” The first words he spoke and everyone was surprised by how clear they could understand him.
Doctor Yamaguchi glared at the man, he could see very well that the movement of his lips didn’t match the spoken words. He quickly increased the threat rating of the man and started to wonder what exactly they had summoned from who knew where.
Notes:
A Humble Mushroom Farmer(100CP)(Paper Mario):The Mushroom Kingdom is a land of many strange and mysterious items. Healing mushrooms, small snowmen that call up blizzards, blocks labelled POW that shake the earth. These items have to come from somewhere, and now you are a source of these objects. You know the arts behind the creation of the various usable items from the paper mario series. Some of these must be grown, others built, and still others prepared through more esoteric means. You also know how to create lil' oink eggs and use them to produce certain items. The ingredients for many of these are rather common in that world, but rarer elsewhere. I'd stock up if I were you.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 36
Milo looked around the room with more than just his eyes. He just knew that his naps tended to be cursed , or so joked their siblings. For being a cat at many levels, he rarely enjoyed just a sleep under the rays of the sun.
He had chosen an alternate Earth in his current World, one that hadn’t yet developed any kind of intelligence capable of self-reflection and development. It was the best place to wait for his siblings to arrive and not start troubles. With Yui, his ship, sunbathing on orbit, he did the same on an empty and completely virgin beach.
He had even erected a psychic barrier to keep any tainting of the area from happening, laid back and just closed his eyes. And then he had woken up in a pretty cliché laboratory and four people were dying in front of him while someone else with the ego the size of the moon tried to show off. Scientists always knew how to ruin a good nap.
His System was already slipping through the firewalls to get him an idea of what was all about and where he had ended up. It was obvious they had somehow summoned him here, but if it was intended or a side-effect of their goals he didn’t know yet.
At the same time he could easily read the minds of everyone around, and even if he didn’t focus too deeply, what he saw on the surface painted quite the dark picture.
“ Identify yourself immediately .” The leading lab coat-wearer insisted once more from what he thought to be a safe distance.
In all honesty, Milo was more interested in the variations present in the bodies of the people around. They all could be considered human, but at the same time each had a particularity in their bodies and souls.
“… will you do something about these four? They will be dead in less than two minutes if they’re lucky.” Milo finally spoke.
“ The subjects don’t matter, even if their loss may slow down the project for a few days we’ve already identified a number of possible replacements. ” The man’s tone made Milo raise an eyebrow.
“So it doesn’t matter if I do this?” He asked with a smile as his bubble produced four feelers, reaching down to make contact with the bodies and quickly fix the damage. It was obvious that whatever particularities each body had, it had been exacerbated with the use of multiple drugs.
He quickly purged their systems and cataloged the drugs before fixing the damage; also putting them into a deep sleep.
“ Doctor Yamaguchi, all subjects’ vitals are stabilizing. They are completely healed and have fallen into a deep sleep .”
He watched as the so-called doctor turned towards him. “ What did you do? ”
Milo shrugged. “Just fixed the damage.” He answered and smiled.
For some reason that made the man behind the reinforced, one-way mirror growl. “ I repeat, identify yourself now and surrender yourself for interrogation. ”
“Why? You practically kidnapped me from my nap? I was just waiting for my siblings.” He answered the order. “So I don’t feel like playing along, I will just wait until my siblings get here.”
With that he leaned back, earning himself another growl. He knew he was channeling Magnus a lot, but he wouldn’t lie, non-compliance was fun.
“ Security, there’s a villain in Test Room Eight, use of force is approved. ” The man spoke into his phone. “ Let’s see if you can smile after you’re put in your place. ”
Milo just smiled, even as he slowly read through the reports found in the facility. It wasn’t obvious from what he could read, but he knew how to read between the lines to get something closer to the true picture. Human experimentation, colluding with criminals to cover the kidnapping of normal people just because they could be useful, the experimentation and disposal of people, and many other things that pointed to the place’s activities being less than good.
It didn’t take long for the door to open and quite the group of people to rush in. They were all dressed in quite colorful outfits. It wasn’t hard to realize this was a world with superheroes, but it was also obvious that someone was playing fast and loose with the rules if these guys were heroes working in such an amoral laboratory.
Adding to that, from what he read they were working for some high and mighty, pompous government organization. It didn’t surprise him that corruption was a thing everywhere.
“Okay kid, time to give up.” A cocky thin man spoke derisively. “Villains like you should know that attacking a place like this is a losing game.”
“That’s right, now drop that barrier and surrender.” A larger one spoke next and reached to poke at his bubble.
He eyed the group on multiple levels and smiled. “Just a warning, this bubble is for your own safety, pop it and… well, as they say,” Milo’s smile grew larger, “fuck around and find out.”
The cocky guy snorted and shifted his arm into a sort-of blade. “Let’s see if that’s true.” He reached and poked the bubble.
Under normal circumstances it wouldn’t have popped, they had experimented with the limits of his bubble and it had come up to a pseudo-World barrier, meaning it would even survive the Outside.
So when the bubble popped, it was all his own doing.
“So much talk and then nothing happened.” The cocky ‘hero’ said.
Milo just raised an eyebrow as his domain had quickly started to expand. “I would suggest you grab those guys on the way out.”
The first thing that got affected was the pillar he had been floating above. It quickly started to sprout roots, shiny, metallic roots that started to eat through the smooth floor of the testing chamber. The once smooth, hard tiles of the floor, made from some kind of easy-to-clean alloy or compound broke like dry dirt and small, fresh spikes of grass started to sprout; the copper of the cables running under the ground oxidized to give them a green sheen.
It wasn’t until the pillar started to grow branches that the so-called heroes noticed the changes, however it was too late by then. His Domain has spread further past the room and kept expanding.
“What? What did you do?” The bigger hero asked, a hint of fear leaking out in his voice as the others in the group looked around.
“I told you, that bubble was to keep me from affecting the things around me, when it pops,” he looked around theatrically, still smiling as always, “well… Life finds a way.”
“ Doctor, there are signs all over the facility that plants are sprouting from everything and- oh my god! ” The scientist practically jumped away from his spot as the computer he had been using started to expand and sprout.
Doctor Yamaguchi’s eyes opened wide and turned towards Milo. “ You! What did you do? Explain yourself right now and maybe I will have you as a test subject instead of ordering you to be thrown into the depths of Tartarus. ”
“I told you, the bubble was to stop this from happening.” Milo answered and sighed. “And once more I recommend you leave this place, because the changes are just starting and will only get faster and bigger.”
That’s when the alarms in the place finally kicked in, if they had been done automatically due to the roots of the Pillar Tree expanding through the foundations or someone had triggered it didn’t matter. Milo floated to the side as said tree pushed towards the ceiling and started to grow through it.
The whole place creaked and cracked, rumbling as Life infected what had been once metal, cement and plastic. Artificial sprouted life, reproduced and took over.
The cocky hero let out a groan of frustration before trying to attack him, for his problems Milo rewarded him with a whipping of his long, pink tail. The man got sent flying into the arms of another of the heroes. Milo just smiled as his long, sinuous tail lazily waved behind him.
He smiled and waved his fingers as the heroes picked up the passed out test subjects and ran out. Similarly behind the mirror, which was starting to crack and peel like old bark, the scientists were trying to grab as much as they could before running out. The last to leave was the doctor, glaring at Milo.
The young man just smiled, sitting on one of the growing branches as it rose. It didn’t take long for his seat to break through the roof as it expanded out. The facility was twisting and growing, once a pristine building in the middle of a valley was turning into an expanding world tree as the trunk of the Pillar Tree expanded out, swallowing the place.
Milo simply leaned back and watched as people ran away in multiple vehicles. He just knew it was stirring a hornet’s nest. But with his siblings in their way, maybe setting up the grounds for a party in their style wouldn’t be a bad idea.
When Orange asked her to go poke at Magnus, Ruby was expecting the usual. Her lover tended to get a bit too much into his own head from time to time, especially after they had spent over a few weeks in the Outside.
It wasn’t all he did, he still hung out with her and his sister, trained with Team Maus, or relaxed somewhere. But the moment he wandered into his workshop he tended to hyperfocus to the point he could disconnect from everything else.
So she went in expecting that, the problem came from the fact that each room was isolated from the rest, so when the door was closed, the room was practically not on the other side. So when the door opened, the hallway was instantly isolated by two blast doors as power, heat and something else practically slammed onto her.
The woman quickly created a couple of Magends who were subjected to the same pressure for a moment before they erected a barrier around the three and slowly entered the room. Power thrummed in the air and it took her a moment to realize it was Magnus’ voice, a harmony of multiple bodies chanting at the same time, words mixed with the beating of several hammers coming down on a weapon.
The corporealized clones created from his masks worked in tandem with him, all of them chanting words with meanings she could barely understand; even the Understanding Enchantment was having a hard time parsing them. It was as if each word carried so many meanings they had no simple representation to her mind.
She could only watch hypnotized as Light was mixed into some material, both heated to extremely high levels and worked into the shape of a spear. It wasn’t complete and it was an already beautiful weapon. From the distance she could see the intricate details hammered into the mixed materials, the lines of the alloy creating a maze-like design.
And that wasn’t all, the Lynel was breathing fire onto the weapon before the Goron clone placed gems into the weapons.
...No, they weren’t simple gems. It had taken her a moment to notice the difference with all the energy saturating the air. Each of those was an expertly cut Evolution stone. But she had never seen one emanating so much power.
She could only watch and try to make sense as the reverb of their voices grew louder, more powerful, and suddenly it was over. All power, all the weight, all that energy, all that everything was sucked into the weapon and with a gentle chime it was done. Not even a flash was seen as suddenly the weapon was completed.
One by one, the clones disappeared and their respective masks were stored away, only then Ruby let the two Magends go back to her and approached her lover. “That was impressive.” She praised him.
She didn’t need to even ask as Magnus smiled. “It’s called Horizon.” He said and gripped the nearly two-meters tall spear, the decoration wasn’t homogeneous. Instead the maze pattern was only on the center center of the spear, along the ends of the staff there was a highly decorated emblazoned design, with Dawn Stones cut into different shapes.
“How did you manage to create such strong Evolution Stones?” She asked.
“Oh, I refined five of them into a single one while removing the tiny impurities that the creation process couldn’t keep out. “ He quickly explained. “I’m honestly curious about what the effect of it would have on a Pokemon, but for now they make excellent magical gems.”
She nodded along, she could still feel a tiny fraction of their power, but they had become part of the weapon on a deep level. “What metal did you use to create this?”
“I’m not sure it has a name, it’s basically the hardest, most immutable material I managed to create.” He added. “It’s also pretty unforgiving for enchanting.” He flicked a finger against the material and not producing any sound, even smacking it against the ground was like hitting the dullest material. “That’s why I had to carry such a large ritual to create it, it will be a bitch and a half to reforge. But I doubt it will be needed for a long time.”
“Once more, a work of art.” She offered her honest opinion.
“Still not wanting to craft something together?” He offered, again. “I’m sure we could design some casting focus to work along with your ability.”
“I don’t think it’s necessary, my ability is already pretty strong and I think I’m improving on it already. Maybe if I hit a limit or similar.” She answered just like she had before. And it was pure honesty from her.
Her Magend creation ability was vast and she was still learning all the details of it. There was so much power she had barely tapped on it. So far she had only once managed to remove the bindings on one of her Magends, a druid-oriented one.
She had been momentarily scared when nearly all semblance of humanity the Magend had banished. Her skin had gone from a healthy tanned into brown and gray of mixed types of bark. Her hair had become flower petals, reshaping into a blossom that quickly bloomed, literally opening up her mind to Nature. Her robes had been replaced by a dress of leaves. And suddenly Nature magic was just a second nature for her.
She didn’t need to even cast or think about spells, a thought and things happened. Complex magical circles appeared as if they had already been there, lengthy rituals carried in an instant, magic so eager to jump and complete her wishes. It had scared her a bit, especially because the mind in the Magend had been completely subsumed by her own.
They were truly the same being, perfectly synchronized and acting with a single goal and mind.
She had dropped the state shortly after carrying out a few tests, maybe hanging out so much with Magnus had changed how she viewed the ability. Thankfully it didn’t seem to do much than tire her a bit, her Magend had felt it more than her. It was obvious it’s something even her main body could achieve, but what would that do for her? That was what had scared her, would she lose herself completely if she did it?
“...anyways, Orange asked me to poke at you, we’ll be arriving at the next World in a few hours.” Ruby pushed those memories aside for the moment. “Or less, since I certainly spent a bit of time just watching you.”
He nodded. “I’m glad to hear that, the last World we passed by…” He twisted his mouth before sighing. “I honestly don’t know, whoever or whatever was behind the events of that Earth, I don’t really want to know.”
She nodded and grimaced at the memories of what they had observed.
The world could very well be described as a nutjob’s work. To start, the planet’s axis had been shifted, effectively eliminating the seasons. Then the planet’s orbit had been reduced, effectively speeding the world’s movement while increasing the amount of energy that blasted the planet. Finally a mega-structure had been built on the North Pole, a dozen monoliths had been built on a ring, enclosing an area where explosions on the level of small nuclear bombs happened repeatedly and constantly.
There was no sense to the madness in the place. They had quickly black-listed the World and marked it as a curiosity, a dangerous one. Whatever intellect that was behind such acts wasn’t a stable one, even worse, it was one with the power to affect such large changes.
The planet would be at most an academic curiosity going forward. But he doubted any of them would ever want to visit it for anything other than erasing everything.
“Did Orange say if any of my siblings was already there?” He asked.
“She said Milo had been there for a while and Claire had arrived moments before she made contact with the World’s buoy.”
“Let’s hope they don’t set off the fireworks before we get there.” Magnus said and the feral grin that he gave her made her shiver.
“I’m sure they will be nice and save you some untouched ground to set on fire if necessary.” She joked.
“Hmm, hopefully. So how about a spar?” He offered and she nodded, it would be nice to do some exercise. Especially given how nice he treated her afterwards.
Claire rested at the bottom of the ocean, just laid there at a depth of around five kilometers under the surface. Not a speck of sunlight even reached half that distance. The pressure was around five hundred times, that was about half a ton of force over each square centimeter. That was enough to crush down a lot of things. But for her it was a comfortable weight on her body, a reassuring weight like that of a weighted blanket. She was just as unbothered by temperatures of the near volcanic vents.
She wasn’t even paying attention and the oceanic currents were nearly lulling her to sleep. She wasn’t paying attention to the many ships sailing over and under the waters, to the people on beaches and coasts, to the many rivers and channels emptying into larger bodies of water.
She just was there, relaxing and bonding with the water. Though she may have reached to push a few people closer to the coast when she felt the panic here and there. It was easier to feel those close to their End, to the Abyss of the ocean.
She doubted anyone would notice a small drop of deaths at sea for the short frame of time she would stay, especially when one would need to look at every coast on the planet and not think it was just good luck.
Claire took her time to look at the mess Milo had started, his actions hadn’t gone missing. Even if the building he had popped in had once been a completely off-the-maps location, known only by a few dozen people and literally not showing on any picture. It was now the main interest of everyone as the building had been transmogrified into a world tree of concrete, glass and steel.
The valley had once been a fertile spot before the laboratory had been built, after the area had suffered the effects of the industry, now it was a completely different thing. The tree had grown so tall and large that it was practically visible from the near-cities, the whole area had been taken over by the metallic plant life.
Of course the area was technically remote enough that it would have taken quite a bit of time until it became properly known. Unfortunately for the Japanese government, a lot of files and security recordings had been leaked in the following hours to the event.
Now everyone wanted to study the place, but of course the Japanese government was doing their best to stop, and declaring it the actions of a villain had helped slow down a lot of things. Or at least it did on the surface, most countries had at least one long-distance teleporter or two.
From the information June had acquired and compiled, while the power was rare, it wasn’t impossible to appear, and once you had a population in the seven digits you tended to have at least a few dozen Quirks in that field. These Quirks tended to be weak and restrictive, but a few weren’t and so their uses became PoI.
Claire slowly got up and started to move back towards the coast. She crossed several kilometers in the matter of seconds, barely disturbing the water around her, only slowing down by the time she was a few dozen meters away from the coast. That’s when she changed and started walking the rest of the way.
She had expected to find the beach in the same condition it had been when she left, full of people having fun and Akira enjoying some sun after the extensive training she had helped put the girl through.
Instead Akira was the only person enjoying the beach, still reading her book and waiting for her. She would have to talk with her about warning her about welcoming parties.
There was a group of heroes, obviously geared for open water operations given their neoprene suits, breathing apparatuses and other similar gear. Meanwhile Claire was just wearing a blue and red Bikini that showed her pale skin and green tattoos, the sunlight hiding the fact that they glowed.
“Can I help you?” She asked unbothered.
“Ma’am we received a worrisome notice about an object approaching the coast at a very fast speed, do you know something about it?” A large, tall guy with a fishy-look spoke commandingly.
She raised an eyebrow. “I was sleeping underwater.” She answered, but not.
The hero just looked at her, and after a few moments she shrugged and moved towards Akira who was just smiling and putting her belongings away,
“Ma'am, would you accompany us to the station to answer a few questions?” The hero tried to grab her shoulder, but his fingers slipped through as if she was made from water.
“I apologize, but I came to the beach to relax, and it’s obvious I can’t do that anymore. Let’s go, Akira.” Claire said and turned away.
“Come on pretty lady, that’s no way to treat heroes.” Another hero, who fit the term slimy and in more ways than just because he apparently was half-eel, said.
She just ignored him and kept walking as the heroes quickly changed their approach.
“Ma’am, stop and surrender right now, I’m sure there’s nothing wrong and a few questions at the station will clear everything up, otherwise we’ll have to treat you like a villain.” The large guy spoke in a harder tone.
Another of the heroes in the area tried to tackle them, but he simply flowed around her and Akira easily dodged the human missile.
“Was that necessary?” Claire asked, her tone taking a dangerous edge.
“Ma’am, please don’t resist.” The fish hero started to change, growing more scales and less human-like.
“Resisting? As far as I can see, I was nearly assaulted by an officer of law, or at least someone adjacent.” She spoke calmly. “Dad always told me to not let myself be ordered around without a good reason.”
“Stop right now villain.” The hero that had tried to tackle them spoke as he prepared for another tackle. “We’ll show you what happens when you disrespe-”
She only had to tap on the pressure of the Abyss and everyone around, with exception of Akira, fell down to their knees, feeling as if the weight of the Ocean lumbered over them.
“Let’s go before they do something they will regret.” Claire ordered and her friend just nodded and followed along.
She knew it would complicate things. But she didn’t care much if they would be this rude for absolutely no reason. She had been quite kind, no one had died. Maybe they would know not to cross her next time.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 37
Magnus could feel his siblings even from orbit, the two of them were a warm, tingly sensation in the edge of his awareness. If he focused, he could easily walk their way with his eyes closed. The only reason he hadn’t already jumped through one of the ship’s portals was something between a sense of trepidation after not seeing them for almost two years, and the few minutes he spent reading about the World they had just arrived to.
It was an interesting World to say the least, Humans had suddenly started to develop mutations extreme enough to give them superpowers while still keeping them all compatible. The reason behind it was still unknown and the study of the so-called Quirks was, even after a few hundred years, basically in its infancy. He would need to ask Milo about it, his brother would definitely know more.
Especially after he had apparently been declared enemy number one in Japan, or at least close enough. Of course Claire hadn’t been too far behind, but it was mostly her scaring a few heroes who had tried to stop her from enjoying her time in the water after someone had overreacted to her swimming speed.
Now he wasn’t sure if he should try to top his siblings and take over the underworld or something, he honestly doubted there would be many that could stop him in this World. Though he had seen a few heroes and villains with quite the power behind them, it made him want to get into a fight with more than a few of them.
Still, there was no reason to further delay the meeting. A portal opened under his feet and gravity did the rest of the work. His room was swiftly replaced by the open sky as he fell right in front of his siblings at the top of the tallest building in the area from what he could see.
“You’re looking good, I like your new look.” Milo said.
And with that Magnus closed the distance and hugged his two siblings. “You two are looking great too.” He said and pulled back to look at them. “So how is it to be villains?” He asked with a grin.
“Says the guy who decided to flip a world’s order by playing both sides.” Claire shot back.
“Bah, it was basically a controlled demolition instead of what was coming to them in a decade or two.” He laughed.
“I mean, I agree, but you still played both sides.” Milo offered with his usual lighthearted tone.
He laughed a bit at that, gesturing to the few chairs and table that had dropped from his inventory. He quickly brought some snacks and drinks before they sat down.
“We read some of the data you sent, so you landed on Hyrule?” Claire asked as she was the first to sit.
“Yes, though the three main characters were out of commission for the moment. I imagine they will be back up and running once I return, or at least Link will be.” He answered.
“Why did you leave then?”
“Half is because Purah managed to tackle the title Traveler on me, it’s kept me from sitting down for too long. I’m pretty sure I could stay somewhere for a few years, but only for as long as there were interesting things to see.” He started to answer. “But it’s also because I was looking for information on purifying larger Curses. I could certainly take a bite out of Demise’s Curse, most likely would give me indigestion for a while and even then it would crop up again. I’m looking for something stronger.”
“Hmm… I think I passed a World like on the way here, I will have Yuki send Orange the coordinates.” Milo offered.
“I will have June send the records of the Worlds we passed, who knows what you can find in them,” Claire added.
“And how about you two? I didn’t get any messages from you besides the fact that we would be meeting.” Magnus needled them a bit.
“Well… I did something similar to what you carried in the Wizard World in a World of Pirates, it was actually worse there as corruption was considerably more overt.” Claire said with a slight tone of disgust. “Honestly, the main problem was nobility and we went the French Revolution way. We also did something similar in a World of assassins, I even picked up my own pet assassin.” She joked. “We then spent a few months getting her trained in another World. She has a lot of Potential.”
Milo rolled his eyes. “She’s not your pet assassin, from what June gossiped, you have been helping her train non-lethal martial arts.” He turned to Magnus. “She visited Ranma to get her trained, apparently it went quite well.”
Claire stuck her tongue out. “And how about you? I heard you have been busy with official business.”
“Ugh, don’t remind me, uncle was being lazy and sent me to smack down someone that called themselves the King of all Ghosts or something along those lines. I won’t deny the people fighting them had nearly taken them out, but I wasn’t in the best of the mood and interrupted their fight to smack him down repeatedly and drag him into Walker’s prison after depowering him.”
“I was talking about Ahti’s favor.” Claire corrected him with a grin.
“Oh? That, it wasn’t that big, just had to smack down a Darkness and Water entity with some modicum of memetic hazard and reality warping, honestly you could have easily taken it out.” He said looking at Magnus. “After that there was this curious place where I smacked down this nazi scientist that thought himself the next god or some craziness, helped a lot of the late doctor’s experiments and got a new potted cactus.”
“That’s cool, I think you already know what I’ve been up to, I said it in my message already.” He rubbed his chin. “After Hyrule we crashed into another World, met Ruby, picked three rats and then headed out, we stopped on a World of Street Fighters, but didn’t stay there for long. After that was some relaxation in a Pokemon World, then the Wizarding World and then a short stay at a Mario World.”
“Oh, I may see about visiting one of those.” Milo mused.
“Mew may be interested in meeting you, so I don’t doubt you will have someone to talk to if you go there.”
“I’ll keep it in mind.” His brother said.
“So, any plans for this World?” Magnus asked the two of them.
Claire and Milo shared a look.
“We were honestly waiting for you.” Claire said.
“Aka, you had no idea?” He said and chuckled. “Did Yui or June find anything interesting in this World?”
“Well, it’s a super heroes World, though…” Milo’s mouth twisted for a moment. “It’s mundane and barely holding itself together. I’ve looked around and there are serious problems. I’ve mostly been helping at hospitals and smacking a few idiots trying to ‘research’ Quirks.”
“The thing is that we talked about it and we decided that it’s not worth interfering too much.” Claire continued. “While there are problems they are societal and on the way to get fixed.”
“So just hang back and enjoy our stay?” He asked. “Well, it’s not the worst plan.”
“The question is when will the fireworks co-” Milo’s words were cut by a sudden explosion.
“Looks like Karma finally caught up to us.” Magnus joked. “Though just an explosions sounds pretty modest for a World like-”
His words were cut as more and more explosions joined the first, spreading all over the area, they could even see some beings attacking people.
“You were say-” Claire’s voice was cut as the three of them felt Space twist and a small group of people stepped through a sort of portal just a few meters away from them.
“You see this, Kurogiri? This is the way to send a message!” The one on the lead spoke magnanimously.
In Magnus’ opinion, it was lost not only because technically no one else would have seen it. But also because the multiple hands holding onto his body, and face, made him look ridiculous; not even touching the fact that he appeared to have the skin of someone that hadn’t seen the sun in ages or knew moisturizers existed.
The so-called Kurogiri at least looked more menacing in a well-tailored suit and a cloud of dark smoke covering his head. It appeared to be similar to the portal they had come through, it was easy to connect the dots and put the ability under his name.
The other three were weird . He could barely feel them, they were alive. But much closer to machines, they were also quite similar in looks, all had a glossy, dark skin, lidless eyes and exposed brains… for some reason. It was just asking to get an eye or the brain poked.
“Young Tomura, it looks like we’re not alone.” Kurogiri spoke calmly. Ignorant of the danger of the three monsters looking like ‘normal’ people.
“Bah, just NPCs, deal with them Nomu!” He ordered and the three monsters rushed towards them.
Magnus was the first to move, as monstrous the so-called Nomus were, he didn’t feel enough threat from them to pull any of his weapons. Instead he locked hands with the bulky beast and grinned as the creature was brought to a total and sudden stop.
It wasn’t hard to notice the monster had some kind of superstrength and regeneration, he could feel the thing’s muscles snapping under the force it was trying to exert and quickly healing from the damage. Its arms were visibly expanding to try and overcome him. Not that it was doing great against Magnus’ strength as he started to push back.
The hardest part turned out to be not caving in the building’s roof and instead forced the monster’s limbs to break. Two sickening snap and cracks as the creature’s legs followed by its arms doing the same.
“Wh-AT?!” Tomura cried out in distress.
Claire didn’t even move, instead the water in the air wrapped around the flying monster’s wings, bringing it down at the same time that the last one was tied up. The two swiftly got restrained without her having to get off her chair.
“Kurogiri! Where did these broken NPCs come from?” He complained as Magnus tied his opponent into a pretzel to keep it from struggling.
He turned towards his sister. “Is he cuckoo?” He asked loud enough to be heard.
“I don’t know but…” Claire’s voice quickly died down as she turned to look at Milo.
Magnus quickly followed and whatever good mood died right there due to one big, problematic fact. His brother wasn’t smiling.
“Oh… oh dear. Bro?”
Milo walked forward and placed a hand on the Nomu he had been fighting, instantly the body went stiff before melting away into a series of incomplete spheres that started to orbit around him. And that was when Reality shivered.
Claire and Magnus shivered a moment later as their connection allowed them to understand quite well what had ticked their brother.
He couldn’t help it as he laughed and grinned, the transmitted anger made him giddy of what was coming. “I’ve to say, congratulations to you two!” He said out loud.
“What?! What did he do to my Nomus?” Tomura cried out and interrupted him as Kurogiri grabbed his shoulder and pulled.
“Young Tomura, we have to go now!”
“You’re not going anywhere.” Claire declared and the portal Kurogiri had been trying to open collapsed as the Abyss under normal Space denied him access.
“As I was saying,” Magnus grinned, “congratulations, you managed to make my brother angry. Now, what did you do exactly?”
They didn’t even have the chance to reply as Milo spoke up first, his voice practically freezing. “These things, Nomus as they call them, are made from brutalizing and frankesteining multiple people together. They had been tortured, cloned and tortured some more to reshape their souls and mold them together.”
“The Nomus are the ultimate bioweapon.” Tomura cried out. “They were designed to destroy the world and kill All Might, I will show all these NPC-” Milo’s hand clamped over his mouth.
“Shhh, enough prattle.” He silenced him as his long tail poked Kurogiri before the man could react, getting instantly knocked out. “Now, you two will show me where the rest of the Nomus are.”
The man’s eyes opened wide, full of fear. But he couldn’t do anything as his mind was a completely open book to his brother.
Milo gave them a look. “There’s about a dozen more Nomus out there, would you retrieve them for me?”
“All good, bro.” Magnus answered and threw his sister a small pack. “Here are some capture pods, they were based on Pokeballs, so they should be able to capture any subdued target.”
“Thanks, see you in a few, Milo.” Claire waved before she let herself fall off the edge of the building.
Magnus saluted and jumped next. He quickly retrieved the Rito mask and transformed, taking up to the skies and easily hunting down the wandering monsters.
It wasn’t hard to find his first Nomu, they were quite easy targets given the amount of destruction they left in their wake. He quickly found a four-armed one assaulting a car; thankfully one with no one inside. Magnus swooped down, claws grabbing it by the shoulders and yanked him up high into the air. The maneuver was fast enough that the monster was practically launched high the moment he let go.
Deliver was already launching an arrow with a kinetic release rune, the payload launching the Nomu even higher and knocking it out. A capture pod was thrown a moment later, thankfully he had designed them to return to the user once they had captured the target, allowing him to continue flying in search of his next target.
Which turned out to be a serpentine monster pushing down on what appeared to be a hero. The man was quickly losing ground even as he kept shielding himself from the monster’s attacks. Once more, Magnus flew down, snatching the monster by the neck and repeating the previous maneuver.
Another kinetic rune arrow was launched and a capsule pod used. Magnus barely registered the surprise from the hero as he found his next target, or well targets . A pair of identical, over-muscled Nomus were brutally punching down at a pair of heroes, he could see the blood on their fists even from a distance.
Magnus channeled his power into a technique and let the Goron and then the Lynel Mask take form. Their landing shook the street and distracted the two Nomus as the two heavy-weight fighters rushed forward.
The Goron grabbed the Nomu from behind and swiftly suplexed it into the ground, for being such a rocky and stout fellow, Gorons were incredibly flexible back and forth. As that happened, he flew down, rescuing the two heroes of the crater they had been punched into, dragging them off the street and force-feeding them each a silver potion. With how out of it the pair were, he felt better not asking for permission and instead aiming to save their life.
Meanwhile the Lynel channeled his most sadistic part as he took some pleasure in beating the Nomu down with the same brutality it had used on the hero. It wasn’t even the worst he could do, he didn’t breathe fire or kick him; the Lynel’s leg capable of shattering steel with a well aimed kick.
The Goron hadn’t stayed idle and had started rolling, picking up speed until he was an amethyst blur, rolling back and forth his target until it was properly knocked out. He captured the two monsters and moved on.
His next target was quite easy to take out, a bird-like Nomu had been simply standing on the edge of a building, watching something happen down below. He quickly sneaked and captured the monster, though from his position he noted that the monster had been observing something below, and he grew interested.
Izuku Midoriya was almost literally between a rock and a hard place, though in his case it was more between the cement wall and a number of very sharp weapons.
He was bleeding, Native was definitely bleeding out, Tenya had received a bad cut and was bleeding, Shot was also bleeding, Stain’s Quirk had them all paralyzed and worst of all he was sure that even if they survived they would be in extreme trouble.
“It’s a shame to have to end the career of such prospective heroes before it even started. But maybe it’s for the better, stopping you before you become such fakes.” Stain’s tone indicated he didn’t really feel any shame for it.
And Izuku could only focus on how interesting his Quirk was, having to ingest blood meant their body would deal with the consumption of foreign blood, would it deal with possible diseases carried by said blood too? And how did it work exactly, if he had to lick the blood directly from a wound it could have been theorized that his saliva had a paralyzing agent. But instead he only needed a sample of the blood to do it at a distance. Was it a type of curse Quirk? He remembered having read a pretty interesting study a few years earlier about Quirks that worked by the sympathetic element-”
“What are you mumbling, child?” Stain asked, surprised. “You’re about to die and you start to talk with no rhyme or reason.”
“Eh?! I’m sorry, I just really like-” Izuku was interrupted by Shoto.
“Not the time, Izuku.”
“Doesn’t matter, maybe in your next life you will-” Stain’s words were interrupted as someone literally fell into the alley.
“Oh, excuse me, am I interrupting something?” A tanned man with a long, purple braid just asked as he stood there.
“Another hero? Doesn’t matter, I will deal with you just like with the rest of them.” Stain declared and attacked.
“No! Run away, Stain’s too dange… ro… us?” Izuku’s words died in his mouth as he watched the man grab the sword with just two fingers.
“So rude.” The man said and easily broke the sword. “And store-bought too, terrible quality, I don’t know who would even use such a piece of crap.”
“What?”
“Yeah, see.” The man pointed at the broken part of the blade. “This wasn’t shaped, it was cast and then sharpened, that leads to a terrible internal consistency. Metal has to be properly shaped otherwise the impurities concentrate into certain parts of the object and lead to brittleness. A properly worked blade would have those impurities spread over all the weapon, this not only keeps it from having weak points, but such homogeneity actually reinforces the metal.”
Stain let out a growl at being so easily dismissed, dropping the broken word and pulled a couple of knives to attack the man. To everyone’s surprise, he missed and the man simply approached Native.
“Oh my, this looks bad.” He knelt down and tipped the hero’s head back before pouring the contents of a small, silver bag into his mouth. “There we go.”
“You?! What do you think you’re doing?!” Stain cried out.
“Geez, it’s like the second time someone asked that today.” The man spoke as if nothing had happened, lazily reaching and grabbing the thrown weapons. “You should be careful with these, you could take someone’s eyes out.” He checked the weapons. “And more store-bought sharpies.” With a snap he broke them with his fingers.
“You!” Stain growled again and jumped towards the man, and just like the previous time, he missed as the man simply walked around him.
“Looks like you kids are hurt too.” He handed each of them one of those silver packs. “Drink those, thankfully your injuries aren’t as severe as the cosplayer back there.”
“Eh?” Izuku said, surprised as he could move without a problem.
It looked like one of those liquid meal pouches that Eraserhead was usually sipping. The main difference was that it was lacking any kind of writing besides a silver stamp on it.
“Don’t worry, they are made with all natural ingredients grown and harvested by a very good friend.”
Izuku noticed that Shoto hadn’t asked any questions and simply opened the pouch and started to suck it dry. It surprised them both as his injuries seemed to vanish as if they hadn’t been there. He quickly did the same, noticing that Stain seemed to be suffering a mental breakdown from having been ignored so openly.
“Si-sir,” Izuku tried to get the man’s attention, “I don’t think it’s… why are you…”
“Why am I completely ignoring the asshole behind me? Because it drives him crazy, that's why.” He laughed. “I’ve dealt with his kind before, they just can’t not fathom being ignored. You dismiss them and they start to break.” He explained.
“I… I don’t think it’s a good idea to-” Izuku started to say, but Shoto cried out.
“Watch out!” His friend raised his hand to release a gout of fire.
In one smooth movement, the man pivoted on a foot, his open hand coming to grab Stain’s flat face and with a dull boom, he slammed him back down into the ground. It was almost cartoonish how Stain’s body was flipped over and the back of his head was rammed into the hard, concrete ground; cratering it.
“Just remember that a short-fuse will make them act without thought, and as long as you’re ready for that you can easily take them out.” He explained as if they had been in a classroom.
He smiled before lifting Stain’s head and slamming him back down into the ground a few more times, the sound making Izuku squirm as it sounded a bit too wet .
“Anyways,” he said and suddenly Stain had disappeared, “I should get going, my sister most likely has already finished her part and…” He stopped talking and focused on Izuku. It made him feel very, very exposed for a moment. “Well, well, well… maybe I’m not done here.”
“Uh?” Izuku let out dumbly and before any of them could react, the man was standing in front of him and grabbing him by his costume.
“Honestly, who thought it was a good idea to stick seven and a half souls into a human body with no preparation?” The man spoke calmly, but the words didn’t make much sense to Izuku.
His brain barely managed to notice Tenya and Shoto’s surprised voices before he was flying through the air. Worse, suddenly the alley was replaced by an open sky and the roof of a skyscraper.
“Whu-?” He barely got to react as his flight was swiftly interrupted and held in the air by nothing.
“I’m back.” The man spoke and Izuku had enough freedom to see him step through a green portal that closed behind him.
“How many did you get?” A woman asked.
“Five, but I got distracted with a murderer, plus I found this kid with way too many souls in his body.” He answered.
“Uh, I don’t think he counts, I got seven.” The woman said with a playful tone. “That means this one goes to me.”
“You wound me, sis, I would say they could at least for one, you would still have gotten most of them still.” He laughed.
Izuku was feeling lost, the last few minutes had been too much excitment for him and it already was the third time he had come to face a villain, fourth if one counted both meetings with the sludge villain.
And now he was being held in the air by practically nothing, he couldn’t move a finger and barely could look around. He could see that the man that had grabbed him was talking with a woman of a similar age and a few meters away was a man occupied with some sort of floating sphere.
What surprised him the most was the fact that Shigaraki, the villain that had tried to kill him before, was passed out and held in a similar condition to him. He lacked all of the hands that had been part of his costume and looked considerably healthier than before. For some reason Izuku was pretty sure it wasn’t something the man had intended.
“Wha-what’s happening?” He finally managed to ask.
“Well, it all started with a family reunion, then that idiot over there,” the man pointed at Shigaraki as he spoke, “came out of a portal and started to go off with a very cringy monologue, of course those Nomus were with him, and that ticked my brother off bad, like apocalypse now kinda bad.”
“Magnus, you’re synchronizing.” The woman warned him.
“Oh dear, well, long story short, my brother will take care of the Nomus, put those people back together and hunt the idiot behind making them to teach them a lesson. It will most likely end with them as a cactus, that’s how things usually go. As for you…” He shrugged. “I’m sure he will do something, let me tell you, people should stay at one, maybe two souls per body.”
“… is it bad I’ve so many?”
“Oh, terrible, as in pop if you push too hard, let me ask you a question, have your bones exploded anytime in the last few months?”
Izuku nodded slowly.
“Then yeah, you’re on your way to pop like a blood balloon. Let me tell you, it’s quite the mess and you rarely forget it after-” He was interrupted by the other man.
“Magnus, stop trying to scare him of something that won’t happen.” The man spoke coldly.
“Wait, so I won’t die?” Izuku asked.
“Oh, you are totally dying sooner or later, and most likely from being overstuffed with souls,” the woman was the one to answer, “but it won’t be as messy as my brother explained. You will most likely just kick the bucket and crash as your soul collapses into an unworkable mess.”
Izuku didn’t know what to feel, except very, very lost and worried.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Wild – 38
“What do you mean Midoriya was kidnapped after you tried to fight Stain?” Aizawa, known more usually as Eraserhead, was suffering a migraine from the multiple news he had gotten in the last few minutes.
The situation in Hosu was a complete mess and it was only getting worse and worse the more info he got. He was feeling like a lot of it was Midoriya’s fault too for some reason. He trusted his hunches.
It had started when Gran Torino, who should have been looking at his problematic student, contacted him to tell him the kid had run off. Unfortunately the older hero had been occupied in helping Endeavor in dealing with the Nomus.
And that turned out to be the first problem, an unknown woman had come in and easily taken the bioweapons, making them disappear and leaving without another word. There had been no more news of the kid until Ida and Todoroki were found assisting another Hero, Native, who had been ambushed by Stain.
The two had been immediately taken in for interrogation. Good news was that they were okay, but that was it. The bad news appeared to pile up each time someone opened their mouth.
First Ida had admitted to having hunted Stain to take revenge for his brother. The fact that Midoriya and Todoroki had come to his aid was almost respectable if it wasn’t so damn stupid. Things had gotten more complicated when an unknown had literally fallen into the situation and not only healed everyone, including the nearly dead Native. But they had also taken Stain out single handedly.
He was doubting if the villain was even alive, he had seen a few pictures of the crater left in the alley and the blood in it. Then the man, who had most likely and very easily killed a highly dangerous villain, had grabbed Midoriya and yanked him through a green portal before disappearing through it too.
It was even more troublesome because correlating the testimonies of witness, civilian and hero alike, the man could transform into a bird and had been seen carrying the same actions as the mysterious woman. The same woman who some further investigation had revealed to be a person of interest, and possible villain, in a small case a few days prior.
So now he had two students caught in a semi-illegal act, a student missing and possibly in hands of villains, and a pissed Endeavor because the hotheaded hero couldn’t deal with someone else taking all the credit and not even staying around to be screamed at.
He took a deep breath in and exhaled. “Ida, hand Todoroki the phone.” He ordered.
“Teacher?” He heard the more level-headed student, and that was becoming debatable, after a moment.
“Todoroki, tell me all the details, I feel like the official records are incomplete and missing important information.” He practically ordered.
“… I got to the alley second to last. Stain quickly showed to be capable of dealing with multiple assailants and used his Quirk to efficiently take us out one by one.” The boy spoke and the man could see a shadow of his father in the way he described things. “The unknown fell in and started to dismiss Stain, treating him almost like a non-threat. He later admitted to have done this on purpose.”
Aizawa found himself nodding along, some villains tended to overreact to such actions, of course it was quite a dangerous course of action as many overreacted explosively too.
“While dismissing and ignoring Stain he also had Native take a drink of something from a silver bag, he also handed each of us one too, seeing as Native started breathing better after I drank it before Midoriya and Ida did it. It healed all of my injuries and restored our energy.” There were lots of alarms going off in Aizawa’s head upon hearing that, however there had been no mentions from the doctors that had inspected them. “However the most curious thing was that Stain’s Quirk stopped working the moment he handed us those packets. I still have mine and I will happily hand it over later.”
“And you kept this from the police and investigators?” Aizawa asked.
“Sir, I know enough to know that handing it over would most likely never reach your or the principal’s hands.” Todoroki said as a matter of fact tone.
“Okay, I will talk with Nezu so we can run a study on it.” He said. He could almost imagine the boy nodding in his usual manner.
“Oh… there was something else that the man said before disappearing.” Todoroki suddenly spoke up. “I don’t fully understand why, but after looking at Midoriya he said ‘Who thought it would be a good idea to stuff seven and a half souls in a human body without preparations’.”
“That’s…”
“Any idea, teacher?” Todoroki asked.
“I think I do have an idea, but it will take time to investigate. For now you and Ida rest, we’ll see to having you brought back to UA as soon as possible.”
After ending the call he moved as fast as possible towards Nezu’s office.
“Aizawa, anything new?” The principal asked.
He nodded and sat down, quickly communicating all he had learned, not just from his students, but also from his own contacts.
Nezu hummed and nodded all along. “So we’ve two unknowns, possibly more if the other woman that was seen going along the suspected villain, a possible portal user different from the one used by the League of Villains.”
“So what do we have here?” Aizawa asked.
“Honestly? No idea, and that worries me too much.” Nezu admitted.
“There’s something else, the man apparently took a look at Midoriya before taking him and commented about him having seven and a half souls shoved in him.” He said and Nezu froze.
“That’s…” Nezu tapped on his desk before reaching for his phone and making a call. “Let’s wait a moment.”
Toshinori walked into the room, looking confused. “I came as fast as possible, what’s the problem?”
“Yes, but first I want you to answer something.” Nezu spoke calmly. “How many people had One for All before you?”
“Well… my teacher had been the seventh wielder before passing it to me.” He answered. “Why?”
Nezu let out a soft sigh. “Because someone looked at Midoriya and apparently commented about him having had seven and a half souls stuffed into him, before kidnapping him.”
“Whu-what?!” Toshinori practically swelled in surprise before quickly shrinking with a bloody cough.
“Yes, it’s the most confusing thing.” Nezu said.
“And what about Midoriya having been kidnapped?” Toshinori asked.
“Unfortunately we’ve no idea why they would, especially as the kidnapper had just saved him, Ida and Todoroki from Stain moments prior, all points to the man not having planned it.” Nezu explained. “All we can hope is that he’s okay and not being tortured.”
“AHHHHHHHHH!” Izuku couldn’t help but to scream.
“Please, stop screaming, you shouldn’t be able to feel anything.” The man with his hand buried deep into Izuku’s chest spoke calmly. “Don’t make me knock you out.”
He slowly closed his mouth and tried not to react to the fact that someone had simply stuck a hand into his chest and acted like it was nothing new or surprising. At least he was right and Izuku didn’t feel anything.
“Ah… may I ask what you are doing?” He asked fearfully.
“Observation is all well and good. But sometimes one needs to get your hands dirty.” The man explained. “Oh, don’t misunderstand, your soul’s not dirty, it’s just a saying.”
“Ah-I see… What are you expecting to find?”
“Oh, I’m not expecting to find anything, I’m just doing some damage control.” The man answered happily. “I will-”
“We.” Magnus interrupted them from his spot a few meters away.
“ We will hunt down the remaining soul and see about fixing this whole mess.” He finished explaining as he pulled his hand out.
“...Wait, you will hunt All Might?!” Izuku cried out.
“All Might?”
“Number one hero, big dude, very strong.” The woman explained.
“Oh, that makes it easier, I was going to scan for similar Souls otherwise.” The man mused. “Anyways, yes, otherwise his Soul will most likely collapse. I doubt people here can survive on so little Soul.”
“All Might’s going to die… oh... right the injury.” Izuku’s surprise died down quickly, it was most likely a question of what would kill him first, not if the hero would die.
“So have you found anything interesting, bro?” Magnus asked.
“Hmm, yeah, the oldest soul is more like one and a quarter, but it’s old enough there’s no separating those anymore.” He explained. “I think we should move, have you told the rest?”
“Akira’s just visiting a few dojos, I think Ranma may have infected her with the training virus.” The woman joked. “So she’s on her own at the moment.”
“Team Maus’ doing their usual tour through shopping malls, though they will come if called. Same with Ruby, she’s mainly slipping around some hospitals with her medical groups.” Magnus said. “Orange just found All Might’s location if it helps.”
“Wait, you will just break into UA?” Izuku cried out.
“It wouldn’t be the first time I break into a learning institution.” Magnus commented. “At least I’m not aiming to destroy the current society this time.” He nodded and took a long sip from his mug.
“Wha-what’s that?” Izuku asked, curious.
“The blood of my crushed enemies, collected as I listened to the lamentation of their women.” He answered.
“What?!”
“He’s joking, it’s just coffee.” The woman sighed. “Stop trying to scare him.”
“But he overreacts to everything? He’s like a squeaky toy.” Magnus laughed. “Hey kid, ever seen a giant f-”
The woman smacked the back of his head. “Stop that, no matter how much he reacts like a small animal, he’s still a person.” She sighed. “Don’t trust him too much, he’s playing things up, he’s a lot more controlled.”
“Then why is he doing it?” Izuku asked.
“The actual reason is too complex to explain.” She answered. “Basically we three siblings rarely hang out without our father for a reason, and on top of that the Nomus ticked my Milo off.”
“You don’t want to tick Milo off, that’s the events that go down in history books as ‘It was a very bad idea’ and in geography books as ‘that’s when we rewrote the maps’.” Magnus joked. “Also people get reshaped into cactus and other succulents.”
“Uh… what do you mean reshaped into cactus?” Izuku asked with trepidation.
“Milo doesn’t kill, okay, he can’t kill, it’s antithetical to him. He can still kill by proxy, but he’s rarely happy about doing it.” Magnus quickly answered. “But well… he’s the family’s most powerful healer, and he’s the definition of ‘don’t fuck with the white mage’. My brother will heal you as easily as he can take you apart and keep you alive. So he usually just reshapes people who get to tick him off into cactus and keeps them on a shelf back at his place.”
Izuku was trying to wrap his mind about it, he couldn’t understand how a Quirk could do that.
“Hey Claire, do you think Milo will let me fight All Might? I’ve been itching for a good romp.” Magnus’ words broke him from his musing.
“Whu-what?!”
“Maybe after he’s done with him.” She answered.
“But then I won’t be able to make him think we killed the bunny boy.”
“Bunny boy?!” Izuku didn’t stammer.
“Hey Milo, think you can let me fight All Might before you heal him?” Magnus called out as the other man stepped through a portal.
“No, and yes I heard your discussion with Clair.” Milo answered. “Now let's go.”
“You can’t fight All Might! He’s the strongest Hero! The number one!” Izuku cried out.
“Oh kid, you’ve no idea what we’re capable of.” Magnus said lightheartedly.
“I agree with my brother, plus I wouldn’t mind a good fight too.” Her words were accompanied by a grin.
“Magnus, you will go first, you’re still the most charismatic of us.” Milo said.
“Pfft, you two are just being lazy, you have more than enough skill on it as I do.” Magnus laughed. “But I won’t pass up the chance to scare some people.”
A green portal opened in front of them. “Well then, show time.” And with those words the man jumped through.
“Will… will he be okay?” Izuku asked.
Claire snorted. “Oh, don’t worry.” She grinned. “They won’t even know what hit them.”
Magnus’ presence was hidden under a pretty potent Lie as he landed on top of the school. In his opinion it was a mix of functional and overdoing it. Was there a need to make the main building look like a giant H for hero? Though if the building was still usable it didn’t really hurt that much.
Orange had already acquired all the plans for the building and even marked his target, made easier by the excessive security system installed all over the place. Not that he blamed them after getting infiltrated by villains. And here it was getting infiltrated again.
The Lie made anything that tried to read him would see the same area as if nothing had changed, as long as he moved fast enough it wouldn’t even create a blip in the most sensitive system. It made it easy for him to sneak into the principal’s office and help himself to a cup of tea as watched the people discuss the subject he was responsible for.
“...but Midoriya-” The skeletal dude was swiftly interrupted by the white-furred chimera.
“And we’re doing the best we can, but without any leads, running out will only complicate the matters, Toshinori.”
The third man in the room looked like a mix between a lazy mummy and someone that burned the midnight oil all day around. He was rubbing the bridge of his nose and sighing tiredly.
“Nezu’s right. Until we get anything new we can’t do anything about it. We don’t even know their objectives.” The man spoke in a very tired tone.
“All you have to do is ask.” An illusion of Magnus said from a couple meters away from him.
The three of them reacted instantly, showing they were all extremely experienced. Even the small principal had pulled a gun from somewhere. But he was also the first to realize the one that spoke.
“Stop.” He called out, but the mummy had already launched an attack with his wrapping and the skeleton guy inflated into All Might to try and punch. Of course both attacks went through and scattered some papers off the desk with the might of the blow.
“Rude.” Magnus’ illusion said as the two heroes looked surprised by this. “Good reflexes, but rude.”
“What?” All Might said in surprise.
“That’s just an image.” The principal spoke as he tried to calm down. “I don’t smell anything from it.”
“Good senses.” The illusion said as he eyed how the chimera’s fur slowly went down.
The illusion dissipated only to appear a few meters away.
“What are your intentions?” Nezu asked coldly.
“Asking already and you haven’t even presented yourself.” The illusion said and chuckled. “But where are my manners?” He turned towards them and bowed. “I’m Magnus, The Traveler. And right now I’m just visiting family, it’s just that someone managed to tick my brother off, and let me tell you, someone’s going to have a very bad time.”
“What about Midoriya?” The skeletal blond quickly asked.
“You mean the bunny rabbit you stuffed with seven souls and half your own?” Magnus asked, once more disappearing and appearing a few meters away. “We’ll be fixing that, but for that I will need you to die.”
Internally he chuckled at their reaction, and how quickly they got ready for a fight. After a moment of lingering silence he broke out in laughter. The illusion disappeared and revealed his true body, none reacted to the difference as he was still hiding his full presence.
“Oh god, your faces.” He laughed. “I’m kidding, I’m kidding, I mean, I do want to fight you, All Might. But right now it wouldn’t be a fight.”
Nezu placed his gun down once more and glared at him. “Interesting, I don’t hear any lies in your words.” He turned towards the mummy. “Aizawa?”
“My Quirk’s not doing anything, most likely I would need to look at him directly.” The mummy answered.
“I would say it’s very fearless of you to come here into my school like this, but if this is just an image…” Nezu mused.
“Who said I’m just an image?” Magnus asked back. “And if I want privacy?” He started to grin. “It’s the first time I’ll try this, but let’s give it a spin.”
“What do you mean?” Nezu asked.
But instead of an answer, it was actions that spoke as Magnus pulled on his Domain and expanded it to encompass the room.
“Nor Day or Night, ” the first words reverberated with Reality, “ Nor Truth or Lies, ” the three heroes froze in abject panic, “ Let the Show Commence, Let the Carnival Begin, ” the Room became his Reality, “ P̸h̴a̵n̶t̶a̶s̴m̴a̸g̶o̷r̷i̴a̵ ̴o̷f̶ ̶t̷h̸e̴ ̵T̵w̸i̵l̶i̵g̷h̸t̸.”
All Might tried to punch him, but his fist came short as the room expanded. The distance between him and the heroes stretched into Basketball field. The roof rose up by dozens of meters and all doors and windows disappeared as the light became all encompassing.
It wasn’t a new technique, he had been capable of expanding his Domain, he technically tapped into it when he went full Titan. But it was only after having acquired the knowledge to create pocket dimensions and the creation of the Magical Creatures Demesnes that he had gotten the insight to combine the technique into something much grander. It would have been much more exhausting to cast if he hadn’t started with such limited room.
“What did you do?” The mummy asked as he looked very hard around. Magnus could notice the man doing something, but it didn’t seem to be having much effect on anything.
“I set up a proper fighting area, so Milo, do your thing.” He called out, getting a confused look from the heroes.
“The things I do for you.” Milo popped into existence and touched All Might’s back.
Magnus couldn’t help but grin, he had allowed his brother to step inside. But he could also see how his brother’s Psychic Power had basically twisted reality to teleport. He could have stepped into his Domain with some work even if Magnus denied him.
The big blonde breathed in deep as his brother proceeded to heal him completely, which was quite impressive because most people would have been dead all along given the amount of organs he was missing.
“Done.” Milo announced and disappeared from the spot he had been occupying.
“Great news All Might, you’re completely healed and back to your prime, so you better fight me if you want to see the little rabbit again.” Magnus Lied with a grin full of fangs. “I don’t know what terrible things could happen to him otherwise.” It surprised him that his taunt didn’t work completely, the Hero had enough experience to not fall completely for it.
The Hero still charged ahead, forcing Magnus to block the punch with both his arms. His body practically got launched back and bounced a few times. He had been right, this would be very fun.
“Can you help, Aizawa?” Nezu asked.
The man winced as the shock wave from the punch reached them. “I don’t think I’ll be of much help, my Quirk doesn’t seem to be affecting anything and at this level of brawl I would most likely become a liability.” The man admitted.
“Don’t worry.” Milo spoke calmly, surprising both of them. “And calm down already.”
“Ah… hello teacher, principal Nezu.” Midoriya waved as he spoke shyly.
“Midoriya are you okay?” Nezu asked succinctly.
“Ah- yes sir.” The boy quickly replied.
“He calmed down once Magnus stopped teasing him.” Claire offered from the other side. “Honestly kid, you should realize when people are screwing with you.”
“Who are you?” Aizawa asked through gritted teeth.
“I’m Claire, this is my brother Milo, the one fighting over there is my brother, this is Ruby,” she gestured to the pink-haired woman, “those are Lydia, Moisha and Romeo,” she pointed to the three eating popcorn, “and that’s Akira.” She finished by pointing to the woman by her side.
“Where did you come from? And why are you all here?” Nezu asked, looking stressed.
“It’s not everyday that,” Milo took a moment of silence as his brother moved at Light speed and punched All Might back, the shock wave reaching them a moment later, “that you get to watch a fight on this level. And honestly my brother’s a damn battle junkie.”
The three popcorn eaters nodded as they pulled a bucket of popcorn each. “We train with him almost daily and we have never seen him hit anyone that hard, so it’s nice to sit back and watch.”
“Oh, I’ve hit him that hard a few times.” Ruby offered. “And been hit the same way. It’s definitely an… experience .”
Aizawa frowned. “Excuse me, but you don’t look like the type capable of doing that kind of damage.” He pointed towards All Might and Magnus who were duking it out. Their punches were weaker, but that kept them at punching distance of each other.
“Oh, that’s simple.” She waved it off and there was suddenly a second Ruby behind her. She was nearly three meters tall and built like All Might, her skin was a pale gray and rough like rock, but her figure still held her natural femininity. “I do have a few ways to achieve such physical power.”
Milo didn’t miss how Nezu’s claws seemed to have dug into the armrests of his chair. “You all aren’t human.” He said and twitched.
“Principal? What are you saying?” Aizawa asked, confused, but Milo simply nodded.
“Yeah, the only human here is Akira.” He answered easily.
“Wait, you three aren’t human?!” Midoriya cried out.
“Never was, never will.” Claire answered. “Ruby’s something else, but also not a human either.”
“I’ve more in common with a statue than a human being,” Ruby said, “though like this I do count as human, or close enough.”
“And those three are Wererats, so kinda based on humans, but they were born that way.” Milo said. “By now they are a whole species and the curse’s practically part of their genetics.”
“And what are you doing here exactly?” Nezu asked.
“Oh, we had just chosen this World to meet since it had been a few years. But then I found that someone was butchering people to make monsters and took it personally.” Milo explained with a fake smile.
“… the Nomus.” Nezu realized.
“Yeah, once I’ve finished with the kid’s soul issues, and that big lug, we’re going to hunt those that created the Nomus.” He waved a hand and showed the asleep and restrained villain they had found earlier. “I will hand these over once I’m done with them.”
“Shigaraki.” Aizawa spoke with surprise.
“Yeah, he was apparently behind the attack, so once things are over here we’ll hunt the guys truly behind it.” He smiled. “Of course after my brother gets his fill of violence.”
His words were accompanied by a sudden and deep Thump sound as All Might was sent flying back from a punch.
“And by the looks of it, he’s getting serious, I will most likely have to heal All Might again once he’s done.” Milo mused.
“Why do you think that?” Nezu asked inquisitively. “You have never seen All Might fight for real.”
“And my brother is a weapon user.” He answered, Magnus’s whole presence changed in a second. “Just sit back and prepare for a show.”
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 39
Magnus rolled his shoulder as he felt his insides get back into the proper order. “I’ve to admit, it’s been a long time since I’ve fought someone that could punch that hard outside of my family.” It was a minor Lie as Ruby could hit him that hard, but she was family to him by now.
The swole skeletor spit some blood as he slowly stood up from the spot he had just punched him into. “I’ve to say the same, the last time I fought someone that could punch like you do I smashed his face in to make sure he wouldn’t get up.” He spoke in a grimly tone.
“Interesting, well, here’s a tip for you.” Magnus grinned. “That won’t work with me,” he pointed to his head, “there’s no brain in here.” His teeth sharpened. “And a little question, how are you with fire?”
“It’s been a long time since I’ve been burned.” All Might answered, a little lost.
“Excellent.” He said and quickly equipped Close&Personal. The gloves had a massive improvement with their latest reforging.
He had worked hard to create purer and stronger alloys aspected with Fire and Water, the resulting materials had been used in the pair of gloves. While the heat they could output had increased multiple times, the most interesting thing was that he had managed to enchant them so he could turn the heat into kinetic energy. It basically turned balls of fire into controlled explosions with no heat.
He punched his fists together and tongues of fire licked the air aggressively.
“Wha-what are those?” All Might asked, definitely recognizing the danger of the weapons.
“These are Close&Personal.” He answered and with a Light step he was standing in front of the hero. “One of my creations.”
His punch was properly telegraphed, allowing the Hero to get in position to block. However given the nature of the weapon he was covered from head to toe in a jet of fire. The attack was broken as the hero punched through the intense heat, forcing Magnus to jump away.
“Excellent.” Magnus let out a laugh.
And just like that he took another Light step, the next punch impacted All Might’s side. This time it was fully kinetic, launching the hero into the air. With another Blink he moved ahead of the flying man and punched again. Another Blink and he punched him for a third time, all in the matter of a blink of an eye.
Impressively, his fourth punch was stopped when the hero expertly twisted his body and grabbed his fist, actually containing the explosion.
“I-” he grunted, “have to admit that’s an impressive ability.”
“Thank you.” He grinned. “It’s been a long time since I’ve fought someone capable of reacting.”
He allowed the hero to throw him away, however he didn’t go as far, the air was under his control as everything inside the room was technically in his Domain. He dropped onto his feet and punched his fists together.
He grinned as he opened his fist, Close&Personal starting to change as he did too. The armored fingers shifted into long, crimson claws, while the blue gloves extended up to his elbows. The rest of his body followed through, same with his clothes. In all honesty, he was doing it for fun.
“You better react faster now.” Magnus channeled Light, not fully taking a step. It wasn’t an instant between two points, but instead it was as if he had been stretched between them.
It was as if his image smeared on reality, even as the hit was blocked, he kept moving, bouncing off him. He went around the hero in an instant, hitting him in the back and sending him towards the trail of images, which shifted and punched at him as if he had been there all along.
Magnus hadn’t stayed idle, moving around, laying a trail that went around the area they were fighting and even up in the air, forcing All Might to bounce around. The hero didn’t take long to adapt, making him wonder if he had found something like this before.
All Might moved and grabbed the floor, which surprised Magnus the sheer might that the hero could inflict to come to a sudden top and not tumble towards another of his trails.
“Ah, that was good.” He stretched his arms.
“That… that’s it?” All Might asked, surprised.
“Yeah, I wasn’t looking to kill you, just to fight a bit.” He explained with a grin. “Anyways, time to join the rest.”
Before All Might could react, Magnus expanded into his largest form, grabbing the hero and flinging him the distance to where the audience was standing. A Light Step allowed him to be there to catch him and place him down before resuming his normal form.
“What was that?!” The little rabbit cried out as the mummy looked like he was suffering from a migraine and a heart attack, even All Might looked downright surprised.
Magnus chuckled and sat by Ruby, reaching to grab her hand. “What? I told you it was just a spar, I’m pretty sure you noticed I never aimed to kill.”
“You never said it was a spar.” All Might glared.
“I didn’t?” Magnus tilted his head. “Whoops, my bad .” He leaned back and acted as if it wasn’t important.
“Better, Magnus?” Milo asked and he nodded. “Good, so now I can carry on my part.”
“What do you mean your part?” All Might asked and suddenly Midoriya and the blonde hero were yanked forward.
“This.” His brother answered and tapped on the kid’s chest, and seven and a half spheres popped out.
Milo quickly spread them around himself as he reached to poke on the kid and All Might’s chest once more. Half an orb came from All Might, joining the half already orbiting around the man and one full came from the kid. Nine spheres orbited around him in total.
“Those are…”
Milo silenced them as he waved a hand, seven seeds flew out to bury into seven of the nine spheres. A moment later they sprouted, but instead of growing like a plant, it was a network of nerves, expanding up, down and to the sides. And just like the most disgusting plant ever, at the top of the web a brain started to develop.
For a moment Magnus wondered how much of this was necessary, and how much was her brother fucking with them. He had learned so well from him.
A heart was the next thing that became obvious, growing just by the sphere, followed by a set of lungs. A new web started to spread from the former, not only growing along the vaguely human-like figure of the nerves. Below the sphere more organs started to take shape.
Bones came next, mainly those that grew around the chest and extended up and down with the spine before the shoulders and arms took shape, followed by the waist bone and legs. The skull was the last, growing around the brain as eyes and tongue were visible taking shape.
Magnus eyed the bodies and thought for a moment before he started to retrieve some fabric. At this rate they would end naked. So all he had to do was craft seven bodysuits like those of Team Maus, though more basic ones, with an added trick for easy equipment.
Skipping most of the reinforcement made it an easy and quick matter, just in time to launch them over as skin started to grow over the muscles of seven bodies. With everyone’s attention on the seven people returning from death, this surprised more than one.
Hair was the last thing to grow in certain parts only, he knew his brother, and Milo wasn’t above just improving things here and there if he felt like it. In that way, they were totally like their father.
Milo finally lowered his hand and nine bodies were standing in front of him, only two of them were awake at the moment, and it wasn’t hard to notice that All Might’s injuries had been healed.
“...teacher…” All Might mumbled as she looked towards the only woman in the group.
Milo finished by once more raising his hand and doing a slap motion, instantly the seven sleeping people got slapped awake by the magnificent power of the ‘done with your shit’ slap. Magnus knew it was a proper technique, no matter how much his brother denied it.
“Whu-what?” The woman was the first to react. “Toshi? What? But how? I was pretty sure I died…”
“Yes… yes you did…” The hero said slowly.
Milo clapped his hands. “Okay, everyone’s eyes on me.” He commanded. “Welcome back to life, don’t worry we've got pamphlets for it. First tip of being alive again: Don’t die, I will most likely not be around to fix things again.”
“Wait we aren’t linked to you or some-” One of the returned tried to speak, but got quickly silenced as a giant, pink paw smashed him into the ground, before letting him rise up again.
“No questions until I’m done speaking.” Milo warned. “Second tip, most of you’ve been dead for a decade at minimum, that means the world has kept on turning and a lot has changed. This means you not only have to get up to date with the happenings, but also you’ve to let go of old grudges, especially if the person’s died. If you decide to try and get revenge on descendants I will take away what I gave you, or worse.”
“Worse than dying again?” Another of the returnees asked.
“Let me put this simply,” he glared at the man, “I can easily keep you alive and conscious through everything I could do to you.”
There was a shared gulp.
“Third, coming back with my service comes with a few extras. I've fixed old wounds, age damage, improved your biology a tad, filed of the edges in your genetics and filled in a few spots. Also, given the nature of your power I had to power it up and spread it over the nine of you, of course that also means it’s lost the whole passing the torch.” He explained. “However, that’s for the better, next person to acquire it would most likely have exploded, the kid’s already lucky to not have had any power to begin with or the results may have been messy as the synergy between the stored power and an existing power would have lead to uncontrollable discharge.”
“Wait, you mean I could have died?” The kid cried out.
“I will give you this one since the news can be shocking,” Milo said evenly, “but what do you think we meant with you dying because you had seven and a half souls stuck inside you? Long story short, if you had passed your power to another person, even if they didn’t have any power themselves, the results would have started with exploding limbs and most likely ended up with a catastrophic release of all stored power.”
Magnus was impressed by how pale the kid could go.
The woman raised her hand and Milo nodded. “Did I hear wrong, or did you say you gave all of us the whole Quirk’s stored power?” She asked.
“Yes, that power may have been close to a nuclear explosion. But my siblings and I have the power of a couple large suns in each of us, refilling your power eight times was not a problem.” He explained, actually not boasting. “Anyways, I could ramble more on the specifics of soul over-encumbrance in a mortal body and definitely write a few papers about it. But that doesn’t matter, welcome back to life and I’m sure the chimera back there’s more than ready to do a tit for tat helping you reintegrate into society.” Milo continued. “Also, you can now ask questions if you want to.”
It took a moment before the scrawniest of the fold, except for the kid, raised a hand.
“Yes, you, the oldest one.” Those words made more than a few look surprised.
“Yes… who are you?… what are you?” He asked.
“I’m Milo, though most know me for my title of The Smiling Saint. And as for what I am? Well, Unique is a good way to describe it.” Magnus shot his brother a thumbs up. “If you want a longer explanation, I’m a third of a much larger being created by my father when he combined his immense knowledge and ability to create a child with our two mothers, the resulting child would have been problematic so he split us in three, I’m the balanced Life.”
“…That explains nothing.” The man commented.
“Yeah, that’s why we usually keep it to Unique.” Magnus shouted from his spot.
“And what are you two?” Nezu asked, curiously, towards Claire and him.
“I am the tricky Truth and my sister is the encompassing Abyss.” He answered.
“Those are… some epithets.” The mummy spoke slowly.
“Eh, they are more as descriptors of our domains.” He answered loud enough to be heard. “But that would take too long to explain, though I will note that I will need to return this room to Reality soon, maintaining Time for so long is starting to be a hassle, I was not made to control it, nor I’ve devised something to help with it.”
“Then do it, the room should still have enough space.” Milo ordered.
“What exactly is this place?” Nezu prompted.
Magnus nodded and allowed the space to slowly shrink and retake its normal shape before he finally cut the technique. He let out a sigh of satisfaction at the first test having gone so well.
“This is a projection of my Domain, which could also be called a Space I claimed with my Soul, effectively declaring this whole area mine , allowing me to fiddle with some hard rules in a much softer way.” Magnus explained.
“Are we done here now?” Claire asked before they could say anything more.
“Yes… oh!” Milo waved a hand and laid the white-haired villain he had still in his pocket. “You should see about taking care of this one, I’ve already tweaked his power into something much less destructive, just keep in mind that the change will have an effect on his mind. Hopefully it will be for the better.”
With that he opened a portal through which everyone started to leave.
“Wait, what about Stain and Kurogiri?” Nezu asked.
“Stain?” Milo asked.
“I think he’s talking about the guy I took care of in the alley.” Magnus mentioned. “And he’s dead, I’ve a very clear limit and one of those is attacking kids.”
“As for Kurogiri, he’s a Nomu too so he’ll be getting fixed and returned with the rest.” Milo explained and waved as they quickly left before getting another question.
Magnus watched the rest of his crew wander away after the little show before he turned towards his siblings. “So we should go kick the mastermind’s ass now?”
“I got their most likely location and all the information I could from the heroes.” Milo nodded. “So yes, how should we do it?”
“It’s my turn, at least at the start.” Claire declared with a grin. “Though given what we learned, it’s likely he has at least one extra form, then we can team up on him.”
“I agree, plus his way to depower people won’t work on us, so that will be a nice surprise for him.” Magnus said.
“Excellent, meanwhile I will hunt the doctor who created the Nomus.” Milo nodded.
“Let’s make someone’s day a lot worse.” Magnus grinned as a new portal opened up.
“So that happened.” Aizawa managed to inject so much ‘done with this shit’ in three words that everyone felt several years older in an instant.
Nezu looked at the seven returned heroes, the still confused All Might and the even more confused Midoriya.
“Midoriya, please go get a check-up with Recovery Girl, after that please contact your mother, I’ll be asking her to come over to talk with her properly later.” He ordered.
“What about Ida and Todoroki?” The boy asked as he stood up.
“… you can contact them too, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to let them know you’re okay.” Nezu amended.
The kid nodded and left the room, Nezu would recommend some therapy. It usually wasn’t recommended for such young heroes, but Midoriya had definitely experienced more highs and downs than most heroes in the top one hundred.
“That child’s a problem magnet.” Aizawa off-handedly commented.
“Unfortunately he will most likely never lose that characteristic, he’s too much of a hero at heart to stop or remain safe.” Nezu offered and turned towards the rest of the heroes in the room. “And how are you all feeling?”
“I’ve not felt better in years.” All Might admitted. “Honestly, I feel even better than at my prime.”
“I think being alive is better than being dead.” Nana Shimura said. “But even then I don’t think I’ve ever felt this good even back when I was alive.”
“I think the most impressive thing is that I feel the full One for all.” The first wielder, Yoichi Shigaraki, said and received nods from everyone else. “Also, I saw a bit of your fight with the one called Magnus, I don’t think I’ve seen many that strong.”
All Might shook his head. “No- I mean, it wasn’t his strongest.” He noted. “Even at the end, he never showed any hostility, he wanted to fight for fighting’s sake. And at the end, he still showed off when he grew larger.”
Another of the previous wielders chuckled. “Yeah, he just grabbed, threw you and was cocky enough to catch and put you down too.”
“Yes… that.” All Might sighed. “I’ve to admit I don’t think I could have broken free when he grabbed me. But it wasn’t exactly the strength that he was using the problem.”
“He was capable of not only reshaping this room to his whim, but I also did check, only a couple of seconds went by in reality while we remained in there for almost a quarter of an hour.” Nezu mentioned. “So I believe he could have done much worse than just holding you in place.”
He smiled when Toshinori swallowed dryly.
“Given that his brother was capable of creating bodies practically out of nothing and returning seven people from the grave, I fear what their sister can do.” He continued. “Especially with an epithet like Encompassing Abyss.”
Aizawa’s eyes opened. “He’s the guy that popped into that laboratory!” He said, making Nezu freeze.
“That would mean she was the woman that had been seen on the beach… that strangely explains a lot.” He said.
“For those of us that we haven’t been completely up to date?” Nana Shimura asked.
“A few days ago something went wrong in a particularly black research lab,” Nezu started to explain, “for that very reason I can tell you they were experimenting with opening holes into other realities, specifically by the coordination of a number of moderately rare Quirks. The thing is that apparently during one of these tests, something came through.”
“Why do you know what a secret lab was doing?” One of the previous wielders asked, making the principal laugh momentarily.
“Well, I take special interest in such experiments .” He replied succinctly and resumed his explanation. “Short story shorter, the location is now home to the largest non-organic living being, that being is a metallic tree of over a dozen hundred meters in height. The whole building and the surrounding area has effectively turned into a whole new ecosystem.”
Another of the wielders chuckled. “… balanced life, right.”
“And the woman was mostly a person of interest after some underwater sensors discovered an anomaly moving at several thousands kilometers per hour underwater and towards the coast. When confronted by heroes she simply disabled them and walked away.” Nezu continued. “In Gang Orca’s words: ‘it was like the air suddenly was mercury pressing down on me’ which matches with the effects of water pressure at intense depths.”
“Life, Abyss and Truth? I don’t know what to say, but it doesn’t sound as dangerous as the other two.” The bald former user said.
Aizawa’s mouth twisted behind his capture tape. “He certainly made the space True, if I had to guess, and who to say he can’t make other things come true too.”
Nezu nodded. “And he did said the epithets were descriptive, balanced life gives us a healer, encompassing abyss gave us someone capable of making you feel like the bottom of the ocean, and tricky truth, it could very well mean he can twist the truth and who says that’s not scarier in a way.”
Everyone jumped in their place when Nezu’s computer chimed loudly. “Oh dear, I forgot to mute this.” He reached with his mouse and tapped a few times, to everyone’s surprise, the principal started to laugh maniacally. “Oh dear.”
“What now?” Aizawa asked.
“Just received a message ‘ Greetings Principal Nezu, I imagine you would like to see this, it’s a direct livestream to my siblings deciding to take matters about your big bad evil villain problem in their hands, regards, Orange. ’” He read out loud and tapped one more time, the wall behind him rose to show a screen, it lit up to show an overview of what appeared to be a facility in the middle of a forest.
A deep bass came through the speakers as a huge figure stepped into view from over the hills. Or better it was to say it swam as along the deep blue, white and red figure dragged a massive wave of dark, oily water.
“I think that’s the sister.” Someone spoke, but Nezu’s eyes were practically glued on the screen.
The water seemed to spread around the base, forming a massive ring that sank down. Instantly Nezu could tell there was a reason for it, though the exact reason was lost as the gigantic whale woman lifted a massive hand and brought it down.
The sky darkened and rain started to fall, light at first, but quickly grew. But not in quantity, instead it was falling faster . The sound of the rain quickly became a staccato of explosions. The soft dirt was the first to show its effects, but the few vehicles around quickly followed and then the damage started to show on the building itself as bits of concrete exploded each time one of those drops hit it.
The rain didn’t stop, the building’s got further and further damaged. Large chunks of the building start to collapse as the damage seems to be aiming towards the support beams, cutting through the metal beams like a high-pressure water cutter.
It only became interrupted when a massive gout of fire exploded out and instantly evaporated all the coming rain. The falling water stopped instantly and collected into a massive sphere before they collected behind the giant woman like a set of deep-blue pearls, outside of that it didn’t seem like she was worried.
Even as a figure started to rise from the crumbling structure. A figure that made all wielders of One for All stiffen. “All for One.” All Might mumbled just loud enough.
It was obvious the man had seen better times, even in the immaculate suit he was wearing the fact that he was practically missing his face and was wielding some kind of extreme life-support collar showed the man wasn’t in good condition.
For a moment he just stood there, floating as if posing. Nezu internally chuckled as the image on the screen got a set of subtitles that simply said ‘ He’s monologuing ’. Some of the other heroes weren’t as reserved.
It seemed that the complete dismissal from the woman of his words had made him angry, because it raised an arm and released a combination of Quirks, most likely some Pyrokinesis and Aerokinesis to create a fiery tornado towards Claire. Not that it did anything as suddenly the arm exploded into a shower of blood and gore.
The image was rewound and replayed in slow motion, showing how one of the water pearls on her back suddenly accelerated and pierced through the fire attack, practically erasing the villain’s arm once it made contact with it.
The oldest wielder snorted. “Nice, but it won’t stop him for lon-” And just as All for One started to regenerate his arm, it exploded once more. “Okay, maybe I’m wrong.”
Aizawa shook his head. “Outside of a few Quirks, that’s a completely lethal attack.”
They watched as All for One’s legs were blasted off in parts, first the feet, then the calves and finally the thighs. More than one man winced at the sight as the villain’s other arm was blown off, reducing him to just a limb-less body.
“The speed and pressure water should be put to to achieve that level of damage is incredibly high.” Nezu commented. “But to have control over it too? Most Quirks that can achieve anywhere near half of that are usually of the charge and release type. Not only that, but to also keep it as a liquid .”
It seemed that the fight would be over soon, but the area shook as another giant figure appeared. It wore just a loincloth and came running and screaming in defense of the villain.
“Well, ain’t this interesting…” Nezu mused.
Chapter 40
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 40
The image being shown was clear enough that even from a distance it was obvious to see that the giant’s body had some kind of rocky quality to it, his features were angular and his hair stood in large, white spikes.
The most surprising thing wasn’t that Claire didn’t confront him, instead a portal opened and another familiar figure stepped out. Magnus stood on a disc of water so thin it was nearly invisible, but it still held his weight without problems. He wore the same clothes than they had seen him with, the only difference was a white and unadorned mask. The sudden anonymity given by a lack of features made the friendly, if teasing, man suddenly appear so much more dangerous.
Or maybe it was the halo of weapons floating behind him, Aizawa could recognize some of them, it was one of those curiosities one ended up learning when dealing with support equipment makers too frequently. They all seemed to emanate power even through the screen, as if standing there was them screaming ‘come at me’.
He reached with his hand and a sheathed katana floated towards it. A single movement and a glowing blade was pulled out, and suddenly the area around him was daytime. The blade cut slowly through the air in front of him and ten glowing blades were left on its trail.
Aizawa got the impression the man was grinning as he leaned forward, lightly bending his legs, only to launch himself forward as the platform angled to help him along. His speed was less than that used when fighting All Might, but it didn’t mean he didn’t reach the gigantic villain in the blink of an eye.
The monstrous villain barely had time to react as Magnus reached him and flipped over to land with his feet against his chest and kick him back; the halo of weapons and blades following along as he stood in the air. The katana was swung down and the ten blades of light rained down, stabbing the giant, two for each limb and two for his chest.
Blood sprayed out as the blades slid out when Magnus jumped away to dodge a swat. The monstrous villain screamed in pain as he slowly got up, but the man didn’t wait as the blade of light was replaced by the dark Kanabo. However, instead of being swung, the weapon was flung towards the giant’s chest. The moment it struck it was like seeing a man getting hit by a truck, or a villain suffering one of All Might’s Smashes. The main difference was the size of the man getting hit by a normal-sized weapon.
It became pretty obvious the hit had definitely crushed some bones as the giant’s thorax caved in, and with a gesture of Magnus’ hand, the rest of the weapons flew forward. If the rain from before had been destructive, this was Death. The weapons dug into his body one by one, eliciting sounds of anger and pain that were not being heard by those watching the screen.
The last was a beautifully adorned bow, a thin, almost invisible arrow notched, when the string pulled back the arrow seemed to charge up with energy, starting to expand and grow. And with one more gesture of the hand, the arrow was released straight down.
In less than an instant the arrow made contact and the villain was swallowed by a marbled sphere of black and white, its colors shifting slowly, holding in place for a few seconds before it disappeared. In its place there was now nothing , not even the ground was left behind.
The other battle hadn’t stopped, but this one had only lasted for just over a minute. Meanwhile Claire had been almost idle, shooting at the older villain’s limbs, barely giving him time to do more than try and stop her.
Aizawa was pretty sure the villain must be trying something else in the interim, but so far it seemed that everything washed off the woman like water off a duck’s back. It was obvious it was starting to get the man angrier because there was a noticeable twitching on the villain’s smooth face.
Soon it became obvious the villain had reached a limit on his patience, or just had decided the playing time was over, because his body swiftly started to swell, multiple limbs sprouted from his swiftly more and more inhuman body.
“Ugh, I don’t think there’s a way back from that.” The bald One for All wielder commented.
It wasn’t just flesh, bones and skin that were sprouting like the fastest case of cancer possible, metal poles and similarly inorganic growths were appearing all over its body. It didn’t make much difference, the woman simply stood there.
It dawned on Aizawa that she hadn’t moved since she had arrived, basically standing in place and practically ignoring the threat of what many considered the most infamous villain of the last few hundred years.
Instead she raised her arms and opened her mouth, instantly the principal covered his ears.
“Nezu?”
“It’s… I can hear it from here.” He said with actual fear in his eyes.
In the screen the sight started to change, the clouds high above started to move and converge. The sky quickly cleared as water collected in a sphere above the woman, it was almost twice as tall as she was.
Aizawa did some small math in his head, Magnus had been around sixteen meters tall, it wasn’t a stretch to think she would be similarly tall in her larger form. A sphere of water of that size would mean over a hundred thousand cubic meters, that was over a hundred thousand tons of weight. And that was a low approximation.
Nezu shivered as the sphere started to move, slow at first but quickly accelerating. Before All for One could escape, large ropes of water shot out, wrapping around his body and dragging him in. It was obvious what it was, a watery tomb.
Impressively the water’s surface was so still they could see the villain being dragged to the center with complete clarity. Aizawa noted that the fear on Nezu’s eyes had disappeared and in its way was only awe.
Claire shifted her hands, moving them in similar gestures to that of the conductor of an orchestra. The water seemed to shift, a barely noticeable flow on the surface before he could see the villain inside stiffen.
Aizawa didn’t know if he blinked or time itself skipped a few frames, because suddenly the villain wasn’t visible anymore, there was only a small dark spot as the sphere had reduced in size to less than a fourth of its original size.
“… water doesn’t compress.” He absentmindedly commented.
“I don’t think she cares if it does or not.” All Might commented.
Nezu chuckled. “Actually, it takes about two hundred atmospheres to compress water by one percent of its mass.” He laughed a bit unhinged. “The amount of pressure she must be exerting… well, I doubt anything can survive that…”
“I…” The first wielder of One for All sighed. “I never thought I would see this day, when young Toshinori carved my late brother’s face in I thought that was it. But I’ve to admit I always believed he would come back one way or another. Now…” The man looked at the screen. “Now I think it’s truly the end, it’s strangely freeing, but I can’t help but to feel lost.”
Nezu’s computer chimed as the screen went black, the small principal quickly checked it. He read through it for a few seconds, Aizawa could see the man’s eyes moving quickly.
“Looks like that really was it, Milo had found the one responsible for creating the Nomus,” he sighed, “he’s in the process of healing all those affected. But apparently a number of them are small villains so he can’t release the people back out.”
Aizawa was pretty sure even if they all had been civilians it wouldn’t have been a good idea. Most likely many of those people had been long since declared dead and their return would become a huge problem.
“Apparently they have also hacked the governmental databases to restore all of those that were dead, along with setting them up with proper lives. Yes, even the seven of you appear to be alive.” Nezu gave him a side-eye, obvious to his thoughts. “It’s the villains that he’s looking to coordinate a drop spot.”
All Might raised a hand. “I can get in contact with Detective Tsukauchi to coordinate things with the police forces.” Nezu nodded to his offer.
“That will make things easier, thank you.” Nezu said and turned back to the monitor. “Outside of that they have presented all information that was in the base, sans the experiments, and a comprehensive list of all people that was experimented on, they do mention that most likely it’s incomplete given the expected disposal of failed experiments.”
Aizawa felt his mouth twist at the thought. Science usually failed a lot more than succeeded, especially in unexplored fields. With how the Nomus worked, it wasn’t hard to imagine how many times they had failed before reaching them.
“Finally they mention that we can contact them to coordinate the drop of victims.” Nezu said. “Toshinori, when you talk with the detective, see if it can be done here, the training grounds should be the best place to deal with those numbers.”
“Are you sure it’s a good idea?” He asked.
“Not entirely, and while having other heroes in the form of the teachers would help as assistance, I doubt we could actually put up much of a fight if those three wanted an actual fight.” Nezu answered. “My main reason is because the school has the space and facilities to receive the victims safely.”
“Should I talk with Cementoss about setting up proper facilities?” He asked.
“No, leave it to me, I will have to organize a few things before deciding on the spot for it.” Nezu said.
“And what about us?” Nana Shimure asked.
“I invite you to stay here and acclimate to your returned life, I apologize I can’t fully focus on helping you at the moment, but the recovered people come first.” The principal said.
It was obvious he wouldn’t be the only one getting very busy soon. He had to check on Midoriya too. Aizawa rubbed his eyes. “I’m going to find my student and see if he didn't manage to get into more trouble.”
Nezu chuckled and wished him luck before the man left the room. He really hoped it was over after this, he was needing a nap.
Magnus watched his brother finish storing the last recovered person in one of his pods for transport. Orange had already identified all of them, though the few clones had been a bit troublesome when creating a few new identities.
“Oh! Milo, I forgot to bring it up, found a gift for you a while ago and totally slipped on handing it to you before.” He called out and threw the piece of Leviathan he had found in the frozen cave back in Hyrule.
“What’s-” Milo caught it. “Oh… interesting. This came from a being capable of creating a small realm in its mind, though it would take a few more samples and a lot of work before I could piece a working specimen back together.” He rubbed his chin. “I imagine I could fiddle with a few other samples to fix the mixing bits, it’s obvious the body was close enough to a whale’s so I can use that as a base. The ability would be more troublesome, the fact that if what we saw in the games is true, the mental construct could sustain actual minds inside its own, either as fragments of their own personality or actual individuals…”
His brother kept rambling on his own as Magnus decided to leave him alone for the moment, a portal opened and allowed him to step back into the Long Fortune, where he found Ruby watching a movie. He quickly dropped on the couch by her side.
“Anything good?” He asked and grabbed some of her popcorn.
“For a world with super powers, they are pretty narrow minded in how to use them for filmmaking.” She answered as she leaned on him.
“That bad?”
“The main characters either have a very basic and flashy power or, and I had to check it up, the power to change their facial features. So I’m pretty sure that guy’s played like a dozen roles in this movie and I’m pretty sure he’s not being paid for even half of them.” She answered. “The special effects are terrible too, all flash and no substance.”
“Sounds like any Hollywood ever.” He joked and wrapped an arm around her.
“At least it helps if you turn your brain off.” She laughed.
“Sometimes I wish I could do that.” He mumbled and cuddled up closer.
And it was the truth, his mind rarely ever stopped moving, usually tackling two subjects at a time at minimum. It wasn’t like he could burn out, or grow too bored if he decided on something. But he had long since developed ways to give those trains of thoughts a way to relax; Ruby helped a lot on that too.
The movie helped a bit too, but he could see what Ruby meant. It certainly didn’t help that his family had made much better movies. Honestly some of the oldest ones had ended up a bit too real and the times they had been shown to people not in the know had resulted in surprising reactions.
It wasn’t as if the family went for highly goreish, it was just that people enjoyed the bit of fantasy any movie had, and otherwise felt that the movie wasn’t a movie, but something else.
“Any plans?” She asked after a bit of the inane movie.
“I think Milo will be hunting some people connected to his new potted cactus and Claire wasn’t interested in the delivery of the victims so I will most likely be the one to take the pods over to the heroes.” He turned to her. “Want to come with me?”
“Always.” She quickly answered.
He couldn’t help but to smile, they would visit a few more Worlds and start to head back. He hoped the Worlds his siblings had shared could be useful. Otherwise he would have to force things a bit.
In the end it took nearly a week for UA to be ready to take in the victims, not that it was their fault. Orange had easily revealed that the police and government forces had slowed things down for many reasons. Some were logical, a sudden release of a large number of victims would raise more than one set of eyebrows. But it had been mostly just the usual bureaucracy slowing everything.
It also meant they could do a bit of tourism meanwhile. And while they didn’t find much of interest, outside of being magnets for villains, it meant Magnus enjoyed some reconnecting with his siblings. When Milo wasn’t hunting amoral scientists and Claire wasn’t playing at the bottom of the Marianas Trench.
It also meant he had had some time to reforge some of his other weapons, a fun result of that had been a new Perk, or not new new , it was apparently similar to the one he had received back in Ruby’s World geared towards Curses, this one was instead geared toward Smithing. Though it was the act carried by his non-human selves that seemed to have pushed it over, it was the art of using inhuman abilities to craft objects of metal.
It certainly opened a curious door towards other crafts he could try, or maybe the types of Masks he should aim for. Would an Arachne Mask allow him a weaving Perk? He would need to explore the Masks he already had for other uses too.
“Going to step right in? So daring.” Ruby joked as the two of them walked through the entrance, the security system long since hacked by Orange.
“Sometimes the easiest is the most shocking.” He answered with a smile.
They shared a small laugh as they walked through the institution as if they owned the place. It wasn’t hard to find the area set up by the principal, which turned out to be a large stadium area. It was currently filled with people coming and going, and a general atmosphere of nervousness.
Magnus chuckled at the sight and gestured to Ruby towards the small, chimeric man. With a nod the two headed towards him, practically ignored by everyone else.
“I still don’t know about this.” A modest-looking man in a trench coat spoke said.
“I don’t doubt they will come and do as they said, it’s just…” Nezu replied.
Magnus thought that was the perfect timing and allowed the Lie over them to dissipate and spoke. “Principal Nezu, I’m sorry for the delay.”
“Oh sweet-” The man bit down a curse and glared at him. “Where did you come from?”
“I walked.” He answered with a smile.
“Magnus and… Ruby, right?” She nodded to Nezu’s question. “I’ve to be honest I was expecting you to come in the same way as you left.”
“But that would be so boring.” Magnus said.
“This area was cordoned off and only allowed people should have been allowed to come in, how did you do it?” The man asked.
“I Lied .” He replied. “I Lied very good.”
“I’ll have to talk with a few people if just lying allows you to pass.” The man grumbled.
“Oh, you misunderstand me, I didn’t Lie to people, I lied to the World. No one could have noticed us coming.” He grinned.
The man shut his mouth immediately. “I see…”
“No you don’t.” Magnus teased. “But don’t worry, not many can wrap their head around what I can do.” He turned towards Nezu. “Okay, I’ve the victims in storage, how do you want to do this?”
“What did you have in mind?” The principal asked with trepidation.
“I was thinking of having one of my constructs deploy the victims one at a time and allow them to be helped along. They have all been kept asleep and all memories from the events that happened after they were kidnapped were removed.”
“How…?” The man asked, stumped.
“If it thinks or it’s alive, then my brother can do practically anything he wants with it.” He answered, leaving out Souls. “Anyways, we can do that or I can just hand you the box of capsules, they are disposable and will just break once the person inside was released, the only difference with the villains is that they are also cuffed… and my brother may have turned their powers off for a while.”
Nezu shook his head with a smile while the man looked troubled.
“Against what some of my subordinates would recommend, I would like to see these constructs.” The principal said.
“Sure.” Magnus gestured and opened his inventory, one of the latest worker ants stepped out.
Their design had become sleeker, much of the work had been relegated to an expanded space inside its body. Now it looked more like the mix of an ant and a centaur, with the exception of visible eyes or antennae. They still glowed blue from the energy coursing through them. On its back there was a box, one of its arms reached and pulled one of the capsules.
“Curious design.” Nezu commented as the man grumbled as he moved away, most likely getting everyone to start moving.
“Thank you, I based some things on their looks from an automated defense system I came across in my trips.” He answered.
“Is that why you called yourself the traveler?” Nezu asked curiously.
“Yes, and it’s The Traveler.” Magnus corrected him. “Where I’m from Titles do have power. Similarly to how my brother’s The Smiling Saint and my sister is Abyssal Princess.”
“And you?” Nezu asked Ruby.
“I was given the Title of Summoner.” She happily replied.
“Oh, is that due to your ability?”
“In a way, but it’s also the name my creator gave me, unfortunately I don’t remember them anymore.” She answered. “While my body’s definitely over a few thousand years old, my memories only go back about ten or twenty years.”
“But wouldn’t that mean you were… you’re not from this world.” Nezu quickly realized.
Magnus smiled, in the distance the victims were being helped by the police, he had to admit this World definitely was below average on corruption; though not by much.
“Yeah,” he said absentmindedly, “we’re not even from the same World, I ended up in hers by an accident, but it was a happy one.” He shot her a smile.
“Then why are you in this world?”
“Coincidence, the Outside is hard to fathom and sometimes you can only choose a general direction. And I didn’t Lie, we did choose to come just to meet.”
“That’s hard to believe, but I can’t exactly refute it, right?” Nezu chuckled. “Space programs have died in the last few hundred years.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow and Ruby laughed softly. “Oh, I think you misunderstand a thing, principal Nezu.” He said. “When I’m talking about the Outside, I’m referring to outside of Reality, the nothingness , the unreality that exists between Worlds. I’ve visited multiple Earths and many other Worlds as such, our ships can travel space with no problem, but we go further beyond.”
“Ah! That would make more sense than some of the theories I had about your origin.” Nezu thought out loud. “I would guess not all Worlds work under the same mechanics or even hold the same time passage?”
“The Outside is atemporal, so yes, each World carries their own pace, even if some match incredibly well. As for mechanics, that’s true too, some Worlds are even inaccessible because of how different they work, we usually just ignore them as they are more trouble than they are worth. But honestly most of them can be visited, it’s usually that they have base differences like the existence of superpowers, magic, psychic abilities, extreme mutations, monsters, gods, other divinities, etcetera…”
“That’s hard to believe, but sometimes reality is weirder than fiction.” Nezu mused.
“And how.” Ruby commented with a smile, earning herself a chuckle from the two of them.
“So you’ll be leaving soon?” Nezu asked.
“Yeah, I love my siblings, but bad stuff could happen if we remain together for too long.” He said in a joking tone, even if it was the Truth. “And you’ve a lovely World, but it doesn’t hold much interest for us, at most you may have some of my other siblings visiting to study a thing or two.”
“Really? I would have imagined our World’s quite interesting.” Nezu probed.
“Hmm, kinda? I may amend my comment saying it doesn’t hold much interest for me .” He said. “I could certainly get a few good fights here and there, and I don’t doubt you may have a bit of interesting tech. But if I wanted a fight there are better Worlds out there and if I wanted advanced tech I would head back home, dad’s so far ahead of your tech that it’s impossible to quantify.”
“That far?”
“Dad’s somewhere on the third tier of the Kardashev scale.” He answered and added. “He’s been creating planets and stars for a while now.”
“That’s…” Nezu let out a tired sigh. “I see, it’s weird to feel so outclassed.”
“There’s always someone bigger.” Ruby offered and Magnus nodded.
“Really? Even bigger than your father?” Nezu asked.
“How about I tell you about the time we visited Azathoth?” He asked before starting to retell a story, snipping all the bits that could cause Madness.
Notes:
Unnatural Skill – Smithing (200CP)(Percy Jackson):Whether from your heritage or just being that good you've got one particular mundane skill that your feats which border on supernatural. Whether you're a smith on the level of the Cyclopes, a near prescient tactician or a swordsman who is nigh unstoppable with a blade your feats will be legendary. You are on a level within your skill such that only other beings of legend can hope to match you. This may be taken multiple times. You may not choose magic but you may choose a particular application of magic if you have it already(so curses, enchanting might work, more specific gets a bigger boost)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 41
“I must say that some of the Wards you've laid mystify even me.” Dr. Digger commented.
“If I had to guess, you’re ignoring the physical part of the Wards.” Magnus said.
The older man focused on the walls and swiftly changed his expression to one of surprise. “Ah! That’s very ingenious. How did you manage that?”
“I’ve long since developed a technique to alloy metal with magical energy,” he explained, “for this kind of construction I use these alloys to create a frame for the Wards to exist in.”
“Excellent idea. I doubt I’ll be able to put it into use as it’s not the field I focus on. But it certainly would help when dealing with warded locations.” He laughed softly as he looked around. “I noticed it’s not the only thing enchanted.”
Magnus laughed a bit awkwardly. “Ah, right.” He looked at all the furniture he had done.
“I don’t think there’s anyone who would spend fabric like that just to make a few couches.” He joked.
“I’m sure they would if they had the skill to make it for practically free.” He pointed out. “I think many would be more angry at the wood I used for the frames.”
The man shook his head, but Magnus knew he couldn’t say it was a bad idea, he had seen his expression when he had tried them earlier. They would also survive a nuclear explosion, so that was another point for them.
The moment the doorbell rang he knew it was Gina and her sister. “Come in.” He called as the door opened for them, the blonde and the Werecheetah stepped into the room. “Welcome back, I hope your mission went well?”
Britanny pouted. “We’re offered a huge pile of gold and my sister chose a crappy old pot!” She cried out as she raised her hands.
“Come on, it’s not that bad, there must be a reason why it was a possible choice.” Gina said as she retrieved the pot.
Dr. Diggers looked at the metal object and ran a few scanning spells over it. “I don’t see anything special about it, I’m sorry Gina, it may just be a very old piece of metal.” He said.
The young woman grumbled and stomped to the couch before letting herself fall onto it. The resulting moan that escaped her mouth got everyone blushing, even her.
“I should put a warning sign on my furniture.” Magnus joked.
“What-” The young woman seemed conflicted about the couch, between wanting to stay there and get off, or get off.
“Sorry about that, I enchanted the furniture to be especially comfortable among a few other things.” Magnus chuckled, trying not to laugh at how everyone was reacting.
Hilariously, Britanny looked giddy as she dropped next to her sister. Her fur instantly stood up just like her tail.
“This is sinfully nice.” She commented. “And it feels so nice against my fur, what fabric did you use?”
“It’s one of my own making, it’s pretty much what I will be using to make clothes, so I’m glad to hear it agrees with your fur.” He said.
“Wouldn’t it be troublesome to have clothes made with this…?” Gina asked.
“Oh, those enchantments won’t be used, or at least not to that level.” He laughed as Dr. Digger just shook his head. “Mainly the temperature control, fabric regeneration, general reinforcement, stuff like that.”
“You mean I won’t end up naked in the middle of a fight?!” Britanny.
“That’s the idea, your sisters asked me to make you a few sets since you usually complain about it.” He answered.
The Werecheetah let out a squeal and hugged Gina in a way that would count as an attempt of murder by smothering if she didn’t quickly let go and hugged him too.
“If I didn’t have honey you would be my favorite person ever right now.” She said.
“It’s not a problem.”
“Talking about sisters, where’s Brianna?” Gina asked.
He pointed down. “She’s in the basement.”
“Oh! You’ve already built it?” Gina jumped off the couch, having completely forgotten about how comfortable it was.
“Show me, show me, show me.” Gina asked eagerly.
He laughed. “Sure, do you two want to come too?” He asked.
“No, I want to head home and wash off the sea salt of my fur before it gets itch.” Britanny waved it off.
“Thank you, but no, I doubt I will be able to appreciate the place.” Dr. Diggers respectfully declined.
He wished the two well and once they left guided Gina towards the elevator. It wasn’t the only elevator in the house, while it was a comfortable size to allow a number of people to go down, there was a second one in the garage. That one was designed to move heavy machinery and other vehicles. Though he could always just use his inventory, most people here wouldn’t look at it too weird besides being surprised.
The walls of the cylindrical room lighted up in a familiar blue as the whole thing slid down seamlessly. It made absolutely no sound as the transparent walls showed how the floor rose up and revealed the massive, open space that existed under the house; once more space was being stretched and reshaped to make sure the whole area was still under the house’s lot.
To achieve this the walls had been installed with a special hex comb design, the material effectively created a solid and physical framework for the expanded Space to exist safely and stably.
“This is quite amazing.” Gina said as she eyed everything, especially the many Worker Forge Ants wandering through the facility.
“Thanks, it means a lot coming from you.” He replied honestly, causing Gina to blush.
The elevator finally hit the bottom floor and the glass doors opened up, she quickly turned towards him. “What’s that?”
It took him a moment before answering. “I think you’re feeling the facility’s power source.” He pointed to the bright spot high on the ceiling. “That.”
“You created a star to power your facility?” She asked with a raised eyebrow.
But before he could reply, the metal pot she still carried started to shake before a six-armed, bronze man shot out of it, looking both in awe and sorrow. “A Magic Sun.” He spoke in a breathless voice.
“You’re the Djinni from the ruins.” Gina cried out.
However he didn’t answer her comment, instead turning towards him. “You! How did you create this?!” He pointed to the artificial sun.
“… I actually would like to know too, and why do you call it a Magic Sun?” Gina asked.
“Can’t you feel the Magic it’s generating? This whole area is being blasted by more Magic than even some Archmages can generate in a month!” The Djinni answered.
“I based it on my own.” The Djinni whiplashed back towards him, practically asking for more. “I’ve a pair of stars inside my Soul, they are some of the most efficient power generators I’ve witnessed. While they were created by my father, I studied them enough to create an artificial replica. Though I only managed a small percent of the power generated by those.”
The Djinni froze at the answer before covering his face with all of his hands, a sobbing laugh escaped his lips.
“Are… are you okay?” Gina asked.
“It’s…” The Djinni sighed. “I apologize for this, in my rush I didn’t even present myself. I’m Dao.”
“We already met, but I’m Gina Diggers.”
“And I’m Magnus Andes.”
“A pleasure, now, you said you have two of those in your Soul?” Dao asked. “You aren’t human.”
“Oh, they pack quite more power, but yes, I’m one hundred percent non-human.” He answered as he gestured forward, inviting them both to follow him to somewhere more comfortable than just outside of the elevator.
They soon found Brianna working on some of her Peebos.
“Magnus, Gina and… oh my, where did you come from?” Brianna leaned forward with a grin.
“Down girl.” Magnus joked and retrieved the water bottle to spray her, causing her to pull back. “If you’re suffering that much we can talk about it later over some dinner.” She quickly changed her tune to his words and pulled back.
Magnus chuckled and set up a table and some chairs while Brianna exchanged greetings with Dao. Some of the Workers brought some refreshments as they finally sat down.
Dao sighed. “We’re talking about the Magic Sun, no? To make a long story short, the Magic Sun was the heart of Yl’Dahjim, the land of the Djinnis. It had been created by the Nomad Artificers, though I lack the knowledge of how it ended where it did. It provided all Djinnis with all they needed to live a life of pleasure and luxury, until the Dark Minds came, we don’t know how they found us. But it was the start of the end.”
He placed his cup down after emptying it and Magnus internally smiled as the Worker stepped closer to quickly refill it. He was glad to see that the Maid Protocols were working well, the hardest part of those had been making sure they could learn the person’s preferences.
“We’re enslaved, turned into pets and property, used for their whims.” Dao retold with great pain. “Over the years most of us died, the rest of us were traded, stolen, sold, and only a few managed to escape.”
“I’m so sorry to hear that, Dao.” Gina said.
“It’s… okay, it’s old history by now. I was one of the fortunate ones that managed to escape, but even that didn’t last, we’re later captured by another being and sealed in artifacts like the cauldron you acquired, Gina. I would thank you more if you don’t try to use it to control me.” His words made her recoil.
“Oh no, gods, I- that’s like the furthest thing in my mind!” She quickly said. “Honestly the most I would want is your assistance to prove that I found a living Djinni to others during the Explorers Society Banquet. And interview you, it’s obvious you hold a lot of knowledge that many would love to hear.”
“I wouldn’t be against that, also learning about the modern world, I’ve spent way too much time down in that cave.” Dao looked around. “I certainly missed a lot if this kind of advance has come to happen.”
Magnus chuckled. “I would say we’re the exception to the modern world.”
“Yeah, wait till you see my laboratory.” Gina said. The Djinni chuckled. “Though, what were you doing here, Brianna?”
“Oh, I was helping Magnus with the 3D printer, he managed to get an energy to matter working before he got anything capable of using the material properly.” She joked.
That surprised Gina. “I will have to ask if you can make me one of those, I hate when I run out of materials during a project.”
“We can talk about that in the future.” Magnus nodded, not wanting to bore Dao with the technicalities of a deal.
“Magnus, I’ve a question. I’ve been trying to guess what you are, but I’m coming to a blank.” Dao mused. “I simply don’t know of any being with a capability like yours.”
He chuckled. “Oh, that’s mainly because I’m usually Lying to the world about my nature and also because I didn’t exist in this World before… I think it’s been eight weeks? Maybe two months.”
Magnus proceeded to tell a sort-of abridged version of his life up to meeting with the Diggers. He didn’t even hide the fact that he wasn’t the original Magnus, in a way of speaking.
“That’s a very curious life you’ve lived.” Dao mused. “And you don’t feel troubled by the fact that you are a, for a lack of a better word, remnant?”
He couldn’t help but to laugh. “Oh, I imagine other people would certainly face a philosophical dilemma about it. But not only have I've previous experience with duplicating myself, not only my brain intrinsically works differently than to most other thinking beings out there, but I also have seen how my father has lived all my life with eight bodies.”
“Eight bodies!” Dao let out in surprise.
“I found it impressive too, but it’s easier to understand when you use the analogy of the octopus.” Gina said.
“It works mainly because dad has not gone out of his way to create more.” He laughed. “First one is his ‘original’, the one I’m a son of. The second’s full machine, that one usually remains in the workshops. Then there’s the Metaloid one, that one’s female because my dad went Mad. The fourth is a massive plant, and I’m saying large enough to have its own gravity. The fifth is a goddamn Muppet, he uses that one to blow off steam, and people’s minds. The Sixth is an energy construct, one of the few bodies capable of existing in the most extreme environments. The Seventh is the Concept of Creation given form, that one is hard to look at. And the last one is made from information, it literally exists in the literal.”
“That’s very impressive, I think the only being I heard of with something like that would be the Summoner.” Dao mused.
“Let me guess, female, pink hair, light skin?” He asked and the Djinn nodded. “Then I’m pretty sure my original left the World with her.”
“That’s… curious to say the least. I wonder how that will change the future.” Dao said.
“What do you mean?” Brianna asked.
“Summoner has the ability to create Magends with an incomparable ease, and each of these are masters in whatever field they were created.” Dao explained. “Summoner can create dozens of these in an instant when any other magic user would need months and a lot of investment in creating a single one.”
“Oh,” Brianna bumped the base of her fist on her hand, “so she could do a lot, but since she’s not around then all those actions would change the future.”
Dao nodded. “From what I know, while Summoner’s technically an artifact, she’s full freedom to act as she wants, each Magend shares her mind and goal. She’s a one-being army and even dragons fear her if she unleashes all of her power.”
Magnus snorted. “And once my original comes back around, because I don’t doubt he will because this World has too much of interest, she will be considerably much stronger if she decides to take on a System.”
“That’s…” Dao laughed. “From what you explained, I can’t even fathom what will happen to her ability when combined with an object designed to improve on its user’s abilities.”
“I’m sure it will wow many.” He joked.
“Talking about wowing, Magnus, will you be coming to the banquet?” Gina asked. “I still have a spot for another guest.”
“I think I will. Originally I was unsure since I didn’t know how much work I could put in until then, but I think it would be a good idea getting in contact with Monty.” He answered as he finished his tea. “Also, if what you told me from the previous ones, I wouldn’t mind a good scrap.”
“Sometimes I forget you’re that much into fighting.” Gina said.
“I’m hoping to set a gateway to Jade soon too, and visit Shangri-La between many locations.” He said. “You’ve piqued my interest with your tales of the place you’ve visited.”
She gave him a smile and agreed to it before they changed into another subject of their talk. Still, soon time passed and Gina and Dao retired as Brianna decided to stay for the moment.
“So you spoke about dinner.” She teased.
“Yes, but first I’ve one thing to do.” He said and pulled a stone slightly larger than his two fists put together. “I’ve kept my hair loose for too long.”
Brianna didn’t comment on it, it wasn’t exactly loose, it was a ponytail. But he liked his braid, and for that he needed a proper bell. The stone had been a small trinket he had acquired from Dr. Diggers, it wasn’t rare, though it wasn’t common either. It was called an Echo Stone and came from a particular set of caves in Jade that had the ability to store sound. The stones mined there were used a lot for the crafting of certain musical instruments.
It wasn’t common because one could only find them there, but it wasn’t an especially dangerous spot, you just needed to take the trip.
He quickly worked the stone, respecting the internal flaws to shape it into a cube. At first he thought he would go for the bead design, but it didn’t fit him. So he went for a cube with a rubik’s pattern.
Unfortunately he didn’t have any material to carry a full Hyrulean enchantment. But he had more than enough power to make up for the difference. His type of illusion and area-of-effect magic led itself very well to sound, meaning the stone drank it greedily. The once dull gray stone started to change, growing smoother, crystalline. Finally looking almost like something between glass and a gray jade.
A quick cantrip braided his hair before he slid the… well, Stonebell didn’t fit. Maybe Crystal Amplifier? No… Glass AMPS, that was closer, Glass AMP? It wasn’t perfectly correct, but certainly sounded better. AMPGlass… yeah, that was better, with a deep breathe he felt the change as the Accessory practically became part of him.
“That’s better.” He murmured.
“So what’s that for? Besides a pretty looking accessory?” She asked.
He smiled and let the AMPGlass chime, and just like that all the Magic saturating the area thanks to the Magic Sun shifted from metal and machinery into a sunny field. The Illusion held easily given the tool he was using.
“Oh.”
“Yeah,” he let it chime and shifted the view of Zora’s Domain, the blue stone structures, the glowstone accents, the many Zora wandering around, “it’s just an illusion, though I can push it quite a bit.” He didn’t mention the kind of madness it could inflict too.
He shifted it towards the view of Death Mountain and the area started to feel hot, even as Gorons wandered without problems.
“I will guess this is Hyrule?” She asked.
“Yes, at least part of it, we could spend hours with me showing you the sights. It’s a very beautiful land after all.” He answered and let the illusion dissipate. “But how about we head up, I remember having promised you dinner.”
She agreed and the two headed towards the elevator. However Magnus couldn’t stop wondering what was his original doing.
The original Magnus was watching the last of the kidnapped and experimented villains get taken by the police. But it wasn’t the main thing he was doing. That was being taken care of by a clone, enough attention left in it to observe and answer questions, and fight, that was important too. But he was instead wandering through UA with Ruby.
There had been some surprise given some of the recovered people, but nothing that he cared much about.
He had taken some time to look into how things worked out of curiosity. With a three year plan it was more akin to a college than a high-school, or maybe a career-oriented high-school would be more correct.
From what he had found UA was also the leading school in heroics in the country, which was definitely quite impressive when there were at least a few dozen of them spread all over the country. This was shown how a number of the heroes in the top twenty were graduates from the school.
The program was quite extensive, teaching the students most of the usual high-school stuff along with physical training, rescue training, public relations, law, quirk use, and many other subjects related to the work as a hero.
Everywhere they looked they either saw classrooms or training grounds. While the former were quite mundane outside of having to be able to take students with extreme body types, the latter were quite extensive in the scenarios they could present. And that was without counting the massive grounds that the school took full advantage to run city simulations.
“Oh, it’s the rabbit.” He said as he stopped by a window looking down at the training room.
Ruby let out a soft giggle. “Going to tease him before we leave?”
“I’ll try to keep it to a minimum, I think I’m more looking to see how he’s doing after getting his world thrown around like that.” He said as he grabbed her hand and Light stepped through the window and down to the ground.
He winked towards Ruby before he silently approached the boy before leaning in close to his ear. “Boo!”
The kid launched high enough to bounce against the ceiling, making him chuckle. He hadn’t expected him to fly that high and wasn’t mean enough to allow him to just smack on the ground so he reached to grab him.
“Nice jumping practice, but I would recommend an open area next time.” He joked as Ruby walked closer.
“Eh- Wha- Magnus?!” The kid tried to scramble off his arms, but he held him firmly before easily getting him down. “What are you doing here? And you… I’m sorry, I forgot your name. And I wasn’t training my jumping.”
“I’m Ruby.”
“And we’re leaving the victims used to create the Nomus.” He explained.
“Ah, I’m happy to hear that, all those people…”
“Don’t worry, they were under my brother’s care, they will live without a problem, or memory of the events.” He said before changing the subject. “So if not jumping what were you training for then?”
“Oh!” His demeanor changed in an instant. “I was training my Full Cowl, I wasn’t sure if it would still work as before, but it’s actually working better.”
“What’s full cowl?” Ruby asked.
“Oh, it’s a technique where I spread the power of my Quirk all over my body to lower the amount of damage I inflict in myself.” The boy quickly explained.
“Inflict damage on yourself? That sounds like a poor idea.” Ruby offered and Magnus had to nod.
He could certainly push his body to tearing if he wanted, the amount of damage would be exponential compared to his normal. But he could easily heal himself.
“I would recommend you don’t tell my brother or he will have to teach you a lesson on biology and physics.” And he meant it.
“Ha-ha… eh… it’s okay?” The kid said weakly. “But I mean it, I’m doing much better now, I can pull up to a few percent points without breaking or injuring anything.”
“I see.” Magnus said and put his palm forward. “Punch it with your upper limit.”
“Eh?!”
“Come on little rabbit, you saw me take a punch from All Might, no offense, but you’re not at his level yet.” Magnus teased.
The kid winced, but quickly shook it off and took a better posture. Ruby quickly moved away, but he noticed she had erected a few barriers around the area making him smile.
“Now, punch.”
The kid got serious and a small amount of sparks shot over his body just as the door of the training room opened. “Detroit Smash!”
Magnus barely got to hear the words ‘Midoriya what are’ before the punch impacted his palm. It was quite a punch, definitely in the break a wall category. He even felt the second layer of his armor had to absorb a bit of the extra energy, but outside of the wave of air created before the fist his hand, nothing else happened.
“Nothing…” The kid looked lost.
“Don’t feel disheartened, I’m very armored on top of many things.” He laughed softly and stepped away as the tall kid he had saved in the alley passed by the spot he had been in. “Don’t try to tackle people out of the blue, kid.”
Ruby had already removed the barriers, otherwise the kid would have done a perfect impression of a pigeon against a window.
“Iida no!” The kid grabbed his friend’s shoulder.
“But he’s a villain!” The square kid cried out.
“No he’s not, he grabbed me to help me… also he went one on one with All Might, so you wouldn’t be able to do much, no offense.” He sounded a bit contrite.
Magnus waved his fingers and turned to Ruby, mouthing a thank you for keeping the kid embarrassing himself.
“What?!” The kid cried out.
“I was just checking how powerful the kid could punch. You've come a long way there kid, remember you can kick too, look into Muay Thai or similar, the human body has a lot better spots to punch harder.” He offered. “Also, if you want to see a high power level, ask Nezu to show you the recording, just understand that you will be watching something more along the lines of an execution.”
The kid gave him quite the troubled expression. It made him laugh, the kid was too much fun to tease, even if he was pretty sure Ruby would punish him for later, but for now he could give him a few more recommendations.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 42
Ruby smiled as she watched Magnus enjoy a role he didn’t partake much on, that of a teacher. Of course to the untrained eye it would look as if he was just teaching the kids, but she could tell he was learning too, looking for ways to replicate those powers. Just like she had studied her ability to improve his own clone technique.
“Ruby, I think you’ve more experience with speedsters than me.” He called out.
“What do you need?” She asked as she wandered closer.
“But you moved quite fast, sir.” The kid that had tried to tackle him said.
“Oh, I can move fast, Light-fast even. But that’s not how you do things.” He answered, pointing at the kid.
Ruby nodded and understood what he wanted, easily she summoned her Werecheetah Magend. She was kinda tomboy-ish in her human form, short hair in pink and black, her skin closer to Magnus compared to most of her other selves.
“I think I can certainly do something closer to what the kid does, physical speed is done differently.” Her Magend spoke cockily before she changed, growing almost to double her height as her body was covered in white, pink and black fur and a long tail sprouted from her lower back. “Let’s see how fast you can go kid, then I can see what tricks I can teach you.”
The green-haired one approached her. “Is that your Quirk? How many can you create? How long do they last? What are their limits? Can you create simultaneous-” Magnus flicked his forehead.
“Calm down kid, asking questions is to get answers, so take a breath and ask only a few at a time.” He chided.
She smiled. “First, it’s not a Quirk, it’s an ability I was given when I was created.” She answered. “There’s no hard limit to how many I can create or how long they have to stay around, I’d have a few dozen of them occupying multiple positions and they have been for the last few months. Yes, I can create many at the same time, but I do have to focus a bit to guide their abilities or it comes out a bit vague.”
She thought about it for a moment. “However, I think the main limit is that any new one I create doesn’t really disappear, they all live inside my mind, it’s not too much of a problem since we’re all me, even if they disappear they stay with me and if I recreate them they are still them.”
“… that’s insane, that means your Quirk has no limits!” Midoriya let out.
Ruby nodded. “I mean, it’s not a Quirk, as I said before. And I’m still getting better, they don’t even need to be humanoid, I’ve created a few tools too, they are technically me too in a way.”
She thought back to the few weapons she had created, they were weird , she could sense them. But they didn’t appear to have any will, or at least they didn’t at the moment. Magnus had studied them and was pretty sure they would wake up after some time and use. She had unsummoned them since she didn’t feel like experimenting with herself in that way for a while.
She answered a few more of his questions while still paying attention to the other kid, helping him in how to take sharp curves without a tail and how to take advantage of quick movement to tackle people safely. She didn’t miss the fact that the door opened and more kids wandered in.
There were a few girls and boys, all of them wearing the same set of training clothes the first two had been wearing.
“Deku!” A bubbly girl called out and rushed forward. “How have you been? How was your internship?”
“Ah- Uraraka, it was…” The kid mumbled. “interesting?”
His comment made the girl raise an eyebrow, but before she could speak the two-tone haired kid stepped forward towards Magnus.
“Thank you for helping us.” He said and bowed all formally.
“It wasn’t a problem, there are things you just don’t do and attacking kids is one of those for me.” Her boyfriend quickly answered.
The kid gave a silent nod and turned towards Izuku, giving him a friendly smile.
Another of the boys, a redhead with spiky hair approached them. “And who are you? New teachers?”
“I’m Magnus, this is my partner Ruby.” He answered.
The kid nodded and turned towards where she was helping the kid learn how to run up walls. She had been surprised there was a replica of a normal building for training already.
“And who’s she?”
“That’s also me.” She answered.
“Okay… and what did Todoroki mean when he thanked you for helping?” He asked Magnus.
“Oh, I found him, rabbit boy, two tone and glasses guy about to be killed by Stain. So I took care of him.” He answered.
“Ha ha, you make it sound like you killed the guy.” The kid laughed nervously.
“I did, he wanted to kill three kids, I found it distasteful.” Magnus explained to him. “I made sure to do it quickly and definitely.”
The kids quickly paled, Ruby couldn’t help but to roll her eyes, Magnus enjoyed a bit too much teasing people. Even if he was telling the truth, he was doing it on purpose.
“That’s… not very heroic nor manly.” The redhead kid said.
She could feel Magnus was a bit conflicted by that answer.
“Kid, no offense, I can understand that you are all first years. But you’ve to understand that all heroes have been forced to take a life at least once in their career, I don’t doubt that all of you will be forced sooner or later.” Magnus spoke evenly and solemnly. “Someone who doesn’t want to surrender, someone that forces you to choose between them and victims, someone who just can’t be stopped by any other means, someone who’s just gone too far. I don’t wish it on anyone, but sooner or later you will be in a position where you will have to make the decision, and most likely it will be a matter of an instant.” He finished by snapping his fingers.
There was more than one kid that remained pale, but a few seemed to find the strength to nod understandingly. She wasn’t sure if they truly understood what it meant to take a life, it wasn’t something you could be prepared for and each would break differently once it happened.
“I would prefer if you didn’t rush my kids to lessons they would be getting in a year or two.” She recognized the man that entered the training room as the one that had been in the previous meeting.
Magnus rolled his eyes. “I would imagine this is an important lesson to get early on.” He countered. “Better now so they can properly think about it.”
The man sighed wearily. “I would have preferred to ease them into it.” She raised an eyebrow when that comment got a few surprised looks from his students.
“Look, I’m all for taking some lessons slowly so the young ones don’t pull a muscle. But there are things that are unfortunately never easy to tackle, understanding that they are going into a job that they will see death, they will be too late, they will even be forced to choose. Medical Students are taught that they will lose patients in their first year, why would hero students wait longer?”
The man sighed, looking tired. “And who are you to decide that?” He said angrily and dismissively.
Ruby felt the tinge of anger in Magnus and quickly summoned a Psychic Magend, using them to protect the kids as the atmosphere in the training room became heavy .
A fraction of Magnus weighed down on Reality and made her shiver, she would be having some words with him later. It was an invisible, massive and lumbering figure eyeing down at the tired man as if he was a moderately interesting bug.
And then he spoke in a dual tone, both coming from his mouth and the air around him.
“ I’m Magnus Andes, I’ve been given the title of The Traveler, one of the three sons of The Guru of Creation. I’ve laid my eyes on over a dozen different Worlds, seen the creation of planets and stars. I am of Light and Darkness, I am the Titan of Truth and Lies. I will be alive for longer than the human race will exist in this World. ” And just like that the lumbering being once more slid into the physical figure of a man just under one meter seventy. “That’s who I am.” He finished.
The man was barely holding himself on one knee, his clothes drenched in sweat, same as his hair. The kids looked stunned, but they were faring much better, only getting a fraction of a fraction of Magnus’s full weight.
He turned to her. “Let’s go.” He called and opened a portal, stepping through.
She quickly turned and bowed along with her two Magends. “I would like to apologize for him. Don’t hold it against Magnus, he’s usually more controlled. Unfortunately it’s not something I can properly explain at the moment. Do keep his lessons in mind, he may act lighthearted, but he’s still a very smart man.” She bowed again and disappeared through the portal, joining him in his room.
She walked up to him and placed her hand on his shoulder. “I think I’ve a good idea of what happened, but I’ve to ask, are you okay?” She asked.
He took her hand and a moment to sigh. “We’re synchronizing further, I’m pretty sure it was Claire’s influence. She’s a shorter patience than Milo or I do.”
“Yes, that’s what I thought. So we’re leaving sooner?”.
“That would be for the best, we’re definitely done in this World. I think we should see about informing my siblings.” He decided.
She nodded, it wasn’t like she was troubled by the sudden leave. From the start the World had never been their goal after all.
The first sibling they found was Claire, and she was glad that the System provided environmental protection because the South Pole was a pretty cold spot at the time of the year. The pale woman was just wearing a black and blue one piece swimsuit for modesty as she reshaped the ice into a massive statue garden.
They were all incredibly life-like, if she didn’t know any better she could have thought they had been people turned to ice. Of course it was still a garden, it was just that all plants and foliage was made of pure ice, carefully shaped to imitate shape and form. Even more, the careful application of impurities and air bubbles colored the ice in everything from violets to reds, a rainbow of icy colors.
And while she initially doubted the most delicate works would last, she noticed they weren’t exposed, instead encased in the clearest of ice blocks, pure water supercooled to the point it may as well be a rock.
Some of the ice blocks were only visible due to the rays of artificial light shining down, seeing them bend and bounce at spots where nothing appeared to be there. She wondered how it would look once the sun shone down.
“It’s beautiful.” She praised in a whisper and Magnus nodded.
“Thank you, I felt an itch and this is a good place for it.” She said and turned towards her brother. “Could you enchant it to make sure it remains?”
Magnus looked at the place for a moment. “It shouldn’t be hard, you’re lucky that it’s all a natural material or would have definitely been harder.” He mused. “Tell me when you’re done so I can do it.”
She nodded and concentrated, the whole area was enclosed by an ice dome, as clear and hard as the rest of the ice. With the sign her boyfriend placed his hands down and released his power.
Claire and Ruby shivered as Power sank into the ice, saturating through the dome and everything inside. It gained weight, ice became harder, colors more visible, the crystal became immune to the change of temperatures. And that was what she could see, it was obvious there was more going on.
After a few moments he stopped and straightened. “Done, it should last quite a while and regenerate from any damage. I also made it immune to control by other people. It would be a shame if someone thought they could ruin or use it for their own purposes.”
“Time to leave?” Claire asked.
“Yeah, the synchronization is advancing.” He said and added in a regretful tone. “I almost bit someone’s head off for calling me out.”
She winced at that. “Sorry to hear that, no one was injured?”
“Just a bit of trauma.” Magnus replied wryly, making them chuckle.
“Then we leave and meet again in the future, maybe head home? I’m sure our parents wouldn’t mind seeing you.” Claire said.
“Eh… I’m not against it, but I feel like I should finish with Hyrule’s curse problem first.” He decided. “It was good seeing you again, sis.”
“I can tell you the same.” She punched his arm gently. “And same to you, Ruby, please take care of my brother.”
She smiled. “It’s a pleasure to meet you too, and don’t worry.”
Claire stepped forward and hugged them both before stepping back. “Ugh, I’m getting your touchy-ness.” She joked and they all laughed before Magnus and her stepped through another portal.
Milo turned out to have been reading stories to children on the roof of a hospital. Of course calling the place just a roof was coming up very short. The way the few potted plants had overgrown their containers made the place look more like a garden than anything else. She could now tell why he had earned the Saint part of his title.
Magnus and her took a spot on the back to sit down and wait, soon the story came to an end and with a few gentle words Milo had all of the kids leave without protest.
“Leaving?” It was more of a statement rather than a question.
“Yes, I kinda wish I could have stayed together a few more weeks more for my bday. But that would be asking for problems.” He noted.
“Yeah, it’s been getting hard not wanting to head out and see how strong some of the heroes and villains around are.” Milo chuckled and hugged his brother.
“Hmm, against you? That’s so unfair.” He joked and allowed him to turn towards Ruby.
“I’m sure my sister already told you, but keep my brother safe and don’t let him go crazy.”
“Oh, don’t worry, I’m lucky to have him, I’m not letting go now.” She hugged Milo and finally let go as they wished each other a good trip before the two of them headed back to the Long Fortune.
Orange turned towards them. “Good to see you two, it feels like ages, everything in order?”
“Yes, I already saw my siblings off.” Magnus said and dropped on a chair, Ruby quickly taking his lap to keep him from getting moody.
“Team Maus’ back already, so there’s little else to do than blow this popsicle stand.”
The Metaloid grinned and without any other word or gesture the ship started moving. It took a moment for the ship to leave the World, but she felt Magnus’ body relax under her.
“Better?” She asked.
“It’s a change, it will take a few days for me to recenter myself.” He answered.
“Then take a few days to relax, bro.” Orange spoke out loud. “It’ll be a few weeks until we hit the next World.”
He nodded and turned towards her. “I’ve had an idea in my head for a while, but I’ll need your help.” He said and she raised an eyebrow, basically asking him to continue. “I want your help in crafting a magical focus for you, no, it’s not aimed for your ability. But I’ve an idea and I want to try something new.”
She thought about it, she had been a part of the crew for almost a year now; about ten months if she wanted to check. In that time she had learned a lot of things, how the others operated was just one of them. So far she had usually kept some distance from him when he really got going, and this was him basically asking her to join him in some serious project.
Part of her wondered if this was him asking her to marry him. Not that she would say no to that, or ignore that they were practically a pair already.
“Sure, but not today, neither tomorrow or the day after. We can talk about it. But you should focus on yourself for now.” She decided.
She ignored the chuckle from Orange as he nodded and leaned back, simply relaxing for the moment. Ruby knew she would have to keep him busy. But that was par for the usual.
What he didn’t expect was the message that had arrived a day after departure, a message from himself.
Nezu looked at the half a dozen students and the teacher sitting in front of him. Aizawa was part of his staff, and as an experienced Underground Hero he was meant to know better than antagonize someone like that. He had believed the man to be mature enough to not let personal problems bleed into his work.
The kids had unfortunately been collateral, albeit they had been spared from the worst. Izuku Midoriya, Iida Tenya, Shoto Todoroki, Uraraka Ochako, Kirijima Eijiro, Ashido Mina. They had described it as asphyxiating . Ruby had apparently shielded them quite well.
He had seen the events later thanks to the security system installed in practically every room of the edifice. Watching it had been a fur-raising experience, and he was pretty sure he had gotten even less than the students.
“Midoriya, please repeat the events from your point of view.” He asked.
“Well, I was in the room training my Quirk when Magnus sneaked up on me, after that we started to talk and he asked me to punch his hand as hard as I could without hurting myself.” The teen took a breath and continued. “I charged up to eight percent before punching his open palm, and it was like I hit an unmovable wall, all my strength just went poof and disappeared. A moment later Iida tried to tackle him, but Magnus easily dodged.”
He continued explaining how the situation was defused and soon after the rest of the students arrived, how the subject of Stain came up and the comments about knowing that they would face the odds at some point in their career. After that Aizawa came in and started talking to Magnus before they felt as if they were wrapped in a blanket and then the sky came down upon them.
“I don’t know how to explain it, even when Shigaraki was about to use his Quirk on me I hadn’t felt so powerless. It was as if I was a tiny ant in front of a lion.” The other kids nodded, a few mumbled similar metaphors.
“And how did it feel for you, Eraserhead?”
The man didn’t answer straight away. “… I don’t know if I can fully explain. To start my sense of flight or fight got completely overruled, I just couldn’t move from the spot, I had the complete certainty that I was safe, but the presence was overwhelming.”
Mina Ashido lifted a hand. “Is what he said true?”
“You will need to be specific about what part, he said many things.” Nezu said, trying to lighten the mood a bit.
“Well… everything.” She shrugged.
Nezu didn’t sigh, but he felt like doing so. “Unfortunately we can only take their word for some of the things.” He started to explain. “I assume his name and title are true, and we have met his two other siblings, the three of them claim to be the sons of the same set of parents. As for the rest, from what I talked with them I believe some details, like them observing multiple planets to be true. The rest… that’s unfortunately harder to prove, he has shown some ability to control light and shadows, but we lack the understanding of how far he can take it.”
He mulled on it before he resumed. “As for calling himself the titan of truth and lies, neither of the three siblings ever hid the fact that they aren’t human, they’ll happily proclaim it too, and from what I’ve observed, I can believe it. This leads to believing that his life expectancy is nearly unfathomable from our point of view.”
“He said something about a recording.” Midoriya shyly offered.
Nezu now let out a sigh. “The recording is of Magnus and his sister, Claire, taking care of a villain known as All for One and one other villain we suspect had been either a successful Nomu or an outlier from a previous experiment. I’ll warn you that said recording is brutal and, in my opinion, the two siblings were just playing around.”
“Why do you say that?” Ochako asked.
“Because after watching the video multiple times, I can only theorize they could have ended the fights in a fraction of the time that they took.” Nezu said honestly and succinctly. “Now, any of you that don’t want to see it, you can leave, I will call for you if there’s anything else to talk about.” When none of the kids moved, the principal started the video.
He watched with them, how Claire played with what everyone thought was the most terrible villain of the last two hundred years, how Magnus took out a villain capable of massive amounts of damage, how he erased him from existence, and how she crushed All for One into a marble.
Once it finished he turned to look at the students, he found them looking a bit pale. But at the same time they looked more resolute.
“What did he do…?” Eijiro asked.
“We got the location and sent an investigation team after.” Nezu said and tapped on his keyboard, a daylight image of the perfect hemisphere appeared on the screen. “The area occupied by the sphere ceased to exist in multiple levels, even specialized scanning Quirks can still perfectly delineate the area it had occupied. It’s doubtful that anything could survive such an effect.”
“As for Claire’s actions, it’s just as impossible to do normally. The sphere of water was calculated to greatly surpass the hundred thousand tons in mass; the necessary pressure to compress water down to that size would have caused the liquid to act as a solid before it reached that size.” He explained.
“No one will mention how she became a giant?” Mina asked.
“Oh, the three siblings apparently have the ability, I observed Magnus’ personally.” He tapped again and showed the masked beast he could become, even just its image clawed at his own more animalistic side.
“Wouldn’t that slow you down?” Uraraka asked. “From what I’ve seen most gigantification Quirks tend to exchange speed for power.”
Midoriya surprised him by answering for him. “He didn’t lose any speed, if anything I would say the main difference was his reach when he turned.” Nezu nodded to his words.
“He showed to still move as quickly, even capable of crossing several dozen meters in a blink of an eye.” Nezu explained. “Though he admitted he mainly uses that form as intimidation.”
“It is.” Midoriya said with a wry smile on his lips.
“And what happened with Magnus and the others?” Mina asked.
“I think they have left, they admitted they had been here only to meet each other. But at the same time they admitted they can’t remain together for too long. I’ve run a few searches and all sightings have dried up.” Nezu answered. “Last sighting was of Magnus, Ruby and his brother, Milo, in a children’s hospital in Brazil, records indicate that the hospital’s currently empty of victims as everyone inside was healed and all that had been left was the paperwork.”
“So we won’t see them again?” Iida asked.
“I doubt we’ll ever see them.” Nezu answered. “Magnus commented that while moderately interesting, this world didn’t have anything he found of interest to him.”
Nezu left the part where others of his family could come, it felt like giving them a sense of hope that wasn’t meant to be. He also internally wondered what kind of people they would be. He sighed, a few people had just wandered in and twisted his appreciation of the world in such a way he knew it would never go back to normal, always wondering what was out there.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 43
Magnus slid the jacket into place and felt the potent magic he had woven into his suit lock into place. While completely invisible to the mundane eye, the whole ensemble was akin to a walking fortress, multiple layers of magic covering each other’s weaknesses and blind spots.
It also looked damn good, a white shirt under a purple vest, purple tie, with the purple jacket above that, similarly purple pants, white socks, black loafers. Everything, except for the shoes, had been produced in-house as he had managed to get enough bamboo imported from Jade to produce the Rayon.
Having acquired a Perk covering the production of fabrics had been very helpful in making the simile-silk into looking and feeling practically like silk. The production of the material had been very helpful in enhancing every step of the process, especially with a natural material that was already soaked in magic.
He looked at himself in the mirror and nodded, looking good had a weight on its own; especially when it doubled as armor. He was pondering making this his basic set of clothes, but it felt too outlandish for the day to day, better leave it for special occasions and make something more low-key for the daily.
He opened his hand and the Sheikah Grimoire appeared on his hand, the hardcover book opened with a mere thought. This was mostly a cosmetic thing, just having the weapon out allowed him to utilize all the Runes created by the Ancient Sheikah, individually or in sentences, and that was singular casting or multi-casting. It helped that he could carry multiple lines of thought.
With another thought it slid back into his inventory as he fixed his Triforce cuffs before walking out of his bedroom. Funny thing was that he didn’t really sleep in the room.
“Sorry to make you wait.” He told Brianna as he took a moment to admire her dress.
The blonde woman was wearing a pink dress with a lighter pink shawl laying over her shoulders. From her shoulder also hung a small pink bag, the extremely expanded insides was all her work, and he was pretty sure she had it stuffed with weapons; Magnus couldn’t deny that he found it pretty hot.
Brianna snorted. “I don’t think I can complain when I get this type of eye-candy.” She let out a purr and hooked arms with him.
“I could say the same.” He complimented and followed her out of the house, the place locking behind them.
They got into her car before driving off. “I heard Gina talk about it, but how destructive do these parties actually get?” He asked.
“Oh, it’s not a question of if it will happen, but how fast for it to start. Everyone will get scuffed, but no one’s aiming to kill, that’s a good way to get everyone against you.” She explained. “Though the place will be a complete write off, and everyone knows that.”
He chuckled. “Do you think I can offer to fix up the place as payment to sign in?” He asked. “Makes me wonder if I could build a place capable of not being destroyed.”
“Oh, it’s unfortunate that it’s happening tonight, it means we’ll have to wait a whole year for the next one for that.” Brianna joked as she showed her id to the security by the door before taking the car to the front door of the hall, handing the keys to valet.
“Brianna!” A black-skinned, black haired woman in a gray suit dress waved to them.
“Penny!” She greeted her back and approached the fellow adventurer.
“How’re you doing, girl?” She asked as she gave him a look. “And who is this?” She asked curiously.
“Penny, this is Magnus, Magnus, Penny Pincer.” Brianna carried the presentations.
“A pleasure.” He greeted her.
“Magnus was the one who helped during Britanny’s wedding.” Brianna offered.
“You’re the small fox?” Penny asked, surprised.
“I got better.” He joked and raised an eyebrow as the winged, yellow-feathered woman by Penny was trying to hide herself behind the woman, even if she surpassed her by two heads and about twice the body mass. “… is everything alright?”
Penny raised an eyebrow and turned to look at her. “Charlotte? Is there a problem?”
The harpy was wearing a modest black dress that fit her quite well, she shook her head. “N-ye-I mean… I’m sorry, you scare me.”
Magnus winced. “I’m sorry, I had forgotten I can have that effect on animals and those close to them.” He apologized. “I was pretty sure I had blocked it, but I’ll have to recheck the enchanting.”
Penny glared at him and practically ordered him. “Explain.”
“As corny as it sounds, I’ve what could be called an aura of an apex predator, most animals just don’t like to be around.” He turned to Charlotte. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to offend you by calling you an animal.” He quickly added.
He retrieved a bracelet and slid it on, only then the harpy seemed to relax a bit. “I hope that helps.” Charlotte nodded weakly.
Brianna looked at him. “Why did Britanny or I not notice it?” She asked.
“I can only theorize that it’s because the Werecheetah Curse doesn’t really make you an animal, or at least I’ve not hung around your sister when she goes full cheetah.” He offered.
Brianna chuckled. “I think she only goes full animal with her husband.” She joked and made them roll their eyes.
“And talking about her.” Penny said. “Britanny over here.”
The Werecheetah was wearing a dark blue dress as she approached them. “Good evening.”
“Stryyp’s not with you?” He asked as he greeted her.
“Hubby’s coming a bit later, he had to finish a few things for El Dorado.” She answered before giving Penny a hug.
Gina didn’t take much longer to arrive too, coming in with Ryan Tabbot, another of the ‘explorers’. Of course Magnus only joked like that in his head, they did a lot of exploration and discovery, they just also profited from it. Under normal circumstances they would have long since run out of places, but this Earth was larger than most versions he had known, this was due a lot of places kinda bled into pocket dimensions. There were many places where going straight between two points wasn’t the shortest path and in some places you could dig down much further than was possible.
Greetings were exchanged before they all stepped into the hall. The place was full of people of all shapes, sizes and colors; many not even human. He could practically feel the magic emanating from multiple people in the room, another number of them were also cursed at different levels; he may even look into approaching some of them to offer them his services.
He didn’t miss Monty, and now that he looked at him better, he could tell the man wasn’t human. However it wasn’t a subject he would touch, nor the fact that the man cosplaying Jojo was actually a Djinn.
He did a little chit chat with the people Brianna approached, but soon he apologized and wandered towards the tall red headed man. There was some time until things started, so it felt like a good time.
His approach wasn’t missed by the man, turning to give him a look. “I don’t think we’ve met before.” He said once he was close enough. “But you came with Digger’s group, so you can’t be that much of a bad guy.” He joked.
“Ah, but we did talk before.” Magnus said. “I was just a tiny wad of chewed grape bubblegum.” The man’s eyes opened wide.
“Well, well, well, I thought you had left.” The man said.
“I did, curiously enough, a bit of me was left behind and didn’t die when it should.” He explained. “Or maybe it was the poor, old cat that decided to eat a piece of unknown slime and ended up getting eaten by my biology.”
The man raised a bushy eyebrow.
“Look, my body aims to stay alive at all cost, I wasn’t conscious for it until I had a body back.” He said. “I was lucky enough to wander to Britanny Digger’s wedding and helped before passing out, they helped me get back onto my feet. Now there’s two of me, I would say it’s curious, but my father’s eight people.”
The man chuckled and let it pass. “I see, in a way it’s good to know you’re around.”
“I’m a fine hand at weapon making and crafting all types of enchanted items, construction and clothing.” He tugged at his jacket. “I’m also good at dealing with curses and most of them won’t even tickle me, so I was thinking of offering some curse busting service for those that are interested. I can imagine that more than one here may have ran along some during their time.”
“Hmm, I may have a few jobs for you depending on how well you can do it.” He said.
“Oh, something I learned just recently, the woman that was being experimented back at the lab, the one my original took with them, a trustworthy source pointed out that she may have been Summoner.” His words made the giant man’s eyes open wide once more.
“That’s an interesting piece of information.” Monty said, his eyes returning to normal, or a bit sharper. “I don’t think most here have even heard that name, but a few most certainly have been looking for her.” He then chuckled. “What can you tell me of her?”
“Honestly not much, I only have the memories of my original until he left, then we became separate beings. She was a good person, but extremely hurt from all the experiments done on her, I don’t doubt she would most likely have bonded easily with anyone that saved her.”
“And not you?” Monty pointedly said.
“My sister would have smacked me over the head so hard if I took advantage of her.” He was a bit insulted by the notion, he remembered liking her quite a bit already. “Though I will note that her ability will most likely change in her time away, I won’t doubt that visiting other Worlds can change how one sees things or thinks. It can lead to strange things.”
“You sure know how to surprise a man like me.” He smirked.
“And if you need someone to see through Lies or tell the Truth, I’m also quite capable, but let’s keep that bit a secret for now. I imagine it’s a pretty useful ability, no?” He winked towards the Djinn who blushed.
Monty laughed. “I just know you’ll be a menace.”
Magnus smirked and said, “I may end up with the title trickster, wouldn’t be exactly the worst one to get.”
He exchanged numbers with Monty and thanked the man for his time before he wandered away. On the way back to Brianna’s side, who appeared to be discussing the caliber of the energy weapons, a subject he may have to look into to keep up with her intellect.
His way there stopped when he felt the tingle of a particularly nasty curse pushing on someone. It was hard to miss from just a few meters away, he easily saw how it attacked the mind of the target, eroding their sanity and trying to turn them into a violent monster while consuming all of that to empower them in multiple levels.
He approached a small group talking near one of the windows. “I’m Magnus, and I apologize for interrupting, but I feel like I can help you with your not so little problem .” He spoke towards the well-dressed black man.
He raised an eyebrow behind his glasses. “I’m Dr. Isaac Elite, and I’m not sure what you are talking about?” He evaded the subject.
Magnus smiled softly. “I would imagine you would prefer to talk about it in private, but don’t worry, no one can hear what we are talking about. I felt the curse ailing you from a distance.”
His words brought the whole group to a stop and they quickly turned to look at him and the people around.
“Whoa, don’t worry. I mean it, I think only Monty noticed when I told him I could deal with curses. He thinks I didn’t notice him eyeing in your direction, but I already had noticed you by then.” He Lied through his teeth.
“If you already noticed, what can you tell me about the curse that ails me?” he asked.
Magnus nodded. “From what I can tell, it’s constantly pushing on your mind, trying to drain your willpower and consume you in exchange for getting in control and empowering your body. Though I can’t tell if it’s a will of its own or it’s just looking to corrupt you by generating a faux personality on top of your own.”
Dr. Elite looked surprised, same with his companions.
“Okay, it appears you have some understanding of curses.” He nodded and gestured to his companions. “If you can help I think I should present my teammates, these are David ‘Crash’ Turvine,” he gestured to an average, dirty-blond, white man, “Percival Masters,” he was a tall, bald, black man, “and Dana Dane.'' She was a short, ginger woman with a buxom figure.
“As I said before, I’m Magnus, Magnus Andes, I’m an acquaintance of the Diggers, they have helped me after a rough spot.” he presented himself once more.
Since it was still time for the socials, they quickly found a private room. Magnus took a moment to make sure the room was completely private.
“There we go, now we should have some privacy.” he turned towards the group. “What I offer is to remove the Curse, but I would like some information about it first to know the best way to handle it.”
The woman was the one to answer him, “Isaac done got cursed by powers o’ Amon-Kur. The Amon-Kur ‘r tryin’ to take over to his body to enter our world. ‘N if one gets through, they all get in.”
“Extradimensional parasite then, it’s been a while since I’ve dealt with one of those, but in a way it’s easier than other types,” Magnus said.
“Okay, I’m not the smartest around, but what can be worse than that?” David asked.
“Soul Rot Curses are outside of my field, I can certainly deal with them, but I can’t help with the damage they induce; that’s a field my brother excels at. There’s also those Curses that have taken physical form, they tend to be hard to deal with because of how they can fight back and usually regenerate instantly unless you can directly counter it,” Magnus explained.
He turned towards them and smiled. “On the other hand, a curse like this is a parasite, if you know how to reach them, it’s as easy as ripping them out.” He was understanding the process, but it wasn’t something he found hard to do.
His right hand shifted, fingers turning into long, purple claws and dark fur covered the rest up to his elbow. However that wasn’t the end, a black and white sheen covered his claws. “Now, please stay still, it’ll fight back, but believe me when I say it will be over before you can tell what’s really happening.”
Before anyone could react, he plunged his hand through the man. But against their perception, even as his arm sank past half his forearm, his hand didn’t come out of Isaac’s back. Didn’t stop everyone from pulling weapons to aim at him.
It wasn’t hard for Magnus to find the Curse, thankfully it wasn’t Soul-deep. It wasn’t that kind of Curse. He knew the moment he came in contact with the curse, the thing tried to squirm away. But Light and Darkness spread from his claws to wrap around it, coating its surface, cutting it off the man and encasing it in his power before dragging it out.
He made sure it was kept completely cut off from Reality as it came out of Isaac’s chest, the man practically falling back in surprise. “There we go,” Magnus was almost purring in delight as his mouth opened up wide, sharp fangs completely exposed as he delighted himself in swallowing the cage whole.
He felt it squirm and fight, but once it went down his throat there was no escape. The Curse parasite was dragged straight to his Stars and burned away .
He didn’t react to the multiple weapons, and the pair of magic boxing gloves pointed at his face. “Calm down, it’s done, I’m sure you can tell them too, Dr. Elite.”
“Dana, everyone, calm down,” the man spoke softly as he stood up. “It’s gone… I don’t think I ever believed it could have been so easy.”
Magnus couldn’t help but to snort. “It wasn’t easy, I’m just very good at what I do. Now, I don’t think it can reinfect you. But if it were to happen, please come to me and we can see about working something to keep it from happening again,” he explained.
“So it’s really gone?” Percival asked.
Magnus gave the man a deeper look, and was surprised by how purely human he was. It wasn’t an insult, it was that just more people around had at least a bit of something else mixed in. Isaac was practically a rounding error away from being a hundred percent human, there may have been something else, but it was so far up the tree it didn’t really matter much. What he had was a willpower of titanium.
“Yes, everything looks good, I would recommend doing some meditation and self-exploration to make sure you don’t overcompensate for the sudden loss of a parasite. But I imagine your friends will keep an eye on you.”
“Ah will make shure he doesn’t do anything too stupid.” Dana said.
“How can I repay you for this?” Isaac asked.
“I would say consider it free, but it’s because I don’t need money. Since I’m new around here, right now some reputation and some contacts are worth more than money.” He answered honestly.
The man nodded and offered his hand. “Then consider Team Elite an ally.”
“I’m happy to hear that, and hope you consider me one too.”
Magnus shook his hand and exchanged contact numbers with them before they all returned to the main hall, it seemed like the event was finally starting. Monty had stepped up to the podium, apparently drunk and holding a scary piece of enchanted equipment. The shotgun was about as tall as he was, and the man still wielded it with one hand, and if his eyes didn’t mistake it, his finger was indeed over the trigger.
He wandered over to sit by Brianna, getting a curious look from her as he had kinda left her alone for a while. The lights were starting to dim.
“Sorry about that,” he reached to pat her hand, “doing some networking and helping someone with a curse.”
“It’s okay,” she whispered back, “it’s kinda expected. Now shh, it should be Gina’s turn first.”
Unfortunately a pompous man cut in line in front of her and rushed to the podium. Magnus felt an eyebrow rise, he was another of the Cursed people in the room. He could see that he was definitely a Dragon, but had been Cursed to remain in the form of a powerless man. Similar with his two companions, though it appeared they were lesser dragons given the number of limbs he could see through the transformation.
Gina was quick to complain, and he could understand why. However it seemed that most people didn’t care and chided her to accept that she had lost her turn.
“Ladies and gentlemen, I would like to make tonight’s show worth something, so I think we can ignore everyone else and accept that I’ve the most interesting discovery of the century.” The man’s speech started calmly, but quickly gained energy as he spoke. “Behold, undeniable, irrefutable, unmistakable, undeniable proof!”
His words were accompanied by the screen behind him projecting the image of a female Djinn. She was similar to a human woman, with a skin color similar to Magnus’ and her eyes on her stomach, while the upper half of her head was covered in horns that replaced her hair.
“A real, living, wish-granting Djinni exists on this Earth!” he relaxed on his own hype a bit, “You may now gape and awe, ooing and ahhing is also allowed.”
There were the oohs and ahhs in the audience, but he mostly looked towards Gina. He could feel her anger at having had her thunder stolen and in such a manner. He also looked in the direction of Monty, the man had reacted to the picture with a different kind of surprise.
“But wait, there’s more! I, Duke Elliot Fauntleroy, have unraveled the secrets of the Ancient Djinni Race as well!” There were whispers going around the room, and Magnus wasn’t sure which he should pay attention to. “My discoveries began inside a long-forgotten, East Indian shrine…
“Except for a few uncivilized priests who had lived there for a few thousand years, the place was completely empty! It was there that I found the secret codex of the Djinni as well as this!! The priests protected it with their very lives.” he spoke as he retrieved a golden oil lamp of Arabic design.
Magnus was definitely not offering his services to the man, he could feel the most magical people around disapproving of his actions. Not everyone, it was obvious more than one person around wasn’t above doing the same. Plenty to keep in mind going forward. Once more Monty reacted, now it was obvious he had recognized the Djinn and the lamp, this was spelling trouble.
Fauntleroy resumed his speech, “Long ago, the Djinni were a magical race of savages! Warlike and uncivilized! But a wise and powerful wizard destroyed their will and brought them to their knees! They were eternally bound to human will! To obey every command! And for the human who truly dominates the Djinni… Wishes are granted!” as he spoke, the lamp started to float and produce a purple smoke. “Any human who possesses their focus is their Master! Watch closely! Madrid Come Forth!”
Magnus could feel the Lies and contempt hidden in practically every word. The size of his ego was definitely dragon-sized. It wasn’t just because he had heard Dao’s story and could feel the Truth in it, but it was also that Fauntleroy didn’t believe any of what he had told, he knew the true story and still chose to Lie about it.
Of course things quickly started to get interesting as a shadowed individual snatched the floating lamp the moments the lights turned off. It was almost hilarious the surprised and lost expression the dragon-turned-man was left with, quite funny still. But it was also obviously the start of the real fun .
“Brianna, get ready, I think it’s about to get hot in here.”
She raised an eyebrow at him when the sound of a rpg flying through the air above them was followed by the moderate explosion down the hall. Worse still, there was a cry a moment later.
“It came from the Diggers’ table!” a voice cried out. “They’re stealing the Djinni! Get’em!”
The atmosphere in the hall changed, everyone stood up, and most people started to pull weapons. Some had had them already on their bodies and quite visible. But it was obvious that a lot of other people had kept them hidden one way or another.
The Sheikah Grimoire appeared in his hand as he looked around.
“But wait, we didn’t-” Briana said.
“I don’t think they care much of that fact right now,” Magnus said.
There were more than a few derisive comments thrown around, but it was obvious not everyone was believing the cry of wolf and was instead looking at other people instead of those sitting on their table.
“This is just an excuse to start the ‘battle royale’ early.” Britanny whispered.
In Magnus’ opinion, keeping Dao’s existence a secret wasn’t the worst. Plus… the fight was one of the big reasons he had decided to come.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 44
Magnus quickly inscribed half a dozen pages of the Grimoire with shield Rune strings and sent half of them to protect Genn. She wasn’t a combatant and keeping Seance occupied protecting her was just asking for trouble.
“Thank you,” she said as the Blue Flame construct took shape around her.
He doubted anyone would attack her, but a stray shot was still a possibility. Each page could take quite the beating, so three should last the whole fight. And if someone actually broke one of the layers, he would know.
Just like how one of the three remaining ones was quickly spent when a few dozen bullets and energy shots were stopped a few centimeters off his face. Since he was a combatant he smirked and quickly returned the gift.
A dozen pages slipped out of the Grimoire, inscribed with auto-aim and kinetic release runes before they folded into paper planes and shot out. The few people that had been giddily shooting his way quickly changed their tune as they were sent flying while screaming. Not like they were in actual danger, they landed mostly safely and looked mostly shaken.
By his side Brianna had stopped panicking and had instead moved onto fighting back. The Vulcan cannon she was holding with both hands ate through most of the cover, not that much of it remained. Most tables laid in pieces, walls had large holes and there was no remaining door visible or glass uncracked.
But before he could say anything else, a masked man punched his shield hard enough to consume almost half of one of the pages. His surprised look was quite a thing.
“Sorry about that, how about I try next?” Magnus grinned.
“That’s not fair,” he complained, “mages should be weak against physical attacks.”
“Unfortunately for you,” he didn’t stop grinning, instead letting the Grimoire float off his hand, “I’m more of a bard myself.”
He swiftly punched the wrestler, sending him flying. Percival, who had ended up fighting near him, let out a whistle and praised, “that was quite the punch for someone your size.”
Magnus let out a snort and sent another barrage exploding paper planes. They were quite simple, but effective, he would need to look into improving them and adding some variety. “I don’t want to gloat, but I was holding back.”
“Really?” The tall, black man raised an eyebrow.
“This is all fun and games,” he cast stasis on a swordswoman about to backstab Brianna, leaving her frozen with a golden glow, “I’m not trying to turn anyone into chunky salsa. Would you punch her a few times in the direction of a window?”
Percival looked at the woman frozen in place and hit her half a dozen punches in a second without much problem. Each hit was accompanied by a familiar ding.
“Like this? I hope she won’t feel it.”
“Oh, don’t worry, in stasis they are practically invincible, it’s for what happens when the effect breaks.”
And just like that, the golden turned orange, red and finally broke. She got a second of surprise before she got launched completely in the direction of the window.
“Useful to disable traps, explosions and quickly send troublesome things flying.” Magnus joked as he magnetized a few weapons, yanking them off their wielders’ hands.
The man laughed and punched a few missiles flying their way towards what little was left of the ceiling. The whole hall was falling apart, fires spread everywhere. He placed a barrier-type of stasis on the flipped over table Brianna was using as low cover to support her and quickly another on the table Genn had been hiding behind as one of the barriers stopped an impressively powerful attack.
What surprised him the most was that the source had been just the collateral from an attack from Gina. The blonde woman had teleported in some battle gear that both cast a bubble shield around her that was allowing her to fly around and at the same time kept unloading invisible attacks.
“Oohhh, Gina finally finished her Beta Cannon!” Brianna said in a cheerful tone.
“Already?” He said, surprised. Percival looked lost, so he decided to explain, “she had been experimenting with the technology. But last time we talked about it she was still in the theoretical phase.”
“I know, she must have been working extra hard for it if she didn’t find a Djinni.” Brianna thoughtlessly said, causing the man to look surprised.
“She found one too?”
Brianna quickly looked contrite about letting that fact up. “Uh…”
“Could you keep it on the low? After Fauntleroy’s show we may decide to keep the fact a secret,” he quickly asked.
Percival nodded and said, “Sure, I may tell Isaac, but I can understand people not wanting to bother you about some things.” He then let out a soft laugh and moved away.
He shook his head as he noticed Fauntleroy eyeing Gina not far away, he didn’t miss it when Seance and Ryan moved towards him. He had to focus for a moment, but he saw Ryan holding Gina’s bag and he could sense Dao’s pot. That just spelled trouble, he trusted the two men, but he didn’t trust the man to fight anywhere near fair.
He nearly reacted when a gust of wind cleared to show it was Britanny who had rushed to their spot in the destroyed area, she had cut her skirt short to be able to move. “Guys, Gina’s gone postal, we need to stop her.”
“It’s not that bad… right?” Genn asked.
“Gina was banking a lot on tonight’s reveal, what she summoned is one of the Beta technology thingamajigs. Everyone may be pulling their punches, but she’s not. Those shots could easily kill someone.” She explained.
“I know exactly how to stop her!” Brianna cried out, putting her cannon down to release one of her smart bombs. “Peebochu, I choose you!”
“Brianna! Are you crazy?!” Her sister cried out, but before they could do anything a stray missile exploded the tiny robot.
“Peebochu, noooo!” She cried out. “I will show you all, you heartless monsters!”
Magnus felt like chuckling, but instead he felt his blood go cold. He reacted as fast as he could think, thankfully he could do both at light-speed.
“Get down!” He pushed Brianna down, his hand forward and focusing on it as he could see the sphere of altered Reality.
Once more he was glad his body wasn’t normal, and while his mind was flooded with the warning pain of something going extremely wrong, his inherent Domain, that which declared he was he, held on for long enough to consume the attack.
“Magnus!” Brianna cried out as she saw that his arm was gone up to his elbow. Gina gasped and floated down, letting her equipment get teleported away.
Even the highly enchanted clothes had been consumed, said enchantments falling apart as they had been pushed to the limit. It wasn’t hard to understand why, it wasn’t damage . Instead it had been a different paradigm being imposed on Reality and damaging it by substitution.
“It’s okay, it looks worse than it is.” He Lied as best as he could as an Illusion wrapped itself around the stump to show his normal hand.
The Truth was that it would take some time to properly fix that, the damage was tinged with an altered Reality, and it would need proper study. On the flipside, it also meant he would be a bit more resistant next time he got damaged by it.
“Oh god, I almost killed my sister.” She let out in a tone of disbelief. “And Magnus…”
It wasn’t hard to tell that she was definitely seeing through the line, most likely she wasn’t capable of believing that her Beta Cannon’s damage had been so easily fixed.
“Come on, you know I came back from worse.” And it was the Truth at least.
That still didn’t seem to fully convince her, but she allowed him to put the subject aside as she approached them carefully. “I’m so sorry, I… I don’t know what overcame me.”
“It’s okay sis.” Brianna said.
“No, no, I… I just wanted to win that award, I was sure I was going to win it this time with my presentation. But then Fauntleroy took my spot and-” She growled, squeezing her fists. She then sighed. “However, where are Ryan and Seance?”
Her question was answered as the red-headed man slid over and landed by their feet, severely bruised. “Hey Gina, I think this is yours,” he said, holding Dao’s pot.
“R-Ryan?! What happened to you?” She cried out and dropped to her knees. “Who did this?”
“Why, little old me, of course.” The grating voice of Fauntleroy made all of them turn towards him.
The dirty-blond, pompous man walked towards them, dragging Seance by his head.
“Now, Ms. Diggers, I would prefer to not have to resort to more violence, give me the cauldron and we can part amicably.” Not one of them believed his lies.
Seance coughed. “Get away, h-he is n-not human.” The man said with difficulty.
“That’s good,” Magnus licked his lips, “neither am I.”
Distance was cut down to nothing as a Light step deposited just in front of the man. “Say hello to my little friend, Flaunteroy.” His illusionary fist swung towards the man’s face.
He gave him enough time to react, downplaying himself, letting him reply, “It’s Fauntleroy, you monkey!”
The fist went through his face to the man’s surprise as his other, real, hand grabbed his wrist and- CRUNCH -squeezed his wrist until cracked, letting Seance’s head go.
Fauntleroy bit down a cry of pain, thankfully Britanny was right on it, grabbing the falling Seance and carrying him away. With the hostage safe away, Magnus grinned and said, “It’s been some time since I ate a lizard.” His lips pulled back to show his fangs.
Without letting go he whipped and threw him away. “Fortunately for you, I know you would give me indigestion.”
Fauntleroy was caught by the two women he had come with, he could hear them asking him worriedly if he was okay. He didn’t answer, instead shooting him a baleful glare as he rubbed his bruised wrist. He had to give it to him, any other species would have ended with a fine sand and not cracked bones.
Unfortunately, for Magnus, the lights came up before he could cave his punchable face in. Not that they stop glaring at each other. It seemed like the battle royale was over, people were starting to just chat and attend to the injured.
Magnus walked back to his group. Ignoring, but not really, Fauntleroy’s grumbles and promises of future pain.
“Thank you, Magnus.” Seance said from his spot on the ground, Genn had helped him sit against one of the downed tables. The black-haired man gave his missing, illusioned arm a look. He just mouthed a ‘not now’.
“It’s not a problem, I’m just sad that I didn’t get to punch his face in properly.”
Ryan chuckled. “I heard the noise from here, Magnus, he will be feeling that wrist for some time.” He fist bumped him. “I should invite you to Ultimate Fighters.”
“I will hold you to that.” He said and walked over to Brianna who was putting her weapon back into her dainty, pink bag.
She glared at him before grabbing his face and pulling him into a deep kiss. Nothing he couldn’t really break away from, but he sure wasn’t going to deny it.
“That’s for saving my life,” she said and smacked his arm, just above where his arm ended, “and that’s for putting yourself in danger like that.”
He was pretty sure by now that she was not believing the illusion, chalked it to her intuition and her burgeoning magic gift. But before he could apologize Monty’s voice made everyone turn towards him.
“Well lass, I’ve to say you may not have gotten your turn, but I wouldn’t be a good chairman if I didn’t know what the members of the organization were doing, and you have surprised me in a good way repeatedly.” Monty’s voice was loud enough to be commanding, but soft enough to not be overwhelming. “You got an explorer’s spirit and are not in it just for the gold booty like a runna’th’mill tomb raider; even if getting some extra reward during great discoveries’ not a bad thing.”
There were a few chuckles from the audience. The fact that the trophy already had Gina’s name on it told plenty.
“’At’s why on top o’ the award I’m namin’ ya my succesor f’ board chairman!” He finished handing her the trophy.
“Oh- I… I don’t know what to say…” Gina stammered.
“’ow ‘bout yes and thank yu?” Monty said.
“Yes, and thank you… truly thank you.”
“Congrats lassie, you deserve it.” Monty started to clap, everyone else soon joined.
Magnus clapped too, it was obvious Gina’s work had been rewarded. But as they said, the reward for a work well done was more work, and he didn’t doubt for a moment her new position would mean new responsibilities in the short order.
Brianna hooking an arm around him and keeping him close didn’t surprise him, he was pretty sure she wasn’t going to leave his side for the night. So without a complaint he pulled her closer and smiled.
Brianna woke up the smell of breakfast, her nose could detect eggs, bacon, pancakes and coffee. She wasn’t surprised to find Magnus already missing from the bed, thankfully since this was his place, it just meant he was the source of what she smelled.
She kicked what was left of the sheets off and sprung off the bed, stretching her limbs and once more thanking the regeneration she got from Britanny as it kept her from aching after a fight or severe exercise. Though even with her supernatural stamina she had ended up passing out in the middle of the night.
She quickly washed herself and grabbed the bathrobe that had been left for her before heading towards the kitchen, finding Magnus practically preparing a feast.
“Hey sunshine.”
“Hey yourself.” She said as she sat down. “I still find it weird that you don’t have to sleep, especially because I saw you passed out for so long.”
“Yeah, gotta thank my dad for that, I can sleep, but it’s like two hours of shutting myself out, not actually necessary. If I need to sleep, something has gone horribly wrong.” He offered. “Though I’m more surprised to see you up already.”
“It’s the Werecheetah part of me.” She quickly answered and watched him place a dish with a bit of everything in front of her.
“Any plans for today?”
She eyed the clock, just six am. “Well, Britanny and I planned to drag Gina over to buy fish later, we need to get there early to get it as fresh as possible. But not much after, though mom was talking about visiting Jade, so maybe see what that’s all about.”
“Uh, you know, I keep forgetting your mom’s such an incredible fighter for some reason.” Magnus said. “Think she wouldn’t mind if I join? I wouldn’t mind having a bout with her away from… well, collateral-dense areas.”
She snorted. “Sure, plus things keep getting fighty each time I head over to Jade, a couple of extra eyes and hands wouldn’t be amiss… and talking about hands.” She leveled a glare at him.
“Whoa there, don’t worry, it’s fully back.” He reached and showed her. “See, no illusion anymore. I’m not joking when I say I’m pretty hard to get rid of.”
Brianna let out a sigh. “What do you expect when I saw your hand and forearm disappear while saving me? And why the illusion then?” She asked.
“Okay, first, I like fighting, but I’m not suicidal, don’t worry about that. The Truth is that I panicked and just reacted. I may be able to move at Light speed, but unless I’m already holding someone when I start, I can’t interact too well with physical objects. So I only had the tiniest window to push you down and couldn’t move away.” He calmly explained, reaching to grab her hand to reassure her. She didn’t want to admit it made her heart skip a beat. “Second, I underestimated Beta Technology and overestimated myself. I honestly thought that the enchantments on the clothes and my normal toughness would be enough, maybe lose a finger or two. But definitely not up to my elbow.”
“That’s… okay, I can see how that could happen.” She admitted, she had an inkling of strong his clothes were enchanted, he had enchanted her own and her dad had admitted to be quite stunned by the work when he had shown him before the banquet.
“Third, the illusion was for Gina, mostly. I can only imagine the shock of realizing she had lost control like that and nearly hurt you, or worse. The Illusion was a white Lie trying to ease her anger at herself.” He continued. “Though it was also quite effective at distracting Flaunteroy.”
She laughed softly, his constant misnaming of the asshole was totally going to get stuck in his head. It would be worse if the man wasn’t an asshole, and flaunting didn’t come so easily to him.
“Though, as much as I would want to punch his face in, I will warn you that he’s definitely not human, and neither were the two women that had been with him. They are dragons, though he appears to be cursed to remain human. Doesn’t mean he doesn’t think like a dragon and will look to exact revenge for any perceived slight.” Magnus warned. “Tell Gina to be careful next time she goes out for an expedition, hopefully the damage I did will keep his attention mostly on me for now.”
“I will keep it in mind.” She said with a purr before finally digging into the food. She was honest to go ravenous, with the battle starting early, the food part of the banquet hadn’t happened. She had heard that someone had raided the kitchens of all the food during the confusion. And she had barely gotten a snack after getting back to the house.
Though if all went well, she would be getting stuffed with fish pretty soon.
Magnus looked at the mask, it paradoxically felt both complete and incomplete. He could understand why, he just didn’t have the whole understanding of the Djinni race. To start, the race had three variants, those like Dao, those like Madrid and one more type that resembled fairies, from what he had seen in Dao’s artifact.
He had to run a few tests on Dao with his permission; the man was indeed as ancient as he stated. However, he had seen a few strange things in him, he wasn’t going to go out and say out loud yet, at least not without more proof, but he was sixty to seventy percent sure their race wasn’t entirely natural.
Of course it wasn’t a surety, he could very well be wrong, with such a highly magical race things usually didn’t follow normal. He would need to study more of them, unfortunately there were only a few Djinni around, and something told him Madrid would be a pain in the ass to get a straight answer; just a hunch.
Unfortunately, with the mask technically incomplete, he wasn’t going to try it yet. It would need more study and work to get finished, though given they were a race with three forms he felt a resonance with the three Golden Goddesses, the tattoo on the back of his left hand had accompanied him, meaning a tiny bit of Hyrule still existed in him.
It tickled him fancy to see what the result of that combination would be. He also wondered how he would make the mask work with three bodies, either switching or splitting would be the most likely case. Maybe he would try to mix the Mirror Moon technique. It was food for the thought, and it would be left for later as he received a message from Brianna asking him to come over to their house.
He put the Mask away and quickly made way to the Diggers’ residence. He wasn’t too surprised by the door being opened by Genn, instead it was because the Rakshasa appeared to be depressed and worried.
“Is everything okay?” He couldn’t help but to ask.
“Oh? Y-yeah, don’t worry, it will pass.” She quickly waved it off, he wanted to ask more, but she didn’t appear in the mood to talk about it at the moment.
“If you say so, but if you ever want to talk, from one shapeshifter to another, my door will always be open for you.” He spoke in a lighthearted tone, earning himself a small smile.
“Thank you, the girls are in the living room.” She said before leaving in the opposite direction.
As he watched her go, he wished her the best with Seance, the young man was still a bit reluctant, but he could see her emotions were nothing but the Truth.
He found the three Diggers sisters in the living room, with Britanny and Brianna practically passed out from a food coma, Gina giving him a slightly embarrassed smile. Surprisingly there was a fourth person he hadn’t really expected to see, the Djinni Madrid.
“Oh, and who is this-”
Magnus didn’t let her finish speaking as she approached him as seductively as possible, his Domain pushed to the surface of his skin and against her presence. She practically stank of Lies and deception to his senses. Thankfully his Domain exerted enough pressure to bring her to a stop.
Gina got up with a sigh before walking over. “Monty asked me to look at her lamp. Apparently she wanted to talk with me for some reason.”
“Yes!” The Djinni took a step away from him. “You see-”
“Don’t trust her words.” Dao’s voice interrupted her, it surprised him a bit to see that he was wearing a simple set of shirt and pants; though her shirt did have extra sleeves to accommodate him. “Believe me when I say that she’s worth more buried somewhere, as far away as possible.”
“D-Dao?” Madrid cried out in surprise. “What are you doing here?!”
Before he could reply Brianna sat up, looking to have dealt with her meal. “Wait, you two know each other?”
“Yeah,” Dao sighed, one of his hands rubbing the back of his head, “she’s my ex-wife.”
“Dao! Don’t be like that,” Madrid moved around him to approach her fellow Djinni, “you know how it is, we just fell off contact. I meant to write to you, but one thing and another, and you know how hard it was to find people until a few decades ago…”
He just rolled his eyes. “This is what I mean, she will try and lie her way out of anything just to get ahead.” He warned. “She disappeared a few thousand years ago without a word or warning.”
“If it helps, I can attest that she’s practically dripping with Lies. Honestly the only Truth she spouted so far is that she did want to tell you something important.” Magnus offered his two cents.
Gina nodded. “I see. You wanted to talk, Madrid? Then talk.” Her tone seemed to bring the Djinni woman to a stop.
“Okay, the… what is this?” She gestured to the familiar golden monolith that was floating by her side.
Dao allowed himself to smirk. “Well, darling , that’s an invention of mine, it’ll show any past event just as it happened. Wonderful for when one’s memory may fail, and keeps the events from, let’s say, be twisted.” He explained smugly.
Magnus raised an eyebrow at the curse the woman mumbled, but quickly recognized she had no other way and proceeded to show them his first meeting with Fauntleroy.
“She’s telling the truth, he’s a Dragon, yes, but he’s been stripped from power and exiled. Given his young age and the size of his ego it’s not hard to put two and two together.” Magnus mused as she finished her story.
Madrid nodded. “Unfortunately, when he assaulted the temple he also took a lot of the old books written by the priests, in them there’s enough information that he may find the location of the Onyx Tablet.”
“What’s so important about it?” Britanny asked.
“With it he would have access to all of the Djinni’s secrets and be able to force us to grant him any wish.” She explained truthfully.n
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 45
After the meeting with Madrid and the explanation of the ruins the Onyx Tablet apparently hid in, Gina and her sisters had dived into preparing a mission to head there. Meanwhile, Madrid had decided to simply enjoy the joys of modern life, while Dao was between keeping an eye on her, or keeping an eye on Gina.
His crush was quite obvious, he just hoped the guy didn’t end up getting hurt from it. Or worse, getting Madrid to take advantage of it.
There wasn’t much he could do, unfortunately. He was an outsider in that particular situation, the best he could do was to try and talk with them and hope they opened up. For the moment he was something else to take care of.
A stroke of luck had allowed to get his hand on one of the seeds that had been acquired by the scientists back when his original arrived. A Hearty Radish seed was actually more than a stroke of luck, of course it would still need to be properly raised and carefully cultivated to get more seeds for the future.
And for that he had to build a special plot of land inside his lab, as magical as the World was, it was still below Hyrule’s saturation, on top of that the plant required an excessive amount of natural energy that it wouldn’t get normally. Meanwhile inside the lab the magical saturation and the controlled supply of energy would make a difference.
His System warned him that Genn was coming down with a guest, and while he may have hoped it was Dao, he wasn’t surprised when he saw Madrid step out of the elevator, the Rakshasa by her side looking guilt-ridden.
“… I can’t believe someone managed to replicate a Magic Sun.” Even her praise seemed fake, maybe it was because she only saw the achievement as a reward for herself, even when she hadn’t had any part in it.
“Genn, are you okay?” He asked.
“Eh? … oh, yes.” She Lied. “I wasn’t sure at first, but Madrid’s my mother and Dao let it out that you had built a Magic Sun and she wanted to see it.”
Magnus could feel the mix of Truth and Lies in her words and it worried her. He wasn’t his brother, but he knew how to identify an abusive relationship. He turned back to the Djinni.
“What do you want, Madrid? You saw the lab’s Magic Sun, you can now go.” He said in an even tone.
“Oh, come on, don’t be like that.” She said in a husky tone.
Unfortunately for her, as sexy and seductive she was, her personality practically put his attraction for her in the negatives. Instead of replying he raised an eyebrow.
“I can make things very interesting for you.” She teased. “How about it? You help me and I help you, plus you are a friend of my daughter, right?”
She invaded his personal space, running a finger against his chin. He just sharpened his glare, it was honestly a bit hard to look at her since her eyes were on her stomach even with her human similarity.
“Madrid,” his tone one of warning, “I don’t like you, and you’re doing nothing to stop me from changing that opinion of you.”
“Don’t be a sourpuss, I’m sure you wouldn’t want if I-” Her words died in her throat as his Domain pushed onto reality as he started to change.
He was glad Genn was far enough as black and purple fur grew to cover his body, fingers turning into claws, a muzzle and his figure slightly changed. But it didn’t stop there, he started to expand, two, three, five meters tall.
His Domain expanded and pinned Madrid in place as he swiftly grew large enough to tower over her. The ten meter mark was accompanied by the expanding of his braided mane, AMPGlass expanded along. His clothes shifted and he stopped at sixteen meters of height.
“ Don’t even try to threaten anyone I consider a friend. ” His voice boomed, reverberating in the magically-saturated space. “ You’re no friend of mine, I barely withstand you, don’t give me a reason to reduce the number of Djinni left on the face of this planet. ”
She had paled an impressive amount for a being that didn’t really have blood. He slowly shifted back and sighed.
“Madrid, this is me being polite, leave now . My door’s not open for you if you act like this.” He walked around the Djinni and approached Genn, placing a hand on the Rakshasa’s shoulder.
He turned to look at Madrid, the woman was fuming from having been so openly ignored. But words died in her mouth as he glared straight into her eyes, daring her to act rebellious in his house.
Thankfully she complied and quickly left the place without another complaint or causing any problem. Magnus watched her leave through his System as he kept Genn company.
He softened his gaze as he turned towards Genn. “You, on the other hand, consider this place a home, my door will always be open for you.” He spoke soft and warmly. “Though I would prefer it if you stayed for a bit.”
She thought about it, but finally nodded, even if she looked conflicted.
“Follow me then.” He gently guided her to a spot by the plots of fertile land.
Given all the magic, the plot had already started to sprout grass and even the few seeds he planted had bright green stalks rising. He had set a table and it didn't take long to make some tea.
“Thank you.” She said in a weak voice.
“Genn, you’re not doing well. True, I can certainly see things most don’t, but one would have to be blind to not see your situation.”
“It’s-” She started to speak and he cut her off.
“Genn, when I say I can see through Lies I’m not overstating.” He spoke calmly. “I literally see the Truth and Lie on things. For me there’s a difference between a wall painted to hide damage, and a wall painted to decorate. Similarly I can tell when someone’s talking about something that’s True and something they believe to be True.”
She looked at him. “… I love Seance, really love him.” She spoke the Truth. “At first I just liked him because of his Aura ability, just being near him allowed me to feel full… but with time it evolved into more.”
He allowed her to speak, he wasn’t going to judge her.
“Since as far as I can remember, my ability to change was used to match my target’s liking so I could seduce them. Looking like their crush or SO made it easy to slip in and drain them.” She continued her explanation. “Gina and Brianna sure pushed on it quite a few times for their own interest.” She explained with a small blush and a hint of embarrassment.
He nodded and poured her another cup of tea after she finished her current one.
“But with Seance… I started to want to be myself. I mean I did choose to be female, but my looks? It’s honestly the closest to being myself I could be.” Her tone rose, almost as if she wanted to scream it, but it swiftly dropped down. “But no matter how hard I try, Seance only has eyes for Gina and she…”
“She only has eyes for science and advancements.” He finished, receiving a weak nod.
“Yes, she won’t say no to some fun. But she won’t commit, and Seance should be able to see that.” She complained, a hint of anger.
“I want to say that love’s blind and intelligence doesn’t mean wisdom. He may also be suffering from the spells he had cast on him.” He spoke and Genn’s gaze focused on him. “His current body, from what I could see it’s more of a magic shell, it’s maintaining a suite of body reinforcement spells and reducing his versatility.”
“Is… is it affecting his mind?” She asked in a mix of worry and hope.
He shook his head. “No, but you don’t need magic to make someone act stupid. Madrid, and I won’t call her your mother, shows that you don’t need a drop of magic to twist someone’s mind and goals for your own profit; especially men.”
She smiled wryly.
“If you want me to be honest, I can’t tell you the future. But I can tell you are doing the right thing.” He thought about it for a moment before speaking, “The changes you haven’t only made you more appealing to Seance, they have made you happier from what I can see, and I can say that’s the most important thing.” He reached and rubbed her hand. “I can’t promise it will get his heart, unfortunately love can be fickle and he may never return your feelings, but I believe he will see what a wonderful person you are and the honesty of your love.”
Genn’s eyes quickly grew wetter until she was crying, Magnus got up and moved around to hug her. The Rakshasa woman clung to him, wailing most of her emotions out until she couldn’t cry anymore.
“Feeling better?” He asked in a warm tone, they had slowly moved away and just sat down on the floor.
“No… and yes.” She replied. “I feel tired, dirty and sticky…” she looked at his shirt, “I’m sorry, I made a mess.”
He chuckled gently. “It’s okay, nothing that a cantrip won’t clean.” He rubbed her back.
“But I also feel better, I really needed that… it will hurt if he rejects me, no?” She asked carefully.
“Unfortunately yes. But life does go on, and talking about life, look at that.” He pointed to the plot of land.
The first Hearty Radish had finally reached maturity, the flowers at the top had given way to a bright red heart shell.
“What’s that? It feels… good?”
“It’s a Heart Radish, a very special plant from Hyrule. They are pretty rare since they need a lot of magic and life energy, thankfully I can generate the necessary conditions for their growth artificially.” He explained. “Go ahead and touch it, I promise it’s safe, outside of having a little surprise.”
Genn looked at him, he pointedly didn’t mention how bad she looked, thankfully the radish would hopefully do its work. She slowly got up and wandered over to the plant, she was still guarded as she reached with a finger to touch it.
He smiled as the effect was immediate, all the energy stored in the underground vegetable concentrated and shot up, filling the shell and making it pop, seeds were shot in all directions accompanied by a wave of pure healing energy.
“Oh!” It was a sound both of surprise and enjoyment. “It healed me and covered me in seeds?”
“Yeah, curious reproductive feature, right? I know there are a few plants that shoot their seeds to cover passing animals or at least get far enough from the plant. But the healing wave actually aims to increase the plant’s survivability by having animals not try to eat it until it seeds.”
“What will you use it for? It feels strange just to want it for its ability.” Genn said in mild confusion.
“Oh, sure most animals wait until it’s seeding. But the radish is just as capable of healing when being cooked, in addition I can use it to brew a pretty potent healing potion. And you never know when you will need one. Unfortunately outside of coffee and a few natural stimulants, I didn’t get to find a good supernatural material. I will have to look in Jade once I visit.”
“How strong would the healing be?”
“They can deal with a lot of trauma, easily stabilize someone off Death’s Door, and be used as a supplement for a long term treatment to recover lost limbs and organs.” He happily answered.
“That’s… pretty impressive, I know the healers in Jade have many ways to achieve that kind of healing, but to think a single plant could provide something on that level…” Genn said, amazed.
“Once I’ve a proper plantation of them going I will most likely approach some healers and potion makers in Jade, honestly they are pretty useful.”
The sudden arrival of a message surprised him, but not as much as the origin of it.
“Ah! My original finally got my message.”
“Wait, but didn’t he leave the World?” Genn asked in surprise.
Magnus smiled as he got up and poured himself some more tea. “Yeah, but we tend to leave buoys outside of Worlds we visit to create a network we can use to communicate. I just needed to set up a proper base before I could try to message them and cross my fingers that the Worlds didn’t move too far from each other.”
“I still can’t get my head around the idea of other worlds, I mean, I know there’s different realms, but something above all that?” Genn asked rhetorically.
“It’s definitely a paradigm shift, and that’s why we rarely force people to accept it. Honestly most times anyone we truly want to convince we just take them out there, it’s a bit of shock therapy, but tends to work.” He explained as he read through the message.
He had the System project a few of the pictures he had sent himself.
“Uh, so that’s Summoner?”
“Yeah, she also took the name Ruby, good for her.” Magnus said. “Apparently they also had some extras on the way out,” he couldn’t help but to laugh at that, “three Wererats slipped in during the confusion of his escape, they had since joined the crew, few Worlds visited and… oh! They met with my siblings.”
A smile came to his lips, he felt a connection in those pictures, even from the distance of Worlds away they were family. It seemed that they would visit a few more Worlds before starting the way back, and they would visit. That made him curious, what would that mean for him?
Magnus still couldn’t believe he had gone and multiplied himself by accident. At least his copy was doing quite well and living a pretty good life from what he saw. He had found a nice place in the World, made him wonder what would happen when they met, would they synchronize with each other? Would they be different people? Siblings?
They weren’t like his father, the second Magnus was an unexpected offshoot; one that proved that they would be able to survive a lot .
It had been a few days since he had received the surprise message and replied with one of his own, getting him up to date on all that had happened along with sending plenty of pictures and a few curious things. He had also written a message to his father, maybe he would have a bit of a better idea of any problems that could crop up.
Mercifully, he could leave it out of his mind for the moment, instead he had just celebrated his twenty-first birthday. Was the party basically just them enjoying a large dinner all together? Yeah, but it felt pretty nice.
Team Maus were practically part of the family, apparently they had decided to prod his siblings for information on him. And instead they had gotten some sparring practice, or well, mostly dodging practice. After that they were quite happy by how he treated them.
Orange was his sister and that had hardly changed. The Metaloid had mostly just chatted with her counterparts during their stay in the Quirks World.
On the other hand, Ruby had been glued to his side since their departure, mostly just enjoying each other's presence and doing some mundane botany in the Garden. At most they had been experimenting with her ability to see if she could get a Magend capable of using purifying or holy magic.
So far, while they had had some interesting results, they didn’t get anything useful for him. It was either not what they were looking for, or just not something he could duplicate. They had come to a stall as they didn’t know what to try for next.
On the other hand, the joint project he had roped her into was going well. The Mask of Multitudes was his first attempt at a utility Mask rather than a transformation. The memories he had gotten from the Lord of the Mountain indicated that some had other abilities rather than straight race transformation.
The mask would combine Ruby’s Magend summoning and his own Mirror Moon technique along with the quick deployment of the transformative masks he already had. It was coming well, but enchanting the mask was the doctorate version of combining a masterwork art piece and a thirtieth century, top of the line operative system, and doing both directly in Assembler.
“ Bro, I don’t want to alarm you or anything. But I’m getting some strange readings on a World we’re approaching. ” Orange’s voice through the comms made him stop.
“Is it one of the Worlds we were going to visit?”
“ No, it appears to have moved through the area. The problem is that I have only seen readings like this one time before, so I would suggest holding onto your things. ” Orange’s voice actually sounded worried.
He quickly started to lock the ship’s systems he most cared for, and send a warning to the other members of the crew. “I don’t want to ask, but where did you see them before?”
“ I don’t think you’ve seen when dad creates a passage between Worlds, right? ”
Magnus felt a chill go down his spine, an instant later the alarm blared through the ship. Many of the remaining systems quickly went into lock down.
“ Hold down, we’re getting dragged in! ” He internally cursed as her sister started laughing.
The whole ship shook as they were dragged in through a hole on a World’s membrane.
It was quite a nice morning. There were very few clouds in the sky, mostly thin ones that moved quickly, the sun was only just starting to peek out from the horizon and Sydney Scoville Jr. was cursing the long series of events that had landed her a part-time job as a Superhero.
The life of a superhero was a lot of boring and tiring, spotted with extreme excitement that left her even more tired. The comics had lied to her, there was so much training until she puked, and in her unfortunate case, lots of power testing given the massive incognita that her orbs presented. And she wouldn’t start with all the paperwork, at least the pay was good.
Her balls were cursed artifacts that could have at least come with a tutorial or a help menu. Of course those two could very well exist, but since she had no idea how to access most of the orbs’ abilities the fact was null.
The seven colorful orbs just orbited around her head, she felt their smugness at being able to keep their secrets. Always there, watching and laughing in silence at her.
And now here she was, standing in the middle of a pretty desolate valley. At least she wasn’t alone in her suffering at having to wake up at fuck-off hours of the dawn and fly to the area acting like a taxi.
The Archon and DARPA scientists had apparently been around for a while, having already set up a large amount of their jargon-heavy tech and all of their doodads. There were also a few of her coworkers in different states of caffeine intoxication.
At least most were, Maxima looked, as usual, done with their shit even when most people were just standing around. Sidney could see it, she was just McGrumpy Pants herself, colonel of grumpyness, and-
A pair of fingers snapped in front of her eyes. “Earth to Sidney?” Maxima’s commanding voice finally got to her brain.
“Ah-buh? Yes! I mean what?”
“I was saying that we’re going to be testing your wormhole opening orb, we need proper scans of the process in the atmosphere.” Maxima explained.
“Oka-waaaait a moment, wouldn’t that be a bad idea? Like open a hole and all air escapes through?” Sydney asked, only half worried about her safety.
“If you would have been listening, then you would notice the large building over there,” the golden heroine pointed to a large transparent construction, “I’ve been trying to explain to you that you’ll be in there while opening the wormhole.”
“Will it work?” Sydney asked. “Because I don’t want to lose more time floating through space.”
Maxima sighed and rubbed the bridge of her nose. “Yes, if you would have been listening you would have heard the part where I will be with you to make sure that, in the worst case possible, you don’t end up alone.”
The dirty blonde tomboy smiled. “D’aww, then we would be space buddies!” She quickly jumped to hug the woman, causing her to groan.
“Stop complaining, hot stuff, you know you’ve a sweet spot for her.” Dabbler said as she approached them.
Sidney giggled as Maxima pried the gremlin off her and placed her down. She ignored the Succubus and turned to the blonde.
“Let’s hope that doesn’t happen.” Maxima said forcefully. “Now let’s go Sidney, we don’t have all day.”
The young woman grumbled as she followed her to the building, especially as a group of scientists forced onto her so much equipment that she practically doubled her body weight. She would not admit that all the training and activity she had been put in had helped improve her body condition until she could move without too much trouble and not be a useless dough girl.
Meanwhile the colonel had grabbed a backpack and followed her into the building.
The inside wasn’t too different from what she could see, the main thing was that it was divided in two rooms, a small one where they stood, and a much larger one where she would be opening the portal and the eggheads would get all that juicy data. She grumbled as she still had to wait for almost thirty minutes, dressed in more armor and equipment than a bomb squad operative, as they got everything ready and explained their plan.
She had honestly stopped listening ten minutes in and had instead started to imagine opening the way to a land of snacks and coffee, and oh god, Sidney’s stomach was complaining loudly for a snack already.
“ -lo! HALO! ”
She shook her delu- day dreaming off. “Ye-yes?!”
There was a moment of silence before they spoke again, “ we’re about to start, please, pay attention. ”
“Okay dokey, doctor kookey!” She saluted, causing Maxima to groan again.
“Sidney, concentrate, please.” The woman asked as she pointed forward. “Start with a location we know of.”
“Uh… that would be the honkin’ big space station, right?” Sidney asked for confirmation.
Maxima didn’t sigh, but she could tell the woman wanted to. “Yes… start with the Fracture.”
She nodded and picked up the floaty orb and thumbed the menu and activated the warp hole in the other room. Space shifted and bent in ways she could not really understand or properly visualize.
“ We’re getting the readings, good news, it’s not going to vacuum the Earth’s atmosphere! It’s actually very safe, I would guess it has many in-built securities to keep that from happening! ” Dabbler’s voice came through loud and clear. “ It actually gives me so many ideas! ”
“Keep your head in the current job for now.” Maxima half-warned.
“ Don’t worry love, I wouldn’t want to miss this for anything else in the world… well, besides a date with you. ”
Maxima let out a growl as Sidney giggled. Though it didn’t last much as she was forced to close and re-open the warp hole multiple times, slowly shifting to most of all other marked destinations, sometimes watching the science team sending probes through and Dabbler sometimes mentioning if she recognized the place.
More than one person had been surprised that the very-traveled Succubus didn’t know some of them. She simply asked them if they knew every part of their world to shut them up.
Sidney looked out to the sky, the sun had made it nearly all the way to the other side, they had been testing practically all day long and she was exhausted, extra grumpy and very hungry.
“ Almost done, Halo, just the last one. ”
“Uh… I know I’m not the smartest person and I tend to do a lot of things without proper thought. But I’m pretty sure that would be a massively bad idea.”
“ Don’t be like that, just for a bit, we know it’s pretty safe, there’s no reason this one is any different, plus you’ve the colonel there with you! Go ahead. ” Dabbler put the sweetest tone possible.
Sidney wanted to roll her eyes, she gave Maxima a look and the woman gave her a tired nod, most likely done with all this testing as much as her.
She finally shrugged and tapped the last option. It started just like the rest, the holographic frame worked itself into the air and buckled in, opening the path. But then things went wrong, normally the hole faded into cyan, except this time it started to go wonky and then something tore.
“ Abort! Sidney, stop it now! ” Dabbler’s honestly terrified tone certainly didn’t help as she tried to let go of the Orb.
“I Can’t!” She cried out as the hole opened larger, the frame tore itself apart as the hole opened further and the sight made Sidney’s eyes water.
“ Colonel! Sidney! Stop now, this is bad! ”
Maxima reached to grab Sidney’s hand, trying to force her fingers off the sphere. But they were glued to the cold, blue sphere.
“It’s…” she couldn’t explain what she was seeing, it wasn’t natural, it wasn’t unnatural, it wasn’t, though that was something coming close to them… “a ship!”
“ What do you mean, Sidney? ”
“I see it too, Dabbler.” Maxima said. “I’m taking Sidney out of here before that thing comes through.”
“ Everyone, retreat to a safe distance, now! ”
The woman wrapped her arms around Sidney’s form, lifting her off the ground with nary an effort, her other hand pointed to the back and blowing a hole in the room before flying out.
A moment before a massive ship flew through the hole.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 46
It took a moment for Sidney’s brain to remember what had just happened. Her brain felt shaken, she couldn’t see anything and she was short of breath. The last was a combination of the dirt currently filling the air, the armored clothes she was wearing, and Maxima’s larger, heavier body pressing down on her.
In the golden heroine’s defense, she was a lot more resistant than her, when not using her shield orb, and her current position was aimed to keep her safe.
She started to tap her arm until Maxima floated off her body, allowing Sidney to slowly get up. She gave her a look and quickly pulled a water bottle from the backpack she had taken earlier.
Sidney opened the bottle and used the first mouthful to wash her mouth out of the mud it had been filled with before chugging the rest.
“Blegh, blugh, ugh, bleh,” she couldn’t get the taste of dirt off her tongue, “ugh, what did happ… oh, right, the ship .” She looked at the massive, cylindrical ship.
It wasn’t any design she had seen before, at least in the many comics she had read, and she hadn’t exactly paid much attention while at the space hub. It was green and silver with gold trimmings, it lacked decorations, only having a massive insignia of a circle with four gashes? Claws? She wasn’t entirely sure what it represented.
“Eh… colonel?” She waved towards the purple-haired, golden skinned woman.
Maxima ignored her as she reached for the communicator in her ear. “Dabbler,” her commanding tone made Sidney stiffen up, “Dabbler, respond, is everyone okay there? Any injuries?”
“ Th- -ma- do y- hear me? Do you hear me? Sorry about that, Maxima, the comms went down when the ship came through. We’re still picking ourselves up, but it doesn’t look like we had anything above bruises, scraps and maybe a sprain or two. ”
Maxima let out a small sigh. “I see, that’s good. This could have been so much worse. Can you tell me what exactly happened?”
“ I don’t know .” Dabbler answered, sounding frustrated.
“What do you mean by you don’t know?” Maxima asked again, Sidney raised an eyebrow as she watched their interaction.
As much as Dabbler and Maxima clashed when the former hit on the latter, the heroine respected the Succubus’ intelligence and knowledge a considerable amount. Especially in space-related subjects.
“ I don’t know, what little the scans managed to get is total nonsense, by all that I saw the hole didn’t make sense, it didn’t exist, it was practically an error in reality. Actually, I’m heading over there, I was to take a closer look at the ship. ” Dabbler sounded both frustrated and excited, the latter not uncommon for her.
“Halo, how are you?” Maxima turning her attention to her made her stiffen up.
“I’m… tired, hungry, hurty and can’t wait to get a shower and pass out for the night.” She answered honestly, or maybe she was just done with today. “Also my meds may be running out because I can’t stop wondering if the people inside of the ship look more like little green men, tall whites or butt-probing grays.”
The woman sighed, but before she could say anything about Sidney’s rambling the ship stirred. It quickly started to rise off the ground, leaving a long and deep trench and a crushed building as it righted itself and stopped a couple of meters off the ground.
Then a portal opened a few meters away from them, Maxima moving in front of Sidney as a man dropped from the green disc, landing a few meters away from them. He was a short, well-looking man, his skin tone reminded her that of Anvil, and his long, purple braid or the Colonel’s hair; she was jealous of that hair when her own was just a troublesome mess most of the time.
“Greetings.” He waved. “I’m Magnus, The Traveler, I apologize for the emergency landing, we didn’t expect the hole to open up and drag the Long Fortune through.”
“I’m Lieutenant Colonel Leander of the United States of America’s Air Force, I also go by Maxima, hero from the Archon group.” The heroine presented herself and gestured to Sidney. “With me is Halo, we’re running some tests when the portal opened up surprisingly, I apologize for the accident.”
“If you had meant to open that hole I would have been surprised.” Magnus let out a chuckle.
Maxima raised an eyebrow and Sidney sneakily let the True Sight Orb to float down to her hand. She didn’t know if she was glad or not that the man didn’t seem to change, still with that beautiful and enviable hair of his.
“May I ask what you will be doing?” As Maxima asked, Sidney turned her head to look at the ship, no invisible guns became visible. But she could see some glowing sigils moving over the ship’s surface.
“We’re going to need to make sure nothing in the ship is broken. The Outside’s too dangerous to leave some tiny damage untreated…” The man continued speaking as Sidney noticed Dabbler rushing their way.
The Succubus didn’t go unnoticed, but to the dirty blonde, it became harder to think about anything else as the woman, as usual, was jiggling with each step.
“Damn hypno-boobs.” She mumbled a curse as she shook it off.
Maxima, as usual, didn’t react to the Succubus, while Dabbler practically stripped Magnus off his clothes with her eyes, and instead gestured to her. “This is Dabbler, she’s our expert on magic and advanced tech on the field. Dabbler, this is Magnus.”
The Succubus grinned as she approached and offered him her hand, he happily shook. It didn’t go amiss to Sidney how she shivered the moment they touched. She also noticed something else, she wouldn’t admit she had been looking into Magnus’ eyes so intensively. But thanks to what she was totally not doing, she noticed how he eyed her extra arms, the ones that were hidden under her disguise.
“Wait! You can see through her glamor!” She blurted out, eyes wide open and swiftly covering her mouth.
The two women looked at her before turning to look at him. “Illusions, glamours, disguises, stealth and such don’t work on me.” He said, openly. “I just don’t mention it because I lack context for the reasons people use those and it would be rude.”
“If you wanted to take a good look at me all you had to do was ask.” Dabbler said huskily as she posed, surprisingly Magnus didn’t ogle or react much. “Uh, I was pretty sure I had this on.”
Magnus turned back to Maxima, making Dabbler pout, and resumed their talk, “We’re a small crew of six, so we’ll most likely try to stay out of the way until we’ve finished all necessary checks and resume our travel.”
The golden heroine nodded. “Would it be okay if I talk with my superiors for a moment? While it was an unexpected accident, your landing, as much as it may have been partially our fault, on American soil will most likely require answering a few questions if it’s okay.”
“Outside of the failed attempt at hitting on me,” Dabbler pouted once more at the comment, “you’ve been quite accommodating, I don’t think there’s a problem with a small interview. Though there’s two things, first will it be necessary to have every member to attend? And could it be possible to relocate the ship?”
“… I will bring up the two facts and get you an answer.” Maxima said after a moment of thought, walking away and leaving him with Sidney and Dabbler.
“So… I like your tattoo.” Sidney said once the golden woman was far enough.
Magnus raised his left hand. “Thank you, I had to complete three divine tests for it.”
“Haha, that sounds…” Sidney mumbled.
“Hmm, I can feel the blessing from here.” Dabbler offered.
“Wait, they are real?” Sidney’s mouth said before she could process the words. She felt the three crests itch in the back of her head, she knew she had seen them before. But she was drawing a blank.
“Oh yes, had to cleanse a corrupted dragon, face the full power of another and finally fight a three-headed evil dragon for it.” He explained.
Her eyebrows rose at that, but it was Dabbler who spoke first, “Hmm, that’s hot.”
Magnus snorted at that as a green portal opened and a pink-haired woman in a tight dress walked out. “I would prefer it if you stopped hitting on my boyfriend.” She warned Dabbler as she moved between him and the Succubus.
“Halo, Dabbler, this is my partner, Ruby, Ruby, Dabbler and Halo.” He presented them. “And over there is Maxima.”
“I know, I was looking.” She sighed. “Still, a pleasure meeting you.” She smiled towards Sidney. “As for you.” She looked at the Succubus.
“Oh, don’t be like that,” she licked her lips, “I’m not against the fair gender and adding more hands to the fun.”
“She’s pestering you for a reaction.” Magnus said with a hand on the woman’s shoulder. He then turned towards Sidney. “Let me guess, she’s like that with anyone that doesn’t immediately react to her seduction or rejects her?”
Sidney couldn’t help but to giggle. “Oh yes, the Colonel’s usually her main target. But she’s not lying about how she doesn’t discriminate.”
“Don’t go spouting everyone my secrets, Halo, or I will do the same to you.” Dabbler’s threat made her squeak.
Unfortunately for her, the armor she was wearing still prevented her freedom of movement, turning her attempt to cover herself into a flailing. Only Magnus grabbing her sleeve kept her from falling.
“Thank you.” She said once she righted herself.
Thankfully the colonel returned a moment later. She looked glad that nothing was on fire and all clothes were still on. She gave Ruby a look, but didn’t comment on it.
“I talked with the general, they would actually be happy if you can relocate the ship to the area outside of the Archon’s HQ. As for the presence of your crew, sending only a representative is okay.” She announced.
“Thank you for accommodating then, by the way, this is Ruby, my partner, she will be joining me to answer questions.” Magnus said. “As for relocating, if you have a map or similar to show us the location of the building we should be able to quickly move the ship.”
Maxima pulled out her phone and quickly got a map, showing it to Magnus, who nodded. “Excellent, the ship’s portals should have no problem relocating there.”
As he finished speaking, a massive green disc opened in the air, it looked similar to the one they had come through. A second, much smaller, one appeared a few meters away. Magnus gestured to it and Maxima walked through first.
Magnus and Ruby followed, Dabbler took a moment to look at it curiously before shrugging and going through, finally Sidney went through, hoping this wasn’t a trap. She could already see it, they would come through the other side with slave collars and tiny bikinis… that would only encourage Dabbler actually.
She pushed her imagination away, she really needed a snack and her meds by now.
Magnus gave a look at the building in front of them, it was very modern-looking, glass as far as the eye could see and large, white letters that spelled Archon. The area around was practically empty, the closest building appeared to be a few kilometers away, which was logical if they expected to get attacked sooner or later.
The Long Fortune was already sliding through the portal and landing on an empty field a hundred meters or so away from the building.
He then turned back to the women that were accompanying them.
First there was Maxima, the gold-skinned, purple-haired woman, who was very interesting. She was a powerhouse, he could feel the amount of energy hiding in her body even from a distance. On top of that she knew she was strong and had the experience to leverage it even further. It was obvious that she had served and relied a lot on that militaristic mindset to gauge a threat. But also appeared relaxed enough to be flexible.
Halo, and given the fact that his System had already found that her name was Sidney showed there wasn’t much secrecy for government’s heroes, was mundane. She was short, nerdy and tomboyish and a feminist from the quick info gathering Orange had done. And she would most likely not be around if it wasn’t for the seven orbs orbiting around her head.
Magnus had to admit he didn’t think he would come across something so close to a Power Core out in the wild. He could feel the power hidden in those orbs and was pretty sure she had been the one to accidentally open that hole to the Outside.
The last one, Dabbler, was another curiosity. First thing he noticed, outside of the potent glamor that hid her fiendish-looks with her four arms, horns, tail, hooved feet and more, was how many artificial body parts she had. There was practically no extremity that didn’t hold a few gadgets, both technological and magical. The second thing is that she was sex-on-legs, and by that he meant that she was some kind of sex demon, Succubus or similar.
The way into the building had Halo leave them while Dabbler and Maxima escorted them up to a room that was obviously used for interviews. It was large, with a nice window facing the back of the building, and right in front of it there was a large table with three people already waiting for them.
“Greetings, and thank you for coming in.” The older, white man sitting in the middle spoke first. “I’m General Faulk, with me are Ariana,” he gestured to the business-looking blonde woman to his side, “she’s our head of PR and this is Mr Zoeng,” he gestured then to an older man of Asian features, “he’s our current expert on more supernatural aspects. And of course you’ve already had the pleasure of meeting Dabbler and Maxima.”
Magnus smiled and took one of the two chairs as Ruby sat by his side.
“Thank you for the warm welcome. I’m Magnus ‘The Traveler’ Andes and this is my partner Ruby Summoner.” He presented the two of them. “In the ship there’s four more people as part of the crew, Orange, Lydia, Moisha and Romeo. Orange’s my sister and who takes care of most matters in the ship, meanwhile the other three take on a variety of roles.”
The general nodded. “Thank you for the introduction. As a first question, could you clarify where the hole exactly led to?”
“I’ve no problem with that, foremost I would recommend not trying that again, even as a last-chance resort it would be asking for trouble.” Magnus started to explain. “That was what we call the Outside, I don’t know how your local cosmology works. But to put a lot of lessons in simple words: The Outside is the space between Worlds.”
“You don’t mean you’re from another reality…” Maxima guessed.
“In a way yes, in another no. Worlds are what you get when you bunch one or more Realities together. So while we came from a different Reality, it’s because we’re in another World with its own set of Realities.” He clarified.
“What are the dangers of this Outside ?” General Faulk asked.
“Basic thing is that the Outside is anathema to anything that exists in the Real world, it gets undone. Only a few things can survive the Outside.” He explained.
“Like your ship?” Maxima asked.
“Yes, the Long Fortune was built by my father, he acquired the knowledge before I was born and my family has been exploring since then.” He honestly answered. “For example my ship’s a personal exploring vessel with space for, at most, forty people.”
Before anyone could say anything else, Dabbler spoke, “What I want to know, is what are you two? You’re definitely not human.” It seemed that the question scandalized and confused the rest.
“Oh, we’re definitely not human.” He couldn’t help but to let out a small laugh. “I’m one of my father’s creations, not the only one as he’s created many races. Though I am blood related to him. It’s a long and complicated matter.”
“As for me, I could be considered an autonomous artifact.” Ruby said. “Though while I’m considerably old, my memories only start about a dozen years ago.”
“None of my crew are human. Our pilot, Orange, is a Metaloid, another of my father’s creations, and the other three are Wererats.” He added. “I hope that won’t be a problem.”
More than one in the room eyed Dabbler before general Faulk spoke, “No, it won’t. It wouldn’t be the first time we’ve dealt with other species. At least you’re being non-hostile.”
“I’m glad to hear that.” Magnus said, with a small smile on his lips..
“What are your plans besides fixing your ship?” Faulk asked.
“Honestly I wouldn’t be against doing some exchange of knowledge and services. One of the reasons I travel so much is because I enjoy learning new things… and getting in good fights from time to time.” The comment made Dabbler chuckle as she eyed Maxima.
“What kind of services ?” The fiendish woman asked as she leaned forward, exposing her generous cleavage.
He just rolled his eyes. “I’m good at weapon and equipment making, especially melee weapons, enchanting, potion making, armor, accessories and large constructions.” He explained. “I could show you an example, but I doubt it would be a good idea to bring out a weapon in here, though I can easily retrieve a potion and allow you to run tests on it.”
“Meanwhile I can offer medical services and a large variety of plants, both mundane and magical along with a few successful cross breeding experiments.” Ruby said.
“I thank you for not pulling a weapon in the meeting,” the general said in good humor, “but I think we could accept a potion to run a few tests.”
Magnus nodded and reached into his inventory, getting a few looks as his hand slid into the pocket dimension. Could he have just made them appear on his hand? Yes, but sometimes showing less was showing more. He retrieved a few of the potion packs.
He got up and placed them on the table. “Silver is healing, gold is a stronger variant, green is a detoxifying one, red is heat resistance, blue is cold resistance, yellow is electricity resistance and the white one is stamina recovery.” He gestured to each one.
Zoeng raised an eyebrow. “That’s very generous of you.” He said.
“We grow all the ingredients in the ship, it’s actually pretty easy to stock them in quantity. Each has a list of the materials that were used in their production and those could be traded too as seeds with their cultivation instructions.” He offered.
“How potent are we talking about?” Maxima prompted.
“The silver will heal most traumatic injuries as long as everything’s close enough to where it should be, meanwhile the gold will regenerate a lot of the missing pieces, used properly can even regenerate missing limbs. Though I will note that it’s a long-term process and I would recommend never drinking more than one a day unless you are close to death, they are very potent.”
“That’s actually quite impressive.” Zoeng praised it. “And you say it’s all natural?”
“They all grow normally in the Worlds I acquired them from, maybe a few are rare or need specific conditions to grow properly. But that’s mainly making sure they get the necessary nutrients and energy to mature.” He explained. “Ruby?”
She nodded and retrieved a Large Hearty Radish, the moment it appeared everyone froze.
“That’s…” Zoeng muttered.
“Oh, my…” Dabbler said breathlessly. “The amount of Life Energy on that is impressive, and you grow these for the potions?”
“Yes, Hearty Radishes are definitely one of the top ingredients and need either a controlled environment or an area with a lot of energy. Plus that’s a large variety, extremely hard to find in the wild, you usually only find small ones growing alone.”
“Of course we also grow weaker plants too that are just as useful.” Ruby explained as she put the radish away and retrieved one of the many berries from the Garden. “This is an Oran Berry, they offer some basic healing when eaten raw.” She placed it on the table. “If you plant one it will grow into a small tree and produce more fruit quite quickly, each capable of expanding in a similar manner, but the plant dies after fruiting.”
“Would you be willing to part with a plant like that just like that?” Arianna surprised them by speaking for the first time.
“Oran Berries are very common in the World they come from, the deity behind their creation would actually be happy to have his gift spread like this.” Ruby happily answered. “There’s over a hundred different varieties of berries and we’ve developed a lot more that are quite interesting. We could offer you a list of them and their observed effects, or even show you the place where we grow them.”
“Similarly I could show you some of the items I’ve crafted, while they aren’t for sale, they are a good example of what I can craft.” Magnus continued. “Though it’s getting a bit late tonight, so I imagine it’s something to leave for tomorrow.”
More than one looked towards the window, the sun had set as it hadn’t been too far from the horizon when they had arrived to the World already, and by now it had disappeared completely. A few words were exchanged by the locals before deciding that given the sudden nature of the interview there were many things still undecided and it wouldn’t be wrong to let both parties take a step back to think things through.
After a few smaller questions the general spoke again, “Then we can trust you to not start problems?”
Magnus nodded. “I can speak for me and mine that we’ll aim to not start any conflict, in the case we’re attacked we’ll try to just defend ourselves and wait for local forces to take care of them.” He answered.
“I wish it wasn’t a question of when and not if.” Arianna mumbled.
They still got thanked for the promise before they wished them well and stepped through a portal that had opened in the room.
Maxima turned to look at Dabbler. “You’ve been extremely silent and contained, even that bit of teasing felt fake, what’s wrong?” She asked the moment the visitors left.
“You remember how it was a big deal when Sidney saw through my glamor like it was nothing?” She asked rhetorically. “Well, this man did the same, and then made any scan I tried to use on him return trash, both magic and tech kept giving me wrong things, just to list a few, he was a strawberry, not there, a mass of slime, forty two, a bear wearing a tutu, had not a drop of magic and finally made my tech call me ugly.”
“That’s worrisome.” Zoeng said the obvious. “I know of a few information denial spells, but they usually don’t work with both magic and tech, and definitely aren’t as inconspicuous.”
“There’s also the fact that he wasn’t speaking English but everyone understood him.” Dabbler added.
“What?”
“Yeah, it took me a moment to notice it because I know over a hundred and thirty languages, but it defaulted to English only because it’s what I’ve been using lately. I tried changing my way of thinking and the language I heard changed too.” She explained.
“Magic?” Maxima asked.
“Most likely, an interesting bit of spellwork that I wouldn’t mind learning. I only noticed because their lips didn’t always match what they were saying.”
“Anything on the woman?” General Fulk asked.
“Thankfully she was a bit better,” Dabbler answered, “she didn’t lie when she said she was ancient, the scan pointed out that she’s easily in the dozens of thousands of years, and she’s also very magical. Though I can only guess on her ability given that she called herself Summoner.”
“Unfortunately it could very well be just a red herring.” Maxima offered. “Personally, I’m more impressed how easily he rejected you.” She teased, causing the Succubus to pout once more.
“Personally I’m glad that they behaved.” General Fulk said. “Though I can’t help but to be a bit nervous about the size of the ship, you think they told the truth when they mentioned how many people are in there?”
“I would like to err on trusting them for the moment.” Zoeng said and grabbed the fist-sized berry they had left. “It certainly appears they are more interested in trading than hostilities.”
“But what if someone attacks them?” Arianna asked.
“Then I hope we can get there fast enough, because something tells me that Magnus’ more than ready to end any fight quickly and succinctly.” Maxima said.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 47
Sidney hated everyone and everything early in the morning… Well, that wasn’t true, she was actually doing quite better since her days as a recruit. But after getting kept up later after a long day of testing to answer a lot of questions that were more or less summarized as ‘I don’t know’, she felt in the right to be grumpy.
It didn’t help that some of the ‘I don’t know’ answers had more to do with her not remembering things, it was like having the answers on the tip of her tongue and just never being able to answer them.
Thankfully, mentally grumbling about not being able to remember things had kept her distracted from everyone else at the showers after the morning training and her Flight Orb had allowed minimum thought on her way to the usual meeting at the auditorium.
She dropped her ass on one of the chairs and started to nurse on her double triple espresso with lots of chocolate and sugar, the heart-stopping load of caffeine allowing her to feel a bit more awake.
“Hey chica, what’s this about you summoning a spaceship that I’ve been hearing?” The Aztec-descendant heroine Varia asked after dropping on the chair by her side.
“Morning Xoc’, ugh, yesterday we’re testing my whole Aetherway Causeways opening ability, they asked me to use the only weird option that totally looks broken, even when I thought it was a bad idea, the ship was the result.” Sidney answered before taking another long sip of the ‘fluid’ in her cup. “Apparently it sucked them into reality or something. Maxima dragged me out of the spot and kept me from ending as Sidney smear. Then this cute alien guy came out, he’s the most amazing hair, I’m so jealous, I wonder what he uses to keep it like that. Oh! But he’s taken, and completely ignored Dabbler’s usual Dabbler stuff. Honestly if his, totally also hot, pink-haired alien girlfriend didn’t come out I would have thought he was gay or asexual to be so immune to Dabbler.”
She gave her fellow heroine a look as she drank more of the, barely legally-called coffee, drink.
“But I don’t know much more, I got sent to a debrief when we arrived at the building, so you’ll have to wait to see what the bosses tell us.” She added.
“Uh, who would have thought some testing would end with another space ship outside of the building.” Varia said.
“Also, for some reason I feel like I saw the alien’s girlfriend somewhere before, but I can’t put my finger on it, or where I saw his tattoo before.” She grumbled.
“I’m sure you’ll remember at some inconvenient time, chica.” The other heroine offered and chuckled.
Sidney nodded and watched as more people slowly filled the room until Mr Zoeng, Arianna and Maxima wandered to the podium. The heroine walked to the center.
“Everyone’s here, good.” She started to speak and everyone swiftly shut up. “Yesterday at about eighteen hundred hours, when we’re nearing the end of the tests we’re running on the day, an accident happened. I’m sure the story has gone around a few times and a few details may have changed or been lost, so I will summarize it.”
The screen changed to an image of the ship everyone had seen before, but instead of floating it was laying on the ground between a cloud of dust.
“This is the Long Fortune, it crashed through the Causeway we opened, it’s crewed by a small group of people.” She explained and the single image changed to half a dozen portraits. “These are Magnus, Ruby, Orange, Lydia, Moisha and Romeo.” With each name a picture lit up.
“That’s some hair indeed.” Varia whispered to Sidney, making her giggle.
“It’s actually more impressive in person, it goes down past his waist.” She whispered back before Maxima resumed her presentation.
“Magnus and Ruby were amenable to come and answer a few questions. They have told us they are mostly looking to make sure their ship’s in condition to leave, but until then they asked permission to remain here, they had also offered a trade of knowledge, services and goods.” Maxima spoke diligently. “A few things of note, first, none of them are human. Lydia, Moisha and Romeo are Wererats, and yes, this means they can transform and pass on the curse, no they don’t need the full moon, no they won’t turn you. Ruby has identified herself as a living artifact, but for all intents she’s just another person. Orange is apparently a Metaloid, an artificial race completely made of metal created by Magnus’ father. And finally Magnus has admitted he’s a unique specimen outside of his two blood-related siblings, the three of them created directly and with a blood relation to their parents.”
“What does that mean for us?” Someone Sidney couldn’t see due to the angle asked.
“It means that we’ve no idea of his capabilities, neither strengths or possible weaknesses. But he’s offered his services in both crafting of enchanted items up to the construction of reinforced buildings.” Maxima’s explanation got a few whistles.
“How strong are we talking about?” The red-headed woman, Anvil, asked.
“I can’t tell you for sure, but my instincts tell me to be very careful if I’ve to fight him, make up of that as you will.” She answered. “They did offer to show off later, but until then, you could consider him at least as dangerous and versatile as Dabbler.”
“What kind of goods and services are we talking about?” Someone else asked.
“Magnus gratuitously gifted us a few samples of healing potions for us to test, so far they appear to be not only quite effective, but also have no drawback outside of possible problems from overconsumption of the strongest healing variant.” Her explanation got interrupted.
“What would that even mean?” Sidney just knew someone had earned themselves a dozen more laps for next training.
Maxima glared for a moment, but still answered, “Most likely cancer or unwanted growths.” Her answer had the effect she expected as more than one looked green at the thought. “They’ve also offered to trade us many exotic plants, many of which could be used to produce many of these potions ourselves.” The screen changed to what appeared to be a blue tangerine. “Ruby handed us this, she called it an Oran Berry, apparently it naturally heals those who eat it.” The image changed to a small growing tree. “It was planted eight hours ago after running a few tests, as you can see, it’s growing exceedingly quickly and we expect to have new fruit in a day or two.”
Sidney couldn’t help but to glare at the picture as she felt her brain start to heat up. She felt like she was missing something, like she had a big piece of a puzzle and no place where to put it. She chugged the rest of the coffee.
Maybe it was the extra caffeine finally taking its toll on her, the sugar, or maybe she had finally passed gas. But it clicked and it dawned on her.
“That’s from Pokemon!” She cried out before she could even think about what she said.
Everyone turned to her, but she felt like she was on a roll, she was connecting the dots inside of her head. She grabbed the Flight Orb and floated down, pushing against Maxima.
“Tell me you have a picture of the tattoo Magnus had on his hand. Quickly put it on the screen, I’m sure a security camera definitely got a good angle of it.” She didn’t wait for the heroine to answer and instead turned to Dabbler, who was smirking. “And you! You said you felt that they were blessed, right?”
“Hmm, yes, why?”
“Do you think you could tell what kind of gods gave him those? Whatever domain or power they represent?” She rushed to the Succubus.
“… maybe, why?”
“Elemental! Because that,” she pointed to the image that had appeared on the screen, “is the Triforce! And the three goddesses would be Farore, Nayru and Din!” She cried out.
Arianna sighed. “Halo… Sidney, stop this silliness, those are games-” The blonde woman closed her mouth when Maxima raised her hand.
“Sidney?” She asked.
“Well, duh, they are games and fiction here . Let me guess, they said they came from other realities, no?” She looked at Maxima who nodded. “Multiverse Theory for the win then! Woo!”
“That’s… actually makes too much sense in hindsight.” Zoeng mused. “He explained they travel and pick up things, if one could travel to places considered fiction, how many things one could pick up that simply change the paradigm when taken to other places where they do not ?”
Arianna grumbled and pulled out her phone, working on it. “Ugh, eight hours is more or less what the Oran Berry takes to grow into a sapling like we’ve seen if the wiki’s correct.”
“Does that mean some of them are from other settings too?” Someone asked.
“Only one way to find out.” Sidney cheered as she pulled her phone and started to google.
Though the search results brought her to a stop, making her turn to the screen a few times. “Oh… I think I found them.”
“That’s good, no?” Anvil asked.
Sidney laughed awkwardly. “Good news, The wererats and Ruby are from the same setting. Bad news, well, they were all villains and…” She tapped on her armband and the image on the screen changed.
While stylized, the resemblance to Ruby was clear.
“She’s also called Array, capable of creating dozens upon dozens of high power Magends, each one capable of going toe to toe with even a dragon.” She explained slowly.
“That power…” Dabbler murmured.
Maxima turned to her. “Maybe for the rest of the class?”
The succubus nodded, shifting her appearance into a tight teacher outfit as she stepped onto the podium.
“Magends are living spells, originally used as administrators for databases and defense systems, sometimes used to control complex artifacts and similar objects. Their nature gives them excellent or perfect memory along with near complete control of any system they inhabit.” Dabbler explained. “In the correct platform they can be a nightmare to fight, and given their nature they can coexist in people’s bodies, effectively sharing their minds and memories. In recent times they have started to be recognized as a proper species, but even then they are quite secretive. Though I imagine she’s different?”
Sidney shrugged. “I would need to reread the comic, but from what I remember each one of her Magends is said to be the master of the magic they were created to use to a level unseen by anyone but the best.”
“Unfortunately,” Maxima interrupted, “the same theory that says they are the same people as that story’s characters, says that they may as well be completely different beings with just a few similarities, no?”
There were some murmurs going around, but most nodded.
“Then we take it as a cautionary note and a possible, but unreliable, source of information on her abilities.” She declared. “So far she has offered her services as a healer and the goods she grows, I doubt she ever did those two in the story?”
Sidney shook her head. “I don’t think so.”
“Then there’s more chances she’s an alternate version and not a villain.” Sidney couldn’t help but to add the word ‘hopefully’ to Maxima’s words. “Still, Sidney, the rest fits strangely well and bringing it to our notice is commendable.”
Arianna gave Maxima a look and tapped on her watch, the heroine nodded and turned to everyone.
“Okay everyone, we’ll be relocating to the training grounds. As much as we’ve found out, don’t assume anything, I’m sure you all know what they say about that. If you have any questions ask it , I feel like Magnus won’t be against answering or just telling you he can’t answer it.” She finished by clapping her hands and everyone started to move out. “Sidney, wait a moment.”
She stopped and floated back towards Maxima. “Yes?”
“I don’t want to tell you to behave, but I would prefer not to have to deal with an incident. So try to keep yourself from babbling about their crew’s origin. Try to keep it to the,” she let out a small sigh, “the games.”
“Uh… I will try?” She offered.
“Don’t worry too much, still. I will open the subject to Magnus myself. And good job recognizing things.” She offered with a smile, making the blonde giggle and float off with a smile from a job well done.
The more physical oriented people were already warming up by the time she left the building. She floated onto one of the benches and sat down by Krona after fixing her hair to keep her brain from cooking in the morning sun.
She watched a green portal open once more and decided to try something. She grabbed the Flight and the True Sight orbs and focused on the green disc floating in the air.
The image projected in front of her was weird. She certainly couldn’t read it before, and neither could now, the Aether Causeway information had changed. She could only make a bit of sense that the tunnel was squeezing through something or other.
She quickly took a picture of it, and she would show it to Dabbler later. For now it seemed things were starting.
Magnus had looked into what Archon and the local superheroes got into before they had arrived, and by that he would mean that Orange had taken care of the information gathering as usual.
They had only come up as a public organization in the last few months, even when supers had been a thing for decades or even centuries from the few records he could find. There was also a pretty obvious ‘secret world’ supernatural community as some checks had revealed a pretty potent spell cast all over the World. It did absolutely jack and shit to him as it was basically a massive Lie supported on the fact that people didn’t believe in the supernatural.
Of course that was obviously breaking down as people couldn’t help but start asking questions with the increasing number of supers popping up everywhere.
Even then there had been supervillains, vigilantes and a few other mercenaries going around for a while. It was just that most media treated them as questionable and nothing much more. Or at least until the government came up with their own group.
And Archon had a lot more supers than the public knew from what he could see. Meanwhile there were only a few of them, it felt like fun.
“Good morning, Maxima, I see that we had a lot of people interested.” He greeted her with a handshake and a smile.
“It’s shaping up to be a good day, hopefully it will stay that way. And it looks like you have most of your crew here.”
“This is basically all of us, my sister won’t leave the ship, believe me I tried before. Better leave her there.” He laughed.
“Good morning Ruby,” she greeted her before turning to Team Maus, “and you must be Lydia, Moisha and Romeo.” She looked at them and raised an eyebrow. “They are pretty well trained.”
“I want to say I did all of that, but the truth is the three of them have a lot of innate talent, especially in working as a unit.” Magnus praised the three a bit.
Maxima covered her mouth and did a little cough. “There was one thing that was brought up earlier today.” She sounded a bit awkward.
“Ask then.”
“It came to our attention that the berry you left with us comes from Pokemon.” Maxima looked actually embarrassed to be asking about it. In his mind, it made the big and strong heroine look quite cute. “I know it sounds weird, but-”
“No, no, that’s right.” He interrupted her. “We found a Pokemon World a few months ago, we stayed there for a few weeks, with very interesting materials and curious locals, we stopped in Alola and enjoyed the beach.”
“You’re not joking.”
“Why would I?” He retrieved an empty Pokeball from his inventory and allowed it to expand. “Don’t worry, it’s empty.” A tap let it open and showed how empty it was.
“Then the tattoo on your hand…?” She prompted.
“I got that in Hyrule.” He replied with a nod.
“Then the multiverse theory is right?”
“Close enough to be usable in general, the Outside is a weird place. One of the only things that can survive it, outside of specially built things like the Long Fortune, is information.” He explained. “For some reason information is not affected and can travel a long ‘distance’. It’s just that time and space don’t exist on the Outside. It just happens that sometimes it affects people in some Worlds in the form of inspiration.”
“So we could be a work of fiction out there somewhere?” She asked, dryly.
He shrugged. “It’s possible, honestly it’s more correct to say that a lot of fiction is true out there somewhere, after all they came first.”
“Any work of fiction?”
“Not really. Outside of alternate Realities in some Worlds, it’s usually bigger works, those that resonate with the readers, that exist out there.” He explained.
“That opens some curious possibilities, and also explains why you are traveling.”
“In part, the rest because I really like traveling.” He laughed. “So, not changing the subject, but changing the subject, how would you like to do this?”
“Hmm, I was thinking starting by showing off your weapons, it should get everyone’s attention before the less showy things.” Maxima answered.
“That I can do.” He nodded.
“I’ll call Achilles over, he’s invincible and enjoys showing that off.” She stepped away and proceeded to call the man as he watched.
“Proper invincible, or something else? Because you wouldn’t believe how many times I found someone sporting that title and they end with something else .” He honestly asked.
“Oh, no, complete invincibility as far as we have been able to test. No damage even from effects that should destroy things at the atomic level.”
“You called colonel?” Achilles asked, he was a good-looking blonde man with an impressive body.
It surprised Magnus, because as far as he could see, he was definitely immutable to damage, internal and external. He would leave Gentle Lie and Hard Truth out, those could most likely deal actual damage to the man. It didn’t need much thought to realize that would be a bad idea.
“I need you to play target.” She said.
“No problem, ma’am.” Achilles answered and walked over to Magnus. “I’m Achilles, a pleasure to meet you.”
Magnus shook his hand. “I can say the same, tell me when you’re ready.”
“Go ahead, do your worst.” The man just stood there.
“Sure, just in case, hold this.” He handed him a locator. “Just to make sure my sister knows where to open the portal.”
He brought out Graceful. The kanabo was definitely one of his less decorated weapons, even after a reforging it was mostly smooth with only a few round protrusions along the body. The weapon was brought up like a bat and swung with all his might. Its mass ramped up the moment it made contact with Achilles’ chest.
The resulting shock wave cracked the ground, only a pair of boots on the floor were left and a small hole in one of the clouds passing high up.
Magnus turned towards Maxima. “Think that counts as a homerun?” He joked.
“What was that?” She asked, an eyebrow visibly raised.
“Gravity and mass altering blunt weapon.” He explained. “Should we wait until he comes down? If not, Orange should be able to open a portal to allow him to fall through… actually, I will tell her to bleed his speed and bring him back.” He said and sent his sister a message. “Now we wait.”
“May I ask, how many weapons do you have?” She asked, sounding honestly curious.
“About a dozen, though some of them are multiple weapons, but work as a unit.” He answered, allowing Graceful to float off as he showed off Close&Personal. “Though there’s a few I won’t show given their abilities being more esoteric.”
“Now you’re making me curious.” She said, her lip tugging into a smile.
“I’ve a sword that inflicts the concept of True Damage and True Death, it can ignore a lot of types of immortality and such.” He explained.
“And you won’t sell it?”
He couldn’t help but to laugh at the idea. “Oh, no, it would kill anyone who tried to use it. They are a picky weapon.” He answered. “Again, I prefer to work custom orders.”
She thought about it, watching as Achilles dropped a few meters away, the man still looking completely and utterly undamaged outside of the frost that had grown on his clothes, or how those had practically exploded around his chest.
“What would you make for someone like me?” She asked, curious.
“It would depend on your powers and how you fight. But I would guess you like to get close and personal. So most likely reinforced gloves.” He answered. “Not like mine, sleeker ones, providing effects and reinforcement instead of straight defense. And maybe something to provide you with a distance option.”
She smirked as she pointed at Achilles before a bullet of energy shot out and sent the man flying back back towards the rest of the heroes, a glowing lasso came from Halo to grab him.
“So you’ve one already. Then a way to either focus it further, or give you further control over it.” He amended.
He could think of a few enchantments that could be interesting. Especially because he could tell the heroine had a lot of power available, he would need to see her using it.
“While it’s fun to send him flying with every attack, maybe it would be easier to show off every weapon I’ve on some targets.” Magnus offers. “I can whip up a few disposable ones in a few seconds.”
Maxima thought about it for a moment. “Sure, go ahead.”
He nodded and activated Solid&Firm, his shoes shifted, their looks had smoothed to the point they almost looked like reptile scales. A quick application of will had vaguely-human-shaped stone spires rise from the ground.
“Uh, for some reason I expected something more detailed.” Maxima joked.
“If I went more detailed they would also end too hard and it would make cleaning up harder.” He noted.
“Really?” She asked in surprise.
“Yeah, why? Want a statue of yourself that will last a hundred thousand years? It’s not that hard and you would be quite the model.” He offered, getting her to look away. It was hard to tell, but he was pretty sure she had blushed.
While teasing the power house could be fun, he was here to show off, and when judging the two things the latter won in his mind. A small gesture from his hand, completely unneeded but fun, and most of his weapons slid into reality, setting themselves behind his back, like tails or peacock feathers.
“Okay, those are impressive.” Maxima let out a small praise. “You made all of them?”
“Yes. But they aren’t all the weapons I have.” He answered. “I’ve three more, two I made and an extra one that won’t be brought out unless I need to deal with something truly catastrophic.”
Maxima raised an eyebrow. “It feels like there’s a story there.”
“It’s not really much of a story, that last weapon wasn’t made by me, it was made by my father for my mother, it’s actually half of the complete weapon; the other half is in my sister’s possession.” He explained. “The problem is that that blade can and will cut through Reality and more. I could cut open a World if I wanted with it. It’s simply too dangerous to use.”
“What would you even need a weapon like that?”
“Well, it’s simple, you read the Yellow King? From the Eldritch Mythos?” He asked and she nodded slowly. “There’s no more Yellow King, my mother cut them down with the full weapon.”
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 48
Maxima gave the result of each of Magnus’ weapons an appraising look. One by one all rocky targets were destroyed. Sliced into tiny bits, exploded in a ball of fire, swallowed by the same ground that had sprouted it, turned into Swiss cheese, sliced and shocked, smashed into mud.
She had to admit that it was an impressive variety of powers, it was true that she had seen much stronger expressions of many of those powers. But it was the fact that these were manufactured that made them impressive. Each of those weapons would effectively turn a trained person into a mid-level super.
That same thought made her give Sidney a side-look. The young woman was currently chatting with Krona about something, given the information-gathering abilities of the latter, she would have to ask the blue-haired woman about what she learned later.
Of course that wasn’t all she was paying attention to, she did keep an eye on the rest of Magnus’ crew. Ruby, while definitely the most dangerous of the bunch, outside of the unknown the man presented, was cordially talking with Dabbler. For now the Succubus was behaving and answering a few questions while asking a few herself.
Meanwhile the three Wererats were being more open, having intermingled with the people watching the presentation and socializing. Of course that also meant she made a mental note of who talked with who for a later debriefing. They may be tentatively allies, but that didn’t discard the fact that Archon was a military organization at many levels.
“Quite destructive.” She commented and Magnus chuckled.
“Well, it’s usually the easiest way to show them off.” He said. “Most of the weapons do have other functionalities, of course since they are my weapons they have been mainly designed to supplement my abilities.”
He reached to grab the bow and quiver floating in the air.
“Though this one may be able to show off a bit more, I will note that a big part of its abilities is the use of a Rune dictionary I know more or less by heart.” His explanation made Dabbler stop and pay attention.
“So it would be useless for us?” Maxima prompted.
“The bow? I would imagine unless I took my time to learn and program a version using whatever magical programming language or rune set you use in this World.” He answered in what she felt was honesty. “I would even say that access to that knowledge could be part of payment if you’re interested in anything we can offer.”
She noticed Dabbler perking up and giving her a small nod, both of interest and collaboration as part of Arc-light, the supernatural branch of Archon.
“Okay, show me.”
Magnus smiled and notched the strange-looking arrow, the moment he pulled the string back, said projectile started to glow, making Magnus explain, “The arrows are disposable delivery frames for the spells written in by the bow.”
He launched it, Maxima accelerating her perception of time to watch as it reached the rough, stone doll. The head buried into the material before the whole thing exploded as ice sprouted from the inside. But that wasn’t the end of it, instead the exploding bits froze in air, held by barely visible golden chains before the whole thing collapsed as if it imploded into a single sphere of stone.
She watched the stone finally fall to the ground with a dull thud.
“I assume that the effect can be changed?” She asked.
“Yes, that was just the combination of a few Runes. The Sheikah created many of such, some much less useful as they were pretty specific. But many others are useful like the Stasis Rune, Magnetic Rune and a few others.” He explained. “They are pretty good for non-lethal takedowns, similarly I’ve developed something I’ve come to call capture pods, they were based on Pokeballs and can safely store a knocked out target safely. They double as safe transport too, as a captured target will be kept in a coma and alive, effectively keeping them from dying if stored at Death’s Door.”
“And you want to sell them to us?” Maxima asked.
“I don’t doubt your World has something like it already. So I’m mainly offering the blueprints for my version. All in all, they are a pretty simple version of Magitech.” He explained.
She noticed Dabbler biting her lower lip before stepping forward. “What’s the most destructive Rune?” She prompted.
“… I would say it’s the complete annihilation. Though that’s more of a combination of my abilities.” He explained.
The Succubus turned to her and gave her puppy dog eyes. Maxima sighed. “Is it safe to show?”
“Yes… I mean, as long as nothing you want to keep existing is inside its area of effect.” He explained.
Maxima nodded. “Okay everyone, before any of you idiots decide to try their luck, next one will be dangerous… more dangerous. I don’t want anyone losing something by sticking your finger in.” She warned, getting a few of the usual hollers and comebacks she ignored. Instead she turned to Magnus. “Go ahead.”
He nodded and tapped the ground with his strange boots. A few dozen meters away from them a much larger stone statue rose up, one with a lot more details. It made her raise an eyebrow as she could tell he was using someone as a model for the sculpture, someone she was sure the man had fought before.
While Maxima didn’t have super hearing, she was still sharp enough to hear the soft murmurs coming from Magnus’ mouth, “ I’m of Light and Dark, I control Truth and Lie .”
A shiver went down her spine as the arrow started to glow with an unearthly light, shifting between white and black. And then the arrow flew straight at the target. The effect was instantaneous, even as she pushed her personal speed quite a bit, the moment it touched the sculpture it expanded into a white and black sphere that swallowed the whole thing.
It held there for a second, its surface shifting somewhere between a lava lamp and a massive yin-yang symbol before it popped like a bubble, leaving absolutely nothing in its place; she could even see the air getting sucked into the space left behind.
Maxima let out an impressed whistle, eyeing the people watching it was obvious more than a few had understood what happened. The surprise was the look Dabbler was giving Magnus, a mix of curiosity, fear and her usual arousal.
The four-armed Succubus grabbed him by the shoulders. “You need to tell me what that was!”
She thought about it for a moment. “I would like to know too, if possible.” She added.
“To make a lot of jargon very simple, I basically made everything inside the area a Lie and then destroyed it by applying the Truth that there was nothing there.” He answered.
Dabbler laughed. “Oh, you’re hilarious, if that was true it would mean… that you… can affect universal constants…” Her laugh quickly died down, ending up in an existential dread.
“Dabbler.” She asked in a serious tone.
“It means he can tell Reality to go fuck itself.” She quickly rephrased.
“It’s also why I kept two weapons out of the show, they were created on the basis of my own abilities, capable of Lying through any defense and inflicting True Death upon a target.” His words made Maxima quickly recalculate the danger he presented.
Magnus chuckled, definitely reading her expression.
“My father didn’t skim when making me and my siblings.” He explained.
Maxima chuckled and looked at Ruby. “And I imagine you are similar?”
The woman smiled. “I’m capable of creating magical copies of myself capable of great feats of magic. I actually have a number constantly working in the ship, mainly in the ship’s medical and garden area.”
“That sounds like Magends.” Dabbler, not so innocently, dropped.
“Uh, they are actually called Magends, you have them here too?” Ruby prompted, sounding honestly surprised. “But yes, I’ve a dozen Magends up all the time, they are in charge of growing, processing and cooking in the ship along with making sure everyone’s healthy.”
“Ah!” Dabbler’s exclamation made all turn to her. “So that’s why you have been ignoring me. You have your own one-woman harem.”
Maxima facepalmed as Ruby blushed and Magnus chuckled.
After showing off with his weapons, Magnus enjoyed sitting back and just talking with some of the supers around. It honestly surprised how friendly they were. Though it was also true they were playing by the local rules, so the locals didn’t have much reason to be hostile.
Though he did notice a few looks here and there, maybe there was still some suspicion. But he also noticed a few interesting looks that could either be fuck or fight. It seemed to be pretty fifty fifty for some reason.
He wondered if the high-sexual tension was a World thing or it was just a side-effect of having a Succubus around. It would certainly fit for a species that relied on sexual energies to lower people’s inhibitions a bit. Or maybe it was just the fact that there were a few dozen people that were incredibly beautiful and fit, with nature doing the rest.
Lydia had been talked into sparring with some of the supers. The first had been a tall, redheaded, dark-skinned woman. Apparently she went by Anvil and had the ability to absorb and release kinetic energy.
He was actually glad to see that Lydia didn’t instantly get frustrated by how the fight was turning out to be stalled for both parties. While most of her student’s attacks had little to no effect, her small frame was keeping Anvil from connecting any hit.
Thankfully Lydia pulled ahead as she swiftly melted the ground, causing the larger heroine to trip before she produced the construct rope from her armband and used it to tie Anvil as she tumbled down.
“Oh come on.” Anvil complained as she was left trussed on the ground, her arms pressed against her body as her legs were immobilized and half buried in the warm ground. “What the heck was that?!”
“A nifty little trick.” Lydia answered. “But if you want to know, I just made the molecules vibrate and move like a liquid without imparting heat. It took me ages to get it right.”
“Cool, can you let me go now?” Anvil pleaded.
“I don’t know, you called me short… Though I could be the bigger person and let you go without pranking you.” Lydia shot back with a grin.
“Please, please, please, they are already taking pictures.” Lydia chuckled, but let the construct go, even reaching down to allow the heroine to be pulled up. “Thank you, and it was a good fight, I will have to remember about keeping a good grounding next time.”
“If you want to talk about good grounding you should see Moisha.” At Lydia’s words her teammate sparked.
“Oh, Jiggawatt will want to test her then.” Anvil said.
Their conversation continued, but Magnus’ found his attention caught by the same blonde that had been there when he arrived in the World.
“Did you need anything, Halo?” He decided to talk to her since she seemed to have been holding back.
“Yes… can I ask you a few questions?”
“Sure.” He answered, not missing that more than one person was eyeing them, Maxima between them.
“Maxima said you really have been to a world with real Pokemon, is that right?” He noticed a barely hidden vibration in the girl.
“Yes.”
“That means other works of fiction are real out there too?” She had started to visibly vibrate.
“Yes.”
“…That means Optimus Prime is real?”
“Yes.” He answered, watching the short woman start to reach critical mass. “I do have pictures of me as a child with him since dad helped him before I was born.”
Her pupils dilated instantly, to the point he was impressed. “Can I seeee? Pweasseee?”
He laughed and snapped his fingers, bringing one of the many pictures he had kept with him. The picture had been taken shortly after the Prime had managed to finally leave the position of Cybertron’s leader. While his stay as the single leader of his race in the years after the war had been received with much support and rejection, from those that had before occupied both main groups, no one could deny he had guided them well and fairly.
In many ways the ex-Decepticons had been less troublesome as he had beaten Megatron in a fair duel, and had gone to beat a few of the most troublesome elements in the later recovery period. Meanwhile many ex-Autobots had more than once rejected the unification of their race or tried to move back to functionalism, as the war between groups had kept some of the most conservationist members of the race from spelling their opinions on many matters.
It had been almost a century in that World before Cybertron was once again flourishing and the new Transformers had surpassed the old ones in numbers and positions of power. Younger minds had allowed Optimus to finally introduce some new politics and gently allow him to move off the near-dictatorship role he had been thrust into.
The growing Metaloid civilization had helped a lot too as they had partially folded into Cybertron even as Minicons started to be produced again. In many ways that had allowed them to mix in much easier.
Finally he had been allowed to move back into the role he preferred so much more, librarian. The picture had been taken shortly after, the Prime was standing with Magnus as a tiny fox on his shoulder, Milo floating over the other one and Claire hanging like a cat from his arms.
“Oh my god…” She whispered. “… but where are you?”
“Oh, right there, I’m the dark one on the shoulder.” He answered with a grin.
“Wait, but that’s a Zorua…” She mumbled before turning back towards him, moments after he had shifted into a full fox, the change hadn’t gone missing in the eyes of many.
Halo’s pupils dilated even further. “You- that- but-” She started to mumble and spaz.
Just to finish her off Magnus used his most devastating technique, the blep. Halo froze before falling back on the bench.
“I don’t think I've ever seen someone manage to knock her out like that.” Another heroine pointed out.
“I don’t usually get to use this form for this.” He admitted. “But it’s fun.”
She nodded and offered her hand. “Varia.”
“Magnus, or The Traveler. But you should have known that already.” He reached and shook her hand.
Instantly he felt a tingle, a strange sensation that could be compared to something asking a question and permission at the same time. It didn’t feel invasive, more like asking for a look, and he didn’t feel a reason to not allow it.
“Varia!” Maxima glared at the woman, having zipped from her position talking with Ruby to their side in the blink of an eye.
“What? I wanted to see if I could transform like him.” She said.
“Uh, I’m missing something here.”
“Varia here has the power to copy and combine powers via touch, it works with both supers and some supernatural powers.” She explained.
“Oh, then you most likely wouldn’t have gotten any of my physical abilities. My DNA is blackboxed to the point that trying to copy it could have led to problems, so it doesn’t allow that.” He explained.
“What kind of problems?” Maxima prompted.
“If someone actually managed to copy my DNA you would end with it taking over and just creating another copy of me.” He answered, making Varia pale.
“Another?” Maxima asked, raising an eyebrow.
“Oh yes, still not a hundred percent sure how it happened. But there’s a copy of me living in Ruby’s World.” He answered with a shrug. “Though you may still have gotten something.”
“Uh… now I’m scared.” Varia mumbled before a System screen popped in front of their eyes. “What is this?”
“That’s a System, it’s basically a combination of personal assistant, soul strengthening armor, ability strengthening and interactive rewarding system. I think a few have described it as a sort of RPG system.” He explained. “It basically uses a ritual that takes effort and rewards the user with the increase of their abilities.”
“Shame that I will lose it then.” Varia mused and he gave her a look. “What?”
“You copied a System, you now have a System.” He tried to explain. “Even a tiny part of the System would be capable of restoring the full System, ergo a temporary copy of the System would turn into a full System.”
Maxima sighed, sounding extremely tired of the shenanigans going around.
“Explain fully what a System can do.” She asked, seemingly having to hold back a complaint. Though Magnus didn’t doubt that Varia would get some kind of punishment duty for what she had pulled.
“Okay, first of all, a System won’t hurt its user.” He decided to clear that up. “It’s designed to protect, assist and make the user’s life easier. The System will explain everything, but I can give you an overview of its capabilities.”
She nodded. “Go ahead.”
“The basic System provides a pocket space storage, a list of all of the user’s skills, abilities and knowledge. The System taps into the World’s Akasha, or Information Realm, to acquire the necessary information. Using it the system can provide information about the User’s natural and acquired abilities. The System also doubles as a protection for the Soul, while also nurturing its growth.”
“What’s this about Class and Job?” The heroine asked as she fiddled with the screen in front of her. “The first says Power Gestalt, so I can get an idea. But the second is indicating I can choose.”
“Basically Class is what you are, Job is what you do. Class rarely changes unless you mutate, evolve, jump bodies, etcetera. Meanwhile Job can be chosen and changed at any time, though changing too frequently will prevent the chosen option from being effective; the System will warn you about it.” He explained.
Halo sat up straight, it was obvious she had been listening for a while. “That really sounds like a game.” She noted.
“Fun fact is that the System’s original name, or at least the part that rewards you for your efforts was called Ritual for Potential Gaining.” He grinned.
Maxima groaned and face palmed. “RPG? Really?”
“Eh, it works better than the Fixed Anchor Point system.” He waved it off, getting a few groans from the people after they formed the acronym.
“I’m afraid to ask, but what did the system do?” Varia asked.
“It allowed an object to move at a fixed distance from another.” He explained and did a jerk-off gesture, getting a few face palms. “Silly naming aside, the System will interface with your power and as long as you use and push it, it will allow you to improve on it and with enough time grow stronger.”
“Any problem it could bring?” Maxima asked.
“The only problem is only a few people can remove it safely, and no, I’m not one of them. The best I can do is use my administrator role to keep it from being copied by someone else.” He offered.
“Do it.” Maxima ordered and Magnus complied, sending the order. “I think we should call it here for this part, if you’re still up to show the crops to a smaller group.”
“I’ve no problem with that, prepare a group and we can leave in five minutes.” He offered.
It only took four minutes for Maxima to put order to everyone and hand out a few orders. After that she came with a group of four. Dabbler and Mr. Zoeng didn’t surprise him much. Halo appeared to be brought mostly to keep an eye on the young woman. The surprise was a blue-haired woman who presented herself as Krona.
Magnus didn’t say anything, he trusted the heroine to know who she was picking. Instead he signaled to Orange to open the way to the Garden. Ruby was coming, but the three Mausketeers were staying behind as they had been invited to head out to a bar. He honestly trusted them enough to hide their presence once things got heated.
There were a few sounds of surprise and awe the moment they stepped through.
“But how?” Mr. Zoeng asked after he looked around.
“It’s quite simple if you think about it, what were the two things I mentioned that can survive in the Outside?” He asked.
“… Worlds and Information.” Maxima realized. “The ship’s a World in itself?” She asked rhetorically.
“Exactly.” He nodded.
“Each room inside the ship’s a Reality inside a World.” Ruby explained for him. “It allows the ship to manipulate the space inside to keep it comfortable. For example, while the ship holds a total of thirty personal rooms, only six of them can be accessed at the moment.”
“How big is this place?” Dabbler asked.
Both Magnus and Ruby shrugged.
“The place is very flexible, as long as we need the space there will be more space.” Ruby answered.
“This whole place is geared for cultivation, right?” Krona asked. “I can barely look at the mechanics behind this place, it seems to be helping everything grow.”
Ruby perked up. “Yes, you could consider this close to a blessed field, though I’ve managed to cast something similar in a few places too.” She gestured to the distance where fields of wheat swayed in a light breeze.
A few of her Magends wandered over the area. In many ways their work was very easy, there was no bug, sickness or pest, the seeds had long since been improved to keep any genetic problem from cropping up, and all characteristics from the ph of the soil to the weather was controlled.
“Those are your Magends, right?” Halo prompted.
“Yeah, most in this area fall under the category of Nature sprites, Dryads, Elves, Floramancers and similar ones.”
Magnus took a secondary role as this area of the ship was practically Ruby’s. She happily guided them, explaining a number of their crops, from the original samples to the most experimental crops she was still testing.
“And here we move in the strictly magical crops.” Ruby gestured to some of the weirdest fields.
Plots on fire, frozen plots, submerged in swamp water, buried in ash, soaked in slime, and many other strange characteristics some of the crops from the Wizarding World needed to grow. One of the woman’s objectives with these had been fixing their strange requirements to allow them to grow in unprepared grounds.
“Is that a sheep?” Dabbler prompted.
“A Lamb Bush.” Ruby explained. “It’s a carnivorous plant that grows a meat and bones specimen, it uses it, both as lure and predator.”
“I feel like I’ve heard about it before.” Halo mumbled.
“It comes from a World of Wizards and Witches based on a series of novels aimed at kids and young adults.” Ruby explained.
“Oh! The Handy Postar series.” Halo called out. “What?”
Magnus smiled. “No, it’s right, it’s just that sometimes some names get mixed around for some Worlds. The World we visited had Harry Potter as he’s known in most Worlds. But the deviation is not that strange. Since information presents itself as inspiration, it sometimes gets changed by who receives it.”
“So the information we have for some of these Worlds may not be perfect?” Maxima pointedly asked.
“Yes, and the reasons for it vary. Sometimes it’s the receiving creator changing things due to culture, personal taste, etcetera. Other times it’s because the source was actually an alternate Reality, or maybe it’s an alternate World.” He explained. “As strange as it sounds, there’s repeated Worlds out there, there’s no sense or reason for them, and honestly finding two identical Worlds is nigh-impossible. If it happens, it happens, but you can't expect to find them.”
Maxima nodded and Ruby resumed her explanation of the plant. Thankfully they would finish the tour before the first news of the chaos reached them.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 49
Lydia ordered a serving of pear schnapps and sat back. Her team had been invited for a drink at the local bar, it was still a bit early for anything stronger. Not that her biology allowed her to get drunk easily.
Oh, they could get drunk if they tried, it took a few liters of strong, mundane alcohol, even a liter of burning alcohol would only get them tipsy. Thankfully Ruby had been experimenting with a few distillations made from magical fruits and grains.
The woman had managed two types of spirits that could get her drunk. One ignored supernatural resistances and would get anyone drunk, no matter how immune they were to intoxicating effects. The other was just very, very strong alcohol, it had an impossibly high content to the point it would most likely ignite a mundane person on fire from breathing in the fumes.
Honestly, the second was more of a weapon than a potion. They had it stored in tiny beads of glass to use as throwable incendiaries, because marbles capable of starting large fires in non-magical situations were quite useful.
So while she waited for her drink, she looked at the people that had invited them to drink.
“So how is it to travel through the Worlds?” Anvil, or Kenya outside of working hours, asked.
“It has its goods and bads.” Moisha answered.
“Like?” The pink haired, Peggy, asked.
“Well, the bad thing is that we don’t have much choice on how long we stay in a World.” Lydia answered. “Once Magnus decides we’re leaving, that’s it, time to pack our bags and head out.”
“Not like he wouldn’t stay if we asked for a bit of extra time.” Romeo added.
“Oh, sure. But the man gets antsy.” Lydia explained. “Thankfully that most likely means he will get busy with Ruby or in his workshop.”
“So the guy’s crazy?” A tall, bald man asked. His name was Stewart, but went as Stalwart and had shown to be extremely strong and resistant from what she had observed.
Lydia rolled her eyes and Moisha answered after chuckling, “We’re all pretty crazy.” She said and pointed at him. “Would you say anyone you work with is sane?”
The man didn’t answer, simply keeping himself to grunt in response.
“So how did you join the crew?” Harem, or at least one of her five copies, asked.
Romeo snorted. “Well, it all started with us trying to find a way to escape the life we had.”
“Oh god, don’t remind me.” Moisha complained, but didn’t stop him.
“Anyways, we’re the lucky and unlucky ones to be chosen by one of the elders for training.” Romeo explained. “Now this meant we wouldn’t be living like ninety nine point ninety nine percent of all others of our kind, it also meant we’re reduced to just tools.”
“Torturous training day in and out, torture if we displeased the asshole, extra training if we looked at someone funny.” Moisha complained.
“Oh, we weren’t disposable tools, the elder wanted us for his big plans.” Lydia interjected. “It didn’t mean that he didn’t hurt us for his pleasure as we can heal a lot , even before our improvements.”
“Resuming the story, we got the info that another elder had acquired a space ship that had crashed and was studying it in one of her research labs.” Romeo continued. “We had barely gotten any info from the grapevine, but we decided it wasn’t worth it to remain under the elder’s purview and took it as a chance to escape.”
“If we managed it, we got our freedom and a sweet ride. If we didn’t we would most likely get more torture and training, but we could most likely have the elder chalk it up as being curious and testing out abilities.” Moisha added.
“Then we slipped into the building, easily getting access to the Long Fortune.” Romeo said.
“And then what?” Peggy asked.
“Then the alarms blared and we kind-of panicked and slipped into the ship.” He explained before laughing.
“It turns out we had chosen the exact moment when Magnus had decided to break out.” Lydia explained.
“Wait, stop, what’s that about Magnus breaking out?” Another one of Harem’s clones asked.
They exchanged a look before Lydia answered, “We’re not there for it, but apparently Magnus and Orange had a bit of an accident when arriving at our World.”
“They were, like, totally unprepared for how the World dragged things from the Outside.” Moisha added.
“Yeah, that. The thing is that our World is one of the big ones, way too many realities, alternate dimensions, massive universes, etcetera. It also apparently has a problem because the main reality’s looped on itself, the Big Crunch and the Big Bang are the same spot in the cycle.” She explained. “Or at least that’s what I understood when it was explained to us. It’s very hard to notice from the inside of a World, but it’s obvious from the outside as the looping sort-of tightens the cycle like a spring.”
“That doesn’t sound good.” Gwen, another pink-haired girl who definitely dabbled in magic if her senses were correct, pointed out.
“Yeah, no shit.” Lydia snorted. “It’s not something that can go forever, Magnus and Orange calculated that there’s one, maybe two more repeats before things just Pop in the worst way possible unless someone manages to untangle things.”
“That’s okay, no? I mean, there’s a long time between Big Bang and Big Crunch, no?” Stewart asked.
“Sure, but what happens when you tighten a spring?” Lydia prompted.
“It… shrinks?” Kenya realized.
“Yeah, it’s not exactly observable, but time’s kinda going faster, things happen faster and the end comes sooner. Of course it’s also exponential, so the difference may only have started to be noticeable in the last loop and this one won’t be too different, but the next one may be only half as long.”
Romeo rolled his eyes. “Anyway, the nature of our World caused the ship to be dragged in and the unkind nature of the barriers knocked them out. So one of the elders found the ship and reclaimed it for study under salvage rules or some other weird law.” He resumed the explanation. “Magnus and Orange played along, in the process they met Ruby, and then they decided to break out, causing as much chaos as they could.”
“We had managed to hide in the ship when they left the World.” Lydia continued where Romeo left. “What we didn’t expect was that leaving the World would knock us out.”
“Next thing we know is that we’re waking up in a hamster cage.” Romeo explained, causing Moisha to groan. “All in all, we got a pretty good deal, whether we joined the crew and behaved or we remained locked.”
“He did threaten to throw us Outside and let our end be swift and merciless.” Lydia commented.
“I don’t think he would, like, really have done so.” Moisha said after their drinks arrived, nursing her glass, even if it would do no more than tickle her tongue.
“So you decided to join the crew? Just like that?” Peggy asked. “How’s that been treating you?”
“Yes, and no.” Lydia answered. “We talked about it and we got a few more threats too. It helped that after leaving our original World we spent nearly a month stuck in the ship. I suspect they did it on purpose. But we also got a lot of training, Magnus helped us refine our skills a lot while we developed them with the System.”
“Oh, the thing that Varia got.” One of Harem’s said. “What’s that like?”
“To put it simply? It’s to be able to always advance as long as you keep walking.” Lydia answered.
“What does that even mean?” Stewart asked.
“As long as you train, study and experiment with your abilities you will improve and hardly ever lose what you have managed.” She put it in other words.
More than a few heroes seemed to understand that better, nodding and commenting about it. Lydia, meanwhile, couldn’t help but notice that the bar’s patrons had slowly been changing in the last few minutes.
She gave Moisha and Romeo a side-look, both twitched in acknowledgment that they had noticed it too. It hadn’t been just the way there had been groups eyeing them, some of that was expected. They were hanging out with very public figures that had been on the news mostly daily for the last few months, and the famous ones tended to attract attention.
No, it was the looks they were getting. While being in companionship of the heroes would open them up to curiosity, some of the people observing had only looked at them.
And then there were the scents they had noticed. She was pretty sure no one in the bar should have smelled like wolf, fox nor hare. Or at least not in the intensity they could recognize. But there were a few other scents too, some that tickled some old memory she wasn’t being too sure about at the moment. Which was bad, because it was making her whole body kick into gear for a fight and she didn’t want to be overreacting.
The whole thing made it hard for her to fully focus on the conversation they were having. If her tail was out, it may have been flicking around nervously.
It was hard to gauge a threat in a bar like this, people were wandering around slightly tipsy or completely inebriated. There already had been a few drunks that approached their small group asking for photos, autographs and more than a few inappropriate requests.
So it almost blindsided her when it happened.
It was one of the men that had approached them earlier. She didn’t notice him until he was already half-way to them, she hadn’t seen where he had been sitting or with whom, after the third fan she had stopped keeping her attention on the whole place. What she noticed was the strong stench of alcohol on him. But it wasn’t the smell of a drunk, it was the smell of someone covered in alcohol.
Thankfully, or maybe not, she wasn’t the only one to notice the man. The whole bar seemed to be moving at once, tension spiked up even higher as he was a few meters from their table.
The man suddenly rushed towards them, in his hand there was a silver knife. “Die you monster!” His scream was almost superfluous given the look of sheer hate, and more than a bit of insanity, he sported.
She felt Devourer stir from where it was stored, that monstrous eyes opening and focusing on the man, the sheer hate the weapon exuded brought him to a complete stop. But that didn’t stop the rest of the people.
The first thing she noticed was a blonde woman tackling the man, faster than the heroes sitting with her could manage to get off their sitting positions. Harem was the fastest, teleporting off her spot with an impressive ease.
At the same time multiple groups of people got off their tables and the atmosphere of the room shifted violently . It became instantly apparent that the bar brawl was more than just a few drunks.
Lydia quickly reached down, yanking the blonde that smelt like hare off the man before he could stab her. She ignored the slurs he kept shouting at them.
“Fuck you, you monsters, your kind shall die and-” His words died out as he stabbed forward and she grabbed the silver knife with her bare hand.
It itched and burned, as if she was grabbing something a bit too hot. But it was miles away from what it did before, there was no smoke, no straight burning or the denial of her regeneration. Instead she let out a growl, supported by her blade as she glared down.
“Idiot.” She let out as the man quickly passed out. She still used one of the Restrain Runes from her armband to make sure he would not be getting up. Then turned to look at the woman. “Are you okay?”
“I-yes-you-but- the silver.” She stammered.
“Uh?” She looked at the knife. “Things must work differently here.” She kind-of lied, she wasn’t going to say that she had been weak to it before.
She helped her up and at the same time looked around. The brawl was quickly growing out of control. More weapons had been pulled out and the supernatural nature of some of the patrons was starting to get revealed.
“Any idea what started this?” She asked and launched one of the capture Runes from her armband to another of the idiots.
The hillbilly found his attempt to stab another person in the back completely halted by a glowing construct. She didn’t feel too guilty about seeing him stab himself as he fell forward, actually, she didn’t feel guilty at all.
“I’m not too sure to be honest.” The woman answered. “We got info that their group was moving and decided to act upon it.”
“Let me guess, human supremacists?” The woman nodded to her question.
Lydia felt like growling as she reached up and pulled her down to punch another of the idiots on the face. The sudden hit caused him to stumble back and grab his face, leaving him open for another Restrain Rune.
She noticed that most of the fight had moved outside, leaving most of the inside of the bar trashed. She sighed but quickly moved onto making sure no one was drowning and anyone that deserved it was restrained.
The woman looked curious, following her around. “Uhm…”
“Ask.” Lydia prompted as she turned a guy over, wincing at the sight of his nose before making sure he was still breathing without too much problem. She easily restrained and sat him up against one of the walls.
She appeared to freeze when Lydia turned to look at her. The woman was taller than her, but she was acting as if she was the largest predator.
“… What are you?” She finally asked.
“You can’t tell?” Lydia asked, raising an eyebrow. “I’m a rat, and you’re a hare if I’m not wrong.”
“No, I mean, I could tell you were a were too, but not what animal.” She stopped and sighed. “I’m sorry, I’m pretty new about all of this. I was just the fastest to react, then I got saved and now I’m just being a bother.”
Lydia shook her head. “Don’t apologize, I’m sorry, I’m a bit irritable because idiots put me in a bad mood. It doesn’t help that my weapon’s currently getting grumpier because I’ve not joined the fight outside.” She said.
“I’m Katrina.” The werehare presented herself.
“Lydia.” She answered as she moved another of the attackers off the way, restrained them.
She gave the outside a look. The fight was still ongoing, even more it seemed that some villains or vigilantes had joined the brawl. If she was to be honest, she didn’t feel like joining that mess, even if Romeo and Moisha were in the middle of it.
Lydia grumbled and wandered over to the counter, picking two of the stools and reaching over the counter to grab a couple of shot glasses that appeared to not have been used. Everyone had already ran away from the bar if they weren’t knocked out anyways, and it wasn’t like she was going to take some of their product.
She retrieved one of the magical spirits from her inventory and poured two shots, inviting Katrina to sit down with her.
“Uh…” The blonde woman looked unsure.
“Don’t worry, it’s magical, or at least alchemical, alcohol, it will get you drunk; even if you're a rock.” She explained.
The woman eyed the drink, took the stool and the drink, and joined her as the rest took care of the problem. There was some wisdom in sometimes leaving others to solve a problem.
Maxima finished reading the report and sighed.
The source of the whole problem was a recently-formed extremist group, they didn’t even have a single name they banded under. Instead it appeared a number of conspiracy theorists, apocalypse preppers, paranoid hermits and other similar crazies had met online and decided to act together.
She couldn’t not suspect someone organizing things. The group had been too well organized and it had happened too fast, this clashed with the conflicting opinions that existed between the people that went into forming it. There was also the supernatural scanner they had been found in possession of.
The knowledge of its production was highly restricted. She didn’t doubt there were ways to acquire it, but while it was cobbled together with ninety nine percent trash, the last one percent was actually a hard-to-acquire gemstone that should have made it impossible to complete. The fact that they had managed to put together two was telling.
Apparently they had gotten into their heads that the members of Archon were monsters and that it was all a conspiracy to… the rest just gave her a headache to think about. Their plan had been to get close with the excuse of a picture, scan them and then move.
It had been just a chance that Team Maus had been going along with them as no one in the group would have triggered the scanner otherwise. On the other hand, it wasn't a chance that more than a few members of Arc-Dark had been there, they had been going after them as one of their informants had found out about the attempt.
She would have to have a talk with Katrina and her pack later, the young woman had reacted way before she could think things through, especially because all she had done was get herself in danger as the man held a silver knife and an autoinjector filled with adrenaline and wolf’s bane. Several members had actually been found holding them. Thankfully once changed the skin of most Weres was far too thick for the store-bought autoinjector to pierce it.
Thankfully Lydia appeared to be immune to silver and had reduced the man before Katrina had been injured. It didn’t stop things, though. Instead it had been the spark that started the brawl and everyone, even those that didn’t belong to any of the groups, joined in the fight.
She had seen the records the few security cameras in the area had caught. The fight had quickly moved outside, while only Katrina and Lydia had remained inside the building, the latter had occupied herself checking on the attackers and making sure none were in danger of dying before restraining them.
The other two members of the team had shown to be capable of it too. From what she could observe it was the armband they all wore that allowed them to do so, it appeared to be some sort of magitech multi-tool. More than one they used to create a disposable tool during the fight. The most useful was definitely the restraining rune that tied the downed opponents, definitely useful to keep them from getting back up.
Of course her luck couldn’t be such as if that would be everything. Apparently a number of villains and vigilantes had been left wanting after the last super brawl, and they had taken advantage to join this one.
Good news was that the fight had managed to stay limited to the parking lot outside of the bar, and the collateral damage had been restricted to the cars that had remained parked there and the fronts of a few buildings in the area.
Even more, it had allowed them to move into recruiting a number of the vigilantes that had joined the fight and hadn’t managed to slip away before it was done. And basically all villains and the original attackers had been reduced and captured.
“You should smile a bit more, Maxima.” Arianna said. “Last night was quite helpful for us.”
“I know, I just can’t shake the feeling that it only happened because I was taking the tour.” She grumbled.
“From the four vigilantes that we captured three had decided to join Archon while one of them had taken the choice of community service. I don’t doubt they will try to go back to vigilantism after. But it should allow us to force things a bit next time they get caught.” General Faulk said.
“And I will be quite busy with the addition of those three.” Arianna commented. “Anyways, how was the tour?”
Maxima shared a look with Zoeng.
“Quite surprising.” The man commented in good humor. “I was honestly expecting hydroponics and similar installations. Instead the ship is what they call a World. It held a fully simulated environment to grow plants.”
Maxima nodded. “Both Dabbler and Krona observed that the place is, for all intents and purposes, real. But on top of that it’s designed to help the plants grow.”
“They have shared a list of all their materials and I’ve marked the few I think we could get use for, personally or by providing for our allies.” Zoeng commented.
“That’s good, that’s good, the researchers had been having a day with the samples Magnus left for us, the Oran tree has already fruited in the last few hours and of the five new berries four have been planted to expand their number.” Arianna commented. “The last one is being thoroughly studied.”
“The question is what we can offer.” General Faulk pointed out.
“Given the Lust Fruit, Dabbler has taken a personal interest in helping in the trade and has gone out to look for interesting plants and artifacts from other realms she knows about.” Maxima said. “I’ve also seen to message Ingsol, there were a few of the crops that could provide the dietary means for many supernaturals.”
Arianna and Faulk gave her a look, the former speaking first, “You mean blood fruits?”
Maxima nodded. “Yes, they grow like coconuts and each one can hold over half a liter of blood.” She repeated the explanation she got. “They admitted that while it could be used for transfusions, it’s main objective is to replace other being’s blood for rituals and such.”
“That’s… weird. But at the same time coconut water is known to be useful for hydrating a patient intravenously in a pinch.” Arianna mused.
“While they focused mainly on the crops, both Magnus and Ruby were quite talkative during our time there.” Zoeng said. “For example they explained to us that not always the knowledge that gets from one World to another reflects its origin correctly.”
General Faulk frowned. “Do you think they know about us not bringing up the knowledge we have?” He asked.
“I don’t think so.” Zoeng answered. “It was mostly chance as the fact came up through the local existence of a series that apparently goes by another name in most other Worlds.”
“I think we should tell them during the next talk.” Maxima proposed. “We already knew that the information we had could be wrong, but this presents even more chances that it’s further wrong.”
“Hmm, keeping it a secret certainly won’t serve us if we can’t confirm how correct it is, and the longer we wait the higher the chances they just stumble across it.” Arianna thought out loud. “… I’m up for it, a bit of extra good will and trust is worth a lot more than possibly faulty information.”
“I’m up for it too.” Zoeng offered.
The general chuckled. “It’s unnecessary for me to vote then, but I will also put my vote as affirmative.”
“That’s good, now what’s the next subject?” Maxima asked.
As they talked she felt her phone vibrate with a message of Ingsol. The Vampire was interested in the crops, he also queried her if she knew where Katrina was as after the whole brawl, the Weres had left on their own and now they were missing one.
For some reason she was sure she would need to ask Magnus about that.
Katrina woke up slowly, her head beat, she had not missed the hangovers. It had been since before she had been infected. She needed a shower, some water and something to fill her stomach, though the problem was… where did she end up?
Chapter 50
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 50
Katrina’s eyes slowly got used to the low light of the room and looked around. The soft groans of the three bodies sharing the bed with her helped some of the memories of the last night return to her. The heat on her cheeks at some of the spicier ones made her carefully move off and look for her clothes.
Finding them clean and folded on one of the tables surprised her. But she didn’t feel like thinking too hard about it.
A quick stop at the bathroom helped her feel more like herself and eased the pressure she felt behind her eyes. Carefully she left the still dark room after dressing herself. The strange hallway made her feel further lost, thankfully the lights in the area were dimmed. Though there were no windows she could use to get an idea of the time of the day.
At least only one end of the hallway was lit up, making her choice for direction easier. She felt extra lucky when the light turned out to be some kind of mess hall, even if most of it appeared to have been co-opted into a rec room.
“Morning, what can I prepare for you?” The voice of a pink-haired woman almost made her jump out of her skin.
Instead it just made her headache and a groan escape her mouth. “… morning.” She mumbled and took a spot by the counter. “Something for this hangover?” She asked hopefully.
The woman laughed demurely. “Oh, you had some of the liquor I made?” She asked knowingly as she had suddenly placed a glass of some blue liquid in front of her.
She had to blink as she hadn’t seen where that came from. “What’s that?”
“Half a detox, half a sport’s drink. It should clear up the effects of the poison.” She explained. “And I forgot, I’m Ruby.”
“… Katrina.” She answered and looked at the drink before downing it quickly.
She had expected it to taste bitter or dry. But instead it was sweet and salty like a sport’s drink with an aftertaste of some kind of aromatic herb that filled her nose. Thankfully it worked as advertised and she felt the ache in her head and the sensation in her stomach ease quickly.
“Thank you.”
“It’s not a problem. Now want to order something to eat?” The woman asked. “We stocked up yesterday, so we can make practically anything you want.”
“Uh… surprise me.”
The woman laughed. “Any problem with spice?” Katrina shook her head. “Good.”
She felt like she was still drunk as a similar woman with pink hair was suddenly in the kitchen working along the first. She had seen shows about professional chefs working in kitchens, and these two women were acting like in those shows.
Before she knew it there was a plate with a stack of pancakes drizzled with some deep red jam, toast she was pretty sure she saw get kneaded moments before and another glass of blue juice, though this one smelled just sweet and fruity.
“Thank you.” It was all she could say before she dug into her food.
The spice she had been asked for turned out to come in the form of the jam, like a very sweet and slightly spicy pepper with an aftertaste of cherry or similar. It went pretty well with the pancakes as it soaked in. The bread was just perfect and some butter was all it needed. Finally the juice was nothing she had tasted before, it had smelled sweet, but the flavor was much more complex while not overpowering.
She was feeling much more alive once she finished her meal. “Thank you.” Was all she could say for a few moments. “Where did the other woman go?” She asked when she noticed her missing.
“Oh, I just dismissed her since I won’t need help to cook until the other three wake up. I’m pretty sure they just continued after you passed out last night.” She replied without a sign of shame even when the mention of them continuing made her cheeks heat up.
“Oh, I see.” She was pretty sure she was focusing on the wrong thing. But before she could speak she felt her back straightening.
She turned her body in an instant, ready to face some large and monstrous being. Instead she found a short man of olive skin and long, purple hair.
“Good morning.” He said amicably before leaning over the counter and pulling Ruby for a kiss. “Katrina, right?”
She nodded mutely, still feeling like she was in danger.
“Are you okay?” Ruby asked, putting her hand on her wrist. The gentle touch helped her calm down.
“I… yes… I apologize for this, but you scare the living daylights out of me.” She admitted.
The man looked at her. “Oh! I apologize.” He said and suddenly the pressure he exuded disappeared. “Sorry about that, I tend to restrain my presence only when I leave the ship.” He laughed awkwardly. “Though I’ve to say, I never thought I would meet another Werehare.”
“Wait you…?” She asked.
The man shook his head before thanking Ruby for the plate of bacon and eggs. “My father actually, though it’s a completely different type of Lycanthropy.”
“Oh.”
“Also, it’s better to say that my dad was a Werehare. Now he’s… Well, I’m not sure what you call a being like him.” He shrugged and laughed.
“And what are you then?” She curiously asked.
“I’m a type of fox, and before you ask, my mother was an owl while my other mother was a snow leopard.” He explained.
She frowned. “Lycanthropy doesn’t work like that here, or at least not commonly.” She said.
“Oh, I told you it’s a different kind. It’s more to do with the person that gets turned unless it gets loaded with a sample. Of course dad went and improved on the thing. But he does that to a lot of things, himself between them, so things get weird.”
She felt like there was more than one thing that didn’t make sense in what she had been told.
“How weird exactly?” She asked.
“Eighteen meters tall mystical hare with a fur pattern that simulated a world observed from space.” He answered. “ That weird.”
Katrina blinked and couldn’t help but wonder if she was still intoxicated.
Magnus couldn’t help but to feel slightly distracted by his latest Perk. It wasn’t just that it had been a while since he had focused on acquiring a new one, so suddenly getting this one had been a bit of a surprise. But it was also because it was another paradigm-expanding Perk, further improving his ability to merge tech and magic.
The Perk also allowed him to achieve what one field did in the other, effectively pushing both further in ways that normally they couldn’t do so. For example, tech tended to struggle a bit when dealing with random things, meanwhile magic was nearly based on things happening by random and happily took it in. Using magic to cover this weakness in tech would simplify many things in a lot of designs.
Part of his brain was currently going through the design of the armbands and the drones to further improve their work. Funnily enough, it made him realize he hadn’t truly experimented with production of magitech as much as he had thought. He had mainly focused on personal equipment and consumables. Maybe he would see to test a few other ideas going forward.
Still, most of his brain was currently looking through the list Archon had prepared with the things they wanted to acquire. If he was to be honest, as long as they offered anything useful or interesting he would agree. But there was a need to be some haggling to make them feel this wasn’t a huge farce.
He eyed the list, organizing things by tiers. The strongest tier would be initially rejected, the tier after that would offer a few weaker replacements, he would give in easily for the third and the rest could be accepted down to a number. He finally added a few extras he thought were interesting enough.
He then checked the list Archon was offering. He found the two magical programming languages to be the most interesting for him, most likely would merge pretty well with his Runes. There were also a number of curious plant samples that could go to extend the contents of the Garden and, in time, his own production.
“Before we start, there’s something that has come to our attention after our first meeting.” Maxima spoke up. “I hope you understand that we weren’t trying to keep it a secret, but we didn’t understand the situation completely until you explained a few things.”
“Go on.”
The gold-skinned woman reached into a bag and retrieved a comic, sliding it on the table to him. On the cover there was a familiar blonde woman, or at least one that was familiar to his other self.
“Well, well, well, ain’t this interesting.” He couldn’t help but to comment as he read through the comic. “It fits pretty well what I learned from the World. Though my presence will have kicked things around something heavily.”
Orange had already acquired most of the available issues and had compiled a collection of information on both Ruby and the three Wererats. Taking the latter three was definitely not going to change things as much as having taken Ruby and all the anthill kicking he had done himself, not even accounting for his other him still in the World.
“I can see why you would be having second thoughts about when you found this.” Magnus said. “Honestly, I’m glad I took Ruby out of there, she doesn’t deserve a lot of what happened to her in the story. As for Lydia, Moisha and Romeo, I think I will leave it to them to decide if they chose a better goal this way.”
“Wait, that said nothing about-” He interrupted Maxima.
“Orange quickly collected information on the comic and sent the interesting bits to my System.” He explained. “Honestly, the most interesting thing will be sending the information over to my copy over in that World.”
“Excuse me, copy?” General Faulk asked, startled.
“Oh, some stuff happened and for some reason a bit of me was left in that World. Due to chance, that bit of me was enough for my body to kick in the restoration protocol since it had enough access to body mass. The result was a weakened version of myself acting disconnected from me, it has since then recovered enough energy to fully kick my body’s power generation back into gear and now there’s a second me.” He explained.
“That’s… very troubling to hear.” He said, getting a few nods of the other people from Archon sitting with him, though Maxima had already heard it.
“It’s not that bad, the only loss was an old alley cat that ate what it didn’t have to.” Magnus shrugged. “Anyways, I thank you for bringing this up to our attention. It's strange to find information about a World we visited in another, my original World is actually well connected already so it’s strange when we don’t know about a World beforehand.”
Internally he chuckled at the looks he was getting.
“Anyways, that fact doesn’t change much for our current negotiations. But I think I can take this bit of information as something in your favor. So how about we see how we can get the most out of this meeting?” He proposed, ready for some fun.
Magnus finished unpacking the artifacts Monty had sent his way, the ex-chairman of the Explorer’s Society had lived a long life, and during it he had come to possess a large number of, well… cursed shit.
Somewhere more obviously cursed than others. A blood-soaked, obsidian, sacrificial knife had definitely been used a lot before, a poison bottle that had been refilled multiple times, a voodoo doll made from mixed samples of hair, even the shrunken head of some unlucky guy.
Others were… dubious at first sight, but certainly similarly cursed. A set of bone dice that apparently rolled the worst the most you needed them, socks that caused shoes to feel uncomfortable, a belt of impotence…
And those were just some of the examples. The man hadn’t found many ways to safely dispose of them and so he was employing him to do so.
He could have easily devoured the curses and been done with them. But he had time, and studying them and their history before removing those problems could bring up some ideas. For example, did the dice actually interact with luck, or they just started to roll against the user’s wishes when they got nervous?
And the Curse of Impotence was just always a blast to use on one’s enemies.
He finished storing the items carefully before looking at the time. Genn would be finishing her date. Magnus wouldn’t say he expected things to go wrong, but in all honesty Seance was being a bit of a prick in his attitude towards her. He hoped he would at least give her a straight answer.
He left the lab, taking the elevator up to the first floor and sitting in the living room to wait.
It didn’t take long for him to hear the car parking outside and just moments later the front door of his place opened. He stood off his chair to embrace Genn. The Rakshasa was wearing a lovely blue dress that combined with her lilac hair, she also wore a tasteful set of golden accessories on her horns.
Magnus didn’t say anything besides a few soothing words, allowing her to cry in his arms. Soon they moved to the couch, some mindless show on the tv and a large tub of ice cream to soothe the rest of her pains.
Was Genn much, much older than he was? Yes. Did it matter? No. In his opinion she needed some family at the moment and her mother was a complete bitch, so he would act as a supporting sibling.
He kept her company until she passed out, then carried her to his bed and allowed her to sleep there. Not like he used it much when Brianna didn’t come over.
It surprised him when the doorbell rang. He hadn’t been paying attention to the house’s system, so seeing Seance there irked him a bit, in all honesty.
Still, besides making Genn cry the man hadn’t done anything wrong. He quickly invited him to the kitchen after casting a privacy spell over the room.
“Is Genn…?” He asked tentatively.
“She’s sleeping right now.” He answered, and added, “On one hand, I feel like a protective sibling angry at you for making her cry. On the other you were at least brave enough to be honest with her instead of leading her further.”
“I… I didn’t mean to hurt her.”
“Unfortunately love usually hurts, especially when not reciprocated.” Magnus said. “Though my experience with it is more second hand.”
“…” Seance just sat there thinking, obviously ignoring the second part of his statement. “What should I do now?”
“Well, I can’t tell you to give her another chance. It would just not be fair for the both of you. And as much as I think you two could be happy together, I also know that some relationships are not meant to be.” He answered, but continued before Seance could open his mouth. “And no, I truly think you and Gina can’t be a thing. I like her as a person and mainly as a fellow academic. But Gina’s brain has only three things, sex drive, exploring drive and science drive. I honestly doubt you’ll be that special person that will change that.”
He frowned, but Magnus once again cut him off.
“It’s nothing against her, or you, her priorities are just different.” He said. “As for what you should do, I think you should think thoroughly and well about what you want to do with your life. We’ve not known each other for long, but I feel like you lack a proper goal. Maybe talk with Dr. Diggers about it, he’s your teacher, no? It doesn’t have to be too big, even if it’s just mastering a few Warmage spells, or getting over a roadblock in your development.”
The young man thought about it in silence before nodding. “Can I ask you a question?”
“Sure.” He nodded.
“It’s… not just a question. I think I’ve to clear up that one of the things that bothers me about Genn is that I knew her as him first…” He honestly sounded troubled by trying to express himself.
“Uh, I would have thought you would have… nevermind.” He waved it off and continued, “From my point of view, you’re seeing the subject wrong, especially with shapeshifting races. If I were to ask you, what do you think my gender is?”
“… male?”
Magnus smirked and slowly shifted into a female. “And now?”
Seance looked surprised.
“Look, I’m male, or at least present myself as one, because I chose so. I may not be a Rakshasa, but my identity can be described as Eldritch. My body’s not like any other living being, my mind doesn’t exist in the physical plane, my thinking works entirely different from yours.” She explained. “I wasn’t born, I was created by my father, he took samples from my two mothers and himself and created a single kid. But due to multiple issues he had to split that kid into three, I’m one of those three.”
“What?”
“I know, I still wonder how that kid would have grown, but they, or us, would most likely not have grown anywhere remotely as human as I can be. Neither of us three were assigned a gender at creation, we actually only chose around the age most kids enter school, and even then we did switch multiple times as we tried.” He continued his explanation. “So I can understand the whole gender issue, and that’s why I can tell you, Genn didn’t choose female just because it’s your sexual attraction. She chose it because she found it fitting and it makes her happy.”
Seance listened in silence. He finally nodded. “… I will think about it, thank you for answering my questions.”
Magnus watched Seance leave, the young man looked pensive. He hoped he thought things properly.
He decided to start preparing for the small mission to Jade, unfortunately he would have missed most of the tournament that had happened. But that didn’t mean there were plenty of interesting things to see in the realm.
He would be inviting Genn to come along. The change of scenery would hopefully help her feel better. For that he started to prepare some things to take along, while Sheikah Grimoire was useful, he needed a melee weapon.
He worked through the night, putting together two weapons. The first was a chain sword, it had taken most of the night to work each segment and enchant them separately. Especially as each segment could apply a different flavor of damage and could still be used as a normal longsword when pulled together. The second was a battle ax, the weapon nearly impractical in mundane means. But the magic weaved into the metal and the enchantments laid on top would make the damage it inflicted to be exceptionally hard to fix, naturally or magically.
They would complement his natural abilities quite well, and he also finished them in time to greet Genn with some breakfast too.
After greeting him she looked around. “Seance was here last night.”
“I’m almost surprised that you can tell.” He said. “But yes, it was after you fell asleep.”
“Did… did he…?”
“He wanted to know if you were okay and said he didn’t want to hurt you. I gave him a piece of my mind about what he did.” He smiled at her reaction. “Oh, don’t worry, he’s still in one piece, but I made sure that he will at least think things better, hopefully he will get his life in order.”
She sighed and sat down, starting with her breakfast.
“As for you, I would like to invite you to come with me to Jade for a day or two. You know more about the Realm than I do and I think a day or two away from here will help you feel better.”
“I wouldn’t mind some fresh air.” She mused. “But I would need to get some clothes,” she said and looked at the dress she was wearing, Magnus hadn’t changed it and it was now rumpled, “but I don’t want to visit my room at the Digger’s residence.”
“Then just tell me and I will prepare some clothing for you, I would just need your measurements and an hour, or two if you want them enchanted.” He offered.
She nodded and looked around. “You sure like to enchant everything.”
He shrugged, in good humor. “It’s something I excel at, and the more I use it, the better I get.” He said. “I’m certainly not short of the power to do so.”
The comment made her laugh and he felt better.
After the food was finished and the plates were placed to clean, the two headed down into the tailoring corner of the lab.
Genn looked impressed when the mannequin changed to imitate her body. “That’s quite impressive.” She praised.
“Thank you, it’s honestly much easier than bondaging someone with measuring tape.” He said and they laughed at the image. “It also helps that it can be ordered to pose and won’t complain when poked with needles.”
Genn laughed some more and they fell into comfortable chatting as he worked. As he had promised, a couple of hours had been enough to make over a dozen outfits for her, each one enchanted.
“These fit amazingly well.” She complimented.
“It's the tiny bit of work the fitting enchantment does. The clothes already fit, but it gives it an extra bit of impossible flexibility to keep the clothes from stretching or tightening when moving around.” He explained. “It will also not end in rags at the first sight of danger.”
Genn couldn’t help herself but to laugh loudly at that. The sight made him smile, he was glad she could enjoy a joke or two.
It didn’t take much more to prepare everything. He set the still unnamed sword on his hips and kept the ax in his inventory for the moment. He would need to find them good names soon.
Opening the way to Jade was actually deceptively easy, or at least it was if you were powerful enough and had the knowledge. So for him it was practically willing and a hole opened in the boundary between realms.
They came out in a, normally , empty-looking plain. Soft green grass as the eye could see, shifting into gentle golds and a few oranges. He could also see the large settlement hidden away in a combination of tiny pocket space and disguise spells. It was both a part of the space and at the same time not.
“This way.” Genn gestured to what he could see was some kind of entrance in the building.
With just a gesture from her hand the sight of the plains was replaced by a hole towards the settlement. Instantly he felt a few people looking in their direction, but he could ignore them for now.
While there were a few carrying dangerous intentions, most were just curious. The latter were expected, the former would be fun if they acted.
He was already liking it here.
Notes:
The Mystic and the Machine (200CP)(Marvel Cosmic):The argument between mystics and technology is a faulty one. There is no need to choose one as they enhance and complement one another. Like a certain Mad Titan you have unlocked mastery of combining these two pathways to power. You can always find ways to combine any mystical knowledge you have with any scientific or technical knowledge. This differs from Fine line in that it is all about creating magitech. It also allows you to make a technological version of any magic you know, or a magical version of any technology you can build. All power sources between the two become cross compatible as well. Only fools choose one when they can have both.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 51
As Genn paid for their entrance, Magnus eyed the hamlet. The space it occupied appeared to be a tiny bubble of real space that had been expanded. It was interesting to see how it occupied a single point and at the same time it expanded over an area.
It was as if someone had pinched the fabric of reality before putting their lips to it and blowing air into it, ballooning it out into a space that existed kind of under Reality. The place it had been pinched was then turned into the entrance, effectively sustaining the whole pocket. It was interesting to see how well built it was, that if for some reason collapsed it would displace real space and not get crushed.
“Thinking about making your own?” Genn teased.
“Oh?”
“You looked to be deep in thought,” she said.
Magnus laughed softly. “More like I was studying the construction of this place, it’s actually quite impressive.” He said as the two walked into the hamlet, the nature of the place hid pretty well how large it actually was.
Another interesting thing in Jade was the written language, Ribbon. It was called such because it’s a logographic writing system resembling of Celtic knots. The way the lines curved, crossed over and under each other and the number of lines determined the word, or phrase, each knot represented.
And just as Celtic knots, the language made for some beautiful decoration for the area, it was used practically in everything. Though he could see that a few were more like signatures, most likely of the people that had constructed each place, or maybe memorials.
Magnus followed Genn as she explained a few things about the place, soon ending in what appeared to be a bar where his companion asked a few questions.
“What was that about?” He asked after they sat on one of the tables.
An advantage of the controlled weather inside the hamlet, was that the temperature was always pleasant and things like rain didn’t exactly happen. This had led to most constructions to be quite open and windows only closed for privacy.
This meant that the bar had most people either sitting on the spots by the large open wall, mostly looking down on the people hanging out below. Or against the walls, keeping their backs safe, or as safe as a wooden wall could provide when a good portion of the population could easily punch through it. This had left them with one of the small tables in the middle, less used and less chances to bring problems with anyone pestering them for their spot.
“All is fine, I was just asking if the Edgeguard is around. They are local acquaintances.” She answered.
He thought about it. “Oh, I remember now, Brianna did mention them, one of them was Mrs. Digger’s apprentice once, right?”
“Yes, that would be Gar.” She nodded. “Then there’s Onoli, the leader, Thorpan, Tirga and Sheila.”
“More friends is always good.” He said.
“They are good people, they are one of the groups in charge of defending the area against monsters and other hostiles.” She explained.
“I see, then someone capable of making weapons and armor would be quite a good contact.” He lightly joked.
“They also travel a lot, so they should be able to tell you about interesting places in Jade.” She commented. “They should be back later today or tomorrow, apparently there was some kind of monster infestation in a near cave and they were sent to deal with it.”
“We can wait then, I’m sure there’s plenty to see around.”
They spent a bit chatting and watching people pass. While humans were a thing, in Jade many other species wandered around. Halflings, Elves, many kinds of Weres and other races he simply didn’t know the local name of.
He was glad to see Genn relaxing a bit, it was obvious that the previous night’s events still weighed on her. But the time away from Earth was helping her not think too much about it.
Of course, his Karma wouldn’t remain unnoticed, just like he quickly noticed when a pair of obvious troublemakers started to move in their direction. It was the combination between their smug and assured looks with the quality or well-fitting armor and ostentatious weapons that really cleared their most likely goal.
It was the way they looked at people, the difference between men and women, especially women that weren’t obviously highly trained warriors. The looks they got back told more than a few stories too.
“ We’re about to have some problematic company .” Magnus said. He focused the Understanding Enchantment on her, making no one else understand him.
She didn’t react besides just nodding to him, barely a gesture of leaning her head forward for a moment.
The two stood by their table and the man was the first to speak, “Hey honey, what’s a pretty thing like you doing with this tiny thing, why don’t you join us?”
“I-ah… I’m not looking for company, thank you.” Genn nearly stuttered but quickly managed to answer calmly.
“Don’t be so harsh, fair maiden,” the elf said next, “we’re very well known in these parts and can show we’re much better companions.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow. “My sister’s been pretty clear, could you please stop?”
The comment seemed to bring the pair’s peacocking to a pause. Aiding the Lie was the fact that they actually shared a number of features, the color of their skin and hair wasn’t too far apart. The main difference was that Genn had a pair of slightly curled horns growing back on her head.
“Ah! Even better,” the elf quickly recovered, “then we can ask you permission directly for-”
“Look, no offense, but we came to relax after my sister had a bad time last night,” Magnus interrupted him, knowing it would frustrate the man, “she’s not looking to date at the moment.”
It wasn’t even a full Lie, outside of Seance, she wasn’t trying to date.
The human man slammed his hands onto the table. “Look dude, no offense,” he said in a mocking tone, “but you don’t know how things are, we’re going to invite your sister to hang out and you puny thing will shut up.”
He simply raised an eyebrow. “I would be a terrible brother if I allowed her to go with you after seeing you act like that.”
That seemed to tick the man off even more, and before the elf could stop him, he tried to punch Magnus’ face. It was fast enough that a normal person wouldn’t have been able to react and most likely get knocked out. But instead he reached and grabbed it, making the force behind it a Lie to bring it to a sudden stop.
“You’re just confirming my assumption.” He said, making the man grind his teeth.
The man growled and looked down at the sword resting against Magnus’ chair. “That’s it,” he pulled his hand back, “you, me, outside, I will show you.”
Genn just sighed, knowing what was coming. Meanwhile the elf looked happy about the event, making Magnus think the whole thing was either part of their plan, or something they had done before.
He shrugged and got up. “Okay, let’s see what you can do.”
The man grinned as if he had already won. The whole situation didn’t seem to have gone missing by the people around, more than one starting to carry bets, mostly against him, or moving to better positions to watch.
People had quickly formed a sort-of arena, standing on a large circle as the two of them stood near the center.
The man laughed as he looked around, most likely enjoying the attention. “I will show you what you get for insulting me, Kuren, the Deadshot.” He was already praising himself as he held his bow at the ready with a single arrow on his other.
It felt like some kind of wrestling match.
“I see, well, I’m Magnus, no title yet.” He unsheathed his sword. Even in compact form the segments were visible given the slight hues of each one.
“With a weapon like that they may end up calling you the rainbow sword.” The man said.
His comment made Magnus blink as it gave him an idea for the sword’s name.
“It wouldn’t exactly be the worst, Iris is a fine weapon after all.” He named the sword and felt it warm under his touch. “I would be careful about it.”
He shifted his hand and the segments loosened, turning into a bladed whip. The change made the man sharpen his gaze, suddenly realizing the weapon would make up for the distance he could put as an archer.
The signal to start was silent, but two arrows were shot in the blink of an eye, impressive as Kuren had only had held one a moment before. Meanwhile Magnus didn’t move from his spot, instead flicked the handle and the sword came to life.
Like a serpent hunting its prey, it shot up, cutting through both arrows before they could get closer than a meter to him. He didn’t say anything, just smiled as he pulled the weapon into compact form before stabbing forward, having it extend forward and force the man to jump away as he couldn’t block it as easily as he had.
The moment lasted for a moment before the fight started for a second time, the hunter quickly started to move around, raining arrows on him from any angle he could. Straight, curved, volleys and more, mixing and matching the timings to try and get past the defense Iris created.
Magnus just stood there, allowing the chain sword to dance around him, the multi-colored segments danced through the air, leaving slight trails of elemental color. It quickly became obvious they were more than just a detail as the arrows falling to the ground appeared to be charred, burned, frozen and more.
Kuren’s arrows also started to come in at more dangerous angles, one had managed to hug the ground to try and hit him from below at the same time that the rest came at him from practically every other angle.
He saw the man grin, and responded with one of his own. “Double Rainbow.” He said and the Lie took effect.
Iris split in two, effectively cutting through every projectile. It only lasted for a moment, but it was enough to stun Kuren in surprise as Magnus once more stabbed the sword forward, the tip of the sword missing his neck by a few centimeters. A small movement of his wrist had it turn, closing around the man’s neck but not even touching his skin before it was pulled back, leaving him pale.
“I think that’s my win.” Magnus declared, a mock-decapitation was clear enough in his books.
Of course the man hadn’t been alone, so instead of putting his sword away, Magnus’ arm bent back, stopping the thin sword the elf used to try and attack him.
“…So was that necessary?” He asked out loud as he turned around, Iris stayed firmly in place. He could have just turned his head like an owl, but that would have freaked out too many people and getting declared a monster would be troublesome if he wanted to return.
The elf growled, but didn’t get to reply as a swing of the sword sent him flying to his friend.
The twin glares washed off him like water off a duck’s back, he only grinned as it provoked the two of them effectively enough for the pair to throw off all pretenses and attack at the same time.
A fun thing about Weres was that they were quite noticeable for him from a magical-point of view, he could feel their Curse coming from afar. So Magnus didn’t defend, instead allowing a Werelion and a Werepanther to stop the attack, the rest of the Edgeguard fell onto the two men who appeared to have realized the mistake they had made.
He could almost hear the ‘uh-oh’ from the two guys. Meanwhile the two that had stopped throwing dagger and arrow turned to look at him.
“Are you okay?” The Werelion asked.
“Thank you, and yes.” He answered as Genn approached them, most people breaking away as the show was done.
“Magnus, did you have to push them like that?” She asked and poked at his chest, making him chuckle.
“You could tell? I didn’t even taunt, but they thought so highly of themselves that they just reacted.” He said.
“Onoli, Thropan, nice to meet you.” She greeted the pair as she did her best to ignore his words.
“Genn, it’s nice to see you, you came alone?” Onoli, the Werelion, asked.
“No, I came with my brother, Magnus, these two are part of the Edgeguard, though I would imagine you already knew.” She presented him.
“I could feel them rushing in.” He admitted, internally grinning at her having called him brother with full honesty.
“You could?” Onoli asked, looking surprised.
That’s when the rest of the Edgeguard.
“Genn, it’s good to see you again.” A short, female Wereleopard asked as she approached them. To her side was a much larger, male Wereleopard and a male Weretiger.
“Hi Sheila, Gar, Tirga, and yes. This is my brother Magnus, he wanted to visit Jade and I offered to guide him around.”
The three of them gave him a look, once more the slight Lie supported on their similarities held. Though only Sheila caught the other part of he Lie Genn had said, not that she commented, he imagined she would keep it for later.
“So what happened?” Thorpan asked.
“Not much, honestly.” Magnus answered. “We’re just relaxing in the bar after some walking around when those two approached us and asked Genn to go with them because I was too little for her,” he got a few grins, especially from Sheila, “she rejected them but they insisted. That’s when I told them I was her brother and she wasn’t interested, they kept pushing and I told them that doing that proved it was a bad idea to let her go with them.”
As he retold the events, Genn just shook her head, but didn’t deny any part of it.
“The human tried to punch me and I stopped it, he told me to come out to fight, as if that would change something.. The fight wasn’t too long, Iris stopped all of his arrows and I called a victory after threatening to take first blood, not that my blade even nicked his skin, I did a lot more damage when I stopped the elf’s attempt at a backstab and threw him at the man.”
Onoli nodded. “While an effective pair, they have let their egos get bloated lately, so it was inevitable that they would bite more than they could chew. It’s still impressive you could take them both at the same time.” He praised.
“Thank you, I take my training as seriously as my craft.” He said as they moved back to the back, relocating to one of the spots by the wall.
“From what I heard you used a chainsword?” Thropan asked. “I’ve not seen many using such a complex weapon, I have heard of even less capable of being skilled with it.”
He nodded and carefully pulled Iris out. “I’m a crafter by profession, but that doesn’t mean I don’t aim to excel with all of my creations.” He showed the weapon carefully.
“You made it yourself?” Tyrga asked in surprise.
“I made all of my weapons and equipment.” He answered.
“It’s an impressive piece of craft.” Onoli said. “Must have taken a while to finish.”
“Oh, not really, I’ve been blessed with the ability to work many times faster than a normal person.”
That got him a few looks.
“Then you must have had it for a while to master it to that extent.” Gar said.
“I finished it this morning, the fight was the first time I ever used it.” He corrected him, grinning in delight.
Gar chuckled. “You’re just like Gina, no?” She asked knowingly.
“Just a different field, I do magic, equipment, consumables and I’m a deft hand at dealing with curses.” He happily answered her.
“And what are you looking for in your services?” Onoli asked.
“Connections, trust, interesting materials, knowledge of interesting places or monsters.” He answered. “Money’s not exactly hard to come by, but there are things that money can’t really get easily.”
The Werelion nodded. “That’s understandable.”
“So you went out to deal with some monsters?” Genn asked, slightly changing the subject.
“Oh yes,” Tirga took the chance to speak, “there were a few sightings of strange figures in the night. It turned out it was a small hive of Shadow Wraiths that had taken over an old abandoned bear’s nest.”
“They are pretty cowardly night predators that despise most sources of light, they mostly go for easy prey. They usually take over old abandoned places and wait for people to come to them. But this close to the hamlet they had to be taken out before they became a problem.” Gar added to the explanation.
They chatted a bit more until Sheila dragged Genn off under some weak excuse. No one stopped them, especially Magnus who wanted his new sister to relax and talking with another woman could help her more than he could. Even if he could have easily changed his gender.
The rest of the Edgeguard asked a few pointed questions, but he thankfully didn’t have to lie for even one of them. Even the answer that they were siblings rang more and more True to him every time he said it.
When Genn and Sheila didn’t come after a while, the Weres excused themselves as they still had matters to attend. Meanwhile Magnus decided to wander around a bit alone.
Or maybe not entirely alone as it only took ten minutes before two figures started to follow him. It didn’t take a rocket science degree to know who it was. He guessed they had most likely gotten a fine or a warning as no one had been injured and the most that had happened was some disturbance in a public area.
Nothing said he couldn’t get some extra fun out of the duo.
Sheila closed the door before turning to her and smiling. “Okay, now that the boys aren’t around, tell me what happened.”
“Wh-what do you mean?” Genn tried to act as if nothing had happened.
Magnus had been right about taking some time off Earth and she was feeling much more relaxed, but the sudden comment had made the memories of the events from the night before resurface immediately.
“That, right there.” The Wereleopard said. “Come on, tell me, it’s Seance, no?”
“I-… yes.” She sighed softly. “We went out last night, it was wonderful… but on the way back he admitted he’s not interested in me and that he’s still pining for Gina.”
Sheila sat on the bed with her and pulled Genn into a hug. “I’m sorry to hear that, my brother was similarly downtrodden after Britanny got married, he spent like a few weeks in this funk. Sadly love hurts.”
The comment made her giggle. “Magnus said the same thing, it has strangely helped a lot.”
“Talking about him, I didn’t know you had a brother.” Sheila said knowingly.
She froze. “Well… don’t say anything, but we’re not related.” She admitted. “It’s just… he’s definitely better family as my brother than my mother ever will be.”
“Your mother?” The Were asked, making Genn nod. “Bad experiences?”
“I’ve not seen her in hundreds of years, she just ignored me until I could be of use for her.” She explained a very complicated situation in just a few words. “… and Magnus threatened to kill her if she tried to threaten me for her own gain.”
“Sometimes I forget you’re that old… So you two aren’t…?”
“Oh, no, no, no. To start, he's going out with Brianna.” Genn quickly cleared things up. “Also I feel much better having him as a brother.” And it wasn’t a lie, it was a connection she hadn’t had before and felt much more solid and reliable than anything else she had experienced.
“I see, well. That’s good, I’ve had Gar all of my life, so I can’t imagine how it would be not having a brother.” She said. “Is he as good at crafting as he boasted?”
“Yes, he made my clothes in just a while.” She explained. “Actually, he made me a whole wardrobe.” She showed off what she was wearing. “All enchanted, it feels perfect.”
“I’m jealous, I’ve been using the same clothes for official business for months. Do you think he would agree if I commissioned him something?” She asked.
“He’s nothing keeping him occupied at the moment, and he’s more than happy to help friends.”
Sheila nodded. “Then we should go and hunt him down.” She insisted.
Genn laughed softly. “Sure, sure, how have things been here since last time we saw each other?” She asked as the two left the room.
“Not much, after the whole giant golem attack things calmed down a bit. That thing scared monsters for kilometers and they have only been returning lately.” Sheila answered. “Things got a bit heated a few days ago with the Tournament of Arms.”
“Oh? I think I heard Mrs. Diggers mentioning it.”
“Yeah, Gnolga almost got to win it, but lost her temper tight at the end and lost the match.” Sheila recounted. “It was nasty, she did not react well to that, especially because Mrs. Diggers wasn’t the one to beat her.”
Genn winced, she had heard the woman mentioning an old enmity with her fellow swordswoman. Their main difference was that Julia had let go of it long ago while Gnolga had soured in it.
“That must not have gone well.”
Sheila shook her head with a sad expression. “Over a dozen people were injured until she was reduced, some may never heal right.”
That comment made Genn remember something. “Oh! Magnus may be able to help with that, he got his hands on a pretty strong healing plant he wanted to share with the local healers.”
“Interesting, I will see if we can present it to Gaja, he has more of a in with the healer order.” Sheila offers.
As they were walking they heard some screams, which caused Sheila’s whole demeanor to change into serious, business mode in an instant and take off running, Genn barely getting to keep up with her by shifting her body a bit. Even then the Wereleopard was much faster.
Even then she still managed to get there in time to see the two troublemakers that had tried to get her to go out with them by force.
At the moment they were looking quite pathetic, cowering on the ground and looking up the Magnus’ massive form. Though it took her only a moment to realize it wasn’t true. Not only she couldn’t feel him there, but a closer look showed there was no shadow being cast under the figure. She could even see him standing a few meters behind the illusion.
Sheila, meanwhile, was not being a good Edgeguard as all she was doing was laughing at the situation until Onoli and the rest arrived. In her defense, Genn was also laughing a bit too, and it wasn’t like the two of them were in any danger outside of needing a change of clothing.
“You know I should be taking you in for that, right?” Onoli said sternly. “But it’s the truth that besides a bit of panic, you didn’t hurt anybody and it’s your first time around.” He sighed, rubbing his head and running his fingers through his mane.
“I understand, thankfully it’s not like that was anything but an Illusion. Honestly I didn’t expect them to get that scared.” Magnus spoke with what sounded to be total and complete honesty to her ears.
Genn couldn’t help but to giggle, thankfully she had been laughing until a moment before so she could hide it. Mainly she was once more surprised by how easily the man made lies sound like the complete truth.
A smile adorned her face after the little talk Onoli had ended up giving her brother. She felt glad she had taken his invitation, only Seance changing his mind would make things perfect. But she understood that not everything could be perfect, and that was okay.
Chapter 52
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 52
Magnus had excused himself for a moment to step away from the table when he felt the Realm poking at him. It was a curious sensation, enough to be noticeable even as he was sharing dinner with Genn and the Edgeguard.
The gentle prodding continued until he found a bare-chested, portly man wearing a grass skirt, a wooden mask and a pair of pineapples. Or that was what everyone would see. To Magnus the man was less of a man and more an extension of the Realm, something very close to how his grandmother Gaia existed.
“Greetings elder.” He bowed his head.
“Hmm, finally some proper respect, but I’m magnanimous enough to not care about such things as the shadow ruler of Jade.” The man said, his voice almost designed to be overlooked and go unheeded.
“I felt you call, what is the reason for it?”
“Straight to the point, that’s okay, this is not the time for socializing.” The man said and waved his hand, immediately Magnus allowed the knowledge of a location on Jade to appear in his mind. “Go there, you’re being expected. With that my presence is no longer needed.”
Magnus shook the surprise off and bowed, thanking the man before returning to the table.
“Everything okay?” Genn asked.
“Yeah, don’t worry.” He soothed her worries as the dinner continued.
After they decided to head back to Earth, Genn took his room. But on the other hand, Magnus headed back to Jade. The new Rito Mask allowed him to take to the skies, a dark shadow silently cutting through the skies unseen.
He flew over plains, fields, valleys and finally arrived in a more mountainous area. It was easy to find his destination, a long set of stairs carved into the stone of the mountain, from the air almost invisible. He skipped the whole climb and landed on a bit of exposed construction, the erosion showing the immense age of the construction.
A single figure awaited him, wrapped in a dark blue cloak that only allowed a bit of white hair and a skin tone similar to his own greeted him, “Welcome traveler from afar.”
Magnus released the Mask and put it away. “Thank you, I came as fast as possible.”
“No, thank you for complying with this invitation. This way.” He gestured and walked down into the ruins.
They walked in silence for almost ten minutes down a spiral staircase until the way opened to a massive underground cavern, where an artificial sun shone down a massive city constructed in the cave.
“Welcome to the Undercity.” The man said, almost offhandedly as he guided him away from the city towards a spot built almost diametrically opposite in location related to the source of light.
A large vault door let out a sigh of pressure before rolling away, revealing a smaller cavern, or maybe it was more of a room, every surface covered in metal panels.
An old woman in a very light blue cloak sat at the center, apparently working on something until they came inside. All around her were small biomechanical creatures, their bodies making him remember certain suspicions he had been looking into. They congregated around the woman in a very child-like fashion, looking at him with small distrust.
“Welcome Magnus, don’t mind the little ones, the Pau are sensitive and you’re a stranger in more than one way.” The woman spoke, sounding tired in a level that was surprising.
“… Gina, I would guess you’re from the last loop?” He said, almost sure.
The woman laughed. “Unfortunately…” She smiled, but there was heartache in her eyes.
He wandered over and before she could react, pulled her into a hug. He could feel her tense before relaxing, the gesture also making the Pau relax too as he let go of her.
“Thank you, sometimes I forget that I’m still human sometimes.” She laughed awkwardly for a moment. “And thank you for guiding Magnus here, Ecko.”
The man nodded.
Magnus smiled and said nothing, allowing the old woman to talk again, “Until you originally arrived in this World, I only had a fifty fifty chance of completing my goal and fixing what landed me here. I had planned things for millennia and the best I had gotten was a perfect coin toss.” She explained. “And then you arrived, bringing with you a chaos like no other, if you just had left I could have moved a few things around. Even the three Wererats wouldn’t have been much of a problem. But you took Summoner, and with her so many plans just folded over like a house of cards with nothing to be built on.”
“I’m happy to tell you she’s doing great and has adopted the name Ruby.” He offered when she took a moment to breathe.
“Good, I’m honestly glad to hear that, I hated the role she would have ended in the story, having to deal with Dreadwing for as long as I had planned was never something I would have wanted to inflict on her. But it was the only way to get close enough to the monster.” She grumbled.
“I may not be my original, but I doubt he would apologize either.” He chuckled.
“Oh, nothing like that. I’ve long since known there were things that could happen, chaos is inevitable. But in a way the chaos you brought was refreshing enough that I could shift things up to fifty one percent chances of success even if you hadn’t happened.” She said and looked at him. “Since you took Ruby off the World, Tirant’s plans to take over Jade have gone very differently. Gaja’s still alive, Julia Diggers didn’t had to take part in the tournament, and the changes will only increase as time passes and you continue interacting with the World.”
“So you want my help in your future plans?” He tentatively asked.
Old Gina sighed. “… yes, in many ways you’re already ahead of any other that could possibly help by the simple fact that you can understand what’s happening on a different level.” She finally admitted. “I was planning on keeping my hands off the playing field for a few more years. But if you’ll help me I’ll have to get you up to date on how things are going to happen and what we’re aiming for.”
Magnus nodded. “I understand, in addition to looking on the bright side, I managed to contact my original, with a bit of luck he finds information about this World somewhere else.” He grinned at her look of exacerbation.
Magnus ended returning home before sun dawned, just in case he weaved a Truth that he had been there all night long just in case. Thankfully he had a few potions already brewed that could be used as proof he had spent the night working if someone asked, they would be useful in the meeting he would be having later on the day.
The meeting had given him a lot to think about, and more to plan for himself in the future.
Old Gina was very old, very tired and very traumatized, she just had lived enough to compartmentalize the last one. But he had seen the little Lies she told herself to keep herself from breaking while telling her story to him.
It still had helped her, Magnus was very much a stranger to her situation, and one that wouldn’t judge her unfairly. Her retelling her story had actually been pretty cathartic for the woman, Ecko had thanked him before he left.
To the old dark elf, while she was a friend, she was more of an elder. Ancient One he called her, having been a key figure in helping his race survive ages before. A thin, invisible barrier kept him from truly feeling like he helped her.
The tale she had told had brought to his attention how much he had truly thrown things off order. Her plan had been going from nearly the start of time and she wasn’t entirely alone, though not entirely in a good way.
One was Dreadwing, the dragon hadn’t been killed when he had had an unfortunate meeting with Gina years before Magnus had entered the World. Instead the malevolent Dragon had been flung back in time boneless, only to meet with two time-traveling villains from a future that had been cut off from existence.
Said events had happened and still not as time travel as it was used generated multiple ways to observe the passage of Time. Events in the past could be happening before, after and in parallel to the present. It would be a few months to a year before the villain’s actions would start to be felt in the present and he became active in the current time.
Until then there were a lot of plans that would need to be corrected. For example, since Ruby had left the World, the villain Tirant’s plans to take over Jade were progressing slower, which had led to Julia Diggers not being defeated by Gnolga.
Normally this defeat would have had the woman seeking her old master to learn a certain skill that would help her recover a more youthful body. It would also have two young fighters be sent to learn under her, creating strong connections and becoming powerful allies to Gina in the future.
It would all have happened naturally. Except that now Gnolga had lost the tournament and been imprisoned for her reaction to said loss, Julia didn’t have to visit her master, and Tirant’s plans were falling apart without Ruby to provide coordination and all of her abilities.
Thankfully the biggest thing was getting Julia to visit her master and that was something Old Gina could fix. But Magnus would have to give it a little push. Thankfully all he had to do was spar with the woman and push her a bit harder than he would have under normal circumstances. It felt wrong to aim to humiliate her enough to have her want to get back in shape, underhanded too. But she would come out on the other side much better.
Honestly, the worst part would be making sure Brianna didn’t want to kill him after. He would have to be very careful when using Taunt on Julia, maybe aim to feed on her enjoyment of a good fight, blind her to the consequences until it was too late.
Another problem in the short term was Madrid, but not in the way Magnus had expected. The Djinni would originally have gone through a pretty bad defeat at Gina’s hands, which would have led the woman to reconsider a lot of things and fix her life.
That one would be harder to fix unfortunately. But it could also wait, or even be solved by itself as Madrid would most likely try the same thing she had done the first time.
Of course it wasn’t everything, Old Gina had been planning for thousands of years, even if she spent a lot of time asleep. She mostly had talked him into the general image of things and the imminent events.
He wondered if he should ask his brother to visit. It would certainly be pretty funny if Milo managed to visit the World before his original’s return. Though he would have to make sure he was careful when approaching the World.
He hoped his original was having an easier time in whatever World he was currently in.
Magnus read through the resulting treaty between himself, as the leading figure of the Long Fortune crew, and Archon, as representative of the USA government, or at least its military.
The biggest win, outside of some of the concessions he had gotten in their favor, was that there had been no weapon technology being exchanged. He would be crafting a number of personal weapons for some of the top members and a few dozen undersuits with all that came with them.
While the weapons were interesting, it was the latter that had caught his imagination. He could have certainly put together the few dozen they had ordered, but that felt incredibly limiting. There were a lot of very obvious problems, what if one of them turned? What if they hired too many supers? Would new recruits want to use the old suits of those that retired? Like that there were dozens of other problems.
That’s why he had come up with a different idea, a way to bestow the protections out. A way for an object to bestow a physical blessing like a set of clothes was an idea interesting enough to start working the details out even during the meeting. He had come out with a prototype already in his head and had quickly gotten to work on it.
It didn’t take longer than finishing the prototype that gave someone the ability to suddenly get a new set of clothes when a new Perk slotted in. It was close enough to what he was doing that the actual source of knowledge made him laugh out loud.
The ability to bestow the ability for a mundane person to turn into a magical girl. It was a very basic suite of power along with the transformation ability. It was almost troublesome that he would have to tear the knowledge provided by the Perk apart and not just give Archon the ability to manufacture magical girls en-masse. Not that that would work, everyone knew the larger number of magical girls in an area the higher the chances for a catastrophically apocalyptic event.
There was also the fact that it also made the user a magical girl , which would be extremely funny when used on adult men like many of the members of Archon… he would totally see how to get them to use it that way.
First thing was to properly study the knowledge. It had three parts: the transformation, the cosmetics and the suite of powers.
The transformation was the most straightforward part, a code word or phrase along with a possible gesture or pose allowed the rest of the transformation to kick in. The transformation sort-of replaced the person with a simulacrum, the magical girl . While straightforward, it wasn’t in any way simple.
The first thing he did was replace how it worked. A simple word of activation and the active intent of transforming would be enough and would lead to a homogeneous presentation. He was replacing the whole simulacrum part of the transformation, many of the heroes were already much stronger than a magical girl and could easily end up weaker or having problems with their powers. This would sacrifice a number of powers and safeties, but if they wanted that they would need to accept to be turned into girls.
The cosmetic part was half sacrificed in the loss of the simulacrum, but the appearance part was simplified by having it accept a sample costume for the transformation to mimic on top of the undersuit. Simple and direct. If they wanted to change it they would just need to basically turn the bestowing off and on again.
Finally it was the powers, technically they had all been lost when the simulacrum was removed from the transformation. Instead he would have it be a sort-of blessing. Cutting resistance, penetration resistance, blunt resistance, basic regeneration, comfort, perfect fit, weather resistance. Funnily enough, this was the easiest part, the only trick he had to figure out was having the powers be bestowed by something that would be turned on and off.
It took him almost a whole day, a whole day where he ignored a number of other subjects, and it wasn’t until he was finished that he realized a very big and important fact. The result was almost a beautifully created pylon, the problem was that it was practically transparent in its working.
So far he hadn’t had a need to black box his creations, anything more complex than a weapon was used by him or those close. He just hadn’t feared anyone realizing how they worked. But this was something he was more or less selling. Thankfully one of the manuals in his library was written exactly for the subject by his father.
But that could wait for a bit, as he had realized, he had ignored many important things, Ruby being the most important of them.
He found her, or at least her main self and a number of Magends, in their bedroom.
He joined the pile, wrapping her in his arm. “How’re you doing?” He asked.
“… conflicted.” She said before letting out a sigh. “I feel jealous of myself and glad that I didn’t have to go through all of that.”
“I think the easiest is to accept that she’s not you, you’re Ruby, a smart and powerful woman that has taken a completely different path in her life. You’ve simply had access to completely different things than Array had.” He spoke gently and honestly. “I also want to remind you that it’s not necessarily the life you would have lived, even before I interfered in your World.”
“Is it wrong that it’s helping?” One of her other bodies asked softly.
“I would hope it’s helping as that’s my objective.” He answered. “There’s an infinite number of Worlds out there, you could spend eternity flying in a single ‘direction’ and you would never find an end.” He spoke gently. “Oh things would change, most likely you would find inhabitable Worlds, ones that run on completely different mechanics and Worlds that are practically identical to others but a single detail. Thinking that our life experiences are unique is a bit egoistical. It’s hard to imagine, but there may as well be another Magnus, outside of my copy, out there in a situation similar to our own, True Infinite is non-comprehensible.”
“What will we do about it?” She asked.
“Orange’s compiling all the information available about it, not just from the comics but any extras that could exist, and sending it over to my copy. While the knowledge is not a hundred percent sure, there’s enough there that he may get some use out of it.” He explained. “Outside of that? Maybe note the few of your Magends the material marks out to search for them? That’s if you’re interested, they appear to have mostly found a good life, though I don’t doubt that more than one may want to return and rest.”
Ruby’s grip on him tightened, many of her Magends currently on the bed scooting closer. “… I want you to help me train more.”
Her comment surprised him a bit, because it wasn’t like they didn’t train. “Sure.” He agreed without a doubt.
“Not just our training together, I want your help to push my ability further, I want to master it and make it more.” She cleared up. “I know I’ve a lot of power waiting on the wings, but with the System I know I can do more, I want to break my limits.”
“Then I will be there to hold your hand and catch you if you trip.” He promised.
The same way he wondered what he could create next, he wondered what would become of Ruby now that she had a goal.
Maxima was curious that Magnus had come to her just a couple days after their meeting.
In all honesty, it had been a pair of calm days that had allowed he to tackle the paperwork that had built up after the sudden arrival of the Long Fortune and the latter attack of the extremist group.
“So what’s this all about?” She asked, glad to get a break from dealing with the new rookies.
She eyed the floating pylon, actually confused about its presence.
“I realized that just giving you three dozen undersuits, while useful, would sooner or later become too little and force you to choose who uses them,” he started to explain, “so I decided to offer a slight alternative.”
“That thing?”
“Exactly, all you need is to have the person touch the surface and you give it permission and they get the ability to change into the undersuit and costume.” He said.
She took a moment to parse on his words. “Let me understand this right, instead of just giving us the commissioned undersuits, you decided to craft something that gives a person the ability to costume change?” She asked.
“Activating the costume change also provides all the requested abilities in addition to effectively providing a costume that will regenerate automatically and effectively be pristine each time it’s activated as it’s created practically on the spot.” He added.
“What’s the catch?”
“Right now only you can move it or give permission.” He said.
“That’s… no, I see why you would do that.” She mused. “How is it used?”
“To activate all you need is to have the chosen person press their hand against the large circle, to customize the looks, aka the costume, they will have to provide a proper illustration of it, or actually wear the costume when activating.” He explained. “Otherwise it will take their current clothes as the costume. You then give it the confirmation and it’s done. They can change by saying a codeword and wanting to change.”
“Any codewords?”
“As you have the administrator role, you can effectively change it to whatever you want. Just putting your hand on the circle and willing it will open the menu where it will give you the options to change codewords, turn someone’s ability off or completely remove the ability. I will note that to change the costume they will have to get removed and reactivated, it was honestly easier and I suspected there wouldn’t be enough costume changes to go the extra mile for a feature that may not be really used.”
“What about those with natural abilities stronger than those given by the suits?” She questioned him.
“Since the enchantment is laid on the clothes and not on the person, they can be considered a flat amount on top of their natural ability, that means that it will, in most cases, take the hit and break before the person’s natural toughness comes into play.”
“Very impressive, and definitely something we may have more use for than just a number of armored undersuits.” She praised. “Though I feel like I’m missing something here.”
He thought about it. “I think it’s because you’re noticing the origin of the knowledge I used to create this.” He said with a grin on his lips. “I can give you a clue if you want.”
She sharpened her gaze, trying to figure out what kind of World could give an ability like this, powers with a costume change… it dawned on her.
“There’s only two things I can think of: Sentai Teams and… Magical Girls.” She said.
Magnus’ grin grew larger. “That’s right, it was the latter.” He chuckled. “I had to remove that part that turned the user into a young woman or teenage girl. I mean, I could still program that part if you wanted to prank someone, it’s honestly harmless and shouldn’t take me more than a few minutes to make a one-use disposable one.” He offered.
“Could I design the costume?” Was the only thing she had to ask, given the smile on the man’s face, the answer was definitely yes.
She could work with this.
Notes:
Hands Off! (100CP)(Starcraft II - Nova Covert Ops):When one is at the forefront of technological development, one sometimes has to watch out for espionage. Why bother developing a revolutionary new weapon system when a Ghost with sticky fingers walks in and takes it? You are able to design, and seamlessly implement security protocols into any technology or equipment you have access to that would limit use to only authorized personnel. You don't even have to go to the extreme of half-breaking it either, that's for neanderthals and inferior scientists.
Magical Girl Transformation (100CP) (Magical Girl Rising Project): Ah, the transformation from mundane to magical, one of the true hallmarks of a magical girl. The Magical Girls of this world are given a form based on their avatars in the Magical Girl Raising Project phone game, frequently also possessing somewhat silly names. While the cosmetics are widely adjustable at the time of creation, for the most part the appearance has little to do with the capabilities. While the appearance can be quite varied, this form also comes with a number of other abilities. In addition to a potent resistance to mundane weapons, toxins, diseases, and a variety of other external factors, it also grants varyingly above peak human physical capabilities. As well as alleviating several normal limitations such as the need to eat, expel waste and sleep. A final benefit is that damage done to this form isn't reflected back onto your normal form, making it so that you don't need to worry about your injuries once you transform back. Also, yes, this form makes you a magical girl, even if you are normally a boy.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 53
Magnus watched Maxima get the room in order. In just a few minutes she had managed to get a small number of those heroes currently on base to attend the surprise test of the new equipment.
She quickly explained things before calling one of them to come forward, “Math you will be the first to try this.” She practically ordered.
Magnus had checked out the man before. He was marked as mundane but extremely skilled in Martial Arts and CQC. It was easy for him to see just how well forged his body was through training. He was also a bit of an open pervert and rarely missed a chance to ogle or try to flirt, even if he was in danger of getting smacked by someone capable of leveling buildings.
The cocky, blond man shrugged. “Sure.” He stepped forward. “But why am I being chosen? And how are we doing this?”
“First, because you’re one of the few non-powered people here, even with your skills, you’re one of those that will gain the most out of this.” She explained. “Second, consider it a punishment for the shenanigan you pulled last week.”
The man winced. “I knew I should have been more careful, but…” He whispered and chuckled.
“As for how to do it, just put your hand on the glowing circle and I will give you permission to use the costume change.” She explained. “Once you have done so you will just have to will it and the spell will take you through the process.”
The man shrugged again and took his hand out of his pocket before placing it on the ‘fake’ bestowing pylon. A small flash of light as Maxima gave the okay and nothing else happened.
“Uh, it’s like there’s a button on my mind, should I push it, colonel?” Math asked.
“Do it.” Maxima answered, a barely disguised grin on her lips, but one that was lost by the man as his gaze went lower than that.
The man nodded and suddenly his face contorted into a smile, his right hand shot to the side of his face taking the sign of the horn pointing to his eyes, the other hand grabbed his waist as he posed.
“By the protection of the Moon and Martial arts!” He was forced to speak in a sweet tone as his hands moved to form a heart over his chest. “My love shall protect you!”
His body started to float as light was cast over his figure, a privacy screen covered him as the change into the simulacrum happened behind it.
The stunned silence from everyone watching was only broken by Maxima and his own struggle to not laugh. The martial artist was now a short teenage girl in frilly, but quite modest, school girl uniform.
“What the f-?!” Math started to ask, and curse, but stopped as he reached for his neck. “Why is my voice so…” His hands stopped as he noticed how feminine and well manicured they were. “Why am I a girl?!”
The way his voice broke was the straw that broke the camel’s back and everyone broke out in laughter.
“This is not funny!” Math complained, checking himself out between grumbles.
Maxima snorted. “I’m sorry to say, but it really is, there’s a small sense of ironic justice, so how does it feel, Math?”
“Not bad, which is strange because this body is completely different from my own.” He answered, actually looking worried by how easily he could move around.
“That’s good… anyways, that’s not the real system Magnus’ made as part of the exchange.” Maxima cleared up.
“You mean this,” Math gestured to himself, “was unnecessary?”
Maxima grinned. “I doubt it, after all, it’s worth it to know that Sailor Princess Math’s love shall protect us all.” She managed to speak in a completely even and serious tone.
He blushed. “Can I return to normal?”
“Oh, no, it’s totally permanent.” Magus Lied, making the man turned magical girl glare at him. “I’m kidding, I’m kidding, just push the button again.”
They grumbled and stiffened as the transformation sequence took over again. “The day’s saved once more!” And with a poof of smoke he was back to normal. “… that just sucked.”
Maxima placed her hand on the pylon. “There we go, I removed that ability.”
“Great, the joke’s over, right?” Math grumbled. “That felt so weird.” He commented as he patted himself.
“That may be because you didn’t really turn into a girl.” Magnus explained. “The spell gives you a flash-created doll body, I’m sure you noticed how it wasn’t reacting to things like the environment or any physiological need.”
The man nodded. “Yeah, I could tell, I felt stronger, but that was mainly because I didn’t feel any of the usual limits the human body has.” He mused. “I’ve trained myself enough to know how to get around them, so not feeling them was surprising. The most interesting thing is that the change of body shape didn’t affect my balance… though I was certainly not the most endowed.” He gestured to his chest. “I would have preferred a body with more curves.”
Magnus rolled his eyes and was definitely not the only one, the rest of the heroes spectating were teasing the blond as he sat back down. He quickly replaced the pylon for the actual one, the joke one quickly going into recycling as there was no need to leave something of its nature just laying around.
“Aw, that means I can’t be a magical girl?” Anvil complained.
“Unfortunately the transformation would get in the way of your powers.” Magnus offered. “As the body is not your own, most abilities you normally have won’t express themselves correctly.”
The redheaded woman pouted and dropped her chin onto her hands.
“Now the actual thing works similarly, sans the forced speech, light show and body change.” Magnus explained. “The main difference outside of that is that you can choose a costume for the change to create over the undersuit, this will store your current clothes away until you change back.”
“What about if we don’t have a costume?” One of the big guys, Mr Amorphous, asked.
“Then it will just use whatever clothes you’re wearing when you first are bestowed the ability.” He happily answered. “To later change them you just have to have the ability revoked and apply again.”
The heroes exchanged a look before Hiro stepped forward.
“So I just have to put my hands on the circle too?” He asked.
“That’s right, Major.” Maxima answered. “You do that and I give it permission.”
The man nodded, looking glad it was Maxima who answered. The process was as innocuous as the first time.
“Uh, I do see what you meant by a button.” He mused. “Should I do it?”
“Go ahead.”
The man nodded and concentrated before his clothes seemed to glitch for a moment. The closest description would be a simulation suddenly resetting the way the fabric hung on the body.
“No weird phrases, poses, the room’s temperature feels more comfortable.” He spoke out loud as he stretched a bit. “There’s something else weird, but I can’t put my finger on it.”
He lifted his shirt, showing his body was covered with a matte black undersuit lacking any detail outside of being moderately skin-tight.
“That must be the fact that the clothes fit perfectly, that doesn’t just mean it matches your body, but it also stretches and shrinks in such a manner that they won’t tug or crumple.” Magnus explained.
“It’s a very interesting sensation, and definitely very comfortable.” Hiro admitted.
“That’s the idea, it will also counteract most attempts to take control of the clothes.” Magnus explained. “They provide a moderate weather control, that means about ninety nine percent of the biomes on the planet and extreme conditions for a few minutes. They also provide protection against blunt, piercing, cutting damage and a more generic defense against the rest. Finally the undersuit and the clothes are a construct, that means the clothes are an ablative armor and will regenerate after being damaged.”
Hiro seemed to glitch for a moment. “And the feeling is gone, I’m really back in my normal clothes.” He said after checking the lack of undersuit.
The ditzy blonde with the orbs floating around her head lifted a hand.
“Halo?” He called her out.
“Yes, I was wondering if it will work for me?” She prompted.
Maxima raised an eyebrow. “Why would it not work for you, Halo?”
“No, no, she’s right to ask.” Magnus quickly spoke up. “The Truth is that I can’t know without a full study.”
Maxima turned to look at him. “What do you mean?”
“I’m saying that those things going around her head are too advanced for me to just say that she will manage to keep an enchantment of this kind without problems.” He answered.
“You’re speaking like you know what they are.” Maxima said in a slightly dangerous tone.
“What are they exactly? No idea. But they are the closest thing I’ve seen to a Power Core.” He answered and quickly added when she saw Maxima give him a look, “To explain, Power Cores are one of my father’s creations, they are the System’s older brother. They basically wrap around a Soul and give the person a certain power. Just like the System, their use slowly improves them and makes them stronger along with the user’s Soul.”
“So you’re saying I’ve seven super powers-giving orbs?” Halo asked. “I mean, I already knew that, but only six of them do stuff that I know, the last one has not shown anything.”
“Since they aren’t actual Power Cores, without an in depth study I would say a power source.” Magnus offered.
“That’s what we theorized too.” Maxima offered.
“Though I wouldn’t try to study them without further knowledge,” Magnus continued, “if they are anything on my father’s level of creation they have so many securities that it would be easier to collapse a few stars without destroying the orbiting planets.”
“Phooey, they don’t even have a manual.” Halo complained. “Would one of those system-majigs help?”
“Honestly I think it would either be catastrophic or do absolutely nothing. The System’s designed to work explicitly with a person, it doesn’t take into account equipment.” He explained. “The worst would be those orbs considering the System a type of hacking attempt and reacting to it.”
“… that would be bad, yeah.” The nerdy blonde admitted after a bit. “It’s just so frustrating.” She grabbed one of the orbs, creating a glowing tentacle from it. “It’s like having the power of a sun on my hand and no idea of how to use it.”
“Unfortunately for you, I don’t have that problem.” Magnus teased.
“Don’t have the power of the sun?” Halo asked with a grin.
“Oh, no, I’ve way more than that, I’m just saying I know exactly how to use it. The hard part is figuring out new ways to use it.” He commented offhandedly as he watched the other heroes try the whole clothes change system.
Maxima raised an eyebrow, breaking away from giving permission once they all were testing things. “Are you serious?”
“In a very simplified way, yeah. My Soul contains a pair of super efficient, magical fusion reactors in the shape of stars. I rarely need to watch myself when using my powers thanks to that.” He answered in full honesty. “The problem usually comes when I try to do large-scale stuff or push in ways that I’m really not made to do.”
“I’m afraid to ask, what would be things you’re not meant to do?” Maxima asked.
“I can’t do much Time-related things unless I expand my Domain, even after the lessons my grandfather gave me. Healing’s also out of my personal suit of abilities if you leave using consumables or wands, actually most Living things just don’t do well with me; even with the knowledge it just doesn’t go well.” He named a couple of them.
“Why those two?”
“Remember I’m one part of a trinity.” He answered and proceeded to explain, “My brother covers Life, being the strongest shaper of Body, Soul and mind. Meanwhile my sister is the one gifted with the ability to control Time, she inherited from her mother’s adoptive father.”
“You’ve a very weird family.” Halo commented, making Magnus snort.
“Oh, you’ve no idea.” He laughed a bit. “I could spend days just telling anecdotes about them, but I also have a very large family.” He grinned when Maxima glared at him.
He decided not to push the subject further. He couldn’t help but to feel a bit sad that they would be leaving. But that could wait until he was done with his part of the work.
General Faulk finished preparing his cigar before igniting it and taking a long draw from it before breathing out.
“So instead of giving us a finite number of the undersuits, he goes and gives us something several times better?” He asked, almost rhetorically.
Maxima let out a snort. “I mean, besides pranking Math? Yes.” She answered anyway and smiled. “I think we fell into the fallacy of thinking he holds the same ideologies as us.”
“Explain.” Arianna said as she looked at the heroine.
“It’s simple, even if hard to comprehend. We see a young man, skilled and assured. He offers us a trade and openly tells us he doesn’t consider money an interest. We simply assumed he’s working on things from a capitalistic point of view, just not using money as it would be useless when moving to another World.” She explained.
Faulk blinked. “It looked like a duck, it sounded like a duck, almost walked like a duck, so we assumed it was a duck.”
“Yes, we assumed he was like us, even when he told us he wasn’t human, he told us he was created by someone who makes stars and planets and we once again assumed that our capitalistic mindset would still hold at those levels.” Maxima continued between drags of the cigar on her fingers.
“I remember military men having a saying about assuming things.” Arianna said in good humor.
“Yeah, thankfully we didn’t get to make asses out ourselves this time.” Faulk said, deprecatingly.
“Anyways, we assumed he would aim to get the most out of the exchange, he certainly fought for some of the points we asked for. But the truth came out at the end, he didn’t remove any of the things we asked outside of those he stipulated he wouldn’t do, even more, he added a few things in our favor.”
“We considered it our win, thinking we got one over him, and the truth was that Magnus was just having fun, no?” Arianna asked rhetorically and laughed.
“I don’t doubt that if hadn’t given him good offers he would have actually withheld some things. But yes, he was mainly having fun.” Maxima still answered. “I also imagine he could have easily acquired a number of them. From some of what I managed to put together from his comments, he’s only playing by the rules because we didn’t prove ourselves to be unreasonable.”
“We saw a human and forgot he’s actually a very alien being that just looks similar.” Faulk said and sighed.
“Exactly, even more, he’s someone that takes full pride in his craft, and that’s something we can understand.” Maxima said. “To him, giving us a faulty product is worse than being cheated.”
“Makes me wonder what he will do for the few weapons we talked him into making.” Arianna mused.
“Yeah… those. Still not entirely sure about having asked for them.” Faulk hummed.
“I would say that you’ve to look at them as an investment.” Maxima offered. “Or as Arianna would put it, extra merchandise.”
The blonde woman practically cackled, maybe Maxima would see about keeping her from drinking so much next time. But given the stress the PR woman was put through usually, she could allow her to relax like this.
Ruby was glad to have finished explaining to the botanists about how to take care and grow the crops and plants they had exchanged. Of course it wasn’t as if she had done it. The whole thing had been taken care of by one of the Magends that took care of things in the Garden.
She was Ruby as much as any of them, or at least this was how things had developed for as practically everyone in the Long Fortune treated them more as a single individual than many minds in many bodies.
It was a curious thing for her to see how the alternate her had developed instead. For her the Magends had gone to become more individuals, deployed to multiple places and having their own lives, adopting their own names.
It had made her ponder if she could do it, but after meditating on it she found it just wasn’t for her. Maybe it was a result of her experiences after being saved by Magnus instead of Tyrant, or maybe it was the System, providing a solid way to communicate with her Magends and keeping her minds in order which led to a more cohesive sense of self.
For her every Magend wasn’t someone else, but an extension of her self carrying certain tasks somewhere else. This way of thinking also allowed her to give and take knowledge between them, she could easily share her understanding of a spell with one of them and at the same time learn what they could do.
It was why she could get a bit mentally tired, at least at the start. By now the System had provided her multiple ways to ease the stress of the multiple points of view.
Like how she was perusing the library of an old abandoned castle in Europe with help of the three Wererats. All they had to do was clean off the dust they had found in a number of coffins around the building. But she was also watching as Magnus presented the weapons he had created over the last few days.
A set of knuckle dusters that could release different elemental attacks. A set of very sharp knives that could immobilize someone by stabbing their shadow. A number of normal-looking guns that could unleash different kinds of magically-created bullets. And then there was the weapon he had crafted for Maxima…
“That’s… a scary-looking weapon.” Halo offered as she eyed the weapon.
The best way to describe the large weapon was hand-cannon. Nearly half a meter of metal that would easily weigh over ten kilos before accounting for the exotic materials it was built on. Even then Maxima was waving it as if it weighed less than a feather.
“It is meant to be a very scary-looking weapon.” Magnus noted. “Using it should be very intuitive as it was made very much with you in mind.”
Maxima nodded as she holstered and drew the weapon a few times, the holster had also been provided by Magnus.
“Thanks to you allowing me to scan your energy, you shouldn’t have a problem loading it with your energy. It can hold up to thousand rounds of about the power of a normal bullet from a full charge, but you can load as many bullets-worth of charge to unleash at the same time.” He explained. “Just a warning, the strength goes up exponentially the more bullets you put in and I would recommend not shooting more than ten at a time unless you’re ready for collateral damage.”
More than one person who was observing looked alarmed. Halo being the most expressive as she switched from looking at Maxima to the weapon and slowly stepping away.
“And before you ask, once you name the weapon no one else will be able to use it without your permission, and it will always come back to you.” He added. “If it’s charged it should be able to teleport to your holster.”
She looked a bit impressed at that. “What would a full magazine achieve? Out of curiosity.”
“You don’t like the moon?” Magnus asked and left it hanging.
“… you don’t mean-” Maxima started to speak, but he interrupted her.
“You really don’t have an idea of how much power you really have, right?” He asked in full honesty. “You’re already a walking nuclear power. The gun is simply a capacitor for that power in that sense. Honestly I imagine the most you will use it for is the alternate forms of fire.”
With a gesture of his hand an illusion was cast. Once more Ruby had to admire the ease with what he twisted Light and Dark to put on simple shows. Or simply as observed, as the image was clearly visible and understandable from any angle it was viewed.
It depicted the many ways the weapon could alter its projectiles and the increase in cost for the use of each one. Homing, piercing, curved, delayed, mines, illusion, illusive, freezing, immobilizing, stunning, sleeping and dozens more. It almost seemed like Magnus had just let creativity flow in the many modes the gun had.
“I will have to spend so many hours in the gun-range with this.” Maxima commented.
“Like it’s not something you already do!” A young woman with short, pink-hair called out.
“Tell her, Peggy.” Anvil said next, earning a few chuckles.
“I would recommend more of a wasteland if you’ll be trying anything above five bullets, especially with some of the most penetrating shots, and making sure there’s nothing important behind your targets; as usual.” Magnus said.
“I notice there’s no safety on this.” Maxima pointed at the gun.
“Safety… oh! I know I was forgetting something.” Magnus grinned at the look she gave him. “I’m kidding, I’m kidding. It’ll only shoot if you really want to, similarly you should be able to shoot it even if you’re not holding it.” He explained.
“That does open some interesting applications, especially since I can teleport it back to me.” Maxima mused. “I usually just use my super-speed, but that’s not always possible.”
“One thing I didn’t add, or well remove , was the kickback. But given your strength you shouldn’t have problems unless you shoot over half a magazine at once. But if you’re shooting on that level, well…” he shrugged with a smile, “you aren’t exactly going to miss .”
Ruby had seen the calculations after he had finished with the weapon, even a quarter of a magazine was more than enough to fuck you and everything in your general direction up to a sizable city. Half a magazine was more on the I don’t like that small country.
Funniest thing about all of that was that Maxima had that much power to begin with. She was just unconsciously restraining her power to not leave a trail of destruction wherever she went.
Another funny thing was that she, or at least a number of her Magends, could easily match her in power output and succinctly surpass her in flexibility. Why was it that it didn’t feel enough?
She hadn’t lied to Magnus when she had said she wanted to surpass her origins, if she was created by a dragon or someone else originally, she would surpass her limits, she would conquer her ability and make it more. She was already looking into the Long Fortune’s database for ideas of how to push things. Of course she was starting by accepting the full reach of her Magends, not being afraid of what they could already be.
And maybe she would see if she could Level Up outside of her origin World.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 54
Magnus let out a whistle, only audible thanks to the bubble of artificial atmosphere around them. The bubble was more for those with him, not just because of the extremely thin atmosphere of Mars. But also from the many debris raining down on them from what had been, until five minutes before, a large Martian mountain.
And it was minutes because it had taken a bit for the resulting dust cloud to be cleared away after the piece of the scenery had been totally and completely obliterated by Maxima’s shot.
“And that’s eighty bullets with the penetration modifier on top aimed at a solid target.” He commented almost offhandedly.
“Yeah, not using anything over fifty on Earth, honestly I doubt I’ll have many reasons to use anything above twenty from what I’ve seen.” Maxima said, holstering Full Stop. “Especially when I could easily get personal and deal with the target with much more finesse.”
He turned to the others watching. “I think this was a good example of what the gun can do.” He said. “I mean, outside of reducing the number of satellites this planet has.”
So with the few nods he received he had Orange open a portal to Earth, depositing them back outside of Archon.
Arianna looked at the green portal close once they all stepped through. “I still can’t believe we traveled millions of kilometers in just a step.”
He shrugged. “Personal experiences vary, the Long Fortune’s not even the strongest portal system I’ve utilized. Back home the network spreads over basically half the galaxy, you can cross the milky way from one corner to the other in a step.” He said. “But that’s now, at the start they could barely reach one AU, the only reason dad could reach Mars had been a bit of luck on the timing as Mars was near the closest it could be to Earth.”
“And now he’s a galactic superpower.” Maxima said.
Magnus shrugged. “He kind of won the super power lottery, but it did take some time and work to get there.”
She nodded as they stepped back into the building and took the elevator back to the same meeting room they had initially used.
There they started with the end of their business. They went over every item that had been exchanged, confirmed and moved onto the next. It took nearly an hour, but soon it was finished.
“Well, I think that’s all.” Arianna said with a pleased smile. “Though I’ve to admit I would have thought Dabbler would have interrupted us already.”
Magnus couldn’t help and chuckled. “Oh, she’s still sleeping off the personal trade we did.” He commented. “I don’t know how she ended up convincing Ruby, but I do not get tired.”
Everyone in the room just stared at him.
“...how?”
“I Lied to her body, so she effectively went through it as a slightly above average Human.” He said and left it hanging.
“So yes, we made sure she’s back in her room and I don’t doubt she will be sad that she slept off our departure.”
“On one hand, I’m glad you’re leaving before you incite more problems. On the other, you’re one of the better behaved visitors we’ve had.” Maxima said.
“Yeah, I’m honestly impressed that nothing larger happened outside of the bar incident.” Magnus said and chuckled. “I think it’s in part to do with how unexpected our arrival was. But yes, if we stayed any longer something would happen sooner rather than later.”
“Is it normal?” Faulk asked.
“Kind of? On one hand the knowledge and power we have makes us interesting targets for some groups and people. On the other hand, our nature does attract random events to happen in our vicinity.” He explained. “I believe having been sucked by the opening into this World put Fate into debt and kept things from going too badly.”
“So you’re practically running and leaving us to pay the bill?” Maxima asked.
“I’m pretty sure I’m leaving quite a bit on the table to pay for that.” He shot back, eyeing the barely concealed weapon she now held with her.
“Maybe, it will certainly be enough, let’s hope it’s also enough for a tip,” she joked.
They chatted lightheartedly for a few more minutes, but it quickly became time.
“I hope you’ve a good trip to your next destination.” Maxima shook his hand.
“I do too, but we can never know as you’ve seen.” Magnus said. “Some of my family may drop by to visit, I promise they will behave.”
“Please, no.” She said dryly.
He laughed and said the rest of his goodbyes before stepping through one of the portals and into the ship.
“We can go, everything in order?”
“Yes, even the rats are ready to go, apparently there was some kind of issue at some meetings.” Orange commented.
“I’ll ask them about it during the next training session.” He laughed, he was pretty sure those three would want to join Ruby and him soon. “But that will come later, let’s leave this World.”
“Understood.” Orange played along as the ship started to move, once more the ship slipped out of the World and took to the immaterial.
(Spoilers for Blue Kill)
Akira breathed in evenly before letting the air out. It had become so easy to fall back into the breathing exercises Ranma had taught her; it helped that they kept her feeling balanced.
She had to admit she held a tiny bit of doubt at first when Claire had brought her to learn under him, but the truth was that the man was gifted like no other. He soaked any information that was related to Martial Arts like a dry sponge dropped in a bucket, and had turned out he was excellent at teaching too; once you got over his abrasive personality.
In all honesty, as long as one treated him with the respect he deserved, the man would go out of his way to take his time teaching any student. One just had to ignore the slight comments and high expectations.
Just from thinking about his lessons made her feel the slight acceleration of the Life Force, or Ki, flowing through her body. The fuel that allowed to push herself so much further than it was humanly possible.
Of course she couldn’t exactly call herself just human anymore. Her training and traveling with Claire had changed her in many ways, both physical and mental. She had experienced things she would have never experienced in her original World. As for her body…
Her System now had her marked as a Martial Human, considering her acquisition of Ki as a mark of her evolution. It was a constant flow of energy, it followed her veins and arteries, enriching her blood and the rest of her body. Just closing her hand and forming a first made it pump harder and heat up, but also make her body feel colder, more focused.
It was nothing like what she had felt when she had met Claire’s two siblings. Milo was the nicest person one could meet, at least if he wasn’t feeling ticked off. Magnus was chaos incarnate, though he admitted that he was a bit more energetic than usual from having his siblings in close proximity.
Even with their differing looks, there was no doubt that they were siblings. The way they interacted with each other, how they complemented each other’s presence, and how slowly they had stopped acting like normal humans.
Seeing them get a bit more serious, it was the first time she fully understood what Claire had meant when she said she wasn’t human. Milo had turned someone into a cactus, perfectly keeping his mind whole and conscious during the whole process. Claire had played with her target before crushing him under the weight of an ocean. Magnus had simply erased a man from existence.
She relaxed her hand and turned to look at the few fishes still swimming around the aquarium. She was glad to have taken Claire’s invitation to visit the place so late at night, most people had left and the animals were calmer. At least those not in the immediate surrounding to her friend.
That’s why she had left her alone near the largest tanks. There the fishes were practically bowing to her presence, it made watching them a bit boring. Even in her corner of the Aquarium, a number of the fishes seemed entranced by her far off presence.
So she simply sat back and watched them in silence, basically meditating, which allowed her to hear when two people approached her position, very obviously in some kind of fighting from the noises echoing through the nearly empty aquarium.
A young man and a teenager rushed into the room, basically not seeing her as she was practically one with the place in her meditation. She was about to just sit back and watch, but then she saw the teen get pushed against the tank and quickly dodge the young man’s punch.
Akira moved, flowing like the water that filled the tanks and grabbed the young man’s wrist. Her action caused the two men to freeze. “Please, don’t tap the glass.” She said evenly, though a bit cheeky.
The man’s eyes opened wide and he tried to pull away, completely futile given her Ki-reinforced grip on his wrist.
“Let go!” The man kept struggling. “Where did you even come from?”
“I was sitting over there.” She pointed to the bench she had been meditating on, acting as if she hadn’t seen the teen reload the weapon he was holding.
The moment the man started to try to punch her she let go of his hand and moved away from his reach, walking back to the bench.
The teen looked at her as if she was missing a duck or two in her line. She wouldn’t admit that she did think of herself a bit crazy from having accepted Claire’s invitation. But she mostly ignored them as she sat back on her bench to look at the fishes.
“I would recommend you continue somewhere else.” She commented before they could speak again. “Looks, I’m just here relaxing and can let it pass, but my companion has a pretty short patience for people interrupting her time and she came to enjoy the view after all.”
The teen looked almost lost, but at the same time there was something in his eyes… he reminded her of Mr. Sakamoto. Meanwhile the young man looked as if he was fighting with himself to not react and keep a calm front.
“I don’t know who you are, girl. But this is a fight between me and that living legend. Don’t worry, I will kill you quickly, after all we’re being paid extra for this job.” He said with some emotion in his voice.
She raised an eyebrow and laughed. “Oh, that’s hilarious.” She patted the bench as she laughed. “Just my luck that the day I decide to just relax and take my friend’s invitation I come across a couple of assassins.”
Her offhanded tone seemed to surprise both of them.
“As-sasins? I don’t know what you are-” the teen tried to deflect.
“Please, that’s a lie.” Akira said with a gentle smile. “After all, like recognizes like.” Her smile turned colder, a trick she learned from Claire. “Now, leave before you literally end feeding the fishes.” She threatened.
The man growled. “How dare you sully this duel between proper men.” He said and charged towards her.
The sight only made her sigh. With the beat of her heart time seemed to slow down around her, the man coming at her almost in slow motion as she got up and cracked her fingers before walking up to him.
One of the most destructive techniques she had learned under Ranma was acupuncture, at least when dealing with humans. Her extreme reflexes and delicate touch allowed her to slip under his guard and delicately tap at certain nerve clusters along his wrist, arm, shoulder, neck and torso.
The smallest mistake could lead to permanent consequences, from a life of paralysis to more immediate and explosive results. She would never tell Ranma that the Breaking Point Technique could be used to turn a human into a bomb of gore, not that she had used it. But it was way too obvious how to use the technique to kill.
Maybe she had hung out with Claire a bit too much.
Instead she passed by the man, like the river around a rock and allowed his charge to come to an end in a very messy tumble, his body paralyzed, though temporary.
She smiled and leaned forward. “I hope I don’t have to do the same with you.” She sweetly threatened the teen.
The boy’s eyes opened like saucers and he shook his hands in front of him, even pulling his finger out of the trigger. “No, no, I was trying to stop him because he would kill my friends.”
“That’s good, and don’t worry, he’s just completely paralyzed and delusional.” She commented. “Now, did you come alone?”
“No, Shido, my friend, went after that man’s companion. They were heading to the larger tank area.” The teen explained.
“Oh,” she winced, “let’s hope they behave, my friend’s over there and… yeah…” She winced again.
“It can’t be that bad, right?”
“Look, I may have trained as an assassin, but the only person I killed was for personal revenge, my partner…” She thought about it. “Tell, do you keep count of how many people the ocean has killed?”
The pale expression told her everything, she really hoped whoever had come with the kid was okay. Only suicidal people tried to fight natural catastrophes, that and Floridians.
It took a moment for the two fighters to notice the change in the atmosphere. Shido Jumonji and Johnny Takenouchi had been moving through the aquarium, the first looking for the mysterious ‘boss’ while the other tried to kill the younger one.
The two of them had been running through the museum at a high pace, and that inertia had led them to miss the change until they were immobilized by the thick-as-molasses aura in the room. Their throats clenched, their joints locked up, their hearts practically slowed to a crawl as the primal part of their brains screamed ‘extreme danger’.
Shido tried to look around, fighting against his own body to find the source of that sensation, surprised to only find a young woman standing a meter away from the largest fish tank he had ever seen. But that wasn’t the most shocking thing, besides her unearthly aura, every fish and aquatic animal in the tank was surrounding her in such a way he could only describe them as bowing to her.
“Leave.” A single word, a complete threat.
The teenager felt like he was drowning as the woman slowly turned to look at them.
“So you’re the boss of the Jardin organization?” Shido finally managed to ask, the words felt like they were being forced through sand.
The way the woman just raised an eyebrow and the look of confusion on Johnny quickly told him he was wrong. Johnny appeared to be just as frozen as he was, and the same could be said for the jellyfish-shaped machine floating behind him.
“Wh-who are you?” Johnny prompted. “The boss should have been here waiting!”
“If you’re talking about the rude person, he’s over there.” She said and pointed to the depths of the aquarium.
The two males looked, a man’s face, frozen in horror stared back at them before the pitch-black moray eel that held the severed head closer its maw and swallowed it before disappearing into the depths of the water.
“You!” Johnny cried out, but nothing happened, making him surprised as he looked up at the floating jellyfish drone.
Shido felt a shiver go down his spine, it was impossible as it was a machine. But he would swear that it was bowing towards the woman in the same manner that all the fishes were doing.
“What the?! The Jellyfish shouldn’t have broken so easily.” He complained.
“Broken?” The woman’s voice sounded detached, far, as if all of this was just something she was observing from afar. “No, it’s not broken, it just knows its place. And so should you two and leave.”
The man’s face twitched as he reached into his pocket and pulled a gun, Shido froze at the sight of the weapon, his tonfas would be mostly useless against it. Thankfully for him, Johnny was pointing it towards the woman.
“I would recommend not doing that, the explosion would trouble the fishes,” she said calmly, “plus it would be useless.”
“Like hell it will!” Johnny cried out in anger and repeatedly shot the gun with a marksman’s skill.
Each shot made Shido tense, his whole body wanting to run away, to escape, to hide. Even as he fought the reaction, the truth was that the thick atmosphere was still keeping him rooted in place.
Only after the sixth shot and some silence did he opened his eyes. The woman was still standing and Johnny was looking aghast.
At the feet of the young woman, barely visible, six deformed bullets rested.
“As I told you, useless.” The woman repeated and looked at the drone. “Take care of him.”
With those words the drone shivered and became fully visible before starting to be dyed black, as if someone was dropping the blankest ink drip by drip. The tentacles swiftly wrapped around Johnny’s limbs.
“Wait, what the hell is happening!?” Johnny struggled.
Shido could only watch as those tentacles, that hadn’t been able to touch the man due to the special clothes he was wearing, wrap tightly around him, gripping at his body firmly and lifting him off the ground.
“No, no!” Johnny cried in his struggle.
“That’s enough!” Shido screamed. “He’s been defeated, there’s no justice in killing him!”
She let out a small chuckle, the few lights in the aquarium seemed to dim and the few visible tattoos on the woman gained a toxic glow.
“This is not about justice.” She explained. “I gave three warnings, they went unheeded.”
Before Shido could even make a counterargument, the floor became pitch-black with the exception of two, green eyes below Johnny.
They were two tiny pinpricks of light that quickly grew larger and larger, turning into toxic, glowing dinner plates. It also became obvious they were on the head of a giant eel moray, one so dark it was only the glowing pattern in the same toxic green color that allowed Shido to see its silhouette. Once it reached the ‘surface’ he also saw the nightmarish open maw, full of sharp teeth, a maw that swallowed Johnny and the jellyfish whole.
It didn’t stop, even as the assassin’s scream was cut, it kept swimming up, diving up into the room’s ceiling.
And all Shido could think was, ‘ it’s real, it’s real, it’s real, it’s real… ’. It was impossible but at the same time all of his senses were telling him that it was still happening. This was no machine, this was no illusion, this was a massive animal that had swam through the darkness and swallowed a man whole.
The sheer speed and the time it took to go completely from floor to ceiling made him think it was at least a few dozen meters long, a veritable sea monster.
It finished its ascension and the lights returned to normal, still dim, but a comfortable amount of light for a museum opened at night.
“What… what was that ?” He asked, feeling freer after having faced a monster.
“That was the Lord Shadow Moray.” She said, as if it explained something. “Don’t worry, the Shadow Moray’s insides can digest Supercrete and Durasteel in the matter of seconds, he didn’t last that much.”
“Does that have to ease my worries?” He asked angrily.
“Not really, just a fun fact, now you should leave.” She repeated.
“I can’t leave without my-” His words were interrupted as a young woman dragging a man and being followed by a teen entered the room.
“Hey Claire, you won’t believe our luck, more assassins!” She called out.
The woman sighed. “Yes, I know, I already took two out, do you want me to deal with that one?” She asked, totally ignoring Shido and his friend, who seemed almost surprised.
“Ogami, are you okay?” Shido asked, eyeing the woman that was dragging Yoshitsune more as a piece of trash than a person. “Are they?”
“I’m… I’m not really sure.” The young teenager answered, eyeing them carefully. “I just know that they are very dangerous. That young woman took Biwaki out in a matter of a few seconds and wasn’t really trying, even at my best I would’ve had problems with her.”
He looked around. “And what happened with Johnny?”
Shido went stiff. “He… he’s dead.” He tried to keep it succinct.
Before Ogami could say anything, the young woman dragged Yoshitsune to them. “Hey, we talked about it, we’ll leave dealing with this guy to you. The paralysis will last for a few more hours.” She dropped the body. “And if Claire hasn’t repeated, leave before you feed the fishes.”
Shido shivered, the memory of the monster wouldn’t be one that would leave him. It was only the terror of reality that kept him crying out for justice once more. Instead he swallowed dryly and nodded.
He just nodded. “I will make sure he’s taken to justice.” He said.
The young woman just raised an eyebrow and chuckled. “Sure, now leave .” Her tone left little doubt.
“Let’s go.” He told Ogami and picked up the paralyzed Yoshitsune.
Once they were far enough the younger teen turned to him. “What happened?”
“Johnny shot her six times, but it did nothing, she somehow made the drone betray him before a literal monster swallowed him, drone and all.” He answered.
“It must have been some very impressive piece of tech.” Ogami said.
Shigo froze and turned to him, looking straight into the younger teen’s eyes. “I don’t know much of your world, Ogami. But I can tell you what I saw was real, as real as you and me are, and a monster that was for sure.” He spoke in full honesty.
“I… see…” The teen answered.
He sighed and tried to shake it off, but the memory would stay with him. It certainly would make him look at things differently from now on. It was an eye-opening experience.
He just really, really hoped he never ever had to see those two women ever again.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 55
Magnus hummed happily as he returned from Jade, his inventory filled with interesting magical plants he had managed to exchange with Gaja, the old healer was a fountain of knowledge and even he had been very surprised by the Hearty Radish and more than happy to do a little trading from his own greenhouse.
The most surprising things had been the magical peanuts, healing, antidote, empowering, there was something funky going with the legumes in the World. Still, it meant he could aim to create some very interesting consumable potions in the form of cookies and similar cereal bars.
Thankfully, given the blessing from Farore, he had the skills of the best farmers on Hyrule, good enough to take care of any crop that existed in that World, and make up for any that didn’t.
He would be adding them to the planters in the lab, but that could wait, it was still early enough that he could find Mrs. Diggers still in their house. He grabbed a pair of reinforced training swords and headed there. It wasn’t just for the spar, and what came after it, but he was also missing Brianna, it had been a few days since he had seen her since she had locked herself in the labs under their house.
He had been in the neighborhood long enough to get acquainted with more than a few of the locals; it had quickly become very obvious that the Diggers weren’t exactly the exception to the people that lived in the area.
War heroes, retired supers, space explorers, mad scientists, globetrotters, and many others. They were all fine and friendly people, but it didn’t take much for him to see through their mostly retired personas and see people that one would have to watch out for, or could depend on in a pinch.
So none even blinked when they saw him with a pair of swords floating behind him, they just waved and thanked him this or that. He wished them a lovely day as he passed by.
“Oh, Magnus, wasn’t expecting you.” Gina said after she opened the door.
“Well, it’s been a few days since I saw Brianna and thought to come and check if she hadn’t ended up killing herself in an explosion.” He joked as she let him in.
“There’s been a worrying number of those, but since they keep happening I’m pretty sure she’s not dead.” She said before pointing to the two swords. “And what about those?”
“Oh, I wanted to ask your mother if she wanted to spar, she’s one of the best swordmistresses on Jade, and I want to see what that means.” He replied honestly, but not the full reason.
“I can see her being interested.” Gina said as they went down to the labs, soon finding a door with Brianna’s drawing on it and a ‘careful explosives’ sign below.
Gina didn’t miss a moment and banged on the door. “Brianna! Your boyfriend is here! You better open or I'll drag him to my bedroom.” She smiled and turned to him, making Magnus raise an eyebrow.
“If you’re that needy, just ask.” He teased evenly, getting her to blush.
He could hear the running and the door quickly opened. “Don’t you dare!” Brianna called out, standing on the door. “And you come here.” The woman grabbed him by the shirt and he let her drag him in, waving to Gina as the door closed behind them. “What are you doing here?”
“Can’t I be worried about my girlfriend?” He asked honestly. “You kind of went radio silent and I was getting a bit worried.”
She relaxed in his arms. “Oh, I… I’m sorry about that.” She sighed. “Dad’s been teaching me magic and I couldn’t help but go into a programming fugue for a few days.”
“Wait, you’ve been using magic in your programming?” He asked, surprised. Though not as much in hindsight as different from Gina, Brianna had Britanny's magical gift.
“Yes, want to see?” She asked, shyly.
“Of course, I do use a lot of programming in my magic, so I would love to see how you do it.”
That may have been both a good idea and a bad idea, because before they knew it, it was morning of the next day. The both of them were watching a foxy Peebo looking for anything remotely sharp to carry around. They were definitely too sweaty and undressed.
“That was a thing.” Brianna said.
He chuckled. “I would say, I will also admit that you’re a genius with magitech.” He said and tightened his one-armed hug. “And you can believe me as I’ve a lot of knowledge on magitech.”
“Peemag, come over here.” She called out and the small robot blinked in a small flash of Light. “Uh… did you add that?”
“I think I did it four hours in? I’m actually pretty sure I did it a few times as you rewrote some spots of that code.” He said. “I’m now afraid of what the code may actually be doing.”
“Can’t be that bad… right?”
He chuckled as his hand stroked the Peebo’s head between its ears. “Oh, with magic anything can happen.” He said. “Magic’s actually excellent at dealing with cases that technology tends to have problems with, like paradoxes and problematic logic. Many of my siblings exist because of it.”
“You always talk about them, but never explain much about them.” Brianna said, basically asking him for more.
“I basically call any of my father’s intelligent creations a sibling, but he does call all of us his children, so…” He chuckled. “But you’ve three main groups, my siblings and I are the first group and that’s because we’re blood related. Then there are those races that he created directly.”
“Just to clarify, you’re saying races, as fully independent races?” She asked for clarification.
“Yes. First are the Metaloids, and that’s where I say they were made thanks to Magitech, though he based a lot of their way of thinking on Cybertronians.” He explained. “Though he did cheat a bit to hasten their development, the original ten Metaloids used a large database of human media like tv, books and the internet to create basic personalities that later grew into proper ones.”
“Hmm, I know Gina based her Hurtbots on Transformers too.” She said, making Magnus chuckle.
“Oh, I’m not talking about the show ,” he said with a grin, “I’m saying that he had the actual knowledge of how things work for Cybertronians, I’ve met a few of them too as he later on became a long-life ally by helping them personally.”
“… so who you met? Cliffjumper? Starscream? Maybe Bumblebee?” She asked, almost mockingly.
Instead of directly answering, Magnus brought an image of his siblings and him with Optimus Prime.
“… no.” Her eyes opened wide. “You’re joking, right? If not, you can not tell Gina, she would go crazy.”
“I will keep it in mind. But yes, I’m not lying.” He said. “That picture was taken a hundred years after the defeat of Unicron and the end of the Autobot-Decepticon war with the Autobots winning and renaming them all Transformers of Cybertron. From my point of view, that event was seven years before my birth.”
“You will have to tell me more.” She prodded him.
“Sure, sure. Anyways, the original ten Metaloids were created in two groups of five, field and desk. That five-men group organization remained for later generations. Sibling to the Metaloids were the Guardians, which were similar to beast transformers. The other race that my father created was a race of a single individual, my older sister Amber, the Psionic Hive Bee.” He continued. “Then you have those that were created by something my father did, there things get a bit wonky.”
“Like?”
“Well, you have those that were created by mistake, which unfortunately can happen given magic . And then there’s those that were kind-of on purpose created by something he did.” He mused. “Dad created a few very large scale experiments early on, one of them was the Inverted Planet, which was an experiment of the effects of high magical saturation on the surface of an artificial planet.”
“That sounds reckless.”
“Not as much as you think. The whole Class thing in the System is actually a bit part of that experiment as the Inverted Planet had a system that used magic saturation to create living beings and allow them to slowly evolve more and more. Some ended as ‘boss monsters’, while others developed into thinking species down the line.” He briefly explained. “That’s when I say it can be wonky, there’s a few dozen races that go from cavemen-level to magicpunk.”
“So he basically made Jade?” She asked.
“Yes, except that it exists in the inside face of a planet with a magical sun at the center and it’s on the same Realm as Earth. Honestly, I think the most crazy thing is that he swears that it only took a few days to finish the structure and a few more to fill the insides.” He laughed.
“That’s crazy, how?”
“Lots and lots of drones.” He answered. “Anyways, the third group’s not as connected as the first two, but we are connected in a way. I know my sister Claire keeps a few ‘boss monsters’ in her Abyss for example.”
“That sounds so wrong…” Brianna said and groaned.
“My brother’s not too different, the main thing is that my brother’s pocket is full of his own creations, and a lot of them were by mistake.” He explained. “Milo’s Domain over Life means sometimes things just stir and awake around him.”
“Anything?” She asked, eyeing the Peebos as the small bots interacted a few meters away from them.
“Yuki, his ship, is a sort of niece as they are alive and fully sentient.” He answered.
“A living ship…?” She mussed.
“Yeah.” He nodded and broke her concentration with a kiss. “Now, one other reason I came to visit was to spar with your mother, and I think it’s time we take a shower and show that we aren’t dead under a pile of scrap.”
Brianna rolled her eyes, but complied with him.
“I can’t believe you talked me into this.” Her mom said to Magnus as she warmed up.
Brianna wasn’t the only one with a bucket of popcorn and happily eating it. Her dad and two sisters were also watching in interest.
“That’s because we’re a similar type of person.” Magnus said, his tone sending a shiver down her spine. “Basic rules?”
“No cheap shots, no lethal attacks,” she eyed his hair, “no hair pulling.” She said with a chuckle.
“Oh, you can try if you want, but I won’t make that easy.” He answered with a grin.
“No magic,” she continued, “and we stop once one of us calls for it.”
“Sounds proper and fair.” Magnus nodded.
She looked at her dad. “Is it really fair?”
“It’s basically the standard rules for warriors.” He confirmed. “And since it’s mainly a spar, it should be okay… hopefully.”
She turned back to see the two of them get ready and suddenly clash. The suddenness of it surprised her, especially because it felt like the moment the swords made contact was the actual start of the spar.
Magnus had been boastful about his skill in fighting more than once, but part of her hadn’t truly believed him. She had met many so-called great fighters that hadn’t held a candle to her mother’s skill.
But this was proof that he hadn’t been prideful.
They matched blow by blow, their movements synchronizing in an impressive, and deadly-looking, choreography that appeared to be accelerating.
Even if the swords they were using were blunt and for training, the small shock waves released each time they impacted left little doubt that a proper hit would not be just a bruise.
Any attack was used to gain ground in ways she hadn’t thought possible, dodging by the smallest hair’s breadth. Blow by blow they both gained and lost ground, whatever advantage that existed going back and forth like a ping pong ball.
And all along, they were just enjoying themselves. Both Magnus and her mother were smiling from ear to ear, never breaking eye-contact in a way that made her feel slightly jealous. Especially because she knew she would never be able to reach that level of skill, while she had inherited Britanny’s more aggressive personality, she had Gina’s proclivity for guns and mechs.
She started to get worried when the fight just kept on escalating. Attacks coming faster, blows hitting harder. Their feet dug into the soft ground with each step, small chunks of the turf as the shock waves started to reach them with some extra oomph behind them.
She looked at her dad. “I don’t think she would forgive me if we interrupted them.” He said.
The fight, because it was hard to call it just a spar, continues. The attacks slowly started to look impossible. Their weapon disappeared from one hand and appeared on the other, the blade bending around each other to go past a block or suddenly splitting into multiple ones.
It just didn’t stop, even as the fight escalated even more and suddenly entered some strange zen state. They were still moving, exchanging blows and dodging attacks. But it felt as if they were moving in slow motion, any notion of it broken by the sheer might of each impact was still palpable.
Was this what true high-level fighting was like?
It all came down to a sudden stop from a surprising crack. But it wasn’t from any of their weapons, instead their mother grabbed her back.
“Mom!” Gina and Brianna cried out, rushing forward.
“Ouch-” The woman winced, moving slowly as she rubbed her back. “It’s okay, it’s okay, just my age.” She laughed deprecatingly.
Her sister and her helped their mother back to the chairs as their father moved closer.
“I’m sorry.” Magnus bowed. “I just kept pushing you.”
“No, no, it’s okay.” Julia waved him off. “I just forgot that with age comes certain restrictions, it’s been a long time since I fought like that and let myself go.” She sighed. “It’s also my fault because I was enjoying myself a bit too much.”
“Unfortunately I’ve not prepared any healing potions on me, the plants are still growing.” Magnus despondently said.
“Don’t worry, I’ll just be sore for a few days.” She tried to reassure them.
But Brianna could tell that their mom was not taking the loss well. She looked dejected by the injury, the fact that she couldn’t fight like before and that she had lost against someone younger.
Magnus also looked troubled, though while Brianna wouldn’t say it out loud, something in her told her it wasn’t entirely for having hurt her mother.
It had been a few days since the spar, Magnus had managed to keep himself occupied to not think too much as Julia had received a message from her old teacher and left for Jade. Gina had decided to go with her while Brianna had once more sunk into her lab to work on her projects. He would check on his girlfriend soon, but there were a few other things to do meanwhile..
He quickly decided he wasn’t touching that subject and wished them well in their excursion.
Since Genn had decided to move out of the Digger’s place and effectively away from her mother’s reach. Magnus had happily helped her, his inventory being very helpful in doing it only on one trip.
Outside of that, he had kept himself busy in the lab with a few ideas that had surged from his collaboration with Brianna, or checking the movements from the Wererats Elders. While Gothwrain hadn’t given signs of life, he wasn’t dead, no one was that lucky. If anything, the lack of news was the worst kind of news, it meant the Wererat was moving skillfully in the shadows. Thankfully, the movements of Elder Sherisha had been a bit easier to follow.
Easier, of course, was underestimating what he had done to find she was active again. The woman was definitely no fool and had taken more than a few of his programs scouring for movements from offshore accounts and linking said movements to possible figures. The main reason this had worked was because the programs used Oracular magic to figure out certain bits of information.
The Wererat had acquired a few shelf corporations and turned them into active ones, hiding their past by an impressive switch of name with other small, already existing corporations. Records had been wiped and rewritten and no one else was the wiser. It made him wonder if they had already been owned by her and just kept working for this very reason.
He would keep an eye, but the sudden movements in the Middle East by some of those companies was worrying.
Outside of that, the main thing he had kept himself busy with was the production of a series of new Masks. The most interesting one was the Werecurse Mask, it would allow him to easily shift into a Were-whatever animal he felt like at the moment.
The idea had come to him after meeting the Edgeguard and had turned out to be much more powerful for being such a simple Mask in its creation. It relied on how the underlying Curse for all Weres was practically the same, allowing him to easily slot in any animal he understood enough.
He had done further work on the Djinni Mask, it was still far from complete, even with the information he had gleaned from the Pau.
There were a few other functional masks, but outside of that he had started to work in acquiring materials for the proper creation of his version of Gentle and Hard. Given the kind of monsters Old Gina had told him about, he would need some heavy hitters.
He would need to look for exotic materials in Jade, or join Gina in one of her expeditions to see if he could nab anything interesting for his own projects.
Of course then he decided to give it a break as his doorbell rang, Ryan surprising him with an invitation to watch one of the matches he had promised him some time ago. Thankfully he had a spare as Genn was basically just collecting dust in the house otherwise.
“So the Ultimate Fighters is just a fighting tournament?” Genn asked.
“More or less, it attracts people from all over the world and all walks of life, if you can punch and take a hit you can try your luck at the pre-qualifiers.” Ryan answered. “Though what’s this about you calling him brother?”
Magnus chuckled as Genn blushed.
“Shapeshifters need to stick together, and while not blood related, compared to her mother I’m a much better figure.” He answered for her.
“Mother?”
“Do you remember the Djinni Flaunteroy showed off during the banquet?” Magnus asked. “Yeah, that’s her, and a total bitch, if you see her, run away as fast as you can before she decides you look tasty or useful.”
He winced. “Yeah… I’ve known a few women like that… no offense, Genn.”
“None taken, my mother’s not the most pleasant person.” She waved it off.
They stopped talking as they walked out of the tunnel and faced the fenced arena, two people already beating each other quite hard in there. They weren’t bad fighters, but even for mundane people they fell basically in the above average, good showmanship, but moderate fighting skill.
Once the fight finished things changed, the lights dimmed before and music started.
“Is this normal?” Genn asked.
“Oh, I know that tune.” Ryan said. “And kind of, but you will see.”
“ Now entering the area, from Osaka, Japan, former U.F.F. Champion… ” The commentator called through the loudspeakers. “ It’s Mistress Ayane Anno! ”
Magnus had to raise an eyebrow at the fighting gear she was wearing, something that was a mix of slingshot bikini and full-arm gloves and thigh-high boots. Though what truly surprised him was that she wasn’t human and there was something very, very dark sealed inside of her. Though as sealed as it was, he could feel something leaking out the moment she took her glasses off; it also revealed a pretty big scar over her left eye.
It was a strange sensation, not unlike a Curse, but not really a Curse per-se. To Magnus it felt close enough to his field that he could almost study it, unfortunately, its True nature eluded him. It was something akin to hate, cruelness, disdain and contempt, making anyone looking at her eyes feel instant rejection towards her.
Thankfully it wasn’t overwhelming, anyone prepared for it or with enough willpower wouldn’t be affected. But it didn’t discard that it may have made her life very hard when dealing with normal people.
“Is all of this necessary?” Genn asked as Ayane walked into the ring, accompanied by two manservants that remained behind as she stepped in to fight.
“Oh, yes, it’s part of the show.” Ryan answered. “They are going to be fighting for real, but there’s no grudge or issue there, theatrics like this are usually kept for later matches, but Ayane’s position gives her some leeway.”
Her competitor soon joined her in the ring, much less pomp in his entrance, and once the fight started it also showed he had much less skill. The woman was actually quite skilled. Though part of Magnus was more impressed that her clothing kept in place even as she jumped around the arena.
Even when her competitor got a good hit in, Ayane quickly managed to turn things around again and fling the much larger man off the ring, getting a quick win.
“Don’t let the whole act and gaze trick you, she’s a real sweetheart.” Ryan said. “Let me present you to her. Ayane!” He called and waved to her as she was stepping out of the ring.
“Red!” The hard tone she had used before melted into a much friendlier one. “Jeeves, Jarvis, you can take the night off.” She dismissed the two manservants and Magnus only then noticed they were also not human.
It surprised him to have actually missed it before, but he wouldn’t look too much further into it, at least for the moment.
Ryan finished some small talk with her before turning towards them. “I actually brought a couple of friends, these are Genn and Magnus.”
“A pleasure to meet you.” Genn barely shivered when she looked at her, still shaking her hand.
“I can say the same thing my sister did.” He shook her hand and smiled.
The moment she looked at him he could feel the effect of her gaze so much stronger than before, it was quite a curious thing, something that gave him an idea of how to add the effect to Curses. But overall it was entirely ignored.
“You two are siblings?” She asked, curious.
“By choice and some similarities.” Magnus answers.
That made her smile for some reason. They moved further into the building, entering the changing rooms as they talked.
“So how did you meet?” She asked.
“We have a few friends in common and Ryan offered the invite after a fun fight at a banquet.” Magnus answered, causing Genn to roll her eyes.
It wasn’t his fault he enjoyed it and she didn’t.
“Starting fights again, Red?” She prompted him.
Ryan raised both hands in defense. “Whoa, it wasn’t me who started it.” He quickly said. “The guy I fought was also a grade A asshole.”
“Flaunteroy sure is that, and even then I think it was someone else that gave the starting cry for the all-out.” Magnus chuckled.
Ayane raised an eyebrow. “What kind of banquet devolves into an all-out fight?” She asked, and gave them a look. “You have to tell me all about it.”
Given how the fight had gone, he didn’t think Ryan was all too happy about talking about it, it wasn’t the same for Genn and him.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 56
It had been an hour since Ayane’s match and they had moved out of the UFF building and to a nice restaurant in the area. It was obvious the fighters tended to use it frequently as it had good service, good food and private tables.
Ayane was now wearing more modest clothes as they waited for their food.
“So what do you two do for a living?” She asked.
“I mostly manage with the wealth I’ve accumulated over the years.” Genn answered, her expression soured a bit after. “Most of it came from an ex… he was an abusive sob, he met his end when he tried to screw someone else.”
Ayane winced.
“Didn’t you get married?” Ryan asked her.
“It only lasted three months.” Ayane answered before sighing. “It turned out we weren’t made for each other.” She shook it off and turned to Magnus. “And you?”
“I manage a few investment funds, but I also take care of Curses and Cursed objects and just recently started laying the groundwork to take commissions for enchanted weapons and other equipment.” He answered.
Ayane looked at him before letting out a small laugh. “No… really, what do you do?”
“But that’s what I do.” He said, raising an eyebrow. Even if he expected that confused reaction, he would keep the act that he didn’t know what she found strange.
She waved it off. “Pff, magic doesn’t exist.” She said.
“Uhm… Ayane, magic’s real.” Ryan confirmed. “The banquet with the fight? A lot of people there used magic.”
“Yeah, the rest just were crazy.” Magnus added with a grin. “Some of the smartest and bravest people around, but we’re all pretty crazy in there.”
Genn scoffed and smacked his arm. “I was there too.”
“And you’re one of the magical ones, I just cover the rest of the fields.” He grinned.
Ayane looked confused as she looked at Genn. “You can use magic?”
“These aren’t for show.” She said, running a finger along her horns. “I’m a Rakshasa and I’ve been alive for a few thousand years, unfortunately given my race I also spent most of that life chained to people that were strong enough and didn’t really care for me.” She finished her explanation with a sigh.
“I’m… I’m sorry, I can’t…” Ayane groaned. “I’m sorry, I’m making an ass of myself.”
“Don’t worry too much,” Magnus said, “we’re shocking you with some new stuff.”
“Yeah? And what’s your story?” She asked, sounding a bit miffed.
“If I gave you the short version of my story we would be here all night long.” He answered with a grin.
“Oh, come on, Magnus, I want to hear it too.” Ryan said.
“I may need to write an autobiography at this rate and just tell people to read it next time they ask me.” He laughed a bit. “Okay, let’s see if I can summarize the biggest things to make it understandable.”
And like that he started with the most he could simplify the origin of his father and how it led to his, and his siblings, creation before after some time he ended up in his current World. Of course he kept a few details like the Outside out of the pictures and just explained it as an alternate Realm.
Food came, was enjoyed and even dessert and coffee was had before he reached the current time.
“So you aren’t human either?” Ayane asked.
“That’s what you ask?” Ryan said with a chuckle. “There’s plenty of non-humans around, I told you Britanny’s a Werecheetah and her husband’s an alien, or descendant of them at least, he was born on Earth as far as I know, even if he looks like a tiger man.”
They shared a quick laugh at his tone.
“What I don’t understand is that you aren’t the original one, how do you end as a copy?” He then asked.
“For the first question, yeah, I’m not human. If anything I fall under the category of Abomination, Artificial Creation, or simply Eldritch.” He answered. “As for the other, it’s from having a very redundant biology, even a tiny part of me knows how to reconstruct the whole thing.”
“That’s so weird.” Ayane mumbled.
“That’s my life, and I would really not change it for anything else.” He said in full honesty.
Ayane thought about it. “Wait, you said you can deal with curses, then could you-”
“I’m sorry,” he quickly interrupted her, “your eyes are not a Curse, there’s something with them, but it’s not my exact field and I would like to talk with someone that may know more about them.” He mixed Truth and Lies.
Mainly he wanted to talk with Monty, the man who was the current UFF’s champion, and Magnus was ninety nine percent sure he knew what was going on with Ayane.
“Ah… I see…” She said, sounding extremely dejected.
He didn’t want to give her fake hope, but he would see to expedite the meeting, at least he had the Cursed items dealt with.
They talked for a while more before they left, Ayane was picked up by the two man servants, out of their arena outfits, while Ryan was nice enough to drive them back.
“She was pretty nice.” Genn said after Ryan left.
“Yes, and she definitely needs more friends that won’t react to her gaze.” He said.
She looked at him. “You know more than you let on, no?”
Magnus took a moment to remain silent before slowly nodding.
“Yes, but please allow me to keep it a secret until I talk with a few people that may know more about it. I don’t think even she was aware of some of the things I saw, so it’s most likely something that’s being kept a secret for a reason.” He explained calmly.
“Okay, I will trust you.” She nodded. “Goodnight.”
He wished her a good sleep and headed down to the lab. He wouldn’t be calling Monty until the morning, but he would be heading to Jade, he had acquired a few interesting locations to visit and hopefully he would get some interesting materials or items to fiddle with.
Horizon barely left his fingers before the spear grounded Ruby’s spell. Jupiter’s Wrath was an impressive piece of spellcraft, the lightning was more of a cohesive form of plasma than actual lightning, it was slow enough that any experienced fighter that had seen the spell once could get an idea of how to dodge it. Of course from getting an idea to actually being capable there was a distance.
The spell hit the indestructible spear and all that energy was forced down to the ground, the discharge hiding him just long enough for Magnus to launch his own attack. Solar Scour was a spell of his own making, using Light’s most abrasive properties, it would burn through other spells it shone its Light on.
It took quick effect, revealing another of her Magends who had been hiding the works of three others in preparing a siege spell. He had noticed them hiding, but her previous spell had distracted him from focusing for long enough.
Another Jupiter’s Wrath, followed by Neptune’s Fury and Aeolus’ Tempest mixed into a cataclysmic storm spell, forcing Magnus to bunker down. Forward was grabbed on one hand, cutting through the water aspect of the spell, or at least trying. The Swift Petals were similarly trying to fight the powerful gales of wind. Solid&Firm were doing their best to keep him from sliding back, but still losing millimeter by millimeter. Horizon once more tried to ground the lightning bolts raining down on him, but the siege spell had broken the single lightning into a rain of them, feeding each one to almost full power.
Could he have broken the spell? Yes, another Solar Scour could have eased the pressure it was dealing with, even when fighting the metaphysical weight of the storm that hides the sun. Or he could have expanded his Domain, declaring the spell a Lie, or applying the Truth that an event like this couldn’t come out of nowhere. Or many other similar applications of his power.
But this was a spar and he had to give it to Ruby, she had acted smart and cornered him, any other fighter would have most likely had to use a trump card or get washed away.
Once the spell finished he shook himself off, only the many layers of magic in his clothes kept him from being completely waterlogged.
“Congratulations, this one goes to you.” He said.
Ruby smiled proudly as a number of her Magends disappeared, rejoining her. He didn’t miss the fact that a few of them had pushed past their human looks and achieved full power.
“Thank you.” She said as she approached him with a strut, the sight made him shiver as always.
“It felt nice to just let out after the last World.” She said as they embraced, the room was getting cleaned by the many automatic systems.
“Yeah, that was a wash.” He sighed.
Just a few days after leaving the World with Archon they had reached the World Milo had suggested, it had turned out to be a cyberpunk-like World. They had spent a few weeks looking through it, but there had been nothing of interest for them.
Even the level of technology wasn’t as advanced as some other mundane Worlds he knew about. It had felt like a loss of time, and a frustrating one at that.
“Hopefully the next World will be better.” He said. “Until then we keep ourselves busy.” He waggled his eyebrows.
She laughed a bit.
“And don’t think I didn’t notice you unleashed a few of those Magends, how are you doing with that?” He asked.
“Doing better, it’s becoming easier to not feel overwhelmed.” She answered. “Some of the notes your father sent over were quite helpful actually. I think I’m getting ready to try it myself.”
“Remember that I will be there for you if the worst comes to pass, ready to bring you back.” He tightened his hold on her to reassure her.
“I will trust you then.” She rested her forehead on his. “I think we could try it right now.”
“If you’re sure, then I will be here.” He took a step back as she nodded.
Ruby smiled before closing her eyes, every Magend in the ship disappeared, once more joining their creator. The air around her body changed, the best way he would have found to describe it was that she was focused, though not mentally. It was more of a physical or spiritual quality at the moment.
Her body started to grow larger, her skin started to pale as her hair turned a deep red. Part of Magnus suspected it was actually just a bias given what she had read in the comic. A moment later it didn’t matter as her body adopted the same mineral look that most of her unleashed Magends had. Her hair turned a deep gray, similar to her clothes while her exposed skin took a pristine white marble.
She reached three meters of height and that focused sensation only increased more and more. The way her hair had shifted now covered her eyes, but he could feel her.
“All good?” He asked. “No compulsion to take over the World? Cackle maniacally? Kill us all?”
She laughed. “No, no… you were right, there was nothing to fear.” She spoke with an ethereal voice, magic dancing happily to her tune.
“How does it feel?”
“Incredibly freeing.” She answered and there were suddenly a dozen of her Magends around her, each one in their unleashed form. “Like this I truly am a single person, all the voices are harmonizing.”
The smallest one appeared to be a halfling, while the largest one’s head basically touched the ceiling by being a giant. From the largest to the smallest, their bodies emanated magic to a point the air was saturated around them. More than one had their bodies covered in powerful Runes that piqued his interest.
“Ready for another spar?” He extended his hand, as if asking her for a dance.
She took his hand. “Don’t hold back this time.”
“I wouldn’t dare.” He answered to her, once more readying his spells as magic exploded with their will.
Lydia reached over for the bucket of popcorn as they watched the fight from a safe distance.
Part of her was glad that they were practically watching a fight that would have gone down history books as catastrophic or literally world-ending from another Reality. But she also itched to step in there and give it a try.
Maybe it was her body wanting to go for a full test, she had finished achieving a Job upgrade during the second to last World, the one with the superheroes. She had gone up from Warrior princess to Warmage Princess, she just knew she would never lose the second part unless she managed to get herself a kingdom and ended as a Queen or something.
Though she would prefer King, Romeo could keep the Queen title and Moisha the Jester.
She chuckled at her thoughts as she eyed her two partners. They had also achieved Job upgrades, but interestingly they had also improved on their Classes. She had been curious about it and asked Orange to explain why they had gone through it.
The Metaloid had explained that in their case it wasn’t exactly an evolution, but more of their innate gifts coming to light. Moisha had become a Shock Wererat given how she had taken in the Lightning element to such a deep degree, while Romeo had become an Empath Wererat as he had awakened some psychic powers.
Orange had also explained that if they were to properly evolve they would most likely stop being Wererats and pass to be Ratkin. The change would be based on complete subsumption of the Were Curse and becoming a complete and true species. She did note that their work towards overcoming all of their weaknesses was them going in that direction.
She hadn’t been able to explain more than that, she had admitted that while the System had records of other Ratkins, given their origins there could be changes to how the Class presented itself. But they would most likely not lose any of their abilities like that of changing between the three states.
As for their jobs, Moisha’s Group Warrior had changed into Thunderstorm Warrior, and given how she eyed the Lightning spells Ruby had been using until not long ago she could tell she couldn’t wait to try them herself.
Meanwhile Romeo’s job of Team Support had changed into Support Master as he had focused on a plethora of spells that covered their asses when they needed it the most. Everything from healing and buffing each other to making their enemies’ time fighting them a complete nightmare.
For being the sweetest of them three, he had the same mean streak as all of them, he had just aimed it at inconveniencing any enemy fighter to hell and back. She had sparred with him once after his upgrade, and that was all she would ever do if she didn’t want to feel like she had suddenly acquired a dozen debilitating diseases at once.
She watched as the battle between two people had suddenly turned into some kind of war between two armies, varied races clashes everywhere, spells capable of redrawing maps were snuffed out as quickly as they were cast, weapons were used with a skill that even in her master made her feel jealousy.
Lydia grumbled, if she couldn’t fight her body wanted something else. But it was definitely not the time for it. So she excused herself and got off the chair and headed to their room.
The moment she opened the door the three animated dolls woke up from their pile. With mute yawns they stretched off their pile and got up, practically asking for her attention. She reached and rubbed her tiny version’s head. They weren’t exactly intelligent, basically somewhere between a robot pet and a dumb animal.
They were happy to lay around and interact with anyone coming close, the most they did was keep their area in order after being taught some order. She played with their plush hands for a bit to distract herself.
She wasn’t surprised it was Romeo who appeared when the door opened.
“What?” She asked, but instead of words she got a smile that made her grumble as he stepped forward and wrapped his arms around her.
She hated that he could tell when she just wanted some physical contact now. Though it wasn’t as if he didn’t know before, he had just become sure of it and didn’t ask for permission. It had always bothered that he asked when he fully knew before she just wanted him to get close to her.
“Better?” He asked.
“Yeah.” She admitted, feeling the stress ease off her body. “I think it was a mix of cabin fever and homesickness.”
“Oh?” He looked at her, asking her to explain.
“The last World felt too much like the Undercity.” She answered. “It had that same choking atmosphere and shittiness that reminded me of home, of a place with little future outside of the role everyone’s given at birth. Of construction as far as the eye can see and everything else being basically wildness.”
“It was definitely a pretty horrid place.” He laughed after speaking. “It looked like everything was stuck in the eighties but added two hundred years of smog and cheap tech.”
She could only nod, even if it wasn’t that terrible, there was a depressing atmosphere to the place especially noticeable for those that had come from the outside. The few cities they visited were either aggressively futuristic, stuck in time, or straight up ruins. And everything just felt dirty, even when cars were electrical and flew.
The most interesting thing in the World they had found was an old legend about an immortal ghost hero, though closer look showed it was mainly just an inherited position. Nothing against the role, they did good work, but it was strictly a mundane thing.
The only thing of interest were a few plant samples, mutations that were very efficient at dealing with varied pollutants so well that they suspected someone had designed them. Now that she thought about it, Milo had been around the World, so he may have created them with his presence.
She continued speaking, “But at the same time I do not want to go back home, I hate that place, the Elders controlling our lives, using us for their own gain.”
“And what we learned certainly doesn’t help, eh?” He joked.
She grumbled again.
Learning that there was a story where they were at best minor villains and at best plot tools was frustrating. They featured during the early story, but they practically disappeared off the pages after some time once whatever role Gothwrain had for them.
And in all honesty, after seeing who they had been thrown at, she suspected they hadn’t survived for too long after the events. Just another sacrifice for that old rat’s plans.
Worse to her that she fully understood who they parents were. It added a whole level of ick to their relationship.
Even knowing that the two rats had ended up as slaves for one of the worst Dragons in their World’s history wasn’t satisfying enough. She wanted to return to pay them back.
It helped that they were objectively stronger than they would have been if they stayed, more skilled, more experienced, freer .
“Look on the good side, we’re going back sooner or later, and we could certainly stay there if we wanted.” He said.
“I wonder if Magnus would let us stay.” She mused.
“Most likely, even if we couldn’t just ask to remain under the version of him there.” Romeo chuckled. “I’m pretty sure they trust us quite a lot more than originally.”
She snorted. “Given that we’re prisoners, I would say that anything is trusting us more.” She joked.
“Really? Even if they had kept us locked in that hamster cage?” He joked back and quickly silenced her with a kiss before she could grumble.
The door opened once they broke away, Moisha entering the room with a knowing look. They could train in the morning, right now there were better stress-relieving actions to carry.
Orange ignored the events happening in her ship, while the three Wererats were in the privacy of their own room, her brother and Ruby were basically waging war on each other and she expected things to quickly start to get hotter in the training room.
She would only keep the most modest systems looking in their direction in case they managed to do something stupid, even if she doubted it. As much as her brother could get heated in a battle, he knew the limits of the ship quite well.
She had plenty to keep herself occupied, not just the many things she kept going in the ship while they traveled the Outside. She wondered how many understood the Outside as well as she did.
Most people were told about the Outside, and they instantly thought it was like outer space. They thought that Worlds were just planets, floating in relation to each other and if you knew where things were you could travel from point A to point B.
They were wrong, so so wrong…
She could understand that the nomenclature was confusing, thinking that World and world were the same thing and instantly jumping to Outside being out er space.
But the Outside was unimaginable for anyone that hadn’t traveled through it. It didn’t respect the rules of Reality. There was no concept of time nor distance, any object dropped Outside stopped existing because they lost their reference. They stopped being there at the present.
Worlds survived by claiming their own existence and creating their own rules.
In a similar way the Long Fortune and all similar ships traveled the Outside by creating an artificial World and creating rules that allowed them to move through the Outside. Even then it was stumbling around blindly most of the time.
That’s why the buoys they installed outside of Worlds they visited were indispensable to have any kind of safety when they wanted to go somewhere. And even then it wasn’t perfect.
Since the Outside didn’t have Time or Space, a ship could technically arrive before it had left, two ships taking the same trip could arrive at completely different times. In one of the least shared pieces of information, they had found signs that they had visited Worlds thousands of years before, with no sign of actual time travel.
Even inside their Network, most Metaloids had never looked into it, for some reason the information had become a sort-of light taboo. Maybe because no one wanted to be the one to end up thousands of years in the past.
For the moment she kept the ship moving towards their next destination, especially after their last World.
Everyone shared their opinion, it had been a depressing World. It was like a bleak reflection of their original World, where no superpowers had come up and instead things had devolved into pure consumerism and corporations as the real powers.
The most interesting thing she had found were a few nascent synthetic minds. She had made sure to give them a helping hand by handing them a cut-down version of the same exact information all Metaloids acquired during their awakening. It would set them up for better development along with some knowledge of safer and more efficient technologies to deal with power generation, recycling materials and producing electronics.
If they did well they would find the hidden blueprints to contact the buoy set outside of their World and make contact with them in the future.
She hoped they managed to reach peace. For the moment she kept the ship moving towards the next World.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – Chapter 57
The Long Fortune had parked a few dozen meters off the coast, giving everyone inside a lovely view of the paradisiacal beach. Light yellow sand that extended for kilometers and kilometers, palm trees that swayed with the gentle breeze, gentle waves lapping at the ground.
To Magnus’ eyes, it was more like a natural barrier to the things existing inside of the land mass. It wasn’t just the potent magic that ran through everything, he could sense concentrations of other things, things that felt corrupted, twisted and downright alien, to name a few.
It wasn’t just the land he could see, it extended both up and down. He didn’t have to focus too much to see the floating islands in the sky, from ones smaller than a normal block to a few that could have small cities built on top of them.
Below was worse, it felt like an ant’s nest, strands of mixed energies reaching so deep they may be part of something so much larger and complex. Though as good as his vision was, he would need to explore from closer to tell for sure.
“So what do we have here?” He asked Orange.
“It’s strange, by most metrics this island, and calling it that is underestimating it greatly, could be called this Reality’s center.” She answered. “Further scans once we entered the World revealed that it’s just one of many, many Realities too. It’s almost like a flip-book.”
“What does that mean?” Moisha prompted.
Orange gestured to the screen showing the island from above. “This is our current Reality, and this,” the image changed a tiny bit, “it the next one,” the image changed again, the difference once again tiny compared to the last shown, “and this is the next.”
The image kept flipping, the changes slowly accumulating until the island was completely different from the one they started with.
“That’s what I mean by flip-book, the changes are barely perceptible, and only become obvious when you compare two versions of the island that are far apart.” She finished.
“So there was no reason to pick this one instead of others?” Ruby asked.
“There were a few curiosities in this Reality, scans pointed to it being one of the most complex ones.” Orange answered. “Scans point to a few small settlements spread over the island, about one per biome, given the sheer number of them, it appears that some may be artificially held there.”
“So we go down there and start walking?” Magnus offered.
“It may be the best idea at the moment as some of the biomes read as quite aggressive in general and opening a portal to them may led something troublesome back.” Orange answered. “So at least getting a place secured may be the best idea.”
There was a shared sense of agreement, but it was Lydia who spoke, “What can we expect out there?”
“Monsters, possibly aggressive wildlife, possibly aggressive wilderness, holes to the center of the planet, possibly aggressive locals, exotic plants, possible aggressive plants, horrors from beyond…” Orange shrugged. “This place has enough magic for all of that and more.”
“Fun.”
“Okay then, we've got an idea of what’s out there. Everyone who wants to head out get anything you may want, we leave in five minutes.” He announced.
It only took four minutes for the five of them to step out, the beach being the safest spot for the portal to open at the moment.
Magnus went in the front as the rest followed, keeping a loose formation as they moved away from the beach and into a more forest-like area.
It was very peaceful, outside of a few small mammals and birds, the only other thing that seemed to be making noise were colorful slimes. They went from the size of a fist to larger than a basketball. They moved around bouncing in their direction.
“That’s a monster?” Romeo asked.
“Slimes ain’t the most uncommon monsters in places with high magical saturation, usually formed from congealed magic, water and some biological matter.” Moisha made a disgusted face to his words. “Oh, don’t be like that, it’s usually just fallen leaves and dead plants. There’s also the fact that magic tends to cleanse the material to keep the Slime healthy, this also makes them excellent base material for a lot of potions as they are basically magically-saturated sap.”
A small application of telekinesis dragged an unsuspecting slime to his hand. The monster was surprised for a moment before it tried to ram at him, with a body weight of about eight kilograms and the speed it could bounce around it only presented a danger to unsuspecting people unless there were enough Slimes to overwhelm someone.
Tenlight appeared just long enough to stab through the slime and cease its life. Instantly the Slime fell apart, leaving only a handful of congealed slime.
“This could be called the Slime’s core, it’s what holds the monster together.” He explained. “Given the high amounts of Magic in a Slime it’s not uncommon to see them being really varied depending on their surroundings or other similar aspects.”
“How strong can they get?” Lydia asked as she eyed a small one bouncing in her direction.
“From nothing to moderate, but that’s mainly for massively sized ones. It’s not rare that some Slimes can balloon to massive sizes, though they usually are conglomerations of smaller Slimes acting as a single one. The real danger usually comes from specific environments that are already dangerous. For example, extreme temperatures, hazardous locations or very esoteric materials.”
“So not very dangerous for us?” Ruby prompted, quite sure of it given her tone.
“I would imagine that’s right, though given the adaptability of Slimes I could see one or two that could still prove to be a bother.” He explained as they continued their walk.
Magnus saw to collect a good number of Slime cores and even a few actual Slimes with the capture pods he developed from Pokeball technology.
Outside of that their walk was quite calm, even the few crevices, small valleys and hills weren’t much of a problem, the trees were sparse enough to not stop their advance. Though they were quite surprised when a tree suddenly sprouted from the ground, apparently so much magic did weird things to nature.
Of course they also saw signs that people had passed through the area, tree stumps showed signs of ax work, extinguished torches and fire pits, even a few small rock and wood cabins, most likely constructed for hunters to spend the night.
The further they went into the island the stronger he could feel the different energies battling around. He could feel rampant Life, aggressive Light, consuming Darkness as the main three. But there were others, there was Wilderness, Undeath, Decomposition, Cold, Heat and even smaller ones he couldn’t pinpoint correctly.
“What’s that?!” Moisha cried out, pointing to a spot where the green grass suddenly turned red. It brought all of them to a stop.
He had nearly missed it, being a small patch smaller than the size of a dinner plate. But now that he looked at it he couldn’t miss the Life emanating from it.
The best way to describe the red grass was meaty or fleshy. It was alive and connected, like a small patch of grass-shaped skin. And it was actively spreading as it corrupted its surroundings, at least it seemed to only spread through the grass and leave the dirt below mostly untouched.
“I don’t know, but I really don’t like it.” Lydia said before unleashing a fireball to decimate the small patch.
“Keep an eye open, there’s more of it around and I do not want to know what it does to larger living things.” Magnus warned them as they continued their walk.
Even with their abilities, they walked for a few hours, and since they had arrived past noon, it was starting to darken. It only took for the sun to reach the horizon for the noises in their surroundings to change. From the chittering of critters, bouncing of Slimes and the wind through the trees to things flying through the air, the groaning of monsters and the clacking of metal on metal.
“Magnus, I don’t think we should continue through the night.” Ruby said.
“Everyone thinking the same?” He asked.
Lydia, Romeo and Moisha exchanged a look before the first spoke, “While I think we could take whatever is out there, maybe we shouldn’t try things on our first night here.”
Decision made, all he needed to do was focus in an area in front of them. Darkness answered his call, swallowing the dozen or so trees along with every plant that had been unlucky to have grown around them. He also reached down, grabbing a good amount of stone and dirt. He fed it a good amount of slime as it could be used too.
In just a few minutes a medium cabin rose from the ground. It was reinforced and well-lit as the slime he had collected worked wonderfully to create sources of light when treated correctly.
“Are those zombies?” Romeo prompted as a half-rotting figure stepped out from the bushes.
“Looks that way, don’t worry too much about them… I mean, just destroy them. But what I mean is that they aren’t corpses, per-se. But more of a similar thing to Slimes, though instead of Magic it’s Undeath.” He explained, a small bolt of pure Light burned through the Zombie and reduced it to ashes.
Moisha zapped a few floating eyes, similarly made from Undeath.
“Should we go in?” Ruby asked.
“Yeah, I doubt we want to spend the night fighting.” He said.
Just in case he casted a few Light orb spells to illuminate the are around the house before they went in. It would be a noisy night.
Laura felt that something had changed in the island, she wasn’t sure exactly what unfortunately. It had started like many of her previous hunches when some of the Bosses had finally stirred. But this time it was different, something had entered the world, though it didn’t feel as openly hostile.
With most people never wanting to leave the few towns she had built, it once more fell to her to find out what was happening. It made her grumble, especially when her Hallowed Armor felt like it was starting to lag in terms of defense against the growing power of the monsters that were spawning in the Underground Jungle.
At least during her last trip to those depths she had found samples of a new ore, just enough for a few bars, but it was enough to confirm it would do better than her current armor and weapons. It would still mean at least one or two more trips down there to collect enough depending on her luck.
At least the monsters in the Forest weren’t too problematic, Zombies, Eyes, Armors and Wraiths fell easily to her blade. The most bothersome tended to be random patches of Hallow, Corruption or Crimson that spawned much more dangerous beasts; she would need to come through the area to purify it later.
After a few more minutes of walking she noticed some light in the distance and then a well-built cabin she didn’t remember. The area around it was kept clear with floating balls of light. She didn’t miss the signs that monsters had been dealt with ranged attacks, or maybe some magic as she could see a few charred spots. She also felt immediately watched.
“Hello?” She called out.
“Oh, hello there.” A man greeted her from the first floor.
She could admit she hadn’t seen him there. But she had been looking towards the door. In hindsight it made it obvious since ranged attacks would allow some safety with the high ground.
“I’m sorry for intruding, I was patrolling the area and I didn’t remember a building over here.” She spoke calmly, eyeing the dark-skinned man. “Actually, I don’t know you and I’ve met everyone around.”
“Oh, we just arrived today, we’re heading towards the largest town we could locate. But we decided to not continue through the night.” He answered.
She looked around. “So you’ve been taking turns to deal with the monsters?” She asked.
“Not really, just me, I do not need to sleep.” He answered. “Honestly, it’s been great to experiment with a few spells.”
Just as he finished speaking an Animated Armor stepped out of the bushes a few meters away from her. Laura quickly prepared her blade, but before she could even move the armor went stiff as its shadow rose, clawing at them and quickly tearing it apart.
“Sorry about the surprise, as I said, I’m testing some spells. For being creatures that only come out at night, they are incredibly weak to Darkness spells.” He explained as the shadow sank down, taking with it the remaining bits of armor.
“I don’t think I’ve ever seen magic like that.” She said.
“It’s a personal touch.” He said. “Want to come in, we may not be taking turns to be the lookout, but the others aren’t all sleeping.”
“You would invite a stranger inside just like that?” She asked.
As many things she expected, to have the man break out in laughter wasn’t one of the responses she expected.
“That’s very funny, thinking that you’re a threat here.” He said between peals of laughter. “Come inside, it will be easier to talk.” The man said and gestured to the come in as he disappeared into the cabin.
She couldn’t help but to feel insulted at being dismissed so easily. Though it wasn’t the time nor the place to get angry about it, she decided to take the invitation and headed inside.
With better light she gave the man a better look. He was shorter than she had thought when looking up to him, his skin tone was closer to Adel the Dye Trader, but with the hair of Elysia the Dryad, though the color of it reminded her of some of the hair dyes the Stylist sold.
The only other person was a pink-haired woman that reminded her of Bunny the Party Girl, but she looked more serious. Not that that was too hard when Bunny was on too much sugar a hundred and ten percent of the time and more than ready to start partying at the drop of a party hat.
“Welcome to our little, and temporary, cabin.” The man said. “I’m Magnus the Traveler, and this is my partner Ruby the Summoner. The other three are currently sleeping in a room.” The woman waved as she was presented.
Part of her relaxed when she heard them use Titles, it meant that in one way or another they fit . She wondered what the other three had for titles.
“I’m Laura the Terrarian.” She returned the greeting.
“Please sit, as I said, we’re new around here.” Magnus said as he gestured to the table, joining his partner and waiting for her to sit down.
Not wanting to appear rude, she sat down. “So what brings you to the area?”
By now it was almost a rote question when new people appeared. Ask them their name, get their title, find their goals, their likes and dislikes, find a good spot for them to stay and keep in contact frequently.
“Curiosity mostly, and hoping to find a few interesting things to grab.” He explained.
“Oh?”
“I’m primarily a crafter, I deal with weapons, armor, accessories, consumables and many other things.” He explained.
Something in the man made her think of the Wandering Merchants.
“And how about you?” She asked the woman.
“I’m in for the trip, but I like finding new plants to study and add to my collection.” Ruby answered.
Laura felt a modest confusion between her Title and her goal, they usually fit better. Even Magnus fit tangentially.
She still nodded before turning back to Magnus. “You’ve worked with exotic materials, right? Can you tell me what you think of this?” She asked, retrieving a small pearl of the green ore she had been left with after forging the rest into bars.
Instantly a shiver went down her spine as the whole atmosphere in the room shifted, the small piece of ore jumped off her hand and right into Magnus who was staring at it like a treasure.
“Oh… oh my.” She was pretty sure he was purring by the way he spoke. “So much Wild Life mixed in an alloy with,” he licked it, “tastes like Iron, Tungsten and some copper too. Do you know what it is?” The tone was dangerous enough that her back straightened.
“N-No.”
“This is living ore, I’ve only seen a few similar ores before, and they were mainly created by my father from a type of metal rose.” He explained. “This little bit can become so much more.”
He surprised her by pulling a handful of dirt and sticking it into the pile. Laura gave Ruby a look, but the woman didn’t even look surprised by the man’s actions. Instead they just watched as he cupped the pile of dirt, his hands starting to glow.
It didn’t take long before the brown dirt started to change, turning green and shiny. It only stopped when only a few specks of dirt were left on a chunk of ore many times its original size. Though that wasn’t the end, Magnus' actions kept her from speaking.
The man proceeded to mold the material in his hands as if it was still wet dirt or clay. He started by removing a small bead the size of the sample she had originally shown before reshaping the rest. Right there, in front of her eyes a couple handfuls of dirt had been turned into metal and they were now being reshaped into the blade for a short sword.
It had been only a few minutes and he placed down a sharp and light green blade on the table, even though the handle had been shaped in front of her eyes from a piece of wood. A piece of wood that seemed to have bonded with the green metal and sprouted a leaf.
“Not a bad job.” Ruby said and Laura felt like her neck almost broke from the whiplash of turning to look at her.
“That’s a ‘not a bad work’?” She asked, flabbergasted.
“No, no, she’s right, I didn’t even enchant it, nor treated it in multiple ways, not worked in a way for the material’s qualities to shine through. This is just a very nice-looking and sharp blade.” He explained.
“Okay, I’m afraid to ask what you consider a better job?” She asked sourly, trying not to think how much better that green blade looked better than her current Hallow blade.
As an answer to her question a sword suddenly appeared on his hand.
Laura instantly stiffened up. During her stay in the island she had used many weapons, from lowly wooden swords to her current one made from Hallow ore. In the middle she had wielded cursed weapons, living weapons, joke weapons and many others, both Good and Evil weapons. She still remembered the whispers she heard when wielding Light’s Bane, or how Blood Butcherer tried to grow over her hand when holding it.
Even from the distance this Sword was completely Neutral, even with its wicked look, and in its Neutrality it offered the certainty: It would cut True. It wasn’t a promise that could be broken, it was simply a statement of fact, just like water was wet, hell was hot and Party Girl liked to party.
“… okay, I can see what you mean.” She finally managed to say.
“This is Hard Truth, it’s a one of a kind weapon and I doubt anyone else would be able to wield it.” He said and quickly explained, “The weapon is intelligent enough to pick and I doubt it would be kind with anyone that tried to use it against its wishes.”
She wondered if it was an empty boast. But from what she was feeling from the blade, she wouldn’t be trying her luck.
And it was just her luck that when she opened her mouth to speak, the whole area was shook by, to her, a very familiar roar from the distance.
“What was that?” Ruby asked as the three of them stood up.
Laura growled as she rushed to the door, the two of them behind her. She hated that she was right, she could see the familiar silhouette of Skeletron Prime rising above the trees and flying in their direction.
She just knew Delilah the Steampunker was behind the reactivation of the damn machine, the woman’s interests tended to become troublesome when not curtailed. She was nearly cursing as she wasn’t prepared for a fight with a Boss, she hadn’t taken any good potion with her outside of the basic health and mana ones, neither she had her battle accessories, most of what she had on her was for exploration as she didn’t expect a boss during a patrol.
“That’s Skeleton Prime, and it should be in pieces, but it appears someone went and fixed the damn homicidal machine.” She explained, sounding more than a bit angry.
“So I can fight it?” Magnus asked.
Her expression may have spoken for her, because before she could open her mouth the man grinned, and the very sharp teeth told her that it would not be a good idea to stop him. Not that she would mind if someone took care of those pesky Bosses for once. But before she could explain what the monster could do the man had disappeared in the blink of an eye.
“W-where did he go?” She nearly croaked.
“Oh, he went ahead.” Ruby explained, and a moment later the sound of metal hitting metal reached them. “Now I should make sure the cabin doesn’t get damaged.”
In front of her eyes there were suddenly four women of different sizes and skin colors, the only thing they shared was their pink hair. They moved quickly to the four corners of the building before raising a barrier around the whole area.
“What?” She felt like she had gone crazy.
“Don’t worry, I spar with Magnus frequently so I know a trick or two to defend against attacks of his magnitude.” She explained, as if suddenly becoming five people was nothing.
She was wordless at that, simply turning and watching the man solo the four-armed Boss with what she was sure was complete glee. Or well, two- armed boss as the bomb launcher and the laser had been quickly taken out.
“Is he always…?” She started to ask.
“A complete battle maniac?” Ruby finished and laughed. “More or less his usual when he can let go.”
Her words were accompanied by the constant clash of weapons. Laura could only watch as the man switched weapons and fighting styles over and over again. Swords, bows, spears, gloves and more. He seemed to be beating Skeletron Prime by sheer quantity of attack types. The robot appeared to be confused on how to react to many of the attacks, and even then each hit caused immense damage, soon reducing the killing machine to just a dented skull, even the usual spikes it revealed were bent and broken.
The last attack made her flinch as the skull was hit hard enough it crated into the ground before finally stopping.
The night went quite silent after that until Magnus walked into the clearing dragging the remains of the boss behind him, or at least the broken head.
“I’m already liking this place.” He said and Laura couldn’t help but to feel a shiver go down her spine.
Chapter 58
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 58
Magnus’ time pulling apart the remains of the boss into its compounding materials didn’t only reward him with a number of very interesting metals and materials. But also a Perk that improved his ability towards this kind of act by basically reducing the waste down to nearly nothing. If it had been used to construct the machine, then he could get it back in usable form. He had to work fast as the monster appeared to be breaking down into actual Loot.
A good amount of the same metal Laura’s armor was made, magitech electronics, a number of organic lenses, and most interesting of all, some kind of crystallized energy source. The orange crystal was barely holding in a solid state, and to his senses it tasted like Fear and Terror.
He put it away before he got tempted and licked it.
“I can’t believe you’re taking it apart like that.” Laura said, only getting a small snort from Ruby who had decided to prepare a late night snack for the guest.
“Why would I leave all this good material?” He asked in response. “Sure I can easily produce many of the components, but there are things that are not worth missing, like this.” He lifted the intact bomb thrower. “It’s a compact magic to explosives transmuter, I already know how to do it, but in a completely different fashion. I will never pass up the chance to learn more. And that chainsaw is giving me ideas .”
He couldn’t wait to try a few of them. Chainswords weren’t usually his thing, but no one said they weren’t a fun thing. He could already see about enchanting every tooth, not to reinforce it, but instead to reinforce every other tooth in the chain. With something between fifty and seventy depending on the size, the layered enchantments could lead to some ludicrous results.
He would say Hallow would be a good material for enchanting and weapon making, but something told him that basically everything around could be enchanted. Event he lowly wood he picked on their earlier walk took to magic like a sponge in a very surprising way. He would need to ask Ruby to check if the trees were special in any way or it was an environmental issue.
“So what’s the story behind the monster?” Ruby asked as she placed some food on the table.
“It was created in the image of another Boss monster, Skeletron. For a long time it was both a curse and the guardian of the Dungeon. Prime was created by Sally the Mechanic, though it was done against her wishes as she was forced by a powerful force. She was later locked inside the same Dungeon.” She explained.
“She’s quite good.” He praised her work. Even under duress she had kept her pride as a crafter.
“If you’re heading towards the town in the morning you can tell her yourself.” Laura said.
He nodded as he stored the last bits of the monster. “Got a question, you beat it before, no?” The woman winced at his question.
“Yeah… I think someone poked at it a bit too far and somehow reactivated it.” She said, nearly through gritted teeth, obviously angry at whoever had released a monster like that.
He grinned and quickly retrieved a few of the materials he had put away and started to put together something as they talked.
Laura woke up surprised and it took her a moment to remember where she was.
She had fallen asleep on the couch with her armor on, she hadn’t meant to. But she had sat down after an hour or so of talking and eating and simply closed her eyes for a moment. And now the sun was licking the surfaces as it came through the window.
She took a moment before getting up, already worried about the pain and other aches from falling asleep in her armor. Surprisingly she wasn’t feeling any, instead feeling quite well rested and ready for the day.
“Uh, you’re up.” A short-haired brunette said, giving her a look from the table where she was eating breakfast with two others. “Laura, right? I’m Lydia and these are Romeo and Moisha.”
“Ah… yes, sorry, still half-asleep.” She fibbed as she was actually feeling quite awake. She was just feeling embarrassed about having been seen sleeping.
“It’s okay, come join us.” Romeo said and gestured to the fourth plate.
She thanked them and quickly started eating, not one to disrespect good food, especially free food.
“Where are Ruby and Magnus?” She asked after a bit.
“Most likely fucking.” Moisha dropped and Laura nearly choked on her next bite.
Experience born from having to chug and chow in the middle of exciting battles allowed her to quickly clear her throat and ease the uncomfortable feeling left in her throat with some of the water.
“She’s joking.” Lydia said before she could ask for more information. “They left to check some caves nearby. Though… they could still be fucking out there.”
Laura had been drinking water, leading to a spit take. “… would you stop that.” She coughed.
“Look, they aren’t wrong.” Romeo interjected. “Magnus doesn’t get tired and Ruby has the sex drive of a couple dozen people combined in one body.”
She was thankfully neither drinking nor eating, she just groaned and rubbed her eyes.
“Is this a joke?” She asked tiredly.
“““Yes.””” They replied all at once.
She sighed. “So they went to explore some caves?” They nodded to her question. “I see, there shouldn’t be much danger in this area. Especially if Magnus could so easily take Skeletron Prime.” She remembered the fight and once more felt a bit of jealousy.
The man had taken pleasure in dismantling the Mechanical Boss when for her it had been a painful fight she had barely scraped by. She wanted to say she would have an easier time now that she had better armor. But at the same time she knew it would not be as easy as he had carried that fight.
“Any idea of when they will come back?” She asked.
“Most likely soon, they left a while ago and weren’t going to go too deep.” Lydia answered.
Just as they finished the food the door opened and in came Ruby and Magnus.
“I see everyone’s up now.” He said.
“Yes, thank you for letting me sleep here.” Laura said, bowing her head.
“You slept on a couch, I don’t think there’s much to thank us for.”
“You still invited me and gave me food, that’s more than enough to show my gratitude.” She insisted. “They told me you went down to check some caves, what were you looking for exactly?”
“Oh, we’re looking for a place to fuck.” Magnus answered in the most truthful and even tone.
She felt as if something broke. “… whAT?!”
That was enough for everyone to break out in laughter. “I’m kidding, I’m kidding.” Magnus waved it off. “We’re just doing some quick checks to contact our ship and how well it worked when going underground.” He quickly explained.
“Oh… oh… I’m sorry for having overreacted.” She said, embarrassed.
“Come on, what’s a small joke between friends. But we should head out, sun won’t be out all day.”
She nodded, trying to hide her blush. While she knew she was well-looking, the five of them appeared to be something else. And now she was thinking of sex with these very hot people.
Thankfully the cool morning air helped her distract her and the walk towards the main town dealt with the rest. Hopefully that would be the end of that joke, but part of her knew someone in town would somehow learn about it and tease her about it later.
She wondered if it would be Helen the Nurse or Bunny. She just knew one of those gossips would get that bit of information.
At the end whatever embarrassment she could have felt had been replaced by a small amount of grumpiness as they arrived at the biggest town. The settlement had been built more or less near the center of the island. Just the number of inhabitants kept the area safe from monsters spawning, on top of that the buildings, pylons and well lit areas made sure that only during Blood Moons anything managed to approach.
“Quite a lovely place.” Magnus praised.
“Thank you, I’ve been here since it was completely flat.” Laura said. “I still remember rushing to finish the first house by working all night long.” She laughed it off, even if it had been quite a traumatic experience, she had overcome it long ago.
Their approach wasn’t missed, Jonas the Guide was already waving at them, it was most likely that half a dozen people were easily visible from the town and he had offered himself to welcome them.
“Laura, and guests.” The brown-haired man nodded towards them. “I take it you deal with the little problem last night, right?”
She grumbled. “If you mean a reactivated Boss that should have stayed down? Yes and no, it’s taken care of, but it was Magnus that took that task.” She answered, gesturing to the purple-haired man with her head.
“I’m Magnus the Traveler, these are Ruby, Lydia, Moisha and Romeo.” He presented them and shook the man’s hand.
“Greetings and welcome to our little town.”
Laura didn’t chuckle, the place was a bit more than just a little town by now. While it had started at just a shoddy wood shed for her to spend the night in, it was now a sprawling settlement. There were even a few distinctive districts, mainly to keep some of those with Titles apart from each other.
She had needed to meet, learn and locate everyone. But it made everyone happy and that led to higher productivity. She had even built many of the houses around and hunted down specific materials for some of them. Seeing how everything had come together made her feel quite proud.
“Oh, that’s surprising, I hope it wasn’t too difficult.” Jonas said and she could only chuckle.
“If you call laughing all the way hard.” She said before she thought about it.
Magnus just laughed it off. “It’s been a while since I had that much fun with a monster.” He said, saving her some embarrassment. “Though from what Laura explained it was someone’s fault, so I prepared them a little gift.”
The Guide chuckled. “I’m sure the Steampunker will be happy about it.” He said with a bit of venom.
She hid the shiver with the cold morning breeze. After they finished their greeting Jonas headed out, though she wasn’t sure what the man truly did in his personal time, he was just usually there for anyone that had a question; always ready to answer and guide.
She took Magnus and company around the town. But it wasn’t long until it was only Magnus, Ruby and her.
“This is the Steampunker’s place.” She said as they stopped outside of a large house that may as well have been a factory.
It was built mainly of black stone and dark red tiles. It would be quite a depressing look if those colors didn’t help make the bronze pipes and the large glass windows stand out more. She led them to the large entrance.
Laura walked up to it and pounded her fist on it and waited.
She turned to Magnus and Ruby before turning back to the door. She grumbles as she hits it again and calls out, “Delilah! I know you’re in there, open now!”
She could hear rushed steps coming from the inside.
“Come on, Delilah, I’m not angry that you went and reactivated a Boss monster.” She called out again.
The sound of steps cut as the crashing noise of metal objects came through quite loudly. She sighed and waited as it sounded as if someone was pushing things around before the door finally opened.
The bags under the woman’s eyes told plenty of her story. “Ah-K-Laura… he he, it’s good to see you… what brings you to my humble workshop this morning?” She asked, trying to sound innocent.
“Delilah, I just want to know why, I was nowhere near town and nowhere near prepared for it. It could have gone badly for all of us.” She said.
“Well… I didn’t mean to… I just wanted to see if I could reprogram it, but I never intended to reactivate it. I even got the blueprints from Sally to know what not to touch… I honestly don’t know what went wrong.” She explained slowly.
“I see…” Laura felt like sighing. “You know that I’ve to ban you from coming in contact with the other remains now, right?” She didn’t enjoy this part of being more or less the only rule enforcing individual. “I will talk with Sally about making sure the other two can’t be accidentally reactivated, maybe I will rescind the order then.”
Magnus decided to step forward then. “Maybe this will cheer you up.” He said as a small, metallic box appeared on his hand.
Delilah looked at it confused. “I’m sorry… but who are you two?”
“I’m Magnus the Traveler and this is my partner Ruby the Summoner.” He presented them both as Laura watched.
“Oh, newcomers.” She said in a chipper tone. “I’m Delilah the Steampunker, and what’s this?”
“A little gift.” Magnus answered in a tone that wouldn’t let butter melt on his tongue.
The woman looked at it curious before pressing the very obvious red button. Delilah nearly screamed as the box popped up from her hands, it unfolded out into a tiny Skeletron Prime that squeaked out and started to go after the Steampunker.
Laura nearly jumped to attack it, but quickly noticed that it was harmless. Neither its chainsaw nor its claw moved, the laser seemed to be a colored light and the cannon was throwing firecrackers. It’s still flying around unassisted and cackling in a very squeaky voice as it followed Delilah around.
She turned to give him a look, only getting a beatific smile that made her chuckle.
“Don’t worry, it’s basically a toy.” Magnus explained as they walked away from the chaos that was unfolding inside the Steampunker’s building. “It’s not trying to grab her, but trying to stay close to help her, if she stopped running she would notice it just stands there, it will also hand her tools if she asks for them.”
“Okay, I was worried there for a moment.” Laura said as Ruby giggled.
He gave his partner a knowing look, she had sneaked a number of Magends out during their morning exploration of the caves. By now they had spread over the island, investigating the different biomes and scouting the other settlements from a distance. He trusted her to keep herself safe, or at least deal with any kind of danger she finds. Not like she would be heading underground for the moment, that’s where the real dangers were, if Laura was right.
“So who’s next?” Ruby asked as they walked to the outskirts of the settlement.
“We’re going to check on the Zoologist.” She answered. “Just gotta warn you that-”
That's when he felt it, a strange sense of kinship and a redheaded figure rushed out of the house they were walking. A redheaded woman with the ears and tail of a fox pushed up into his personal space.
“You smell like a fox!” She said before she caught up what she had just said, taking a step back and blushing as she eyed Ruby. “Ah-I’m sorry.”
He just chuckled as he gave her a look. The woman was definitely cursed, some variety of a were Curse, he could see the full moon trigger. But for some reason she was actively displaying some fox features. Outside of that she was a healthy woman of similar skin color to him and fiery red-orange hair.
He once more presented himself and Ruby before adding, “And yes, I’m a fox.”
“You’re a fox?” Laura asked, a bit louder than she meant to.
“Yes.” He answered and shifted. “Though in my case it’s natural and not a Curse, though something tells me you don’t consider it a curse.” He shifted back.
“Ah, yes… outside of full moons I don’t have a problem with this.” She agreed. “I’m Sharia the Zoologist.”
“You know, if you want I could tweak that Curse into something more controllable.” He offered.
“You can do that?” Sharia and Laura asked as one.
“Without much problem actually, your Curse’s similar enough to that held by three of our companions. It wouldn’t be hard to shift some parts of it over and change from Rat to Fox.” He explained.
He could see the confusion in Laura’s eyes as she reconsidered a lot of things she had taken for granted in the last few hours.
“I don’t know what to expect anymore.” The woman grumbled as Sharia laughed softly, her tail wagging behind her back.
“Would it help if I add that I’m not human either?” Ruby said in a playful tone.
“I really should stop assuming things.” Laura said, rubbing the bridge of her nose.
“What would it mean for me if I took your offer?” Sharia prompted.
“Their type of Werecurse, while a Curse, was designed originally for the creation of loyal servants. Its main weakness was Silver, but we’ve worked that part out. Outside of that it allows you to shift between three forms, human, hybrid and full animal, you keep all senses, a super regeneration that will heal even aging and a few other things.” He listed out. “Honestly, we only keep calling it a Curse given that the original framework is still there, but it’s more of a Blessing by now.”
Ruby just giggled at their expression.
“I’ll think about it and talk with my brother, but I think I’ll take your offer.” She said.
“Don’t worry and take your time, I imagine we’ll be around for a while.” He said, Sharia thanked them again and invited to her place at any time they wanted before heading back.
As they headed towards the next destination Laura spoke, “So you won’t be staying forever?” She asked.
“Hmmm,” he nodded, “as you can imagine I’m not one to stay in one spot for too long. But this World has plenty to see so I will most likely stay for a good while.”
She nodded. “Then let’s meet the next few people, the Dryad and the Witch Doctor are pretty close by and are usually found hanging together. We’ll need to move towards the Jungle, but it’s not too far out.”
Magnus and Ruby followed their current guide, doing small talk all the way.
Lydia, Romeo and Moisha meanwhile had wandered off, getting a bit bored of the tour and decided to explore on their own. They had met a few people as they walked around town, exploring the curiosities of such a broad range of people until they had found a building that interested them a bit more.
“How literal do you think the whole ‘hellevator’ thing is?” Moisha asked as they headed inside.
“Given some of Magnus’ earlier comments? Pretty literal.” Lydia answered as they found both a shallow cave going down and a hole with a rope going down.
“So we jump down, or…?” Romeo left it hanging.
“Let’s take the cave first.” Lydia decided. “Keep your weapons at hand just in case.”
She received two nods as the three of them equipped their blades, taking the cave. It was obvious it had been natural at some point, but it quickly led to signs of having been further dug by tool.
The area was well lit, torches decorated the walls every few meters, shining enough light to leave only a few shadows. The tunnel went down and curved a few times. It took a few minutes of calm walk before it opened into a large cavern.
The place had obviously been explored and dug out for all it was worth, there were torches everywhere and wooden scaffolds allowed them to easily continue their exploration. They also noticed a few Slimes going around, just bouncing aimlessly or floating on a small pool. At least until they were close enough and then the monsters zeroed on them.
They only picked a few coins that one of the Slimes had been carrying inside its body after taking out the Slimes and then continued down. The small occurrence repeated a few times, mainly with more Slimes, though a few surprised them. There had been a large one that had exploded into a swarm of small and quick ones, while there had also been one that had been nearly invisible when standing still in a small shadowed patch.
There had also been a few Skeletons, definitely more agile than the Zombies on the surface, but about as fragile to their weapons. Not that they had dropped anything of worth outside of old, bleached bones that they didn’t care about.
The further they went in, the more unexplored the area became. While they could still follow the path thanks to the torches, there were plenty of offshoot tunnels and if they weren’t used to wandering underground areas they would most likely have hit a few dead ends.
Romeo was the first to go still, Lydia and Moisha doing so too a moment later.
“You feel that?” He asked as he slowly shifted into his Wereform.
They too followed suit and nodded in silence. Lydia could feel it, not just with her whispers, but her feet easily picked the growing vibration transmitted through the ground.
The source didn’t take long to make itself known and the three of them jumped away as a massive, easily a dozen meters long worm shot out of the ground where they had stood and flew all the way to the ceiling of the cave. It didn’t even slow down as it dug through and continued its pursuit.
They just shared a look and got ready for the next attack. While normal people could have easily guessed the worm’s target by the simple fact that it aimed for their feet, for Lydia and her companions it was much easier to follow its underground movement.
So the moment it came out again, the three of them quickly dodged the attack and launched their own attacks. Their blades barely dug into the monster as it was moving too fast and its muscles may as well have been made from tight steel cord.
Lydia felt Searing Devourer heat up at having been blocked in such a way, the blade’s eye following the monster’s underground movement. She could feel its hate for the target.
She tapped the ground with her tail, following the worm’s movements and the moment it finally came out again, she chopped down. Her fiery blade came down like a guillotine, it hit right between its fangs and split the worm down the middle. Its body moved too fast to stop, instead both halves shot to the sides.
The wet, flopping sound filled the cave as the divided monster spasmed and tried to do anything. She was glad that the gore that had sprayed out onto her was easily running down her enchanted clothes or burning off on her blade.
“I think we’re going to have a lot of fun here.” She said with a bloodthirsty grin.
Romeo and Moisha smiled similarly and nodded. They left the cooling monster as they headed deeper, looking to find their next target to blow off some steam and prove themselves.
Notes:
Waste Not, Want Not (200CP)(Mass Effect Andromeda):Sometimes a Technician just doesn't have the resources they need to get the job done. That's when you have to get creative with what you consider a resource. You have the ability to break down objects that you can personally move into their component parts and/or resources, whichever you wish. If you need a bit of Eezo, an Initiative gun should have some. Don't want to murder some harmless Eirochs? Kett gear usually has some Eiroch Fluid Sacs incorporated into it. In addition to breaking down objects, you also have an accompanying pocket dimension for just resources and/or component parts. It doesn't weigh on you, and you can easily carry around enough resources for any job. If you have the Automatic Looting perk, you can choose to have any raw resources you pick up to go straight into your Resources Bag. And any crafting you do can pull straight from your Resources Bag.
Chapter 59
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 59
Lydia’s body was dragged off the way from the large boulder that had been flung her way by the towering rock golem. Her armband let the hookshot dissipate before she reached the wall, freeing her to acrobatically twist her body and land on her feet against the vertical surface. She quickly launched herself back at her enemy, Searing Devourer hitting the stone being and its intense heat melting off one of its limbs.
It screamed like a gravel avalanche and tried to swat at her as she quickly dodged under its drunken attack. Her blade sliced through the monster’s leg and allowed it to fall down so she could finish it by stabbing it through the center of its back.
Meanwhile it wasn’t as if Moisha and Romeo had been idle. The first was zapping around a small group of skeletons, the armors they wore making them much harder than their naked counterparts. Her shocking attacks weld their armors in awkward positions, keeping them from moving or attacking and leaving them open for further and more destructive attacks.
Romeo was dealing with the rest of the Skeletons, mainly the archers and a mage that kept moving around the large, open cavern they were in. His ice has already captured and frozen a few of them through, the rest had slowly been corralled with walls of ice. While this tactic wasn’t as useful on the mage, the enemy finally made a mistake and teleported onto a trap and was captured in a dozen debuffs before his ice could encase it completely.
It wasn’t the first large fight they had ended up in the caverns under the town. They had been exploring for a few hours and walked at least a few hundred meters underground. Their current area had been barely explored, only a few torches marked the general shape of the cave and if it wasn’t for their natural low-light vision and Romeo’s buffs they would be having a harder time seeing.
They were deep enough that the stone that made most of the walls had changed, it was harder, darker, not helped by the poorer light. Scaffolds were practically non-existent, forcing them to jump to their full ability and utilize their armbands to cut over the darkest, deepest pits.
She helped sweep up the last few enemies before they went through the bodies for the loot. Varied gems, a few old swords in passable condition, skulls and even the mage’s robes and hat.
“Doesn’t feel too magical.” Romeo checked the robes and hat. “I’ll leave it to Magnus to check, still pretty nice threads.”
“Outside of that the rest looks pretty mundane.” Moisha announced as they decided to keep on going.
It was quite a surprise as the tunnel they had chosen to follow opened up into an underground grotto that was filled with mushrooms. The ground was covered in a soft-looking, blue-colored grass and massive mushrooms the size of trees dotted the area.
“I’m so glad that the System will keep this shit from our lungs.” She mumbled as they stepped carefully.
The grass was unbelievably spongy under their feet, each step felt moist as if they were walking on a soaked sponge. It wasn’t just the mushroom trees, there were many of them hanging from the ceilings of the cave and somehow the whole area was bathed in a gentle blue light that added a strange eeriness to the place.
It didn’t take long for them to notice they were not alone. Some of the mushrooms started to stir and stand up, showing that they were infested Zombies that started to wander in their direction, the fact that they were completely silent and not moaning was the worst part. It wasn’t the only thing going in their direction, mushroom beetles, mushroom bats, even some mushrooms growing at the end of stalks that were stretching in their direction.
It was as if the whole area had been asleep a moment prior, or had shown an almost idyllic vision to lure the unsuspecting before it added any trespasser to the menu.
Lydia didn’t wait for them to get close before she cleaved with her blade and released a massive wave of fire. She pumped the attack with magic, turning the wave into a wall of fire that swept out. All the water soaking the muddy ground steamed into dry dirt as more than one of the monsters closing in tried to turn away before they were burnt to a crisp by her attack.
Romeo reacted quickly after her, as the steam curtailed their vision, his own blade swiftly froze all that humidity and brought it down to the ground as a thick carpet of snow. The sudden cold affecting the mushroom monsters quite more than the heat. Many of them slowed down to a crawl as the high contents of water were turned to ice.
Moisha followed up, lightning strikes hit every frozen enemy, swiftly turning the ice inside of their bodies into steam and making them explode from the sudden increase of pressure.
“Don’t let your guards down, there’s still many of them.” Lydia called out.
The first wave appeared to have been a probing attack, because there was suddenly twice as many enemies swarming in their direction.
Romeo acted swiftly, not only raising walls of ice to reduce the ankles their enemies could approach, but also debuffing their enemies. Not just slowing them down and weakening them, a number of them had turned against the monsters next to them, some were stumbling blind and the rest looked to be distracted by something they couldn’t see.
The heat from Lydia’s attacks melted down the snow laying on the ground, which acted as an excellent conductor from all the impurities mixed in it for Moisha to shock large swathes of enemies into charred husks.
It took nearly three minutes before the area seemed to have run out of monsters and stopped throwing targets at them.
Lydia pants softly, the exertion more of soul-deep tiredness from the amount of magic she had been using than anything else. “Everyone good?” She called out for a check up.
“Just tired.” Romeo said.
“I think it’s enough exploring for today.” Moisha added.
“Yeah, I think it was good enough for the first time we’ve spent a few hours down here already.” She said after checking. “Walk out or take the easy way?”
“Let’s walk, we practically killed everything on the way in, how hard it could be to return?” Romeo said and they nodded.
Magnus eyed the many materials he had bought off Laura for practically nothing. Practically nothing for him . It turned out his potions were easily beating some of her strongest, meaning he would really have to study the local herbs and their uses, if Ruby hadn’t already gone to look for them.
He had happily taken a bit from everything the woman had had in storage, from the different kinds of wood and Copper to Adamantite and more of that green ore they called Chlorophyte. He had accepted both in ore and bar form, and that was just the metals.
Even the most mundane spider silks and beeswax and worm tooths were interesting to him. There was so much Potential in all of them. It came to prove his original hypothesis, at least partially, that everything in this World was full of magic in a similar way to how it worked in Hyrule.
This meant they would most likely take a few things that could take root in Hyrule. Of course they would have to study everything so much more carefully than anything he had picked in other Worlds like in Pokemon or the Wizarding World.
This World was filled with Potential, but it was also definitely touched by Eldritch entities.
Those were one of the things his family never mentioned as being capable of traveling between Worlds, it was just too dangerous. Their memetic nature many times meant that just their knowledge could lead to an infection into Worlds that had never ever had to deal with them.
Funny thing about it, was that he technically was mentioning traveling Eldritch entities, he very well was one of them. He was nowhere near the level of his father, Rick was on the level of a True Old One when going all out. He was a force of Creation, untouchable and unfathomable by mere mortals.
Meanwhile he and his siblings fell more in the category of Cthulhu. More physical, restricted, he could still go one on one with the sleeper and most likely beat him due to some of his aces or the use of Snicker.
Still, he wouldn’t pull that weapon, even if he had felt the slight sensation of being observed. Thankfully not strong enough and his usual Lies were wrapped tightly around him and his crew. Of course he may have to tear part of those if he wanted to fight anything stronger than the Boss from the night before.
He was tempted to try and restart the other two bosses just to beat them and harvest the materials they held inside. Especially because against all expectations, their bodies tended to fix themselves after some time. Sally the Mechanic had explained that she didn’t know exactly what had forced them to create them, but it had made sure they would come back to serve them again and again.
What most interested them were the Souls, or at least the ones held by the three Mechanical Bosses. Laura hadn’t had much problem in exchanging him some Souls of Night and Souls of Light. Funnily enough he could easily recreate those after a bit of study. And he may go hunting for Wyverns for the Souls of Flight.
His train of thought was partially broken when the trio wandered into the house, most likely guided by Orange. He couldn’t help but to chuckle as he saw the state they were in.
“So… had fun?” He asked with a big grin on his lips.
Romeo and Moisha grumbled and went straight to the couch as Lydia wandered over to him and dropped a large box. “Some stuff we found down there. Monsters respawn aggressively .” She announced before wandering back to the other two and plopped on top of them.
“Rest well.” He chuckled and opened the box, he wondered if she had used it just to make a point as they could just send stuff between inventories. Though a closer look showed a good number of Souls, so most likely they weren’t sure if it was safe to store them.
He would put them to the list of things to check. For the moment he grabbed some of the red-colored Adamantite, the metal’s primary quality was its hardness, outside of that it was pretty similar to Titanium. It was nearly as hard as the alchemical alloy he had created for Horizon, but much easier to enchant.
He erected a silence barrier as he allowed his mobile forge drone to step out of his inventory. The familiar Blue Flames lighted up, but along them a set of red and green followed. It had taken him some time to realize the connection between the Sheikah, the Blue Flames and the Shrine of Wisdom in Mount Lanayru; he had felt a bit stupid once he did.
It certainly had helped that he could study the Blessings cast upon him, but missing that the Goddess of Wisdom had helped with the creation of a source of energy that worked with Information felt pretty dim of him.
From there he had worked to create the other two flames.
Din’s Flames were pretty straightforward, they were Power, Heat, excellent at refining material by burning out impurities and such.
Farore’s Flames were a bit less straightforward, they were Nature, the Wild and pushing natural qualities to the limit.
So while the bar of metal had already been treated, putting it through the three flames changed it in an interesting way. From maroon red it quickly changed into a brighter and purer red color. He worked through a few of the bars to get enough for his current project, along with some of the Titanium Bars which turned a brighter silver.
With the forge going hot, the anvil drone stepped out, the enchanted piece of metal locking in space to deal with his strength. He grabbed the Smith Hammer and started to work. He quickly also started to sing, the words not entirely coming from him but what he could sense from the metal he was working.
As he worked he felt the metal react, the effects of the three flames increasing as the large ax took shape. Note after note, hit after hit.
The Great Ax was large, almost hilariously so when he wielded it, and most would need to use both hands. Meanwhile he could wield it with one hand.
He went for the most straightforward enchantments, the basic suite of maintenance and cleanliness, self-repair and sharpness. After that he added a fling and return, the bond, chain targets and a few more just in case.
Now all he needed was to head underground and give it a good try before naming it properly.
Ruby hadn’t initially planned to head into the Underground Jungle, but the surface hadn’t had anything too useful outside of very aggressive monsters.
The entrance to the underground had been easy to find as Laura had left the area well lit with torches, and a Feather Fall spell had allowed her to easily glide down followed by a pair of the Magends that usually kept to the Garden.
The area wasn’t just illuminated by the torches the other woman had previously planted. But there were also a large number of glowing plants. She wasn’t sure what they were from the distance, but they grew in clusters large enough to make it easy to see in the caverns.
She reached with her Dryad and stopped a couple of the massive carnivorous plants that had been lunging in her direction. The monster’s maw was larger than her torso, the insides lined with massive thorns in place of teeth and were dripping a sticky sap.
She could feel a very basic intelligence in the plant, but it was more of an offshoot of something larger and more intelligent, or maybe it would be better an external node for another monster.
While the carnivorous plant behaved, it appeared to be the only sample of aggressive flora. Unfortunately she didn’t have the same touch towards the rest of the fauna of the area.
Massive spiders, prehistoric moths, human-sized wasps, thorn-covered slimes, giant tortoises, along with the usual Zombies and Skeletons.
In a way, it would have been very easy to whip out some very destructive fire spells and torch everything that moved down. It wouldn’t even have been enough to kill the jungle, the mud was so soaked in Life and Nature that it would have sprouted back again in the matter of days if not faster.
But she was investigating the area and looking for materials, and fire would erase most of the useful things. Instead she used some of her magic on the monster plants, they quickly moved onto the Dryad Magends, coiling around their figures and sprouting more heads before rushing to attack the creepy crawlies.
They could easily deal with both the oversized wasps and spiders, and had a pretty good amount of luck dealing with the slimes at a distance. Unfortunately the tortoises’ shells were just too tough for the plant’s teeth-like thorns.
For them Ruby cast a Gravity Spell, increasing the weight of their already incredibly heavy bodies until they were reduced to moving at the speed of a normal turtle. Without the ability to fling themselves across large distances their danger was quite reduced.
This allowed her to take her time harvesting interesting plants. Spore samples, magical roses, flowers overflowing with moonlight, even some heart-shaped fruits that were brimming with Life.
These last ones were the most interesting, in many ways they were extremely similar to Heart Radishes, they were just chock full of Life energy to the point they could be considered on the level of Heart Radishes, except their effect seemed more long term. She could feel that even consuming just one of them would increase the consumer’s life force, though she was sure there was some limit to such incredible ability.
There were also a variety of seeds she had found, some of them were definitely from the grass that covered the floor, walls and most of the ceiling of the caverns. It seemed to grow well in the low light and even grew some kind of vine that may have other uses.
There were many other things she collected, the Jungle was just full of Life and that led to a lot of species thriving. And while she mostly focused on the plants, she had found a few fish species living in the few water pools she passed. It was always a good idea to expand the species in the fish farms, plus some of these fishes could have alchemical uses too.
There were things that weren’t alive that were catching her attention, mainly some kind of old shrines, while most had either been emptied by time, or a lucky explorer, she found a few still untouched. It was helpful to be able to feel nature around her and notice the artificial pockets of air. She pocketed the contents of the chest to properly check for later, thankfully nothing felt Cursed; she had some experience recognizing those by now.
She had also found what appeared to be a massive beehive, a wall of wax the size of a small building stood sealing a tunnel. But it was not what was calling to her attention.
It hadn’t started until a few minutes prior, the Carnivorous Plants had felt a strange tug, as if something was calling to them. Then her Dryads had felt it too, with her connection to the two plant monsters she could feel the difference, it felt less compelling, more like an invitation.
She didn’t fear much at the moment, but she still maintained a modicum of caution as she followed the invitation. It took her down a visibly unexplored tunnel, neither torch, nor sign of digging, nor human feet had passed through the area. The tunnel opened to a very large underground cavern.
Against expectations, the area was incredibly well lit, glowing flowers and plants cast their light all over the area. They had grown from the walls’ protrusions and overhangs, almost like spotlights to the center of the cavern, where a massive, pink bud rested.
She didn’t need to know much to see that this was a Monster, and a particularly large and powerful one; most likely a Boss Monster. It was connected to everything in the area, its roots went so deep and far that she wouldn’t have doubted it was the very Jungle itself.
Thankfully it didn’t feel hostile at the moment, if anything it emanated a strange sense of curiosity at the connection her Dryads practically exerted over the area and the Plant Monsters attached to them.
She approached the area carefully, just stepping down on the grass surrounding the Monster was enough to gain further attention. It didn’t feel fully sapient, but there was enough intelligence behind it that her Dryads could feel it trying to communicate, to ask for their goal.
She knew it was dangerous, so she thought about it carefully before gently trying to make the Monster understand she was looking around, appreciating the Underground Jungle and trying to learn from it.
Thankfully it appeared to work as the bud blossomed, and Ruby honestly would have preferred to never see this particular flower open up. Once the petals had opened enough, three massive jaws opened inside, revealing rows and rows of sharp teeth. Different from the carnivorous plants, these were proper fangs, made from some kind of hardened calcium.
It wasn’t all, from the base of the now blossoming flower secondary maws sprouted, similar to the Monster Plants. The Boss Monster used them more like tentacles than anything else.
That’s when a roar shook the cavern and Ruby prepared herself. The only good thing was that whatever had caused the noise wasn’t the Boss in front of her, instead she soon heard the buzzing of insects.
Bees the size of her head flew into the cavern, their beating wings echoing and turning into a droning noise. But the worst was to come as four much larger bees joined the swarm. Each was the size of a modest tree. Their bodies showed signs that they weren’t natural creatures, designed more for combat than for a normal life.
Their upper halves weren’t too different from normal bees, if one discounted their size, their lower half had more to do with the hive bees lived in than abdomens, and more bees were crawling out of them.
The Boss Monster seemed scandalized by their presence and responded with a roar of its own. A truly titanic scream that shook the whole jungle. The bugs were definitely aiming for the kill and everyone knew it.
Ruby reacted quickly, before the battle truly started, and aimed at a couple of small trees growing from the overhangs closest to some of the large bees. Her Dryads shifted and unleashed their full might, shifting into their combat form as their magic ran like lightning and soaked into those small mahogany trees.
The two trees shook, attracting the attention of some of the smaller bees, but her aim wasn’t to distract them. Instead the trees grew suddenly and explosively in all directions. They didn’t just bury deeper into the mud walls, reaching for good anchor points in the hidden rock. But they also spiked towards the closest Queens and stabbed through their hard exoskeletons, burying into their soft internal tissue.
From there it was easy to make them sprout out, sharp branches finishing the two monsters and letting their ichor bleed down.
Their loss didn’t truly mean much for the fight, as the Boss Monster’s tentacles shot up like hungry piranhas, their maws decimating the swarm of bees before grabbing the two remaining bees and dragging them into its stationary maw, easily crushing them down.
She could only watch and shiver. It was hard to feel for any of the two sides, they were all Monsters here, and she had definitely not been any kinder with her attacks either. She had had to deal with the loose drones that had gone in her direction, burning through the bugs without stop.
Thankfully the remaining bees seemed to lose all cohesion in their attacks once the four queens were dead, turning into easy prey for the massive plant. In just a few minutes the area was empty once more, and she now knew how this monster sustained itself; watching it devour the two Queen Bees she had taken out.
It shuddered as it seemed to turn its attention back to her.
Ruby prepared herself for the worst, though thankfully the monster didn’t attack. Instead it reached into its maw and pulled what appeared to be some kind of seed buried in hard amber. It handed it to her.
The moment one of her Dryads received it she could feel that this was very much the monster’s child, if it could be said the monster could have children. The seed, if planted and treated correctly, would grow into a new Boss Monster. She was honestly not too sure if it would be a good idea. But she was certainly not going to tell the massive monster that when she was practically in its private grotto.
For the moment Ruby decided to let the Dryad carry the seed, at least until she was outside of the Jungle and could make sure it wouldn’t be angered by her sticking it into her inventory.
She quickly thanked it and wished it well, unaware of how much of the meaning went through. She needed to leave the Underground Jungle quickly, she honestly didn’t know what else hid underground in the area. But would certainly not be coming back alone. She was now doubting that this Boss Monster would have been as easy to deal with as she had thought originally.
It was enough excitement for a day, at least this type of excitement.
Notes:
Blessing of Dundr (400CP)(The Banner Saga):You received the blessing of Dundr as he left the world, and received the boon of the god of smithing and knowledge. You gain godly talent in learning how to smith and can weave stories that capture and entertain people on equal footing of the greatest bards.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 60
Magnus eyed Monty’s house, though that was an understatement. The man lived in a veritable mansion, which he was sure was ninety percent empty, or ninety percent filled with trophies of all kinds; he leaned to the latter.
Four floors high, a massive entrance with Greek-style columns and a door large even for the man. Magnus chuckled as he could see the magic weaved around the construction, aimed to keep the place from being broken in. He found it funny because he could have slipped past, but he was here as a visit after all.
So he just stepped forward and rang the bell.
Monty didn’t make himself wait, the mountain of a man opened the door. “Magnus, come inside.” He gestured, making him follow.
The inside of the mansion was more or less what he expected, wooden floor, darker than it appeared given the amount of windows. And just as expected, it was filled with trophies and artifacts, from normal animals to many impressive monsters, from pieces of art to highly magical, ancient artifacts.
The man guided him to a study room, taking a chair for his size and inviting him to sit too, which he did.
“Thank you for seeing me this quickly.” Magnus said.
“It’s not a problem, now that I’ve left my position to Gina I’ve come to find myself with a lot of free time.” Monty said in good humor, but quickly turned more serious, “I should have known you would be the first to stumble onto that particular secret.”
“Unfortunately Lies and such don’t work on me.” He admitted. “Like how you’re not what you show to be.”
Monty went stiff for a moment before breaking out in laughter. “I should stop underestimating you when you say you can see through all lies.”
He shrugged. “ I am the Titan of Truth and Lies .” His voice reverberated in the room for a moment. “It comes with its perks and problems.”
The man nodded. “Ayane’s situation is a particular one, as far as we know she’s the last survivor of a race that died a long time ago, the Amonians.” Magnus could feel the honesty in his words. “For a long time she had been sealed, but a few decades ago my grandfather found a way to give her a normal life, or at least a chance at it.
“Normally she would have long since gone crazy from the Psionic Venom released by their creators. But Exthilion managed to find a way to give her a human body. All that was left was the Curse in her eyes.”
“It’s not a Curse.” He quickly corrected him. “There’s something in her eyes, something old and hateful. It’s actually impressively strong given that it’s completely sealed and still affects things like that.”
Monty grumbled and rubbed his chin and beard. “That… that would explain some things.”
“I can understand why you would call them cursed, but they aren’t Curses. They are tools of domination, hate and enslavement.”
“And how exactly can you know that?” Monty asked.
“Because I, or at least my original, have been to my uncle’s royal treasury; though it’s more of a vault of the trash accumulated from the previous kings.” He answered. “I’ve seen very ancient and evil things. Tools of domination, torture and worse.”
Monty grumbled, rubbing his chin as he looked half in anger and half in understanding.
“I will need to speak with my grandfather, it angers me that the nature of her predicament was hidden from me, though I understand why he didn’t tell anyone. Unfortunately the Psionic Poison still exists, A’Monn’Rah was a downright son of a bitch.” He grumbled.
“Unfortunately if it’s psionic it’s outside of my repertoire of abilities.” Magnus could feel himself grumble too. “For that you need my brother, Milo’s the psychic and healer of us three. Other than him the next one is my older sister Amber, but I don’t think you want an invasive species like her.” He laughed awkwardly.
“And now I’m curious to ask.”
“Amber’s one of my father’s first creations, a queen bee that is psychically active and connected to every member of the hive.” He explained. “Of course, like most things my father creates he goes overboard. Amber’s in charge of half a dozen biospheres, connected to about ninety percent of insects around and capable of pushing that combined might to alter reality.”
The man snorted. “Reminds me of some of the species that live in Jade.” He offered.
“Ah, before I forget.” He hadn’t, but it felt correct to say it. “I finished dealing with the items you left for me.” He retrieved a suitcase, it had been enchanted to have some extra space inside, enough to hold each of them.
“Excellent, I hope you’re not insulted if I check properly.” He said. “But if all is as I expect you’ll have done me a great favor by soon disposing of some much more dangerous items.”
The large man carefully picked a tiny monocle and placed it on his eye. The sheer size difference made it almost invisible as he slipped a pair of enchanted gloves before taking the objects inside the suitcase and checking them one by one.
“Well, well, well, color me impressed, you really dealt with these nasties quite thoroughly,” he praised.
“Thank you, it certainly helped me get a few ideas for Curses of my own.” He grinned.
“Excellent.” Monty pushed himself off his chair. “Follow me.”
Magnus nodded, following the mountain of a man through the mansion. They made their way to the basement before Monty pulled his shotgun from his pocket space. He couldn’t help but to feel awed the man had gone and turned the massive weapon, which he wielded single-handedly with ease, into a magic focus, and a quite potent one at that.
He pushed the muzzle against a particular brick before pulling on the trigger. Along with the explosion there was a click before the wall slid aside, revealing a path downwards. Fun fact, it wasn’t the only secret door he could see in the room.
Magnus kept silent as they went down, the path curved and snaked around before opening to a massive underground cavern, one large enough for a truly titanic dragon along with the riches that said individual would hold.
He just raised an eyebrow as he looked at Monty, the ex -Dragon chuckled. “I collected a lot during my years, would you believe me the biggest catches didn’t come until I was like this?”
“Yes, yes I would. As much as Dragons are greedy, Humans have such untainted curiosity and Luck to wander into treasure that just having been made in their form can have an effect.” He answered, and it was True. It was one of those funny things across the Worlds.
He wouldn’t go out of his way to call it a balance thing. It was just a quality of what made Humans Human. That curiosity, that will to discover, that thing that pushed them further and allowed them great things.
“Over here.” Monty pointed as they walked past mountains of treasure and riches.
Piles of objects that would make a man rich for multiple lives, and none that truly called to Magnus in any way shape or form. Gold, precious stones and other pieces of art were fantastic, but completely empty of worth for him; he could certainly do much better than most things around.
The magic items held some more interest, but at the end it was an academic interest he held in them. At most he was interested in their material composition if it was rare enough. But it would feel shameful to destroy them, even if they were just collecting dust.
The further they walked the smaller the piles became, slowly shifting into glass cabinets, either just for better show of their contents, or outright containment.
They soon reached a junction, to one side he could feel incredible Power, to the other he could feel the Curses. They obviously headed for the latter, as much as he would have liked to poke at those in the first direction.
They soon stepped into a small room carved into a side of the cavern. It was obviously not natural as he could sense the reinforcements that kept the chamber up and everything inside completely contained. The Curses were strong enough that a normal person may have straight up died from being this close. Even Monty appeared a bit uncomfortable, to Magnus it looked like a buffet.
“Okay, you've got my full attention.”
The man laughed. “As you can see, I’ve made sure to keep more than a few troublesome things off the wild in these many years.”
Magnus eyed the cabinets… Well, it was the wrong way to call them. Each was more like a maximum security prison. He could feel the Cursed ones actively wanting to break out, though not all of them were Curses.
“Uh, what’s that one?” He pointed to a completely blacked container.
“I don’t honestly know, but the crystal seemed to grow when watched,” Monty answered, sounding a bit frustrated, “since it went from a pinky’s nail to the size of a football in the matter of a few seconds, I decided it would be bet if I just placed it somewhere it wouldn’t be seen.”
Magnus nodded, that sounded like a gray-goo scenario just waiting to happen if all it needed was to be observed. He restrained himself from trying to see through the container and let the thing lie. Honestly, he could say it was quite impressive that the magic in the container had kept everything inside from being observed by somehow nullifying Light and Dark. But he would not be bringing such a weakness to himself up to attention if possible.
Instead Monty guided him through a few very cursed weapons, that while incredibly Cursed, weren't exactly special in his eyes. It was incredibly easy for him to devour Curses of Bloodlust, Berserker or Blooddrinker. They were the bread and butter of Curses for Weapons, you slapped them on a weapon and in exchange for your sanity or morality you got a huge boost in power. They also tended to grow stronger the more used, ending as terrible, terrible things like those he was dealing with.
Some other Curses actually took time and work. While Souls was definitely not his field of expertise, he could certainly, though carefully, break a series of chained spirits that had been twisted together into some sort of spirit/mind for a similarly Cursed set of armor.
Thankfully the main Curse wasn’t aimed to meld them together, meaning that while not in any way, shape, or form to be restored, he could allow them to pass on. It would most likely take a good chunk of their time in the cycle of reincarnation before they untangled. But it was best to leave it to nature to deal with rather than forcing things.
The worst was a Cursed cannon that fed on innocent Souls to unleash a massive and incredibly destructive spell. The really worst part was that it didn’t force its user in any way, instead it had been knowingly used so many times that it was Cursed from the sheer wicked use.
The sentiment had been shared by Monty who had utterly destroyed the thing once the Curse had been dealt with. The sense of gratitude they felt was hard to ignore, but all they could do was hold a moment of silence for all of those that now had found some sort of peace.
There were also a small number he had to leave as they were, mainly those that had Souls too deeply embedded in the Curse or were practically living things that were held alive and in comma by the Curse. Those unfortunately would need his brother’s help to deal with.
And then were the ones that just weren’t Curses, just like the unnoticed crystal.
“Those aren’t Cursed,” he announced as he looked at the set of nine ten-sided dice, “I mean, they are so incredibly magical that I’m impressed. But they are more just sheer Randomness given physical shape.”
“Are you sure? There’s a lot of registered Curses related to their use.” Monty inquired.
“Okay, I can see how that would happen. But those aren’t Cursed, they are damn Wild Magic Dice, and nine of them? That’s about a billion possible results, and I doubt we’ve the list to make sure we aren’t rolling for the chance of becoming Gods.”
He wasn’t lying, they weren’t Cursed, but they may as well be. Someone had gone and distilled pure Chance into a set of nine dice. Rolling one most likely only resulted in almost imperceptible things, two or three most likely party tricks, four and five most likely entered in danger or funny territory. But things would quickly roll out of control from seven onwards.
Rolling the nine Dice could end up in a cataclysmic event. Someone either was a complete asshole, or had found a way to fudge the numbers. Though he was pretty sure if it was the latter they were so dead it wasn’t even funny. Chance and Karma were bitches after all.
“So all those cases were just bad rolls?” He asked.
“Yes,” he replied dryly, “I do not want to think about the worst case scenario. But again, with nine dice? That's when the sun suddenly collapses or turns into pudding territory.”
Monty broke out in laughter. “Oh god, that’s hilarious.” As stomped the ground as he bent over. Magnus felt his eyes go wide open as the man had made the cabinet shake enough that nearly half of the dice bounced.
Monty swiftly realized what he had done. “Oh fuck…”
They watched as the dice stopped moving and starting to glow. Instantly he felt the tug, giving Monty a look. “Fuck y-”
Monty could only watch as very powerful magic grabbed Magnus whole self and made him disappear. He winced as he could feel part of the magic, it was definitely a teleportation spell. But so rich in chaos that he just couldn’t tell where the man had exactly been sent.
He looked at the dice with a new gained fear. He thought the man had been overestimating them. But just five dice had been enough to cast a spell of that category in an instant, nine would definitely be a very bad idea.
He would need to replace the cabinet. He had originally thought that they would only activate when actively rolled. But now it turned out that even just a shake could activate them. He would need to make sure they couldn’t move at all.
And worse, he would need to contact Diggers and tell him he had just lost his daughter’s boyfriend. Not that he feared Theodore, but he had seen the kind of weapons his daughter favored. He hoped the man gave signs of life before all hell broke loose.
Though for some reason, he didn’t fear Magnus dying. No, what he feared worse was what the man would do while away, or when he came back.
Maybe if Monty saw to talk with grandfather Exthilion before he could soften the punch. Yeah… he would see to contact the ancient dragon as soon as possible, after he made sure the dice couldn’t be rolled by accident again.
Magnus didn’t finish cursing as he had been drilled by his father that the first thing you did when you were suddenly teleported against your will was make sure your arrival went as unnoticed as possible.
A Lie swiftly wrapped around his presence and he moved away from the spot he had landed without making a noise. Unfortunately all the Chaos and Randomness from the damned Dice had made it impossible to fully hide his entrance.
At least having moved from the spot allowed him to observe the area he was in, even as the place started to become active.
He seemed to have landed in some kind of lush cavern, the whole area was carpeted in a soft-looking grass, gentle meadows hid a few bodies of water and the whole area was lit from some variety of magical crystal.
The only living being he could see was some kind of Mushroom Nymph, the woman-shaped fungi had been lying in wait, or more likely at rest. They looked like massive, purple mushrooms until they had stood up and approached the spot he had arrived.
They were sniffing the air and trying to find him, thankfully his Lie held against their attempts. The most surprising thing was the fact that they were definitely speaking English, albeit a heavily accented one. Not that he would have had much problem if they spoke any other language.
“Something came.” “I smell nothing.” “Have you finally gone crazy?” “Did your roots dry?” “I can taste the magic but nothing else.” “Magic, magic, magic, is that all you can talk?” “I was sweet flesh!” “Sweet flesh and warm blood!”
Carnivorous mushroom nymphs. He didn’t sense actual danger, but he had barely arrived and knew not what lay around. Even worse, the Chaos made it very hard for him to find where he was. The most he could find was that he was very deep underground.
Deciding that staying would just be just asking for problems, he melded into the shadows and quickly displaced himself towards one of the many tunnels heading out.
He was careful to keep to the shadows even as he maintained the Lie around him, passing by some other predators. Massive Spider-taurs, Psychodellic Slugs, what he was pretty sure was some flavor of Mindflayer, Moss Bats, Rock Rats, a whole zoo. And everything ate everything else.
As he went by, and admired the fauna and flora, he started to put together that he was in some sort of pocket dimension, or at least one of Earth’s expanded spots. The few scanning spells that worked pointed that he was a few thousand kilometers underground, an area that would definitely not look like this.
It also felt strangely disconnected to Earth, almost as if he was actually on Jade instead. Magnus guessed that the pocket space may actually exist between both Realms as a sort of air bubble.
The tunnel he was sneaking through soon opened to a much larger tunnel. Though it could only be called as such because it was a tube that went from one side to another. It was large enough to put a few transatlantic ships one over the other. It wasn’t also a simple tunnel, he could feel in the Darkness that spread as far as he could feel that it was just one of a massive web of tunnels.
He allowed the Lie to vanish, effectively making him visible, and without much aim he started moving. Just in case he retrieved the Sheikah Grimoire, Iris and Question. He wasn’t entirely sure about having named the Ax a pun, but he felt happy about it.
And as empty as the area had seemed, it only took a few minutes before he was jumped by monsters. Foolish of them, to not have realized he was just bored.
It turned out that the large tunnel was indeed used as a road, and a roaming band of beings acted like bandits to any passerby. A Minotaur, a small Spider-taur, two Goblins and some kind of Hyena man ambushed him by coming out of one of the side tunnels. Not that he was sure about their species, but it was the easiest way to call each one for what they appeared.
The Minotaur was at the front, the being was pure muscle and about three times his height, making the bovine fellow have to look down at him as he leaned on the cheap axe that was as big as him. Just behind him was the Hyena and half-hidden behind some rocks were the two goblins, lastly the Spider-Taur was keeping himself at a distance, which was smart since they held a large bow and a wicked set of arrows.
“Fresh meat,” he said and grinned, revealing very poor dental hygiene, “drop your belongings and I will make your pathetic life end quickly.”
It wasn’t the first time he had been mugged, or at least attempted to be mugged. It was a matter of life that it happened from time to time when he went out. Honestly some were downright sad and more than once he had just taken the guy to a side and talked them into getting a better life along with giving them some money. Also a healthy fear of the Dark just to keep them in line.
For these fools he instantly knew he wouldn’t need to do anything. He had felt the movement coming from far-far away, the soft ground of the base of the cave shifting as a massive thing moved fast, very fast. It was like a several hundred meters long object moving faster than high-way speeds through the terrain.
But what he really felt was the hivemind . It was a tiny speck compared to the ones he had been part of when connected to Amber’s Hive, or even the normal Network he had grown in. But it felt so strangely familiar. So many specks moving with one goal.
He saw the few faster scouts move in and quickly bent backwards. The surprise in the burly Minotaur was short lived as he got swiftly taken out by two members of the hivemind. Chaos swiftly broke out.
He observed the attackers, they were humanoid with a heavy inclination towards speed. It wasn’t just their long and thin limbs that ended in long, and dangerous-looking claws, it was the single horn growing back from their head and spines growing down their back, giving them an aerodynamic-look to their silhouette, same with the spikes growing out of their elbows. And that wasn’t even taking into account the organic-looking thrusters on the back of their shoulders used to propel their movements. They were also quite colorful, their dual-color design made them look almost armored as their fronts were a matte black and the back half a bright orange.
Magnus couldn’t shake that sense of familiarity and kept his hand from dealing any lethal, or heavily damaging blows. Easily dodging or parrying the attacks by these beings.
Same couldn’t be said for the bandits. The Spidertaur was the first to fall, to large to escape these small and nimble attackers, if anything there were merciful to make their death swift, joining the Minotaur. The hyena and the two goblins weren’t as lucky.
Their smaller size, higher speed and agility allowed them to dodge the immediately lethal attacks. But that only meant they took debilitating blows, painful injuries that made them panic. One of them used a very ill-advised explosive, taking out the Hyena as the hive-connected beings had reacted with extreme speed to move away from the explosion’s reach.
Magnus felt a bit of pity, the two shorter beings, mauled more by their own hands than their attackers would die. But waiting was just asking for trouble. Iris responded to his command and with the whip of his sword two throats were severed in the blink of an eye.
Of course, with their death he was the only non-hive-connected being in reach, meaning there were suddenly a few dozen beings focusing on him.
“This feels strangely familiar.” He couldn’t help but to comment as they fell on him.
Their coordination amazed him, the quickness of their learning on his movements that forced him to adapt to them. His main advantage was that he was one and they were many. He wondered if he could get them tired enough for parley, he really wanted to know who they were.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 61
Magnus hadn’t stayed in one place for long, the hivemind’s transport was quickly approaching and it didn’t seem like it would slow down. He had started to move while dodging the attempts to grab him, just fast enough to slowly allow the transport to shorten the distance between them.
Said transport turned out to be a giant mollusk, a psychically active one that was definitely bound with the Hivemind. It wasn’t too surprising, such a relationship was definitely beneficial for both parties.
Though it wasn’t the strongest psychic signature he had ever felt, he could easily feel a stronger signal riding on the mollusk. It was most likely the hive’s leader, and his target if he wanted to parlay.
Of course just jumping onto the transport and trying to contact them would go badly. They were still trying to snatch him and so far he had managed to keep them from doing more than just touching him. The hardest part was not inflicting any severe damage, but they were learning and it was becoming harder to just dodge them.
The true problem was that he hadn’t had touched his psychic gift, even his original always found Magic to be easier and more to his style. Even the most basic Telepathy had always felt awkward, and right now he needed to dust off said ability if he wanted to communicate properly.
He noticed another of the beings approaching him from behind, they were using some kind of stealth to keep themselves from being noticed. It wasn’t magic nor technology, instead an application of psychic power. But to Magnus it was like they were under a spotlight.
He shifted to dodge another attack before turning to face the invisible being and quickly booped them on the nose, the action simply stunning them to a stop.
“I see you.” He whispered and moved over them. Funnily enough, the connection had made such surprise spread through the hivemind, giving him the opening to prod at the suddenly stalled network.
“ Hello there .” He sent through the network and watched the fireworks. It came through more like a message etched on a brick and thrown through a window than a letter slipped through the door. It was a rustic greeting, but it worked.
In his -original’s- experience, Hiveminds tended to become isolated from other species as they saw anyone that didn’t share their connection to be less, or at least be an other . Meaning that his contact with their network, even if completely superficial, had sent every individual into total confusion as he had practically stepped into their community and said ‘hello fellow kids’.
Having touched the network also gave him the ability to observe it a bit better. He could see how it wasn’t a single mind, but a few thousand individuals following their Queen. The more he observed it the more he felt a familiarity with them.
The Queen’s voice started to come in stronger, reigning in all the other minds back as Magnus took full advantage to climb his way onto the living transport and sit on one of the armored shells to watch them talk.
“ Target. Equals. Untouched. Target. Equals. Not enemy? ”
“ Speech. Equals. Hive. Target. Equals. Us?”
“ They play. Not hurt. Equals. Enjoyable. ”
And then there was the Queen, “ Silence . Patience. Hear me. ” Her command seemed to calm down the chaos in a swift fashion.
It also allowed him to find her, much larger than him, somewhere between three and four meters in height. She wasn’t just matte black and a bright yellow, there were also red lines of glowing power that appeared and disappeared from her form. He saw them spread over the mollusk, most likely a sign of their connection.
His attention upon her didn’t go unnoticed. The Queen turned to him, her gaze showed wariness and curiosity.
“ Stranger. Equals. Danger. ” The Queen’s voice sounded feminine to him, or maybe he was comparing her to Amber.
“ I’ve not hurt any of yours. ” He sent back, projecting the Truth of it. “ I seek communication with you. ”
Her glare was accompanied by two of the larger brutes moving to her sides.
“ Human. Equals. Food. ” She projected. “ Mana. Equals. Nourishment. ”
He took her words in, giving the mollusk a careful look. The being was definitely too large to live on just food , or at least normal food. It most likely fed on the magic of individuals the rest fed it. Even as constrained and hidden his power was, he would still be a strong magic user to their senses.
“ I’m not human, and your kind reminds me of family. ” He replied. “ I can teach you many things, I can provide many useful things, I seek to learn and teach. ”
That little nugget at the end seemed to startle her enough that the whole hive went stiff for a moment. Her whole posture shifted a moment later, guarded but hopeful. Though that wasn’t all, he noticed the large being they were now riding say something to her, something he couldn’t hear. But it was enough to earn him a chance.
“ Prove it. ” He understood that she meant the second part. But he had also stated that he wasn’t human.
He stood up, wiping the nonexistent dust off his clothes before he looked straight into her eyes before he started to shift. First into his Zoroark form, sharp teeth, long ears, purple claws and dark fur. She may have seen Werespecies before, so he didn’t stop there, his posture shifted as his size increased further.
It wasn’t just in size, yes his body grew almost ten times in height. But it was more than that, his small Titan form was more than physical. His presence spread out, a Lie having less effect especially as he was being observed by enough individuals to see he wasn’t mundane. Power flowed from his body, saturating the area around him.
And once he had fully transformed he sat back down, facing her fully.
“ I’m Magnus, I seek to learn and to teach. ” He let the Truth flow through his words.
As much as he could make a Lie sound like the Truth, he could make Truth undeniable. The Queen was taken aback by the honesty in his words, or maybe it was his sheer Titanic presence. But she quickly recovered herself and moved forward.
“ I am Queen Ibis. This. Equals. My Brood. Psi-Kobold. ” There was pride in her voice, even when faced with such a stronger being. She gestured downwards. “ This. Equals. Home. Friend. Psi-snail . We will give you a chance. ”
Internally he raised an eyebrow, the pride in her was an impressive thing. Even now he could tell she was looking for an opening to take him down. But maybe the offer was enough to gain him the chance, or maybe it was his personal power, or the words of support the Psi-snail may have given for him. But he could tell that she wasn’t lying about wanting to learn.
He still didn’t know where he had ended up exactly and hopefully Queen Ibis could help with that. But it didn’t mean he couldn’t work in gaining some new allies to their side.
Genn put the phone down and wondered if it was wrong to feel like she was being punished for having a good life. Magnus had been teleported in a small accident with a magical item and there was no clue of where he ended.
It felt like a personal insult to her, she was feeling better and suddenly things were coming down once more. She believed her brother was okay and would come back. But she now needed to at least contact the Diggers, hopefully Dr. Diggers could help.
Unfortunately when she arrived the house was a battlefield. Dao was looking bruised and scuffed when he opened the door. It had been some time since she had seen the Djinni, he had shifted further into looking like a human, only the four arms indicating his non-human nature.
“Dao?! What happened?” The surprise of seeing the hole in the living room leading down into the lab gave her vertigo.
“Madrid.” The single word explained so much and soured her mood.
“What did mo-… that woman do?” She growled.
Dao let out a tired sigh. “She convinced me to turn her into Gina, she used that to trick all of us.” He slowly explained, his tone showing his dejection. “She somehow subverted Gina’s Hurtbots and network. That and the confusion allowed her to escape to Yl’Dahjim. Seance, Brianna, Britanny, Penny and Charlotte headed in to catch her.”
“And Gina?”
“We decided she was too emotional and kept her here. But it’s been a few hours already and I think we may have to go in.” He answered. “What brings you by?”
She winced when she remembered why she had come. “Magnus was teleported in a magical mishap while he was away. I had come to ask Dr. Diggers for help to find him.”
Now it was Dao’s turn to wince. “Mr. and Mrs. Diggers are over in Jade and won’t be back for a few days.”
They arrived at the lab where Gina was being held in a force field bubble by one of Brianna’s Peebos.
“Genn! Please tell Dao to let me out! It’s been two hours and they haven’t come back!” She cried out.
“Don’t worry, Gina, I already decided to let you out.” The Djinni man said as he reached to turn the small, floating robot off, allowing the blonde to land safely.
“Good, I don’t trust the others to deal with Madrid after what happened. Unfortunately she put all of my Hurtbots out of commission.” She said as she quickly worked on one of the computers. “Dammit!” She punched the table.
“I will go with you, Gina.” Dao said. “I’m a Djinni too and Yl’Dahjim was my home too once upon a time.”
“I’m going too.” Genn’s words made both of them turn to her. “I don’t think I can help when dealing with Madrid, but I know her and she would have taken Seance and the other’s attempts to stop her personally. I want to help them.”
“Okay,” Gina said, “go pick up the first aid kit in the infirmary and be back in five minutes.”
It only took her three minutes to pick the first aid, and one minute had been making sure Strypp was okay. Seeing the man’s state made her understand how far her mother had gone. It only made her more sure to help.
Gina looked at both of them. “Get ready, the transport beam’s fully charged and coordinates are locked in, be ready for anything once we land.” Her tone was hard and Genn felt a shiver at seeing her like this.
Still, Dao and her nodded as the blonde woman hit a large, red button and suddenly the laboratory was replaced by a ruined plaza lit in an orange light under a cloudy sky.
Instantly Genn felt her heart freeze and clench as around them were their friends, laying still and grievously-
“Seance!” She felt her eyes quickly moisten up even as she wanted to deny what she was seeing. The half-burnt form of the man she loved just laid on the ground.
“Wha- Genn?!” Seance opened his eyes. “False alarm, it’s not Madrid.”
She felt like she was about to sob, the bounce from having thought him dead was making her heart ache.
“Genn, what happened?” Gina prompted in a hard tone, practically ignoring his looks.
“We’re trying to ambush Madrid.” Penny answered for him, her missing pieces making her look grizzly. “Let the illusion go, Seance, the plan’s over.”
Genn was feeling conflicted, listening as they retold the events after they had come in. How Madrid had used Gina’s Beta Technology to beat them before retreating further into the city and they had decided to set an ambush to deal with her.
She had moved over to Charlie and was wrapping the Harpy’s wounds while she listened. It surprised her that it didn’t make her hate her mother, but it was more like she felt disappointed in her.
As she worked she looked at the are they were in, it was obvious it had been beautiful once upon a time. But now it was reduced to ruins and dust. The orange light cast by the old Magic Sun only added to the depressing atmosphere.
She had moved to treat Penny’s few injuries as the woman tried to stop Gina from heading ahead.
“Are you nuts, Gina? Madrid has your Beta tech Generator and has no problems using it.” Penny called out. “What can you do about that?”
“I can shut it down.” Gina answered, showing her a small metallic object. “I brought the key. Dao, let’s go.” She told the Djinni and looked at Genn. “You will be leaving with the rest?”
Genn nodded slowly. “As much as I would like to give my mother what she deserves, I’m just not a fighter. Good luck, Gina, and send her my regards .”
She watched Gina and Dao head up the stairs towards the tower, turning to the rest.
“Let’s go back, staying here won’t do us any good.” Penny decided before taking them all back to the lab.
Penny and Britanny quickly left towards the infirmary as Brianna turned towards her, and asked, “Genn, where’s Magnus?”
Genn flinched when she remembered why she had come in the first place. “He… he was out helping Monty with something and there was a small accident with a magical item.” She carefully answered. “He was teleported away and now we don’t know where he is.”
“…what?” Brianna froze.
“I only came over to ask Dr. Diggers for help in finding Magnus as Monty says the Chaos released by the Magic Item made it impossible for him to track him.” She explained.
The color on Brianna’s face told her exactly what she was thinking. Genn hoped Magnus was okay and could get in contact with them quickly before the blonde did something rash.
Magnus had been chatting for a few hours with Queen Ibis, learning more about them and their home and transport. They were usually referred as Psi-Kobolds, or just Kobolds, and the being they entered a symbiotic relationship was a Planar Psi-snail.
It was impressive how deep their relationship went. The Kobolds got a mobile home capable of traveling all kinds of terrains and realm, and the Psi-snail got not only the protection of the hive, but they also became stronger, growing armored panels that doubled as homes for the Kobolds. Effectively becoming a living fortress.
Though as much as they could communicate, it felt stilted. His Telepathy was too rough from not having ever been used. And he still couldn’t make contact with the Psi-snail.
“ This has been informative, but I think there’s an easier way to communicate. ” He offered.
“ Interest me. Continue. ”
He nodded and concentrated, this wasn’t a spell, technology, or even a psychic ability. It was instead a feature of his mind’s architecture. He relaxed and slowly opened the door, inviting the Queen in. She took a moment before taking the invitation.
His perception split, half remained in the real world while the other stepped into the first layer of his Mind. It was interesting to see that it had taken the appearance of a Hyrulean field, sans monsters and corruption, most likely an effect of the growing Spark of Creation. There was even a shadow of Hyrule castle in the distance, even if he had never visited it, the building was just that iconic in Hyrule.
The Queen glowed with her power and the support of the hive and the Psi-snail. She looked surprised by his representation as just a mask.
“This. Better not. Equal. Trap. Deception.” The sound of her words stunned her into silence after speaking.
It was an honest reaction, in his mind, thoughts may as well be plain speech.
“Don’t worry.” He said kindly. “Welcome to the first layer of my mind, this area’s been used by my family as a way to communicate for a few decades. It allows a better sharing of memories and experiences without touching the actual dangers of our minds.”
“Your implication. Equals. Danger. Trap.” She pointed out.
“In a way it is.” He honestly answered. “But not one for you. This first layer is for this, for socializing, talking, sharing memories and experiences. The second layer is for close family, those of us who share similar make. The third is the real danger, where the true nature of our minds reside. That ’s where the trap is, anything that wandered that deep in search of knowledge would be trapped, incapable of escaping, destroyed by the same thing they desired.”
“Your Intention”
“Connecting like this allows me to bring up memories in a way that would be impossible in Reality.” He answered as he drew a memory from his original.
She quickly took shape, a regal woman that appeared to be thirty years old, honeyed hair and yellow eyes. She wore a beautifully crafted dress that further added to her appearance.
“This is Amber, and just like you she’s the psychic Queen for her hive, in her case her hive’s comprised of insect-kind.” He explained, slowly feeding the Kobold Queen his memories and experiences connected with his older sister.
He observed Ibis, who was still unused to the extra honesty provided by the type of communication, as she was showing open interest and wonder at what she was observing.
“Just like me, Amber’s not human.” He explained as the image of his sister shifted, her figure grew a meter in height and half in width, practically a monster compared to her human form.
A figure covered in golden armor panels, phantasmagoric wings hanging from her back and an even more powerful regal aura, it was transmitted even through his second-hand memories. Her presence was accompanied by her royal guard.
He, or his original, had only ever seen them once. They were four meters tall, psychically-enhanced weapons of mass destruction. As dumb as a rock, but that meant nothing when all they had to do was follow the hive’s commands.
“Those are just two of her personal soldiers,” his words were followed by the many other specialized units, not all of them as dumb, actually most had long since become as intelligent as any human or more, “you can see why I saw a similarity between you and her.”
“You. Not equal. Her .” The Queen pointed.
“I’m not, and even what I can show you about her is what I’ve observed.” He admitted, not seeing a reason to Lie. “But I can teach you about enchanting, magitech and other things.”
He watched as the Queen took in his words and considered them thoroughly. He was glad she wasn’t jumping to it. She thought about them for a few minutes, most likely commiserating with her hive and the Psi-snail, before she spoke once more.
“Then We will learn from. Teacher .”
He felt the chime as the Title clicked into place and instantly the representation of the first layer started to shift. A quake that shook nothing, the Hyrulean plane morphed and twisted.
“Deceit. Trap!” The Queen let out with more emotion than she intended.
“You gave me a Title.” He answered and couldn’t help but laugh a bit at her confusion and panic. “Oh, don’t worry, this is just the result of a fitting Title. You see, for my kind Titles are primarily boons, though they bring a few disadvantages. They form our way of thinking and further align us with their concept, on the other hand they restrain us slightly in those actions that go against our Titles.”
The green fields and gentle meadows were now filled with libraries, chalk boards and amphitheaters all aimed to teach and share knowledge.
“I’ve always been one that looked for knowledge, but I’ve enjoyed teaching, the Title Teacher does fit me.” He smiled and thanked her once more. “So let’s get down to Teaching.”
His grinned to himself and usually wondered, what was his original doing.
Magnus took a moment to sip some of his tea. Ruby had gotten the leaves by exchanging some of her own with the Dryad, it had a bitter and astringent flavor strong enough that most people would simply reject it. But the powerful perfume it released balanced it quite well and he had never been a picky eater.
Of course it wasn’t the reason they were currently sitting around the same table. Laura was eyeing Ruby in a combination of befuddlement and frustration.
“What do you mean you met the Boss in the Underground Jungle?” She asked, for the second time.
Ruby nodded patiently before speaking, “I felt its call and decided to check it out. The Boss turned out to be a massive carnivorous plant.” She explained. “Thankfully given that I was accompanied by a pair of Dryad Magends I could primitively communicate with it instead of fighting it.”
“And the seed you mentioned?” Laura prompted.
“A few Queen Bees attacked while I was there, I took two out and the Boss took the other two. If because of those actions or simply because it felt like it, it handed it to me.”
“You know the danger it presents, right? Because I’m pretty sure I described it pretty well when we’re talking about the Mechanical Bosses.” Laura said, sounding exacerbated.
“I know, but I want to study it further.” She replied evenly. “I’m pretty sure I can keep it from being affected by the entity behind the Bosses in this World.”
“That’s… how would you even do that?” Laura asked in a confused tone.
“Our ship’s capable of traveling outside of the World, we’re not from around here.” Ruby answered patiently as Magnus made sure there was a potent Lie over them, just in case anyone was trying to peek.
“That’s where my title of Traveler comes from, we travel from World to World, learning, sharing, teaching and such.” He added his side of the thing. “We’ll stay here for some undefined amount of time before leaving again, taking to the immaterial and exploring further.”
“Does that have to do with the fact that none of you is human?”
“Not really? More of a funny coincidence, it has more to do with who my father is. But that’s a story for another moment.” Magnus laughed softly.
“...you’re right. What matters at the moment is that I get ready for a battle with that Boss.” Laura said. “I’m really not looking to fight such a massive monster. What can you tell me about it?”
“I wouldn’t bet on it remaining stationary, those vines it used to capture the Queen Bees were definitely strong enough to drag itself around.” Ruby answered. “Even then I doubt that’s all it can do.”
Laura nodded. “Most Bosses have some sort-of ranged attack. I could see a plant spitting seeds or using pollen.”
“I could enchant an accessory to deal with those.” Magnus offered after hearing their talk. “I’m thinking of something that reacts to projectiles by proximity, though it could also be hunting out for them.”
“… you can do that?”
“Yes, I think I said I specialize in crafting weapons, armor and other accessories.” He answered. “You should see the gun I made for this woman a couple Worlds ago, it could destroy a moon.”
“He’s leaving out that it worked because of the woman.” Ruby quickly added. “Not that he can’t create some impressive pieces.”
Magnus gave Laura a look. “I’m thinking of some semi-autonomous constructs, while I’m terrible at crafting Life, nothing says I can imitate it. Do you have any kind of favorite bird?”
“I… I don’t think so?” His question took her by surprise.
“Don’t worry then, I will work something out.” He had a few ideas, and that always put him in a good mood.
And if one of those constructs allowed him to gain some information about the monsters she fought? It was hurting no one.
Chapter 62
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 62
Terrel’s talk with his younger sister had been… interesting .
Sharia had always been a wild soul, never further than a few meters from a pet or critter practically since she could walk. She lacked any and all fear for any animal, wild or tamed, and that lack of fear was shared by most animals in kind.
She practically slept on the family’s old dog rather than on her bed, she sang with the birds and fed her leftovers to the mice living in the garden. Similarly she ran with the wolves in the nearby forest, got fish with the bears and cuddled with the snakes on cold days.
The first few times had been heart stopping for their parents. But with time they all had learned their sister was just connected to the wild in a way none of them could approach. And then the accident had just solidified it.
With time they had gotten used to it too. The main difference between the before and after was mainly the fox features, the hairy problem during full moons and the fact that his sister preferred to be away from society more than normal. If that had been because she didn’t want to pass the curse or an effect of it none of them ever asked.
So it was rational that he would feel a bit conflicted when someone appeared out of nowhere and offered to modify her curse as if it was nothing and not a part of her.
He hadn’t marched to the house the man occupied with his trusty gun in hand. Instead he had thought about and taken five minutes before approaching him; it certainly had been a sobering thought to know that he had taken a Mechanical Boss alone and without problem.
The front door was unlocked and the man was inside, Terrel wasn’t sure what he expected. A charlatan? A snake-oil seller? A twisted individual who used curses? Instead he found a man hunched over a table working. The only sign of acknowledgment was a raised hand asking for a moment while the other continued working on something.
An exotic, bird mask appeared on his hand and just like that it was flicked off into the air. In front of the eyes a shadow took shape, colors filled in the silhouette and there was suddenly a black and purple feathered fellow who looked at him with sharp eyes.
“I apologize for that,” the bird, harpy, man said, “my original’s currently busy with an important part of the crafting process, would it be okay if we moved outside?”
With a gesture Terrel accompanied them outside.
“Let me present myself, I’m Magnus the Traveler, or at least one of his Shadows.”
“Terrel the Arms Dealer, and what do you mean by Shadow?”
The birdman thought about it before answering, “I, and by that I mean both the main body and me, have a very deep connection to the elements of Light and Darkness. The mask that you saw works like an outline or silhouette, the original casts Light and we’re the Shadows that are created.”
“So you’re not real?” Terrel asked, skeptically.
The birdman laughed. “Oh, I’m plenty real.” He said with what Terrel was sure was a grin, hard to tell with a beak, and poked at his chest with a large, feathered finger. “But we’ve gone off on a tangent for too long, what did you need?”
“I wanted to talk about the offer you gave my sister.” He quickly answered.
“What I offered was pretty straightforward. Her Curse is pretty basic and her connection to Nature seems to have helped her achieve a balance with it. What I offer is an alternate version that gives her further control over the forms.” He explained. “It comes with a list of other goodies too.”
“And what do you get out of it?”
Magnus just shrugged. “It makes me feel good? Honestly I’m just passing by and I like to help as long as I don’t clash with people.” He replied in full honesty. “It costs me literally nothing more than a few minutes.”
“Just out of the goodness of your heart?” He asked, skeptically.
“More or less, consider it an act to fit in better.” He answered before looking as if something had cheered him up. “Looks like my original’s finished with his work.”
And with those words the first Magnus stepped out of the house, in his hand was the bird mask and on the other a beautiful green flower pendant. Terrel hadn’t even seen the second one disappear.
Terrel quickly looked back and forth, surprised. “… what’s that?” He finally asked.
“It’s an accessory for Laura, it should be capable of keeping pests off her.” He explained just as the woman landed without a noise.
“Magnus, I came as fast as I could.” She said before turning to look at him. “Terrel! I’m sorry that I didn’t see you from above.”
“It’s okay, I was just a bit surprised.” He quickly waved it off.
“Here you have.” Magnus handed the pendant to the woman that practically had built and protected their settlements. “And here too.” He added, handing her a few colorful bottles. “Some potions for good luck.”
Laura nodded resolutely. “Thank you again, Magnus, I will head out, I want to deal with this Boss as soon as possible.” She turned and nodded to him after speaking, a moment later she was back on the air and flying fast enough to be gone in seconds.
He noticed Magnus looking in the direction she had left. “I should really look to get some of those Soul of Flight to tinker with.” He muttered just loud enough, he then turned to him. “As for the Curse, it’s really no problem, if you want to know more look for the other three that came with Ruby and I, they are Wererats and have been so for all their lives. They can tell you more of how it is.”
He thought about it for a moment. “I will see to talk to them, but more importantly, it won’t hurt Sharia, right?”
The man just snorted. “Look, I may not be my brother, he’s the healer. But there’s no one as good as me with Curses in my family, don’t worry about me hurting her, that would only happen if I wanted to.”
For a moment Terrel wondered if he was being threatened, but there was nothing in Magnus’ current vibe that wasn’t friendly. He still thanked the man as he walked off, he would still ask for the trio. But at least for now he felt like maybe this wasn’t the worst that could have happened to his sister.
Magnus watched the man walk away and quickly turned his attention to something else, primarily he wanted to grab a few of those Souls of Flight. Laura had explained they were only acquired from fighting the Wyverns high in the sky.
The Rito mask reappeared on his hand and placing it on his face allowed him to quickly take to the skies. He went higher than he ever had flown in Hyrule, leaving the clouds below, feeling the air quickly thin out. The altitude and his vision allowed him to quickly find once again those islands he had seen before.
Thankfully as he had theorized from Ruby’s own experience, the few Harpy Monsters that lived that high up ignored him, considering him akin to them and giving him free passage through the region. The most he got was a curious look from a few that appeared younger.
Still, he was on a mission and his first target was one of the floating islands. He landed carefully on the edge, worried about the cloud-like material that covered its bottom. It was unnecessary as the material was hard enough for him to step and remove his Mask.
This surprised him enough that he saw to collect about a cubic meter of the material for further study. At first look it appeared to still be suspended humidity, but there was more than just magic holding it together.
It was also hard enough that an island had with time grown on top, most likely the winds depositing dirt that turned into mood when in contact with the very moist material. This collected more and more dust, the fertile stuff soon forming a layer thick enough for a passing seed to take root.
The area was large enough that a small copse of trees had grown and even a house had been built in the past. A small house built from some kind of blue and yellow ceramic; he took a small sample more out of curiosity than anything else. The inside was empty and given the closeness to the town, Laura had most likely passed by long ago.
He heard it coming before he saw it and quickly jumped away as a long, serpentine creature flew out from behind some trees. About a dozen meters long, serpentine, wingless dragon. It had pure white scales and a seafoam green mane.
It roared as it coiled on itself before shooting in his direction once more. It soared through the air like a guided missile, maw fully open and all teeth and claws ready to try and tear him apart.
Tenlight was unsheathed and held parallel to the ground. The edge of the blade hitting the Wyvern right in the throat and allowing its speed to do the work against the sharp blade. The Monster was dead before it finished being split in half.
Just like other Monsters around, there was no blood spilled and he could easily harvest the materials before they started to dissipate. He wasn’t too lucky as there were only two of the Souls he had gone out to search for.
He would need to hunt further out, from Laura’s own experience the Wyverns were territorial and would hoard as much of the sky as they could, only sharing it with the Harpies.
He put the Rito Mask back on before once more taking to the skies and flying further away. Just by chance he flew in the direction of the Jungle when a massive roar shook the island. If it meant Laura had found the Boss Monster or had already beaten it he wasn’t sure and would most likely not know until Ruby or one of the others got wind of the results of the fight.
Thankfully he saw another Wyvern in the distance, it would be a bit harder to fight it in the air. But he was up to a small aerial conflict. And once he had enough of those Souls he could return and see how things had gone.
Romeo swiftly channeled a Cleanse Spell through the connection the three of them had slowly forged and even now strengthened every time they could.
The effects of the curses, poisons, burns and other maladies that were being pelted in their direction quickly dissipated before their already boosted regeneration took care of the damage.
“Fuck! What happened?!” Lydia cursed as she pumped enough magic into her blade to scorch the dark brick walls near black and reduce the skeletons wandering their way into carbonized smears. “It wasn’t this hard until a moment ago!”
He could feel how much that last attack had drained her, he quickly downed one of the Mana Potions they had acquired in town and let it trickle in her way.
“It was that damn roar.” Moisha cried out as she concentrated for a moment while the two of them protected her. “Jupiter’s Wrath!” They moved as she released the spell, a pillar of plasma burnt a hole through the mass of Skeletons clogging their way out. “Fuck this sucks!”
“You don’t have to tell me that.” Romeo groaned, his stomach sloshed with the contents of a dozen or so potions he had chugged.
He once more tried to use a drain spell on the Monsters, but their Undeath seemed to stop the effects from latching correctly. He really needed to fix that shortcoming or turn it from a Drain Life into a Drain Energy.
As another enemy was defeated a wisp of blue light rose and shot in their direction. He quickly slashed it with Icy Moon. The spirit falling in two frozen, pieces.
“Move!” Lydia ordered and they followed, taking advantage of the hole left from Moisha’s attack.
Thankfully their Systems kept a perfect map of the area and they could easily find the way up, the number of monsters reducing the further they headed up. They finally reached the surface and the dimming sunlight of the afternoon was a relief.
“That was… fuck, I did not expect it to go so out of control so fast.” Lydia cursed and Romeo could tell it was mostly at herself for not having adapted well enough.
“That’s enough, sister.” Moisha spoke up. “We’re in this together and we could all have spoken up to make up for any order you gave if it fell short. We screwed up because we didn’t think it would suddenly turn harder.”
“She’s right, I could have aimed my buffs for speed and evasion so we escaped faster. Or weakened our enemies to make them more fragile.” He offered. “We’re in the back foot because we got complacent, if we rested and went down right now we would do better already.”
“Face it, Lydia, you either didn’t screw up or we all did. But we’re out, safe and ready to learn from our mistakes.” Moisha said. “So once more we lick our wounds, prepare and face it again.”
Lydia rolled her eyes and sighed. “Okay, let’s head back to town, I’m sure they will want to know the Dungeon’s now a lot harder.” She said,
“At least we got some interesting things.” Romeo prompted in good humor.
“You weren’t picking up stuff?” Moisha laughed out loud.
“I think you may like this one.” He handed her a book with a green cover.
She picked it and quickly eyed it though. “Magnet Sphere? Uh… it actually is pretty good, looks like a shoot and forget spell.” She described after a bit.
“Cool, anything I could use?” Lydia asked. “I would certainly like something nice after that experience.”
Romeo checked through his inventory and retrieved a massive, red pitchfork. “Here.” He threw it over.
“Oh… nice, very nice.” She waved it around. “Shit balance, but…” She stabbed forward and a fireball flew from it, exploding into a small inferno when hitting a tree. “Not terrible, I can do the same… I may ask Magnus if he can do something with it, a spare weapon wouldn’t be terrible.”
“Did you get anything else?” Moisha asked.
“Let’s see… I found a massive key and a yo-yo?” He retrieved the latter object. He had honestly set his System to collect the loot so they wouldn’t trip on it, most were just charred bones. But there were a few things. The toy was actually quite hefty and he could feel the string was reinforced metal. “I think it’s a weapon, but I honestly have no idea how to use one as a weapon.”
He put it on his finger before trying to throw it down. The blue disc hit the ground hard enough to create a small crater and keep spinning. “Okay, definitely a bit more dangerous than I thought.” He tugged it back into his hand. It didn’t hit as hard, or at all, it was almost like it was responding to his will.
“You may see about keeping it, I don’t doubt most would underestimate such a weapon.” Lydia offered.
He nodded absentmindedly, there was something about the Yo-yo, the more he looked at it. It didn’t have an Element, it wasn’t like Icy Moon. But it didn’t mean he couldn’t combine things in interesting ways.
He channeled some of the Ice from his blade into the weapon before swinging it against a tree. The wood exploded into a rain of splinters and ice. He gave the two others a smile.
“Definitely keeping it.” They chuckled to his words as they continued their walk back.
Magnus was surprised when he acquired a new perk, he been doing nothing related to crafting or similar, not even butchering one of the wyverns he hunted. Instead he had been flying back when it slotted into place.
But a closer look revealed why he had been awarded with it. The Perk was about bestowing his creations with a little spark of Potential, a tiny seed that would feed on the deeds the item’s user carried when using it. That seed would sprout into abilities related to it, for example a shield that was used to block all attacks aimed at their user would block better, or maybe become easier to parry with. There was a small sense of irony about bestowing his creations with a seed of potential when it had been a plant that was killed to tip the Perk’s acquisition.
And it wasn’t as if it would stop there, if the deed became a legend the power would only grow stronger, similarly if more deeds were carried with it, feeding that growing ability and turning it into something deserving the legendary trait. It would cover more than just material things, stories, songs and even magic he created could be further improved.
It wasn’t hard to figure out why he had acquired it. It didn’t take long for him to find Laura once he returned to town, or for her to find him; he could feel the ability already thrumming in the accessory he crafted for her.
“Magnus, what did you give me?” She asked, dryly.
“A necklace that created a few insect-shaped constructs that intercept projectiles heading in your direction.” He answered, honestly a bit confused.
“Magnus,” she cut him off, “this thing created a swarm of butterflies that practically solo-ed the Boss. Projectiles? Sure the seeds and the other things it tried to spit at me, but it also cut off its vines, tore its thorns and practically presented the monster on a silver plate for me to finish it.”
“So it worked.” He noted with a smile on his lips.
Laura looked at him in silence before grabbing the bridge of her nose and sighing. “...yes, it worked.”
“Excellent, tell me if you need something else, creating that necklace was quite fruitful for me too.” He said. “Oh, before I forget, you should name it.”
“Name it? … I will think about it.” She just wandered off, looking exhausted.
He made a note to check the necklace again before they left the World. It would be interesting to see how it improved. He would also have to bestow that spark of Potential to all of his other creations, and head out to beat more monsters.
But as he was getting ready to start the door of the workshop opened and in came the three Wererats, once more looking haggard. “This World’s really surprising you, no?” He joked.
Lydia just flipped him the bird. “The Dungeon’s much more dangerous than we’re told, and it happened while we were inside. We already told the Guide, so we’re heading back to rest for now.” She said before the three of them stepped through the portal right to the ship.
He also noticed a pile of drops appear in his inventory, the three rats having sent them directly to him.
Though before he could get into it he was interrupted again, thankfully this time was just a knock at the door.
“Come in.” He called out and Sharia stepped in. “Good evening.”
“Hi, Magnus.” She approached him. “I decided to take your offer with the Curse.”
“Then we can move forward with it.” He gestured to one of the chairs. “Please sit down as the process, while painless, can be a bit disorienting.”
He noticed how her tail waved nervously as she sat down. He smiled softly and placed a hand on her shoulder.
“Will it be okay?” She asked.
“Yes.” He answered quickly before deciding to explain things better.
He took another chair and sat in front of her, looking at her at the same height before speaking, “What I will do is remove the Curse first, thankfully it’s a pretty standard version of the Curse, no traps, no side effects, nothing else.”
“Curses can have traps?” She asked in complete surprise.
“Oh, totally, I’ve made my own a few times.” He laughed, seeing no reason to lie. “Curses are sort of like contracts, they exchange things of a value for an effect, usually a detrimental one.” He explained. “Your Curse mainly puts you closer to Nature in exchange for distancing you from Humanity, with the whole added effect of the Full Moon and the threat of going wild and passing it.”
Sharia nodded understandingly.
“Now, sometimes like contracts, there can be clauses and stipulations, these are the traps and side-effects some Curses may have. From breaking a Curse too early or just the act of trying to remove said Curse between many others. Thankfully your Curse, as I said, it straightforward,” as he spoke he reached for her forehead and with his Darkness he reached deeper to grab the Curse.
It was like a loose, but sticky, fabric wrapped around her self. He easily tugged it off, a quick yank and he threw it into his mouth to digest.
“There we go, it’s gone.” He declared and Sharia quickly reached for her ears.
They were human instead of fox, though slightly pointed at the tip, similarly her tail had disappeared.
“I don’t feel too different.” She mused as she checked herself.
“You lived with that Curse for a few decades, its effects go further than just the Curse itself.” He explained as he reached for the crown of her head.
He had Lied, not from the start, he had meant to lay upon her the same type of Curse that Lydia and the others held. But something had held him back. It was a memory that he had promised to use less Curses, or at least try to use Blessings too.
He started by going the complete opposite direction to Curses, instead of Darkness he searched in the Light. Blessings usually came from the Divine, but had not a drop of godly in him. He was a Titan, a more primordial being… no, that was a Lie, the Truth was that he held a tiny bit of Divinity, three of them and a bit more actually.
He reached for Farore, Goddess of Courage and the Wild. Of course the Goddesses was nowhere, but that bit of Blessing he had imparted on him resonated with his goal and with the woman in front of him. The Blessing quickly dug through the knowledge from Hyrule and found something he recognized.
The Twili had been once another inhabitant of Hyrule, and so he understood how they saw the Touch of Twilight turning them into beasts instead of spirits, a freeing experience. He built on that.
Light and Darkness mixed to obtain that Twilight that fueled the Blessing, taking the concept of a fox and some of the abilities the Were curse he constructed something new. It repeatedly grew complex and Magnus was forced to simplify it, each iteration growing better and better until it clicked .
He pulled his hand back as the Blessing slid into place, becoming a part of the woman, her ears once more two furry triangles and a tail waving idly behind her back.
“There we go.” He announced.
Sharia quickly checked herself. “All went okay?”
“Yes, just ignore the third eye.” He joked, making the woman quickly stop and look at him in fear. “I’m kidding, I’m kidding, the only thing is that it ended up being a Blessing instead of a Curse, so no passing it in any other way than by family line.” He explained.
“Wait… what?”
He felt like chuckling, but instead sat down to gently explain to her why she may have been marked by a Goddess of the Wild that didn’t exist in their World.
Notes:
Legacy (400CP)(Ravenwood):In this strange plane of existence, things sometimes take on traits they were never meant to take, a spark of something greater. You gain the ability to imbue a spark within an object, even immaterial ones such as songs, that allow it to build up, or awaken, a legacy. If such an item is used for a feat, it will gain a property based on that feat. A pair of boots used to run the length of a country to bring important news may gain a property to increase the speed of the one wearing them in some minor way. A shield used to block the fire breath of a dragon may develop the power to resist flames, and impart that resistance to its wielder. Even simply using the item for its intended purpose will make it ever so slightly better for that purpose, such as a sword growing sharper or armor growing more durable, though it could take years to accumulate a noticeable effect in this way. These legacy abilities may be fairly weak on their own, but they stack up over time, with greater feats giving greater improvements(Note: You are not required to perform said feats. Anyone using the item may build on the legacy abilities) . Using this ability on an item that has already accomplished great feats grants these same abilities, only stronger based on the time since those feats were performed, retroactively.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 63
“Are you sure everything is okay?” Sharia asked as she observed her half-transformed arm.
An orange-red fur covered from her elbow down, turning whiter around her wrist and stretched to the tip of her fingers.
“Yes, don’t worry, while I said you were Blessed by a Goddess, it’s more like I built the Blessing I laid on you from the knowledge I got while I stayed in that World” He explained as he pointed to the green symbol on the back of his left hand.
“A Blessing by a Goddess of the Wild? Is that why you can turn into a fox?” She asked.
“Oh, no, I’ve been able to do that my whole life, that’s something I inherited from my father. Though it’s more like he decided to give my siblings and me that ability since he and my mothers had it too.” He explained.
“So what did her Blessing give you?” She asked, ignoring the rest as it made her feel like it was too much to unpack at the moment.
“Farore is known as the Golden Goddess of Courage, the Wild, Wind and Lightning. She’s the Goddess of Heroes and animals, when I got her Blessing I got the abilities and knowledge of all workers on her land.” He explained. “One of her heroes was once Cursed to turn into a spirit, but her Blessing took over and he instead gained the ability to shift between human and wolf.”
She thought about it. “… wait, that doesn’t make sense.”
“I skipped a few steps, sue me.” Magnus laughed. “But the exact explanation of how I got from one point to the other would take too long to actually explain, telling you I used that Blessing as a base along with the knowledge I learned from observing the Curses to create the Blessing you’ve now. The only loss is that I toned down the long-term regeneration a bit, you will live a long life, but not on the level of the Wererats who are looking at thousands of years of life.”
She nearly yipped in surprise. “Wait, what?!”
“Oh, you will live at most a few hundred years, but you would most likely have lived that long already.” He answered.
“Not that, though I didn’t know I would live that long. What I mean is how will they live that long?” She repeated.
“Oh, is not that rare, practically everyone on our crew will live that long, if not longer.” He said. “Ruby’s technically a few thousand years old already, though she only has memories for a dozen or so years.”
“I-I’m sorry…?” She felt distraught.
“Don’t think too hard about it.” Magnus waved it off as he got up and walked to the small house’s kitchen. “It's our lives and we already know it.”
She watched as he brewed some tea while she tried to think about what he had said. For some reason the idea of someone living so long had shocked her, in her life most of those she dealt with lived shorter than her. She had seen dozens of animals die from old age or other, more succinct, ways.
She thanked Magnus as he handed her the mug of tea, taking a deep breathe from it and enjoying the mix of scents. Her nose easily picked the tea leaves the Dryad used along with some spices and some honey she had never smelled before.
The moment of silence and thought also made her realize she couldn’t hear much from the wildlife that usually ran around.
Her surprise may have been visible, because Magnus spoke up, “Everything okay?”
“It’s nothing… I just can’t hear the animals outside.” She answered.
“Oh, that’s most likely because of me, I tend to have that effect on most wild animals, they find me too scary to be around.” He answered readily.
“What did you do?” She asked before she could think about it, causing him to laugh out loud. “What?” She asked.
“Nothing, nothing.” He quickly calmed down. “It’s just that normal animals can sort-of feel my True nature and don’t like it, or maybe it’s because they consider me a dangerous predator.” He shrugged. “I honestly can’t say, I usually use this,” he gestured to a bracelet, “it keeps the worst of the aura down and imperceptible. But if I take it off all animals around would run away, and most likely even you would feel unnerved by my presence.”
Before she could say anything the door opened and Ruby walked through, instantly Sharia couldn’t help but think back to what Magnus had said, even when to her eyes the woman didn’t look a year above thirty at worst.
“Sharia.” She greeted her and for a moment Sharia was surprised by the fact that she ignored Magnus in her greeting. Though from the way they eyed each other it didn’t seem that way. “I see your Curse was dealt with.”
Her ears stood up. “You can tell?” Sharia said in surprise.
“It would be terribly short-sighted of me to not be able to after training with Magnus for so long.” She answered. “It’s been what? Seven or eight months already?”
“About that.” He nodded.
“I’ve observed him using Curses on others and even been targeted myself a few times during our more serious sparring sessions.” Ruby explained. “When you’re as magical as I am, you get to learn to feel those kinds of things.”
Sharia thought about it, she could kind of get it if she thought about Curses as poisons. She hadn’t told many how much she knew about those, one couldn’t wander the wild and not get poisoned at least once, even if just out of curiosity or ignorance. By now she could smell most poisons even from a distance.
“I think I understand.” She said,
Ruby nodded as Magnus handed her a mug of tea. “To me it feels like something not entirely you was replaced by something that fit better and will slowly become part of you fully.”
Sharia was pretty sure she had long since stopped fully understanding what they were talking about. But the two of them were so friendly she couldn’t deny their invitation to stay for dinner.
Magnus and Ruby had decided to head down into the Dungeon once night had fallen. As dangerous as the spot had apparently become after the defeat of the Jungle’s Boss Monster, the two of them together were bordering on ridiculously overdoing it.
The dungeon was a dry, dark and evil place, Undeath had sunk deep into the very bricks that had built the place. The only good thing about it was that the Monsters that spawned inside couldn’t escape, they seemed to be confined to the inside and couldn’t escape.
“The Underground Jungle was dangerous, but didn’t feel as unnerving as this place.” Ruby observed.
“Did we confirm the change in difficulty was related to the defeat of the Boss Monster?” He asked.
She nodded and answered, “The Guide confirmed it.”
“Yeah… him .” He didn’t shudder, the Guide was a very curious individual, if they could even be called that.
“What about them?”
“They aren’t human,” he easily answered as the first of the Armored Skeletons started to appear around the corners, “they are more like a part of the World or a constant in it.”
“Oh, that’s why they always know things.” Ruby guessed.
“Yeah, he’s a strange extension of the World, in a way he’s human, but on the other he’s a terminal for the World’s Akasha.” He added as Tenlight easily took one of the large floating skulls out.
She nodded understandingly. There were plenty of curious things about the Guide, no one seemed to notice the weirdness, how he was always around when someone needed it, always knowing exactly how to use any material. Even if it was completely impossible to craft them at the moment.
His nature was also why his life had been used to seal many things, good and bad the same. Forces had been working for a long time to break that seal. Laura had explained that she had found a number of devils carrying Voodoo Dolls made in his image and accidentally dropped one when she killed the Monster carrying it.
That had released the guardian of the seal, the twisted monster had decided she was an enemy and she had been forced to kill it, effectively breaking the seal and releasing the Hallow between many things. No one had even batted an eye at the previous Guide dying and a new one reappearing a few days later.
By now she understood she had been sort-of guided, though not by the Guide, to release the many seals that existed in the World. Something was coming and all she could do was keep popping those seals and get as ready as she could.
Magnus thought that it would be fun getting in a fight with whatever was coming.
Graceful cut through the air and pancaked a number of skeletons against the hard walls of the Dungeon as Ruby kept the rest at bay with a few well placed spells.
“So why are we heading in? Besides the combat experience.”
“Various reasons.” He answered. “Yes the experience’s good, plus it helps me see about refining some of my weapons against more deserving targets.”
A Blink put him in close quarters with a Skeleton wielding a shotgun and riot gear. He put his glove-covered fist through its face, the fires of Close&Personal charring the Monster into cinders. He quickly caught the weapon and threw it into his inventory.
Ruby wasn’t too far behind, one of her Mage Magends created a magic circle that quickly started spinning before high penetration light shots were unleashed at Minigun speeds. These bullets tore through the unprotected enemies and slowed the armored ones.
“It’s certainly a target-rich environment.” She laughed softly.
“The second reason is the Loot.” He explained as their Systems were quickly snatching anything moderately valuable as it fell on the ground. “Third is because I want to study this World’s Debuffs. Romeo noted he was having troubles with them, so I want to see them by myself.”
He was already thinking about studying them well and turning them into spells and enchantments. There was apparently a large variety of them and some similar ones even stacked. He had been pretty straightforward with the effects of his weapons, so maybe enchanting them to wither armor or weaken the blows could be an interesting addition.
He noticed a Skeleton wearing a purple robe and swiftly sent Dexter&Sinister to capture it. The monster struggled but a quick Curse left it incapable of attacking. He quickly slipped a Curse of Friend-to-Foe under it and replaced the first one for a Curse to make it incapable of teleporting away; he had seen them popping around before.
The monster instantly started to attack the other enemies, apparently inflicting some kind of slow down effect on them. It was impressive that it wasn’t a Curse, but certainly acted like such. The main difference being that the effect was timed and would run out once the spell’s energy wore off.
It certainly gave him ideas of what to try next.
Of course the poor monster didn’t last too much longer, the main Curse seemingly eating away at whatever was powering the Undead. Or maybe it was the massive hammer crushing it into bone meal.
The source of said hammer was quite the eye-catching figure. Dressed in a full set of tarnished gold and silver armor, the monster appeared almost like a holy figure. But he could feel the Undeath lingering under the armor.
“Big one incoming.” He warned Ruby and swiftly intercepted the next thrown hammer with Graceful.
The mace’s increased mass being just enough to stop the golden hammer, and whatever passed by intelligence in the Undead sharpened at the act.
The hammer reappeared on its hand as its massive shield was held close to its body before it started to run in their direction. The act barreled through the monsters in their way, its size and weight crushing more than one of those skeletons.
Magnus didn’t doubt it for a moment and rushed forward, intercepting the monster with his own body. One hand shifted into fur and claws, digging through the ancient shield to get enough purchase as the other grabbed the monster’s wrists, stopping them from smashing their hammer on him.
This close up he could practically taste the Undeath wafting off the monster even if its helmet only showed a deep, dark depth. It wasn’t Darkness, it was the Necromantic energy, so deeply saturating the inside of the armor it added to its might.
The brick ground cracked under his feet as the monster managed to push him back a tiny bit before he dug in place and truly started to push back.
“Nice try.” He grinned, heaving the monster up and over.
As much as the monster seemed incapable of being pushed back, it was much less prepared for someone to lift them off the ground and quickly supplex him back. Magnus’ body bent into a bridge posture and the Undead Knight’s helmet was crushed against the hard Dungeon floor.
Tenlight, Forward and Horizon swiftly skewered the monster. Two of them pumped Light under its armor to burn away at the Undeath before Magnus brought Graceful down and finished the job.
“Think there’s more like that one?” Ruby asked.
“I don’t know, possibly with how Monsters spawn out of the energy. I’m worried that there may be more dangerous ones.” He said.
“It didn’t look like it was that hard to take out.” Ruby noted as she eyed the spot it had been driven down into.
“I couldn’t push it back.” He noted. “It was as if I was pushing against the ground itself.”
“… oh.”
“Yeah, that’s what worries me, it was actually immune to getting pushed back. It wasn’t strong enough to force me once I started fighting back, but for a few moments it was advancing steadily.” He explained as he focused on another of the monsters as it was trying to darken his vision.
“I think Laura mentioned something about an accessory that did something similar.” Ruby mused.
He would have to check on that, for the moment they headed deeper into the Dungeon. It stretched so deeply into the World, almost reaching the so-called Hell. He could feel how the energy in the structure pooled into the depths.
Along with the many types of Skeletons, there were also Slimes and Traps, both more of an inconvenience than anything else, and the spirits that were sometimes released when the Undead died. It didn’t mean they could just ignore them.
The further they went the more he could study and the more they collected, especially the Ectoplasm dropped by the spirits when defeated. The semi-solid material was quite interesting and just like most of the stuff in the World, led itself to crafting very well.
And no matter how much they killed, there were almost more Undead. It was an unending horde, respawning over and over again to try to get them. Instead they got reduced to bone splinters and Loot.
So much killing was starting to give him an idea of how many of these items were dropped as not every drop was something the Monsters carried. Wielded weapons and materials were logical, but some other things seemed to be a sort of reward system the World had baked in and most likely not replicable on a large scale; though no one said he couldn’t see about developing a Blessing, Curse or Spell to do it.
Unfortunately he would need to find a better way to observe the effect as it appeared to work under Reality and not observable. It sort-of reminded him about the RPG System as Loot would only drop when a Monster was killed.
Horizon stabbed through a gigantic, floating skull. He felt another Debuff trying to latch on him but failing as he wasn’t holding his weapon. He was starting to get the hang of it, the effect was aimed to stop him from using certain objects, but he couldn’t exactly tell what category it covered or how it categorized things.
Still, it would take time to properly study these debuffs. They would be inside for a few hours before heading back out, rich in items and knowledge.
Laura was confused, but also glad to have Lydia, Moisha and Romeo going into this with her. After the defeat of Plantera, the Underground Jungle’s Boss, there had been a Key as part of the Loot.
She had ended up asking the Witch Doctor about the item and had been told it was to unseal the Temple that lay in the depths of the Jungle. She had luckily stumbled across it before and hadn’t had to go out to hunt for it. Zop’A had warned her about what lay inside, those that lived underground but worshiped the sun and guardian at the center.
With such dangers in her way, she was glad to have some solid back-up for once. She would have wanted to have her new armor enchanted by Magnus, but the man had headed down into the Dungeon with Ruby for the day. She made a note to visit the place, but so far she was leaving it for later as she didn’t want to test how much more dangerous it had become after the defeat of the plant Boss.
She looked over her shoulders. “Ready?”
She had been surprised by how easily the four of them had managed to fall into a good rhythm on their way down the Underground Jungle. Lydia, Romeo and Moisha had shifted into her Wererat form the moment they had walked away from the open sky. She had visited Sharia during the full and blood moons, but while the woman turned bulkier, the three of them seemed to thin out.
It was especially noticeable by how they used very tight clothes and how agile and acrobatically they moved. And if they weren’t in hostile territory she may have enjoyed the view of at least one of them a bit more.
“Yup, go ahead, sister.” Moisha answered her question and Laura pushed the ancient key into the lock.
Instantly there was a massive click and the doors in front of them went wide open. The air that came out was warm and dry, the second part in contrast with the humidity of the jungle behind them.
She wielded the reforged Excalibur the sword had taken Chlorophyte very well and while it wasn’t directly more damaging, the wider blade seemed to reach even further away than before. Her other hand already throwing a bunch of Glow Sticks, they bounced on the ground, spreading their green light.
“Let’s head in.” She announced, already flinging a few Glow Sticks deeper, she bought them by the hundreds from the Merchant. If they weren’t ten coppers a piece she would be definitely wasting a lot more of her earnings.
The moment they stepped inside she felt the atmosphere change, it was indeed dry inside of the Temple and she could hear slithering and clicking in the distance; not lost in any of them.
“Sounds like lizards and snakes in there.” Lydia said as her blade glowed enough to light the area around them.
Though that fact didn’t bother Laura as much as how each of their weapons had an eye each and seemed more than capable of looking around by themselves. They seemed to be connected in some way as the three had looked at her before deciding to ignore her as a threat. It was slightly insulting in a way.
Though she quickly rethought about it the moment the first enemy appeared in their path. The small group of flying snakes were swiftly cut into pieces as the three Wererats moved faster than she could.
“Weren’t we going?” Lydia asked in a smug tone.
She snorted. “Sure, sure, tease me , let’s see who’s tired when we are done here.” Laura rushed forward, swinging her blade and hitting one of the Lihzahrd foes. The reptile monster took the blow face on, being a surprisingly tough cookie.
She pivoted on her feet and spun, the edge of her blade extended as she brought the weapon around once more. The continuous attack hit every enemy in her reach, sending the Lihzahrds flying back.
She grinned as she reached into her inventory and pulled one of the potions Magnus had gifted her. It was hot and spicy and made her feel as if her whole body was sweating under her armor, but the improvement to her strength was more than worth it as she quickly took out the few reptile Monsters the moment they came scampering towards her at a higher speed.
“So you can fight too, eh?” Lydia teased, making her snort.
“I would have long been dead if I couldn’t.” She said with a small grumble at the end. “This is just the first time I’m not fighting alone, summons are never too interactive.” She explained as she threw another handful of Glowsticks down the stairs.
“Then let’s get used to fighting together before we hit the Boss.” Lydia said.
She nodded as they moved deeper down. The aim to coordinate their skills was harder than expected, in this situation she was the outsider as the three of them already worked together seamlessly. Not that she didn’t get comfortable after an hour of slow advance through the temple’s long hallways and trap-filled rooms.
A good thing about the Temple turned out to be the small variety of enemies, just flying snakes and Lihzahrds came at them. It was practically non-stop and spawning from both ends, but being four they kept the deluge of enemies at bay quite well.
Besides a good number of silver coins, they seemed to only be dropping fragments to some kind of stone tablet and some kind of energy-storing crystals. Even the few chests they found only carried more of the same.
Their advance soon left them at a dead end, she could feel they were at the deepest part of the ruin, a massive room with an ornate altar at the center.
“I think this is the Guardian’s spot you were told about.” Romeo said and she nodded.
Laura quickly moved around the room, setting a number of torches to cast enough light so she could see easier. Unfortunately she had forgotten to prepare more Night Owl Potions. With better light she could also see a slot in the altar, one that would fit those energy crystals pretty well.
“Okay, I’m ninety nine percent sure that whatever the Boss is it will pop out the moment I activate this.” She said out loud.
“We’ve checked and disarmed the traps that were around the room.” Lydia said. “Given the size, we're going to fight something pretty big.”
She nodded, the size of the chamber felt too purpose-built.
“Good, let’s chug any potion and let’s get ready.” She said as she started to fill her stomach with the ones she had prepared, watching the three Wererats drink a few of their own.
With a nod of agreement she retrieved one of the crystals and slotted it into the altar. The object melted down and a glowing sun lit up above the altar. A rumble shook the chamber as a giant made of stone emerged from the wall, as if the solid surface was just water and it had been lying underneath.
“Ready or not.” She called out and jumped forward, her three companions not staying too far behind.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – Chapter 64
Lydia could admit the giant golem was a tough cookie, if the cookie had been made from reinforced concrete and severely overcooked. Whatever it was actually made from was much tougher than the ruins around them and at the same time much poorer at dealing with their hits.
While it seemed immune to elemental effects, as they had even tried to freeze it down and heat it up repeatedly to crack the stone, Kinetic damage was doing the job quite well. It seemed that whatever controlled the Golem from the inside wasn’t properly insulated against that kind of damage.
So as much as they could strategy about how to tackle the Boss, it had come down to not getting hit and hitting it back as hard as possible. It was working too.
Laura jumped away and called out a warning, “It’s getting serious!”
A moment later the head of the Golem detached, it rose into the air, keeping away from their reach. The head opened its maw and released fireballs that bounced around the room erratically.
“Aim for the chains connected to the fists so we can take the torso much easier.” Lydia suggested and everyone reacted.
They had mainly aimed towards the head and torso so far, trying to rush to defeat the monster and ignored the arms as none of them had found it hard to dodge those attacks. But now the Boss’ pattern had changed and was even starting to shoot lasers from its eyes.
Lydia and Romeo quickly took the right fist first, the metal chain being much more susceptible to the damage by temperature shock. The fist just flew wildly and landed in a corner, thankfully it didn’t seem to affect the monster’s pattern even as Laura and Moisha took out the other one.
Without its limbs, the torso became an easy target even while the head kept shooting at them. As much as it could move around the room and bounce much more agile than expected, the four of them were quickly chipping away at its life.
She watched as Laura took the last hit, with a mighty cracking sound the Golem went stiff. The light from its eyes faded and the floating head came down like a rock, cracking and breaking away as the rest of the body started to break apart too.
Lydia let out a sigh of relief, it had been quite tiring at the end as the fight had been almost a quarter of an hour of non-stop fighting even with the four of them. Laura and Moisha were already checking what it had dropped as Romeo seemed to be checking them out.
He just gave her a small nod of acknowledgement as everything was okay. She relaxed a bit, thankfully most monsters didn’t seem to invade the chamber, even with the Boss having been defeated.
“Wait, this altar’s still here and we've got more of those crystals, does that mean we can, like, fight the Boss again?” Moisha asked.
“Yeah.” Laura answered readily. “Most Boss Monsters have a way of being fought repeatedly. I’ve only done so a couple of times, once by mistake, the other because there was a piece of Loot I had wanted and the Slime King wasn’t too dangerous.”
Lydia winced at the idea, they were all tired. Even if the fight had gone pretty well and they would know what to expect, going for a second round was asking for troubles.
“Maybe we should leave it for another time.” She offered and Laura nodded.
“For now we should head back.” The woman said and retrieved four cyan potions. “Here, these are Recall Potions, they will take you back to the town safely.” She showed by downing one and disappearing in a small shower of sparkles.
They just shared a shrug and followed. Lydia found the taste a bit fishy, not a problem, but left her wanting some proper seafood afterwards.
Just as advertised, the four of them were now standing by the Pylon at the center of town.
“I will go ask the Guide if he has any idea of what to do next, the Golem didn’t drop anything specific outside of a stronger Pickaxe.” Laura said. “Thanks again for helping me down there.”
“Don’t worry.” Romeo said. “We’re going to head back and relax until Magnus’ back, so there’s no rush.”
Lydia nodded to his words while Moisha leaned against him. The way she was pressing her body made it pretty clear to Lydia what her teammate wanted to relax.
“Romeo’s right, rest well, after that fight we’ve all earned it.” Lydia said as she sneaked a smack on Moisha to get her to behave for a little longer.
Laura nodded and wished them well as the three of them started to head back to the house they were occupying. Lydia couldn’t help but to snort as the look Moisha gave her, like she would let her have Romeo all for herself.
She hoped Magnus and Ruby took their time to return from the dungeon.
Magnus had spent the last few days learning from the Kobolds and teaching them in kind. The Kobolds turned out to be excellent students, their hive mind allowing them to quickly share their understanding through the members in a way that reminded him of the Metaloids, on top of having an amazing ability to learn to begin with.
The Queen had specially surprised him by being incredibly inventive and quick-witted. She had been the leading member when learning new aspects of enchantment and sharing them down. Even the Psi-snail, who Magnus could still not establish communication with, had learned a few things and reinforced their shell.
He was moderately worried about how things were going back in the Earth Realm, but he couldn’t do much more than wait at the moment as the Queen had offered to take him to a set of ruins that may contain something of use.
But that had to wait as they were first raiding one of the other tribes that lived in the way there.
Over the time he had spent with the Kobolds he had been carving a new Mask, having studied them enough, especially Ibis, he had slowly put what he had learned in the Artifact.
The angular mask had been made from a piece of the Psi-snail’s armor, a very old piece that had been shed to make way for the new, reinforced shell that he had helped create. The material had a long history with the Kobolds that inhabited the Psi-snail, making it an excellent material for this particular Mask.
“ Query. That. ” The Queen prodded him with a surprising familiarity.
“ This is one of my original’s creations. It’s a Mask that complements my ability to Transform. ” He explained. “ Normally I can’t access a Race’s abilities, but with this I can effectively become what I would be if I had been born as part of them. ”
“ You. Equal. Us? ” She asked in a clearly stunned tone.
“ Yes and No, at the end it would still be a Lie ,” that single word shook the Queen just as the first time he had said Truth and Lie, psychically it was just impossible to hide his connections to them, “ but for a bit, I would make it Truth .”
He put the last details into the Mask as they talked. He could practically taste the change in the air as they approached their target, one of the many underground oases. These patches of vegetation were highly coveted as they were a source of food and comfort, but just as many dangers.
Some of the most fruitful ones would be too heavily protected, the groups that took over those had had a long time to properly entrench themselves. But the one they were aiming for was smaller and changed hands almost weekly. Not like the Kobolds were interested in taking it for themselves, the Psi-snail provided too much comfort and it needed to be on the move most of the time.
He felt the being message the hive mind about their approach to the oasis and he simply slid the Mask in place. He felt the change go through his body as a Lie and his ability mixed to take in the qualities and characteristics inscribed in the Mask.
His body lengthened, almost-human proportions but a little more, as if someone had stretched his outline up. He easily surpassed the two and a half meters in height, definitely one of his largest forms so far.
His index and middle finger melded together and stretched into claws, growing more dangerous, but keeping their dexterity. His clothes molded to his body, turning minimalistic as his skin adopted a pattern similar to the rest of the Kobolds, black and purple. His braid melded into an extension of his head, keeping the threaded design.
Finally he felt the connection to the hivemind, becoming enough one of them that he slotted in; even when he kept a tiny sensation of still being the outsider. He could now see their surroundings like the rest of the Kobolds did, as if his vision had become a compound of all Kobolds and the Psi-snail’s own perception too.
“ Welcome, friend. ” The voice of the Psi-snail surprised him, but quickly recovered and returned the greeting.
Magnus could even see their target and how the scouts had moved on ahead, already taking a few look-outs and breaking the area into chaos for the rest of the hive to fall into the place, taking just enough to last until their next hit.
He nearly missed how the Queen had scooted closer to him, her body not looking as large now that he had almost doubled his size. He wasn’t blind to not understand her sudden attraction, making him wonder if he had ended up transforming into a possible mate or simply a potential one.
He felt a bit conflicted, it wasn’t as if he couldn’t see how attractive the Queen was for her Race. But he was also going out with Brianna at the moment, not that he couldn’t see how her eyes wandered when any attractive male passed by.
As the attack finished, the Kobolds picked up what they wanted from the cave. He decided to leave responding to the Queen’s advances at least until he could contact Earth again.
After their visit at the oasis they would head straight towards the ruins. Unfortunately most beings kept their distance from them, meaning Magnus would have to explore them alone.
To the naked eye the ruins appeared to be not only empty, but also bereft of any interest. The walls and the ceiling were made from roughly cut stone, while the floors were mismatched tiles of a similar material. This was all a Lie .
The more he studied the place from the entrance, the more Magnus became assured that the place had been originally constructed to look like this. The dull stone appeared no different from untreated granite, but a closer inspection revealed it was some kind of processed alloy, and every imperfection on its surface was instead part of some trap of mechanism.
The mismatched tiles on the floor were traps, but not straightforward. Instead it was as if the whole floor was instead a massive keyboard and depending on the input a different kind of trap would be activated. This was devilishly ingenious, any intruder would most likely overestimate themselves as nothing would happen until they were half-way into the room, and by then any step would result in their death.
It also wasn’t as if one could fly over, the whole room would notice that and react accordingly. What it did exactly he had no idea, but it was obviously not a nice thing. Even teleporting through would most likely result in the person’s death, the architecture seemed to force space to twist, and so anyone that tried to push through.
What stumbled him the most was that there appeared to be no safe way through. The closest way was either to stumble through the activating traps, or know them by heart so they would neutralize each other upon activation.
It was basically an assured death, a clear reason why the place had never been raided by anyone. Or at least raided and lived . He would bet something in the whole death trap and also made sure to clean the place up.
Just to try, he trick shot a stone through the tiles, as if skipping stones it hit a series of tiles almost at random. On the fifth bounce two of the walls seamlessly opened up and lasers shot out to obliterate said stone into dust.
He tried a few more times, finding the result to change. Even when he repeated the first test it came up with a new result. It was either random or there was a cycle that would take way too long to learn.
As much as Magnus would have wanted to play it safe, there was only one thing he could do, outside of turning around. He took a few steps back before running forward and letting lady luck choose.
The death trap was prepared for it too, because the moment he stepped on the first tile the ceiling slid open, huge axes came swinging down. With the second step flamethrowers came out from the walls. On the fourth large buzz saws slipped out between the tiles. And it only got worse from there.
The only saving grace was that as dangerous the traps were, they weren’t following his movements and mainly just being a dangerous spot. His perception of time slowed as enough of his Domain expanded out. The Sheikah Grimoire popped out and a number of its pages were torn off, Runes inscribed on them and shooting out to intercept the most dangerous traps as he moved through.
He managed to reach the other side of the room and all traps instantly deactivated, leaving the room empty and ready for its next victim. He had honestly expected a shower of confetti for the success. But seeing that another room rested on the other end of the hallway after the first room, he knew it would take him some time to get through.
He hoped it was worth it.
Unfortunately, the death trap he had wandered into didn’t contain any riches, at first sight . Once he had gotten to the deepest part of the trap he simply had started to pull it apart from the inside out.
Of course it hadn’t been easy, the whole thing hadn’t been designed to be ever taken apart. Fortunately all machines could break one way or another and the correct pressure in the correct place could easily become catastrophic. Impressively enough, even some of the parts left over had turned out to be traps in themselves.
It had become incredibly obvious that whoever had constructed the place was a twisted son of a bitch, a sadist of the largest order and at the same time a massive genius. Especially because it was obvious the death trap he had wandered so happily into was a basic one, some of the components showed signs of much more advanced construction practices that should have led to much deadlier traps.
Magnus wouldn’t complain, he had acquired enough materials and processed things that putting together a proper Magic Sun and a Mater Synthesizer should be possible.
He stepped out of the now empty ruin to find the Kobold Queen waiting for him.
“ You life. Equals. Good. Your loss would be unfortunate. ” Her tone attempted to be detached. But to him it was clear as the day.
“ Don’t worry, while dangerous it wasn’t as deadly as I had expected. I will be able to put together what I want. ” He reassured her as they moved back to the Psi-snail.
The being had stayed in one place long enough, unless it was hurt it was usually on the move. It wasn’t just freedom, it was how it lived. He felt a sense of kinship, even if he was now the Teacher, he had been part of the Traveler before.
However, as much as he wanted to start with the Magic Sun, there was one other thing he had to do first.
Brianna couldn’t help but feel frustrated and powerless.
It had started with Madrid getting one over all of them, she had made everyone believe Gina and her had switched spots and they had so easily believed her.
She hadn’t believed her own sister, it made Brianna feel like a screw up. She hadn’t even been able to deal with Madrid once the whole thing had been revealed, even with some of her best weapons the Djinni had easily trounced all of them.
Gina and Dao had been the ones to finally beat her. She and the rest had been forced to retreat back from Yl’Dahjim. And then she had learned that Magnus had been teleported away to who knew where.
Genn had barely managed to soothe her down so she didn’t march over to Monty and told the man a few things with one of her biggest weapons. Seance had no idea how to search for Magnus, apparently the effect that had teleported him away was pretty particular, to the point even her father may have a hard time looking for him.
She had tried to see if she could do better, putting her nose to the books, she did have access to some of her father’s library. But without a proper teacher most magic was just too esoteric and it added to her frustration. She would have asked Seance, but she wasn’t going to interrupt when the man appeared to have finally gotten his head out of his ass and had finally stopped pinning for Gina.
With Britanny busy with married life, her parents away and Gina busy rebuilding her lab, and the house, Brianna could only try again and again. Once she had calmed down enough she had called Monty and asked to be explained what had happened exactly.
That was how she had learned about Chaos Magic and how someone had created something that could cause anything from the apocalypse to setting up a birthday party for anyone who was born on seven forty seven exactly. This meant that the effect that had teleported Magnus was the definition of random and he could be anywhere and even any when .
She doubted that time had been fucked because no one had come knocking yet. So he was still alive and just somewhere that was most likely not Earth.
“If it was me I would just go to his house and throw all those dice! I would show them who’s the boss!” Peebri said.
“I would, if that wasn’t going to cause more problems.” Brianna said, a soft sigh escaping her lips. Not only because Peebri hadn’t paid attention to her and instead went off on some tangent, but also because it felt like she was really not making any progress with understanding magic.
A small pop made her turn her head. “Peemag, what are you doing here?” She asked.
The foxy Peebo was a curious one, not only it was the only one she hadn’t constructed alone, it was also the only one that had decided to not say a single word since its creation. It also liked to disappear and appear at random to the point she wasn’t entirely sure where it spent most of its time when it disappeared off the lab.
The Peebo shivered, its digital eyes closing as it concentrated before a small spark above its head spread, growing wide and tall to show an image of Magnus.
“ ...an you… Brianna! Excellent, I was hoping I could contact you once I got something going. ” His voice felt strange as a low buzzing in the back kept trying to be louder.
“Magnus? Magnus! Where are you? Can you hear me?”
“ Calm down, I can hear you well, ” the noise in the background lowered until it was almost nonexistent, “ now you should hear me better. I’m not sure where I am, it’s somewhere between Earth and Jade, more on the Jade side if I had to say, it’s deep underground and most locals are pretty aggressive over all. Thankfully I’ve managed to ingratiate myself with a pretty strong group in exchange for some knowledge. ”
She watched as the image panned to show a colorful race, she made sure to take a few pictures of what she saw to question those that may know more about them. She was surprised to see that whatever they were on, it was moving quite fast by how the background passed by.
“ They are Psi-Kobolds and, ” Magnus stopped and turned to look at the winged figure that wandered close.
Brianna was a hundred percent sure that the being was looking directly at her and judging her. But she didn’t say a thing.
“ No, it can’t transmit psychic signals, it’s already a miracle I managed audio and video. ” Magnus spoke before sighing. “ They have a hive mind and don’t speak normally.” He explained.
Brianna raised an eyebrow, she didn’t need words to understand the Queen ’s intention when looking at her. Especially when the Queen opened her mouth and spoke slowly, “ Maineh nohuw. ”
She felt like jumping and screaming, but thankfully Magnus reached and gently pushed the Queen back by her forehead.
“ She’s become a bit infatuated, anyways, I’m not sure when I will be able to get back home. Please tell Genn that she can keep living at my house, it’s hers too. And I missed you, how’re things over there? ”
“Bad, then good, and now just frustrating.” She answered before going over the events of Madrid’s trick and attack. “So now Gina put her in one of her observation moon bases, she should be okay there for some time, hopefully will remain in there too.”
Magnus nodded, though she couldn’t shake the feeling that he wasn’t too surprised.
“ Well, at least that way I won’t have to deal with my threat on her, and if you want to know just ask Genn. ”
“Yeah, I’m not bothering neither her nor Seance.” She said with a small smile.
“ Oh, did he finally realize? It was time, I’m happy for her, she deserves that happiness. ”
“Yes, it will hopefully last.” She felt bittersweet at the moment. “I don’t know how much longer you have, but really no idea of how fast you can come back?”
He waved a hand back and forth. “ I could force things, but that would be big, noisy and very noticeable for the things that exist outside the Realms. Right now I’m not in danger and should be back in a few weeks to a month, at least I can keep in touch. I will try to get some more information of where I am exactly and maybe your dad knows something or someone. ”
“He and mom should be coming back later today or tomorrow. I will talk with him… I missed you too.” She whispered at the end.
“ Don’t worry, I will be back sooner or later and… Sorry to cut it here, but looks like we’re coming to a dangerous place, most likely I will need to help. I will contact you tomorrow. ” He spoke quickly, ending the call before she could even say much, leaving her frustrated about something else.
Especially because the Queen had remained in the back, eyeing them both.
With the image disappearing Peemag yawned before closing its eyes and popping over to the charging station.
She got up and stretched her limbs, yes, she felt frustrated. But wallowing in it would do her no good. If her father was returning soon she would make a list of questions to ask him.
She grabbed the magic book she had been reading, a pen and a notebook to start working on it.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 65
Brianna had rushed out to receive their parents when they returned. She was glad to see the way her mother was leaning on him, she was also surprised by the three other figures that had stepped through with them.
She easily recognized Gar, the Wereleopard was currently in his human form and sporting the same set of training clothes that the two other women that had come through were. It wasn’t too hard to put two and two together, she remembered that Gina and Britanny had a similar set for training under their mother when they were little.
The two women appeared to be of the same age, young, pretty and quite well trained. One of them had long, blue hair while the other had short, brown hair.
“Brianna,” her mother greeted her, “I hope all was okay while we’re away.”
She winced at the tone she took. “More or less?” She answered awkwardly. “How about we head inside, do the presentations and get comfortable to see what we’ve all been to?”
Her mother just raised an eyebrow, but finally nodded and led everyone inside.
“You already know Gar, but these are Luan and Carla.” Julia presented the brown haired and blue haired women. “Master Leep asked me to take them under my wing as I qualify as a Master of the style now. We came across Gar while visiting some other acquaintances and he wanted to finish his apprenticeship under me, with the situation in Jade calm he could take a break from working with the Edgeguard.”
The two young martial artists bowed. “It’s a pleasure to get to know teacher’s family.” Carla said.
“Yeah, it’ll be nice to train somewhere else for an occasion.” Luan said and Brianna didn’t miss how her eyes wandered over Gar’s figure.
“They have never been out Jade, right? We’ll need to ease them in then.” Brianna said.
Her mother gave her a look, one that pointed out that she knew the poor girls would get thrown in the deep end if Gina, Britanny or her were the ones welcoming them to Earth.
“I will ask Genn about that.” Julia said and Brianna grumbled internally.
“And what happened to the house?” Her father asked.
She sighed. “Madrid happened.” She proceeded to retell the events of that day, the exact way she was taken care of could be explained better by Gina or Dao as they had been there. She explained that Gina was still in her lab busy with cleaning all the damage the Djinni had left in her systems. “And then there’s the fact that Magnus’ missing, apparently he got teleported away by a set of Chaotic dice.”
Theodore’s eyes opened and his reaction caused Julia to give him a look. “I take that’s not a good thing.” She said,
“No, though I never thought they actually existed.” He answered.
“I talked with Monty, he admits he thought they were just another Cursed Item given the few recorded results.” Brianna offered.
Her father nodded solemnly as Gar and the others watched in silence.
“As far as I knew they were considered more of a thought exercise than anything real. Chaos or Wild magic is very powerful, but in exchange it becomes very unpredictable. A magical object created with just Chaos Magic would be able to do anything, but no one would be able to predict the result.” He explained.
“I only had a bit of experience with a few Wild Mages raid parties while I was in the Edgeguard.” Gar spoke up. “They were quite harrowing and it wasn’t rare that their mages hit their own allies as much as their enemies when they got going.”
Her father nodded. “I assume that the teleportation was impossible to trace?”
“That’s what Monty said, thankfully Magnus was able to get in contact a few hours earlier, apparently he allied himself with one of the locals.” She answered.
“That’s good, I don’t doubt he can survive on his own, but finding someone non-hostile is a good sign.” His father said as he smiled. “Who was it?”
“He apparently found some Kobolds.” She answered, her words stumping his father.
“Ko-kobolds?” He stammered, even her mother looked surprised by the name.
“Is that wrong?” She quickly asked.
“Kobolds, or Psi-Kobolds, are usually considered a barbaric and nomadic race, they inhabit Psi-snails with whom they psychically merge for a symbiotic relationship. They are a hive mind centered on their Queen and are quite capable of battle enchantments and psychic boosts between other skills. They mainly live underground and feed on Aura-rich targets.” He explained. “To them, Magnus would be a feast.”
She rolled her eyes. “Given how the Queen was looking at him, I think she would prefer to eat him in a completely different way.” She said and quickly blushed as she hadn’t thought that through.
Theodore coughed on his fist. “Well, in a way then he’s safer than having them hunting him.” He said. “And if he can contact us it means that it should be possible to follow the signal back.”
Brianna facepalmed. “I can’t believe I forgot I could do something so obvious.”
Her father laughed softly. “We all forget things when we’re stressed.” He turned to look at Julia. “I can’t count the number of times your mother reminded me I had spells capable of taking care of some problems.”
She chuckled and spoke up, “I’m sure I could remind you of those, but I will get Gar and the girls settled in the house.” She stood up and led them out of the room.
Her father smiled towards her. “I think I’ve a few books about tracking that may come in use for this.”
His words made her smile. “I think I may have grabbed at least one of those, I wasn’t having luck but I got a number of questions.”
“And I will gladly answer them.” His tone reassured her.
She would get her boyfriend back and kick that hussy Queen’s ass if she had to.
The Queen felt the curiosity of their Home as they watched the strange being work through her eyes. Not that she wasn’t as curious, there was something hypnotic in how he worked, in the way the materials in his hand just shifted and fit together, how magic followed his will.
His project wasn’t any larger than her torso, but even now the hive’s memory could recognize it was like nothing they had ever observed before. It was a six-sided figure formed by two equilateral triangles attached to opposite faces of a square; a clear diamond had been placed in the center of the square.
Thankfully, they were currently moving through a low-threat area, meaning they were the most dangerous thing around and the few that moved around preferred to keep their distance than bother them; because she just couldn’t pull her eyes away from Magnus’ work.
He appeared to be completely ignoring everything but his work. But she could see how he was still answering questions through the hive’s network. And not just one question at a time, his mind seemed to contain a multitude because each Kobold that asked a question got a personalized answer.
“ You appear to be deep in thought, my friend. ” Their Home spoke in that teasing tone that made her want to deny everything.
“ Even now. I learn. ” She replied succinctly. It wasn’t entirely a lie, there was much to learn from watching him work.
“ That I won’t deny. In my many years of life I never saw an artisan like him, he treats metal like clay and shapes marvels. ” The Psi-snail said with a good amount of awe. “ But that’s not all the reason you watch him. You’re frustrated about him having a partner already. ”
She huffed and ignored the last part of the comment. She knew she was just a better mate.
“...and done.” His voice surprised her, it felt like she had gotten distracted just for a second.
“ Query. ” She said, asked, prompted.
He laughed softly and she felt their Home laughing at her reaction. She internally growled, to think she was being compared to a nubile queen, she had left that stage of her life plenty of time ago.
“ I know you wanted me to explain, but I think you wouldn’t have believed me if I told you. ” He said and tapped the object.
A small spark lit inside the transparent diamond before it spread to fill the crystal. The glow grew until it was nearly impossible to observe and then dimmed to a comfortable warm light. That’s when she felt it. It wasn’t her that felt it first, instead it was their home that breathed in as the object was radiating Aura and it didn’t seem to have an end to it.
“ Explain. ” She asked, she wanted to order, to force him to explain, and maybe drag him to her nest afterwards. But she had learned by now that Magnus enjoyed explaining, he had happily explained it was partially an effect of the Title she had bestowed upon him.
“ This is a Magic Sun. It’s an endless source of magical energy. With this your Home will never go hungry ever again. ” He explained. “ It will also power my next project, which should provide a way to create materials for free. ”
Before she could even say something about it, their home shifted, creating a way for the Magic Sun to travel down and be stored safely inside their body. A moment later she could feel the happiness and gratitude of their home as their body quickly took the endless fountain of energy to heal some old injuries. Little things that had never been worth the expenditure on their reserves, always being delayed and slowly accumulated.
The sense of relief spread through the whole hive and instantly their Home started to shed some of its oldest armor to quickly replace it with new. This surprised the Queen only for a moment before she was having the whole hive move to help in the process and keep their homes safe too.
Magnus had promised this, but she hadn’t truly believed him. She had thought it would be a battery, or something that would with time run out of power. But seeing was believing and now their whole life would shift. It meant no longer having to hunt for nourishment, no internal threat of injuries being too much for them to bear. It meant the development of the hive and their Home, or maybe leaving the underground for more interesting places.
The gift and knowledge Magnus was giving them was worth many more times the amount of nourishment eating him would have given them. Not that she believed they would have ever been able to defeat him.
She had observed him during the two spars he had carried with her hive, he had been playing all along and still had gone out practically untouched. Was this the right of the powerful? Was she feeling jealous? The power to be merciful was almost an alien concept for her and the hive, for them everyone was a threat or food, and the former many times ended up as the latter.
She didn’t see them changing that much, even with his influence, even as she practically could see the way every one of his touches and words sank in the hive’s experience. But it didn’t mean they could adapt and expand their understanding, maybe there was more in the world other than threat or food.
She turned to look at Magnus, the man had spent only a moment watching the shift in routine around him and moved back to his project. Already a new machine was taking shape.
Why did she still want him? The private part of her mind felt in turmoil, even now when he looked like one of those filthy apes, he’s such a desirable one. And she would not discuss the panicked scramble she had sent some of the members of the hive when he changed into a Kobold.
Now if he didn’t already have one. She had seen how that female had looked at him, how she had looked at her . She would make him understand she was the best mate he could wish for.
Magnus did his best to ignore the undercurrents of lust going through the psychic network. The Queen may become a problem, though the kind of problem would have to be seen.
The Magic Sun had been successful and now the Matter Synthesizer would go next, he was starting with a medium sized one that would provide enough to construct more if necessary. As much as he got from the death trap, some very rare stuff was still very rare.
“ You’ve my gratitude. ” The Psi-snail’s voice sounded much clearer after he had used the Kobold Mask, not as much as when he wore it, but it had become easier.
“ It’s not a problem, though, will Ibis’ situation be a problem? ” He asked in such a way the network couldn’t overhear him.
They let out a conspiratorial laugh. “ Hmm, don’t worry about her, I will keep her at bay until you’re ready. ”
Magnus felt like sighing. “I’ve no problem with her, putting aside that she’s a good example of her race, I’ve enjoyed teaching her. The only thing that keeps me from responding to her advances is my relationship with Brianna.” He answered. “And unfortunately for Ibis, I don’t see Bri wanting to share. Though…”
“ I’ve seen those that look like you looking exactly like you’re now, you’re thinking something dangerous, most likely to yourself. ” The Psi-snail said knowingly.
He chuckled softly as he worked. “ Well, there’s one way I can make it so there’s a Magnus for each, after all, I’m not the first Magnus either. ”
The Psi-snail stiffened in surprise, but quickly hid the fact from the Queen by shaking and shedding some shoddy armor plating.
“ I see you’re also enjoying what I could teach. ” Magnus discreetly changed the subject.
He practically felt them snort before answering, “ Yes, but until you created the Magic Sun I would have taken months or years to properly replace all my armor. ”
“ Speaking of the Magic Sun, know that you will have to keep its existence a complete secret, many covet it and would stop at nothing to acquire it. ” He warned.
“ I would like to see them try once I’ve finished healing and replacing my armor… but I will take your warning in heed. It’s true that there’s many beings that are more trouble than they are worth fighting. ” The Psi-snail said and Magnus felt like he was being referred to.
“ I’ll move ahead with some stealth enchantments I had planned to teach you later anyways. ” He decided as he continued working.
The matter synthesizer was both more and less complex to build than the Magic Sun. While the latter had a higher difficulty of construction given the enchantments that went into it, it was very solid, not as much as the MS. The former had a large number of moving parts as it needed to adapt to the possible materials being created, shapes, states, etcetera…
The Psi-snail was quickly shedding their old armor and regrowing a darker one. It was matte black and several times stronger than before, and that was before the enchantments and psi-reinforcement came into place.
As he worked he felt a strangely familiar poke. He quickly erected a potent lie, moments before Old Gina stepped through into Real Space, exactly in the cloaked spot. He quickly created a second Lie, a more modest illusion only visible to her.
“Hello Gina, I’ve to be honest I wasn’t expecting to see you so soon again.” His illusion spoke to her, and only to her.
She gave him a silent look and then looked around. “Only you would have found a way to end with this bunch.” She said before sighing. “And yes, it’s good to see you’re still alive. What happened? It took me quite a bit of work to find you.”
“Wild Magic Dice.” His illusion answered as he continued working. “Dropped me somewhere in this labyrinthine place. I found Queen Ibis a short time later.”
“Only you…” She sighed.
“For the way you spoke you know about them?” He asked.
Gina nodded. “It would have happened in about a year, some bad luck would have had the Psi-snail injured and Dreadwing taking advantage of the Queen. She would have later gotten some revenge in stealing a particular artifact he worked hard to get. But outside of that they would most likely live their own life.” She quickly explained, obviously leaving a lot of information out.
“So did I-?”
“No, thankfully that particular plan was already discarded even before you came on board. Honestly having her as an ally would be quite useful, Psi-snails have some of the most untraceable planar jumps. When you add the skill of their assassins they make excellent helpers .”
He snorted. “Any idea of where I am exactly?”
“You were right about where you landed, this is the Labyrinth, it technically exists in the Earth Realm. But it’s been sealed for a long time.” She answered. “It was created to secure, contain and preserve the more dangerous magical denizens that lived in the Earth Realm during the last Age of Magic.”
“So I ended up in the world’s most dangerous wildlife preserve?”
“More or less, the Psi-Kobolds are near the top of the feeding chain with only a few extremely dangerous beings and monsters surpassing them. But those rarely leave their lairs deeper down.” Gina explained.
“You said the Psi-snail can jump out? So all I would have to do is convince Ibis?” He asked while he fiddled with the Matter Synthesizer.
“While normally I would say it’s not that easy, you’ve definitely earned her interest and providing the Psi-snail with a Magic Sun may curtail any opinions they have against moving from this prison.” She answered before chuckling and adding, “I hope you know what you did when you handed such treasure.”
His illusion smiled. “Oh, I’ve a pretty good idea, but I can’t help but feel a familiarity to the Psi-Kobolds, they are just too similar to Metaloids and to my older sister Amber’s Hive.” He said in full honesty. “It also wouldn’t the first time my family gained allies of races considered dangerous.”
The old woman rolled her eyes, but smiled kindly. “I won’t deny that you definitely have established a good rapport with them, and unless you do something very stupid you will most likely keep them on your side.” She admitted. “I just want to warn you, don’t assume they think like humans.”
That made him roll his eyes. “And I want to remind you that neither do I.” He said. “I was never human and never will be, my way of acting is more than half an act. If I acted like I thought, Reality would be strained around me… much more than it actually is.”
He really wasn’t anything close to human, he relied on a lot of protocols to interact with them, to the point it wasn’t hard to forget it; especially when a Lie was laid on top of the act. “In many ways I’ve more to do with the Psi-Kobolds than most of humanity.”
“… just don’t hurt Brianna.” Old Gina warned.
“Don’t worry, I do like her and if she’s interested I would like to take things seriously with her.” He reassured her.
“Here,” she retrieved a small storage device and handed it to his illusion, which was quickly put in his inventory, “some information on a few safe spots in Jade you may offer to Queen Ibis as better places to reside than the Labyrinth.”
“I thank you for that, anyways, I heard about Madrid, I assume that was part of the plan?”
“Yes, I had to force a few things, but luckily enough your small accident allowed things to run smoothly and managed to get the results I wanted.” She said, evenly.
“I still don’t like that part of the plan much.” He said.
“I don’t either, but unfortunately for present Madrid, future Madrid will be much happier from having gone through this. My mother’s trip to Jade was also successful.” She added. “I would like to say that you being away is helping keep things in order, but I would prefer if you aim to return faster than taking your time, there’s a few things I would like you to do.”
“Okay, I do have a few other questions, but they can wait. I should finish this and Ibis may notice my mind partition if I’m not careful. It was good to see you doing well Gina, and don’t doubt in asking for help more often.” He shot her a smile.
The ancient and tired woman blushed in surprise, quickly covering her face with her hat. “… thank you, and I will contact you once you’re back on Earth proper.” With those words she stepped out of synch with reality, effectively disappearing from the spot she had occupied.
Magnus was left chuckling to himself as he finished the MS, it would be nice to start properly teaching the Kobolds some more advanced enchanting. He couldn’t wait to see what they got into. And talking about getting into, he wondered what his original was doing.
Magnus observed the very obvious cultists outside of the Dungeon. Dressed in blue robes with blue trimming they stood right outside the entrance, a small congregation of them organized around a glowing sigil with an almost familiar face etched on it.
Laura had mentioned two of the first Bosses she had taken out where related to Cthulhu, their eye and brain. But he hadn’t expected it to be so literal.
“Should we interrupt?” Ruby asked.
Thankfully her words and their presence was hidden under the Lie that kept them from being noticed, giving them a freedom to observe.
“I’m conflicted, on one hand it’s obvious they are carrying out a ritual, on the other there’s little for me to observe so I can’t tell what it’s doing.” He answered and added, “For all I know it could be sealing whatever evil it’s etched there. Though given our luck that’s not likely.” He laughed softly.
“We should head back and ask the Guide about it then, they will most likely know what to do.” She noted.
He sighed. “You’re right, better not invite pro-” his words died in his mouth as he felt the change in the air.
All the cultists but the masked one brandished daggers and plunged them into their chest and necks. Even from the distance he could see the blades were enchanted, causing blood to practically gush out of their bodies and spray all over the floating, magical sigil.
The head cultist started to laugh as a call came from the beyond, it swept over the area and Magnus barely managed to keep the Lie hiding them in place. But it wasn’t enough to keep their presence from being noticed, the stealth of the Lie had been mainly aimed at mundane and magical ways of seeing them.
The head cultist was floating with eldritch energies, his form barely kept its human shape as those same energies mixed with the magic in the air, twisting it and creating spell-like effects that were thrown in their direction.
Neither waited a second to react, jumping away as Magnus allowed the Lie to get torn apart.
“Looks like the option’s out of our hands now.” Ruby said as she summoned a number of her Magends in their unleashed form.
He couldn’t help but to chuckle as he retrieved Gentle Lie and Hard Truth. “And we can’t hold back much.” He said and moved.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 66
Magnus felt his true Nature try and bubble up to the surface, without his input his Domain expanded out to repel the disgusting Reality the Head Cultist was trying to force into existence.
“Be careful, he’s not entirely in sync with Reality.” He warned Ruby as they watched the robbed, masked figure flicker between different points in the air.
It wasn’t as much as teleportation as moving in an extra dimension not natural to Reality. The gibberish he was spouting was not gibberish at all, but Magnus knew better than to listen to it and swiftly cut Ruby’s and his Understanding Enchantment. There was no need to invite cognito hazards.
He quickly retrieved all of his weapon as the Cultist attacked, a deluge of frozen spikes were launched in an instant. Ruby reacted to them first, one of her most magically-potent Magends raised the staff that was on her hand and a dozen miniature suns moved into the way of the attack.
Unfortunately the ice attack was touched by those eldritch energies and the heat from her spells did nothing, forcing Magnus to move in the way and intercept them himself.
“Careful, they won’t react as expected.” He warned her again.
“I’m sorry.” She said as she moved.
Her Magend shifted into the attack, cycling through the elements at random but kept using the fastest spells she knew. It seemed to have much more of an effect as their enemy couldn’t shift between places fast enough to dodge all of them.
Many still missed, hitting the clouds up in the air of the tall trees. The area quickly started to show the collateral damage as the trees and plants weren’t as effective at surviving the high caliber spells.
Magnus didn’t stay still either, he was glad to have developed the Air Step spell from studying the Flight Souls, allowing him to stop in mid air between Blinks. He used Gentle Lie to slash through one of the afterimages they had left, the Lie affecting the original just as the illusion was cut. The Cultist screamed more garbled nonsense as his robe slices open for a moment, pale green tentacles reaching out to stitch it back together.
In their anger they released some kind of twisted version of Ruby’s sun attack, the fiery spheres floating off lazily in his direction, moving completely at random and forcing him to intercept them with his weapons.
The Boss disappeared once more, reappearing surrounded by ghostly copies of himself around a quickly enlarging magical circle.
Magnus quickly moved, Horizon in his hand and stabbing through two of the copies, dissipating them at the same time that Ruby launched a Light Beam spell.
While the last copy dissipated, the spell bent around the real one just as the spell finished. A massive, ghost dragon construct erupted from the spell, flying in his direction.
He snapped his tone and sent his weapons after the cultist as Gentle Lie cleaved the spell in half. Even as it was split in twin, both halves bent around and tried to catch him again, earning themselves a Hard Truth through the face, effectively breaking the spell.
Ruby moved too, her Magends spread over the air to cover as much ground as possible. Just like with his attack, her spells hit the Boss multiple times, his robe starting to show the marks of the repeated fixes.
The monster’s figure started to lose that human shape, it had stopped being human a while ago, closer to a crazy conduit to some eldritch beyond. But even that was starting to fray at the edges, their damage not negligible and accumulating.
Magnus pushed harder on that eldritch domain with his own, a Blink put him in front of the monster as Hard Truth and Gentle Lie both stabbed through the figure’s chest.
He felt the whole thing shudder and suddenly a deep, primal roar broke through the human-shaped portal.
The weight from the impact not only dislodged him from the monster, but also forced more of his Nature to the outside. His exposed body flickered between fur, skin and something more. The True boundary between Reality and Him, something almost imperceptible but undeniable.
He tried to pull himself back together but the eldritch Domain expanded, twisting the air and ground around them, bringing something from beyond and opening them to a second round of fighting.
Ruby was casting a dozen spells at the same time, considering their targets, orientations, area of effect, the Magends possible in their way, keeping an overall appreciation for the fighting area and even making sure she didn’t hit Magnus by mistake.
And she was still doubting herself, even as a couple of her Magends had unleashed to keep up with the fighting, she hadn’t pushed herself over.
She hated that part of her, as much as she had done it for practice and during the sparring matches with Magnus, she couldn’t bring herself now. But then she felt the roar.
That alien and indescribable thing that was trying to push through the robbed figure. Even from the distance she could see how the mask had become its face, how it had cracked to show the unnatural beneath.
The monster was hard to pin down, flickering over the three dimensional area they were fighting with no rhyme or reason. Releasing spells even faster than she could, with such varied effects it was impossible to fully prepare for them, and in addition they didn’t even react as she expected.
Fire froze things, electricity melted, water set things on fire and bombs exploded into harmless confetti. It was as maddening as it was frustrating.
But that roar was pushing her past, it forced her to grab her doubt and throw it away, burn it, stamp it into the ground until she couldn’t say she doubted herself anymore.
She allowed herself to unleash her full Potential and changed, and with her all of her Magends followed through.
Reinforced barriers sprung up all over the battlefield, blocking the tens of spells the monster was releasing at random. Explosions, shards, beams and everything else getting fully stopped as she acted.
She was Summoner, one of the Exthilions three greatest artifacts. She knew now of the current fate of the other two, Enchanter and Magister. But she was pushing past her limits. At that moment the System pinged her, but she ignored it as she was everywhere on the field.
Her Archmage Magend still held her staff, but it was connected to her body as a tail, her figure flickered through the battlefield as fast as the boss had done before, unleashing spell after spell. Uncaring if they missed as hitting wasn’t her aim.
Magnus quickly noticed her actions and shot her a small grin as he moved to follow her unspoken will.
He started to harry the monster, pushing him further into the cage that was formed by the spells hitting each other and constructing a larger spell circle.
There were spells that were nigh-impossible for a single person to cast, and even groups of skilled magic users would fail almost every time. Anyone strong enough could overpower a spell, lay waste to massive areas. But not everyone could use spells to construct complex frameworks, even less the tier of spells she was using.
Her Dryad Magends had merged with the forest below, twisting the existing trees and growing new ones. Unseen by the monster floating above them another of the faces of the cube took shape with intertwined branches.
It was the same on the air above, clouds saturated with her magic were being moved and shaped, hidden above a layer of normal-looking clouds another facet of the cube took shape. The Harpy Magends twisted the air as the rest of her prepared the sides of the cube.
Magnus didn’t even need her signal to move, his weapons moving to his will, as if a dozen, invisible fighters fought as one.
The monster realized too late, if it could be said it was the Cultist and not whatever beyond that was puppetting it.
Her Magends released the last few spells just as Magnus blinked out of the cage.
The cube closed, walls constructed from almost a hundred different spells, her spells clicking together and the number was reduced to a single one. A massive golden prison of might and magic.
The golden prison started to shrink, magical circles spinning on each of its facets. Its properties shifted as it closed down faster, cycling through effects, but finally locking onto the tear on Reality that the monster presented.
It shrunk enough to start to press down on the figure and at the last moment, just as if it had been planned, Magnus stabbed through with his weapon.
She could watch as a shudder spread through the fabric of reality, a mute scream, a wrathful promise.
With an unceremoniously bleep the monster disappeared, swallowed in its entirety by the tear on Reality as it closed.
Ruby turned as she felt a figure approach at a high speed, not entirely surprised that it was Laura.
“You got here late.” The Magends closest to the woman said, in particular a Dryad that practically sprouted from one of the trees.
“Wha-R-Ruby?” She nearly screamed out.
“Yes, we already dealt with the threat.” She answered as her main body moved over to inspect the results of her spell.
“But you…”
Her Magend rolled her eyes. “My main body is over there with Magnus.” The Dryad pointed to them.
Laura approached them with care, looking lost and confused as neither of them looked as they normally presented themselves.
Ruby was currently looking more akin to an imposing statue with her four meters of height, the more angular form of her body only giving way to curves to show her feminine nature and the softness of the lower half of her face. Her body was made from a strange, gray and pink material, even Magnus was a bit stumped when studying it.
The best answer they had come up with when working together was that it was one of the primal blocks of creation from her World, the materials that put together Reality; usually out of reach from the inside of a Reality. It was Magic, Potential and a bit of everything else, just enough to allow her flexibility when utilizing her ability.
Magnus’ change wasn’t as visible, it was more of a qualitative change. To start it was hard not to think about him when looking at him, it was as if his whole presence declared himself to anyone who observed him. He hadn’t changed much on the size, but there was an extra weight to his form and Reality had a hard time pinning him down. It was strange to see the afterimages as Light ignored Reality.
He also had a pair of foxy ears that seemed to have a mind of their own.
“Magnus… Ruby…?” Laura asked.
“Yes, sorry about this, we had to get a bit more serious when dealing with the Boss.” He answered, his voice not entirely coming from his mouth as she could see Stonebell chiming on the back.
“What’s wrong with you two?” The young woman was definitely having problems with the situation.
Ruby laughed softly and answered, “This is my true nature, I’m an Awakened Enigma, basically a living, intelligent and sentient Artifact. In Magnus’ case, it’s just closer to his Nature, you can most likely notice more than see it.”
“I will revert in a bit, I just need the extra senses to properly confirm I closed the tear to whatever eldritch place that cultist poked a hole into.” He explained.
“Well… that’s… good, I think?” Laura said slowly. “Jonas mentioned that something was being summoned outside of the Dungeon. But by the time I arrived you were done already.”
Ruby was about to make a joke about the length of the fight and how long it had actually felt like. But before she could speak Reality shook, a quake that stretched from coast to coast. A wince escaped her mouth as an unearthly pressure fell onto all of them, Laura being the most affected by it.
Magnus quickly caught her before she fell, their position high on the air allowed them to see four pillars rise around the island. Wicked things brought by the eldritch energy that had suffused the cultist Boss.
“I think the ritual still managed to work.” Ruby said.
Magnus nodded as they carefully landed on the ground. “Whatever was on the other side will not be happy about our actions.” He said as he helped Laura recover. “We should return to town and see to regroup, I somehow doubt those Pillars will just be standing there.”
Laura and her nodded, they would take it easy, it seemed that the woman was a bit more connected to the World’s Reality than they had expected. Ruby had no problem with this, it gave her some time to check the changes to her System.
It appeared she was up for a Job upgrade and there was a single option available. Ego Enigma Creator, just the name had brought her thoughts to a stop. It was obvious that the System was using information from her original World as the concept of Enigma was given to those artifacts that broke the rules and no one could explain, ergo the name enigma .
Her Magends were already on the verge of the Enigma category, she was an Enigma. The idea of upgrading and pushing over meant a considerable upgrade on her power, but also on the responsibility.
An hour earlier she would have doubted the choice, at the moment she simply accepted it, allowing it to change her as something Soul-deep in her shifted and bloomed.
The knowledge flowed into her mind, to begin with the strength of her Magends, or well Enigmas now, was much higher, the skills could either widen or deepen. It would be interesting to see once she properly tested things.
Another new skill she had acquired was a further understanding of artifacts and artifacts spirits, she kind of fit in the latter as she was an awakened Enigma. She would be able to operate and interact with them more easily.
After that there were upgraded versions of many of the skills she had, the coordination, knowledge sharing and even an increase of the distance two of her could connect. Nothing between Worlds, but Realities in the same World was possible with some work.
She would need to meditate on the changes and explore her new limits. But for the moment she walked with the others towards town, the look she got from Magnus was quite telling in that he had noticed. He would most likely want to talk about it once they were alone. She had no problem with that.
Magnus’ Soul itched, it was like the sensation of dry skin after stretching, slightly loose but not completely, and every move made it noticeable. Thankfully he had managed to get his Domain back in check before they got into town.
Ruby had also returned to normal, or at least her new normal. He had felt the change from her Job upgrade and would have to ask her about it later.
For the moment it was obvious the sudden appearance of the four pillars hadn’t gone unnoticed, most civilians and untitled workers had hunkered down while the Title-holders kept a look out around the town.
Jonas the Guide was just the closest to the path they were arriving in.
“Laura, Ruby, Magnus, good to see you three are okay.” The man, Magnus was still using that term loosely in his mind, greeted them.
“Jonas, Magnus and Ruby took out the Cultist outside of the Dungeon, but…” Laura shrugged, as it was pretty obvious what had happened.
“The ritual must have been finished.” The Guide guessed.
Magnus confirmed it, “We weren’t going to interrupt, but suddenly most of them sacrificed themselves to it and then the Cultist Leader absorbed the ritual to become a conduit for whatever was on the other side.”
“I feared that, it means the Pillars have been revealed and Celestial Creatures are invading.”
“Pillars? Celestial Creatures?” Laura prompted, sounding more tired than anything else.
The Guide nodded. “There’s four of them as you may have noticed, each is controlled and protected by a different group. They are the seals, but as you can imagine, we can’t leave them there as the monsters they spawn will overrun the island.” He explained. “They are also protected by a shield that will make reaching them impossible, the shield is powered by monsters that spawn from the pillar, defeat enough of them and it should go down.”
Magnus didn’t like how that sounded, it was practically a situation of being between a rock and a hard place, a catch 22 of damn you do or do not. If they didn’t destroy the pillars it would mean four sources of inexhaustible enemies, if they did they were breaking the seals.
On a third option he may be able to craft new seals to replace the pillars, but no one said they couldn’t be corrupted and turned into new pillars or worse. His creations weren’t exactly like his father’s yet.
He was considering that destroying the pillars and taking out whatever eldritch entity would be more effective in the long term; Snack could definitely deal Real damage to it after all.
The Guide explained a few more things he should definitely not know, but no one batted an eye at it. Magnus simply assumed it was some local effect he was alien to. Once he finished he left back to patrolling the town.
Laura also headed off to check on the other settlements around the island. Magnus imagined more than a few people may be relocating to the town as there was safety in numbers, especially when it was where the strongest people congregated already.
Once they were alone he retrieved the Rito, Goron and Zora mask, the three of them taking shape as he used to send them off to scout the pillars, while the two of them headed back to the small house they had been given.
“Did we screw up?” Ruby asked once they were in private.
“… no, I do not think we did.” He answered after a small moment of thought. “I would bet that these events were predestined to work, if it wasn’t us it would have been Laura who fought the Boss Cultist.”
They sat down leaning on each other, a quick check through the System revealed that Lydia, Romeo and Moisha were currently back in the ship resting while Orange was just doing her thing. His sister did mention that the Long Fortune had noticed the tear in Reality, but the scans had been inconclusive about where exactly they lead.
In her words it was something in their current Reality, but at the same time disconnected, or maybe sealed away. Which made sense given the goal of the Pillars.
“I do not think she would have had such a problem.” He answered to her worries. “In part because we definitely pushed the entity behind the ritual past whatever limits it had set, and on the other because of Laura’s Title.”
“You mean the Terrarian?”
With a small nod he explained, “Yes, didn’t you find it weird? Everyone else’s Titles have been descriptive, Guide, Zoologist, Party Girl, Cyborg, etcetera… But hers is different, or at least it’s not immediately obvious.”
Ruby thought about it. “Terrarian would most likely be read as “That one of Terraria.” She guessed.
He nodded. “We are currently on Terraria.” He explained. “She’s of this world, or most likely this World .”
“She’s a Champion?” She prompted. “I remember you having explained it some time ago, but I did not think we would actually meet one given how rare they apparently are.”
He chuckled. “Oh, they are that rare, it’s just that we’ve visited Worlds with a high chance of having Champions.” He explained. “For example I think we crossed pretty close to a Champion’s path over in the Pokemon World, I’m ninety percent sure that one of the friends Lillie had talked about was a Champion for the World, or at least the current Reality.”
“If she’s a Champion then the World itself would have helped her close that tear in Reality.” She gathered.
“Most likely,” he nodded, “also why destroying the Pillars is most likely inevitable and so is her fight with the so-called Moon Lord.”
“Doesn’t mean we won’t help.”
He laughed at that, his arm wrapping tighter around her figure. “I do not think we could stay out of it even if we wanted.” He said. “Anyways, someone changed a bit, eh?”
Ruby blushed. “Don’t tease me.” She let out an adorable whine as his hand rubbed her waist. “But yes, my Job finally upgraded, now it’s Ego Enigma Creator.”
That sure surprised him. “That’s quite an upgrade, how are you feeling?”
“Strange, definitely more than before, also my other selves’ have definitely become more individual.” She explained.
“Wasn’t that how things went for your original?”
With a small nod she explained, “Yes, and it was for me originally too. That changed when the System helped me organize and coordinate myself to the point we were one. I think the best way to explain it is that now they are getting reinforced, so the Magends are making the jump to Awakened Enigmas and with that comes a stronger sense of self, and ego .”
“Sounds like I may need to work harder from now on to please all of you.” He joked, causing her to laugh.
“Hmm, I don’t doubt you will invest the necessary time on it. We’re still very much of the same mind and I doubt that will change much in the future.”
“Any other changes?” He asked as they cuddled together.
She nodded. “There’s two big things more, one is that I gained an innate ability to work with Enigmas and Artifacts, easily learning their use and interacting with them if they are intelligent. I can also turn my Enigmas into equipment to be used by other people or even my other Enigmas.”
“Even you?”
“Yes, even I could be equipped onto someone.” She answered and let out a small laugh. “As kinky as it may sound.”
“We may need to practice with it, though I doubt we will be able to use it properly once the Moon Lord comes.” He decided.
As they talked his three Shadows had reached the first Pillar. The area around the massive and twisted object was touched by eldritch energies. It was visible by how Light was tainted in an orange glow and a strange planet could be seen in the sky above.
The area was thriving with monsters, all showing the same eldritch touch as the Pillar, their bodies twisted into monstrosities, mindlessly attacking everything that moved in the area, and their reach was slowly spreading.
His Shadows ran a scan of the shield over the Pillar and quickly cataloged the monsters before moving onto the next, it wasn’t the time to fight yet. It wasn’t enough information, but it was a start.
It was obvious that the World was much more dangerous than they had first expected, but in that danger existed reward and Magnus couldn’t deny he had been gaining a lot of useful things. His next objective was to study the Purification Powder that the Dryad sold. He had only learned about it when Laura had mentioned it during their walk back to Town.
That item along with the Clentaminator sold by the Steampunker and the associated Solutions. The only problem was that Delilah still hadn’t forgiven him for his little prank, but since it could wait it wasn’t too much of a problem.
As he relaxed with Ruby before the storm hit, he planned.
Chapter 67
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 67
Magnus’ Shadows spent the night observing the Pillars, only returning just before dawn. There had been some good and bad news once morning came.
The bad news was that the monsters being spawned in the area of influence of the corrupted pillars were some of the strongest that existed in the island outside of Bosses, and they were incredibly varied too. There was an observable theme on each pillar.
The orange seemed to focus mainly on melee damage and high defense.
The aquamarine seemed to focus on ranged damage and progressively stronger ones.
The magenta seemed to focus on magic and high movement versatility.
The cyan seemed to focus on just numbers, swarming an uncountable amount of enemies.
The information wasn’t entirely bad, the test fights they had run with a few of the monsters on the edges of the pillars’ influences had given them a basic idea of what they could do, and in the situation they were in it couldn’t be denied how useful it was.
The good news was that the Pillar’s influence had stopped expanding after a few hours, while not stagnated completely, it had slowed down to the point that it was clear they still had some time before they became an issue. Still many of the nearby settlements had evacuated and the next closest ones were starting to move too.
With a better idea of what was in store for them they would need to plan how to tackle the Pillars. But that meeting was planned for later in the day while Laura and the other Title-holders accommodated the evacuees. Magnus had already sent his Goron Shadow to help with the construction of new, reinforced homes and defenses for the town.
It helped that he had acquired a Perk perfectly aimed for the creation of reinforced buildings that could stand up to pretty powerful individuals. It was obviously coming from some kind of superheroes World as along with the architectural knowledge, there was a whole slew of knowledge aimed to decorate said buildings under the theme of a super or similar.
It provided a large variety of ways to reinforce buildings, mixing and matching power sources, defenses, construction techniques, etcetera. It was a very broad ability that he was going to exploit in their current situation thoroughly.
The way the numbers were increasing the place would soon become a city. That meant there would be a need to properly plan laying roads and larger community services. But that would have to wait until after the threat was dealt with.
So while the locals were busy, Magnus had decided to put what he had learned in the Dungeon into practice.
The status effects he had studied and recorded were varied, it was obvious they weren’t all possible ones that existed in the World, but certainly set a solid and observable trend on how things worked.
Proper study revealed that both local Buffs and Debuffs worked pretty similarly, standing somewhere between enchantments and Blessings or Curses respectively. Their main characteristic was that practically all of them were temporary unless something that kept them going existed. For example, Laura had created a lamp that provided anyone close by with a steady regeneration ability as long as they remained close.
Funnily enough, Buffs tended to last longer given the fact that people didn’t fight them and allowed them to stay active, this made it easier to lean on duration. But at the same time a mere thought could break a Buff if the target didn’t wish to keep it on. Many Buffs could be easily acquired with the production of Potions, a subject he hadn’t explored yet, mainly because Ruby was still building a good stock on materials over in the Garden.
Debuffs were the opposite, they were forged to entrench themselves and fight tooth and nail to remain where they were. This cut their duration severely, but in exchange they needed special methods to remove them before they ran their course.
Many Bosses had exclusive Debuffs aimed to keep anyone close by from running away and could be downright lethal if ignored.
Not that every Status Effect was useful, there were apparently many that were straight cosmetic or just for the fun of it. But that didn’t mean they worked in any different way.
Magnus was aiming to work out the exact mechanics, the delivery method and resulting effect could come later. Thankfully he had been experimenting with small Blessings since helping the Zoologist, meaning he had the full spectrum to work with.
He would need to experiment with them thoroughly, but he couldn’t deny he enjoyed it thoroughly and now Ruby could help with some of her Enigmas.
Laura hadn’t slept more than a five minute nap that had been roughly cut short at four minutes when someone had shaken her to get her moving.
She had been accompanying the evacuees from the settlements closer to the Pillars to the forest town at the center of the island. Thankfully the night was bereft of monsters thanks to the killing of the Cultist Boss and something was hunting Monsters through the night. Unfortunately she was too busy keeping the people from panicking as they trekked through the wilds.
Thankfully she wasn’t the one having to build the new houses, Magnus was raising the building himself, or at least it was one of his Shadows. She didn’t entirely know what to think of the man and his abilities.
He wasn’t human, and that hadn’t clicked for her until the prior day and seeing just how inhuman he could be. Just looking straight at him had made her vision cross and her headache. She couldn’t put her finger on what it was exactly, outside of how his figure seemed to shift and be multiple things at the same time, or maybe it was how looking at him put words in her mind.
She now knew more about him than that had come up in light talk with him or any of his companions. He knew he had been created, that he had two blood-related half-siblings that were half-related between them. But at the same time the three of them had been one being, making them all the kid(s) of three people. She knew that he would live nearly forever, that the extent of his Power was nearly always limited and Reality truly couldn’t withstand him entirely without buckling under his Reality and-
Laura’s hand smacked her cheek, shaking her brain hard enough to break her train of thought. It was invasive knowledge that she was having a hard time dealing with.
She walked into Lisa's place, the Nurse turning to look at her, impressively looking more tired than she was.
“You don’t look hurt.” She said in a tired, sour tone.
Laura just rolled her eyes and dropped on the chair. “Not really, but I certainly would like to know how many stimulants you can inject in me before I’ve to go out again.”
The Nurse rolled her eyes. “The only kind of stuff that I could give you would either be illegal or too expensive for your wallet.”
“Maybe I should take my weapons to get reforged by Magnus, Ragx’s method is just a money sink.” She grumbled.
“Now that I think about it, I haven’t had the pleasure of meeting him yet, I should set up an appointment for a proper check up.” She mused out loud.
Laura snorted. “I wouldn’t recommend it, he’s… neither staying, nor human enough for you to give him a check up, outside of doing something that would get Ruby mad at you.”
“Me getting mad at who and for what?” Ruby interrupted them just there, walking into the Nurse’s office.
Laura just snorted. “Just a small joke.” She said honestly as she looked at the pink-haired woman. There was something about her at the moment, and it wasn’t just that Laura had seen her true form.
Ruby just raised an eyebrow, but quickly let it lay as she turned to Lisa. “Hi, I’m Ruby, I heard about how you were getting overworked and wanted to offer my help to deal with the refugees.”
“Lisa, the Nurse. And what can you do?” She asked succinctly.
“I’m a fully trained medical practitioner and magical healer.” Ruby replied.
Lisa gave her a long, slow look, definitely considering things. “… I could certainly use an extra pair of hands, even if all you did was hold the tools.” She admitted. “If you can heal in my place I could certainly rest for a few hours. I just don’t want to drop all my work on you.”
Laura raised an eyebrow, she knew the Nurse was also in it for the money. If she wasn’t the one healing, she wasn’t the one getting paid.
Ruby just let out a small chuckle. “I take care of the Infirmary and the Gardens in the ship, this is also not my main body.” She gestured to her sharper ears. “So I’m not doing more than what I would normally do by staying inside the main one’s brain.”
“Wait, what?” Laura prompted.
Ruby turned towards her. “I thought it had been left clear when you found us outside of the Dungeon. My Title is Summoner because I can summon copies of myself, they all exist inside my head when not out and about.” She explained, for both women. “… oh right, you only saw one of my unleashed forms, that’s me getting serious. Usually my forms are just me in different races.”
“That’s an impressive ability, I imagine it’s not all you can do?” Lisa asked in honest curiosity.
Laura was starting to think the lack of sleep was getting to the Nurse’s mind.
“No, it’s not. But I do not think it’s the time to talk about these subjects. Instead I think it’s time you go rest while I take care of the patients.” Ruby said.
Lisa was about to speak before a yawn overtook her words. “Damn, I think you’re right.” She let out with a grumble.
A second Ruby appeared by the first, this one much more different than the first as her body was shorter and stockier. This one quickly took Lisa away, leaving Laura and Ruby alone.
“Don't you think you have something to give me a few extra hours of sleep?” She asked, hopeful.
“I do know a spell that will give you eight hours of sleep, but you will have to sleep for an hour.”
Laura thought about it, she could certainly see the worth of such spell. “Uh what the hell, go ahead and hit me with it.”
Ruby laughed. “Get on a bed first and I will do it, I aim to make the spell very efficient and will make you pass out the moment it’s cast. Just remember to not resist.”
She nodded and followed the orders. “Than-” She didn’t even get to finish her words before the spell overtook her and she fell asleep.
He woke up and the gentle realization that he didn’t remember who he was was all he could think. That and the gentle, feminine and familiar voice that seemed to speak to his very soul.
… Open your eyes…
He felt the memories of that warm, golden light slowly escape him like water through his fingers.
Open your eyes…
He did so slowly. His body felt weightless as he floated in some kind of warm pool of water. He felt the level lower until he laid on a hard, flat surface as the liquid drained away.
Wake up, Link…
That was his name, yes. He sat up slowly and looked around. He didn’t recognize the place, but he neither recognized anything else but his name.
The moment he stood up from the surface he had been sleeping on his attention was caught by an object lighting up a few meters away. The voice had been silent, but the message wasn’t entirely lost on him.
He checked himself quickly, he was only wearing a pair of tight, comfortable boxers and apparently what he had been lying in wasn’t water because he felt completely dry.
With little else to do, he wandered over to the glowing object. The short cylinder lit up stronger when he approached it and the central circle turned a hundred and eight degrees before the rectangular object in the center raised for him to grab it.
That is a Sheikah Slate, Link, take it. It shall help you after your long slumber. I can only imagine how lost you’re feeling, but I believe in you. Much time has passed, but many still remember you and will help you.
The voice sounded strained to him, it still was warm and comforting. But something in him told Link that the voice was forcing herself to sound that way for his reassurance.
A moment after taking the Sheikah Slate, the only door opened up, revealing a hallway as poorly lit as the room he was in. On the other side he found some old treasure chests with a change of clothes he quickly put on and an old, battered sword.
It was basically a rusty piece of metal, but something in him told him it would get a few good hits in, and many times that was all one needed.
He walked through the hallway and found another locked door, when it didn’t open automatically the voice came back.
Use the Sheikah Slate on the obelisk, it will unlock it for you.
He saw no reason not to and moved it closer, watching both light up for a moment before the door started moving. The light on the other side felt blinding, but as warm as the voice that spoke once more.
Link… you’re the Light -Our Light- that must shine upon Hyrule again. Now go…
The voice's last words were nearly silent and he knew that the speaker wouldn’t reach them again for a long time.
He started walking, and climbing as a piece of the stairs was missing; he wondered where the material that had made the solid stone stairs had gone to simply leave the missing chunk. He didn’t dwell on it, instead walked out to the morning sun and the sprawling view of Hyrule.
He breathed deeply in, the fresh scent of nature filled his lungs and erased the last of his sleep. Feeling completely awake he looked around, soon seeing a small camp down the hill he stood.
He found the hooded man resting by a fire under a rocky outcrop. The figure barely acknowledged his presence before speaking.
“Oho ho, well met, stranger. It’s been a while since I’ve seen another soul in this place outside of the monsters that wander around.”
Link nodded, he had seen a few Moblins on his way down from the hill.
“Who are you?” He asked succinctly, it felt like it had been ages since he had last spoken.
“Me? I won’t bother you with my life’s history. Just consider me a hermit right now, an old fool who’s passing time, who’s been passing time for a long time.” He laughed softly and rubbed his chin before using his staff to poke at the fire. “Something tells me you have a much more interesting story.”
Link shook his head, denying knowing it. “Where are we?”
The old man let out a small chuckle. “Answering a question with a question, it’s okay if you don’t want to answer.” He hummed. “This is the Great Plateau, a place believed to have been the birthplace of the Kingdom of Hyrule.”
The hermit slowly got up, turning to gesture to the ruins further down the hill after a small lake.
“Unfortunately this area’s been in decline since the kingdom was shaken a hundred years ago.” He gestured to the distance, a castle entwined with a dark glow. “Even now the marks of that terrible event mar the land. I can’t tell you what to do, but I would suggest visiting the Goddess’ Statue in the ruins.”
He thanked the old man before deciding to follow his suggestion. On the way there he found an old woodsman ax he added to his small collection of weapons, of which he counted a total of two. Unfortunately a small encounter with Red Moblins took the ancient short sword.
The old church was in heavy disrepair, large pieces of the ceiling were missing, letting more natural light in that even the large windows allowed. Nature had started to reclaim the insides, grass grew in-between the broken tiles of the floor and vines crept up most walls.
Near the back stood the Goddess Statue, the representation of Hyrule practically glowed with the light shining down upon it. Link felt compelled to approach it.
He expected a voice, a vision, any kind of sign coming from the statue. Instead it was his Sheikah Slate that produced a noise. Link quickly picked it from where it hung on his waist.
The screen lit up showing some kind of map function. The only problem was that it showed nothing besides him and a glowing point some close by. It was the best sign he could get, at least it was clear of where he had to go.
While he hoped she would get some kind of answer in his current destination, some old reflex told him it would just be the first of many, many steps ahead in his trip.
Magnus’ placing in the Psi-Kobold’s pack had only solidified since he had accepted as teacher. It was becoming honestly impressive just how well the hive mind was taking every lesson he provided. Not just the Kobolds, but also the Psi-snail had improved on their skills greatly.
The massive being hadn’t only improved their carapace, but also grown in size. He had been surprised when it had come up that they had discussed things with Queen Iblis and set up a private room for him in one of the most protected places in its back. It wasn’t just a place for him to live, but also to teach and work.
It was a room tall enough for even some of the largest Kobolds to visit, even if they would need to remain sitting and slightly hunch-over. On the other hand, Queen Ibis seemed to enjoy the room enough to spend a lot of her time not actively communing with the Psi-snail there.
Magnus wouldn’t deny he enjoyed the Queen’s presence, she was smart, innovative, determined and loyal to her people; all qualities he saw positively. She was also easy to rile up and quickly tried to reject any implications that she was emotional.
Thankfully he had managed to keep her advances at bay by leaning on the fact that taking her would be similar to her betraying her pack. If he hadn’t started to go out with Brianna or wasn’t interested in taking things as seriously he would have certainly not been pushing her back this much.
On the subject of his girlfriend, he had managed to contact her again during a low time between lessons. She, and her father, had both been surprised when he passed on the knowledge of his location. Dr. Diggers had only heard about the Labyrinth in passing from his teacher and in some old notes from his own father.
Magnus had kept the fact that he was going to convince Queen Ibis to leave the Labyrinth and set up in one of the monster-infested, society-barren plains of Jade a secret for the moment. He was planning on setting up more as a chance than anything else, he was pretty sure Ibis would find it hilarious too; if he managed to convince her.
For the moment he told them he was working on setting a way out of the Labyrinth without breaking the horrors inside free out on Earth. The two of them were working on the other way out, especially Dr. Diggers as he was reaching out to some of his contacts in Jade that knew a bit more about the prison.
Since it would take time, he was working on some personal projects when he could, mainly working on producing his Truth and Lies swords. Those were not cooperating.
Magnus let out a groan as the Concept failed to alloy with the metal he was using, he had thought to finally have gotten what he needed from one of the rarest samples he had harvested from the death trap. Unfortunately something in the material couldn’t withstand Truth properly and declared it so, loudly and explosively.
He couldn’t deny that the Red Sand his original had used was definitely on another level. So far he was failing at bonding the Concept that existed in him and through him into a material object. It was becoming more and more obvious he would need to either cannibalize some ancient artifact or alchemically work a way to crystalize the Concept into something he could work with.
It wasn’t as if he hadn’t had a few successes during the work, the most useful one was a True Death sword; a useful tool against Immortals and Undead. Even as restricted as it was, the sword had been thoroughly enchanted to resist the potency of the partial Concept and he wasn’t sure it could be fully used for extended fighting, more of a coup-de-grace tool.
The others were along the lines of Illusion breakers, transformation breakers and similar ones that pushed against Lies. On the other end of the spectrum he had managed a sword that Lied about the way that it dealt damage by ignoring most kinds of armor and defenses.
Useful tools to add to his arsenal, but wouldn’t be proper weapons like the Sheikah Grimoire, Iris or any his original wielded.
Queen Ibis chose that moment to walk into the room. “ I heard an explosion. Situation. Equals. Okay? ”
He turned to her and wiped the bits of metal off his clothes. “ All is okay, just another failure. ” He answered.
Ibis nodded and walked forward, putting a hand on his shoulder. It was a nice gesture, especially since she wasn’t pushing against him this time.
“ Rest? Only Work. Equals. Problems. ”
He chuckled. “ I know, don’t worry, I’m far from burning out. ” He smiled and noticed how she reacted, once more trying to shift back to a neutral but not managing to curtail the happiness that emanated from the psychic connection. “ Have you thought about the offer? ”
“ Offers. Equal. Tempting. ” Her first reply made him hopeful. “ Unknown. Equals. Danger. ”
He nodded in agreement. “ The unknown’s definitely dangerous, but in that danger lies Potential to be more, chances, treasures, allies, ” he gave her a knowing look, “if I didn’t face the danger of trying to talk I would have certainly missed much and just wandered the Labyrinth. ”
He watched her think about it, her silence and the sensation of them getting attention, a sign she was commiserating with the Psi-snail.
“ Offer. Equals. Good for the Hive. Growth. Equals. Power. Equals. Safety. ” She said,
He nodded. “ It’s also not like I’ll be leaving straight away. Jade’s much more accessible than this locked prison. ” He said. “ So I can keep close and look out for you. ”
That seemed to push her decision over, given that the Psi-snail didn’t say anything about it, their opinion may have been in agreement already.
“ Will prepare. We move soon. ” She announced.
He nodded with a smile, it was going to get pretty interesting in Jade with the new neighbors.
Notes:
Super-Max (400CP)(Generic City of Adventure):There's not a single revolving door or scrap of cardboard in the defences you construct. Prisons, team headquarters, space outposts...wherever they are, whatever they're for, you can seamlessly integrate magical or super-tech materials into architecture without compromising function, style or habitability. Marble flooring pressure plates? Electronics mixed with clockwork backups to stymie technopaths? Getting the right mix of anti-demon salt mixed with cement to both look good and still keep them out? Easy. Of course, this perk includes enough architectural skill and artistic flair to make your own jumper-buildings look good, even with a giant glowing insignia on one side.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 68
Magnus watched and thoroughly observed as the Psi-snail prepared everything for the jump. The prospect of knowing how to replicate the ability to stealthily jump between realms was very appealing.
He was glad that it wasn’t a psychic ability, instead an inherent skill from which make it easier for him to study and replicate.
Reality bent around them, Space twisted around the aperture that was forming, effectively muffling the resulting effect before the Psi-snail squeezed through. He could feel how they were left unaffected even as the Psi-snail effectively pushed itself through a needle’s eye. The twist squeezed behind them, crushing any chance to follow their trail as they slipped out of the Labyrinth’s barriers and pushed their way to the Jade realm.
The glowing-mushroom-spotted ceilings of the Labyrinth were replaced by a clear, sunny sky. The smell of dirt and moist air for the smell of morning rain and nature. There was nothing in kilometers of distance, the only thing standing out of the ground was them and a few trees in the distance.
“ It’s really outside. ” Queen Ibis said in an almost surprised tone.
“ Welcome to Jade, I do not think this area has had any official name in at least a few hundred years .” He spoke telepathically. “ While the area looks good to set up a settlement, the Truth is that there’s barely any water deposits underground and instead it’s infested with monsters. ” He gave her a look. “ Neither of which are actually much of a problem for you. ”
Queen Ibis nodded slowly as a small gesture from her hand and the Kobold scouts spread far and wide, most of them hidden under the stealth enchantments he had helped them improve; a map of the area quickly growing in the hive’s mind.
She shuddered. “ Openness. Equals. Discomfort. ”
“ I’m sure the Psi-snail won’t have a problem getting underground if you wanted, there’s plenty of tunnels, though I imagine some will have to be enlarged. ”
“ No. Must improve. Colony will learn. ”
His prideful smile seemed to make her squirm. “ Now that we’re on Jade, I can return home, ” her disposition quickly shifted when he said that, “ but don’t worry, it’s not like I will be leaving entirely. ”
To show he was telling the Truth he retrieved the Kobold Mask. Instead of putting it on his face, he started to concentrate Shadow and Lie upon it. Different from his original who had personally studied Ruby’s ability, he was running a bit behind. Not that it meant he couldn’t properly create a Shadow, it was just that he was going in a slightly different way.
The figure slowly took shape and then gained weight, color filled the figure as he felt himself in two places; in addition to feeling the connection to the hive.
Both Queen Ibis and the Psi-snail failed to hide their surprise as he could feel it flooding the network for a moment.
“ How? ” The Queen prompted.
“ A Lie, but a pretty believable one. This is for all intentions me, and this way I can stay with you and the hive even when I attend to other matters. ” And he wasn’t Lying about it, the Shadow was practically fifty percent of him.
The method of creation was definitely different from his original’s and would most likely restrict heavily in how many he could create unless he changed things. But that was okay for the moment. He would just be sure to not divert their ways of thinking too far or he could end up splitting himself more than he wanted.
There was a flash of greed in the Queen’s eyes, but the chide from the Psi-snail wasn’t missed, making her school her features.
“ It’s not an invitation, ” he quickly cleared up, “ but this is a way to remain with you and the hive. ” Internally he chuckled, and since he wasn’t leaving while leaving, he left, leaving his Shadow to help Queen Ibis organize.
He moved far enough before opening his way back to his underground lab. Everything was practically as he had left it, the only difference was how some of the plants had grown in the couple weeks he had spent away and would need to be harvested and replanted.
He quickly called Brianna as he entered the shower, not even checking if Genn was around; not that he didn’t know she was out the moment he stepped into the house.
“ Magnus! ” She instantly called out, appearing to have run to answer his call, in the back of the image he saw a pile of books starting to fall over, only kept up by the work of the Peebos.
“Hey Bri, sorry for the surprise call, Queen Ibis and the Psi-snail found a way to Jade. I just made it back and was taking a shower.”
“ You’re ba- wait, what do you mean by- Nevermind, I’m heading over there right now! ” She cut the call, leaving him to finish washing, chuckling.
Not five minutes later he was catching the tall, blonde missile that was his girlfriend pouncing on him. It wasn’t hard for him to hold her as she tried to kiss every centimeter of his face and he tried to return the gesture.
“I’m so glad you’re back, after Madrid’s trickery it felt like I had screwed up on multiple levels.” She admitted once she calmed down, though still in his arms. “Especially because it took Gina to come and deal with it.”
“Hey, nothing like that, what did the Balance Mage say about putting yourself down like that? Especially when comparing yourself to your sisters.” He chided.
Brianna had the sense to blush a bit and nod. “Still, I was feeling terrible, in just one day I nearly lost my sister because I ran ahead and then found that I had lost you.” She let out a sigh after speaking.
He couldn’t help but to chuckle. “I survived being a smear on the ground, it will take more than a lazy toss of some crazy dice to get rid of me.” He reassured her, and he wasn’t Lying.
He would tell no one , not even Old Gina, about the few samples of himself he had left around. The first had been created during the flight back after meeting the time-displaced ancient woman, hidden in a nook inside a mountain, hidden under several Lies and a few treasures to distract any person lucky enough.
The next had been placed in the laboratory, easy as not every part had been created yet, entwined with the Magic Sun; effectively being a source of energy for him to cannibalize.
The last one in the Labyrinth, placed inside the now empty Death Trap, similarly hidden under Lies and some treasure. Each one had enough mass to restore him to a Zorua once more, though only one could fully restore him and would be the most likely first choice if something happened.
Thought about his survival aside, Brianna nodded and tightened her hug.
“Feeling better now?” He asked gently.
“Yes, yes I am.” She answered as he carried her over to the couch, sitting down and letting her get comfortable. “The truth is that I felt I screwed up because I lost you and you chose me over my sister.”
He didn’t answer straight away, instead reassuring her with another kiss before whispering in her ear, “I had the Kobold Queen practically throwing herself at me and I still choose you.” He felt her shivering at his words.
“I don’t understand why you would even consider her.” She said, letting out a small grumble.
Magnus laughed softly and gave her a loving smile. “Bri, I want to remind you one very important fact about me. I know I rarely bring attention to it, but you’ve to remember that I’m not Human. I know I don’t show it often, but I’ve never been and never will be.” He caressed her cheek as he spoke, letting his thumb run down the tear mark on half of her face. “I only act Human. I observe and experience the World in a very different way than basically anyone else. I frequently have to ignore facts and Truths because even showing signs that I know them could be dangerous to anyone in my surroundings. I’ve knowledge that would drive mortals insane, the kind of stuff that has people cutting their eyes out and starting cults around.”
He felt her stiffen for a moment in his arms, but before she could speak he continued.
“When I look into a partner, the first thing I look at is their qualities, and you match most of those that I enjoy. That's why I decided to ask you out.” He explained, “Now, I also want to clear it up, while I act this way, it doesn’t mean I Lie about how I treat people. And the Truth is that I’m falling in love with you, not just liking to hang out and all other things.” He winked. “I love how smart you are, how much you enjoy huge weapons and big booms, how you have taken to both Magic and Tech to make them your own.”
Brianna was lightly squirming on his arms.
“But I won’t Lie and say that you’re perfect in my eyes, because no one is. It still bothers me when you eye beefcakes, or how you jump before thoroughly thinking things. But those are part of you, and I would never ask you to change for me if you don’t want to. At most I will work harder to keep your attention on me.” He waggled his eyebrows playfully.
She slowly relaxed, listening to his words, only giving a small sense of reaction when he touched on what he didn’t like about her.
“Queen Ibis fits a lot of the same qualities I saw in you. She’s smart, innovative and loyal to her family.” He explained. “And just like you, she’s very determined on what she wants as you saw. I doubt I will be able to keep her at an arm’s length forever. Sooner or later she will insist I lay with her or leave.”
“But you’re here with me, wouldn’t that be enough?” She asked, hopeful.
“I did leave a Shadow with her.” He answered and quickly explained what he meant. “So going forward will depend on how you feel about it.”
Brianna’s hand tightened in their grip on his body, enough that anyone else would have been at least injured; once more she showed to be a bit too impulsive. She growled before speaking, “I wish I didn’t need to think about it. I wish you had lied to me about it.”
“You know that as much as I can screw with Reality, a Lie like that wouldn’t have stood the test of time. Just to start, Queen Ibis knows you and would definitely enjoy rubbing it on your face.” That got a small laugh out of her. “But mainly because the Psi-Kobolds are too much of a useful ally to reject.”
He knew he had let a bit too much slip through as she tensed and sat up straight to look at him.
“And why would that matter?” She asked, very pointedly.
“Because this World is very dangerous and more friends, especially the powerful ones, is a good thing to have.” He spoke the Truth, but forced the Lie on the context. It wasn’t the nicest thing and he knew it. But it was also True that his family tended to look for allies where they could and sometimes strange bedfellows made for the most profitable ones.
She sighed, but looked thoughtful as she nodded. He sometimes forgot that she was quite sharp.
“Though maybe calling them allies was a bit too impersonal. That’s the problem with dealing with a hive mind, they treat individuals as part of the hive or not, and if you’re not you only have a few categories you fall into.” He added.
She slowly relaxed, though Magnus felt as if she was simply collecting it for later.
“I don’t want to say I will turn a blind eye to it, but if you promise it’ll only be your Shadow…” She said slowly.
“The Shadow is still me,” he clarified, “but I can promise I won’t lay with her.”
“Good.” She shifted her position to straddle his lap, her hands grabbing his shoulder. “Because you’re laying with me.” She let out a very feline purr.
Once he took care of Brianna’s neediness and celebrated his return, Magnus headed down into the underground workshop. There were plenty of projects he had left hanging and were needing his attention; after all he hadn’t expected an outing of a few hours to stretch into several weeks.
Thankfully many of the crops were long-term projects and the plots he had built to grow them took care of their needs for him, leaving him to harvest almost a ton of magically-rich produce that would go into potion creation and similar consumables.
Honestly, the kind of things he could create with the magical peanuts opened a whole new field. While fruits and vegetables could be produced into potions or dried, peanuts were rich sources of oils and flour, meaning he could bake with them.
But that could wait, for the moment, as he worked, he started to prepare some messages to go out. First was to Dr. Diggers, telling Theodore that he had been able to come back and Brianna was with him. As much as she was an adult, she had practically run out of their house the moment he had called and he greatly doubted she had remembered to keep them up to the matters.
It would also calm the man’s worries about trying to break into the Labyrinth and accidentally let something else out, or worse. He left the fact that the Psi-Kobolds had made it out to Jade, that could wait for a better moment.
Next message was to Monty. It was mainly cursing and thanking the man for the unexpected trip. He updated him on the general things of what happened and also left the matters of the Psi-Kobolds out of the picture. He did remember to promise him swift and unexpected vengeance, for which he was already planning to enlist a few of the stealthier Kobolds; he was only moderately worried about the results of introducing the concepts of pranks to the species.
After those and a few more, he started by checking his private mail, that is, the off-World messages. He was surprised to see a few.
The first one he checked was from his parents. The three of them were only moderately surprised one of them had managed something like this, but they sent him their best wishes and love, it didn’t matter they had four kids now.
His father had also slipped a few pictures of home for him to have and a small collection of manuals he had written since his original had left his original World. He would have to look through them later, he was sure they would be useful one way or another.
Claire had messaged him mostly to tease him about his original, even sending a recording of him clowning on some heroes in a World they had visited together. Milo had sent a similar message, but he had also added that he would be stopping in one more World before heading straight to his current one.
Magnus wondered how it would be meeting his brother again for the first time. Having the back-up would certainly help a lot, especially if he convinced him into producing some more potent plants to use as reagents.
Finally there was the message from his original. The message that changed a lot of things.
Finding information about his current World was certainly fortuitous, finding that he had ingrained himself with the main cast was great, not that it would change his actions much. He had met them before he saw them as drawings on a page.
It also revealed that they had been wrong initially, the World wasn’t spiraling out of control. It was an infinite corkscrew, they had just observed it during one of the thinning moments. The massive creature trying to consume Reality from the outside was also a fact.
Thankfully he was observing it inside of his mind, effectively not using his eyes as he didn’t know how troublesome it would be if he observed the Umbra with his eyes. He would have to look into creating a way to Lie on that front.
He even conceived the prospect of dealing with the Umbra himself, he had a pretty good idea how to deal with the entity permanently. Though the price… it was only because he wasn’t the original. But he could certainly sacrifice himself to erase the entity from the inside, he was after all the ultimate parasite.
He took notes as he read through three hundred issues and dozens upon dozens of extra comics. Even with Orange’s notes on the contents, he wanted to see them himself, to get an idea of the difference between the drawings and the people he knew. He saw how things would have gone and was glad to see he had fucked things up.
He thought about it for a moment before deciding that at least Old Gina should get a look at the notes. Sharing them with others could come after that, and possible after some events unless Milo arrived before them.
It also made him glad to have kept an eye on the Wererats, he would be making sure to screw the two elders hard . Like hell he would be letting Brianna’s grandmother die, even if in a very cool sacrifice, if he could do something about it.
It would also keep Dreadwing from getting two potent pawns, as much as it would be torture for them.
He was also noting every little thing he could hunt down to make their time easier.
Once he finished with the comic he just sat there for a bit, considering things before he started to write up a message to Old Gina. This changed things, and they would have plenty to discuss.
He also wrote to his original, mainly wishing him luck with whatever problem he got into as of late.
The attack on the orange Pillar started in a coordinated manner as the six of them moved as a unit. Or at least Laura led Team Maus as Ruby and him moved as another close-by.
Even with Orange playing control from the Long Fortune, Ruby was the main person keeping an eye on the battlefield and the combatants. Helping her were a few of her newly developed Enigmas.
The first was Overview, the floating, golden orbs kept near to Ruby. They kept all of them apprised of the others, giving a sense of shared proprioception and a general understanding of the battlefield that practically bordered on the short-term precognition.
The second was Aegis, shaped like a snowflake, it bounced around. Dozens of tiny and very resilient barriers were sprouting everywhere the battlefield, mainly behind them to keep them from getting hit by stray shots or back attacks.
The third was a scepter-like Enigma called Luminose. Ruby was wielding her and using her wide range of Light-based magic to pin-point enemies at the distance.
The last one was shaped like a hollow sphere with stars inside, Graviton’s abilities were quite straightforward, and the sight of any flying monster heading in their direction immediately sinking into the ground was telling, as was the other monsters that were immobilized and left floating uselessly on the air.
Meanwhile Magnus was switching between weapons with each attack.
He had finally named his Ax, and Cleave was doing its name proud as it bounced between enemies with each throw. It cleaved through them and bounced between close targets before flying back to his hand and could be thrown again and again.
The other weapons hadn’t been named yet, but seeing dozens of status effects afflict anything in his vicinity was quite the show. The monsters started to bleed, were set on fire, shocked, went blind, got confused, poisoned, bathed in acid, were weakened, slowed down, their defense withered, were frozen in place, shocked and about a dozen other things.
In all honesty it was quite the overkill and he would most likely never afflict anyone else with so many of them. He doubted he would find many people that deserved being put through such torture, or survive it.
Thankfully the monsters were mindless and completely aggressive, leaving any moral conundrum aside. He was already thinking on how to properly apply all of these effects, his leading idea was something similar to what his older sister Lily did with Tower Defense and apply it to a Vulcan Cannon.
Six thousand rounds per minute meant a lot of status effects even if each bullet only applied one of them. And that would be a run-of-the-mill M61, he could easily improve on those numbers by adding friction-less mechanisms and proper heat sink enchantments.
But that could wait until after they dealt at least with this Pillar.
He could see how the shield protecting the twisted, corrupted Pillar was steadily coming down. It was still far from done, but each monster killed helped. Unfortunately none of them dropped anything, most likely their extra-dimensional nature played against the World’s system or they counted as summons and so didn’t count enough as monsters.
He Blinked to grab one of the rolling ones, his fiery gauntlet started to melt the monster’s rocky exterior as he lifted it off the ground and used it to smash another rushing towards him.
“How are we doing?” He asked Ruby as the other team seemed to have separated when one of those flying snake-like things came between them.
“Steadily dealing with it.” She answered as multiple barriers formed to intercept the fiery lances thrown their way.
“And the others?”
“They are being kept occupied by some of those mounted monsters.”
He nodded as Horizon stabbed repeatedly and dozens of holes appeared on all the monsters in front of him, an instant later the Spear had been replaced by his Trident and a few open water containers.
A deluge swept through their enemies, giving some small amount of respite as Ruby summoned another of her selves, quickly freezing the monsters in the liquid.
“Thank you.” She said, “They are really non-stop.”
“They really are, it appears they are an aspect of the shield, whatever corrupted the Pillar took the concept of protection and added that no defense is like a good offense.”
She laughed softly. “We should be close.”
He nodded and lifted a hand and concentrated a moment before a beam of Light shot out, easily going through the clear ice before bouncing around inside the massive, frozen structure. The monsters it went through were instantly annihilated by the ray of pure power.
“Let’s give it the last push it needs.” He said, receiving a nod in response.
Both of them moved, showing the monsters who were the real threats around.
Chapter 69
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Wilds – 69
Laura was still getting used to the sensation of knowing where her allies and her enemies were respective to her. It had been a bit overwhelming at first. But now she was quickly enjoying the sensation of knowing when monsters were coming for her and where her new friends were.
Not having to worry about an attack from the back was incredibly reassuring. Between Lydia, Moisha and Romeo fighting back to back with her, she had seen Ruby’s shields appear more than once to stop the few ranged attacks that some monsters used.
Excalibur came down and the hallowed blade crushed the floating, spherical enemy. Once more she was glad to have Romeo’s Debuffs in hand, and that her enemies weren’t as immune to everything like the Golem Boss had been.
She didn’t need to call out the incoming monster, even when the cry nearly escaped her throat, the four of them moved at the same time. The lizard-like steed ran through the area they had been standing while the rider swung their flaming spear around. Thankfully the knowledge it was coming allowed them to move far enough and counter-attack.
Four blades ended the monster’s existence, leaving its steed to run for a few more seconds before turning around and rushing towards them.
Moisha reacted first, her open palm pointed out to the monster before a quick flash and the cracking of a thunder, the lizard’s head exploded into a shower of gravel-like material.
Laura only knew it happened as the swarm of monsters just had no end, one of the flying snakes was moving in their direction already. She switched from her sword to the megashark. She was thankful to have saved the Souls necessary to upgrade the Minishark. Especially when she had also produced a ton of Chlorophyte bullets.
It took a beat for the gun to get going before those small specks of green swarmed onto the incoming enemy, quickly homing onto the monster’s weak spot. She could feel the drain on her ammo reserves, mainly because she couldn’t exactly control the bullets. Instead they homed right towards the closest enemy, not always her target.
Not that it mattered much when her necklace accessory kept attacking anything that came close enough to her. The small, green, buzzing bugs that were produced from the Chlorophyte flower were incredibly aggressive.
The impressive thing was that there were such a number of enemies that the aggressiveness of said accessory was a must-need just to deal with all the targets.
Thankfully she had three people fighting with her, and each one of them could hold their own impressively well.
Lydia was the most aggressive, she barely blocked unless it meant counter-attacking. Her fire was devastating, even when dealing with these enemies that appeared naturally resistant to such heat.
Moisha was more balanced, her attacks were either instant or were launched and allowed to do their own. She blocked more frequently than Lydia, especially when the very touch of her sword was enough to shock and damage her enemies.
Romeo’s hands were full from supporting them, and she couldn’t thank him enough for that. For each time he attacked, he cast four or five spells aimed to keep them in the fight.
Laura could feel the multiple buffs strengthening, how the few wounds she got were healed and how her stamina and magic were kept up. Not having to down potion after potion in the middle of the fight left her with plenty of free time to keep fighting.
“ The shield’s coming down. ” Ruby’s voice echoed in her head.
The four of them shared a look and quickly changed their aim, from fighting the monsters around them to cutting a path towards the Pillar.
Laura could see the shimmering barrier around their target was starting to become more clear, but at the same time much thinner. Whatever understanding Ruby had of its working made it so they reached it just as the shield came down.
There was no doubt, the moment the Pillar was exposed all of them attacked. She practically ignored everything else and focused completely on the Pillar, her Megashark started to heat up as she replaced the Chlorophyte bullets for Ichor ones, the defense reduction piled up on top of the other effects that were being afflicted.
The Pillar tried to defend itself, shooting glowing balls of fire that tried to hit them, thankfully her necklace took care of most of them, Ruby’s barrier dealing with the rest.
The attacks continued for an eternity that only lasted less than a minute before with a cry of despair the Pillar started to break down. All monsters around them went stiff before starting to break away too.
She watched a pile of glowing, orange-yellow material formed under where the Pillar had been. But before she could do anything a numbing pain assaulted her mind. She felt her body being caught before she fell to the ground.
It lasted for a few blinks, but everything felt numb, her vision was foggy and her hearing was dulled. A refreshing sensation washed over her body and cleared it up.
“-happened?” Lydia’s voice was the first she heard properly.
“She was affected heavily by the breaking of the first seal.” Ruby answered.
“Is that why I feel like I went on a drinking bender?” She whined as she felt severely hungover.
“Yeah, let me clear that up.” The pink-haired woman placed her hand over her head and restored Laura fully.
“Will the other ones be as bad?” She prompted as she checked herself, she was glad to see she was in perfect health.
“Second one may be worse.” Magnus answered. “But the other two should be much easier on you.”
“Fuck.”
“Why did she react like that?” Moisha asked.
“Laura’s too connected with this Reality to not feel the breaking of something as inherent to the Realm as those seals.” He answered.
“Wait, what do you mean by that?” Laura asked in a mix of surprise and confusion.
“You don’t know…?” Magnus said, surprised. “Let’s collect this and move back to town, once we get comfortable I will explain it properly.”
She grumbled a bit about not getting her answer straight away, but it was true that talking out in the open wasn’t the best of ideas. She started to collect the materials before they headed back, she would need to update the Title-holders on the fall of the first Pillar.
Magnus smiled as Ruby handed him a mug of tea, everyone was sitting around the house’s only table.
“Okay, can you tell me now?” Laura asked.
Magnus nodded and started to explain, “You’re what my father deems to call Champion. Champions are by fate, or by choice, people who end up closely aligned with the World in such a way they play key roles in large, world-shaping events.”
Laura drank her tea as she listened to him talk, only speaking after, “What does that mean exactly?”
“In simple terms, you were chosen from the moment you acquired your Title to fight the Moon Lord and were indirectly guided in all the events that would have culminated in you fighting said Boss.” He summarized. “Even with us having interrupted some events.”
“You mean I didn’t have a choice?” She asked, sounding angry.
“Eh, yes and no. No because you were Titled and that means you took the job, yes because you could have delayed a lot of things from happening.” He answered. “For example if you hadn’t fought Plantera things wouldn’t have pushed further. But events would have conspired for you to end up facing the monster sooner or later.”
“And what happens after?” She asked, her tone turning resigned.
Magnus shrugged. “Most likely you are free to continue with your life until the next big thing comes up.” He answered.
“So that’s my life? Being a troubleshooter for free?” Laura complained.
Ruby laughed softly. “Being a Champion does come with plenty of benefits, you must have noticed you’ve grown stronger, you can withstand more damage, most likely you’re the only person that could fight the Bosses until we came around.” She explained. “And that’s without adding the Loot you get from the fights.”
Moisha placed a hand on Laura’s shoulder and gave the young woman a reassuring smile. She still sighed. “I wish I knew what I was getting into before.” Laura said.
“Champions rarely have it easy.” Magnus said. “They embody the curse of ‘Live in interesting times’.”
The Wererats chuckled as Laura grumbled, Magnus was pretty sure she didn’t understand they were all afflicted with it too in a way.
“And how about you?” She finally prompted.
“Oh, we suffer it too, it’s just we aren’t Champions.” Magnus answered. “It’s more like Karma, except it’s calm times and interesting times, and it only works when we visit a World, though it can certainly try to reach out to us Outside.”
Laura just grumbled at that, causing them to laugh.
Soon she left, tired from the assault on the Pillar, same with Team Maus and even Ruby, leaving Magnus to focus on his Vulcan Cannon project.
Of course, he couldn’t do it without getting interrupted.
He was tempted to just create a Shadow, but he hadn’t really started to work, so instead he wandered over and opened the door. Finding Delilah the Steampunker and Rho the Cyborg was only a moderate surprise, he honestly had expected one or the two would sooner or later approach him.
“Magnus, may we come in?” Delilah asked, sounding not entirely happy about being there.
He chuckled as they walked in, he closed the door and quickly got some tea going again. Once they each had a mug he sat down with them.
“Thank you for inviting us in. I’m Rho the Cyborg, and you already met Delilah.”
“And as you know, I’m Magnus the Traveler.” He said. “What brings you by?”
They exchanged a look before Delilah spoke. “We want… no, we need you to stop destroying the Pillars.”
“Why?” He asked, giving them a curious look.
“The system is just not ready for the entity: Moon Lord.” Rho spoke in a hard tone.
“You do know it’s impossible to stop their destruction, right?” His question stumped both of them. He took a sip from his mug as he watched them.
“Are you threatening us?” Delilah asked.
Magnus shook his head. “No, what I mean is that the World will have Laura destroying them and facing the Moon Lord, she was already on the path to do so when we arrived.” He explained. “Going against the World’s usually a bad idea.”
Delilah let out a grumble.
“You’re not ready to face the entity: Moon Lord.” Rho insisted.
It made him chuckle, the corner of his lips pulling. “Oh? Why do you say that?” He asked.
“You lack the data of the enemy, you don’t understand their might.” Rho said.
It wasn’t anger that he was feeling, but he was certainly feeling a bit incensed to be told that when he understood quite a lot more than the two mortals in front of him.
“Actually… I think I understand quite a bit more.” He said evenly as his Domain started to expand to fill the room they were in.
It wasn’t a show of force to the extent of what he had done when facing All Might back in that World. Instead it was softer, mainly aiming to keep the so-called Moon Lord from noticing his presence and damaging reality.
His presence became undeniable, his figure eye-catching to keep their attention, his voice unignorable.
“I͓̽ ͓̽u͓̽n͓̽d͓̽e͓̽r͓̽s͓̽t͓̽a͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽y͓̽o͓̽u͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽r͓̽r͓̽y͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽u͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽I͓̽’͓̽v͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽a͓̽c͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽l͓̽i͓̽k͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽e͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽I͓̽’͓̽v͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽a͓̽c͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽a͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽r͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽i͓̽b͓̽l͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽s͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽y͓̽s͓̽e͓̽l͓̽f͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽I͓̽’͓̽v͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽e͓̽e͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽u͓̽c͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽r͓̽s͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽a͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽o͓̽-͓̽c͓̽a͓̽l͓̽l͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽M͓̽o͓̽o͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽L͓̽o͓̽r͓̽d͓̽.͓̽” Magnus smiled, it was physically a normal smile, his nature making it something unnerving. “͓̽W͓̽e͓̽’͓̽l͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽a͓̽c͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽e͓̽a͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽i͓̽t͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽p͓̽e͓̽r͓̽m͓̽a͓̽n͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽l͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽t͓̽’͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽p͓̽o͓̽s͓̽s͓̽i͓̽b͓̽l͓̽e͓̽.͓̽”
[“I understand your worry, but I’ve faced beings like him before, I’ve faced my father, my siblings, myself, I’ve seen beings so much worse than the so-called Moon Lord.” Magnus smiled, it was physically a normal smile, his nature making it something unnerving. “We’ll face him and deal with him as permanently as it’s possible.”]
He dragged his Domain back into his body as he didn’t think the two in front of him would take well being under its influence for too long.
“I apologize for that, but I felt it would be the easiest way to make a point.” He said. “Still, I don’t want you to worry, I believe Laura could have done it even without us.”
He left it out that he was expecting the Moon Lord to not pull any punches with them there.
“What was-” Delilah started to ask, but he interrupted her and Rho from even speaking.
“That was my true nature, something similar to what the Moon Lord has.” He answered and smiled, without the extras. “I’m not Human, never was, never will be. Best way to describe me is Unique. I just find it easier to play the role.”
“How?” Rho prompted.
Magnus sips from his tea before answering, “It’s a long story, but basically my father couldn’t have had children normally with my mothers and decided to take matters into his own hands. Go forward a couple years and then you get my two siblings and me. Titans, Eldritch, Immortals, Monsters, Abominations, Saviors, Enemies, Allies, we’re many things.” He looked at both of them. “Me? I’m the Forge Traveler, my father was the Guru of Creation, my brother’s the Smiling Saint, my sister’s the Princess of the Abyss, my mothers are the Dagger in the Dark, and the Frozen Ocean. We come and go, we know more than others, we help and punish. It may sound boastful, but we do look at the Worlds in a very different way to mortals.”
Only when he stopped talking did the two shake the effects completely off. He still didn’t allow them to say much as he continued.
“Now you should go, I've got work to do.” He half-asked, half-ordered them.
Before Rho could say anything, Delilah silenced him with a gesture. “Thank you for your time, the tea and the… answers . I… you won’t need to bother about us trying to stop you anymore.” She stood up and nodded with her head before grabbing Rho’s arm and forcing him to follow her.
He wished them well and sighed a bit.
He finished his tea, thinking about it. Maybe he would need to talk with Orange or Ruby about not liking being told he didn’t know.
Different from the earlier interruption, Laura knocking at the door was a welcome one as the Vulcan Cannon project was quickly hitting some very troublesome problems.
Even when had acquired a new Perk that helped him in turn natural or observed phenomena into spells, which translated into magitech applications of said spells. But it just wasn’t working.
“Ah, Magnus, thank you for… wait, was I stopping you from working?” She quickly turned around from a friendly tone to a worried one as she saw all the pieces of the massive weapon.
“Oh, don’t worry.” He laughed softly. “Was a bit stuck, so maybe doing something else will help me clear my head. What did you need?”
She gave him a look before nodding to herself. “I want you to forge me a proper weapon with part of the material we got from destroying the Pillar. I don’t doubt the others will be just as hard and whatever comes next will be worse.” She spoke with surety. “As good as I am, I’m only following instructions, the weapon I want exceeds my capabilities to make.”
He could feel the Truth and Honesty words, the only way to make her change her mind would be outright declining her request. And he didn’t see a reason to do so.
Magnus clapped his hands together. “Okay, I will need you to decide what kind of weapon you want and what you want it to be its objective in your arsenal.” He requested of her.
He wasn’t sure if she didn’t expect him to accept so easily, or just didn’t understand him, because the look of confusion made him chuckle.
“Okay, let me explain.” He gestured to his side and a few of his weapons popped out, hanging in the air. “It’s my philosophy that weapons are tools in the art of combat, each has its uses and efficient ways to be used. For example, Horizon’s a spear, it excels at piercing and having a larger reach than other weapons, because of this, it’s been created to be nigh-indestructible and be capable to hit anything in front of it, no matter the distance.”
The spear vibrated in glee at being praised, its expertly decorated body glinting as Light was caught and reflected by the many gemstones on it.
“Wait, any distance?” She prompted, looking surprised.
“Yes, as if a ray of Light was shot from the head, it would just travel instantly until it hit something.” And he had tested it on some Moons already, though, for anyone else, the atmospheric distortion would make it hard to aim.
“So you could make me a weapon like that with the Solar Fragments?” She asked, her eyes barely managing to move away from the weapons.
“Yes, but it wouldn’t be the best weapon I could make with them.”
“What? Why?”
He smiled. “It’s easy, what would you describe the Solar Fragments and the Pillar they came from as?” He asked.
“Sweltering, relentless, brutal…” She spoke slowly as she reminisced about it.
“Exactly, a spear’s easy to use, hard to master, it’s about leveraging distance. Think about the weapons the monsters used, while they were spears they didn’t use them like that.” He explained. “Instead they used them more like Lances, especially when in riding combat.”
She nodded.
“Also, I saw how you favor your broadsword.” He said as he reached for Hard Truth. “A blade like this would fit you better.”
Laura shuddered when she looked at the weapon. “That’s… Why does it make me uncomfortable?”
Hard Truth laughed just as he did, the weapon was becoming more and more aware.
“This is a weapon based on my abilities, it deals True damage. That means that it can’t be ignored, it will cut through falsehood, it will even damage a World, or truly and definitely kill someone. It’s normal to feel uncomfortable near it.”
He quickly put it away, getting a small thank you for the action.
“As I said, I think the Solar Fragments will be excellent for such a blade. Heavy, relentless, unstoppable and blowing through your enemies.” He explained. “But that’s not all, I can work a function on top of its qualities.”
She nodded. “Explain? Please.”
“Just like Horizon can hit anything in front of them, or like Forward can control water,” the trident chimed, “or Graceful can manipulate its gravity to hit with many times its mass. Of course you don’t need to think about it, I could try to come up with it and find something that just fits in during the crafting.”
“No, I know what I want.” She said, “I want every hit to matter, I want what I hit to feel it, I want damage to pile up, that each consecutive hit deals more and more damage.”
He saw the fire in her eyes as she spoke, as she promised herself to never stop and never falter.
“Understood. I can make it happen.” She smiled at his words. “You want to stay and watch?”
“I… you know what? Sure, I want to see how you do this.”
“Okay, follow me.”
A green and gold portal opened up, and he guided her through, stepping directly into his workshop.
“Welcome to my place in the Long Fortune. We can get you a tour later, first let’s get your weapon done.” He smiled, keeping her from asking too many questions as his main forge lit up with the three flames.
Laura looked ready to question why he was using fire in the material, but the quickly increase of temperature stopped her. He handed her a fire-immunity potion, long enough to last her the process as he got working.
Laura could only watch. As she felt temperatures high enough to ignite her whole body on fire were used to work with materials she thought incapable of being affected by the heat of the forge.
She couldn’t speak, it felt as if all water in her body would escape as steam if she opened her mouth. As if she would dry down to a pile of dust. All she could do was watch and hope that her eyes wouldn’t dry.
Thankfully the potion she had been given seemed an upgrade to the Obsidian Skin Potion, because she felt like even the lava in the Underworld would be set on fire.
And Magnus was working as if he was just standing out under the sun on a spring afternoon.
He had added other materials to the forging process, metals she didn’t recognize. She could feel they were particular even from a distance. But once more she couldn’t ask, or move closer as the heat felt like it would scorch her alive.
And if it wasn’t the heat, it was the song, that lyric-less tongue that made her bones vibrate. The mix of his voice, the pounding of the hammer and the cracking of the intense fire. Something told her that she would never be able to forget it, even if she could never replicate it; it would follow her and the weapon.
And even with the heat, the flashes and the song, she just couldn’t look away.
The sword had started to take shape, even when her eyes needed to be almost closed to observe from the brightness, and she could already see the finished form.
Time passed both fast and slow, and she watched every second of it. And as the sword was being completed, something changed.
The song changed and Laura felt like she was once more drowning and getting a headache by witnessing Magnus. Magic so potent she could feel it, the currents flowing from behind her towards the weapon.
She really couldn’t breath, it felt like she was drowning in the heat, the magic and the song. It felt like her life was about to leave her body as it finally started to come down and scalding air that didn’t burn filled her lungs again.
She caught herself on the wall as the weapon was finished; even if she couldn’t look at it.
Her body started to shiver as the heat dropped immediately and suddenly a pair of feminine arms wrapped around her. She opened her eyes to find Ruby looking at her worried.
“Shh,” she silenced Laura, “Magnus didn’t realize you would be affected so strongly as he worked.”
Laura tried to blink the darkened edges from the corners of her vision as a familiar refreshing sensation washed over her body.
“You’re okay now, but take it easy, you just faced the magical equivalent of a… well, I don’t think you would understand if I said radioactive fallout?” She shook her head to Ruby’s question. “Well, basically something very bad and let’s leave it at that.”
She nodded as she finally turned to look at the sword. It was bright, but not eye-searingly bright. Instead it was a beautiful straight blade with a nebulous pattern on its body. And in that moment she felt it.
“Helios.” She named the sword without another thought or doubt.
Notes:
From Trinitite to Powerstones(400CP)(GURPS Technomancer)(Magitech):The world of Technomancer does not stand still, and science marches forever onward, even when mana gets involved. And perhaps one of the best ways to march onward is to steal liberally from natural phenomena. You can, by examining a natural magical effect for a few days, figure out how to replicate that phenomena with a spell.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 70
After the shocking experience Laura had lived, they moved her to the cafeteria. Which in many ways was also quite shocking given the ship’s nature.
“Here you go.” Ruby handed the young woman a colorful smoothie.
Laura took the tall glass and gave it a look. “Hmmm?”
“Oh, don’t give me that look, it’s all healing berries I’ve grown myself. From my research it should fix and recover you to normal.” She insisted. “Plus it tastes great.”
Magnus chuckled as Laura rolled her eyes, but still downed the drink, swiftly changing her expression to one of surprise and gusto as she finished it.
Orange took that moment to drop on the chair by his side and gave Laura a smile. “Being the only sibling this idiot has at hand, it falls to me to apologize for his shortsightedness.”
Laura’s eyes opened wide in surprise. “Wait, sister, you mean…?”
“No, not like that.” Orange laughed out loud as Ruby and him chuckled. “We share the same father, but it’s closer to say that I was built while he was created. Our father just calls any of his creations his children.” She waved it off. “I still want to apologize, he can get hyper focused when crafting, but in his defense, so does our father.”
“Dad usually makes up for it by being in multiple places at the same time.” Magnus added, not exactly in his own favor.
“Yeah, that… it doesn’t matter right here because you certainly weren’t imitating that part of him.” Orange said.
“I… see…” Laura said. “Do I have to worry about long term effects?”
Ruby shook her head. “No, you’re okay, and anything else was cleared by the smoothie.” She answered. “Most you may notice is an extra kick to magic while your body works through the extra magic you were saturated in.”
“That doesn’t sound exactly bad.”
“Wait till a spell explodes in your face because you accidentally overdid in the fueling process.” Orange interrupted.
“Maybe we should go to the training room then.” Magnus offered. “Try your new weapon and get a feel for your magic.”
“You have a training room too?”
“We tend to live on this ship for months without being able to leave, it’s meant to be comfortable.” Magnus said. “I’m sure Ruby can show you the Garden later.”
She nodded. “Sure.”
They moved quickly, though Orange apologized for not joining them and wished Laura well.
“So this is the ship you use to travel?” Laura asked once they entered the large training room.
“Yes, a bit above the average compared to what my family uses, but that’s the advantage of being my father’s blood-related son.” Magnus said. “Not that there aren’t bigger and better ones. But this one covers all of our needs and a bit more, for example we’re only using about a sixth of the top capacity of people.”
“And the Wererats occupy a single room, that actually cuts down a lot more.” Ruby reminded him.
“I mean, we do too, that’s three more rooms free.”
“Wait, you two are… no, wait, those three?” Laura was still not entirely used to their curve balls.
“We’re a couple, yes, I thought it was clear by the joke we made that first morning, and those three hardly hide it either.” He said and shrugged.
“I don’t know how I missed it…” Laura muses. “But you two… how you… do with…?” She tried to gesture something .
“Oh, that’s easy, I do not get tired and I do not need to sleep.” Magnus replied proudly.
Ruby just rolled her eyes as the room shifted to a large, open area and created a number of targets.
“Relationship talk aside, you can go ahead.” Ruby said.
“I… you’re right.” Laura heaved Helios and gave the sword a look before shifting it into a two-hand hold.
She took a step before a pair of wings materialized on her back and launched her high in the air before she allowed herself to fall, hitting one of the reinforced targets and cleaving through it with ease. Magnus could also see the effects of the blade along the cut.
“Whoa…” She slowly pulled the blade from where it had ended half-buried. “That felt good.”
“It’s not just that.” Magnus said as he approached her just as a new target rose up. “Poke this a few times.”
Laura looked at him before following his command. With each poke a small glowing spider web crack started to spread out.
“Now poke it somewhere else.”
Laura poked the target on the face and the first crack still grew and glowed brighter.
“As you can see, each hit will create a sustained damage that will accumulate the more attacks hit. It won’t compare to a full on attack until you’ve hit a point ten or twenty times. But it will accumulate.”
“That’s… that’s a lot more impressive than I thought you would go for.”
“I’m glad you like it.” He said. “As for your magic…”
“I will be helping you with that.” Ruby spoke up as a couple of her Enigmas materialized by her side. “I hope you’re ready.”
Laura had the gall to swallow dryly as Magnus stepped back, he would get his turn after, if the young woman survived.
(Spoilers for Sucker for Love A Date to Die For)
A thousand tries, a thousand dates, a thousand meetings, a thousand people saved, thousands of deaths, a thousand forests burnt, a thousand nightmares broken.
Part of her knew that she had long since gone mad, a human couldn’t be considered sane after knowing they had effectively destroyed reality again and again for love. And that was the truth, she loved Rhok’zan, or Rhok’zi as she had been asked to call her.
Stardust felt butterflies and other things squirming in her stomach, and it wasn’t entirely because her body had been transformed by one of the many rituals in Muu’s book. She was trying not to think about the Shoggoth and her… proclivities.
She still wasn’t entirely sure how to feel about the Shoggoth and the creation of the book that had lead to Rhok’si’s torture. But that didn’t matter now, the Thousand had been reduced to a single one, only Buck was left. And he was the only thing left in the way of completing the Kiss of Immortality ritual.
She had spent the last quarter of an hour running around her family’s home, keeping herself from tripping in the many, many Rotblooms that had sprouted from each spot she had died in alternate timelines. The beautiful white flowers filled the house with their sweet scent, even with the rotting stench of Buck’s immortal corpse.
She had escaped the threats that had come with him again and again, finally retreating to the hearts’ chamber. Three massive hearts hung around her, the hearts of the black woods, a circle of candles the only sign that she was currently safe as the sound of childish cries, babbles and the gruesome noise of their bodies crawling through the rooms filled the house.
Her mind went back to Nanni, the first of the Thousand she helped break out, then Billy, even if she knew the giant woman had broken her body in the process so many, many times. Then nine hundred ninety six others, finally it had been Kid and now only Buck remained.
She remembered their first meeting, his face remained in her memory even now. Maybe it was that why she couldn’t help being shocked every time she saw him after. The handsome man had been reduced to a rotting corpse that knew not the embrace of death any longer. Even when Rhok’zi woke up and the dream ended, he simply was left hanging to wait until she slept again.
She breathed a sigh of relief when the candles in the heart chamber finally went out and the sound of the first born ceased. The ritual was almost complete and she had survived the worst part, now there was only one final step.
As she prepared to leave the crawlspace she heard a scream fill the house, a familiar and loved voice that made her Rotbloom heart squeeze.
“Rhok’zi!” She rushed up the stairs of the crawlspace, running through the rooms towards the hallway.
She ignored the maddening sights of outer space hanging on the other side of the windows, even as the dark woods framed the sights.
She ran up the stairs and went straight into her room, she didn’t even think when she rushed inside.
From the ritual circle bloomed a massive Rotbloom flower, some of its beauty had bled away to expose its cadaverous origin. To one side was Rhok’zan, as usual sitting on her bed while on the other was Buck… or what was left of his body.
The man was almost as much a corpse as a plant, moving only by the immortality he had stolen with that kiss he took from her.
Stardust felt like growling, though it sounded more like an angry bleat.
“ Hey lovebird. ” Buck’s voice was such a gruesome thing Stardust could only hear it as if it was coming from a distant place.
“STARDUST!” Rhok’zi screamed.
She quickly moved in front of the four-eyed goat woman, grabbing her hand to reassure her as she faced Buck.
“What are you doing to her?” Stardust prompted.
“ Scaring her awake. Now that you’re here… ” he breathed in hoarsely “ easier .” She could tell he would be smiling if he had the muscles to move his lips.
She couldn’t help but let her eyes wander up and down his body, most of his organs were long gone and the exposed rib cage let her see that his chest was just as hollow. Only a few plants threaded through his decayed and immortal bones. Each loss of one of the Thousand had ended with him losing something too, sometimes something small, sometimes something larger. The truth was that there was little left of Buck by now.
She didn’t feel angry, mostly frustrated and confused by Buck’s actions. He had loved her, but from Muu’s words she started to realize that may not have been true, or not a pure love. He had been obsessed with her, and in that obsession he had stolen a kiss and cursed himself.
“Why?! Why would you do this?” She screamed at him. “Tormenting us isn’t going to change a thing!! Why can’t you just face the reality that you’re immortal already?!”
“ ‘The reality is that I am immortal’… I couldn’t care less. ” He spoke slowly, mocking her. “ If the Eternal Sleeper wakes up, THE END. Immortality or not. ”
The name tickled something in her mind, she remembered having seen a mention in Muu’s library, a book about a god of dreams who had dreamed all other gods into existence. That meant that by extension, that god’s dream created all other dreams.
“Y-you’re… talking about ending EVERYTHING? EVERYTHING everything!” She called out in frustration, disgust and anger. “How is torturing Rhok’zan supposed to do that?! Why are you punishing HER?”
She felt Rhok’zi’s grip tighten in her hand.
“ To make her scream loud enough that the Sleeper hears it. ” He answered, almost smug about his plan. “ If she doesn’t, maybe another god will. Any god that learns that I exist will start having nightmares, too. Once I am in- ”
“You know…” A new voice spoke, causing the three of them to turn their heads. “That won’t really work.”
He was a tanned man with the most eye-catching blue eyes. He had short and well-groomed silver hair and was well-dressed in perfectly tailored clothes.
“M-Milo?!” Rhok’zan called out in utter surprise.
“Hey Rhok’zi, it’s been a while, sorry that I couldn’t come by sooner, had some business to attend to.” He smiled and Stardust suddenly felt safe.
“Wh-who are you?” Stardust managed to ask.
“I’m Milo, also known as the Smiling Saint and an old friend of Rhok’zy, or maybe something more, no?” His words caused a bleat from the four-eyed goat who quickly blushed to try to hide her face.
Before Stardust could ask anything about that, Buck growled. “ Who do you think you are to tell me that I’m wrong?! ”
“I’m someone that knows more than you, Az may be called the Eternal Sleeper, but the truth is that they aren’t technically asleep.” Milo answered jovially. “They are a lucid daydreamer, they are dreaming at every moment of the day, but that doesn’t stop them from being awake.”
“ What?! How do you know that? ”
“I did say I’m an old friend, no? My parents hang out with Az from time to time.” He answered. “Honestly, I should hunt down the idiot who got that stupid nickname and give them a piece of my mind, to call them Blind Idiot God, the gall!”
“Wait, you say you’re a friend, are you a god too?” Stardust asked.
“Nah, similar, but I don’t do worship. I’m an Eldritch Titan.” He answered as the jingle of a bell made him twitch. “...Aunty, I think you can show yourself, hiding is unnecessary right now.”
With a growl and a small poof the three meters tall catty elder god appeared in front of them. Stardust hadn’t seen her in a while, she had practically not shown herself after the first dozen timelines.
“ You… ” She growled, her voice reverberating in the room. “ I thought we would be lucky and never see your kind around again. ”
“Don’t be like that, Aunty, we’re almost family.” His comment made Rhok’zi let out a muffled bleat and squeezed Stardust’s hand.
She could feel a difference in her grip, this wasn’t a scared grip. In Stardust’s opinion, the Black Goat of the Woods was just being adorable, which clashed with the very strange situation as even Buck looked lost.
Her growl grew louder. “ Don’t you dare compare us, we’re nothing alike! ”
“I wasn’t talking about that.” Milo said while giving Rhok’zi and her a side-look. “Anyways, I should take care of that poor man, he’s… hardly there anymore.”
“Wait!” Stardust called out, surprising even herself.
Everyone turned to look at her, making her want to hide. But she had to be brave at the moment.
“Yo-you can’t kill him!” She said forcefully.
Milo chuckled. “Oh, I won’t kill him, I can’t kill him.” He reassured her. “He’s Immortal, that’s a fact, you need my brother to Truly end an Immortal like him. Also I’m a being of Life, I was going to offer him a new start.”
Buck looked the most surprised. “ How? ” There was a break in his voice.
“I’m the Titan of Life and Nurture, my touch extends to the Body, Mind and Soul. While I can’t remove the forcefully taken gift of Immortality, I can give you a blank slate to start again.” He explained.
“How do you know about that?!” Rhok’si cried, sounding embarrassed.
“Muu.” The single word was actually enough to explain things.
Nyanlathotep growled. “ That doesn’t matter, I’m taking this pest. His desire to torture my sisters and granddaughters like he tortured my niece is something I can respect. ” With those words glowing chains wrapped around Buck. “ But trying to speak to the Eternal Sleeper? That’s not something a mortal is ever capable of, and I need to teach him a lesson. ”
For some reason Buck seemed uncaring about his situation. Stardust looked at him, his resigned… no, it wasn’t resigned, if Aunty Nyan Nyan took him into her dream, she would be doing exactly what he wanted.
Stardust reached for the spray bottle and squeezed it in the giant cat woman’s direction.
Nyanlathotep cried out in surprise and lost her grasp on Buck, his body being ejected from the portal to her dream and released. Though not for long as a pink tail wrapped around him, lifting him off the ground and holding him by Milo’s side. The fact that the tail was connected to him didn’t surprise him as much.
Stardust turned to Rhok’zan, ignoring the mind melting trail of insults she was letting out as she tried to dry herself.
“Rhok’zan, I don’t have time to properly say all I want, but I will once I’ve forever to say-”
Rhok’zi’s lips upon hers silenced her, the touch of her fingers on her chin and her body pressed against her own. She could feel their horns gently touching and all she could think was how sweet her lips tasted.
Stardust couldn’t even speak as she pulled back and smiled. She couldn’t even pay attention to the voices behind her, all of her attention was fully focused on Rhok’zan.
“You’ve already said it, time and time again. I love you, too.” Rhok’zan’s words with unimaginable happiness.
She remembered to breathe in before speaking, “So y-you’re… okay with this?”
The second kiss was certainly an answer.
“Wa-was that a second kiss of immortality?” She breathlessly asked.
“No. Just a regular one.”
“D’aww, you two are adorable.” Milo said, suddenly appearing by Rhok’zy. “I’ve to hand it to Muu, she may have screwed up a tiny bit with Buck over here, but you’re something else, Stardust.”
Both of them blushed at the praises.
“ Blegh, why are you always so sappy. ” Nyanlathotep made a sound of disgust. “ Always so meddlesome, ” another growl escaped her mouth-less face, “ that’s it, I’m leaving, ugh, I just know you will be unbearable when you wake up. You better not fill Estir and Ln’eta’s minds with this stuff. ” She finished by disappearing in another poof.
Stardust shook her head, Elder God’s minds were truly something she couldn’t fathom the workings of.
“Will the dream end soon?” She asked.
“Yes, but with Milo here…”
“I can hold things solid for a bit, keeping this house existing won’t be a problem.” He confirmed and turned to Buck. “Though…”
In the blink of an eye, Buck’s visage had returned to normal, even he looked surprised at the sudden change.
“What-how-you-?” He didn’t finish speaking with his actual voice before he disappeared.
“I tucked him away, don’t worry, I will drop him in the space between Dreams by Stardust’s location.” He said. “Don’t you think it’s time to tell the cutie here?”
Rhok’zan blushed. “… you’re right.” She agreed. “Stardust, I think I’ve to present Milo properly, he’s my boyfriend.”
“Wait… you don’t mean-”
“Oh, no, no, no, no, no, my sweetheart, I love you, but… well, I’m not exactly a one partner goat, if you understand what I mean.” She laughed, embarrassed.
“We met quite a long time ago, though time can be weird when you talk about points of view from different Worlds.” Milo explained.
“You were so young back then.” Rhok’zy laughed.
“Wait, how old were you?” Stardust prompted towards Milo.
“Oh, I think I was twelve back then? I mean, there was only curiosity back then, she didn’t let her intentions know until I hit sixteen.” He answered.
“You mean thousands of years?” Stardust asked.
“Oh, no, I’m twenty two years old now .” Milo laughed at her reaction to that answer.
“I thought the Elder Gods were very ol…” She winced.
Rhok’zi laughed harder. “Oh Stardust, don’t worry, age’s different for beings like us, I know I’m older than many realities, but perception of time is very different for beings like us. Milo’s just an exception to Eldritch beings, just like the rest of his family.”
“Dad’s self-made.” He said and explained, “He just collected so much knowledge that his soul slowly ascended into an Eldritch being, and he created three children that follow his steps, I’m just one of them.”
“So what does this mean for me?” Stardust asked.
“First we’re making things clear, you love Rhok’zi and I would never stop you from that.” Milo answered. “And since for you the time between her dreams will be nearly unfathomable, I wanted to offer you to come with me for some traveling for a bit.”
“You’re not explaining things entirely, don’t act like your brother.” Rhok’zan said when she turned to look at her. “What he means is that Milo’s family has the ability to travel outside of our Dreams and take others with him, effectively you would be traveling to other Worlds. You’re Immortal and deeply touched by me, so there’s little that could threaten you.”
“Plus it’s not like I would allow anyone to threaten you.” Milo added with a smile. “I may not be able to kill, but let me tell you there’s plenty of things worse; as you’ve seen with Buck.”
Stardust did shiver a bit at the memory of the man.
“Can… can I think about it?” She asked gently.
Both of them nodded, but it was Milo who answered. “Of course, time’s immaterial in the space between Dreams, so you just have to think of me and it will be a matter of seconds from my point of view.”
To her it sounded like a fair deal, plus she wanted to talk with Buck again. Before she could speak she started to feel the Dream start to unravel.
“...Stardust,” Rhok’zan spoke and instantly gained her attention, “since I met you, I wondered how I could be so lucky. How you could have appeared so suddenly, like a bright star in the darkest sky.”
The alien sensation of the Dream ending faded into the background as their surroundings started to melt away, her existence for the first time unconnected to reality.
“I think it’s because, despite everything, I never stopped believing in good. That someone like you had to exist somewhere. And you did, you are the good that I knew had to exist somewhere in my infinite Dreams. Stardust. You’re the most wonderful thing that I could have ever dreamed up.”
With a final, bright smile Rhok’zan and Milo disappeared. Stardust found herself floating in complete nothingness, the only thing she could perceive was Buck’s form floating near her.
Well… this was what she had wanted, no? Now to talk with the man alone.
Milo tugged on the metaphorical string he had left attached to Stardust the moment he felt her call. With a small pop the young goat woman appeared on Yuki’s bridge in front of him.
“Welcome to my ship, Stardust.”
The young, dark-skinned and curly-haired woman looked around. He didn’t miss the familiar decorations on the tips of her horns.
“Ah… thank you, it’s very nice.” The whole ship rumbled at that. “Wha-what was that?”
“That was Yuki, the ship, she’s quite happy that you praised her.” He explained. “Just a tip, things around me tend to spontaneously be brought to life.”
She bleated and grabbed her clothes.
“Oh, don’t be like that, thankfully clothes don’t fall under that category for some reason unless I really try to; dad thinks it’s an unconscious thing.” He explained.
“That’s… fine?”
“You don’t need to fear me, Stardust, I’m sure we’ll get along in no time, we both love the same adorable goat.” He said and caused her to laugh softly.
“She really is special.” She agreed.
“Right now we’re Outside, that means we can’t leave the ship, but there’s plenty of things to do. We’re heading to visit my brother’s clone in another World.”
“Clone?”
“Long story that I can tell you later, very funny thing happened and now I’ve a spare of my brother. We may meet the original in the future, same as my sister.” He explained. “Now, there are a few rules, but don’t worry, they are mostly minor things. The only big one is that you shouldn’t mention Rhok’zi’s true nature or any of her big names, just like the rest of her family.”
“Why?”
“Names have power, and while usually things don’t survive Outside, Eldritch beings can exist in multiple forms across the Worlds. And unfortunately not all of them are as nice and lovable as our dear Rhok’zi.” He explained.
She swallowed dryly.
“Now, don’t be like that, you have her strongest mark and she’s rarely a slouch, anyone that can notice it will know not to touch you; plus I will be there with you.” He smiled warmly.
That helped her relax, she wondered if this was why he had the title of Smiling Saint.
“Okay, sounds good? Now that I think about it, it’s been a long time since I interacted with anyone not in the Thousands or Rhok’zi.” She mused.
“Don’t worry, you’re adorable, Stardust, everyone will love you, just be yourself.” His words made her blush, he wasn’t wrong, just being herself had earned herself the friendship of a thousand cultists.
She smiled brightly before a small bleat of happiness made her blush.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 71
Magnus finished dismissing the Hyrulean Masks and the instruments held in the air for a moment. Blue Chords, Red Clouds, Green Vines and Clear Echo, the four instruments held in the air for a moment before they returned to his inventory.
It had been a good break after dealing with the second Pillar. It had gone incredibly better with the addition of the new weapons Laura, Moisha, Romeo and Lydia had.
Laura’s Helios had turned to be incredibly effective against the Pillar’s teleporting enemies, any attack seemed to trigger the worsening and damaging effect from her blade. This meant that she only needed a single hit on an enemy and to just keep attacking them.
Team Maus, on the other hand, had him work with some of the Loot they had gotten from the Dungeon during their first visit.
Lydia had an Inferno Fork reforged with some of the Solar Fragments. She had renamed the weapon Perdition Trident, the weapon was menacing on her hand; grass seemed to wilt in its vicinity so she didn’t take it out much outside of fights.
Moisha had chosen a tome of Magnet Sphere. The spell was pretty nice, but the interesting thing was how the tome worked towards simplifying the act of spell casting. They had upgraded it to not only cast a variety of Electricity spells, but also to just float over her shoulder and follow her commands. She had renamed it Shock Tome Vol 1, apparently she was hoping to start up a collection of them.
Finally Romeo had asked him to reforge a Yo-yo. It turned out to be a much more deadly blunt weapon than expected. It had been a bit of an experience to do so. The main aim was to make the weapon another focus for his blade’s ice and be easy to summon and banish. He had left it it’s original name of Kraken.
Things had gone well enough that they were planning to tackle the third Pillar in a day. Even with the backlash Laura suffered when the Pillar went down, she just wanted to get done with it.
He could agree with that.
Orange had been monitoring the Reality and with two seals down she had been able to observe the barrier keeping the Moon Lord away. It was a very old and very complex thing, unfortunately both things had led to many things degrading to the point the current events were happening.
Whatever had sealed the being had done an impressive job, but hadn’t confirmed that the seal would last with time. It was obvious the Eldritch being’s influence had slowly reached out and slowly had started to corrupt and influence; as visible by the state of the Pillars.
Unfortunately for the Moon Lord, Magnus was going to make sure it stayed dead this time, even if it meant retrieving Snack.
He hoped to finish the Vulcan Cannon by then. It was advancing slowly, the hardest part was having it create, process and enchant the bullets.
At first he had thought about using solid bullets, but the enchanting process would have left a huge number of enchanted leftovers which could lead to magical contamination in an area. Even if nine out of ten bullets hit the target, that left one bullet missing, and when the weapon unleashed dozens of them per second, it led to a lot of bullets missing.
Thankfully magically-created bullets took in the magic much better and effectively ceased to exist after hitting their target. There were still loose ends in that process, but the weapon wasn’t finished.
But that could wait for a bit as something else had come up.
The day had dawned normal… for about a minute before the moon moved in front of the sun. The eclipse had started and also the screams.
Magnus rushed outside to find monsters straight from very old horror movies. At first he only recognized a few, but his System quickly filled him with the rest as he moved to protect the civilians.
They were monsters , he could see multiple copies of similar characters and all of them just as deadly. The only saving point was that they were as intelligent as normal monsters, so he was saved from having to deal with the monologuing-kind.
His weapons and Masks popped out, most of them already flying off to deal with the weaker-looking enemies as he grabbed Horizon and rushed towards the giant moth monster rushing down towards one of the houses.
While he knew the house could certainly withstand the hit given that it was one of the buildings he had constructed, leaving the monster to attack it would lead to the civilians inside panicking and that could bring more troubles.
While several times his size and practically frothing at the mouth, Magnus couldn’t help but to wonder what kind of Loot he could get from it.
Lydia stabbed Devourer into the Swamp Thing’s chest, causing the monster’s scream to turn into a kettle’s whistle as all the water in its body flash-boiled as it still tried to reach her; it was good that the heat didn’t bother her anymore.
She kept a hand on Searing Devourer as her other hand retrieved Perdition Trident and launched it towards a small number of enemies.
The fiery explosion consumed the monsters she could see. Patchwork monsters, fly-headed scientists, creepy hunchbacks and other were seared through and left them on death’s door if not outright killing them.
She was glad to see the move had worked, the monsters had been too close to one of the city’s old houses, and those wouldn’t withstand the full assault from enemies like the buildings Magnus had built.
She yanked Devourer out of the dried up monster, watching it break away into dust for a moment, mainly because an old, rusted sword fell to the ground. Without much thought she threw it into her inventory as she moved towards the next target.
“Run.” She commanded towards the few civilians that had been caught out in the open.
The small family didn’t need to be told twice, either her tone or the series of small, floating orbs rushing in their direction was enough justification.
She moved in the way of the orbs, her tail swaying energetically as she saw a series of blades and drills pop out from the spheres as they accelerated towards her.
“Now!”
A large sphere lazily floated in their way. It was transparent, almost like a soap bubble and held a green hue, but that wasn’t the important part. Held inside like a sphere of plasma sparked towards the surface of the sphere like a plasma lamp, and from there it towards the incoming metallic spheres.
The effect was instant, a chain of electricity connected all of them before they were yanked into the Magnet Sphere. The insides of the sphere burned brighter, and just to make sure they were destroyed, Moisha’s book unleashed a beam of pure plasma.
Lydia nodded and turned to Moisha. “How’s it going?”
“Not as bad as it could be.” She answered. “Like, Magnus’ taking the brunt of their numbers, which is good ‘cause it’s apparently going to last all day long.”
Lydia winced. “Damn, I wanted to visit the snow biome.”
“Sister, you’re hot stuff, what do you want to do in the coldest part of the island?” Moisha prompted as the two moved to deal with the next monster.
“Curiosity mostly, did you know there are penguins there?”
Both moved at the same time, Lydia jumping up as Moisha shrank down into a rat to dodge the slice that came from nowhere. Both twisted to face the enemy, garbed in shadows and hovering a meter above ground was the very image of death, a grim reaper.
There was a hint of a malicious intelligence as it shifted its scythe’s grip before rushing towards them.
The duo didn’t need to speak to coordinate. Moisha went high, Dancing Surge chirping with electricity while Lydia went down, her Trident in hand and ready to stab forward.
In response the monster dodged both attacks by swaying back before slicing with his own weapon. To its surprise, the blade just went through both Wererats. Its surprise only grew larger as both weapons stabbed it from behind, piercing through its chest and unleashing an elemental blast.
Just to make sure it died, Romeo appeared in front of the monster and stabbed his own blade through the reaper’s face repeatedly until it started to break away.
“Finally got free from the triage?” Lydia asked.
“We finally managed to get all injured treated and all loose civilians into houses.” He answered as he picked up the large scythe that had been left behind by the monster.
“Oh, cool.” Moisha snatched it from his hand and gave it a few testing swings before groaning, “Ugh, you know, they always made these look cooler and easier to use.” She finished by throwing it into her inventory.
Romeo chuckled. “I’m sure Magnus can fix it if you want to use it. But we have more important things to deal with.”
Lydia nodded. “There’s still many monsters coming in, even with civilians and soft targets secured, it leaves a lot of hostiles around who could,” she stopped talking as one of Ruby’s Enigmas zipped to them.
The golden object shifted and suddenly they were connected to the network she had created. In an instant they had a mental image of the whole city and the location of the monsters.
“Looks like we have our next target, let’s move.” Lydia announced and the three of them moved towards one of the edges of the city. They still had more than a few hours of sun light.
Laura was exhausted, even with a break at noon when Magnus had practically taken the whole monster invasion on his own, she was lagging by the end of the day. She had killed so many monsters, but finally the moon slid off the way and for a moment they had a calm sunset.
She was glad that Magnus and Ruby were making sure to take out all the stragglers, because she would sleep the whole night long once it was confirmed no more monsters would be coming.
She wasn’t the only one, to be honest only Magnus lacked the obvious signs of tiredness, even Ruby appeared more than ready to go lay down for the night. At least the fortifications he had raised around the city would make the night much safer and let her rest easily.
On the good side, she now had a huge pile of new Loot.
It wasn’t the first Eclipse, but this one had turned out much worse. Larger, meaner monsters in larger numbers. She was glad to have support, as much as the Title-holders helped, the monsters were as brutal as they were merciless.
If she had to be honest, the most interesting piece of loot was one of the less conspicuous ones. The Broken Hero Sword appeared like that, an old, broken sword, extremely rusted and dirty to show its age.
By itself it was useless, but a quick visit to the Guide revealed it could be used along with her Excalibur and another sword to produce a much stronger blade. She was already looking into how to make the other blade. While an upgrade from Excalibur wasn’t as necessary with Helios, having a spare weapon wouldn’t be a bad idea, especially if she got Magnus’ help with it.
She felt the last monster drop off the mental map Ruby was providing before the map itself disappeared, signaling the end of the day’s problems. With that she wandered to a place to drop and relax.
She yawned as the adrenaline finally started to go down, her body starting to feel the effect of the many potions she imbibed and the buffs she had received. Her mind was quickly crashing hard and she needed a spot to drop on.
Laura wasn’t even sure when she made it to the house Magnus was occupying, she had just yawned and suddenly was inside the house and facing a pile of Wererats. Maybe it was the tiredness, maybe it was the overindulgence on potions or the side-effect of so many spells used on her. But at that moment it just looked incredibly comfortable.
She yawned and suddenly was in the pile. The warmth of the other bodies lulled her to sleep.
“Magnus, it’s good to see you.”
“There’s no reason to pass such a jolly invitation.” He answered, shaking the tiger-man’s hand.
If Magnus had to be honest, he had only come in contact with the man in passing. Unfortunately, different fields, different priorities and other events , had kept him from just sitting down and sharing a beer with the prince of El Dorado.
This was practically the first time they had just hung out in a non-chaotic situation, or as non-chaotic as a bbq with blue-fin tuna could be when two of the people eating were Brit and Bri.
“Come on, the girls are in the backyard.” Stryyp invited him along and Magnus followed.
“Someone else’s coming?” He asked.
“Jetta and Thabian should be arriving soon,” he answered, “they are bringing their son Pojo.”
Britanny and Brianna were practically stalking the massive fish currently cooking on the grill, the two blonde women salivating at the sight and distracted enough that Magnus just couldn’t help but to want to prank her a bit.
He blinked just behind her and as he kept his presence hidden, he started to whisper in her ear.
“ Eat me, Bri, eat me, am I not a delicious fish? ” Just enough of an illusion to throw his voice made her start to walk forward as he wrapped his arms around her waist to keep her from approaching the fish.
“Nooooo, it’s calling me, it wants me to eat it.” She let out a small whine.
He just laughed, breaking the illusion and making her turn, first angry before she realized it was him. “That wasn’t nice.” She pouted.
“Come on, it was very funny.” He said and kissed her, everything made up with a single gesture.
Magnus then turned to Britanny as he held hands with Bri. “Congratulations on the baby.”
“Thank you, Magnus, it’s hard to explain just how happy I am.”
“You’re practically glowing, so I can get an idea.” He said playfully, though by the way she reacted he quickly added, “I’m joking, you’re not glowing.”
She sighed in relief. “That’s good, I’m sorry for the small panic, Jetta insisted that I can’t use magic at all until Tiffany is born.” She explained.
“Understood, sorry, I didn’t know.” He quickly apologized.
“Don’t be like that, you just didn’t know.” Brit said and quickly changed the subject, “And how are you? You were thrown pretty far from what I heard.”
He laughed softly as they sat by the table, Brianna pressing against his side, Britanny in front of them and Stryyp close by as he worked on the fish from a distance. He happily started to retell the simple version of his unexpected trip.
“Thankfully Queen Ibis was quite agreeable to my presence, we established an alliance where I got to travel with them as I taught them quite a few things. Psi-kobolds are impressively adaptable.”
“That’s-” Britanny’s words were cut off by the sound of the front bell ringing. “Honey, could you?”
“Sure.” Stryyp quickly headed off.
Her eyes followed her husband’s back and a little lower, making Brianna and him chuckle. She quickly turned to look at them. “What?”
“Nothing.” They said in unison, which made her glare at them for a moment until the three Werewolves stepped into the backyard.
“Britanny.” The female Werewolf greeted. “Thank you for the invitation, we’re still moving in and our kitchen’s just not ready to cook.”
“It’s not a problem Jetta, you’re going to be my midwife, the least I can do is make sure you feel comfortable in the neighborhood.” Bri answered the greeting with a hug before she turned to the man. “Thabian.”
“As my wife said, thank you for inviting us.” He said.
“It’s not a problem,” she waved it off and looked down, “Pojo has grown quite a bit.”
The child was half-hiding behind his father. Britanny turned to gesture to them.
“You already know my sister Brianna, and this is her boyfriend Magnus.” She presented them.
“I’ve met her before, and it’s a pleasure.” Jetta said, approaching them to shake his hand.
The Werewolf instantly froze when she touched his hand.
“You…”
“I’m a type of fox.” He quickly explained, while leaving a ton aside. “But we can talk more about it over the food.”
“...you are right.” She agreed.
He quickly retrieved the food he had prepared from his inventory as Stryyp brought the fish over and they got the drinks from the fridge. For a bit there were little words exchanged as everyone ate. Even once the initial eating came to an end, they mostly did some inane and lighthearted chat.
“And what about you, Bri, thinking about children?” Jetta prompted.
That caused her to blush and wave it off. “No, no, no, I’m far from ready for that.” She answered.
“Plus it’s most likely I would be pregnant.” Magnus added with a grin.
“What? But you are…” Britanny’s words died down as Magnus’ shifted his gender, his clothes easily going along.
“I am whatever I want, though also my biology could be troublesome on other people.” He explained.
“Does that have anything to do with why you smell so weird?” Jetta asked.
“Yes, and it starts with my father having taken a few things too far and having more than a few happen to him outside of his control.” He answered.
“You’ve not talked much about your family.” Brianna mentioned.
“I’ve no problem talking about them, the subject just hasn’t come up.” He shrugged. “My father Rick was born completely mundane as the first son of a suburban family in Argentina. But that changed when he was randomly chosen to acquire powers, in his case it was basically to accumulate crafting knowledge and abilities.”
“Two questions,” Thabian prompted as he stroked his son’s head, Poyo having leaned on his lap to sleep off the food, “how random? And how would that change him?”
“I never got any confirmation from my other mother’s adoptive father, who was one of the beings involved in the whole power-granting thing, so…” He shrugged. “As for how it changed him? It was a combination of some skills needing specific physical and soul changes, along with the few things he did to himself.”
“And your mothers?” Stryyp prompted.
“I’ve to explain, my genetic material comes in forty, forty, twenty with my father, my mother and my other mom. My mom’s story is more straightforward, Sabbah was an orphan born in a desert town, unfortunately we’ve never been able to find it again, we’re not even sure if it ever existed. But the whole story about it would take way too long to explain.” He chuckled. “My other mother’s not so simple.
“Just to start, Dani’s a clone of my uncle, the problem comes that her species needs three genetic samples and two of them must be from the same species; there’s only two specimens of the species before she was cloned. The other guy’s a crazy dude that wanted my uncle to call him father and tried to clone him to get a child.”
“And who was the third sample?”
“The third was my grandma, my uncle’s mother, let’s say the reason only adds to the dude’s craziness and let’s leave it at that. Fact is that cloning them is already hard enough and all other clones in my other mom’s batch melted down into goop, dad’s pretty sure that only having her gender flipped saver her life, and even then my uncle had to save her life and stabilize her.” He explained. “So when you get my three parents you get a very non-viable genetic cocktail.”
“That’s why you say your father had to create you, no?” Bri guessed.
“I’m pretty sure I already told you that,” He teased her. “But yes, though it wasn’t that simple, he tried with one child at first. Unfortunately that kid would have been troublesome on so many levels that he decided to split that child in three, effectively making us sort-of half siblings and blood siblings too. Again, each one of us has a spread of forty, forty, twenty each with a different parent at twenty.”
“You’ve a weird family.” Jetta said, making him snort.
“Oh, I’m simplifying a ton of things, I’ve not touched the subjects of some of my adoptive grandparents, or the many other creations of my father who I also call siblings. Weird’s honestly understating how it can get, but you may be able to meet my brother Milo when he drops by in… well, I’ve no idea how long until he gets here, last I’ve heard of him he was going to visit his girlfriend.”
“I’m afraid to ask now, but what’s so special about his girlfriend?” Britanny asked.
“Does the name the Black Goat of the Woods with a Thousand Young rings a bell?” He asked.
Neither Stryyp, Jetta, Thabian or Brit reacted to it, Brianna, on the other hand, quickly paled dramatically.
“Now, I can’t use her actual name because if I speak it out loud, it could call to the local version of her. But Milo’s girlfriend’s a total sweetheart… as long as you don’t mind a bit of madness and such.” He just grinned before adding. “Oh don’t look at me like that, Bri, she’s not coming, beings in her weight category can’t move around easily, even my father’s mostly World-bound.”
He smiled. “Now, let’s talk about something else, should we?” He said. “How about you tell me a bit about yourself, Jetta, Thabian? While you aren’t the first Weres I meet outside of Bri, I’ve not talked much with the others, how is it being a Werewolf?”
As she agreed they quickly changed the plates and prepared coffee as he brought the desserts he had prepared. He hoped they didn’t notice the few Lies he had introduced during his speech, but it would hopefully keep them from thinking too much about what he had told them. Not as if he had much to hide, outside of knowing the future. But it was more to keep them from dwelling on the more dangerous kind of knowledge.
It helped that Jetta was more than happy to talk about her tribe and how they were working to bring them into modernity. They were the first couple moving into what many would call proper society to show Werewolves could live among normal people and make it work.
Magnus wished them luck, and would most likely approach them at some later time in a more private moment to talk about their Curse. He could see it was a slightly older version compared to Britanny’s own, though Bri’s version had also been modified by her father.
But that kind of work talk could wait until later, at the moment he was enjoying a more lighthearted talk.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 72
If he was going to be honest, Magnus knew he was tempting fate by playing around with the whipped cream, the cherries and Brianna in the kitchen. Oh, he didn’t expect Genn to stumble on them, his sister had taken Seance on a small trip to Jade for the weekend and Magnus was a hundred percent sure they would not come back unless the apocalypse started early.
The two of them were adorable and more than once he had stumbled on the couple lost in each others’ eyes and completely uncaring of the rest of the world.
Though the most he expected was either a phone call or an enemy attack, he wasn’t picky on which would ruin things the most. And since he had effectively shielded the kitchen so no one could see from the outside, they were quite surprised when it was the old Gina who appeared in the room.
“Magnus, you wanted to ta…” The words died in her mouth as her eyes wandered down. “…oh…”
Brianna nearly jumped off him. “G-Gina?!”
“B-Bri?!” Old Gina managed to squeak out as she turned and tried to run away.
Though in Magnus' opinion, it was a bit too late to escape and a quick application of the enchantments that had been baked-in the house, he kept her from disappearing from the material plane, effectively having her smack her face against an anti-teleportation wall.
He clapped loud enough to snap both of them from their shock at the same time he illusioned some closed and the mess away; not like it would last long given the auto-cleaning enchantments.
“Sorry Gina, but you’re not running away from explaining this one, nor I’m covering for you when you interrupted us.” He said.
She glared at him, which made him unsure if it was because of what he was forcing her to do, or because he had covered up. Still, she soon sighed and instantly looked as old as she truly was. Brianna was still recovering from the shock as she approached the time-alternate of her sister.
“G-gina? Is that you…?”
“Hi, Brianna, yes… in a way.” She said and chuckled, fixing her cracked glasses and her ragged hat.
“Bri, this is Old Gina,” he decided to skip the mystery act she was putting, “she’s been trying to get back to her timeline while setting a few things here and there.”
Gina’s glare returned with a vengeance aimed at him. “Magnus!”
“Sorry Gina, you may be very old, experienced and a Nomad Artificer, but you’re still incredibly indirect when you should just admit you aren’t getting out of this one.” He offered. “Just talk normally, or I will make sure you do it.” He added before heading to get some tea, to keep their throats from drying, and to give them some privacy.
He took his sweet time until he stopped hearing the sobbing, only then he returned to the living room and handed the girls a mug each and placed a box of tissue papers. There were a pair of almost audible thank yous.
“Feeling better?” He asked towards Gina.
“… I hate you… but yes.” She admitted, not like she would have been able to Lie to him.
Brianna suddenly looked like she realized something. “Is she related to why you looked guilty about injuring mom?”
Magnus let out a wince, knowing he wouldn’t be able to hide things either. “Yeah, it was the easiest way to give her a reason to visit her old teacher.”
“You!” Brianna let out a growl and he knew it would be hard to earn her trust completely. “Is this also why you called the Psi-Kobolds allies?” She added.
“Only a tiny bit.” He replied and added, “I was not lying when I said my family does tend to get the weirdest allies. Also, I was Lying when I said she was trying to get back to her timeline, or at least that's not all the reasons for her actions.”
Gina’s expression quickly shifted from glad to not have been the target of Bri’s anger to surprise and vexation.
“Yeah, things changed since I came back when my original sent a very particular piece of information.” He said. “Because the real problem starts with an U.” Gina paled instantly.
“What does that mean?” Bri insisted.
“World Traveling One Oh One, the actual Multiverse is infinite and unfathomable, and somewhere out there anything and everything is possible.” He said, Gina’s eyes shined with understanding.
“You don’t mean…”
“Yeah, it happens from time to time, though we usually come across an example of the influence of a World and not the other way around.” He explained.
The look Brianna gave the two made Gina explain.
“He… he means that there’s another World out there where this World’s known… most likely as a form of fiction.” She articulated slowly, getting Brianna to look surprised.
“You mean…”
“Oh, I’ve long since thrown the story in so much disarray.” Magnus laughed. “Also, I only learned there was a comic about this World after I returned from my time in the Labyrinth. There’s only two or three things that can exist in Outside of Worlds, that’s other Worlds and information.” He shrugged. “We’re not entirely sure why, it’s hard to study something that effectively doesn’t exist from a point of view of Reality and anything that exists inside Reality. But from time to time experiences, memories, knowledge and alike escapes a World and travels through the Outside until it finds another World and miraculously ends up influencing someone in the World.”
He thought about it. “I think I explained something when I showed you the picture I had with Optimus Prime.” The comment made Gina look at him. “Later.”
“So it’s not that we’re fiction, but we influenced the creation of fiction?” She asked.
“Yes, though I won’t deny the possibility that a World may just randomly create a specific fiction just by chance, anything can happen in the infinite Worlds.”
“… okay, no crisis of faith for me just yet.” Brianna said. “What did it say about me?”
“You met a Wildboy in a few years and hit it off very well, had a daughter and became the front-runner on plant-based techno-organic magitech as you became the high druid of Jade, effectively growing spaceships and mecha.” Gina glared at him for just blabbing it all out.
Meanwhile Brianna seemed to be thinking about it. “And what about you…”
“I wasn’t meant to exist in this World, not even counting on the fact that I even exist as a copy was totally and completely unexpected.” He said. “And no, I’m not ignoring much of the shit that’s coming, Gina.”
“What does he mean?” Brianna pointedly asked.
Gina sighed in defeat. “Grandfather will kidnap Britanny and Tiffany to attempt to take over Tiffany’s body.” Those words made Bri bristle up until he placed his hand on her shoulder.
“Calm down, it’s months away, Tiffany’s not even born yet, and it’s not like I’m planning to let it happen.” He reassured her.
“Oh? What do you have in mind?” Gina prompted, sounding angry.
“I’m going to throw my brother at him.” He answered. “Milo’s more than capable of fixing things if he can get your grandfather’s diary. In addition to him carrying the strongest Concept for Life and the touch of Death, that will allow him to get the Gaoblins on his side and hopefully get Fortress Kia.”
“Wait, wait wait, you’re throwing a lot of names I’ve no idea about.” Bri interrupted him.
“You’re right, I’m sorry.” He said, and took a small breath before continuing, “Your grandfather, before he was turned into the Lich he’s now, created an artifact, a diary with a very strong impression of his mind in it. If Milo can get it and the Lich, he could fix him, or at least that’s what I’m hoping for. The Gaoblins are a race that lives in the Veiled Realm, where the Lich would take Brit and Tiffany, they worship Death, but most of all, they worship and wish for Life as their realm has forgotten the cycle.”
“If Milo’s Life and touched by Death…”
“He can kickstart the cycle back all by himself.” He answered. “Fortress Kia is a Dynasty Fortress, one of the oldest, one severely traumatized, thankfully Milo’s also a very good psychologist and therapist, and strong enough to force his way to Kia’s main intelligence to calm him down.”
“You’re talking about one of those nasty guys who were destroying Aebra, the world the people of El Dorado and the other cities originally came from.” Brianna said in anger.
“In their defense, the Dynasty’s mainly been aiming to fight the Umbra in the most stupid way possible. They had the unpleasant experience of understanding what the entity was and came to a very stupid decision.” Magnus explained. “And talking about them, we should warn the Kryn to not open Father Rio’s prison.”
Gina rolled her eyes. “Don’t worry about that I was already moving some things to get them a message of warning, there’s no reason to inflict that problem on them.”
“If that prison’s not going anywhere we can keep him waiting until Milo’s done with more eminent subjects.” Magnus said.
Brianna stood up, definitely looking angry. “Okay, stop talking over my head like this, if you’re telling me this then I want in. You’re talking about my family like pieces on a board and I won’t stand for that!”
While Gina looked more than a bit angry at him having gotten her invested, Magnus just smiled. “Sure, I will send you two the written records of the comic, I honestly don’t know how much it counts to watch a drawn depiction of the Umbra as even observing an example of it could trigger a link to the being.”
“Is it really that bad?” She asked.
“Yes.” Gina and him answered at the same time.
“Remember how I said I can’t speak the Black Goat’s name out loud without getting her attention? Observing a depiction of the Umbra most likely works similarly. Of course I’m not going to test that, so keeping it safe and not tempting fate by trying.” He explained.
“… why would you have to name a being like them ?” Gina prompts.
“Oh, she’s my brother’s girlfriend.” He quickly answered.
“You mean the same brother that’s visiting?!” Gina asks, exacerbated.
“Yeah, but don’t worry, she’s not coming.” He quickly answered, that only got a slight worried look.
Bri laughed softly at the exchange. “So much older and you’re still the same, sis.” Those words quenched all anger Gina had, instead getting an honest smile out of her.
Of course it didn’t remove the fact that Brianna was definitely still angry at him, no matter how overloaded with information she currently was.
Internally Magnus sighed, he knew he had fucked up and it was almost entirely his own fault. He would need to make it up to her with more than just a nice dinner and a lot of pampering.
Maybe he would keep the fact that she was wearing only an Illusion while hugging Old Gina until much, much later.
Theodore Diggers was quickly feeling like this meeting was souring and it hadn’t even started yet. He had arrived with King Shamus of the Leprechauns and overheard Jzu-Jzu the representative of the Pygmis in the Mage Council, talking about shrinking Gina’s head to reduce her intelligence.
He could feel his wife bristling unnoticeably for anyone else but him. Or well, her harsh tone left it quite obvious. He hoped that the small pocket realm they had chosen to carry this meeting would survive whatever disaster started.
“Order, everyone, please, order.” The current representative of the Mage Council called out. “We can leave discussion for what to do after we discuss the subjects of today’s meeting. The council has recognized you, Mrs. Julia Diggers, Armsmaster of Jade, you will have the same privileges as everyone here to speak and vote on the subject.”
Everyone stopped talking and focused on the man as he spoke, “This one thousand meeting of the Mage Council will now begin, today we’ve two subjects to debate about. First is the subject of technology capable of utilizing or directly affecting the Ether Realm. The other is the apparent appearance of a Psi-Kobold colony in one of Jade’s remote plains.”
Theodore felt like the second was entirely Magnus’ fault. The man had left the means of how he had returned a mystery, but it was becoming quite obvious what had happened. Thankfully no one noticed his reactions as other members definitely had much more of a response to the news.
“Psi-Kobolds?!” One of the oldest mages called out. “I thought they had gone extinct a long time ago.”
“They definitely did not if they are being seen again, you old fool.” Another called out.
“Order.” The representative called out again. “If the subject of the Psi-Kobolds wants to be debated first vote ay.”
Neither Theodore nor Julia voted, but that didn’t change the result much.
“With more than half voting for it, the topic of Psi-Kobolds reappearance will be the first subject of this meeting.” The representative called out. “Representative Gur will explain the subject.”
An old werepanther stepped forward, his gray fur showing his age, even as his loose robs didn’t hide his musculature frame. “While my people doesn’t inhabit the wastes, we live on the neighboring territory and keep an eye on the area in case of monster stampedes or other possible problems,” He started to explain. “We noticed the Psi-Snail’s arrival when the monsters in the area started to act differently about two weeks ago. Thankfully so far there’s been no hunting parties going off the plains, but we can’t expect this to remain like this.”
“So you’ve only seen the Psi-Snail? No sign of the Kobolds?” Jzu Jzu asked.
Gur nodded. “That’s right, we think they have been majorly focusing on the monsters living under the plains. But from the records, even an average population of Kobolds wouldn’t be able to subsist permanently from the monster ecosystem in the area.”
“Do you have any images of the Psi-Snail?” Another mage asked.
An image of the beast was projected in the center of the group for everyone to see.
Theodore gave it an appraising look and compared it to the few images he had seen in his master’s records. The Psi-Snail was definitely above average, it made him sure that without Magnus having been implicated in the snail’s presence on Jade, the being would most likely be rampaging through settlements in search of ehter-rich sources to feed on.
The second thing he noticed was its shell, not only looking much tougher-looking and well designed than the haphazard examples he had studied about. The Runes inscribed on it were familiar, but they would be only for him. Those were the same Runes Magnus used with his Grimoire. Those two things severely increased the danger the Psi-Kobolds represented, but he didn’t think Magnus would just leave them out there like that.
He felt like the man was at least a bit more responsible than that. He hoped.
Now the problem he was facing was if to bring attention to Magnus or not, so far the man had managed to keep himself off the council’s eyes by not making too many waves, and, in what Theodore suspected, use his abilities to make people ignore him.
Before anyone started to call the motion to put an attack group forward, Theodore spoke up, “I’m not denying the evidence presented, but I would like to think I’m not the only member of the council that would like to know more before we act upon it. For that I suggest further scouting before we rush blindly.”
The response was mixed, thankfully it was more biased to agreeing with him, Gur between those agreeing; which was a good sign. Thankfully the more belligerent responses were mostly from younger members or those that didn’t live in Jade, lowering the worth of their opinion a bit.
“Order,” the representative called out, “I see that most are thinking of agreeing, does anyone have a good reason to present against forming a scouting party?” None of the dissenting parties spoke up. “Everyone in agreement with the scouting party says aye.”
Theodore and most mages present spoke up. In his opinion this would at least give him some time to talk with Magnus.
“Good, as for forming the scouting party…” The Mage Council representative stopped talking. “Mr. Diggers, there’s something strange on your end of the pocket realm.”
Theodore quickly reached with his magic and tried to open the way, finding the path barred by a massive object. “This can’t be, the way is blocked… I don’t recognize this kind of barrier.”
“Let me see, Theodore.” King Shamus jumped ahead. “I feared this, this is no barrier, this is candy .”
“Candy? What are you saying?”
“This is the work of the Leprechauns old enemy, the Uompaluompian Kingdom.” He answered. “It will be hard to deal from this side, let’s hope the Vaultron Force can take care of whatever’s happening on the other side until we take this out.”
Theodore hoped the house was still standing by the time they came out. Otherwise he may need to ask Magnus for a new house along with the many questions he had about the Kobolds.
Magnus couldn’t help but to grin as he watched Gothwrain shed his disguise and assume his Wererat form.
The man was disgusting, his Soul practically dripped with vile Magic and the weight of a very, very long and sinful life. It was the first time Magnus saw him, and he was glad he was doing so, it would be easy for him to find him after this. Magnus wondered if Gothwrain even knew he was so recognizable for anyone that knew him, or had his age dulled his sense of caution.
Just in case he layered another Curse on the Wererat.
By itself it would have been useless, but also imperceptible. It was like a spider’s web, thin, fragile and just as sticky. But there were thousands of Curses laid this way, they accumulated, dozens upon dozens of them. And just like someone walking through spider webs, each movement only makes them tie up more, stick to everything, become irremovable.
Bad luck spells that would have never done anything more than have him miss grabbing his pen from his desk when not watching had been layered in the hundreds. Dozen of recklessness Curses, dozens of foot-in-mouth, dozens of forget-the-step, dozens of magical-mishap, dozens of impotence, dozens of blindness, dozens of ash-tongue, dozens of irritable throat, dozens of magical flare, dozens of fail disguise and dozens of other Curses he had prepared earlier.
And of course, everything had been hidden by a potent Lie, both hiding their existence and making it harder for him to think about them. Just like he had replaced all Scrolls in Theodore’s study with fakes and made them appear correct. Unfortunately he couldn’t replace all Scrolls Gothwrain had, because otherwise he would be having a lot more fun.
But it wasn’t time yet. He still had other things to do, like hunting Zero down and removing the Curse he had upon his Soul. Removing minions from his enemies was always a good strategy.
He sighed as he watched Gothwrain leave feeling like he had won, it left a bit of a sour taste in his mouth. Especially as he saw Jzu Jzu the Pygmy following along.
Magnus wanted to reach and stop them, but the man was old and experienced enough to understand the danger. A small boom made him turn, seeing the Oompa Loompa Prince get shot to orbit, signaling the end of the fight.
He wandered back, slowly letting the Lie over him clear up as he reached to see the pile of robots the orange guy had used in his attack.
“Heard the explosion and came to check, but it appears I got here late.” He said when Ayane noticed him.
“Magnus, you live near?” She asked.
“Not that near, so it took me a bit to hear the explosions when down in my lab.” He joked. “Luan, where are Carla and Gar?”
“Hi Magnus, they headed out with Britanny to the mall.” She answered.
He nodded and looked around. It looked like the damage had been thankfully quite reduced to a few craters on the lawn and a pile of broken robots. He quickly snatched one to study before the Leprechauns approached him.
“And you are?” A rough male voice called out from the human-sized, combinable robot.
“Magnus, the Teacher.” He answered. “And you must be the Vaultron Force, it’s a pleasure. Brianna spoke plenty about you.”
“You know Brianna?” A female voice came from the robot.
“I’m her boyfriend.” He answered quickly as he looked at the house as he heard the sound of the candy barrier getting dealt with.
He reinforced the Lies upon himself as Mr. and Mrs. Diggers came out of the house followed by other mages. He also hid the effect of Ayane’s eyes, there were just too many magic users and even one getting curious could spell disaster for the young woman.
He didn’t miss the look Theodore gave him, but it was also obvious he couldn’t bring whatever subject he wanted to talk about right in the open. Magnus would need to talk with him once things calmed down. Because at the moment it didn’t look like it would be that way.
Thankfully the attention was mainly on the pile of scrapped bots and the standing Vaultron Force.
Apparently one of the reasons for their meeting was to tackle the subject of Magitech. Another subject to talk with Mr. Digger, he would happily come forward and explain it, as good as Brianna was with it, he was still ahead of her in many fields.
Ayane scooted closer. “… are all of them mages ?” She prompted in a low voice.
“As far as I know.” He replied with a small chuckle.
“They are, I recognize some of them.” Luan said.
“Is that why they aren’t reacting to my eyes?” Ayane asked.
“No, that’s because I’m hiding their effect.” He answered. “And before you ask, that’s mainly because I’m around personally, I still need to look more into what to do.”
“So you can’t tell me anything about them?” She asked, in a small pleading tone.
“I talked with a guy that should know about them, but he’ll need to talk with another guy.” He left out that one of them was an ancient Dragon. “Unfortunately our meeting was unexpectedly cut by a small magic mishap.”
“Oh, I’m sorry to hear that, is it a common thing?” Ayane asked.
“Eh… I was very lucky and unlucky.” He answered. “A random teleportation can go very, very wrong, I was lucky to end somewhere I could actually survive and return from.”
Luan showed more understanding of exactly what he meant, but even Ayane could imagine how bad that could have gone. Not that there were many locations he wouldn’t survive, but the possibility did exist.
“So how did you two meet?” He asked.
“Oh, well, I asked Ryan for some sparring and he invited me to come along when he asked Mrs. Diggers to join her school. That’s when I met Luan, Gar and Carla.” Ayane started to retell their first meeting.
He listened calmly as he kept the magic user’s attention away from them. Now that he knew what those eyes were, things would change. But the thing was doing it so carefully. Ayane was a nice woman and didn’t deserve to be dragged down by that kind of curse.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 73
Link finished listening to the ghost of King Rhoam’s story.
He… he didn’t remember him well, even when he was told the man’s name it was like a very old memory of something he had forgotten. But Zelda, that elicited a stronger reaction from his memories.
Zelda was the voice that had woken him up, even if he couldn’t put a face or a history to it, he had a goal now.
King Rhoam had suggested he visited Kakariko Village to look for Impa.
“And take this paraglider, it’s old but reliable. It will allow you to leave the Great Plateau safely. Be careful out there Link, a lot has changed in the last hundred years. But fear not, rely on your skills and the help of the people of Hyrule, and you will be okay.” The ghost said before giving him a nod and disappearing.
He hoped the man could now rest.
Link looked around, the view from the church’s tower allowed him to see the edge of the plateau and his first destination. He had peeked out an hour or so earlier, but he hadn’t been able to see anything further out given the thick clouds surrounding the area.
That had changed, and now he could see the edge. Jumping off the bell tower, the paraglider and good winds carried him a good chunk of the way before he was forced to land before his arms gave up on holding his body.
He made the rest of the way on foot, only stopping to deal with a few Red Bokoblins and collect some more food for later.
The edge of the plateau turned out to be quite the impressive sight, constructed of hard stone, it stood tall as a sheer drop that would have been just too high for him to even climb down without running out of energy and just falling. Thankfully the paraglider was exactly what he needed, though before jumping he looked out and planned the way.
Or at least scouted the area from his position as he honestly didn’t remember the way to Kakariko, or the layout of Hyrule in general. At least he saw what appeared to be a stable, something told him it would be a good place to ask for directions. He used the Sheikah Slate to mark it, he lacked the map of the area, but the artifact appeared to be able to calculate its location.
As he prepared himself to jump off, the Sheikah Slate chimed for his attention.
He put the paraglider away and lifted the ancient piece of tech, mildly surprised to find a written message on it,
Linky, you’re finally awake! I’m Purah, now I don’t know if you remember me, it’s been a hundred years after all. But if you do, or need guidance, come to Hateno Village, just remember to stop by Kakariko Village first, Impa will want to see you. And visit the Sheikah Towers in the way, your Sheikah Slate should be able to download the maps and reconnect the Network.
A lot has changed, but I’m glad to hear you’re up. Now if it hadn’t been nearly a perfect hundred years, I will have some people teasing me for not believing them.
He read it a few times, the name tingling in his memories only slightly more than King Rhoam’s and a bit less than Impa’s. He added it to his mental list and tackled a goal after Kakariko.
Once more he prepared himself before jumping off the edge. No surprise message this time.
The way down was quite calm outside of a few air currents that took him by surprise. But soon he touched down.
The road he found was in considerably better condition than he expected after seeing the state of the buildings in the plateau. But he quickly chalked it up to the fact that no one outside of monsters and a ghost had walked around the area.
He pulled the slate again and rechecked the map before he started to walk.
As he didn’t rush and took care of a few Red Bokoblins bands, he only reached by sundown. The sight of the stable felt familiar, from the building’s shape to the people hanging there, a mix of the people of Hyrule.
The only thing that felt strange was the cart currently trading goods. The name Hyrule Merchant Company felt completely alien to him. But it didn’t seem that anyone found it weird, so it must have started quite some time before he awoke.
Thankfully he had collected a good amount of rupees. He bought a new Goron-crafted sword, a Gerudo shield, some Sheikah potions and a map of the region. The last one felt like it would be superfluous once he activated the local tower, but there were some useful notes on it too.
The Gerudo merchant looked at him, making Link raise an eyebrow. Being caught staring was enough to startle her.
“Oh, sorry about that.” She laughed softly. “I’m Ramella, it’s just that I travel around a lot and I don’t think I ever saw you before.”
He shrugged, no skin off her back if she didn’t recognize him, he didn’t recognize her either. But he didn’t stare, much .
“Man of few words, eh?” She said, “You kind of remind me of someone, you have the same aura of lighthearted chaos and danger to you; a merchant knows their client. Though you’re his opposite as he was quite more outspoken.”
He nodded, causing her to smile.
“Though I’ve not seen or heard of him in over three years, I hope he’s still alive. If you meet someone by the name Magnus in your path, tell him that Ramella wishes him well.” She said,
Link agreed to pass the message, it didn’t bother to pass a message, and it wasn’t as if he was being asked to hunt the man down.
“Ah, one last thing since you seem the kind that will end up seeking or finding trouble. There’s been a few rumors arriving earlier, apparently the Divine Beasts have become active once again, many say that it’s related to the giant spires that rose this morning. So be careful, especially because monsters have been more active lately.” She informed him.
Once more he thanked her before he departed the stable.
It was quickly darkening, but he didn’t feel like resting, he had just woken from a hundred year nap and some action felt like the perfect thing to stretch old muscles.
Though against his expectations, the nightly walk only rewards him with a few Stalkoblins and normal Keese when he starts to move off the road and up Sahasra Slope. The waxing moon was still full enough that he didn’t have trouble climbing the steep face of the slope.
Clouds slowly filled the sky as the night passed, the moonlight getting dimmer until the sky was so full of them that Link was forced to lit one of the old torches he had acquired.
The darkness almost felt unnatural, the light of the torch causing everything past its reach to appear so much darker.
Still, Link reacted before even thinking about it, the torch being let go as a knife stabbed into the old wood. It fell to the damp ground, extinguishing it.
Darkness swallowed everything as his eyes had been used to the light. Link still moved, pulling the sword and shield.
A small sign of movement and his shield swung. The sound of metal hitting the shield and a small flash of light as a few sparks came from the metal hitting metal, just enough to light the area to his eyes.
His sword thrust forward, hitting the silhouette he managed to see.
He felt the blade dig into something, but it felt wrong, and gave way as it disappeared as if it hadn’t been there.
Link quickly pulled the sword back, falling into a well-trained posture as he prepared himself for what came next.
Each second that nothing came was another second his eyes took to get used to the darkness.
He could now see a few shadows observing him. But it wasn’t in him to wait any longer.
Link launched himself forward, his blade stabbing at the second closest silhouette.
It barely got to react before his blade stabbed through and the shadow dissipated. The rest moved towards him.
Link reacted more by instinct than reflex, parrying, swinging, moving.
The clash of blade on sword and weapon on shield chiming in the dead of the night over and over again.
The number of shadows decreased as the fight went on, fact that became obvious for his enemy as they suddenly all attacked at once.
A familiar coolness spread through Link’s body as everything around him slowed down. His mind remembered old actions as he jumped back, dodging all attacks.
Everything was still slow as he barely touched the ground before launching himself forward.
As if possessed by a wild spirit, he started swinging. Each cut slicing through at least a couple of the shadows.
Two cuts, four cuts, eight cuts, sixteen cuts!
The still coolness was replaced by the moist coolness of the night as time returned to normal, leaving him panting in an empty clearing.
The sound of clapping made him turn, finding a feminine figure in standard Sheikah Armor.
“Excellent.” She spoke warmly. “I’m glad to see that Grandma’s tales weren’t overblown.”
He gave a small grunt, causing her to laugh.
“I’m Paya of the Sheikah, we got the news of your incoming arrival, Link.” She presented herself. “Come, grandma will be happy to see you.”
He rolled his eyes but followed her. He wouldn’t say anything about how good it felt to get into a good fight. He followed the young Sheikah woman into the village, glad to have finished the first step of his long, long path.
Magnus had to hand it to the World of Terraria, there were hardly any dull moments.
The third pillar had been taken down not long ago. But there had also been a number of invasions.
Pirates, Aliens, Christmas-themed monsters, Halloween-themed monsters. They had a couple of Blood Moons in quick succession and even were assaulted by a massive amount of Slimes during a particular calm afternoon.
There were also the few Bosses Laura and Team Maus had taken out in the interim. Apparently Jonas had revealed that there were a few Bosses that needed particular conditions to appear and in preparation for fighting the Moon Lord, Laura had gone out of her way to hunt them down.
He had observed them from afar, not wanting to interfere, but still curious.
The first was the Queen Slime. The giant, amethyst Slime exuded regality, it was almost as if the largest precious gem had taken the battlefield. A silver crown and a massive, gem-like core inside were just decorations compared to its aura.
Of course, even as the strongest Slime on the land, the poor Queen outdone by the group of four. Even as the Boss took to the air with a pair of angelic wings, Laura, Moisha, Romeo and Lydia brought it down hard.
They had even resummoned it twice to collect the drops.
The second Boss they had hunted down was the Empress of Light. A fairy-like figure, her gigantic figure standing proud and exuding a terrifying aura. Even from a distance he could feel her control over Light, giving him so many ideas as she put on a light show as beautiful as it was deadly.
Compared to the Queen Slime, their fight was several times harder. The pin-point accuracy of the Empress’ Light shots forced them to continuously move around, never stopping for more than a moment.
While the team wouldn’t be hunting the Empress again after the arduous fight. Magnus was. Not just for the experience of fighting another Light user, but also because he honestly thought Ruby could use the experience and could get something from facing the Boss.
The last one was the most impressive of the bunch. Duke Fishron was the mutant offspring of the cross of a shark, a boar and a some kind of bat. Green skinned and saturated in hate, the monster reminded him of some of the beings his sister kept in her Abyss.
It was the terror of the seas for the World, a monster that commanded the water under the waves and the winds above the waters. The fight was cataclysmic, tsunamis, waterspouts, thunderous winds and a biblical storm that cut off their sight further than a few meters. The monster moved through water and air with the same deftness.
The fight was a sight to behold, at least for anyone that could peer through the storm front and the dense sheets of rain.
If the fight with the Empress of Light had been hard, it’s True to say that for the four of them, the fight against Duke Fishron was facing the True danger of death. And as a good teacher, Magnus didn’t interfere, trusting his students.
The fight was the longest and most difficult of the bunch, but at the end the four of them stood triumphant. As tired, injured and waterlogged as they were, they stood when the Boss didn’t.
Magnus would have to do something nice for Team Maus, the fight was definitely a milestone for them, he certainly doubted their original selves would have ever reached this kind of power. Of course he would do something nice for Laura too, she had been part of their development.
He would think about it after his fight with the Empress.
He gave the prismatic butterfly on his hand a look before turning to Ruby. “Ready?”
“Yes.”
“Just remember to not use Luminose at first, just observe her abilities.” He repeated as he crushed the butterfly. It felt like a waste, but there was no other way to summon this Boss.
The night sky was filled with an aurora before the image of the Empress of Light faded into view. She didn’t attack straight away, instead watching them, even as her eyes remained closed. Maybe for some reason the Boss could feel the kin in his Element.
Ruby had shown that a Boss could be moderately reasoned with. But this wasn’t the time for pleasantries as he retrieved Tenlight, the blade letting a musical chime when he unsheathed it.
And then the fight started.
The eerie aura broke as a rainbow of Light swords formed before being launched at them in a wave of deadly attacks.
Magnus smirked as neither of them moved, instead the projectiles bent around them instead of going straight. The Empress of Light froze as she opened her eyes, curiosity and rage at having been thwarted so easily.
He swung Tenlight and nine solid blades of Light launched back. Different from the previous attack, these ones didn’t follow a straight line, instead curving and weaving around each other.
It only angered the Boss more as they were forced to move as their control over Light didn’t extend to his own. Instead the Empress started launching rainbow wisps that homed down onto them.
He couldn’t help but to grin as he easily took control of them, injecting his own Light. The wisps orbited around them before shifting into sharp projectiles and being launched back at higher speed.
A plane of Light formed in front of the Empress, but the defense couldn’t withstand the piercing projectiles as they bore through and hit the Monster.
He chuckled. “Keep your eyes open, the greetings are done.” He spoke out loud as he gestured ‘come at me’ at the Empress of Light.
The Boss Monster was instantly enraged, the Light show immediately growing to fill the sky. He would respond in kind, once he saw all the Empress could do.
“He’s really just playing with her…” Laura said in a surprised tone.
The young woman could only look almost stupefied at the image being projected. Seeing Magnus and Ruby practically play around with the same Boss monster they had so much trouble with a few days earlier. It was a bit frustrating.
“Eh, don’t feel so bad, he has the advantage over the Boss.” Romeo said.
“Really?”
“Magnus has control over Light and Darkness, it’s like, he can totally bend Light and create all sorts of Illusions.” Moisha explained.
“Oh, right, he’s not used Illusions since we arrived in the World.” Romeo mused.
“I think he’s just had no need to do so when any target can be just punched.” Lydia offered.
“All I’m hearing is that he’s playing around.” Laura joked.
“Oh, totally, he most likely will steal the way the Empress of Light uses those swords and Ruby will pop up with a version of the Empress of Light for herself… actually, I did not see the human form of the Light using Enigma, so that could be it.” Lydia said.
“You know, she talked about Magends and Enigmas, but never explained.” Laura said.
“Magends are basically living spells, like those Summons you use, but more permanent and with varying levels of intelligence. In Ruby’s case they are practically individuals on their own.” Romeo explained.
“Even back in our World she’s on a level of her own, most magic users create maybe one or two Magends in their lives. Ruby could create dozens at a moment's notice and of the highest power.” Lydia added.
“Meanwhile Enigmas are basically things we have no idea how they work.” Romeo said.
“Really?” Laura asked dryly.
“Yeah, our World has had a ton of ages, any artifact from a previous age that works but we’ve got no idea of how it does so it’s called an Enigma.” He explained. “Of course that means that it could either be a laser cannon or a coffee machine.”
“That broad?”
“Yeah, Ruby’s an Enigma to begin with, she just pushed past that, no idea what she counts as now.” Moisha said.
“Most likely still an Enigma, I don’t think she stepped into the Primordial stage.” Lydia answered. “… wait, does Magnus count as a Primordial?”
“Do you three just enjoy throwing terms that mean nothing to me?” Laura complained, though her words held no edge.
They laughed at her and Romeo explained, “Back in our World there’s a rough power level tier system. You start mundane and slowly go up. For example, we’re middle of the road in power level alone, but we can hit higher when working together. On the other hand, Ruby started above us given the sheer quantity of quality she can deploy.”
“And Primordial fits…?”
“Primordial is after you break through your mortal shell and become more , you ascend to a higher level of existence. While there are a lot of advantages to this, there are a few disadvantages here and there, mainly that you can’t interact with lower levels of existence easily.” He continued. “In hindsight, I’m pretty sure Magnus is on that level and actively handicaps himself to not be bored.”
“Why would he do that?”
“Like Romeo said, once you ascend you can’t interact with the previous level, so he would be restrained to watching and just influencing things.” Lydia explained.
“He would be totally bored, you know.” Moisha added.
The four laughed at it.
“Just enjoy the show for now,” Lydia said, “we’re breaking the last Pillar tomorrow and who knows how quickly the Moon Lord will attack after that.”
Laura’s mouth twisted, but she couldn’t deny she wanted things to end quickly.
At least she wasn’t fighting alone now.
The area was bathed in the aquamarine dye of the last Pillar, insectoid monsters swarmed them at any moment, each time one of the larger ones died multiple small ones popped out from their corpse and quickly started to grow.
The problem was increased by the fact that they tended to keep their distance, attacking at range, the smaller enemies shielded by the largest ones, giving them time to further develop.
They were still dying in droves, unfortunately these monsters didn’t drop Loot, because at the rate they were killing, they would have been rich even if they only dropped a few copper at a time.
The moment the shield came down they moved towards their target. They had kept close enough to the Pillar that it became easy to shift their attacks. The only one not attacking was Ruby, who kept bringing up shields and barriers of her own to protect them from the ranged attacks.
As much as the Vortex Pillar tried to fight back, it was quickly outdone by their teamwork. Its monsters were kept at bay mainly by their own proclivities. Even its own attacks came up short.
With a final mute scream the Pillar fell and all monsters dissipated.
As the Pillar broke down, a pile of fragments started to form from its pieces, a bountiful harvest that they wouldn’t be able to savor for long.
A much louder scream shook the very fabric of Reality, Laura stiffened.
“That was… it’s coming.” She said after a moment.
Magnus nodded. “And we have to prepare,” he said as he collected the fragments, “let’s return, and recover our breath. I certainly doubt that the Moon Lord will give us much more time.”
With a nod from everyone they stepped through a portal back to the Forest City.
Reality shuddered as it was already pretty stretched from the fall of the last pillar, and the small city was practically empty as everyone had evacuated to the bunkers Magnus had created. They were reinforced enough to hold up for as long as the fight lasted. Even if the Moon Lord focused on them they would hold up for a few attacks.
They treated their wounds and restocked, checked their weapons and armor, and then another shudder came. And then another.
“The waves are coming in faster.” Lydia noted.
“And with them the Moon Lord.” Magnus agreed.
“We have to move somewhere else then.” Laura said. “Fighting here would lead to catastrophic results.”
Everyone agreed, leaving the city in a rush and moving to an open area far enough from the settlement that it would hopefully be safe enough.
Reality shuddered harder than before, the night sky lost its stars, a complete darkness that only held the moon as its only source of light. Like a single eye watching down upon them, they could feel the sheer hate as Reality started to break down, replaced by the Domain of an Eldritch God.
The moon blinked and it was suddenly an eye, an eye that looked down at them from the forehead of a massive, pale being.
From the waist up it was almost humanoid, from the waist down it was a mass of tentacles, already stretching down to grab trees and rip them whole off the ground. The elder being’s five eyes glared down at them, its hands reaching for the air and grabbing the fabric of reality to pull itself closer.
Its face’s both familiar and alien, but strangely understandable in its anger and hate. The tentacles on its face moved and a warbling roar shook Reality.
The Moon Lord was here.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 74
The Moon Lord was a gigantic figure, two times Magnus’ small Titanic form. He eyed the Eldritch God at around thirty meters tall from head to tentacles. Though it was a bit hard to approximate since its tentacled lower body kept wiggling and stretching down.
Its pale body held a greenish sheen to it, more pronounced towards the tips of its tentacles and exposed fleshy bits, like its head, eyes and its many maws. While only the eye upon its forehead had a pupil, it held two more pairs of eyes on its face, placed above and below where a normal human’s eyes would be. Its nose was flat upon its face and was lost between the mass of tentacles that covered its mouth like a beard.
Closer inspection of its body, even from a distance, would reveal some off-colored spots around its stomach, chest and the top of its head, as if it had just recently healed those. The one on its chest glowing ominously.
The Boss Monster’s face tentacles shook as its roar finally reached them, the being reached with one of its massive hands to show an extra pupilled eye on its palm. The eye gave each of them a look, almost as if looking at them in contempt before a barrage of lasers was unleashed upon them.
To Magnus they weren’t especially dangerous, they were a straightforward attack that was slower than the Empress of Light’s lasers. But what troubled him was the Elder God’s Domain spreading, overwriting reality and forcing him to respond in kind.
The Lie of his presentation was swiftly shed away, skin and fur gave way to a mix of them. The parts of his body that weren’t covered by clothes seemed to shimmer, like this he was less of a person and more of a statement, a declaration, an Affirmation.
His Domain spread further out, enveloping the five other people with him, like soap bubbles that kept the alien Domain from affecting them directly. It would keep them from being surprised by sudden changes in the workings of Reality and dye any attacks with his own Domain, enough to damage the being.
Magnus double-wielded Truth and Lies as he rushed forward, each step cutting dozens of meters of distance until he was at literal hand’s reach for the Moon Lord.
Hard Truth sliced through its index finger, the long gash bled green as True damage was inflicted, staying there for a moment before it flickered, the Elder Being’s Domain fighting back.
Anger was an understandable emotion even from the alien being, its other palm opened to show a third pupilled eye. Instead of releasing a barrage of lasers, it created a number of eye-like orbs that homed towards him.
To a side Ruby retrieved their conjoined project, the golden scepter glowed with power as her Enigmas and Magends spawned around her already moving into position.
He kicked the air hard enough that the panel of Light he used for double jumping broke and the air compressed into a solid for a moment; the sound of explosion followed as Magnus dodged the attack.
The rest hadn’t stayed still after dodging the first attack, but it still took them a bit longer than for him to reach the Boss. Moisha was the first, riding the Lightning all the way before unleashing a series of electric spells.
Magnus launched several charged arrows from Deliver towards the monster’s many eyes to keep its attention on him as the rest unleashed attacks of his own.
Different from the chaotic attacks from the Cultist Boss, the Moon Lord seemed to have a more definitive pattern; in that also laid a higher danger. Each attack was deadly and well aimed, targeting each of them in such a way their attempts to dodge put them in danger of other attacks.
Its attacks came mainly from its three pupilled eyes, lasers, constructs and beams. But that wasn’t all, its lower body kept throwing swings and any object large enough their way. It also seemed to have some kind of tentacle coming out from below the tentacles on its face to grab them and drag them into its reach.
Of course it wasn’t as simple as dodging and attacking back, the Moon Lord was effectively rewriting Reality in its surroundings and most attacks they tried against the Monster lost efficiency and power.
“Goddamit!” Lydia cursed. “Magnus, once we get over this you better teach us to deal with this kind of bullshit!”
“Consider it done.” He couldn’t help but to laugh, as dangerous as the fight was, he couldn’t but enjoy the thrill of letting go in holding back.
He watched the Moon Lord’s hand swing down before the Boss suddenly glitched several dozen meters to the side, the swing suddenly coming down on Ruby.
Magnus’ Domain stretched forward, piercing through the monster’s own, allowing him to blink in front of her as Graceful appeared on his hand.
The Kanabo swung up with all his might, hitting the monster’s wrist with a dull thud before a much louder crack resounded and the whole arm was bounced up; the wrist visibly broken as it hung limp.
The Moon Lord roared in pain and anger. The cry had a substance of its own, forcing all of them back. It growled as a sickening crack echoed in the night, the wrist relocating itself and the eye inside it popping out, leaving a fanged maw behind; the wrist still looking broken. The eye floated up, still in battle.
“ Aim for the eyes. ” Ruby’s voice echoed in every fighter’s head as Overview networked them.
He knew all of them understood it, though even without the comment their attacks had been aimed at the soft spots to begin with.
Unfortunately he couldn’t focus entirely on the team of four as even with Aegis, the Moon Lord was definitely focusing on Ruby and him. The monster unleashed a massive beam from its forehead, strong enough to punch through nearly a dozen of Aegis’ barriers.
Magnus’ hand expanded with the rest of him, his open palm shielding the beam. He could feel his hand burning, more by the being’s Domain than the damage it caused. He let out a growl as he reached to grab the Moon Lord by its forehead and slammed it back down; the move only viable through sheer surprise.
The blank Mask was already on his face, smoothing his fox-like face and erasing his eyes. His form was more like this, the purple fur practically glowed with power as the black patches sucked in Light. His claws were like blades as he gouged two of the Moon Lord’s eyes out, unfortunately missing the forehead one.
The opening he had created hadn’t gone unused, the Moon Lord’s stomach froze before a thunderous hit broke it open, green-colored guts spilling out, mixing with the trashing tentacles below.
Pure Firepower was used on its other hand, burning the monstrous hand down to a stump as the eye barely escaped, visibly singed.
Magnus was forced to jump off as the Elder Being trashed around, looking like the fight was far from over.
Laura felt like never before, a strength she didn’t know she had filled her body, and it wasn’t the Buffs and Potions she had on.
Even as she saw Reality get torn asunder and being replaced by something else. Even as the Moon Lord presented an imposing and terrible figure. Even as each hit felt useless.
Even then, she fought.
It helped that Lydia, Romeo and Moisha were there for her, it helped that Ruby and Magnus were pulling its attention away from them.
As hard as the fight felt, it felt like it was going their way. The Moon Lord had underestimated them at first and that had given them enough of an advantage to hurt him visibly.
It then unleashed a beam from its forehead that she couldn’t have done more than escape. And in front of her eyes Magnus had changed further.
She had been told he could change his size, but seeing him pass half the Moon Lord’s height was something else. He blocked the attack with his hand, even as smoke rose from its palm and the sizzling noise reached her ears. The disgusting stench of burnt hair reached her nose and nearly made her retch as he grabbed onto the Boss’ forehead and slammed him back down.
She had instantly taken full advantage of the opening, Lydia right by her side.
The monster’s left hand was already marred with the cuts of Helios, glowing brightly and spreading even as the cuts tried to close down, each new cut forcing them back open as Lydia gave the last blow.
Her sword dug into the palm, right between the massive eye and the rim of the lid. Fire exploded out from the hand’s many wounds, the flesh itself igniting from the inside as the whole hand caught fire.
The Moon Lord trashed in place as the massive eye barely got to pop out before the hand burnt down into a stump.
Just at the same time as Lydia and Romeo assaulted the monster’s stomach, spilling its guts out like loose alien sausages.
The damage seemed to shake the Moon Lord enough to take things serious, as if they hadn’t been hard enough. Even Magnus was forced back, albeit not as far as the rest of them.
Laura noticed that Ruby had changed, her figure almost like a regal statue as her golden Enigmas flickered around her back in a similar manner to what Magnus’ weapons did. She had landed by the rest of the Wererats who had assumed their full hybrid form and held their weapons at the ready just like her.
The Moon Lord slowly pulled itself up, but it seemed its legs were failing as the skin, flesh and bones holding them started to tear. With a disastrous scream it grabbed its lower body before ripping itself off, the upper half floating up.
“Just our luck.” Lydia said in a tone that pretty much marked it as a curse.
She laughed, the adrenaline taking part of the edge off, she could understand a bit what Magnus and others like him saw in a good fight.
It wasn’t as if the Moon Lord’s legs had been left out of the fight, just like the two floating eyeballs, the tentacles were moving and trying to grab them; at least they had stopped throwing things their way.
She felt in the back of her mind the notion that Ruby and Magnus would focus the aggression of the main body while they took care of the last eye. It didn’t mean they didn’t have to deal with the other dangers in the fight.
The four of them moved as a unit, not wasting their time parrying or defending, instead moving and dodging. Distance felt weird, they ran with all their might, but they barely got any closer.
To her surprise, it was Romeo who moved ahead and swung his blade. A road of pure ice stretched forward accompanied by the sound of something breaking. Running on the frozen path wasn’t the easiest, even with her Terra Boots, but that seemed to do the trick and even gave them enough of a platform to rush up the Moon Lord’s body.
Helios sliced up the Boss’ chest, a long slash from its chest to its forehead. It was shallow, normally useless. But the cut glowed with the power of her blade, especially as it hooked the forehead eye and with the help of Lydia, managed to yank it out.
The monster screamed once more in anger, the four of them moving back as Magnus’ once more got the being’s attention with a solid punch to the chest. The resulting nasty crack noise made her wince.
The Moon Lord wasn’t looking so well, even as it unleashed more attacks on them, it was losing ground and it knew it.
The three floating eyes were releasing attacks one after the other, but they were just keeping their distance as they took any opening Magnus and Ruby created.
The starless, night sky was lit by the many destructive beams the Moon Lord unleashed from the floating eyes and the constructs that swarmed through the battlefield. Thankfully, Ruby was constantly feeding them the necessary information to remain untouched and hit the Boss.
Each hit from Laura’s Helios inflamed the already existing cuts, the gray and green body marred with dozens upon dozens of orange-glowing lines that grew worse as the fight went on. It wasn’t all, dark and purple lines were staining the Boss’ body, growing more severe and pronounced each time Magnus hit it; they appeared to be slowing it down and all of its attacks.
“ Attack its chest .” Ruby’s voice echoed in their head.
Magnus was the first to move, though instead of attacking, he forced the Moon Lord’s arm behind its back and held it like that, exposing its chest for all of them to attack.
Romeo led the charge, his ice blade hitting the monster right on the chest, freezing the whole area just like he had done with its stomach. The Moon Lord tried to trash and escape, even swinging its stumped arm, but Magnus grabbed it too.
Moisha hit it next. Like a thunder strike the ice over the center of the chest exploded out, revealing a greener patch as the first few layers of skin were similarly removed.
Laura went next, Helios was replaced by the Terra Blade, the green sword hit the Moon Lord’s sternum and the green energy from the blade sliced out from the impact point. She swiftly bounced away, ignoring the spray of blood coating her front as she watched Lydia finish their attack.
She stabbed both blade and trident into the injuries she had opened. The sound of cracking bone was only muffled by the fiery explosion and the Moon Lord’s roar of pain. The Wererat woman was launched off by the same explosion she caused as the Moon Lord’s beating heart was revealed, gallons of green blood spilling from the now open hole and the exposed organ.
“ I’m going to finish it! ” Magnus’ voice rumbled in her head. “ You better look away for your own safety. ”
He swiftly reversed the hold, a magnificent move when both fighters were larger than a five floors building. Even when his face was a bestial thing, Laura didn’t doubt the man was grinning, even when a moment later his lower jaw split down in half.
She took an involuntary step back as the split went down his neck, chest and stomach, opening to show two lines of fangs. This was the biggest show of inhumanity, and it wasn’t done as even if the angle shouldn’t have let her see, she could still see the inside of that maw; it stole her breath away.
It was full of stars, though even that paled in the sight of the two suns orbiting around each other. Just like looking at him, just looking at them inflicted her with the knowledge of their nature. Two massive forges of diametrically opposite and complementary elements. Light and Darkness, eternal companions.
The sheer power released seemed to burn through the colors in the area. The Moon Lord panicked, openly and obviously panicked as it tried to break free from his grip. The two stars accelerated and something started to form between them. But with that she knew she had to look away, her skin prickled and her body screamed at her to run.
She barely managed to turn away and hunker down, barely noticing Ruby standing in front of them to raise an opaque barrier.
Even then she felt it when he launched the attack, she saw the Light and Darkness come through the distance, through the barriers, through Ruby, through the back of her skull; she could see the inside of her eyelids even with her eyes closed. She felt herself tanning as the scream of the Moon Lord was muffled by the air burning away.
She still held her eyes forcefully closed until the sound abated and some more. Her body felt like she had a sunburn practically all over and she had gone blind.
She breathed out when the chilling sensation of healing magic washed over her, only then she slowly opened her eyes.
The first she saw was steam. It took her a moment to understand that the ones steaming were Lydia, Moisha, Romeo and her. Her eyes still felt weird, the colors in the area appeared wrong, dulled, she turned slowly to look at Ruby.
Her towering figure was also lightly steaming, but she appeared to be made of tougher stuff than them. She was glad to have waited until she healed them to open her eyes; not that she believed she could have seen anything before.
A moment later the barrier came down and the result was breathtaking and completely terrifying. There was a crater where color had been burnt away, the surviving trees had been reduced to dark trunks and white leaves. High above the stars were starting to return.
The Moon Lord was dead, only the arms Magnus had been holding remained, the rest was mostly burnt away. He unceremoniously let them drop on whatever else was left of the Boss, it was already starting to break away.
She was grotesquely mesmerized as she watched the mouth that went down its body close up like a zipper until it disappeared completely.
“ It’s dead. ” He spoke and the air vibrated.
He only looked apologetic for a moment before he started to shrink.
Laura shivered as she looked around, the destruction of the fight was so much more widespread than she had originally thought, even when she felt that it could have gone so much worse. While the main fight’s crater was marked by the discoloration of everything in it, there were many others. Frozen, still burning, explosions and those caused by the Moon Lord’s attacks.
She felt a shiver as Reality seemed to clear, a weight lifting off. They slowly and carefully approached where Magnus stood. The man looked fulfilled.
Not far off there was a huge pile of Loot, it looked as if the biggest piñata had been burst; in a way it had.
“So this is it?” She asked, not entirely believing it.
“Yes,” he repeated, his voice normal, “I made sure it’s dead, dead .” He reassured them.
She shook her head, she was feeling too numb to unpack that at the moment. At least she felt relieved, part of her could feel that he was telling the truth, as if the world agreed with the comment.
A slight dizziness almost made her fall, only Romeo and Moisha catching her before she dropped.
“Let’s get you back home.” Lydia’s words felt distant.
But Laura felt safe, safer than she had in a long time. She murmured a thank you and let out a yawn as she leaned on the people that were holding her up as they started to walk away.
Magnus watched as Team Maus carried Laura away, only magic keeping them awake enough for it. He was sure they would all crash somewhere in a pile once more.
He smiled as Ruby shrunk to her normal size and leaned on her. He could feel her still shivering under his touch, the fight had been something else.
He would agree. He had pulled no punches at the end, at least to deal with such a being, it had left a strange taste in his mouth to expose his Soul to the World like that. Thankfully he was fighting on the World’s side and hadn’t been rejected. Otherwise he could have been severely damaged.
Not to a lethal level, but it would have taken a long time or a meeting with Milo to fix it.
“That’s… a pretty impressive pile.” She said, making him chuckle.
“I think we got extra from really killing it.” He said as Dexter&Sinister reached to pick a few things and bring them closer. “… I didn’t expect to see something like this here.”
One of Ruby’s eyebrows rose as she looked at the strange-looking white and black gun. “You recognize it?”
“Yes, though I wouldn’t be that surprised, this World seems to have been influenced by Information from other Worlds.” He explained. “Just like how we got old movie monsters, Christmas and Halloween invasions, or similar details.”
He shot the gun twice, a blue and orange portals opened on the floor.
“This is a Portal Gun, and it does exactly what you see.” He explained.
“You’re totally going to take it apart, no?” She asked.
“Totally, it’s a completely technological example of stable portal tech with some extreme range.” He answered. “You can basically open a portal between here and the moon, so you can imagine how potent that is.”
He quickly put it away along with the rest of the Loot, it would be better than just laying in the crater he had made, along with effectively sorting it.
“We’ll leave soon?” She asked.
“We can take our time and relax, I bet there’s still plenty of things to see in the World.” He said as they started to walk back.
“I would like that.” She answered.
Magnus smiled as he could feel the leftover of the Moon Lord that had fallen in his mouth start to burn away in his suns. It wasn’t burning entirely, more like being refined as there had been a lot of material once the being had died. He had been forced to swallow nearly a moon ’s worth of material.
He would let his suns do their work before he placed the remaining material to orbit around the planet that had developed from the Spark that he had so long acquired. It had been growing quite well, but it had truly flourished once they had arrived to their current World.
There was something about Terraria that had fomented growth, he would need to check personally how that was going. Or as personally as projecting part of his mind into the Pocket Reality his Soul created.
He may even look into seeding it with some of the more rare materials their current World had to offer. He had seen the gemstone trees deep underground, those were just one of the curiosities.
There were also the solutions, hopefully the death of the Moon Lord convinced the Steampunker to sell him those. And he would need to talk with the Dryad to get some of the purifying power she sold. And see what else the Title-holders could provide.
And who knew hid in the corners of the World. He would need to keep checking, there was enough to explore to keep him from wanting to leave. After that it was most likely headed back towards Gold Digger World and then Hyrule, or maybe the other way around. And who knew if they found an interesting World in the way.
Maybe after all of that was done… maybe they would head back to his home World. That could be interesting.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 75
Magnus had been right about the World still hiding many wonders.
The underground cave they were currently in was a magnificent example of it. The phantasmagoric sights of a star-filled sky seemed to overwrite reality itself as the shimmering pools, of fittingly-called Shimmer, illuminated the gemstone trees growing on solid rock.
Laura had admitted to having found the cave quite a long time ago, just stumbled during one of her mining trips. The material had some very curious properties, but after a pretty bad scare she marked the area as dangerous and had practically stayed away.
Apparently anyone that fell into the liquid would phase down through solid matter, and they would keep falling until they hit a pocket of open air; and there was absolutely nothing someone phasing down could do until then. He could understand why she had stayed away.
He could feel a small hint of the Moon Lord’s touch fading from the material, though it didn’t seem as if the being had altered it. It was more as if some quality had been sealed away and now was unleashed.
“So what is it?” Ruby asked.
“I’ve no idea.” He admitted as he tried to understand the sample he had taken.
The amethyst-colored liquid shimmered under its own Light with an almost visible rainbow effect. And under the right angle, he could see the projected night sky right above it, like some kind of aurora.
The material was a powerful alchemical liquid, some sort of cousin to Alkahest. It held strange transmuting properties, objects and beings that fell into it were changed in one way or another.
Some objects changed completely while others were effectively broken down into their compounding parts. Beings were changed too, some monsters had been thrown in and had changed into others. People weren’t excluded, gender seemed to be maintained, but everything else could be completely changed.
He gave the pool of shimmering liquid a look before deciding to carry on the next test. He stepped forward and with a plop sunk down to his waist. Thankfully the phasing didn’t affect you if you didn’t let yourself fall.
Magnus felt the fluid trying to affect him, and with a little effort he allowed it. Unfortunately for the Shimmer, it couldn’t affect him completely, and after a moment the main change was just a color palette change. Or well, a variant change.
His hair had gone mostly white, as if the color had faded off from his roots to nearly the tips. Similarly his skin had bleached, but towards a whiter skin, but straight white ; which in contrast made him look like a corpse.
“Oh, exotic.” Ruby teased him as she stood just outside of the pool.
“Want to try?”
“I don’t know, nothing will go wrong, right?” She asked.
“It’s a cosmetic, physical change, even when it can’t reach deeper, it’s not altering who I am or what I can do.” He reassured her.
She nodded and stepped into the pool with him, Magnus took the chance to further observe the change when it affected someone not as resistant as he was.
Her change was quite more flashy, the Shimmer’s glow spread up her body before she changed. Her skin darkened and her hair gained enough of a blue tinge that it became a very light purple. Once the change was over she looked at herself.
Magnus could only smile and say, “We match now.”
She let out a small laugh as they stepped out of the Shimmer, the fluid not even sticking to them.
“So how much will you be taking?”
“Originally I was thinking about a thousand liters, but then Laura showed me this.” He pulled a metal bucket filled with water.
“A bucket of water?”
“An infinite Bucket of Water, which is all kinds of curious already.” He explained before throwing the objects into the pool.
Similar as before, the Shimmer started to glow before the bucket practically popped up to the surface, changed. It was now made of some kind of golden material and inside sloshed Shimmer, an infinite source of it.
“This World’s weirder than I thought.” She laughed.
“And we’ll stay here for some more time to enjoy it.” He reassured her as he put the magical bucket away. It was a nice vacation after dealing with the Moon Lord, and before starting the way back.
Romeo was feeling a bit drained after the fight with the big bad Boss monster, he had only felt so empty after a couple of training sessions specifically aimed to have him use all his Mana.
It left him feeling as if his bones were hollow, his stomach was needing food and his lungs were short on air. As much as the Mana Potions the World provided, the only way to get over it was plenty of rest and no magical exertion.
He wasn’t the only one, both Lydia and Moisha were quite magically spent too. They hadn’t gone completely empty as he had, but they had forced their abilities in such a way that they could inflict lasting damage on the Moon Lord.
Laura, on the other hand, was suffering from a mix of Reality whiplash from having been in the area of the Boss’ death, and Reality sort-of rewarding her for being part of the event. It had left her slightly absent-minded, not enough to be loopy. But with most civilians located in the city, she had been allowed to take a vacation to recover.
Not that Laura took it as a vacation. While many would laze around their house or enjoy the celebrations that had broken out after the death of the Moon Lord. It turned out that Laura’s home was basically just a large room filled with work stations, and she wasn’t in the mood to deal with people.
This meant she ended up just hanging in the house Magnus had claimed or went out with them to just kill some random monsters.
He would have been more worried if he couldn’t just confirm it was helping her. Since his Job and Class upgrade he had been feeling other people much clearer. It was more than just colors for emotions, it was an innate understanding of the ebbs and flows of emotions, comprehending body language and combining every little detail he could get to compound a clearer image.
And all he could get from Laura was that she was healing, improving, processing everything.
Even as she dodged very close calls. Even as she allowed herself to feel safe in their company. Even as she stopped thinking and just reacted. It was all slowly helping her work through the shitshow that the fight against the Moon Lord turned out to be.
As much as they had won, the overwhelming GLEE that Magnus exuded once he allowed himself to stop acting had seared in his mind. It wasn’t only the sheer wrongness he had exuded once he stopped acting, and when he pushed into the territory of Monster.
Magnus had never hidden the fact that he wasn’t Human, he repeated it over and over again, calling himself Abomination, Monster, Eldritch Being. But it was the veneer, the act, the little lies he told everyone and everyone wanted to be Truth.
The man was a Monster, a capital M being capable of ending them all if he so felt like it.
In hindsight, it left it very clear that he could have gone all out right from the start, just leave them far enough and duke it out with the Moon Lord alone, and most likely win without much trouble. He knew there were plenty of tricks he had not used during the fight, some Romeo believed may not have been as useful as with more other targets. But his choice of finish was definitely overdoing it.
He had gone back to the crater the next day, the place was scoured clean of anything. It was the blankest area on the Island, no monster nor animal seemed to want to come closer. And Romeo could tell why, there was a distinct lack of anything in the area, it had been reduced to just mundane nature. Even as the surviving trees, grass and other plants had ended monochromatic. The place was barren of magic.
Magnus had opened himself and overwritten the World around him. He had declared that nothing would be there and the World had to acquiesce.
He was glad that he was on their side. Or maybe it was better to say he was glad to be on his side. Knowing that Lydia, Moisha and him were safer than they would have been was also great, plus all other goodies they got.
“All good?” Lydia asked him as she burnt the slime off her blade.
“Why do you ask?”
“You looked to be deep in thought, what got into you?” She asked again.
“Just… processing.” He answered, not entirely sure how to put the whole thing in a few words.
She snorted, stepping closer and smacking his shoulder. “Just because you’re the support of the team doesn’t mean you gotta support yourself, idiot.”
Moisha suddenly pounced on him from behind. “Like, it would be very stupid if we ignored you, hun.” She teased.
He reached to rub Moisha’s hand. “Just thinking how lucky we’re to end up on the ship.” He started to explain. “And balancing that with just how we underestimated Magnus’s inhumanity.”
“Yeah, like, he was so totally a monster at the end.” She said before adding in a lower voice, “Scared me a bit honestly.”
Lydia looked away, but the way her tail reached to coil with theirs was enough of an answer.
As modest the gesture was, it helped. Romeo would have to approach Orange about a few questions he had about Magnus, things he hadn’t bothered to ask yet. Hopefully she could answer them.
Magnus welcomed Theodore in, already knowing the man wanted to talk. It was curious how he had managed to not even remotely mention the Kobolds, but leaving it clear to him that it was the whole reason for the talk.
He invited the man to sit as he quickly brewed a couple of cups of one of the more esoteric teas he had acquired in Jade. It wasn’t the rarest sample he had acquired, but it required some interesting cultivation methods.
Theodore instantly recognized it as he brought the cup to his lips.
“It’s been a while since I tasted Orcish Dun Tea.” He said.
“I’m not surprised, I doubt many people want to spend a whole night pollinating the thousands of flowers the bush produces.” He noted.
It was easier in nature as there were definitely multiple bugs that took care of it. He had the process automated, but most would need to do it by hand. And many wouldn’t consider the tea good enough to invest the time and effort.
“I will prepare you a box to take with you.” He offered.
“I will be grateful for that.” The older man nodded before sighing softly and looking at Magnus. Suddenly he wasn’t Brianna’s father, but Archmage Diggers. “When were you planning to tell me about the Psi-Kobolds’ presence on Jade’s plains?”
“I wasn’t going to hide it for long, but arriving at Jade was more than a stroke of luck. I wanted to confirm a few things before I mentioned it to anyone that we’re there.” He answered. A good fib as he was telling the Truth, just not the right angle. It had been more than a stroke of luck, it had been outside help.
“Can I confirm they aren’t going to try and invade Jade in search of nourishment?” He asked.
With a small shake of his head he answered, “That won’t be necessary, the Psi-Snail has access to a proper source of food.” He answered. “I’m not saying Queen Ibis won’t defend the hive if they are attacked, but I’m currently there too, so I can act as an intermediary.”
“You… are there?” He asked, an eyebrow raised in confusion.
Magnus nodded. “I’ve left a clone of myself with the hive, it’s a bit of a long subject. But they are effectively another Kobold with all that means, at the same time they are me and connected to me. So if you want to know anything I can find out immediately.”
“I see.” He rubbed his chin thoughtfully. “A scouting party is being put together to investigate, I don’t think it would be wrong to inform you about it, especially if you will be there.”
“I will inform Queen Ibis and get her permission to contact the party.” He agreed.
The older man’s face went through an interesting set of reactions before schooling once more into a serious one.
“What are Queen Ibis’ plans going forward?”
“Mostly? Find meaning for the hive.” He answered. “With no rush to find sustenance for the Psi-Snail in the Labyrinth, it means the hive can develop in other directions.”
“I see, I could imagine how a nomadic tribe would need to find how to occupy their time when they settle down and don’t have to rush to secure resources every day.” Theodore mused.
“I’m slowly introducing more things, but there’s some problems here and there with normal avenues of advancement.” He said. “Though I do have experience with a few hive minds so I know what to try.”
“… other hive minds?” Theodore asked in a more worried tone he meant to.
Magnus chuckled. “Oh, don’t say it like that. They aren’t from this World.” He answered. “The main one is the Metaloids, another of my father’s creations and basically older and younger siblings. They all share a mental connection to a source of knowledge they use to share memories, knowledge, experiences, etcetera. The other is my older sister Amber, she’s a single individual that lords over all insects, though there are a few thinking individuals in her hive, most are just more like machines.”
“And no others?”
“Not in this World,” he answered again, “but discussing the many hive minds I’ve met in my life would be better for another time.”
“You’re right.” Theodore looked more tired than reassured. “On another subject, I’m starting to worry about Brianna, since your return she’s been very invested in learning magic.”
He thought for a moment before answering, “… I’m only telling you this because you’re her father, and I Truly believe you won’t act thoughtlessly. When I returned she admitted to having been feeling useless, between Madrid tricking her and not being able to help me return, she was left feeling useless.”
“But she-”
“Don’t, it’s not the same.” He interrupted. “She fully understands it, but there’s a step from there to processing it. Right now she’s working her frustration, she told me she would talk about it with the Balance Mage she’s seeing. Believe in her, sometimes one just needs a bit of time.”
He was of course leaving the fact that she had been talked into the whole future events plans subject. But that was something he honestly didn’t truly trust Theodore to react as well as Brianna had. The man would have one too many preconceptions, and they were already doing the next thing to actual time travel in many ways.
“I understand, I will give her space if necessary.” Theodore said.
He smiled, glad that Theodore would trust him in this. He gently guided the conversation back to another subject until the man had to leave. Just as his other self took the subject to Queen Ibis.
Magnus stepped into Queen Ibis’ private chambers, already having her full permission and repeated invitations made it easier. The main reason it wasn’t also his chambers was because he didn’t sleep and spent most of his time either working or teaching.
“ Magnus. ” The Queen’s voice came in strong through the psychic connection.
“ Ibis .” He replied in kind as he stepped closer to her.
It wasn’t as if there was much personal belongings in her chamber, no Psi-Kobold owned anything really. If anything the main important thing about them was that they were private and were meant only for the queen. The day she died, retired or was retired, the chambers would be passed to the next queen.
It didn’t mean they weren’t decorated, the construction was superb, definitely a joint project between the Snail and the Kobolds.
“ I come bearing interesting news. ” He said, eliciting some interest from her and their home.
“ Speak .” She spoke succinctly, but took the moment to approach him.
Their size difference made her gestures a bit overwhelming, not that he resisted her advances any longer.
“ The locals learned about our presence here and a scouting party’s being put together to investigate. ” He relayed the information.
“ So soon? ” She prompted in surprise.
“ We didn’t exactly hide our presence. ” The Psi-Snail commented. “ The hive’s been pretty active exploring the area and dealing with the monsters, we knew it would draw attention. ”
Magnus nodded. “ Thankfully I’ve got a contact that considers it important to bring it to my attention. ” He explained. “ I doubt they will be able to hide their approach with me here, so I would like permission to approach them, hopefully in peace. ”
Ibis didn’t reply straight away, but that didn’t mean there wasn’t a current of hostility under her presence.
Magnus could understand the why. The Psi-Kobolds’ natural response to anyone else was either food or enemy. It meant that the reaction to knowing anyone was approaching them was to attack. He felt quite surprised she pushed that reaction down.
“ Explain reason. ”
“ The reason for a peaceful resolution? ” She nodded. “ Not having to worry about being attacked by the civilized inhabitants of Jade would mean not spending the energy and the Kobolds in avoidable conflict. The hive also gets more out of peaceful relations. ”
“ One chance. Hive’s safety. Equals. Main necessity. ” Ibis decided.
“ I can work with that. ” Magnus smiled.
“ Your safety. Equals. Another necessity. ” She added.
“ Don’t worry, ” he laughed softly, “ it will take a lot to get rid of me, and even if this body was taken out, I can still recreate this clone. ” He reassured her by stepping closer.
He was practically pressing against her, more than a loving gesture for the Kobold Queen. Which was made more tender by the fact that she allowed him to reach and caress her neck, the innate meaning of allowing him access to such a weak point was more than enough for him to understand how she saw him.
“ I will still promise I will try to not worry you then. ” He spoke through their link honestly.
Queen Ibis stiffened at his touch, but not in a surprise way. If he had to guess she was holding herself back from acting unwise. A shudder mostly confirmed it as she returned the earlier gesture, her much larger hand easily holding his head.
After a moment of staying like that, he parted. Not that it meant her attention wasn’t still on him, there was a hint of her in every Kobold he passed. But it wasn’t more than a curiosity.
On the other hand, the Psi-Snail’s attention on him was much clearer, meaning the being wanted to speak in private. At least they waited until he was in his workshop, a place rarely visited by anyone not him or the Queen.
“ I think you’re hiding something from the Queen, friend, though I do feel it’s for her good. ”
“ There are many things I hide from others for their safety. ” Magnus noted and laughed softly. “ But I won’t hide it from you, something tells me you would have sussed it out sooner or later. There are big things incoming, my main self acquired a pretty reliable source of information of the future. ”
The snail didn’t react straight away, seemingly in deep thought before speaking once more, their tone sounded more careful, “ You’re speaking of an Oracle. ”
“ No. ” Magnus quickly corrected them. “ It’s hard to explain to someone that lacks the experience. The information was acquired from a different angle. ” He started to explain, “ An oracle or prediction works by observing further into the timeline, it may or may not take into consideration the act of observing. But in its very nature, it’s something that happens from inside the timeline. ”
“ That’s reasonable, friend. Why do I sense that your method works differently? ”
“ Because I set up the conversation that way. ” He chuckled softly and continued, “ The method used to acquire the information was akin to observing the timeline from the outside, the act effectively doesn’t modify the observation. Or it wouldn’t if said information wasn’t fed to a subject inside the timeline. ”
“ In this case that would be you. ” The Snail correctly guessed.
“ Yes. Though there’s a few caveats in this situation. First was that the observation was atemporal, short vignettes taken from the past and future, loosely arranged chronologically focused on a few individuals of interest. Second, was that they didn’t take into consideration my existence in this World. ”
“ You confuse me, friend, how could your existence not have been considered? ”
Magnus smiled, it wasn’t a nice gesture with his current physiology. “ Because until a few months ago, I effectively didn’t exist in this World and wouldn’t have existed. ” He answered, enjoying a bit of the snail’s confusion. “ My original doesn't originate from this World, and I’m not talking about the Reality or Realm we exist in. He originated from outside of all of that, he came from another World. ”
He slowly explained the whole situation to the Psi-Snail as he worked. His current project wasn’t a material good, instead he was experimenting with Magic.
As much as he wanted peace with the rest of Jade, he knew better than to offer his back to them. Even as he was the most magically-inclined of his siblings, he still preferred to fight with weapons and had overlooked most spells.
Though that was more of his original, he was certainly going more for magic since he had created the Grimoire. In addition he had acquired a pretty good primer from Dr. Diggers, basic enough to work out some of the basics and work up from there. Of course he was also including the Sheikah Runes, their information-carrying ability making them excellent construction pieces for much grander spells.
He found it very interesting to see if the Kobolds and the Snail managed to learn these spells. Made him wonder if he could put them at the level of Dragons… he still needed to meet one, and if the information was right, Debra may be the best way to do it safely.
He would need to talk to Stryyp about the little group of superheroes he had been employed with.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 76
Magnus watched idly as Princess D’bra, Platinum Dragon and daughter of T’mat, wandered through his house in her human form, thanking Genn for the direction and stepping out into the garden.
She was a short woman with deep blue hair and slightly tanned skin. The suit she wore had been tailored perfectly and only added to her commanding aura.
He didn’t miss how she noticed the obvious wards over the area, or how she missed the hidden ones. Made him wonder if she hadn’t noticed them, or hadn’t seen wise to react to them. He certainly knew about not reacting to things he saw, like the imposing, draconic figure of the princess, phantasmagorically layered over her human form.
She was a short woman of blue hair in a perfectly tailored suit that fit her professional look down to a t. Her young features hid exactly how much she had lived, but the experience in her eyes told another story.
In that front they weren’t too different.
“Greetings, should I call you Debra or D’Bra?” He asked cordially.
She raised an eyebrow before sitting down in front of him. “Debra is fine here on Earth,” She replied and gave him a look. “Magnus Andes, you’re a curious individual.”
“I aim to please.” He said, a playful smile on his lips.
Debra just sighed. “And quite a troublesome one too, you don’t exist in any record.” She said, “The records of your existence only date back to a few months, which coordinate quite strangely with a number of troublesome events.”
“I certainly didn’t exist in this World a few months ago, after all I’m a clone of the original one.”
“… but you took the same name as your original, and they certainly do not exist either.” She added. “Even then there’s records of multiple investing accounts to your name dating back to a bit longer than a few months. But for some reason no one has seemed to notice it.”
“Hmm, it wasn’t hard, I just wasn’t interested in bringing attention to myself, it’s not like I didn’t pay my taxes.” He said.
“I would say that a being of your capabilities being able to pass unnoticed is worrisome enough. Honestly, the fact that you were socializing with certain key figures only adds to the problem.”
“Would it make you feel better if I answered a few questions?”
“Actually, yes.”
“Then let me make sure we’re both comfortable here.” Magnus said before the garden became an isolated space. “You can go ahead and take your full form, I imagine you will be more at ease.”
His tone seemed to irk her, a small twitch of her eyebrow being sign enough as she closed her eyes and huffed. “To think you can tell me to take my full form, the gall,” she growled softly and still changed, “let’s see how you deal with-” She stopped talking when her eyes opened to see his larger form too.
He wasn’t the only thing that had changed in size, the table had also been replaced by a much larger, floating disk. It was a thing of beauty, its surface being carefully etched with an image of the temple inside his father’s Soul.
Princess Debra froze for a moment before recovering her wits and glaring at him, much more threatening when he knew she could actually use her eye laser spells properly in this form. Dragons in this World were wild.
Magnus smiled nonchalantly as he retrieved an appropriately-sized tea set, he was finding his potion-making ability fit quite well in brewing, and poured enough tea to drown a man a few times over in a cup before handing it to the princess.
“As I said, your full form would let you be more at ease and comfortable during our talk.” He said, giving her a foxy smile.
Her glare only intensified, a small glint of her magic filling her eyes. Though both quickly died down as she carefully brought the human -sized mug of tea closer to her nose.
“What is this?!” She cried out much louder than she intended.
“Personal blend, I’ve been experimenting with some of the more exotic plants from Jade. This is a small combination of a few plants I’ve managed to cultivate in private.” He answered.
She looked at the tea and him, back and forth a few times. “I’m pretty sure no one has managed to cultivate Dream Hood and remove the psychoactive elements from its nectar in a long time.”
“I will happily show you the green house I’ve set up for that.” He smiled. “But I think you may want to ask a few other questions first.”
She covered her muzzle and let out a small cough. “You’re right.” Princess Debra eyed his figure for a few moments. “I can’t say that I’ve come across any being like you before.”
“I would be slightly worried if you had.” He said in full honesty. “Most likely because it would mean there was some time travel involved and I shouldn’t time travel, I hold too much weight on me.”
“You have experience with time travel?” Her question sounded like the answer would go down in whatever file he had.
“What little constitutes as time travel that I’ve done is nothing like what you imagine, and the rest of my experience mostly hangs from what my grandfather taught me, which mainly is do’s and don'ts.”
“That’s… I see. You’re not one to give direct answers, no?”
“I can give direct answers, but I’ll be honest that you need better questions, if I were to answer that question in full we would be here for too long as each answer would only bring a dozen more questions.”
Debra took a long sip from the tea to hide a soft growl, she then asked, “What are you?”
“And I just said better questions.” He rolled his eyes and took her through the very short version of his original’s birth. She was lucky he was fiddling with the time inside the pocket realm.
“Each time you speak I can’t help but to worry more,” she noted.
“I would repeat that you’re asking the wrong questions. But I will soothe your worries and note that you won’t find any sign of my family in this World outside of me and the small effect my original had during his stay.” He left Milo’s future presence out for the moment.
He poured another full cup of tea.
“You reached us out, that means you either need help with something or you can provide help with something. Which is it? And what would it be?” She asked.
“Mostly I would be offering my services.” He spoke calmly. “I can easily deal with most Curses, either casting or removing them, you can contact Monty if you need an example of my work. Talking about my work, I’m an excellent crafter too, anything from weapons to consumables, I have a few personal examples of those. I can magically construct highly reinforced, warded and self-sustaining buildings. And while I’m not one for mercenary work, I’m strong enough to help in case of emergency and I will help for free if it’s necessary.”
“Those are some impressive skills if you can back them up.” Debra mused, obviously writing things down in her mind. “What would you say it’s your best skill?”
It felt very much like a job interview, but it was also True he had kept many of his skills a secret, or at least away from prying eyes.
“I would say it’s between dealing with Curses and anything that has to do with finding out the Truth or creating Lies.” He answered.
“Those… those are some interesting abilities, can you explain more?”
He nodded, not feeling like Princess D’Bra needed to be left out of this facet of his powers, or least not the full thing. He was not going to bring up things like his original’s ability to simply erase things, or the many tricks his Domain carried.
“I’ve a very close relationship to the Concepts of Truth and Lies, I use the first to see through Illusions and the second to create them. But it also extends to the innate understanding of seeing someone’s True form, I don’t think I’ve come across someone that has managed to hide their form from me. Similarly I only found a few people capable of seeing through a well placed Lie.” He quickly explained. “Of course Lies are a bit tricky and mainly work when people want to believe in them in a way or another. It’s nearly impossible to Lie about the impossible after all.” He Lied.
“… I wish we could get something like that at work sometimes.” She mumbled
“Creating a True Sight accessory is within my abilities as a Crafter.” He noted. “With some study I can technically replicate most abilities.”
“You can?!” The dragoness straightened up. Which given her position while sitting was practically standing up.
“Yes, though I would note that some abilities won’t be usable by themselves as they require certain protections.” He patiently explained. “Though there are ways to cheat about them, for example an object that gives someone a breath-like attack could skip the necessary reinforcement of the mouth and throat by creating said effect outside of the mouth. Similarly I could create a paired item that gives the necessary protection.”
She rubbed her chin thoughtfully, only stopping to take another long sip from the tea. “Hmm, could you create something that reinforced the eyes of my human form?” She asked, definitely hiding her interest.
“Let me guess, you want to effectively have your dragon eyes in your human form?” He asked.
Debra nodded slowly. “Us Platinum Dragons have the ability to cast a laser spell using our eye’s lenses as the spell’s lens. I can force this in my human form, but it takes time unless I want to injure my eyes.” She explained.
“Hmm…” He thought about it. “It may actually be easier then.” He retrieved a metal disc the size of a table and flicked it up. “Shoot it.”
It wasn’t just Debra’s eyes, along her horns small, gem-like natural growths glowed with power before multiple lasers hit the oversized metal coin with pin-point accuracy. Almost a dozen lasers hit, but there was only a single hole.
“Yes, it may actually be easier to create a reinforcement instead of an ability bestowing.” He thought out loud.
“What’s the difference?” She asked, curious.
“First thing is that it would be easier.” He lifted a hand, calling to an Illusion of an eye. “While producing a way to have you do a partial transformation could work, it would mostly be bothersome for you as having your eyes transformed all the time would be heavily noticeable, for you and for others. And if it wasn’t permanently up, it would mean you would need to activate it, which would put you back to the basic problem.”
The diagram changed to show the effects of said transformation and the comparison to how the magic users created magic-lenses for beam-like spells, and how dragons used from what he observed.
“Instead I offer to create something that will reinforce your eyes and make them near immune to the effects of the spell.” He added. “This will be easier since the spell’s effectively still part of your magic when being cast inside your body, technically.”
“You didn’t mention you were this capable in magic.” Prince Debra said.
“Oh, it’s a necessity for doing enchanting.” He said and with a gesture of his hand the Sheikah Grimoire appeared over his palm.
A number of pages tore themselves out and formed a contained space over the table.
“I’m basically the most Magically-oriented of my siblings, but that means I’m less capable in some of the fields my siblings excel in. For example my ability to heal and alter time is severely restricted compared to my siblings.” He explained. “Though as capable as I am to reach the levels of archmage or similar, I prefer to fight hand to hand.”
And with that a massive Ax appeared on his hand. The effects of his Titan form changing the normal-sized weapon into an oversized thing better fit for falling buildings than trees. He twirled it in his claws as if it weighed nothing.
Debra instantly froze, while the weapon wasn’t especially enchanted or created with esoteric means, it was still a masterwork of impressive quality. Of course she reacted more in reflex and launched a small number of beam spells in his direction, which easily bent around him and captured inside the same enclosed space over the table. The red lasers bouncing against the invisible walls of the space.
“Calm down, I did offer to show you an example of my work.” He said smugly.
Debra let out a small growl. “I would have preferred to be told instead of being surprised.” She said and let out a sigh. “But I’ve to admit it’s an impressive show of your work.”
He smiled, stopping the twirling and placing the weapon on the table. The dragoness carefully reached with a finger wrapped in spells as she studied the weapon.
“It’s very impressive craftsmanship, though I can tell this is not the weapon’s natural form.” She observed.
“No.” He agreed as he lifted the weapon and let it change into its True form, holding it between two claws. “But it would be harder for you to study in this form.” He said and laughed.
She let out a huff. “Still, it’s not that impressive of a weapon, I’ve seen better.” She said smugly.
“Oh, this is hardly my best example. But I’ve mainly been lacking good materials for better projects.” He said, not showing how that irked him. “I’m also not selling my best works, those are for myself.” He added.
“Oh, like which?” She asked curiously.
Magnus thought for a moment before he retrieved one of the failed swords aimed to replicate Hard Truth. The sword was a modest long sword with little decoration, it was perfectly balanced and nearly entirely a mate gray.
“This one’s currently unnamed, and honestly more of a failure while attempting to create a Truth sword.” He explained.
“Can I?” She asked and took the blade in her hand. “Impressive,” she said after studying it, “this weapon will cut through undead like some of my best weapons.”
“It will actually cut through anything holding Fake life, undead, artificial immortals, golems and other similar beings.” He explained.
That elicited quite more of a reaction out of her. “Then why would you call it a failure?”
“Because it wasn’t what I was aiming for.” He explained, a number of the other surviving swords appeared on the air. “All of these have similar ideas.” He pointed at them one by one. “This one will cut through illusions, this one will end wards, this one will cut through armor, this one will deal damage unhealable by magical means, this one will deal damage to all networked individuals if they are similar enough. All powerful abilities, but I was aiming for a weapon that did all of them.”
“That kind of weapon would be…” She muttered.
“Yes, unfortunately I’ve lacked a proper material to craft said weapon. I wish my original was around so I could study his version of the idea, but I know he used quite exotic material for it.” He mused.
“Hmm… If you’re capable of crafting a sword of those qualities I may be personally interested in commissioning a blade for myself, I may have some treasures collecting dust that may be more useful being put to use.” Debra mused. “You mentioned consumables, do you have anything capable of healing old wounds and missing limbs?”
“I do have two options for that.” He said. “Or well, three, but the third option is more of the material used for the first two.” He retrieved a sample of each, a Large Hearty Radish, a Golden Potion and finally, a creation of his own, a True-Self Potion.
Debra let out a small sigh, “… I should really stop expecting you to not surprise me.” She carefully picked the radish, a tiny bead between her claws. “This is impressive, I take this is the base material?”
“Exactly, Hearty Radishes are extremely potent healing reagents, even raw like this as you can feel. You may start to find them around as I exchanged some seeds to Gaja from the Edgeguard along with the instructions of how to grow them. The golden bottle is a concentrated extract, it can be used to regenerate even old damage. But take into consideration that it’s not an instant effect.
“Instead it must be carefully applied over weeks to months, depending on the severity of the injury, during which said injury must be reopened to allow the supernatural regeneration to take effect. On one hand, it’s very safe as the extended treatment requires careful observation that would catch any kind of problem with it. On the other hand it is slow and considerably painful, as even with local anesthesia the regenerated tissue will be extremely sensitive.”
“And I would guess the last sample doesn’t have that problem?”
“This is a True-Self Potion, a very potent healing concoction. It combines not only the Heart Radish with a super charged supply of nutrition to help in healing. But it also uses an application of the Concept of Truth to bring someone back to their True Self.” He explained. “This will break transformation, multiple Curses, remove most injuries, restore the effects of age.”
“That sounds too good to be true.” Debra said, sounding unconvinced about his words.
“Oh, it will do it. I can promise that. The main problem is what you would consider someone’s True Self. You’ve to take into account things like personal perception of themselves, general perception, secrets, trauma, how long they have lived, how they are, etcetera.” He explained. “After some time injuries just become part of the person. It’ll also bring that karmic retribution on anyone that drinks it if they fit the whole nasty inside by bringing it out.”
The princess let out a sound of displeasure. It wasn’t hard to imagine why with the knowledge he held. As miraculous as the True-Self potion was, T’mat’s injuries and personal perception of herself was just too entrenched and would require some serious therapy to correct.
“You can take the three samples.” He offered.
The offer seemed to surprise her the most, still, he had plenty more from where that came from, and with the pocket realm he had built, even more would come.
They kept talking, mainly Magnus answering questions. Though it surprised him that Debra managed to get a few more golden potions from him, not that he fought too hard against the request. He hoped they helped. He add T’mat to the list of people his brother had to meet in the World.
“Well, I think that’s all for today.” She said, “I’ve definitely overstayed by now and I can’t spend all day here.”
He smiled as both of them returned to their human forms as the space slowly returned to normal. A chime from her cell phone surprised the princess.
“Wait… what?” She exclaimed. “This can’t be, we talked for a few hours, how it’s been only ten minutes?!”
“I thought you had noticed, the pocket realm we’re in was disjointed from the timeline. It took some work to set up and still requires me to be inside of it, but it can stretch time inside considerably.” He explained.
She didn’t outwardly react besides letting out a tired sigh. “It feels like you’re doing this on purpose.” She grumbled. “Still, it means I still have plenty of free time since I had expected this meeting to actually take some time… I should take advantage of it. Thank you for your time, Magnus, we’ll be in contact.”
With that the princess left.
Magnus stepped into the house, finding Genn looking surprised.
“She left already? I hope nothing bad happened.” She said.
“Oh, we actually met properly, I just fudged time a bit to give us some leisure time to speak.” He explained. “But nevermind that, how are you? You had another date with Seance, right?”
The Rakshasa blushed, but happily started to retell him some of the events from the night prior.
Gur and the rest of the scouting party looked confused at the open-air grill restaurant. It was the combination of the location of the restaurant, the monster plains, and the fact that it was a purple-skinned Psi-Kobold manning the grill completely unbothered.
The aromas reaching his sensitive nose were already making his mouth water, and the sign in Ribbon showed quite the variety of available products for quite the affordable prices.
“…is… is this a trap?” One of the younger scouts, a young, blonde elf, with them asked.
“If it is, it’s the weirdest trap I’ve ever come across.” A more experienced scout, a hardened centaur, answered.
“I don’t know you guys, but I had to come from pretty far and bring only the basic rations, I’m getting some of those skewers, they smell heavenly.” A Wereleopard said as he walked forward.
Gur could only watch as the scout approached the strange Psi-Kobold, who, on closer inspection, appeared to be wearing an apron that said Psi the Cook . Gur was starting to wonder if he was being pranked. It sure felt like it.
The Kobold raised his gaze from the grill where a large number of meat cuts were sizzling and filling the area with enough to make Gur’s stomach grumble. He would let the Wereleopard try for obvious poisons before trying himself. He made a mental note to eat before the next scouting mission.
“Greetings.” The Kobold spoke in the common tongue.
The Wereleopard stepped up to the grill. “Greetings, what’s today’s special?”
“We’ve giant worm haunches, underground snake belly, cockatrice gizzards and the surprise sausages.” The Kobold pointed out one by one.
Gur felt like something was wrong, but he couldn’t put his finger to it. He had taken full advantage of the Magic Council’s records in Psi-Kobolds after finding out about his people’s new neighbors.
He tried to think very hard, but for some reason his mind was coming up with blanks on why this whole situation was wrong.
One by one all the scouts ended up sitting down and ordering food and drinks. He couldn’t deny the meat was grilled to perfection and the teas offered were quite refreshing.
“I’ve to ask,” Gur finally said after filling his stomach, “we came to look for Psi-Kobolds, but we found only you, how’s that?”
The cook once more looked up from the grill, which was still full of food cooking, the sight made Gur feel his back cover with cold sweat when the Kobold looked at him and grinned.
“Who said I am alone?” Those words intensified the chill he felt. “I certainly have done nothing but to cook here.”
Gur froze as he looked at the table he was sitting by, the dirty plate and half-empty mug stood there and suddenly he realized the problem. The Kobold had been cooking and not doing anything else. But they still had food and drinks. Now that he looked, his glass was refilled with hot tea and the plate had disappeared.
“… oh…”
It clicked, the Psi-Kobold visible wasn’t a low member of the hive, the markings and size indicated a high-level individual. Such individuals wouldn’t be alone. They were surrounded by invisible Kobolds, ones that they hadn’t even noticed acting and had simply waltzed around them, more than capable of killing all of them.
“Look on the good side.” The Kobold cook said. “We’re not here for hostilities.”
The fang-filled grin wasn’t that reassuring for Gur and his companions.
Chapter 77
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 77
Magnus brought the hammer down, the deep bass resulting from the reinforced hammer hitting the Luminite Bar reached deep into his body. He hammered the material again and again, working slowly with the materials.
Luminite had composed the majority of the Loot from dealing with the Moon Lord, and given how it looked, it didn’t take a genius to tell it was the refined version of whatever the Eldritch entity’s body was made from. It had that same silver and aquamarine color along with the energy emanating from it.
The monster had mainly dropped it in ore form, and even that had been a pain to deal with. Normally it would have been refined with the use of an Ancient Manipulator, one of the many crafting stations that existed in the World of Terraria. Magnus had decided to do so otherwise.
The three Golden Flames had worked overtime to refine the material, burning off the last of the Moon Lord’s presence in them before reinforcing their Space attribute and empowering it further.
Working with such material had finally tipped the acquisition of a Perk based on working with exotic materials. It surprised him it hadn’t come up earlier, especially since it didn’t appear to be the biggest Perk around. But the knowledge was useful.
It wasn’t just working with esoteric materials that existed under different paradigms, it was about combining and working with them together. He could approximate the resulting qualities of combinations and alloys quite well from just the known properties of a material. It didn’t straight up give him the answers of how to do them or how much to use each. But that could come from experimentation and personal experience.
It certainly eased some of the difficulty of working with the refined Luminite bar.
Right now he was aiming to fully optimize the resulting weapon’s ability to draw on the Space attribute inherent in the material. It felt a bit funny that he had created the Elemental Set based on Dante’s Balrog and now he was creating a weapon akin to Yamato.
Of course he already had a katana, so he was going for a rapier. The design was already forming, a beautiful, long and thin blade with a hand-guard. Four gems created from the Celestial Fragments would decorate it.
Space was a Concept he found much easier to work with compared to Time. Space was the distance between two points and what existed practically everywhere inside a World, fundamental for its existence. Space was multidimensional, but it could easily be treated as a flat plane when looked at from the right angle.
Since he was making a sword, it would be cutting Space, cutting with Space, cutting through Space. The weapon would practically stand on the same level as Hard Truth and Gentle Lie, another masterpiece that would join his armory.
The blade took shape, a hit at a time. The music of the forge accompanying his work as shape was brought out of the metal and imposed upon it.
The more he worked on the weapon the harder it was to work on it, Space was starting to distort even as the blade was held perfectly in place. Each impact of the hammer changed the weapon’s shape just enough to make the Space around the blade shift and twist. Magnus was forced to expand his Domain to take control of the area and keep it True.
It was advantageous as he could feel every imperfection on the blade as he fought against its claim on the Space around it. He hammered those away, feeling the change the weapon’s quality until the last one was straightened and the blade chimed its completion.
He carefully picked it up and fit the blade into the handle and guard. He finished it by adding the four gemstones.
“I will need to think of a good name.” He thought out loud as he carefully waved the blade around, feeling it trying to snag on Space.
He quickly relocated to the training ground before purposefully swinging the blade.
The edge of the blade dug into the fabric of Space before it cut through it. The blade was so sharp that the edges of the cut didn’t even fray, looking more like he had cut paper than fabric. The cut opened wide, showing a spot just ten meters ahead of him. Not too far, but enough for a proof of concept.
He flicked the blade and the four gems lit up before he swung the rapier up, strings of the four colors sewed the cut shut before disappearing.
He cut a few more times, trying different directions and distances, even twisting the point of view of the window he cut open. He could feel the room’s gravity having a hard time to accommodate the twist in the space he had created.
After closing it he tried to cut his way out of the World. But instantly felt the blade bounce off the walls of the ship. It didn’t feel impossible . But he certainly could see how catastrophic it could be, especially given Orange’s warning to not do that again.
A quick trip outside had him try again, the blade found some resistance. But nowhere near what the ship’s walls could put. The fabric of Reality was sliced open and the sight of a similar meadow on the other side made it appear as if he hadn’t cut anything. But he could tell the other side was a parallel Reality.
He quickly shut it off before anything happened. He didn’t feel like getting into a fight with another Moon Lord at the moment, though there was a temptation there.
He looked at the blade and grinned. “Swath.”
In response to the naming the blade shifted minutely, the sharp tip rounded a bit, though not a bit less sharp than before. The embed gems grew out, becoming even more part of the handle.
He sheathed the blade and allowed it to slip with the rest of the weapons.
A grin quickly appeared on his lips as he felt a second Perk slide in place. It was a curious one, both simple and incredibly deep. It was all about bestowing abilities upon items, such a simple concept, but it hid a lot.
There was a huge difference between bestowing an ability the weapon was almost inherently capable compared to bestowing a completely discordant ability. Of course as much as the ability was aimed at weapons, anything could be a weapon, and he already had gotten a few ideas of how to infuse abilities into equipment that could be later empowered further by enchanting and similar methods.
He was already thinking that he could use plenty of the accessories the World had to improve the Hero’s Armband further, it had been some time since he had upgraded those. Maybe he would aim to improve his equipment next, his clothes hadn’t been upgraded in a while and they had barely held on thanks to his Domain during the fight with the Moon Lord.
Maybe he would craft some accessories for himself, it would be interesting to see what he could create to complement his abilities. But most like it would be something to focus during their time Outside, it was starting to become time to leave.
“So you’re leaving soon?” Laura asked.
“That’s right.” Ruby answered. “It’s been a few weeks since the Moon Lord died and nothing’s breaking down, so we can safely leave without worries.”
“Magnus also got tired of sitting around.” Moisha added.
“That too.” Ruby laughed demurely. “We do have places to visit and things to do, and most likely a few people to kill.”
They were currently standing on the island’s beach, not far off the coast floated by the Long Fortune. It was in all honesty a small beach party given how they were enjoying the nice day. Even if Laura couldn’t help but to eye the sea warily from time to time; the memories of the Duke were still fresh in her mind.
She tore her eyes away from the ocean. “So what’s your next destination?” She finally asked.
“We’re aiming to visit our World for a short pit stop and to fix a few things before heading to another World.” Ruby answered.
“What’s so important about that second World?” Laura asked.
“Well, after I left my original World I spent nearly two years in that World recovering my memories.” Magnus answered after coming out from a portal. “I feel a certain amount of appreciation for the World and I want to help it break through some issues it has.”
“Oh, must be serious.” She said.
“Eh… yes and no. The World’s actually doing quite well and technically it deals quite well with the problem each time it pops up. But I think you could imagine that having a Demon Lord pop up every few thousand years, stuck in a reincarnation cycle with two other heroes gets repetitive. So one of the reasons I was traveling was to find a way to solve the root of the problem.”
“Is that why you were talking so avidly with the Dryad?” Laura asked.
“That’s right, the Purifying Power she has is something I hope I will be able to use to deal with the root of the problem.” He happily answered.
“Of course that will be after we stop in our World, that one has more serious issues, unfortunately.” Ruby added.
“Is it that bad?”
“Oh, our World’s kinda fucked.” Lydia said. “I don’t know what’s worse, the Primordials playing around behind the screens, or the massive being trying to eat Reality up.”
“That bad?”
“Eh…” Magnus waved his hand. “Hard to say, there’s a copy of me in that World, and last I heard my brother’s heading there to play support, it may actually turn out to be too much. But some problems need some overdoing it. I’m sure they may ask Clair to join them; it would certainly be enough firepower to deal with most problems then.”
“Three of you?!” Claire exclaimed.
“Yes, though we do cover different things, so the three of us together is more than the sum of the parts.” He answered calmly.
“What he means is that they may end up merging into a single being that would put the Moon Lord to total shame.” Romeo explained.
“Are you trying to give me nightmares?” Laura complained with a groan.
“I don’t know why you complain, there’s plenty of more possible nightmare fuel I could give you.” Magnus joked, though not really, his mind really was filled with the thing mortals could only dream off.
“Can we change the subject?” Laura asked. “At least tell me about the Worlds you’re going to.”
“Hyrule’s a pretty lovely place when it’s not dealing with their recurring Demon Lord problem. Outside of the times Ganon reappears the land advances quite well, these periods can last thousands of years even.” He explained. “It’s not that different from Terraria in a while, a highly magical land with plenty of things hidden underground and above the clouds. There’s also a lot of variety in the people that live there, you saw some examples in the Shadows I create.”
To Laura it was obvious Magnus had a lot of care for the place, the way he spoke of the places and people with a longing expression showed it.
Then Ruby and the rest talked about their World, it was quite a different thing, so Laura was having a bit of a problem understanding some of the elements that compromised it.
Subjects like how developed some areas were while others were practically untamed wildlands was almost familiar. But then Ruby started to explain how time was a twisty and turny thing, that it had repeated and would repeat again. How many realms existed around and the mind bogglingly high number of people that lived in some of the largest cities. Which was seconded by Lydia and the rest mentioning how the Undercity was practically bursting with millions of individuals.
The largest city in the island, and it was overestimating the number of people who lived there, barely reached a few thousand people. It was honestly better to call it a town, but many had jumped to call it a city thanks to the many goods and services presented. The largest place Laura had visited had ten, maybe twenty, times the number of people the so-called city had, and she had barely seen a tiny bit of it.
They were talking about places with ten, twenty or even more times the number of people as those cities. She wasn’t capable of imagining it.
Romeo’s hand on her back made her realize she was breathing hard.
“Calm down already, it’s not like you need to visit those places.” He said. “Plus, most people are born in those places, rarely people actually move in, or it takes them time to acclimate.”
“Also, the Undercity’s a terrible example.” Lydia said.
“Yeah, it’s like, the worst place to live unless you are very, very rich.” Moisha added.
“Most places are actually tamer.” Magnus said and Laura rolled her eyes, for some reason he didn’t trust him entirely.
They continued talking, but soon it came time to leave. It wasn’t an especially emotional departure, but she wouldn’t lie and say she hadn’t felt a bit when seeing them finally go.
She smiled after sharing a hug with each of them. “Good luck with your travels.” She said.
“Thank you.”
With those last words a green portal opened and the five of them stepped through. Laura remained behind to watch as the ship started to rise higher before a massive portal was erected in front of the ship before the Long Fortune punched through.
Laura’s eyes watered for a moment as she had some trouble focusing as the ship moved in a direction she had never considered or even thought possible. Though in some way she could understand how it was moving obliquely from Reality.
The moment the ship disappeared she felt as if Reality relaxed, a weight she hadn’t noticed until then and she now could breathe freely.
“Did Magnus…?” She pondered and shook her head, it wasn’t worth considering.
She turned towards the modest cabin he had created for her.
Stepping through the door revealed a much larger interior than one would expect from the looks it held on the outside. One would say it was basically a one-room shed, albeit a very picturesque one.
Instead the building laid an expansive home with many commodities and plenty of facilities for her to use to her heart’s content.
It had surprised her greatly when Magnus had answered her question of the why of the gift.
“ Easy, Romeo was worried that you had no actual home. So I decided that making you a proper place for yourself would be the best. ”
She would admit the place felt like none before had, an actual, proper home for her. A room to actually rest and not just a bed stuck in a corner, half-buried under chests and other containers. Instead there was a magical vault which she could practically throw anything she owned into it. The vault would swiftly categorize and organize it, providing anything she asked with no delay.
A proper kitchen, a fully-stocked alchemical laboratory, a functional forge, tailoring station and basically every other crafting station that she had once acquired installed in a helpful rotating system.
And that was just a few of the many things. Magnus had promised to have hidden a few surprises. Though he had explained to her a particular one.
Laura walked to a lever and pulled it. Instantly the house vibrated before the sight out from the windows started to move as the house rose in the air. No longer looking like a house on the outside, but instead an air-ship.
Now she could easily travel with everything she owned and just set anywhere she wanted.
She hoped Magnus knew how thankful she was, and truly wished him well in his travels. The World of Terraria would always welcome him back after what he had done.
For having spent the first few months of her immortal life floating in the void between dreams, teaching Buck how to look at the bright side of infinity instead of searching for infinite suffering, and later spending the next few weeks learning about just how much more existed out there.
It hadn’t taken much to understand why Milo and Rhok’zan loved each other, and she could admit the man was very similar to her wife… and she still couldn’t believe she was technically married to Rhok’zi.
Each time the thought came up her stomach filled with butterflies and the memories of their time together returned to her. She kind of wished most of them weren’t of that harrowing half-an-hour she had spent running around her family’s home and the situation with buck. Still, few memories resurfaced the longer she thought about it, even if some weren’t the nicest, it was still a thousand dates she couldn’t help but want to be told about.
Still, her mind had gone once more into a tangent as she thought back to Milo. He held the same kindness Rhok’zi showed to her followers and the same love for Life. But he had shown to very much not be human.
In her opinion the sight of the wall filled with succulents and cactus plants was quite telling he held a very different understanding on morality and punishment. Over a hundred people that he found so abhorrent that he had acted, and while he couldn’t kill them, each of those small plants held a mind being practically tortured by the constraints of their new form.
Each plant was taken care of perfectly, but there was little pleasure or perception of anything for those minds, imprisoned in green cages. A horrible torture that she wouldn’t wish on anyone.
Of course she did felt a little less sorry after hearing what some of them had done in their life. Though she still held hope some of them could recover with the proper care and interaction.
“ Hmm, that unstoppable, stubborn hope is definitely part of what made our precious goat fall in love with you, Stardust. ” Milo had said when she had commented on the imprisoned minds. “ Maybe we can try some of those with the lightest sentences. ”
She had given him her brightest smile, one which he had happily returned and made her blush. She could understand why they called him the Smiling Saint. Just seeing him smile made her feel as if everything would be okay.
Of course it wouldn’t be that easy, Milo had insisted she finish her studies first and took some of the advanced classes on dealing with people. In Stardust’s mind, she was already a master of that, she had disarmed the Thousand down to the last individual. But she could admit it would be nice to know she could do it.
The System she had been given helped her with that. It had been curious how she had been remembering more and more the longer she had it in her. The System had also recognized her as an Eldritch-Kissed Immortal, which made her blush and restarted the flutter in her stomach. But apparently it also meant she wasn’t human anymore.
She wasn’t too sure how she felt about it. But she had Infinity to get used to it, and as she had told Buck, she was going to look at the bright side of everything. Which in this particular case meant that she was indeed a wonderful goat’s wife.
Her life in Yuki had turned out to be quite interesting too. When Milo had said things gained life around him he wasn’t joking. Everything in the ship was alive, starting with the ship itself. Yuki was like a strange mix between a home, a maid and a general caretaker. It was always ready to help while also anticipating their needs and keeping them comfortable.
Yuki was also incredibly vast inside, while she had a pretty mundane room all for herself, the truth was that there were dozens more rooms that were practically small planets all on their own. Milo had explained that he used many of them to practice his abilities and that while she could visit most of them, some would require his permission given the danger that existed in them. As Immortal as she was and as easily he could heal her, he didn’t want her getting injured when it wasn’t necessary.
And then there were the other beings that lived in the ship, those were considerably more varied. Most of them were very simple beings, small things that were sparked up. They mostly bounced, rolled, slid and just wandered the expansive fields that existed inside Yuki.
Others were considerably more complex, from the Potted Plant People, who reminded her of gnomes, to the largest beasts that were practically planets on their own.
The former were just adorable, they were a laborious bunch that took care of their fields, decorated their pot bodies and trimmed their plant halves. They were quite social and friendly and she had spent a few days just enjoying their company and helping them, not like she got tired anymore.
As for the big guys… She had been quite surprised when a mountain opened an eye to look at her. The amount of feeling such a being could put was overwhelming, or it would be if it felt gentler than being in the presence of Rhok’zi or Aunty Nyan Nyan.
Or being under the full blast of Milo’s presence.
The being that had stood in front of her was Milo and it was not, it made her wonder if that was what Rhok’zan had mentioned about her true self being a very sexy tree.
He had shown her all of his forms, the human was a given and what he appeared usually as. The humanoid cat was very huggable, she had to admit she had forgotten for a moment that he was still Milo. The massive cat form was something else, but she couldn’t not see Milo still smiling at it.
The next form was strange, it had started by turning more monstrous before he shrank and… inverted? Unfolded? Went inside-out? It was hard to tell, but the being in front of her was like nothing she had seen before, it slightly reminded her of the space between dreams, but saturated with Life and care.
She felt his presence pressing against her sanity, but there was hardly anything there, and what was left was untouchable. And anyways, just being in his presence made her feel relaxed, in a similar way to being near Rhok’zi.
He hadn’t stayed like that for long, admitting that it was, while not uncomfortable, unnecessary without a good goal for the form.
Stardust was quite happy that he had still shown her, and quite curious about how it would be for the two other siblings. Thankfully they were quickly reaching their destination, she would soon be meeting the second Magnus.
Notes:
36.15.1-Advanced Materials(200CP)(XCOM 2)(Resources):As you experiment the physics and rules of a world ideas for new materials come to you. Elements and compounds from different universes often follow the same rules after all, so it should be theoretically possible to mix them. While you are developing new materials for your projects you will instinctively know whether or not materials will be compatible with each other and roughly how strong they will be. You will not know the exact ratio or procedure you will need to perform to fabricate these exotic materials, and it's not guaranteed that every material will be compatible with each other, but development will be made a lot easier.
23.31.1-Infusionist (600CP)(Monster Hunter)(EnchantingCP):The ability to infuse items with abilities, Usually Elemental abilities. How good the infused ability depends on the quality and use of the item.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 78
“ We’re about to arrive .”
Milo’s voice surprised Stardust, she still took her time to sit up. The long, gator-like being she had been using as a chair raised its tail to help her. She gave it a pat on the head in gratitude. She wiped the bit of sand that had stuck to her body from her early swimming.
She had been spending the day relaxing on one of the beaches. It had surprised her to see that the water was not only warm and sweet, but also practically crystal clear. She would still take a shower, but not being bothered by the sensation of dry salt on her skin was quite the advantage.
“Oh! Can I see the World?” She quickly asked as a blue portal opened in front of her, allowing her to step out of the beach and straight to her room to get cleaned and changed.
“ Unfortunately, you can’t exactly look at the Outside since it doesn’t exist. As resilient your mind has become from your experience, the Outside is just another beast. ” He happily explained.
Stardust nodded as she washed her hair. “So how do you know we’re arriving?”
“ Did I forget to cover that subject? ” He asked, even if he fully knew the answer.
Stardust let out a grumble as he had really not explained it. Though she hadn’t asked about it before either.
“ We install buoys outside of Worlds we visit, they work both for traveling the Outside, marking the World and for communication as they set up a network. ”
“Oh! So they are a mix of lighthouse, telephone pole and a big warning sign?”
“ Exactly, Stardust. For example the World we’re approaching has a massive warning about the dangers of approaching it unprepared… just like my brother accidentally did when he first arrived. ”
After changing clothes she joined Milo. It was a strange meeting in a forest clearing, especially when they were still technically inside a living ship swimming through nothing.
“Milo, I have a question.” She said, “Where will Yuki, ehrm… park?”
“Magnus prepared a spot with some allies he acquired.” He replied.
A screen was projected in front of them, an ocean of grass, plains that extended practically as far as the image showed, the terrain practically empty besides a strange creature. She couldn’t honestly tell how big it was, besides saying it was big, there was nothing around it to compare it to.
“That’s not Earth, right?” She asked.
“No, from what Magnus explained it’s a neighboring Realm called Jade, close enough that travel between them is actually quite easy and common.” Milo explained.
With that she nodded, feeling the change as Yuki skillfully swam their way into the World, traversing through the layers until it entered Reality and Jade. Instantly the still image that they had been shown was replaced by the real thing.
She had only seen the sea once, and it had been from the beach, neither from above. The sheer enormity was almost suffocating, green as far as the eye could see, the wind created waves through the grass and only a few things stuck out from the homogeneity.
Milo’s hand on her shoulder kept her knees from going weak.
“It’s…”
“Nature can sometimes feel completely alien, no?” He joked as Yuki flew down towards the creature she had seen in the image. “It’s called a Psi-Snail.” He explained.
Now that he mentioned it, it did look slightly like a snail, and it had obviously known they were coming. As they came closer she noticed there were other creatures living on it, looking like ants compared to the snail.
“And those are Psi-Kobolds.” Milo added, a new image appeared on the screen.
It was obvious that it wasn’t live, it was too well taken and showed their bodies quite well. Most likely it had been taken by Magnus.
A blue portal opened up the moment Yuki landed, and for the first time Stardust saw them fully. The living ship looked like a whale, albeit one lacking any kind of opening. They were of a similar size to the Psi-Snail, or maybe it was the other way around? They were both quite the immense beings that had many others living inside of them.
The next surprise was the fact that Psi-Kobolds were huge! Even the smallest one was twice as tall as she was. Though none of them were looking at her, instead every last one had their eyes glued on Milo.
The only one was a man she quickly recognized as Magnus. The purple-haired man disappeared from where he stood and was suddenly hugging Milo. She didn’t miss the small reaction Milo had when they hugged, she wasn’t sure if asking about it.
“I hope you arrived without problems.” Magnus said once he pulled away from his brother.
“Oh, the trip was completely calm, my visit to Rhok’zi did bring up a little surprise.” Milo said before gesturing to her. “This is Stardust, Rhok’zi’s wife.”
She stiffened before a shiver ran down her spine, the moment he looked at her it felt as if he looked through her. And from what his brother had said, Magnus may as well be capable of.
“Oh! Ain’t you the most adorable little, goat girl cultist.” He said and was suddenly hugging her.
She wondered if she would get used to the amount of affection most Eldritch Beings she met showed her. Though it felt nice.
Stardust smiled once she was released from the hug. “Nice to meet you too!”
He nodded and gestured to the towering ...woman? Stardust was pretty sure the person walking towards them was female, there was something in their figure and way of walking.
“This is Queen Ibis of the Psi-Kobolds, and you have already seen the Psi-Snail.” Magnus presented them.
“ Greetings. ” Her voice vibrated inside of Stardust’s head, surprising her more than a bit.
“Nice to meet you!” She happily replied.
“ Little One. Equals. Okay? ” Queen Ibis spoke directly to him, though with Milo around, Magnus was pretty sure he had heard it too.
“ She’s a little mad, it’s a side-effect of long-term exposure to an Elder God entity. I’ll explain what that covers later if you want. ”
“ Don’t worry, she’s harmless. The most danger she presents is if you don’t want to be her friend. ” Milo interjected with good humor.
Ibis stiffened and let out a surprised sound through the psychic network. Magnus chuckled, if she expected his brother to not be aware of any psychic conversation in his presence, she would be quite foolish.
He smiled. “Milo, how about you stay with my Shadow and Queen Ibis? I will take Stardust to Earth and show her where she can stay.”
“Sure.”
Magnus nodded and opened a portal, gesturing for Stardust to follow him. The two of them stepped right into his garden.
“Oh, is this your home? You've got a lovely place.” She said.
“Thank you, I built it myself.” He said as they stepped inside, taking her through a quick tour.
“This will be your room, I will make you some clothes, but for more I’m sure Genn, Brianna or Brittany will be more than happy to take you shopping.” He said as they stepped into a pretty mundane looking room.
“That’s so nice of you.” The young woman smiled with the brightness of the sun.
“Oh my god, you really are adorable.” Magnus laughed.
“It feels like I’ve been wearing these clothes for forever, it will be nice to have some other clothes.”
“And any clothes I make will be incredibly reinforced, I’ve got the Cheetah mark of approval on their resistance.” He said.
“Who’s Cheetah?”
“Oh, sorry. Britanny ‘Cheetah’ Gia is a local friend, she’s called that because she’s a Werecheetah with the unfortunate luck of frequently encountering wardrobe malfunctions.” He explained. “You will most likely meet her soon, just a warning, she’s a very tall cat woman, very fast and currently pregnant. So she may be a bit moody and just accidentally squeeze you with a hug.”
“Oh! I don’t have a problem with that, Rhok’zi is the same.” Stardust said.
The sound of the front door opening made him look up. “Looks like Brianna and Genn have arrived.” He said.
His girlfriend and the Rakshasa he called his sister. The two of them walked to the living room, not entirely surprised to find the pair lugging their shopping bags.
Bri instantly dropped them and jumped to his arms, giving him a big kiss before she even noticed Stardust.
“Magnus?” She asked.
He still held her much larger body in his arms without a problem. “Bri, Genn, this is Stardust, my brother’s girlfriend’s wife.” He explained, causing the young woman to blush.
“...Hi!” She said after a moment, smiling warmly before accidentally bleating and blushing embarrassed.
Both of them blinked, but it was Genn who asked first, “… wait, how does that work?”
“From what Stardust told me, it has to do with a cult, time loops, unending optimism and a lot of stubbornness.” He explained a very censored version of the story Stardust had told him while they walked around the house.
“And how does your brother fit in that?”
“Milo and Rhok’zan were in a kind-of on-and-off thing, but mostly because of distance issues. Stardust met Rhok’zan while they were apart.” He explained.
“He came in at a very lucky time, unfortunately Rhok’zi had to wake up, so he invited me to come travel with him instead of being dropped for a few hundred years in the space between dreams.” She added.
“Stardust, remember that most people won’t understand what you mean by that, and I’m sure Milo warned you from explaining exactly what a lot of that means.” He corrected her before saying towards the two other women, “If you want I will explain it later, but under some more serious barriers and with some extra protection.”
“Is all of that necessary?” Brianna asked as he let her down.
“Mainly for your security, and most likely I will still wait until Milo comes, he’s finishing a few things back on the place they landed.” He said.
The two of them nodded and he quickly gave them a hand with their bags.
“So is Stardust your name?” Genn asked as they relocated to the living room after leaving the bags in their respective rooms.
“Ah! No, actually Stardust is a nickname only my parents used, originally. But it kinda became my name during the loops. My actual name is Hope.” Stardust answered.
“Uh, that’s strangely fitting.” Magnus said. “The Stubborn Hope.”
In front of their eyes the young woman shivered. “What was that?!”
He laughed. “Sorry, sorry, it seems that I Titled you.” He replied.
“Oh! That’s how Milo’s titled the Smiling Saint?” She asked
“Yeah, I’m Forger Teacher, and my original is Forger Traveler.” Magnus explained.
Brianna pouted. “I want a title too.” She said and caused them to laugh softly.
“Don’t worry, you keep doing what you like and you will get it.” Magnus said. “Titles are about who you are and what you do. You rarely look out for them, they mostly find you, someone just comments on it.” He explained.
“Will you be the one to title me?” Brianna asked, leaning against his body.
Magnus chuckled but wholeheartedly answered, “Of course.”
Stardust’s squeal made them all turn to her. “You two are adorable.”
Genn chuckled. “You’re quite adorable too, Hope.”
“Also, you’ve not seen Genn and her boyfriend, they really leave us in the dust.” He teased, making her blush.
Even Genn laughed at the joke, Magnus was glad to see Stardust fitting in so well.
Link had to admit there were little differences between the two Sheikah women sitting in front of him. Mainly he noticed the difference in their eyes.
Paya’s eyes were softer, showing her inexperience with the world, meanwhile Impa’s eyes were wizened. Even when both appeared to be nearly the same age, Impa’s gaze revealed the experience of a long life.
He had been wary at first when Paya had intercepted him, but she had been warmly greeted by the two guards by the entrance to the village and taken directly to the chief’s house, who turned out to be Impa. He had been a bit confused, the name was familiar, and she had been who she was looking for. But being told to meet someone that had been alive for over a hundred years and find a young woman was confusing.
“You look exactly like I remember you.” Impa said.
He just shrugged.
“And still as economic with your words.” She laughed and asked Paya, “How did he fight?”
“I don’t think I could win in a fair fight, but he’s rusty.” She answered.
Impa laughed. “Of course he’s rusty, he’s been practically dead for a century.” She then turned to him. “But it’s good to hear you feel hopeful enough to be capable of sneaking up on him.”
“I’ve gotten considerably better in the last few years, grandmother.” Paya complained.
“Oh, you sure have, but don’t underestimate Link, there’s a reason he was chosen by the Master Sword.” She said and gave him a look. “And it looks like you don’t have it on you.”
Link shook his head. He knew he lacked his weapon, unfortunately he didn’t know where it was resting.
Impa nodded. “Zelda mentioned she had hidden it away somewhere where the Master Sword could heal and only you would be able to retrieve it.”
He thought about it, but unfortunately nothing came to mind at the moment. He would need to explore more until something sparked his memories. He just shook his head.
“Hmm, I’m sure something will come up sooner or later.” Impa said. “Anyways, you must be tired, Paya, show him his room… or your room.” She laughed.
“Grandmother!” She cried out scandalized.
“What? You’re of age and waiting for Magnus will do nothing for you, he’s seen you only as a sibling.”
The older woman stopped laughing as Link made a gesture of questioning about the name.
“Oh, right, you wouldn’t know him.” Impa said, calming down. “Magnus is quite the particular individual, he arrived in Hyrule about five years ago, lacking his memories and more than eager to learn anything he could.”
Link’s eyebrows rose together at that.
“Yes, both of you have more than a few similarities.” Impa said. “He traveled most of Hyrule over a year and a half before he left. Magnus’ not from Hyrule, though he promised to come back. Paya was hopeful he would.”
“Grandmother, can you not?” She huffed.
“Let it go, child.” The woman said. “Now, show him a room. You should head to Hateno in the morning, my sister will want to see you and get you an upgrade for your Sheikah Slate.”
He reached for the slate. Link hadn’t experimented much with it, but it was certainly useful in what he had found. The way it allowed him to store things without a backpack and keep all the ingredients he had collected fresh would make surviving in the wild very simple.
The Runes were also quite the helpful addition and he was sure they would fit quite well in his arsenal of options once he got more familiar with them.
“Yes, that.” Impa hummed. “It’s strange to see one of those again, it’s been a few years since Purah upgraded to the original design.” With those words she gestures to the glove she wielded on her right hand.
Link had noticed it earlier, but hadn’t seen it as important enough to make a comment of it. Now that he looked at it better, it held a lot of the same details as the Sheikah Slate. It looked like Paya had a similar one too.
“My sister will most likely hook you up with one of these, she will also most likely start ordering you around for a few things.” Impa said and chuckled. “Don’t worry, I’m sure she will mainly send you to do things you will find useful too.”
He nodded, thanking the ‘older’ woman before following Paya. He was asleep as soon as his head touched the pillow.
Link woke up chasing after the dreams he had, the sensation of known things and familiar memories slipping through his fingers, escaping him. He was a bit bothered by not being able to fall asleep again.
The change of clothes improved his mood, he quickly washed himself with the bucket of water left outside of the door and changed into them.
His mood improved slightly more with breakfast.
This time it was only Impa who shared the moment with him.
“Paya’s currently acquiring a horse for you, it will make the way to Hateno much faster.” She said. “But I would recommend you visit the new tower that sprouted South after Fort Hateno, you’ll have to take the South road, hope you remember the area, because it’s not changed much.”
He nodded, chowing down the rest of the food.
“I don’t doubt Purah will aim you well, but if after meeting her you’re looking for your next goal, I would recommend visiting the Zora Domain. You’re still remembered there.”
He nodded, there were a few memories associated with the Zora, but no names came up to mind at the moment. It would hopefully loosen up a few things.
After eating he headed outside, Paya and some of the guards he had greeted on his way to breakfast were waiting for him with a healthy-looking, sorrel mare.
“This young lady was quite eager to help when I went looking for a horse for you, Link.” Paya said.
One of the guards snorted. “And that has nothing to do with the fact that no one has been able to ride her?” He asked.
Link ignored them as he carefully approached the mare, hand reaching gently out. The horse gave him a look before pressing her face against his hand.
“Someone would say that this horse was waiting for you.” Impa said knowingly.
Link just thanked them for the horse and easily jumped onto the saddle. With a gesture he wished them well.
“Do come back around, Link, there’s still plenty for you to do in Kakariko.” Impa said.
He quickly left the waving Sheikah behind as he rode out of the village and down the road towards Kakariko Bridge.
He stopped half-way down the road to look towards the Blatchery Plains, the area was looking on the mend. He felt flashes of memories and froze.
There had been so many Guardians, the rain, all attacking them, the destruction, being overwhelmed, and something-
He lost the memory, leaving him grumbling as he gently had the mare start a gentle pace down, feeling strangely melancholic.
Even with the gentle pace, they made it to Fort Hateno before noon. It was strange, he remembered the fort in a considerably worse situation compared to what he found. The reinforced stone wall looked quite pristine, no missing pieces, even with the few signs of craters on the ground in front of it.
It also appeared to be sure, a couple of guards stood to each side of the open door and a small number of Hylian guards patrolled the area. There even was a modest encampment on the other side.
“Greetings traveler.” One of the two guards said.
He nodded.
“Man of little words, eh?” They laughed. “If you’re heading to Hateno then keep in mind that we still haven’t patrolled the area for monsters.”
Link nodded again and patted the sword hanging from his waist.
“Ah, ready for a fight, if you know how to use it you will be okay, most ‘blins in the area are red.” The guard said. “Still, keep an eye out, they have been acting strange since the large tower rose.”
He thanked them for the warning as he picked up the speed once he left the fort behind. He had to admit that from what little he remembered, the fort hadn’t even been that used back then.
The mare kept a nice speed as they went around the curve and down the road until they reached the bridge, crossing the Fir River and slowing down as she started the way up the slope towards the very noticeable tower.
He noticed a small camp of Bokoblins not far from the tower, approaching them would be dangerous for the horse he was riding, so he quickly dismounted. He patted the mare’s side before unsheathing his sword and holding the shield as he sneaked closer.
A quick stab through the back of the neck killed a Bokoblin distracted with the meat cooking over the fire. Its dying gurgles alerted the rest, but a bit too slow as he swiftly jumped and sliced down with his blade, taking one of the next target’s eyes; following it with a solid shield bash towards the last one.
Chaos was very effective in keeping his opponents unbalanced, and Link quickly took full advantage to kill the leftover Bokoblins. A quick check showed that the area was quite safe outside of what he saw far in the distance.
Now he had a bigger problem, the tower was definitely taller than the one he had climbed in the Great Plateau, and worse, it had some pretty nasty-looking brambles climbing it too.
Thankfully he remembered that this type of bramble was considerably flammable and all he needed was one of the burning logs from the fire pit to watch the dry-looking brambles go up in fire. And what a sight!
Once he could see the highest of the fires go out he started to climb it up. It took him almost ten minutes, having to take multiple breaks on the way up before reaching the top.
The sight was even more incredible than the other tower he had climbed. The tower watched well over the region, he could see both Hateno and the fort he had passed. He also noticed a tree camp half-constructed down the road he would take next.
After tearing his eyes off the sights he walked to the center of the tower and placed the Sheikah Slate down, once more watching it connect with the tower and download the local map.
After checking it was working well, he walked over to the edge before swiftly jumping down. He was quite patient on the way down before retrieving the hang glider and arresting his fall.
A quick whistle had the mare trotting to his side, letting him quickly mount her up and continue his way.
At the speed he was going he would reach Hateno Village in the middle afternoon, especially if he would be taking care of the monsters he saw in the way.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 79
Gina felt the usual giddiness at the sight, in front of her group there was an untouched tomb all for herself! Or well, her and her team, though it was not her usual one.
With Britanny off the rooster with her pregnancy, she needed a replacement… or well, someone to replace her sister. Unfortunately Stryyp was in firm orders from his wife to not adventure with Gina after the catastrophic results of their last attempt.
Genn was similarly out of the team, the Rakshasa had admitted to having had enough excitement for some time. Gina didn’t blame her, it wasn’t an activity for everyone.
And while Brianna wasn’t up for the task of coming either Magnus could, along with two more individuals.
Milo was Magnus’ brother, or was he? Magnus was a clone, sort of, so did that still extend to him? From the way they acted around each other she was going to say yes. The young man was the opposite to his brother in many ways.
Where Magnus’ hair was long, his was short. While Magnus’ skin was darker, his was barely below sun-tanned. Milo was above average in height while Magnus was honestly definitely below average.
Though as many differences, both had the same general aura of chaos and individuality. Milo had presented himself with a smile on his lips and it hadn’t left him at all. The man had an all-the-time-present sunshine and rainbows mood to him.
Not too dissimilar to the young woman that had come with him. Stardust, or Hope as she admitted her actual name to be, she was quite the joyful and happy woman. But Gina couldn’t help but to feel there was something wrong about her.
Given her inhuman features, Gina theorized that the young woman simply had a different way to observe reality and those little ticks she noticed were things she didn’t notice.
But she could worry about that later, right now she had the whole tomb of Cho-kah for herself… or well, her and her team!
The tomb had been believed to have been lost for over five thousand years, which may have not been true because she found some mentions of its location in some three thousand years old hieroglyphics in a four thousand years old ruin.
The inscriptions had been miraculously preserved when the whole room had been filled with tar after an earthquake, and only recently revealed when another earthquake had the tar pit drain down into an underground chamber. It had still taken a month of careful work to clean the revealed subterranean structure.
How mentions of the Cho-kah’s tomb’s location had been found in the opposite side of the world still eluded her, there was practically no sign of who had carved the hieroglyphics in the second tomb. Unfortunately a lot was lost by the tar, both in its initial introduction and in its cleaning departure.
The past was full of mysteries and that particular one would most likely never be resolved. On the other hand, the contents of the ancient tomb were now full for their exploration. Hidden in a tropical island off the coast of Indonesia. It was surprising it hadn’t been found before, but Magnus had revealed the place was actually under a pretty potent illusion.
His presence had been enough to break through the barrier keeping the world unaware of its existence. Ace had parked his plane right off the beach. The pilot had remained on the plane as they had made their way down to the beach and through the jungle for five minutes before reaching the tomb.
She had expected things to be harder, but plants, trees and bushes practically moved off their way to give them free passage. Apparently Milo didn’t see a problem with using his abilities to bend the plant life for their advantage. She couldn’t complain, as it seemed that his control extended to bugs and they had been left completely alone.
Of the tomb, the first thing they found was a tiny, stone construction, looking almost like a covered well. Though a deeper scan revealed it was just the very tip of a massive castle.
“It extends so far down.” Stardust had observed.
“Yes, it’s not too surprising, there’s many tombs in this world that share this particularity.” Gina explained. “Of course there are different kinds, some of them were constructed this way, some sunk, others were buried, some ended underground, and some actually sprouted up.”
Gina eyed the scans, she couldn’t put her finger on why some of the tunnels looked familiar.
“And they are all filled with traps.” Magnus mentioned.
“And they are all filled with traps.” Gina agreed. “That means we’ll be going very carefully down there. But first, Magnus, can you set up camp?”
“Easily.” He answered and gave his brother a look, instantly the few plants in the area stood up and wandered off, leaving an empty area of dirt that quickly darkened into a pitch-black circle.
It wasn’t the first time she had observed it, and it was still hypnotizing to watch the man build things with magic. It was different from what she has observed from other magic users; to begin with, she could actually study the phenomena as it seemed to have some basis in technology.
The way he utilized a proto-pocket realm to carry the transmutation and shaping of the materials was incredibly smart. The pocket-realm was bereft of any influences that would affect the crafting process, not even gravity existed inside, giving Magnus full control of the materials down to the molecular order; at least theoretically.
She was already applying some of those paradigms to her own 3D printing. The results talked for themselves, a reduction in errors by forty percent and an increase of production speed by twenty percent. In addition to those two facts, the zero-g environment allowed her to push the production of some interesting alloys quite further than she thought possible before.
A moment later a small camp rose up from the darkness, nothing too impressive. Just enough of a safe spot to study anything interesting they didn’t want to study inside of the tomb.
She hadn’t been idle, she had retrieved the necessary descent equipment from her subspace pocket, and a torch that went unused as both Milo and Magnus literally illuminated the room they had dropped into with their presence.
The room they had landed in was curious, the first thing she noticed was that it held a heavy resemblance to Persian or Iranian dome architecture. The well they had dropped was more of a ventilation or skylight. The room was very much an observatory, thanks to the lighting she could see the night sky carved on the inside of the dome.
She didn’t remember any mention of Chu-Kah’s interest for astronomy, and it showed in how the area appeared to have been unused outside of the wild animals that obviously took refuge inside, and how the floor was covered in a thick layer of fertile soil.
“There’s a door down there.” Magnus pointed towards the South side of the room.
Gina grumbled. “It will take a few hours to dig that up.”
“Then let me help.” Milo said and stepped forward.
He didn’t even gesture and the dirt floor simply rose, leaving the stairs down perfectly exposed; the soil disappearing a moment later.
“Excellent!” Gina cheered. “We may be able to finish the mapping quickly if things go this way.” She said and started to go down the stairs, the rest following close.
Magnus happily followed behind Gina, his senses allowed him to know pretty well what was around the corners and hidden in small nooks and crannies. But Gina couldn’t, so it was quite impressive to see how well she took out the traps and dangers ahead of them.
“ And you say she doesn’t have a Title? ” Milo asked through their mental connection.
“ Nope, actually I’ve not found any Title-holder in this World so far. ” He replied.
“ Uh… curious, I would have imagined such a magical World would have at least a few examples of it. ”
“ No idea, though I also have not seen it interesting enough to look deeper into it. ” Magnus replied as he gave Gina a hand by moving a few stone blocks.
“This is so cool, I can’t wait to tell Rhok’zi all about this once we go back.” Stardust said.
Gina looked up from the mechanism she had just finished disarming. “Rhok’zi’s your wife, right?” She asked, curious.
Stardust nodded with a small blush. “Yes, though it’s not entirely correct to say it. But marriage is the closest explanation of the ritual that was carried.” She explained, giving a few side-looks towards Milo who just nodded.
“Oh, I’ve studied many rituals in the past, what kind of ritual was it?” Gina asked as Magnus felt something shift right outside of the tomb.
“Oh, it was the Ritual of-” Stardust answered, but the last words were completely silenced, making her look surprised.
“Sorry, but that particular bit of information shouldn’t be shared.” Milo answered. “And before you ask, because I do know what you’re going to ask. No, it’s really better not knowing, the Ritual she carried could as well be considered a Curse of the largest order if one’s not prepared, most people would never be ready for it.” He said.
“Oh… I think I’ve an idea then, I won’t prod any further.” She said worried.
“Looks like we've got some company out there.” Magnus noted.
“What?! Who?!” Gina’s attitude quickly switched to one of anger.
“It feels like four… five people.” Milo answered for him. “Three men, two women, I would say four of them had been genetically modified in one way or another, the youngest is the only one that appears mostly human.”
“Lord Talon.” Gina said, venomously.
“Do they have any right to be here?” He asked.
Gina shook her head. “No, this site is private, the discovery was carried completely on my own and it was properly marked as mine in the paperwork.”
“Then I will go ask them to politely leave.” Magnus said, and after Gina nodded he Stepped through the shadows and out of the dig site.
Five people as Milo had noticed, fitting quite well the description of Erwin ‘Lord’ Talon and his usual four bodyguards. Erwin was quite the precious one, barely a preteen and already traveling the world and hunting for riches. In his case it was mainly genetic material to further improve his own knowledge and forces.
He wondered if it was just chance or the World had been influenced by the existence of Hyrule not too far off as two of his bodyguards were called Link and Zelda, though in this case Link was a woman. Both of them were quite capable CQC fighters with improved bodies.
The other two were a ninja who went by the name Daishi, though his actual name was Galford, and a mage by the name of Ionis. His earlier theory was partially reinforced by how similar Galford and Gannondorf were. Though in all honesty it was just a curiosity as it didn’t change much.
“Greetings.” He said, not committing to any theatrics… yet.
The five of them stopped rummaging through the camp he had erected, or at least tried to as there was nothing there. Gina had asked for it mostly out of habit. They would most likely use it to study anything they recovered from the tomb before they left.
The four bodyguards froze and quickly turned to face him as Erwin took a moment longer.
“May I ask what are you doing here?” Magnus asked. “All records indicate that this island’s been properly reserved for a private dig.”
The kid snorted. “That doesn’t matter.” He said with a scoff. “And you… you’re that weird man that was with Diggers back at the annual meeting, so she must be behind this.”
“Magnus, the Teacher, and yes, Gina’s underground.” He answered. “Now, I would recommend you five leave peacefully.”
“And if we don’t?” Zelda asked.
“Then I humiliate you.” He replied with a smile upon his lips as the Grimoire appeared on his hand. “Now what will it be? You leave peacefully? Or I send everyone the pictures I will take after I’m done with you four?”
And just like that he turned and reached out, grabbing Daishi by the face. The man freezing in surprise, and from the few Stasis Runes glued to his figure, and a stronger one right over his face.
“Now, as I was saying-” He stopped as Ionis launched a magic blast at him.
He dodged back as he went invisible, two illusions moved to the right and left, hiding his actual actions.
As Link and Zelda moved towards the Illusions, he instead blinked towards Ionis, slapping another set of Stasis Runes on the mage before he could react, just as the two women’s attacks went through the fakes.
“How terrible you two must be that in a fifty-fifty chance you manage to miss both.” One of the Illusions taunted.
“You slippery fucker!” Zelda cried out as she tried to attack again, the Illusion still easily dodging her attacks.
Magnus had to admit they were quite skilled, but she was going too much for pure power and not enough skill. On the other hand Link was managing a bit better, bridging the difference with skill and careful application of power.
Unfortunately for the pair, they were still fighting Illusions as he sneaked behind Erwin and used a modified Stasis Rune on his back, immobilizing his body to the level of a full body bind and keeping him from speaking.
“Come out and fight us!” Link screamed as the two women stopped trying to fight the Illusions.
“You shouldn’t let anger blind you.” His voice projected right behind Zelda, making the bald woman turn swiftly and throw a punch.
Unfortunately for her, Link was right behind her as the two of them had moved back to back to cover their blind spots.
The punch was a magnificent example of a cross punch, which was very unlucky for Zelda as the hit caught her turning around. Zelda’s fist impacted right into her cheek with enough force that the woman’s body spun in the air before falling down completely out of it.
Magnus clapped and let out a whistle. “Impressive.” He said as his hand pressed against Zelda’s back, putting her in stasis. “But unfortunately it was very badly aimed.”
He looked at the four stasis’ed people and the knocked out woman, a mischievous grin spread on his lips. He cracked his fingers. “And as I promised, let’s start the humiliating photo shoot!”
By the time Gina and the others came out of the tomb, Magnus was finishing the tea party photo shoot.
The blonde looked at the princess dresses and specifically at Erwin’s one before breaking out laughing.
“I offered them to leave peacefully, but they took the humiliating photoshoot instead.” Magnus said as the Illusions broke. “Milo, can you help me?”
His brother nodded as Magnus opened a portal directly to Erwin’s back garden so his brother could move the five of them through.
“Don’t worry, Erwin, I sent your mother the best pictures.” Magnus called out as the Stasis Runes broke just as the portal closed and cut the screaming. “There we go, I hope you found something interesting down there.”
Gina chuckled before answering, “Well… we found some thing .”
“We found a friend!” Stardust quickly interjected as the ground shook.
Milo quickly lifted Gina, Stardust and himself as Magnus easily jumped off, stepping on Light barriers to get some height as the ground started to bulge out. In front of their eyes the ground started to break as the dome they had observed from the inside emerged from the ground.
More and more of the building came out as suddenly a massive hand came out, grabbing the ground and pulling a titanic figure out. Easily two hundred meters tall, the castle had been erected on the being’s hunch.
“Apparently it had been sleeping since Earth’s age of magic.” Milo explained. “Our combined presence here saturated the air with enough magic that it woke up when we explored deeper.”
“So this is why the clues to the tomb were on the other side of the world!” Gina excitedly said. “The knowledge about the giant was lost, most likely considered part of a legend and ignored as it was passed down.”
“Sounds logical, people tend to disregard impossible-sounding facts, especially if the tomb was still believed to be true after Magic became something so rare.” Magnus mused.
“What impresses me more, is that Stardust here managed to charm it so easily.” Gina said.
“I wouldn’t be too surprised if I were you.” Milo commented. “She’s dangerously friendly, and more than stubborn enough to turn even enemies into friends and followers.”
Gina looked at the goat girl who had somehow managed to get to the giant’s hand and was happily prattling as the being’s full attention was on her.
“Unfortunately they won’t be able to survive if we move away.” Milo noted. “It will quickly look to bury itself again and go back to hibernation.”
“We could move them to Jade.” Magnus said.
“That would certainly make it easier to study the tomb built on its back,” Gina said, “but the logistics of it…”
“Ask your father for help then.” Magnus suggested. “I imagine the Magic Council would be interested in helping with a case such as these.”
“Hmm… It’s not a bad idea.” Gina mused.
He could only chuckle, as they were thinking what to do, Stardust had wiggled her way onto the giant’s head and was happily telling the being about her family. He could only shake his head with a smile on his lips, she definitely was dangerously friendly.
Brianna took a step back to look at her latest work.
She had based a lot of the power suit in Gina’s old designs and added her personal flare to it. Not only had she aimed to increase its speed and power, but also had applied a lot of the magical knowledge she had been learning from her father and Magnus.
Though as happy as she was about it, she still couldn’t shake off the emotions caused by what she had learned a couple weeks earlier.
The original talk with the older Gina had already shook her, but it had been reading the information Magnus had provided that proved the veracity of the whole thing.
She had very carefully hacked more than a few governmental databases to confirm things. Illegal? Yes. But it had confirmed the existence of many of those people down to some very personal details. So after confirming all the leads, she quickly erased her copies of the information and removed all traces back to her, going as far as completely recycling the computer she had used down to the last screw.
She had thrown herself into her studies and work. And while it had been quite the productive time, she now wanted some proper answers.
It took her just a few minutes to make sure nothing in her lab would explode before changing clothes and heading to Magnus’ place, as he should be back from the dig site he joined Gina at.
Having a key allowed her to waltz right into the house, though when she found no one on the upper side of the house, she went down to the lab, where she found Magnus and Milo in the green houses the former had built. Though it was strange to call them green houses when they were diminutive planets floating in an empty pocket realm.
“Bri.” Magnus happily greeted her, pulling her right off the door of the pocket realm right into his arms.
She let out a small squeal of surprise, only silenced by his kiss.
“Hmm, hi Milo, all good?” She asked once she had her lips freed from the kiss.
“Yes, taking a break from helping with the unearthed Giant.” The silver-haired man answered.
“And Stardust?”
“She went with Gina to make sure the Giant was taken care of.” Magnus answered.
“Isn’t that dangerous? I mean, what if something happened to her?” Bri asked.
Milo and Magnus shared a look.
“Hope is…” Magnus started.
“If something happened to Stardust, the Giant would most likely kill everyone involved, when we say she’s charismatic we’re underestimating just how good she’s at making friends and turning people to her side.” Milo explained. “She, alone and with barely no support, depogramed and charmed a thousand cultists down to the leader of the cult itself.”
“In other words, if you give her the chance she will friend anyone, and she doesn’t even need magical lasers.” Magnus said and his brother nodded.
“That sounds familiar, but I take it’s something from your World? Or one you visited?” Bri asked as her boyfriend prepared a spot for them to sit down to talk.
“Kinda?” Magnus was the one to reply. “It was an old anime in our World, but dad does have knowledge of how the show’s magic and tech works, so it must exist out there.”
“Once more I’m surprised by how weird your World is.” She said.
“For us it’s very normal, we’re born in a World that had gone through massive changes by the time we were born.” Milo said. “Of course it didn’t start like that, from the memories we had shared, it was originally a completely mundane World, no magic, spirits, superpowers or anything like that.”
“You said it started with some beings being bored and deciding to give people powers, no?”
Magnus nodded. “Yeah, a combination of boredom and them wanting some troubleshooters.” He answered.
“Of course things didn’t start right away, even after dad returned from his first off-World trip, it took sometime before the first Powered showed off and even then they went into the hiding shortly after.” Milo said. “After that it was a few weeks before the next act and a week more before the first live interview. After that things started to accelerate, of course dad preferred to keep things more on the low, expanding his influence with the first generations of Metaloids.”
“They did the Alice and the white hare prank.” Magnus noted.
“Oh that! Yeah, basically our parents repeated a skit in fifty large cities over the world. Dad played the white hare running late as our mother Sabbah ran after him with… well, what we now know to be a very, very dangerous weapon, while Dani, our other mother, followed in as the Cheshire.” He explained, “She played the Cheshire because she could phase parts of her body in and out. It quickly became a meme, and sent most governments into a complete panic as they were a complete unknown with world-wide teleportation and no apparent restriction.”
Brianna snorted at that.
“They kept a pretty low profile until a couple of Powered started a fight somewhere public and they decided to bring down the law while treating civilians. After that they mostly kept expanding until they showed off by setting a tournament of giant robot fights while basically flicking every political superpower right on their nose.” Milo continued. “There was plenty going around at that time, but around the three month mark they decided to give the world a wake up call.”
“They basically walked into a UN meeting and told the world to fix their act or that they would start acting.” Magnus explained.
“But that was a Lie, they had been acting for at least a month, taking out troublesome people, taking over the economy, forcing the other Powered to organize and basically colonizing other planets on the Solar System.” Milo said.
“And that was just the first three months.” Magnus said.
“And what after?” Brianna asked.
The brothers smiled. “Well, that’s when some things got interesting and a lot of people found out they didn’t have as much power as they thought.”
Chapter 80
Notes:
For multiple reasons I will be taking a couple of weeks off posting. Will return promptly to finish this part of the story.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 80
“As my brother said, dad basically Lied to the World, saying that they wouldn’t act unless it was necessary. You have to understand that until that moment there only had been three, big, public actions they took.” Magnus explained. “The first was stopping the fight between two Powered, the second was the tournament and the last was taking over the middle east after stopping a massive conflict that was about to break out.”
Milo nodded. “The Truth was that the Metaloids had been moving in the shadows for months by then, they had taken out a number of troublesome figures and taken over more than one small and medium organization, and even a few other governments. Along with creating a number of companies providing jobs and cheap and reliable consumer goods.”
“The first product he created were cheap meal bars that provided everything people needed.” Magnus added. “And it came mainly because our family had been hitting contraband produce that was being sent off the country.”
“Wait.” Brianna called out. “Your family stole enough contraband that they found it necessary to turn it into a product to sell?”
“Yes.” Both brothers answered.
“That sounds like a lot.” She admitted.
“Yeah, it was bad, our family ended up buying out many of those groups as they had only been staying ashore by the contraband.” Magnus said. “Which then meant they had the source for the production and so they improved on farming methods.”
“And since our family had already achieved endless energy and matter generation, money was only used to reinvest into more companies.” Milo said. “Even when they paid every tax, employee and cost, they were still earning more than the competition. This soon led to a lot of companies having to sell too and so the cycle went. Thankfully by then there were enough Metaloids with solid backstories to take over those companies. In less than a couple of years the Celestial Forge had created an effective, though invisible, monopoly on common goods and people hadn’t even noticed many of them.”
Magnus nodded as he sent a shadow to start cooking dinner.
“And it wasn’t just common goods.” He added.
“That’s right, dad also created the medical metaloids to start dismantling the capitalistic-side of the medicine and private hospital industry, by providing free magical healing to anyone along with free upgrades to public hospitals.” Milo continued. “As you can imagine, they fought hard for it, but given the chance for free healthcare that truly solved all problems in the matter of minutes earned the good will of people everywhere.”
“Dad was really insisting that keeping a good image was worth a lot more than being too aggressive. Didn’t mean he didn’t order many people dead, though only two were ever Truly linked to him, and even then everyone agreed that it was for the best.” Magnus explained.
“He also decided to tease the world’s superpowers by colonizing Mars in just a few months, and by the end of that year he had also started colonizing Venus and Mercury along with establishing space stations all over the Solar System.” Milo said. “While Earth only knew about Mars, it still lit a fire under their asses. Of course it also made them try to fling mud. But by twenty nineteen, the year after the whole thing started, people’s opinions were influenced more by the internet than tv than what politicians said.”
“And let me guess, your people had already taken over it?” Bri asked knowingly.
“Yup. Honestly it wasn’t even a fight.” Magnus said and laughed.
“He’s right, even if there were a few Powered with the capability to exert control over electronics and such, by the time any of them was convinced by private company or government it was too late. Dad had had months to take over, whatever fight that they would have liked to start had been lost before it even started.” Milo calmly explained. “In addition to that he put out a better video sharing platform, one without ads, better revenue for content producers and proper moderation, people migrated over like it was the gold fever once more.”
“Which in turn made them panic more, opening more ways for the Celestial Forge to take control of things.” Milo added. “Thankfully things calmed down a bit during that second year, with the Powered having organized and the shock calmed down, the honeymoon started, not exactly a golden age of super heroes, mainly because there was actually no villain around.”
“It was hard when dad was keeping a close eye on any troublesome character, and all Powered knew he cared shit for any kind of secret identity if someone started shit.” Magnus explained. “He did put a few people in permanent time out for trying the usual no-no’s.”
“So what you’re telling me is that your dad basically chose the leading position of heroes and told them to play nice?” Bri asked.
“Actually, dad cared shit for most Humans and the Powered.” Magnus answered.
Milo nodded and explained, “We’re like ninety percent sure that if dad didn’t have a good Human family before the whole thing, he would most likely have departed the World and let chaos do its thing. He only took care of the situation in his native world because parents, grandparents and others still lived around and he found it easier to make sure the world didn’t implode under idiots than trying to convince his close family to move somewhere else.”
“So if your father wasn’t the leader of the so-called Powered and there were no villains, what did most Powered do?”
“For the first few months they mostly aimed to do natural disaster rescue operations, when Metaloids weren’t enough, or mostly vigilante acts.” Magnus answered. “At least until the world calmed enough that the Powered could start their real jobs as troubleshooters and curiosities for the beings that had set the whole thing up.”
“That actually helped soothe a lot of their egos at having discovered that even with powers they had ended up as small dogs in the whole thing.” Milo added.
“So your dad was the strongest around?” Bri prompted.
“Eh… more or less?” Magnus answered and shrugged. “I think that the most powerful person around was the Celestial Warrior, followed by dad by sheer might of the Celestial Forge organization, not that dad didn’t have plenty of personal power, he just never was a fighter.” Magnus continued. “After that came the Celestial Mage by sheer dint of abilities and finally the Celestial Summoner by the sheer number of creatures they could call forth.”
“I see a logic there.” She said with a smile.
“Actually those are the prettied-up names for the power sets they got.” Magnus noted with a grin.
“Oh? What were the true names?”
“Spare Parts.” Magnus answered cheekily.
With the look she gave him, Milo explained, “You have to remember that it was a group of bored beings that decided to start the whole thing. From what Clockwork, our grandfather and one of those beings, told us: they basically threw everything in a huge pile and started to build up powers to give to the Powered… But they got bored near the end, and with so many spare parts, they loosely categorized them in four piles.”
“One all about personal fighting power, one all about magic, one all about controlling creatures and the other one.” Magnus counted them.
“Technically the fourth one was called Support to go along with Warrior, Mage, Summoner.” Magnus explained. “But since it was mainly crafting knowledge, it was renamed Celestial Forge, which dad later used to name the group he created.”
“So while most powers were carefully created, his were basically a pile of the extras, and as there was no quality assurance, I imagine a lot of the things he got either boosted each other or covered their blind spots.” She guessed.
Magnus smiled and quickly rewarded her with a kiss. “Exactly.”
“During the third year the world started to calm down until a highly contagious disease suddenly mutated and became exceedingly viral, spreading swiftly through China. Thankfully by that time the Celestial Forge had enough renown to intervene swiftly and effectively, curtailing the start of a pandemic.” Milo continued with the story, “Of course there were a lot of conspiracies sprouting from the scare. Which quickly led to a lot of unrest, which may or may not have been pushed by the Celestial Forge behind the scenes, and allowed our father to further take control of many troublesome situations.”
“Your dad really was a step away from a villain, eh?”
“You’ve no idea.” Milo answered.
“Near the end of the year the world’s politics started to change heavily, and not entirely due to dad’s influences, or at least directly . South America started to coalesce into a single group, like Europe had before, but later into a single country. Basically everything below Panama became a single massive country, though not all at once.”
“That’s right,” Milo continued, “it started with Argentina and Brazil before Bolivia joined them. Then Paraguay, Uruguay and Peru. By then the rest just had to join, with Chile being the last one. There was a lot of push back, but with the two largest countries in South America leading, it became pretty hard to deny them, especially when dad had been improving the industry and social situations for a while, there wasn’t much other countries could pressure them with; they had lost a lot of power during the previous years.”
“Similar things happened in central and north Africa next, especially as the troublesome leaders were taken care of and the more deserted areas were being revitalized.” Magnus explained.
“The next few years were mostly more of the same.” Milo said. “With the number of Powered heading off-World increasing, things actually calmed down further. Dad mainly aimed to trickle technology slowly while improving education world-wide, by the time we were born on twenty twenty five there were a few tens of thousands of Metaloids that had finished their teaching courses and joined as teachers and professors.”
“That’s smart, though it sounds a bit scummy.”
Both siblings shrugged.
“Depends heavily on how you look at it, honestly it was with good intentions at best and definitely some light social programming at worst.” Magnus admitted. “There’s also a lot of context on what was being added to the teaching in the context of what effectively was a long-term civilization upgrading in terms of technology and socials. It’s not as if dad was brainwashing them to love him or anything, just stop things like racism, aggressive capitalistic dependencies, troublesome thought lines, etcetera.”
“He also encouraged critical thinking and reading comprehension, it was actually quite impressed how in the span of time between twenty twenty and twenty thirty, a lot of that Earth’s societal problems were reduced in like a sixty percent, the younger generation saw a pretty visible increase in solidarity, kindness, collaborative efforts, respect, etcetera.” Milo added. “The pressure of the younger generation not being assholes also pushed a lot of the older people to be better too, or be excluded.”
“We’re five by the end of the decade, so we’re quite more aware of what was happening.” Magnus continued. “By then Latin America extended basically from half Mexico down. The USA and Canada had actually broken down around twenty twenty eight, as the USA had stopped officially being a superpower around our birth, a lot of internal conflict and some terrible leading had led to the two countries fracturing.”
“And your dad had nothing to do?” Brianna asked with a raised eyebrow.
“Much less than you’re imagining.” Magnus answered.
“That’s right, dad mainly kept it to curtailing their most stupid decisions, the rest was carried by young people actually doing something and complaining when their presidents said and did stupid shit.” Milo added. “It would take nearly another decade before the southern states started to join Latin America, and by the time we left there were still a few separate states, but I doubt it will last more than a few more years.”
“And what about other continents?”
“Europe had an easier time uniting, with the exception of England, though their royal line was nearly extinguished when magic started to saturate the world enough for their karma to come back and bite them in the ass.” Magnus answered.
“Yeah, by the time I left they were down to a couple of people that were like two or three times removed and wanted nothing to do with the throne.” Milo said. “Africa had managed to unite by twenty thirty five, the last being South Africa. China, India and Russia also suffered heavily during the late twenties and broke down into a ton of smaller countries, the current map’s barely anything like it was before and it would take a long time to explain how things changed. Meanwhile Oceania remained mostly the same until late twenty thirty, the disconnected nature of the region played heavily against the unification movements.”
“By the time I left there had been a pretty big group of rich people spearheading moving to the Moon, no?” Magnus asked, a smug grin on his lips.
“Oh those .” Milo groaned.
“What’s wrong with the Moon?” Brianna asked.
“The moon’s haunted.” Magnus and Milo answered.
“What?”
“Dad constructed mom, that’s Dani, a castle on the Moon, the castle had a portal to the Ghost Zone and frequently had Ghosts travel back and forth.” Magnus answered. “Ergo, the moon’s haunted.”
“The Moon’s also turned into a gigantic dragon golem for the protection of Earth, not that it’s ever had the need to stir… but it’s there.” He quickly added.
“Another of your dad’s works?”
“You’re learning,” Magnus joked. “But yes, part of his early Mad phase, the same that led to him ending up with so many bodies after some time.”
“He’s not overestimating things.” Milo quickly explained. “One of the powers dad acquired effectively made him go Mad, it’s one of the leading things that ended up with him being in the Eldritch category, he fixed and cleaned it up before using it on our creation. Anyways, the Moon Titan was created just because he could, as far as we know.”
“How about your mothers?” Brianna asked. “I know you mentioned a bit about them before.”
“My mother’s story is in many ways the simplest.” Magnus said. “Sabbah was born an orphan in a desert city somewhere, somewhen, she wanted to be an assassin because of having witnessed one when she was very young. But that didn’t pan out and instead she was picked by one of dad’s teachers to be his bodyguard.”
“She met my mother when she was sent to train as a Huntress.” Milo added.
“Yeah, but then they went different ways until they met again when my father returned to his original World.” Magnus continued. “By then she was basically a very skilled human, it remained that way until much later when she pushed her control over Shadows to such a level that the Titan Nyx adopted her as one of her children, that changed her into a Demi-Titan.”
“If Magnus told you about my mother, then you know Dani was a clone.” Milo answered next. “My mother is what the locals of her World call a Halfa or Half-Ghost, basically a nearly mythical being that stands between the living and the dead. Until she was created there were only two other members of her race, our uncle Danny and his godfather Vlad. Both were turned due to laboratory accidents with around twenty years in between. Vlad went a bit crazy at that time, usual crazy villain stuff, when he learned about our uncle he wanted to have him as his son, when our uncle rejected him and called him crazy he decided to try with any method possible.”
“We still call him fruitloops.” Magnus added with a grin.
“He tried cloning uncle, of course cloning such a rare being came with a lot of hardships, mom was honestly the best result in the only batch of clones that didn’t melt right away, and even then she was on a timer.” Milo continued. “When she discovered that the nutso wasn’t going to stabilize her she quickly turned on the asshole and uncle helped her get stabilized. After that she decided to travel around North America until she finally met dad.”
“Wait, you said she met your other mother before that, no?” Brianna interrupted.
“Oh, that…” Magnus popped his lips. “It happened retroactively, just accept it happened and it didn’t.”
“He’s not lying, it’s strange to explain, but even dad accepts it happened and it didn’t and leaves it at that.” Milo agreed. “But well, dad and her had started going out before he returned to his World and mom decided to come back with him, and when Sabbah joined them back, she decided that joining them was better. By then mom was also kinda adopted by Clockwork, the Ghost of Time and also the Titan Chronos, depending on how you looked at him. When he officially adopted her, she was changed too.”
“And they are still together?” Brianna asked.
“Yes.” Magnus answered. “We’re pretty sure that’s mainly due to two reasons, one is that they are three people, and two, dad’s effectively divided in eight bodies, meaning he can spice things up or pay attention to both at the same time.”
Brianna groaned and face palmed at his humor.
“Our mothers actually spend most of their time with dad in my mother’s original World.” Milo said. “The thing you’ve to consider is that my mom’s World, different from our father’s, was always a chaotic, magical and superpowered place, not too different from this World. Heroes, villains, mythical creatures, gods, strange beings, etcetera.”
“For example our main babysitter was dad’s goddaughter who was a half dragon, daughter of a dragon and a dragon-hunter. We attended a school for supernatural beings. We had private classes with the Ghost of Time.” Magnus listed a few of those things.
“Those sound amazing.”
“Like your life’s not just as interesting.” Magnus said with a grin. “Daughter of a Realm-renowned Weaponmistress and an Archmage, you’ve traveled the realms, married magic and technology-” He stopped talking as she put her hand over his mouth.
“Okay, okay, I understand.” She said, blushing and embarrassed. “Anyways, I take that your dad’s still working on your World, no?”
Milo nodded. “Yeah, his plan still has a few more decades to properly achieve the unified Earth and flush enough of the old generations to properly replace the old ways of thinking.” He explained. “Then he may feel comfortable enough with passing some of the more advanced tech knowledge, and also start teaching some people magic.”
“Of course by now Metaloids make up about a point one to point two percent of the World’s six billion population.” Magnus added.
“Uh, I would have thought that such a peaceful world would have a higher population.” Brianna noted.
“The Metaloid’s main leading group, the Pantheon, made sure to work some population control by the way of proper sex education, free access to prophylactics, population relocation and actual job offers.” Magnus explained.
“Uh, I think you mentioned them before.” Bri said.
“You told them about the teams?” Milo asked.
Magnus nodded and answered, “Yeah, the Pantheon were the ones carrying overwatch and desk work. While they were originally a five-member team like the field teams, later on more members joined, different from field teams who kept the five-member configuration.”
“Where are other teams that broke the rule of five?”
“Yes, there were the Guardians, who I think I told you about. They were beast-transformers, the original five were massive whales to stop the illegal hunting of specimens. Dad later created many more, they were siblings to the Metaloids, mainly in that they didn’t usually hide their nature.”
“Honestly, I think dad just wanted them to screw with people and to create a better image of the Celestial Forge.” Magnus said before changing the subject. “I think that’s enough of that discussion, now onto something that I’ve been wanting to give you for a while. I hope you understand why I couldn’t give it to you before and even if it’s not exactly me that’s giving it to you, I hope it helps you forgive me a little.”
“Magnus, I-”
“No, no, you have all the reasons to be angry at me for hiding all that stuff. Milo?” He said, and his brother retrieved one of the System Orbs.
Brianna looked at the silver sphere floating over Milo’s hand, she instantly could tell it was worth a lot more than she could tell and she could guess what it was.
“That’s a System, no?”
“Yes, it’s a System Orb, don’t let its looks trick you, most of it doesn’t exist in the same plane as Reality.” Magnus noted. “Now, if you’re going to accept it, I want you to know that it will change you, that’s what Systems do, they slowly help you improve and become a better you. Similar, but different, sometimes more, sometimes less.”
“You can still use it, with me here it’s possible to remove it.” Milo added. “But that’s for as long as I am around, once I’m gone, you will be having a System wrapped around your Soul until you see me again, or for some reason meet my father.”
“I will take it.” She reached her hand and the orb floated over to it. “So how do I do it?”
“Just hold it to your chest and will it to become part of you, just a warning, the experience is different for everyone.” Magnus said.
She nodded, unsure what that would mean, but still pressed it against her chest. All it took was to think about it becoming one with her for the sphere to meld through her chest and a cold sensation spread from her very core and out to the tip of her limbs.
It was like soaking in an ice-cold bath from the inside out, even as she noticed Magnus hugging her, her body couldn’t feel him. Even her mind felt as if it was being chilled.
It wasn’t painful, but certainly overwhelming, time losing all sense and reason before she suddenly regained control over her limbs. She was left panting, leaning on Magnus.
“… ok, I don’t think I expected that.”
“It’s okay, it should be initialized now.” He said and she noticed that Milo had given them some privacy.
They were still in the same couches in the pocket realm, but now it was just the two of them. As much as she wanted to ask about that, a screen floated in her vision.
The screen contained her basic information, most fields filled with the exception of Job, the only surprise was Class, but seeing that it marked her as a Half-WereCheetah she could easily guess what it meant.
“What should I choose for Job?”
“That’s up to you, I would recommend not doing what I did and ask the System about each of them.” He suggested.
She nodded, her eyes going down the quite extensive list. Some were quite mundane, Engineer, Programmer, Gunner. Others were more interesting, Magitech Creator, Magic Cannoneer, Explosive Artist.
But what caught her eyes were the strangest few, Synchro Magic Gunner, High Caliber Engineer, Arcano Tech Armorer.
She could guess there was a logic between the number of words in a job’s name and how specific or strong it was. But she would trust her boyfriend and question the System well before choosing one. For now she had a few questions for him, and he looked more than ready to answer them.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 81
Both Magnus and Milo could hear the rushed movement through the mansion even as they waited by the door. All he had done was ring the bell and stand back to wait.
It had been a few days since the talk with Brianna, he had spent most of the time helping her test some of the Skills she had acquired from her new Job. His girlfriend was acclimating to the changes, running her own tests on herself when not hanging out together.
Magnus was glad that she had mostly forgiven him. She was currently hanging out with Gen, Hope and Gina on a girl’s day out. So he was attending to one other subject at the moment.
Finally the mansion’s large doors opened up wide, Monty looming over the pair. The redheaded man glared at him.
“Youuuu!” He growled. “What did you do?!”
“Me?” The corner of Magnus’ lips tugged up. “I’ve not come near you since the accident .”
“Magnus, I’m not in the mood for jokes, I’ve not had a drop of alcohol in weeks!” Monty almost whined.
“That’s terrible to hear, Monty.” Magnus said. “Unfortunately, I really have not come anywhere near you since I returned, oh, have I presented you my brother? This is Milo, visiting for a bit.”
He gestured towards his brother, who nodded. “A pleasure.”
“Ah- Yes, a pleasure, but…” Monty sighed. “Come in you two, I’m sure you came for something more important than me not getting a drop of good alcohol in weeks.”
The mountain of a man grumbled as they followed him to the same study he had met him the previous time. Monty just let himself fall onto the large chair he seemed to reserve for himself and grumbled.
“So you won’t admit to having done anything about my alcohol?”
“I’ve not done anything about that personally.” He answered, in pure honesty.
Milo just rolled his eyes, to Magnus’ brother, the invisible entities in the house were considerably more visible and noticeable; especially since they were Psi-Kobolds.
“Not you… then,” he looked around. “Where?!”
Magnus and Milo chuckled as a dark-skinned, and scantily-clad elf chugging what was obviously beer while laying sideways on the top of the chair Monty was sitting on.
“Honestly, Monty, you have an extra pair of eyes around and miss that she was obviously playing along in the prank.” Magnus said, smug at his reaction.
The man froze before looking up, noticing the spirit easily drinking the beer from a can.
“Senadra?!” He screamed. “Wait, how can you two… Of course you two can see it. Why do I keep getting surprised?”
“Because we break most rules just by existing.” Magnus answered.
Milo let out a chuckle and nodded. “A pleasure.” He greeted the woman. “I’m Milo, the Smiling Saint, and you must have heard of my brother, Magnus the Teacher.”
“Nice to meet’cha, yah two.” She greeted them. “And it wasn’ me, luv, yah should really keep your eyes open.”
“She’s not wrong, Monty.” Magnus said as he rested his head on one of the stealthy Psi-Kobolds, the being allowing the effect to disappear.
The Kobold had black and cream scales along with a golden trimming along the division of colors, barely visible runes providing an extra layer to their usual enchantments.
“Psi-Kobolds!” Monty raised his voice before groaning and covering his eyes, letting out a groan. “I knew I smelled something familiar… How long?”
“About a week.” Magnus answered before opening a portal to Jade and let the four Kobolds go back to the Psi-Snail.
“How did you manage to make them cooperate?” He asked.
“Those dice dropped me in the Labyrinth, spent a few hours wandering around until I ended up in the path of the Psi-Snail.” He answered. “I managed to establish communication with their Queen and set up an alliance.”
“An alliance… so that means…” Monty shook his head. “Nevermind, so I will get my alcohol back now?”
“Yes, don’t worry, I will even send some of the stuff I’m brewing once it’s done.” Magnus assured him. “But, prank’s aside, that’s not the only reason I came.”
“Okay, tell me.”
“First, have you talked with your grandfather about the sealed eyes Ayane holds?” He decided it was a good subject to start.
“Unfortunately, Exthilion still doesn’t have any idea how to take care of it.” Monty answered, his tone sounding pained.
“I see, thankfully we may be able to do something.” Magnus said. “From what I saw, the eyes are more of a spiritual object, so Milo can deal with them.”
Monty turned his attention to Milo. “You can?”
He smiled. “I’m one of the topmost healers in the family, but that’s because I’ve the ability to modify Body, Soul and Mind. If it’s biological, it has a mind, or it’s spiritual in any way, I can fix, heal, modify, alter, etcetera.” He explained.
“Those are some very impressive abilities if you’re not overestimating them.” Monty pointed out.
It was Milo’s turn to look smug. “How about I give you a show of my capabilities then?” He asked.
“Oh? What are you going to do?”
Milo just offered his hand out, making Monty raise an eyebrow before shrugging lightly and reaching to shake his hand. Instantly the man froze in place, and not just because Milo’s presence became much more palpable.
The same presence was currently keeping the female spirit from reacting, being practically pinned by the sheer weight Milo exerted in their surroundings. Magnus was keeping it from going too far, there were one too many hunting trophies around to allow his brother’s Life Domain to reach them, just by the fact that Senadra’s form was becoming corporeal and alive from being bathed in it.
Meanwhile Monty was going through some changes. Magnus had known the man was not human for a while, practically from the first time he had truly observed him. It was a Golem in the shape of a man with the soul of a dragon, and for Milo, that was enough.
Magnus’ Domain was having problems keeping up with Milo’s own as he started to exert more and more power. Maybe it was because he was a copy instead of the original, maybe it was something that had changed in the process, or maybe it was the damage he had been inflicted by Gina’s Betatech, or maybe it was simply that his brother was stronger.
Thankfully it suddenly got easier, all power his brother was using stopped expanding and sank into Monty’s body. The change wasn’t visible, but a qualitative aspect. Magnus could feel his brother picking on the information he had acquired when observing Princess D’bra to cover the little bits that the old man’s soul lacked.
Magnus could imagine steam coming out of Monty the moment Milo let go of his hand. The tall man fell back onto his large chair, looking overwhelmed and stumped by what had happened. He wasn’t the same, Senadra was also getting up slowly, feeling around her now physical body.
Monty still looked overwhelmed even as he checked himself over, he ran more than a few magical scans on himself with an impressive ease.
“…How?” He finally asked.
“The Soul knows and remembers, though I did need some extra knowledge.” Milo answered. “Thankfully my brother had met with another adult dragon and could provide some biological information to cover what I couldn’t just guess. It’s as much an art as it’s science.”
“You guessed ?!” That was said with an expression of horror that made Senadra break out in laughter.
Milo just rolled his eyes. “Please, you and I know that when I say guess it means something completely different. If anything you’re more than the dragon you were, you think I left the little problems your race had before.” He explained. “I’ve come in contact with thousands of unique species, from normal animals to things that conflict with the concept of ‘living beings’. I know how each one works, I know from what and how they evolved, I know what they are going to. I’ve created dozens upon dozens of races, completely viable races that live, multiple and develop to this very day. When I say I guessed, I compared your inner workings with hundreds of species and deliberately corrected what I saw.”
Monty just listened as Senadra got up from the spot she had been siting and accommodated herself on the chair the man was using. The redheaded man not even noticing as she effectively leaned on his body. Magnus chuckled as he watched him wrap his arm around her waist without even noticing it.
“… why do I keep underestimating you two?” He asked.
“That may be my fault.” Magnus answered. “I keep an idle Lie around me, usually having people Lie to themselves about what they hear about my, our, powers. It makes people discard some assumptions.”
Monty didn’t answer straight away, instead grabbing the bridge of his nose and rubbing it. Soon a groan escaped his lips, causing Senadra to laugh harder and fall back on his lap, the act actually surprising him.
Monty looked down at her and poked at her, looking almost spooked before facing up to Milo.
“She was much easier.” He answered the unasked question. “Really, it’s not as bad as the kid I had to fix some months ago, he had seven and a half souls attached to his own, and that’s overestimating it. It was like it was the leftovers of Souls, a miracle he hadn’t exploded or just dropped dead. I still managed to recover the seven souls and reattach the half soul to the other living person. The hardest part was making sure they all still had access to the power that had made the whole thing possible and not just divide the original power among the nine. But I think I’m digressing.”
“So I am a dragon again, eh?” Monty hummed, rubbing his beard as he sounded introspective.
“Yes.” Milo replied succinctly. “Actually, Magnus, can you pull a Phantasmagoria like your original?”
“Sure, I’ve been practicing and I think I’ve managed to replicate the original skill too.”
“Phantasmagoria?” Monty asked with a raised eyebrow as Senadra also turned to look at him.
“It’s the name of a skill we three brothers kind-of share, a way to create a semi-real Reality, a sort-of pocket Realm that follows our Rules and plays under our Domains.” He explained in some basic terms. He stood up and made a little show of cracking his knuckles. “Okay, the first time is always a bit of a shock, don’t worry, don’t panic, don’t attack me.”
Internally he chuckled at the pair of raised eyebrows shot in his direction. But he mostly ignored everything else as he pulled on his Soul.
“Nor Day or Night, Nor Truth or Lie, And as I Decree, Let the Carnival Begin, ” centered on his own body, his Domain expanded out, like a physical bubble that swallowed the four of them before solidifying further and inflating the space inside, “ Phantasmagoria of the Twilight . ”
Like a rubber band that had been stretched allowed to snap back to form, like a bubble suddenly popping, like a pile of papers being accommodated, it was a conjunction of sensations; as if something had just come into order and achieved a balance.
“This…” Monty looked around, the study had been replaced by a large, open, wide room that seemed to extend forever, it didn’t. But he could certainly fudge space to make it appear so.
“This place is effectively half a step into my Soul, for lack of a better term.” Magnus explained. “In here I’ve enough control over Reality to mess with the speed of Time and the length of Space. Some other things are also softer, in a way, since my Domain is that of Truth and Lie, some things can be easily ignored and others are a fact if I deem them to be.”
“Go ahead, take your full form now.” Milo added.
Monty thought about it for a moment before picking Senadra up and placing her back down on the couch as he stepped a bit away, still observing the area, even trying the ground with his shoes before he changed.
Magnus had already observed Debra do it, so it wasn’t much of a surprise, but apparently for Senadra it was the first time she had seen him do it.
The redheaded man was replaced by a purple dragon, he was definitely larger than Princess D’bra, less stylized than her Platinum Dragon form, more of a standard Western dragon; the most curious thing was that he still had a beard, though one of pale lilac instead of the bright red of his human form.
“Looking good, yah big doof.” Senadra said.
“It’s nostalgic, it will take me some time to get used to this again.” Monty said as he turned to look at the pair of brothers.
Magnus was the first to change, having an easier time in his own Domain, expanding to nearly match the male dragon. Milo followed a moment later, making up more in the height department as he was floating on the air.
Magnus could admit his brother’s Titanic form felt different, it was a familiar weight, something he could withstand, even when it pushed on him.
“Oh…” Monty let out at the sight.
“I hope we’re not coming on too strong.” Magnus joked as Senadra was the first to break out laughing. The woman had a bit of a fearless streak in her, quite obvious from what he had seen of her past. He was glad to see she could still laugh about it. “And now that we’re comfortable, how about we move to some of the other subjects we came to discuss.” He added and Monty, or Phyrogoth as he was originally named, went serious, nodding as he understood while the whole charade.
“Okay, hit me with it.”
“So this is Magnus’ place?” Luan asked and Carla checked her phone again.
Ayane made sure to step closer to the blue-haired woman in case she needed a helping hand with the device. While both had had some problems with technology at first, Carla had easily mastered it and even now surprised her with the ease the Jade-native used the cellphone. On the other hand, Gar was behind the two of them.
“Yeah, it is, go ahead, ring the bell, or wait, something tells me he would know we’re here already.” Carla answered.
After she spoke the door opened, revealing a dark-skinned, fluffy haired goat girl, and Ayane had to do a double-take to make sure she wasn’t seeing things.
“Hai~” She greeted them cheerfully. “You must be Luan, Carla and Ayane, come in, we’re waiting for you.”
The three women shared a look and stepped inside.
“Thank you. I’m Ayane Anno, and you are?”
“I’m Hope, but you can call me Stardust, is what everyone calls me by now.” The younger woman guided them into the house.
“Nice to meet you, and I hope it’s not too rude, but I’m new at interacting with… I mean, are those real?” She finally asked, pointing to her horns.
“My horns?” Stardust asked as even Luan and Carla looked interested. “Yeah, they are real.”
“I don’t think I’ve met any part-goat people.” Luan mumbled.
“Oh, I’m Human… or mostly Human, it’s a bit hard to explain. But if you want it explained you’ll have to ask Milo or Magnus. It’s not exactly a subject I can speak freely.” Stardust asked, her tone turning a bit sad for a moment before her cheer glowed brightly once more.
Gar raised an eyebrow and Ayane heard him mumble something about Hope smelling like the deep forest.
Ayane was a bit surprised as they stepped into a sizable elevator. She had seen some as large as this one before, though mostly in the load areas behind the stadiums, never inside a normal house.
Even more of a surprise was when it went down, and down, and down. The glass walls showed that the elevator went past the house’s foundations and a large amount of dirt and stone before the view opened into a massive, underground chamber filled with machines and robots.
Ayane was still speechless at the sight when the elevator finally hit the bottom and the door opened, it took Stardust to step out and waving to the three of them. “Follow me.”
She did as asked and followed the goat-horned girl, who appeared more than happy to talk their ears off about anything and everything, though mainly she talked about her wife Roxy. She also stopped herself multiple times, apparently there were a lot of things she couldn’t talk about. Each time elicited a small grumble and a change of subject.
“Now follow me.” Stardust led them through some kind of threshold.
Ayane decided that it was safe enough and stepped through. As prepared as she was, the sudden sense of vertigo as the threshold gave way to a floating bridge, one that seemed to have its own gravity because they were certainly not falling towards the planet in front of them.
She quickly focused on Stardust in front of her and kept on walking even as her mind tried to make sense of what was happening. Thankfully after a bit the bridge started to curve and joing the planetoid below. Behind her Luan and Carla were having a similar issue until the four of them reached solid ground.
The area appeared to be a mix of wild forest and farmlands, the confusing thing was the color of many of the plants that seemed to grow in the wilder area. She noticed Gar looking at the fields almost longingly.
“The meeting area is just ahead.” Stardust said and guided them to what appeared to be clearing.
She had to sharpen her gaze a bit, but indeed Magnus and Milo were in the area ahead, standing around something she couldn’t see well given the noticeable curvature of the planetoid. They appeared to see them much easier as they waved them over.
There was a quick round of greetings when they finally arrived after the short walk. Ayane gave Milo a look. It took her a moment to notice the resemblance, but it was there, even when they had such opposite skin tones, hair and eye colors, height, build, posture… They were quite different, but she couldn’t deny they were siblings for some reason.
“...as I was telling you in the call, I talked again with this contact I told you before. Just from that I may have been able to go forward in properly taking care of your eyes. But thankfully my brother’s here, and it simplifies things significantly.” Magnus explained.
“Wait, you know what is wrong with my eyes?” She prompted, feeling it was more important.
“...yes, and it’s a woozy.” He answered.
Ayane shared a look with the other students. “Tell me.”
“The story starts a long time ago, when the Dragon race was still young and shared the world with the Amonian race.” His words were accompanied by images cast in the center of the clearing, massive Dragons and a race of lizard people.
A sense of familiarity flooded her, she knew the Amonians, she knew them in a way she couldn’t entirely explain.
The story told was one she slowly realized she knew already, a story of a tyrant, of an enslaved race cursed to kill its own allies or die. Of how their allies saved the last few of them, how they saved her .
The tale suddenly stopped as everyone was looking at her and only then she realized she was crying.
“You remember now, no? Princess Annotakan.” Magnus’ words unlocked something in her, a whole life she had forgotten, she had made forget, she had willingly forgotten.
“… yes.” She answered after a moment.
“Wait, wait, wait, you’re speaking about some very old people, Ayane’s not even thirty.” Luan interrupted.
“Her human body’s young, but her soul’s old, very, very old.” Magnus explained. “One of the last events in the war was when Annotakan stole Ammon’rah’s Eyes, the same Eyes he used to control their race. It was one of the key moments in the fight before the Dragons managed to come to their aid, one of them kept her soul in stasis, safe from the psychic poison used by the tyrant; a poison that still exists to this very day.”
“And it’s because I’m human that I’m okay, no?” Ayane asked, understandingly.
Magnus and Milo nodded.
“Exthelion?” She spoke before thinking.
Another nod.
“Now comes the slightly messy part.” Magnus announced and the four students let out a confused sound. “Relax, you’ll be safe, I can give you my True word of it.”
A moment later Ayane was yanked forward as Milo stepped forward. Carla, Luan and Gar tried to react, but an invisible wall kept them from advancing.
She felt a mix of panic and reassurance, Milo floated in front of her and his blue eyes were almost hypnotizing. Though as eye- catching as they were, it was impossible to miss the sensation as her pupils opened.
Something was crawling out of her eyes, it wasn’t entirely physical, she could instead feel the power and dark emotions creeping from inside her head. But as quickly as it started it stopped and suddenly she was blinking her eyes as Milo now held in her hand a pair of squirming spheres.
“That’s it…?” She couldn’t help but to ask.
“Oh, this is just step two.” Magnus answered. “Now comes the part where I use these to make something more useful and return them to you.” He explained.
“That will also keep them from being reclaimed by their owner or anyone trying to imitate him.” Milo added. “They will become your eyes.”
Ayane was placed back down, a warm sensation filling her heart as the three other students crowded around her to make sure she was okay.
“So, how do I look?” She asked.
“You look the same-” Luan stopped and winced. “What I mean is that I wasn’t bothered by them before, I’m not bothered they aren’t there anymore.”
“You still have slit pupils.” Gar added.
“I think you will have to learn to soften your expression.” Carla added, cheekily.
Ayane rolled her eyes and thanked Carla for the pocket mirror she retrieved from… somewhere ; in her opinion the girl was a ninja, even if she denied it. She looked at herself, it was true that her eyes hadn’t changed much.
It took her a bit to try and soften her expression, relying on some of the lessons she had taken during her earlier career. Part of her felt afraid that it was a dream, but the dream that she currently felt was a life she had only now remembered to have forgotten. The memories sneaked up on her once more and she sighed.
She handed the mirror back with a thanks and turned to look at the two brothers working a bit away. “So what do you think they will do with them?” She asked.
“No idea, but having seen what Magnus can do alone… I imagine it’ll be something else.” Gar said, earning him a few nods.
The four of them joined Stardust, the young woman waving to them and inviting them to sit down on some chairs with refreshments as they waited.
Ayanne sighed, trying to keep her mind off it, but she knew she would soon need to have a talk with Jarvis and Jeeves. She wondered if Luan and the rest would come with her for it; she would need some moral support for what was coming.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 82
Magnus watched as Ruby carried the Evolution Stone Ritual all on her own, it was leagues in difference compared with the original working version. Most of the process had been properly calculated, refined and incorporated to the magical circle.
By now the whole thing was practically automated outside of a few variables. Things like size, element and special characteristics the resulting tone would have.
He watched as a small speck of pink coalesced at the center before it started to bloom, like a seed growing into a sapling and then blooming like a flower, the small pink speck grew into a crystal in the shape of butterfly wings. Its color deepened before going nearly completely see-through, the still visible pink material speckled with sparkles that appeared to move inside the solid object.
Magnus carefully caught the floating crystal. “It appears the test was a success.” He announced after thoroughly checking the object.
“Looks like you were right.” Ruby said as she stepped closer with her main self. “In hindsight there was no reason why other types of energy couldn’t be refined into evolution stones. So it’s a Fairy Stone?”
“Certainly feels that way, why feel something from it?”
“… actually? Yeah, it’s strange, I can feel it.” She answered and offered her hand.
Magnus handed it over, and besides a small glow from the Crystal nothing else happened.
“Hmm, well, I can’t say I was expecting you to evolve, but that’s both strangely more and less than I expected to happen.” He said.
“Same.” She admitted.
“Can I see it?” She nodded and handed it back.
Magnus quickly moved towards the work table and retrieved one of the engraving tools. He didn’t even need to secure the crystal, instead holding it in one hand as the other moved the tool over with machine-like precision. His artistic skill quickly showed through as the already beautiful crystal was turned into a masterpiece, basing on the butterfly look, he made it look alive.
Some smaller evolution stones were quickly used to enchant and further reinforce the accessory after engraving a few tiny Runes on the base to act as a hairband.
Once it was done he approached Ruby once more, having her sit down before he undid her current ponytail and carefully braided her hair before placing the crystal butterfly at the tip.
“Thank you.” Ruby gave him a kiss that made his nonexistent heart skip a beat.
With her movements the butterfly almost looked as if it was fluttering around, leaving a trail of sparkles.
“We’re going to carry out more tests today?” She asked.
“No, I think this is good enough for now, while I want to experiment using Evo Stones in Alchemy, that can wait, right now I promised Lydia and the rest some training.”
“Okay then, I do have some projects of my own.” She said and nodded. “Did Orange say how long until we arrive?”
He shrugged. “She’s no idea, apparently there was some movement and some of the buoys appear to be a bit further than expected.”
“I can’t wait to see what you do next.” He said and exchanged a few more kisses before heading towards the training room.
As expected the three Wererats were waiting for him, it appeared they had already warmed up.
“Good, I hope you’re ready, because you asked for this.”
Romeo was forced to take a step back as a wave of what could only be described as killing intent washed over them, his empathy getting hit considerably harder compared to how Lydia and Moisha felt it.
It was a cold shiver going up his back, like the clawed hand of death creeping up the inside of his spine and aiming for his heart.
He quickly focused on his two partners, their less affected-emotions allowed him to refocus himself.
“Really boss?” He asked.
“Tis was a love tap.” He joked. “But really, you all asked to be blasted by my full Eldritch presence, it will be worse.”
“Like… how bad?” Moisha asked.
“You got a taste at the start of the fight with the Moon Lord. In many ways you were lucky, the Moon Lord, as Eldritch as they were, was neither especially strong nor utilized whatever dangerous knowledge it held.” He explained. “It will be different with me, I’m not only stronger and I will be focused on you three, but you will be blasted by Truth and Lies you don’t want to hear.”
“Isn’t there an easier way?” Romeo asked.
“We've been doing the easier way.” He answered. “What do you think happens when someone lives for so long near a being like me and is not changed? But you asked to take the next step, is this way or months more of the same.”
“So this will change us?” Lydia finally asked.
Romeo gave her a look, he knew she was the one to ask for this. But they were fully behind the decision too.
“It’ll be more of a qualitative change rather than anything visible. So no tentacles, no new eyes where they shouldn’t be, neither cancerous growths, nor an unexpected need to chant and go into cultish behavior.” He said.
“Uh… is that a joke?” Moisha asked.
Magnus bounced his head side to side before wavering his hand. “Depends on the Eldritch being, You will really not get any of those with my father, siblings and me. But some others can get a bit weird, it depends on a lot of aspects.”
The three of them exchanged a look. “We’re ready.” Lydia answered for the three of them.
With no more words said, the atmosphere in the training room changed. A small shiver went down their spines as Romeo didn’t miss the signs of the room going into full lock down; he had seen it a few times during the most excessive training sessions and spars.
First came the, by now, familiar sensation of Magnus’ Domain spreading out. It was a sudden thing, feeling like a soap bubble inflated until it had swallowed the three of them. It was a manageable feeling, but it was quickly becoming so much more.
Magnus’ form started to swell, fur covered his skin, his features turned vulpine and his posture shifted a bit. His form grew and grew, and with it so did the pressure of his Domain over them. It was starting to ignore the little things in the edge of his perception.
It wasn’t as if he was seeing things, it wasn’t a material thing. But instead it was in the edges of his mind, little truths and lies he told himself were being brought up unconsciously. And he could tell Moisha and Lydia were feeling it too.
He was soon looking down on them, and it wasn’t just in the physical meaning. There was a palpable weight to his presence that kept increasing even as his growth had stalled.
The Lies he told himself were being harder to ignore, or at least what they Lied about, the Truths he had tried to hide from himself. Similarly those Truths he told himself were being harassed by Lies.
Magnus’ figure started to ripple, but once more Romeo noticed it wasn’t a physical thing. It was as if the body was starting to fail as such and what was underneath was coming out. Given what he had seen to be inside of Magnus, he quickly guessed what was coming.
As glad as he was that he didn’t do the same as when fighting the Moon Lord, it wasn’t wrong to describe what was happening in front of them as unfolding . But words failed him as the process reminded him more of a tesseract represented in three dimensions rather than something unwrapping.
Magnus’ body seemed to flip/invert/alternate with itself, at the same time shrinking down to normal size.
Romeo was reminded of his comment about qualitative changes, because the being’s Domain was weighting hard on his head. T̶̜̥͒͒̏̉͠r̵̜̼̼̥̻̼̰̃u̴̩͍͇̾̄t̷͈̜̟̩̖̝̮́͝ḣ̴͕̏͜ was undeniable, L̷̢̼̙̙̯͔̝̰̈́̀͑̐î̸̡͋͆͐͛̓̀̀̐̚͜ê̴̮̺͈̞̮͋͗́͒̉́͂̾̔s̴̢̝̬͖͉̱͗̈́͒̕ were everywhere.
It was becoming harder to breathe as he wondered if this was how they saw Reality. Just looking away from the silhouette assaulted him with information. The L̷̢̼̙̙̯͔̝̰̈́̀͑̐î̸̡͋͆͐͛̓̀̀̐̚͜ê̴̮̺͈̞̮͋͗́͒̉́͂̾̔s̴̢̝̬͖͉̱͗̈́͒̕ about the training room’s looks, how it L̷̡̨̦̺̲̘̖͔̅ḯ̶̻̤̺͊́͘ȩ̵͎̙̩̺̲͇̤̞͑͘d̷̙̻̬̟̮̞̙̤͒̂̍͘͠ to appear as other things. But also the T̴̢͓͔̳̆̍̂̔̐̉͒͛̕͝ŗ̵̨̭̲̙̼̟̣͍̠̏̋̐͐͊͌̏͑͗͘ụ̷͎̭̖̱̻̫̂̆̈́̂̇̏̋̐͠͝t̶̠̖̭͙̩̤͍͉̓̍͊̐͐̌̕h̴̲̲̩͆̈́͆̔̇̆̈̂̏ that kept it existing as it was, how it reinforced its own state, effectively negating damage.
He looked at Moisha and Lydia and was also blasted by their T̴̢͓͔̳̆̍̂̔̐̉͒͛̕͝ŗ̵̨̭̲̙̼̟̣͍̠̏̋̐͐͊͌̏͑͗͘ụ̷͎̭̖̱̻̫̂̆̈́̂̇̏̋̐͠͝t̶̠̖̭͙̩̤͍͉̓̍͊̐͐̌̕h̴̲̲̩͆̈́͆̔̇̆̈̂̏ and ̷̱̇͌L̷͖̦̀́̔̉̔̓͂̚͝ḭ̶̧̺̭̗̤̟͇̝̣̒͌͊͋é̸̛̻̦̻̤̣̱̲̀̊s̷̢̡̜͖̻̟̤͚͑̃̏̓̏̏̑̎͝, the things they L̶͉̼̥̥̅̒̇͒̍́̾̕͜ï̸͖͕̭̜̝̖͕͚̪̟̈̏̿̒͊̚͝ḝ̷̨̢͕͈͔̬͉̗̽͋͊̿̀ͅd̸̰̹̞̱̮̱̍͛͐̎͊͝͠ͅ to themselves, to others, to anything. And the T̷̘̰̱̥̪͍̮̉͋̽̃͋͝r̸̡̞̳̞̱̭̣̺͖̾̃̈́͊̔̚ͅừ̶̖̭̦̠͇͎͐͋̿̒̽̇͠͠t̴̯͍̄̀͂h̸̨̡͔̻̀͜ they kept to themselves and sometimes shared with him.
It was an emotional rollercoaster, one he would be riding off for a while. But here, blasted by the certainty of T̷̘̰̱̥̪͍̮̉͋̽̃͋͝r̸̡̞̳̞̱̭̣̺͖̾̃̈́͊̔̚ͅừ̶̖̭̦̠͇͎͐͋̿̒̽̇͠͠t̴̯͍̄̀͂h̸̨̡͔̻̀͜ and ̸̢̝̯̻̼̠͇̺̑̈́̓̒̿̊L̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝s̸̠͔̬̖͚̄́̉̄̌̄̎̈͌̕ he could be sure they would be there for him, and he would be there for them.
He turned back to Magnus, the man was more of a well of information and facts than a person. It was hard to look at him and not feel as if he was recollecting something he already knew; as if the information was something he already had.
A L̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝ came to the front, it was a familiar one. The same one he told everyone when he was acting as normal. A L̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝ that mostly worked because people wanted to beL̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝ve it. People liked to be comfortable, to be safe, to not be confronted with the unknown, and it was easy to L̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝ to yourself that the person in front of you was Human, even if a bit quirky. It was so easier to think that, even when he told you himself that they were not .
Even right now he was having troubles not beL̵̡͒́̇͠ͅỉ̷̭̩̉́̊̋͆͑̊̽e̸͚̼̘͕̓̈́́̐́͝͝ving it. It just made it so much easier, but he couldn’t deny what was behind. Was this why people went mad? The knowledge of what truly lay out there, under the veneer of civility?
He could feel it putting pressure down on his mind, it was becoming harder to ignore things. He didn’t even know if his nose was bleeding, but his mouth tasted metallic and he could tell the taste was ̷̧̗͕͇͕͓͔̓̅̔͌͌̔̂̀̌T̸̹͎͕̹̭̹̻͓̦̮͐̀͆̆̊̌̈͘r̶̨̟̪̞̪͍̄͛̓̒̎͑͝ư̵͔̟͇̯͉̳̅͋ë̵̢̩͚̹͉̟́͊.
Magnus’ figure finally inverted/flipped/returned to normal and the pressure quickly eased. An unconscious moan escaped his lips as he couldn’t help but to lean onto the girls as his whole body relaxed.
“Congratulations.” His words rang ̷̧̗͕͇͕͓͔̓̅̔͌͌̔̂̀̌T̸̹͎͕̹̭̹̻͓̦̮͐̀͆̆̊̌̈͘r̶̨̟̪̞̪͍̄͛̓̒̎͑͝ue.
Moisha groaned to his side as Romeo still had to shake something off, meanwhile Lydia remained stiff. Though this was not a sign of her not having been similarly affected.
“….N-now w-what?” Lydia forced herself to ask.
“Now you three will rest, you just survived something that would break most, if not all unprepared people.” His words felt soft, but it was hard to focus. Romeo’s mind was still full of Truth and Lies.
He felt a shiver as their shadows rippled and three silhouettes stood up. It wasn’t hard to recognize himself among them. Though to his surprise they reached to pick them up.
“We’ll talk about your experience after a few days, you three should rest for now.” The shadows moved after he spoke.
None of them felt in them to fight being carried, straight to their room where they were laid down on their shared bed. The last he saw were the shadows dipping back into place.
Still, all Romeo could do was reach closer for his two partners, the certainty that they were there was reassuring as he fell asleep.
Magnus watched as Julia’s four students left his house, the few hidden cameras following their movements until they were far enough. Right now he knew Ayane’s two caretakers would be waiting for her at her home to talk, so was Monty and he would most likely take her to talk with Exthilion in the short future. But that felt like an event he didn’t belong, so he didn’t insist on joining.
Maybe he would talk with the old Dragon in the future, but that could wait.
He turned back to Milo. “Thank you for the help.”
“It was nothing. And it’ll be nothing compared to the next thing you will ask me about.” His brother said knowingly.
“Yeah, yeah it won’t be.” Magnus nodded.
“Tell me.”
“What I am asking you to do is multi-purpose.” He started. “First, your target is the late Jonathan Diggers, right now known only as the Lich,” his words were accompanied by an image he had found in Gina’s databanks, glad that she kept a good archive, even if she apparently rarely checked it, “you should have access to the information of what lead to his partial demise. But it doesn’t matter at the moment.”
Milo nodded, watching the images and committing to memory.
“While I know you can pull some miracles, in his case it may be a bit easier.” Magnus continued. “During the man’s younger years he traveled the Realms of this World, our interest lays in the Veiled Realm, it’s mostly unreachable and lacks a few Concepts, the Cycle of Time between them. This is lucky because it means that a very interesting diary survived there. Said Diary contains a pretty complete imprint of the man, intelligent and independent.”
“You want me to fix the man using both?” Milo asked. “I would need to check, but it’ll depend heavily on how complete the man’s soul is in the husk .”
“The ‘records’ state that if he was purified he would still act as his old self, so it should be pretty solid there. Just in case I prepared an all-purpose Curse eater talisman that should cover most of what I can do, I doubt it will be necessary, but…” He shrugged and resumed. “Now, that’s not all I want you to do in the Veiled Realm,” with a gesture the image changed to a drawn depiction of another race, “these are Gaoblins,”
“I read the information you passed me.” Milo interrupted. “I see no problem giving them a helping hand, plus you are right that I should be able to restart the Cycle by myself. What do you expect me to do if I come across the older Madrid?”
“I honestly doubt she will approach you, though if it were me, I would say prank her.” He grinned.
Milo rolled his eyes, but definitely did not ignore the suggestion.
“Now, finding Fortress Kia could be harder, the Realms are far, but priestess Crescens holds a connection with Kia.” He suggested.
“You’re saying I ask her to come along?”
“I’m saying that she’ll most likely ask to come with you if you are honest about it.” He said honestly. “And I think you should, both of them hold much more than they want to admit, it would help both of them.”
“Okay, I can’t say I’m against it.” Milo admitted. “Stardust will have to remain here then, a trip like this is not right for her at the moment.”
“I’m not against looking after her, and I’m sure I can expose her to a few safe situations while letting her make friends.”
“You mean make friends or make friends?” Milo asked with a raised eyebrow.
“Depends if they deserve it or not.”
They both chuckled.
“Anything else you want me to do while over there?” Milo asked.
“Unfortunately I can’t say if there’s more of interest, but I know you’re a good judge of character, so if you come across someone you want to help, go ahead.” Magnus answered. “I know this World’s larger than the information we got, so go wild.”
“And what will you do while I am away?”
“I need to screw the two rats’ plans a bit more, that will lead to hunting Zero as I need to destroy the Curse laid on the soul of the youngest version of the man. It will screw time a bit here and there, but given the nature of his future version he may end as a Paradox, which would leave him open to one of the Truth swords I created.” He explained.
“Aiming to topple the old rat’s empire a piece at a time?”
“I am already doing that. It’s just more of the same, and while I would love nothing more than just to kill him and be done with it, I’ve a plan for a pair of very special curses before making sure they end up under the dragon to screw him over too.” He explained. “Unfortunately given the nature of his timeline, he’s currently out of reach unless I want to screw some of the other plans going on, and as much as I hate it, Gina’s right and he need to finish his part of the Engine.”
“And you can’t do it?”
“Maybe? I would certainly need to take myself off the timeline and study for a long while to get there. As much as I am following dad’s steps in becoming a Forger, that’s sadly not my field and my work with Time’s sadly pretty limited.” He grumbled.
“You could always try, no?”
“Eh… maybe in the future. There’s better things to do at the moment. Plus given our existence, stepping out of the Timeline is just asking for trouble.” He added with a shake of his hand.
Exchanging a few more details, Magnus and Milo turned their attention back to the Real world. It had been just a few minutes in real time, the second level of his mind accelerated their perception enough for a long talk.
It was hard to overstate how much better it felt to have Milo around, he hadn’t realized how much he had missed that connection with his family. Even being connected to the Psi-Kobolds wasn’t the same.
There was also the fact that his brother had fixed a few things in his Soul, little snags he hadn’t noticed. Nothing troublesome, but little bits of him that hadn’t fully adapted yet, with time they would have fit better, he just cut down the time.
The only problem he had noticed so far had been a few problems with the local magic, but with that taken care of he could now return Theodore his books as he had effectively ‘learned’ them.
The local magic was quite interesting, the way it relied heavily on gestures for the creation of magical constructs which were used to cast magic through was very interesting. Similarly to how Princess D’bra could use her eyes to cast beam spells, most mages needed to effectively create a lens ahead of them to aim the spell.
Other spells required different constructs and combinations of gestures. He had studied one of the good doctor’s old classes and had to admit it was amazing how it worked for most magic users; the exceptions usually were those who could skip steps naturally.
Most casting foci worked by having these magical constructs engraved in them. For example a bomb spell wand exchanged the flexibility of manual casting for the safety of a replicable result. And while he would like to say he could improve on things by creating a wand capable of modifying itself, there were existing ways to carry that effect. Not only that, there were many foci that covered multiple types of spell in an efficient manner.
That didn’t mean there wasn’t something he would do. The Sheikah Grimoire was already his main casting weapon, so the idea he would go would be using the Runes it could already create to simulate the necessary gestures he would have to carry otherwise.
It was something that he had only been starting to realize recently, something incredibly obvious in hindsight. Technically, there was no reason for the Sheikah Runes to work in any other World, at least by themselves. Runes worked given their context and meaning, and those were things inherent to the World. Similarly, time could change the meaning of Runes, though it was harder with commonly used Runes as their use solidified their meaning.
The trick in the Sheikah Runes was in the Blue Flames, which carried information, and in the case of the Runes, their meaning in themselves. The best way to describe the fact was that each Rune was a page of information expertly folded into the shape of the Rune, sometimes multiple pages, and the characteristic of the Blue Flames activated said information.
And in the same way, he could devise a few artificial Runes that effectively imitated the effects of the gestures the local magic system made use of. Though before starting he should consider talking with Theodore about the idea, it certainly wouldn’t hurt to check if they existed already or not.
There was no need to reinvent the wheel after all. But there were always ways to improve things.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 83
Natasha, Queen of the Vampires and current ruler of the U’Deun, the Undead Realm, knew one thing about her position… she hated the paperwork.
It didn’t help that most of her minions were boneheads, literal and metaphorical.
“Grrr! That’s enough!” She smashed the desk, sending the many documents flying and reducing the surface to splinters. “I’m the Queen of this Realm, why the hell am I doing paperwork!?”
Another Vampire, this time a man of higher stature, wearing a well fit suit and cape walked into the room. He gave the pile of now smoking paperwork a look and sighed.
“You worked under the Lich King long enough to know he usually left it to other people.” He said.
“Vlad, so nice to see you.” She said in a tone dripping with condescension. “I would, but everyone’s either an idiot or a backstabber.” She grumbled.
“And I made sure you didn’t throw the paperwork to me in exchange for the position of Queen.” He added.
She walked over to the large windows overlooking her Realm. The view was bleak, but that was undeath for you, rocky plains, scorching volcanos, dried forests. Just like she liked it, always wrapped in the dark of the night or the twilight, never touched by the smallest ray of sunlight.
“And you did that… yes.” She growled. “Though talking about the Lich King,” she grinned as she reached for a bell and rang it.
The previous ruler of the Realm walked into the room, wearing a butler outfit. “You called, my queen?” His tone was forced, but she could tell that even after losing all of his power he was still biding his time.
“Yes, perfect for you to come, I was needing to blow off some stress.” She grinned.
The Lich King, previous ruler of the Realm, previously Jonathan Diggers, barely reacted, but she noticed with glee that the corner of his eyes twitched.
“Come over here, slave.” She pointed to the point in front of them.” She ordered.
Vlad shook his head silently and took a step back, not saying anything and just watching. In his opinion it was a waste of time. So he just watched as the Lich moved into position without a sign of complaint.
As Natasha got ready to kick the butler’s ass, the whole Realm stiffened as something entered the Realm.
“What the fuck was that?!” Natasha screamed and rushed to the scrying orb.
Vlad rushed after her, and even the Lich scooted closer in consternation as the Realm let a mute, yet palpable, whine. Something Antithetical had entered and put pressure on everything.
Being the Queen of the Realm was more than just a position, and Natasha could feel things others wouldn’t. The Realm was complaining, but it was the complaint of someone holding something hot, though the Realm strangely welcomed it too.
She turned to her slave. “Lich! Tell me what’s happening! You must have an idea!”
“I… I’ve no idea, my Queen.” He admitted, pained by the fact. “It’s never happened before, most invasions were, well… invasions . This feels as if something decided to take a stroll.”
“Vlad!” She turned again towards the vampire. “Deploy the gargoyles, I need a visual on the intruder yesterday!” She ordered.
The vampire nodded and rushed out, she turned towards the Lich. “And what are you waiting for? An invitation?”
“B-but my Queen, you’ve given me n-”
“Does it look like I need to tell you what to do, slave?! We’re getting invaded, if they are hostile or not, it doesn’t matter.” She growled. “This is the Undead Realm, anyone coming here is never good news, so bring me my armor!”
“Yes my Quee-” His words died in his dry, undead mouth as something entered the room.
Natasha froze too for a moment, fighting her natural instincts to turn and look at the intruder.
It looked like a young, good-looking man. Its silver hair appeared to be practically glowing, but it was its eyes that were hard to look away from. They were two pits of an electric blue that made her feel as if she was going to drown.
But as impossible to look away those eyes were, what she couldn’t ignore was the reek of Life coming off the thing.
She wanted to scream at him, in order to do anything . But words seemed to die in her throat, as if all it took was a single mistake and she would be erased by the thing in front of her. As a vampire she fed on Life through blood, but this thing in front of her oozed enough Life to be straight up poison to her. Would she just pop if she remained in proximity for too long?
But what rankled her the most, was that it ignored her, gave her a look and simply went past towards the hell-damned Lich!
He appeared to be having even a harder time than she was, Natasha could at least turn her head to follow its movements. Instead the Lich seemed to be a deer in the headlights.
The thing barely gestured and the Lich was lifted, being held in some kind of invisible full-body bind.
Natasha felt the weight on the Realm increase before the fabric itself buckled and suddenly the two of them disappeared. And just in time for Vlad to return to the room.
“The Gargoyles have been deployed,” Vlad said and looked at her, “… did something happen?”
Natasha sighed as she felt return to her own body. “Yes… the intruder just left, he, it, whatever it was… it was after the Lich and took him away to somewhere.” She explained.
“What do you mean?” He asked.
She grumbled as she wandered over to her chair and let herself fall back on it. “You mean you can’t feel it? That stench of Life left behind?” She asked.
Vlad looked around, his face letting a small twitch. “… now that you say it,”
“Whatever that thing was, I could have erased every undead in the area if it wished, but it only wanted that hell-damned Lich!” She screamed.
Vlad rubbed his chin. “I don’t doubt he made more than enough enemies in his life and unlife to merit being hunted down. But I don’t think I ever heard of a being capable of exuding Life like you describe.”
“It doesn’t matter, he’s gone, hopefully for good.” Natasha said.
“Should I recall the Gargoyles?”
“No, have them scout the Realm, make sure there’s nothing alive left around.” She ordered. “And if you find anything, destroy it utterly, I don’t want anyone else getting any ideas.”
Vlad nodded and turned to leave, once more leaving her alone with the smoldering pile of paperwork. The vampire queen groaned and summoned a few skeletons to clean up the mess and bring a spare desk and her paperwork, she still hadn’t finished after all.
Magnus gave the paralyzed Lich a look, he could see the features of the man he had been, and hopefully would soon be once more, behind the decayed features.
“Any problem collecting him?”
“Not really, the hardest thing was not eating my way through the realm, it was nothing like the Infinite Realms.” Milo answered. “It was a Realm of undeath, so Life would have torn through it if I let it.”
“Nothing else?”
“Nothing else.”
“Excellent, with him here I should be able to make that compass.” Magnus said, ignoring the looks from the Lich.
“Good, just don’t take too long, I don’t want to have to put him to sleep, putting him to sleep would be more problems that he’s worth.”
“Screaming in his mind?”
“Yeah, he seemed to have realized I’m a psychic and for some reason knows how to make himself heard.” Milo rubbed the bridge of his nose.
Magnus could understand the problem, Milo needed to keep an eye on the Lich, the problem was dealing with the annoyance of listening to him, and not just ignoring him; that was asking for trouble.
“You can remove his muzzle if you want.” Magnus offered. “It’s not like anyone will wander down here, I effectively have the place down under multiple lockdowns.” He had told Bri they would be doing something dangerous enough that no one should come in and just told the rest they would be busy and shouldn’t be interrupted.
“Eh… it’s not necessary, he’s just reciting some of the most boring books he remembers.” Milo said. “So far he’s guessing we want the secret on how he turned into a Lich.”
“Really?” Magnus asked as he worked. “That’s… very stupid, I mean, Lichdom’s not the worst choice for immortality, but certainly a very limited one.”
“He also missed the obvious that we’re already immortal.” Milo added, smiling as the Lich froze.
Magnus would bet the man had finally stopped rambling in his own head.
“He just realized that wasn’t what we wanted him for?” He asked knowingly as he allowed Milo to feed him the necessary information for the artifact.
“Yes, and now he’s trying to figure out what he did in the past to deserve this humiliation.”
“So he’s leagues away from the answer?” Magnus teased as he started to weave the necessary Runes into the compass.
“Yeah, I think I will keep it a surprise, to see how long he takes to find it out.”
He chuckled as the compass was finished, the last strands of magic weaved back into the design and locked everything in place. He gave the needle a little flick and it started to spin uncontrollably, it would enter the Veiled Realm before it locked properly.
“Here.” He threw it to Milo.
His brother caught it and nodded. “Excellent.”
He nodded and walked over to a more open area of the laboratory before activating the gate to the desired Realm. “Now go. I would wish you luck, but I think no one’s expecting someone like you.”
Milo chuckled and dragged Jonathan along as they went through, the gate closing quickly once he went past. A small cloud of smoke signaled the machine had broken, it was unfortunately an expected fact as the gate was a prototype to his adaptation of the Psi-Snail’s Realm jumping.
He had only managed the technological side of the adoption and it came up short when dealing with the difference in time-flow. He may be able to fix it in the future, but at the moment a disposable gate was the best he could do.
Thankfully Milo would have a much easier time returning once the cycle was restored over in the Veiled Realm, especially with the help of Fortress Kia.
For the moment Magnus had something else to pay attention to, and since no one expected him for a few hours, he summoned the Peebo he had built with Brianna.
It only took a few moments for Peemag to appear in a little flash of Light.
“Figured out Blinking, eh?” He asked, though he didn’t expect an answer.
Different from the other named Peebos, Peemag appeared to prefer not speaking. Both Bri and him had checked his code thoroughly, but it turned out the little bot had decided that speech was overrated.
He reached and pressed the half-hidden button behind the little bot’s head and held it down for three seconds to put them to sleep. With the little bot offline, he unlocked the machine’s code and started to go through it.
He idly wondered if Brianna understood exactly what she had managed when creating the little robots, the combination of magic and tech in their code was nothing if not innovative, a clear show of thinking out of the box. True sentient little programs.
After checking the ever-changing code hadn’t generated an error or problem, he moved onto what he really was planning and started to add a new program.
It would take some work, but he was pretty sure it would work, he couldn’t wait to show it to Bri.
The Veiled Realm was an interesting place, looking mostly like outer space, albeit with a breathable atmosphere. A starry sky as far as the eye could see, only interrupted by the floating debris that floated around.
The Lich could only give his kidnapper a baleful look, growling in his mind and flinging every insult he could remember. Promising to kill and curse every member of his family, to ruin him in any way possible, or swearing he would raise them as undead only to destroy them again and again.
But besides some annoyance, all slipped off him.
“ Do you even have any idea of where we are?! ” He really wanted to know why they would bring him to the Veiled Realms, the place was practically useless.
The young man was a complete mystery to him, he had made a lot of enemies in his life and unlife, but he didn’t know anyone like him. Someone capable of wandering through the Undead Realm just to get him, completely ignoring Natasha in the process.
The other man was even more of an incognita, appearing to be completely mundane. But he had seen him work, the artifact the silver-haired man was holding at the moment was anything but mundane.
“You still haven’t figured it out?” Milo asked in a smug tone. “I would have thought you would have realized it by now.”
The Lich wanted to growl, but his train of thought seemed to come to a halt at those words. There was an implication there, a relation between him and the Veiled Realms. He had traveled them while he was still alive, but he didn’t remember anything too important besides a few races he would love to convert into undead minions.
He grumbled as he mumbled in his thoughts, trying to bring up all memories of his expedition. But he was coming up with nothing important. And Milo was giving him no other clue of what he meant, instead following the artifact’s needle; it looked like he would only learn their goal once they found it.
At least by now he knew they weren’t going to kill him, and he believed them when they had said they didn’t want to know how he ended up a Lich.
Even as the hours passed, he felt nowhere closer to a reason and he had started to stop coming up with new possibilities. Instead just watching time pass by until his eyes caught some movement on one of the larger floating rocks.
There, barely visible was an Abyssalisk, the massive, octopus-like predator was nearly perfectly camouflaged against the rock, staying completely still and waiting for them to come closer.
He started to plan how to react, the Abyssalisk would prefer living prey rather than him, but as he was powerless it would most likely not ignore an easy snack. This meant that he would need to escape as quickly as possible while Milo fought the beast, what he would do after that would be seen. But the first step was surviving.
He tried to keep the act, at least he didn’t have to keep screaming; even in his head it was getting boring. Watching until the Abyssalisk pounced.
Every fiber of his body tensed up, getting ready to push himself away.
But to his surprise the massive monster stopped dead in its tracks, its many eyes focused entirely on the man keeping him captured. It didn’t run away, instead it slowly floated closer, allowing Milo to pet the beast.
“ Ho-how…? ” The Lich stumbled on himself to ask.
He could tell that no magic had been used, nor some drug or secret technique. The beast had simply and instantly accepted them as its complete superior in any way possible.
“I am Life and Nurture.” Milo spoke mysteriously as the Abyssalisk gently moved away before flying off. “My presence offers change and possibility. It also understood that while I couldn’t kill it, trying to fight me was useless.”
The Lich felt his eye twitch, growling in his mind and just glaring at the man as they continued their flight. Soon they reached an area he recognized, one of the many hollow planets that existed.
This was a chance for him, the local race worshiped Death and his status as a Lich could very much be used to gain some easy minions that would help in recovering his power. But why was he feeling nostalgic?
“Ah, there we go.” Milo’s words broke his reminiscence as he saw where they were going.
One of his old campsites! To think one of those had been left untouched all this long.
“ What would you even need here?! ” He screamed.
“Oh? Still not understood?”
The two of them touched down on the solid surface of the rocky outcrop. Though even then he was being dragged along.
His eyes widened as an invisible force lifted a very familiar book from the ground and took it straight to Milo’s hands. “Recognize it now?”
“ One of my old diaries? What would you even want with one of those? ”
Milo’s smile irked him.
“Let me present myself properly.” He spoke calmly. “I’m Milo, also known as the Smiling Saint, one of Guru’s three children. In my family I’m recognized as one of the strongest healers, capable of touching the Body, the Mind and the Soul. I’m the Titan of Life and Nurture, I’ve control over Light and Water. While I’m touched by Death, I’m a well of Life and change, as long as something's alive, thinking or has a Soul I can affect it. And with this,” he raised the diary, “I can fix a very big mistake.”
The Lich froze, a chill like one he hadn’t felt since he was alive ran down his spine. “... no. ”
“Yes.”
That single word brought an indescribable sense of dread to the Lich. What to him was a fate worse than death, he wouldn’t be killed, he would be turned back to the disgusting man he once had been!
“ NO! ”
“You’ve no choice.” Milo whispered and his blue eyes glowed in such a way that the Lich felt as if he was going to drown in them.
Even without his power he could feel something bubbling under the skin of the man in front of him, or the thing . This was no man, he couldn’t believe it had taken him this long to understand that; how had he been so blind?
The thing in front of him reached for his chest with his free hand and he couldn’t fight, their grip on his body absolute. Its hand was warm, and he hated it .
He had no breath to choke on. Instead he went completely stiff, his figure started to break away. Long death skin, flesh and bones practically scattered away into a fine dust until all that was left was his cursed soul.
Milo pushed the book into his immaterial body, the diary sinking and melting into him.
“From negative to positive.” Milo whispered and something inverted.
The Lich/Jonathan tried to scream, but he had no body, he was just a soul standing on the edge. He felt conflicting memories of war with each other. He tried to claw those warm memories away, trying to grab and hold those cold ones to himself.
But it was impossible, the warmth was spreading, swiftly old, cold memories were destroyed, shown to have been false, corrupted by the process that transformed him into a Lich and his unlife.
He tried to scream as hate, anger, greed and lust for power were washed away by the warm sensation. His memories were being repaired, old holes he had forgotten existed filled, the truth of the love and care he had felt for his family filled him once more.
A sudden beat surprised him. Jonathan looked down and saw a heart, a beating human heart now resting where it should be, a pair of lungs and a rib cage growing around it. He could feel his spine growing up and down. Hip bones, shoulder plates and the rest of the organs belonging inside his torso followed. Muscles and tendons spread over the bones, connecting as his arms and legs took shape. He couldn’t see his own head take form, but suddenly blinking was a novel experience. Skin started to spread over his form.
Finally he breathed in, he was alive . He felt a shiver as his bare feet landed on the floor and he couldn’t help but to look at his hands, his living hands.
“I…”
“Welcome back.” Milo said as a blanket wrapped around his naked body. “Here you go.” He handed him a set of folded clothes, a very familiar set.
Jonathan chuckled and quickly dressed up.
“This…” He still couldn’t believe it, he was alive, he knew it and a few spells definitely confirmed it. “How?”
Milo smiled. “I’ve done more with less. I may not be able to kill, but everything else?” He said and let out a laugh.
The silver-haired man produced a small mirror and allowed Jonathan to check himself. He looked younger than he remembered being, short, blonde hair, blue eyes.
“I’m missing my glasses?”
“Oh, fixed that, honestly you will notice a lot of little things like that, consider it fixing unnecessary little things.” Milo shrugged. “It’s basically easier to fix all of those than replicate them, if you still want glasses I’m sure we can get you a fake or enchanted pair. I also based you on the image imprinted on the diary, so you will be younger.”
“I would say all of this is impossible, but I’m definitely not dreaming.” Jonathan said in good humor. “I take it this is not all you’ve planned?”
Milo shook his head. “We need to restart the Cycle, and while I am more than capable of forcing my way through the local tribe of Gaoblins, there are much better ways to go at it.”
“You want to help them?”
“Not just help them, but ask them for help. It’s a long story, so how about we walk and talk?” He offered.
Jonathan thought about it and nodded. “I see no problem there, but you will have to answer a few questions, I still remember you were playing coy on the way here.”
“I hope it doesn’t bother you that I kept those memories in your mind, even if I softened them down.”
The man thought about it for a moment before shaking his head. “I… I’m not happy that I’ve done all of those things, all those years… but I can rationalize that it wasn’t me that did them. I still feel some guilt, but…”
“That’s okay, we can talk about that later. I am a pretty good therapist.” Milo said. “Now let’s see, I think like all stories we should start from the beginning, and that’s a few decades ago, in a completely different World, when a man woke up in a white void…”
Jonathan listened, but even as entrancing as the story was, he couldn’t help but wonder when they would return home, and wonder if his family would accept him again.
For some reason Milo gave him a warmer smile when that thought crossed his mind, instantly reminding him the man was psychic. He chuckled and paid more attention to the story, he somehow believed all would be okay, even if the adventure in front of them would certainly be an entertaining one.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 84
Lydia and Moisha walked towards the hot springs Ruby had set up in one of the corners of the Garden. The two Wererats were currently wearing naught but a towel, though in all honesty they didn’t feel much embarrassment about being seen.
The towel was more of a little show of modesty. Ruby was their medic and had seen them naked more than once, Magnus had only eyes for Ruby and Orange had eyes everywhere already.
The two stopped when they saw what the hot springs actually looked like. The large pool was filled with something that looked like magma, and if Ruby wasn’t already soaking in it, they would have been worried.
“Really?” Lydia asked, dryly.
Ruby slowly opened an eye and looked at them before speaking, “… don’t worry, it’s not molten rock.”
“And that’s so reassuring.”
Ruby rolled her eyes. “Come in already, it’s just phosphorescent algae.” She finally explained. “It’s a crossbreed between a few healing plants, that moss that grew down in hell in Terraria and a type of algae that grows in very hot environments.”
Lydia and Moisha shared a look before folding their towels and placing them aside. Only then they slipped in. They instantly understood why Ruby was sounding so relaxed.
It was like laying on the best bed they had ever experienced, and the beds in their rooms were nothing to scoff at. It wasn’t entirely a liquid, more like a suspension that hugged every part of their body submerged in it. It was warm and was relaxing them to the core.
“Oh…” Moisha moaned as she allowed herself to fully relax, the hot springs holding her.
Lydia looked down, still not as relaxed as her partner. “This doesn’t feel as hot as it actually is.” She noted.
Ruby nodded. “One of the particularities of the algae is that it provides an effect similar to the Fire Resistance potion.” She explained. “Not that it would bother you anyways.”
She chuckled.
“So what did you make this for?” Lydia asked as she felt the heat slowly seep deeper and work on her body.
“Honestly? Slight mistake on my part, I was experimenting with the herbs we got from Terraria. I was trying to breed them into edible potion plants, so it kinda worked, kinda not.” She explained.
“Were the potions that good?” Lydia asked as Moisha’s head slowly leaned on her shoulder.
The Wererat looked at her partner and smiled warmly, allowing the more buxom one to get comfortable in her nap.
“Some were interesting, the Luck potion for example did as you imagine, even if Luck’s such a nebulous concept.” She said. “But there’s also the Sex Changing potion. Once more it does as it says, though it doesn’t exactly work on those without a set sex like Orange or Magnus. Neither works for me, I think it considers me not alive enough? I’m not sure and Magnus’ not sure either. But if you want to try it just ask.”
Lydia’s eyes opened wide and her head tilted. “A potion can do that?”
“I think you should think of these kinds of potions more as very complex spell rituals in a bottle. You can consider the investment in making a potion a replacement of the whole casting process.”
“I’m strangely curious. But I don’t think it’s for me.” She said, rubbing her chin.
“It’s not for everyone, I can understand that much.”
Lydia nodded and sank down nearly to her neck, making sure Moisha’s head still rested on her shoulder above water. “What next?”
“Well…” Ruby said as she stretched, the thick fluid filling the hot springs flowing off her arms, “I know Magnus’ trying to replicate the creation of Life Crystals and Mana Crystals, no matter if he manages it, I think I can do something similar with the few samples we have of them and the Life Fruits that grew in the Jungle Biome.”
“Uh, I wouldn’t mind some more of those, they tasted delicious.” She was being completely honest, the fist-sized, heart-shaped fruits were like the most delicious peach she had ever tasted; slightly addictive.
They had seen to collect plenty of them while still in the previous World, just in case Ruby couldn’t grow them. Each of them had eaten them until they had no more effect. Tests had confirmed to have improved their health significantly.
She wouldn’t say no to similar fruits if they would improve other things.
“Tell me if you need any help with those.” Lydia said.
Ruby nodded. “Thank you, but that’s for later…” She let out a pleased sigh.
Lydia could understand why, the medicinal hot springs were starting to make effect and ease the stress of spending so long in the ship. She couldn’t wait until they reached a new World already. Maybe she would ask about a short break somewhere.
She let out another sigh and pulled Moisha closer, relaxing further.
Link patiently walked up the path towards Hateno Village. He didn’t remember the village well, even when Impa had described the place as his hometown. But once more there was a small sense that things were different.
He couldn’t put his finger on it, but it felt like the place felt safer? It was hard to tell, the guards he greeted as he passed by. It wasn’t like he was stopped and questioned, but they appeared more than ready to act if something happened instead of just sleeping on the job.
The well fit armors certainly added to the image of a respectable and well formed group. And thinking back on it, so did those guards set on the fort on the way to the village.
He checked his Sheikah Slate once more, confirming that he had to go all the way to the top of the hill. He took a moment to look at the windmill visible from his position, it looked quite newer than the rest, he wondered if something happened to the old one. Building that high up must not have been the easiest.
As he continued his path he noticed two things, first was the lack of older men and women, everyone appeared to be children, young or in their prime. Second was that there had been more guards than he ‘didn’t’ remember. He wondered if something bad had happened, but the whole village didn’t feel like it had gone through such an event.
He got a few looks and more smiles and waves on his way. Even as he started to climb the hill. The sun was starting to set by the time he made it to the top, taking a breath of the fresh air coming from the sea and giving the building a look.
Just like he had noticed from the below, the building was considerably newer than anything else in the village, it still kept similar aesthetics. But there was a touch of something different to it.
He walked up to the door, ready to knock on it, but before his hand could make contact with it, the door slid open with a loud noise and a white haired woman looked right into his eyes. She had a pair of red trimmed glasses and a maniac smile.
“Linky!” She called out happily, grabbing him by the shirt and pulling him in.
He didn’t even react, there was not even a pinch of hostility or aggressiveness, if anything, it felt incredibly warm and welcoming. Even if there was a hint of danger there, it felt like some kind of very old reflex telling him to be careful around her, though not of her.
“Symin! Link’s here.” She said as she dragged him deeper.
Once more he allowed her to do so as he looked around. The place was filled with chalkboards, bookcases, work tables, models, diagrams, blueprints and so much stuff that Link was starting to feel a bit overwhelmed. So he quickly turned his attention back to the young woman as she had him sit down on a chair.
She took the chair in front of him. “It’s so good that you’re up! Do you remember me?”
He felt bad to tank her good mood, but he wasn’t going to lie and silently shook his head side to side.
“Hmm… that’s interesting, though not unexpected.” Thankfully it seemed that she wasn’t feeling down from the news. Instead she had gotten up and walked around the table, getting her hands on him to check him through. “You’ve been effectively dead for a hundred years, so things may take some time to come back, what do you remember?”
He thought about it before answering in as few words as possible. He remembered mostly feelings and a few names here and there.
“I see…” She hummed thoughtfully, rubbing her chin. “Okay, I think we'll work something to loosen up those memories. I would joke about a good smack on your head, but I’ve seen you headbutt some monsters before to little effect.” She laughed, only stopping when a Sheikah man entered the room with a tray.
He placed it on the table and smiled. “Nice to meet you, Link, I’m Symin, assistant here at the Hateno Research Lab.”
Link nodded, returning the greeting in silence.
Purah smacked her forehead. “Oh dear, so silly of me, in my excitement I forgot to present myself.” She said. “I’m Purah, director of the Hateno Research Lab, now give me your Sheika Slate, I will upgrade you to the new version.”
He barely got it off his spot hanging by his waist before Purah had taken it off his hands and ran off the room.
Symin laughed softly. “Don’t worry, that’s the director for you. She’s very excited to know you were finally up and may have spent the night working on your personal armband.” He said, pointing to his own to explain.
He tilted his head in question.
“Oh, don’t worry, the director will explain it to you, I doubt she would be happy if I stole her moment.” He said with another small laugh.
It didn’t take much longer before Purah returned with a box, placing it on the table. She quickly opened it and retrieved a similar armband to the ones he had seen. But it wasn’t hard to notice it looked much tougher.
“First, I know you will get in tough situations, so I redesigned your personal unit to take a lot of damage. So while it could block a few hits, try to not let it happen and bring it at the first chance if it gets damaged.” She explained as she handed it over.
Link nodded as he easily slid it into place, he felt as it shrunk to fit, keeping firmly in place.
“Now, the armband is a straight upgrade compared to the Sheikah Slate. It can do everything the old model could and much more.” Purah explained. “First thing, you can use it in two ways: first is tapping on the indentation, it will project a screen that works exactly the same as slate.”
Link followed her instructions, getting a bit surprised when an identical screen was projected on the air in front of him. He tried tapping it, he felt a small amount of resistance, but his finger could still go through. He would need to get used to it.
“The other is hand gestures.” Purah said and showed how she activated the screen by closing her fist and twisting her hand. “You’ll be able to customize these, for now I kept them all open as I don’t want you accidentally setting up bombs inside the lab.”
He looked away, that only had happened once, and he had taken the fall for someone.
“I would explain all the new Runes I added to it, but I’m sure you will have fun exploring them out in the wild.” Purah said. “But you will want to know I reactivated the Camera Rune, and you will want to check the taken pictures, it appears they were taken by Princess Zelda when you were together. I would suggest you visit those places, with some luck you will awaken some memories if you visit those places.”
He nodded, it was a lead.
“Just like the Sheikah Slate, it will allow you to download map information from the towers and teleport between them and the shrines. I would recommend you visit as many of those as you can; they were made for you in a way.”
He nodded again, he had seen a number of them in his way. He just hadn’t wanted to waste time on them.
Before he knew it, Link covered his mouth to yawn, the day hadn’t had that much happen. But he was feeling a bit more tired than he expected.
“Oh, sorry to bore you with all this talk.” Purah said in good humor.
He waved it off.
“I think Link’s still feeling the effects of the recovery sleep.” Symin said.
“Hmm, then you should head to your house, it’s still there… kinda.” Purah let out a little chuckle. “I managed to keep it pretty well until about a decade when I got too old to visit it often.”
Link raised an eyebrow and tilted his head.
Purah rolled her eyes. “Oh, don’t give me that look, I may look amazing, but that’s because I created a Rune to roll back my body’s age.” She explained. “Still, that’s not what I was talking about. Your house was going to be taken down, but someone bought it and renovated it.”
She quickly waved him off when he gave her a questioning look. “It’s still your place, that person actually stated that you could have it back when you returned. I would suggest you do so, as the place’s very nice.”
“It was the same person that rebuilt the lab.” Symin added.
Purah stood up. “You must have forgotten your home, I will show you the way. Symin, remember to close the lab.” She announced as she grabbed Link’s hand and once more dragged him away.
He could only wave to Symin on the way out as the man just shook his head.
The way down the hill was much faster, with night on its way there’s considerably less people, though he still noticed a few people outside of guards going around.
She took him off the main path and towards the South, over a bridge where they finally reached a house that made his heart squeeze.
“Welcome back home, Link.” Purah said as she unlocked the door and guided him inside.
The light came on and he felt a small sense of sadness. The insides weren’t like he remembered, it was still a beautiful place, but he didn’t remember any of what he saw.
“Not remembering anything?” She asked.
Link just shook his head.
“I see, that’s unfortunate, but I think i was hoping too much as the house was practically rebuilt completely.” Purah said as she showed him everything.
Everything turned out to be easy to use and quite useful too. He could see himself getting to use the house frequently. Especially the shower, the idea of running water was quite appealing to him.
“Of course he didn’t stop at just the house.” Purah pulled him to the back door.
That he didn’t remember the house having, looking back on it, he was pretty sure the house hadn’t been built into the mountain like it was now. But he wasn’t entirely sure.
The way the door opened to some kind of store room with another door built directly into the rock cleared it up.
“Magnus, the guy who rebuilt the house, also built into the mountain.” She explained, making him surprised by hearing the name once more.
She gestured with the armband’s hand and the door unlocked, opening by itself and lights illuminating the inside.
“He started as a way to work, but he repurposed it to provide a bunker for the village.” Purah continued. “The mayor’s home has a secondary entrance. But that’s not why I am showing you this.” She guided him to a large workshop room. “He did leave some things for you.”
Purah walked up to a completely empty wall. Link watched as she put her hand on the surface. Familiar blue lines spread from the spot she touched, swiftly drawing a Sheikah Eye as she stepped back.
The whole wall moved off once the eye was filled. Behind the door a smaller room was illuminated. Link felt his eyes open wide as he saw all the weapons.
Swords of many kinds, axes, maces, polearms, bows, large quantities of elemental arrows, shields of many kinds, even a few nice-looking armors.
“Magnus took his craft seriously, and knowing you may have troubles finding good weapons he decided to leave you some. He said you’re free to take everything if you want.” She gestured to the weapons. “They are all high quality and should be tough enough for you.”
He nodded, even from a distance he could tell all the weapons were of high quality. He picked one of the swords, feeling a shiver at how right the weapon felt. It wasn’t his sword, but it would do until then.
A few testing swings produced a nice whistling noise as the air was cut.
“Anyways, the place and its contents are yours to do as you want.” She said, breaking his train of thought.
He nodded thankfully.
“Excellent, now, if you noticed there’s a Sheikah Node just outside of the house just like the one installed outside of the lab, that means you will be able to teleport right here.” She smiled. “Don’t take that as a justification to not visit.” She glared at him.
He chuckled and gestured to her to tell her he would visit.
“Good, you should see to visit the other lab in the Akkala region, Robbie will want to see you too.”
He nodded as he fought another yawn.
“Okay, okay, I can see you’re tired enough, I will head back to the lab, you should see to rest well, it will take a few more days until all of the side-effects of the restorative slumber pass. So don’t push yourself unnecessarily. Or I will know.” She warned him. “Take a day or two to get used to the weapons, but if you will leave soon, I recommend you head to Zora’s Domain first.”
He nodded, he remembered enough of Hyrule to get an idea.
“Many will still remember you, so it may be a good place to start and I would bet there’s at least a few picture spots in the area.” She said. “And visit in the morning before leaving, goodnight Link and I’m glad you’re back.”
She smiled gently, a soft smile untouched by her usual maniac energy before her whole body shone blue and disappeared as she was taken away by the teleportation system.
He sighed and shook off the sleep as he looked at the weapons. He put a few in his armband’s inventory before locking the armory. The door once more disappeared into a wall before he headed back to the house.
By the time he made it back, he was too sleepy to prepare food, he barely got off his boot before he fell asleep on the bed.
Magnus greeted Brianna with a kiss as he walked into her lab, placing Peemag down and letting the bot disappear off into the place.
“All good?” She asked as she kept her arms wrapped around him.
“Yes, Milo’s taking care of a little problem.” He downplayed the whole thing with Jonathan.
She said nothing about the obvious Lie as he had already breached the plan with her earlier. She had admitted to not knowing how she would take it, her memories of the man weren’t hers, he had long since had been turned into a Lich by the time she had been created.
“And how are you?” He asked as they moved towards her latest project.
The power armor was quite similar to her usual ones, but there were a number of visible differences from her previous style. Two Ion-stone-like crystals floated behind the armor’s shoulders. There were also engraved runes on a few armor panels and a closer inspection showed that they existed too on the weave of the cloth parts.
The latter weren’t actually made by Bri and instead she had asked him to make it for her. He was glad to see that she had managed to keep the rest of the enchantments in place.
“Very happy about how it’s going, but I’m still feeling afraid I will screw up at some point and have to start over from the beginning.” She admitted.
“Then you just have to start again and again, learn from your mistakes and go further every time.” He said.
“But…” She whined.
“You think I’ve not failed before? My siblings? My father? We all fail, we make wrong decisions and learn to be better.” He explained.
“I know.” She rolled her eyes. “I just don’t want to waste your part of the armor.”
“Brianna, I would make kilometers of enchanted fabric if you needed it.” He told her Truthfully.
“… you make it hard to focus on the armor.” She said with an underlying purr.
“We can tackle that later.” He playfully smacked the arms still wrapped around his body as he leaned on her.
“Have I told you how much I like that you’re smaller than me?” She asked.
“A few times.” He said, slyly. “Now tell me what got you stuck.”
“I never said I was stuck.”
“I think I know you well enough by now.” He prodded.
“Okay, okay.” She let out a happy sigh and started to explain.
He happily listened to her, giving the armor a look, hopefully he would be able to help her. It would also help him keep his mind off having to hunt Zero down.
The Cursed ninja had to be dealt with, and it could go very, very wrong if he wasn’t careful. But that was for later.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 85
“How does it feel?” Magnus asked as he checked the readings on one of the computers.
In the center of the chamber Brianna was slowly testing the new armor they had worked together in.
“A bit tight.” She said.
“Can you explain?” He asked as he looked up from the screen. “The suit itself should fit you perfectly.”
She slowly twisted her torso side to side. “It feels tight around my stomach… you don’t think…”
“No, to both possibilities. You’ve not gotten fatter, nor you’re pregnant.” He says and clarifies, “Even if we have definitely not lacked trying,” he grinned at her blush, “I already explained to you that I need to be actively wanting it to happen, and even then I would prefer to have Milo to check things through after. And on top of all of that, the System will notify you if you’re pregnant.”
“Really?” Her tone was one of surprise.
“Yeah, the System effectively keeps a complete medical check up on you.” He explained as he worked on the screen. “And I found the problem, it’s not the clothing but the protective barrier over it.”
Thankfully it was easy to change as the whole armor was currently a slave to the lab’s computers, allowing him to easily change the barrier from the comfort of the computer and not have to turn the whole thing off.
“Oh-” Bri let out a sound of surprise. “That’s much better.”
“Anything else pinching?” He asked as he kept an eye on the readings.
“Nothing else.” She moved her arms and legs. “Everything’s moving freely and without a problem. Next step?”
“Next step.” He agreed as he tapped a few times on the keyboard. “Testing defenses.”
A waldo moved off the wall and aimed at her before it shot her with a low power laser, slowly increasing the intensity until Brianna let out a single ow.
“I think that’s enough for now.” He said.
She nodded as she rubbed her belly. “It felt like I was punched.”
“Then you know not to get shot.” He said in tease, getting her to stick her tongue out at him.
“That was still considerable damage, and knowing that it will be just a punch is reassuring.” She hummed.
“Well, that’s the idea of the armor. As for the other systems I would recommend moving somewhere more open and with less chances for collateral damage.”
She agreed and with just a few more actions her power armor was put away, leaving her in just her underwear for a moment before she retrieved her clothes from her inventory.
“I’m sure we can reserve one of the military shooting ranges outside of the city, I know Gina uses them sometimes.” Bri said and turned to look at Peemag, and Peemag, and Peemag. "...what? Magnus, I just know you’re related to this.”
“Oh, it’s working?” He said happily as he moved over. “Yes, the Schrodinger Protocol is working.”
“Explain, because I’m pretty sure you didn’t just go and create copies of Peemag.” She said, dryly.
“You could describe it as a clone technique, except it works by making all clones the True ones and Lies at the same time.” He explained. “You just can’t tell which one is True until you destroy all of them as the only True one will always be the last.”
“That’s… pretty crazy.”
“I’m glad to see it’s working, unfortunately I do not think I could manage to do it with anything larger than Peemag and I had to sacrifice a few things to make it work.” He said, internally a bit angry at not being able to replicate it himself. He was just too ‘big’ to make the effect work. “Thankfully Peemag is small enough to be able to use it.”
They watched as Peebo’s many copies wandered around the room. They just seemed to blink around as their numbers shrank and grew.
“So you basically programmed a quantum state in the Peebot?” Brianna asked, amazed at the sight.
He nodded as Peebri tried to sneak behind one of the Peemags before another of them blinked behind her and surprised by poking her back. The Bri-themed bot launched up in surprise as the two Peemags shared a silent laugh and disappeared.
“How about dinner?” He offered and Brianna nodded.
The two left the lab, leaving the Peebos to socialize. Not like it would cause more chaos than usual.
Milo admired the large and ancient murals, maintained by the realm’s nature. It helped that the sights were being accompanied by a masterful class on the subject by Jonathan.
“...can you see, the Gardeners were the first warrior slaves for the Gardeners, in their anger they destroyed, when before they had created.” The blonde man recounted the events displayed on the walls.
He nodded along, eyeing the ancient depictions.
Jonathan continued, “They used the Key of Oblivion, an artifact that still lays in the depths of this ruins, and you’re planning to touch it?”
“You know what it does,” Milo said, “you would most likely have hunted it down as a source of power. I will instead use it to restart the cycle in this Realm. I’m a being holding the Concept of Life, I’m practically one of the purest sources for it.”
The man just shook his head with a sigh. “If I hadn’t personally experienced what you can do I would say you’re crazy, but…” The man laughed softly. “You will still have to work your way through the Gaoblins.”
“I know, I can feel them approaching. But I’m aiming to resolve things peacefully as I will need the help of their priestess later.”
“You can feel them?” Jonathan let out in surprise.
“I can feel every living being in several dozen kilometers in a place like this, there’s barely anything else alive to muddle their signatures.” He explained and waved a hand, creating a Light projection to show how the locals were coming.
The blonde man looked around. “Now that I think about it, they should have found out about our presence sooner.”
“While I’m not as good at stealth as my brother, I can still shield our presence through brute force methods.” Milo explained partially.
The man just raised an eyebrow as soon they heard the sound of steps coming. The first one to come into view was, surprisingly, the Gaoblin Priestess Crescens. Milo truly observed her, the ways her body had been modified were very interesting to him.
Just like the rest of her race, she had green skin. Her arms had been replaced by magical constructs, allowing her to channel pure Mana in a primal form, as dangerous as versatile. The other eye-catching fact were the two holes on her body, going completely through her stomach and head. While not biologically impossible, it wasn’t something that formed naturally. Even from a distance he could feel how Reality bent through them, but he would need actual touch to study their working.
They were obvious tools and signs of her position, because he couldn’t sense any other Gaoblin carrying them. Even with the many currently aiming at them with their magical bows.
Milo had already decided how to do this, so he simply started by mind-whispering to Jonathan, “ Don’t react and trust me .”
The man stiffened before relaxing.
Milo kept a non-hostile posture as he channeled Life into his voice.
“Greetings, we come in peace.” His words had an instant effect.
Everyone else in the room reacted to it, even Jonathan was surprised as Milo’s very voice carried his Domain over Life, invigorating everyone who heard him.
The Priestess’ face switched between many emotions before stopping in guarded interest as she spoke, “Intruders, identify yourselves.”
“I’m Jonathan Diggers, I visited this Realm a couple decades ago, though I never made contact with your tribe.”
“And I’m Milo Andes, also called the Smiling Saint, I’m the Titan of Life and Nurture, and I was asked to come and help with the problem this Realm holds.” His words were still tinged with Life as he spoke.
The priestess sucked air through her teeth, obviously holding back her first reaction. Instead she sharpened her gaze down on them.
“And how do you expect to do that exactly?” She asked.
“You can feel I speak the truth when I speak about my power of Life, but hidden under all that is the fact that I’ve been touched by Death from birth.” Milo took a small step forward.
He closed his eyes and focused, pulling that bit of himself, the ten percent or so of him that was a Ghost. He breathed out, a cold and visible fog escaped his lips as he opened his eyes, instead of the pristine blue they had turned toxic, neon green.
Crescens’ whole body shivered, her large hands closing into tight fists.
“And how do you expect to do it?”
“I just need to touch the Key of Oblivion and hand over the necessary knowledge.” He explained.
Whatever good will she had instantly was replaced by wrath as all Gaoblins unleashed their arrows the very instant she gestured to attack.
Milo didn’t even react, instead he just kept eye contact with the priestess as all projectiles came to a stop a meter or so away from him. Instantly lost all their momentum and just floated on the air.
He just kept his calm smile, even as Crescens leaned forward and launched herself at him. But didn’t reach him, Space was bent around him and her dash bent instead of keeping straight.
It took a moment for her to notice what had happened and try again. This time her fists went forward, the energy that made them up practically drilling a hole through the deformed space to try and reach him.
Milo didn’t defend, parry or attack back, instead he saw her movement and easily moved just out of the way. Even as the priestess expertly combining her exotic fighting style with her race’s magic. Multiple magical circles were drawn in tiny moments between attacks, used to unleash effects, empower herself and even try to stop him.
And he just kept dodging, seeing every single plan and course of action she took in her head. To him she was practically screaming all she was going to do. His control over Space wasn’t as good as Claire or Amber, if anything he was just above Magnus. But it wasn’t hard to reduce the extent to which he tugged on the fabric as the fight went on.
Soon he stopped moving, Space bent around him just enough to cause the Priestess to keep missing as the short, but intense, fight took its toll on her.
“Feeling better?” He asked, his usual smile on his lips.
Her yellow eyes glared even harder, if that was possible. “You… are… frustrating, intruder.” She said between deep, heavy pants as she recovered.
“Thank you, though you should be glad that you didn’t have to deal with my brother. Now, could we talk like civilized beings?” He offered. “Also, please stop your warriors from shooting Jonathan, it won’t work with me here.”
The blonde man just shook his head as he eyed the projectiles stuck in the air, like an invisible porcupine.
The tall Gaoblin priestess let out a soft growl before straightening her tall figure. “You get one chance.” She said and raised a hand, all warriors stopping their attack. “Explain why.”
“Oh, I’m sure you will want to punch me again after I tell you all I want to do in this Realm. But it all comes down to fixing the problems left by the Gardeners in this Realm, and you’ll have to help me at another point.” He said.
“Me?” She asked, raising an eyebrow, the gesture looking weird with the hole that went through the hole on her head. “What do you know about me?”
“I’m a powerful Psychic, Crescens, I can see the past and far away, and Fortress Kia’s lashing out in anger and fear.” He allowed the coming slap to impact his cheek.
What little damage he allowed through was fixed before she even pulled her hand back.
“You…!” She let out in a hiss.
“This Realm has stagnated for too long, too many old injuries.” Milo’s tone turned harder, but his smile remained as he looked back at her. “You've got your scars and hurt too, but it doesn’t need to remain like that. With the Key of Oblivion I can remind this Realm what it lost so long ago.”
“And what do you know about how I hurt?” She asked in a hard tone.
Before she could react, Milo pulled the taller woman into a hug. No force was used in the move, instead he tapped into the Nurture Concept, it was a small bit of trickery if he had to look back on it. He suddenly was a paternal figure, capable of slipping under Crescens defenses with a gentle gesture.
“Because I can see it, I can feel it, I know what you went through, who you lost, who betrayed you and your race.” His voice softened. “I see all the pleas and prayers, it’s okay, I’m here to help.”
As he spoke his Mind reached further into the long-since abandoned ship, through hallways and stairs, through long stuck-open doors, down, down down to the center of the ship. There was a flicker of another Mind, one that was for all intents and purposes dead. But it held a small, tiny spark.
With gentleness he fed that spark and allowed an old dead woman to talk with the child that once saw her as her mother and goddess.
Crescens’ defenses melted away and the woman broke down. Milo just held her, allowing her to cry.
With each step the Ritual took shape. Step, step, step. Meter after meter, kilometer after kilometer.
Magnus patiently walked a huge circle around the spot he knew Zero was hiding. Right now one of Peemag’s Schrodingers was keeping an eye on the cursed ninja.
Step step step, the trap was being closed and the man couldn’t even tell.
The Truth was that Magnus could have used the very Ritual to take care of the Curse. But he was itching for a fight, that’s why the Ritual was a trap and a way to keep the fighting away from civilians.
Basing it on his Twilight Phantasmagoria, he would create a mirror of the city, completely fake and completely sealed. Only Zero and him.
The last step was the ring of the bell and even Zero noticed the change as all noise in the night was replaced by just the soft wind running through the streets.
The man immediately stood up, his long, black hair swaying with the motion as he looked around; all under Peemag’s eyes. He quickly fixes his clothes and hair before grabbing his weapons and climbing to the ceiling of the building.
Magnus took his time to make himself known, letting the pressure of the situation increase as Zero tried to reach the outside through multiple means. And even then he didn’t go directly for a meeting. Instead he kept himself to the corner of Zero’s vision.
Letting him see movement just around the corner, through windows and doors, random noises here and there. Unfortunately the ninja was too experienced to panic just yet. But he did start to quicken his pace, trying to catch up to Magnus.
It wasn’t hard to start to turn off the lights from the buildings, with the artificial sky being a black blanket over the city, Darkness started to shrink the visible area.
Peemag showed itself, letting Zero react and rush after the tiny bot. The ninja reacted instantly, his blade skewered the poor bot, or at least their Schrodinger copy, which dissipated into nothingness as its Lie was broken; another Peemag showed itself a bit further ahead.
Magnus waited until the ninja let out the first growl of frustration as Peemag kept ahead with his clones, only then he allowed the man to see him.
Zero froze and glared at him.
“It’s been a while.” He Lied.
“You!” Zero let out in a growl.
“Oh, come on, we had so much fun together.” Magnus Lied some more, though mainly from not having been him who had fought him before. “What’s wrong? Afraid of not trusting what you see?”
He kept grinning as he retrieved Iris, the sword in compact mode. “Maybe this will be better.” He pointed the sword forward before launching himself into the attack.
Zero hadn’t been idle and it was quite amazing how the man had managed to stretch a web of poisoned and nearly invisible wires through the street. Unfortunately for the man, Magnus could see them and stop.
The Sheikah Grimoire just appeared behind him before it unleashed a cycle of balls of fire and cold wind Runes. Twang after twang, the web trap snapped as the quick change of temperatures broke through the thin material, with help of a bit of Truth about the weakness of thin things.
Zero let out a noise of frustration and changed his tactics.
Magnus had to admit the weapon the cursed ninja pulled out was a thing of beauty. Maybe not entirely in its looks, it was a very simple-looking katana blade. It was completely black and the only decoration was the guard, shaped loosely like the taijitu symbol with a blood red gem on each spot. But it was what he could see, the weapon was Dangerous.
THE Soul Edge was quite the weapon, an Enigma and Realm-wide known sword. And Magnus couldn’t wait to fight it. Fun fact was that he didn’t even need to beat the weapon, his condition of victory was breaking the Curse on the man. Of course he would be still taking the weapon to study before passing it over to the Dragons for some brownie points, as a way to make up for the whole thing with Ayane.
Magnus glared at the blade, thinking about it, Zero should not have had it yet. Was Time getting screwed over hard enough to cause this hiccup? It mattered not, he had the blade, and it was obvious he would use it.
Iris stopped Soul Edge’s attack and Magnus felt the damage that bled through his weapon. He could see the minute damage already starting to accumulate on the blade and was glad that every piece shared durability with the rest, making it much harder to cut through one of the segments.
He forced Zero to disengage by sweeping out with enough force to cause a shockwave and crack the fake pavement under him. With a quick flick of his hand a few of the failed Truth blades were flicked forward. Though even as Zero parried them, breaking them with his own weapon, their fragments still flew True and embedded into his body.
While the damage didn’t stop the ninja, he didn’t have the time to remove them as they buried deeper into his flesh as they crossed blades a second time, cutting flesh, tendon and burying into his articulations.
Magnus was the one to disengage as Zero’s swing created a wave of pure destruction. The attack reached the edges of Magnus’ very Soul and ate through the fake city, creating a massive empty space.
“You know, it makes me very curious to see how that blade actually works.” Magnus admitted as Iris loosened up before he swung wide.
The rainbow of elemental effects lashed out as he started to whip at Zero. Thunder, Lightning, Fire, Ice, Wind, Sand and many other effects pelted the ninja as Magnus kept his distance. Even as the man parried the blades when they came close enough, the damage was still being spread through the whole weapon.
A few Lie blades were launched next, impressively not all of them managed to reach the man, Soul Edge managing to cut through them in an interaction he had no time to observe at the moment.
The blades digging into his flesh seemed to be enough to push the ninja over the edge and move to activate the Enigma’s true power; just as Magnus expected. A Blink hidden under a Lie placed him just by Zero’s side and the nameless Ax swung down before Zero could do more than look surprised.
Magnus caught the blade and the arm, putting the sword away instantly. “That’s enough, admit your defeat.”
Zero let out a pained growl as he tried to attack him instead of surrendering. Unfortunately for the man, Magnus broke the Lie over one of the blades and the hidden Curse released a hurricane of chains that wrapped around the man’s limbs and anchored themselves to the ground.
The ninja grunted and glared with even more hate, if that could be possible. “Kill me.” He managed through the chains.
“Kill you? That would be such a waste, I mean, I’m totally up to end an asshole’s life here and there. But that’s not my intention here.” He reached forward and sank his hand through the chains and the man’s torso. “I’ve a much better idea.”
Zero’s eyes opened wide, most likely thinking he was going to enslave him. Instead Magnus grabbed the Curse currently trying to dig itself into his soul and yanked it all out before it could even react.
The effect was instant, the injuries the man was easily shrugging off suddenly turned lethal, and with a pained choke he puked a bellyful of blood.
“Oh, no, no, you’re not dying after all the fun you gave me.” He stuck the arm in place before force feeding Zero one of his golden potion packs, and then a second one as he carefully removed the embedded blade bits.
He was glad that the ninja was still half-choking on his own blood and the potion he forced down into his stomach, because he didn’t feel like hearing him speak as he worked. He pondered a silencing Curse, but it wouldn’t be a good idea after removing that undead servitude one. The only reason the chains were holding was because they were more of a physical restraint.
It took nearly ten minutes of careful work before the ninja was back to a passable state. “Finally.” He sighed and snapped his fingers, letting the cursed chains go.
“…Why?”
“Eh…” He shrugged. “I don’t hate you, but you were a problem. I do hate that old rat and thought that removing one of his strongest pieces off the board was worth it, plus a fun fight.”
Zero looked down at his hands, the potion had erased a lot more than just the signs of their battle. There were small scars that had been erased too, Magnus may have overdone it with the number of potions.
“Though I’ve to ask, how did you get the Soul Edge? It should have been unreachable.” Magnus asked in a much harder tone.
“I… I don’t know?” The man asks more to himself than as an answer. He once more looked down. “I just… it was there? I…”
Magnus let out a groan. “Don’t worry, don’t think about it too hard.” He said and rubbed the bridge of his nose, mainly for show. “I think we hit a small paradox, I mean it, don’t think too hard about it, it will hurt your brain.”
Zero didn’t look completely sold on it.
“What now?” He asked.
“I would suggest laying low, I recommend Jade, plenty of space to wander as a nameless swordsman and recover. Just try to not get in my way again.” Magnus answered and added, “I won’t hold back next time.”
Zero’s reply was to glare, but without another word, when Magnus opened a way out of the pocket Realm, he took it and walked off into Jade.
Magnus looked around. “It’s a shame, but oh well.” He allowed the place to start to collapse, the Lie that made it shattering into nothing as he stepped out and allowed the place to return to non-existence.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds ‒ 86
The Key of Oblivion floated a meter off the ground at the deepest part of the old, abandoned ship her tribe took as their home. Crescens’ eyes wandered down to the grave of her goddess, her mother, Ri.
Having heard her voice again had been nothing but a miracle, one she couldn’t deny. It held the same warmth and wisdom she remembered. Even now she could still feel her gentle touch on her head and the words she had given her.
The future’s no longer what I had one foreseen, but his words are true and a new age comes with him.
With the memory her eyes wandered to the two men. Now that she wasn’t feeling the anger of their home being invaded, she could admit she had a modest memory of the blonde man. Her tribe had seen him a long time ago. The other… she was starting to doubt he was anything like the blonde man.
His silver hair practically glowed now that she paid attention to it, and his skin had a pleasant sun-kissed color. But it was his blue eyes that were the most captivating. They held some kind of energy and depth that made it hard to look away, even more when they had shined with that toxic green.
And it hadn’t been until she had been close enough to truly understand what he had meant by having a connection to Life. When he had held her it had truly dawned on her, and did bring a small blush to her cheeks as the memory was a bit embarrassing.
After her shameful breakdown, which he apparently didn’t blame her at all, she had some time to recover before guiding them in. Even as her tribe had been dubious, her word was enough for it.
They had kept a calm pace on the way down to the core of their home, mainly occupied by Jonathan asking her questions and talking while Milo mostly listened. His gaze apparently lost in the distance most of the time unless he was questioned.
But all chatting died the moment they reached the key. The object just floated there, almost insultingly to her.
“Still think you can do it?” She asked, her tone a bit more acidic than she intended.
“… I know I can do it.” Milo said, cockily as he reached for the key.
A bright flash of light and a wave of pure Life blasted out from the artifact. Crescens barely reached to cover her eyes, but she could see the change.
She could practically feel the happiness of the Realm as it remembered, the cycle was starting once more. What had once been lost, was now returning. Like a massive clockwork slowly clicking again, the gears were turning and quickly accelerating to recover the lost time.
When she opened her eyes their surroundings had changed. What had been once a barren, rocky chamber had flourished with life and plants everywhere, and at the center by the key was Milo, floating on the air as a long, sinuous, pink tail extended from his lower back to coil around the artifact.
Now that she looked at him better, he had changed, his skin had turned pinkier and his ears had become more triangular. Though she couldn’t tell if his eyes had changed as he was currently keeping his eyes closed; though he kept smiling. Was that why they called him the Smiling Saint?
She sucked in a breath as he opened his eyes and the blue was almost electric.
“It’s done.” His voice was soft, but carried heavily.
“Now what?” Jonathan asked, voicing her similar thoughts.
“The Realm’s currently finding its balance once more, it’s been lagging behind heavily. So we’ll have to act quickly and move out of it before time in here accelerates too much.” Milo said as he turned towards them, his skin and ears had returned to normal, but his tail remained coiled around the Key of Oblivion.
“Then how do you expect to find Fortress Kia?” Jonathan prompted.
“Oh, I already have the Abyssalisks working on it.” Milo grinned.
“What?!” Crescens screamed.
“Oh yeah, I just offered freedom from the Realm to a young specimen… Or well, I handed them the offer and asked them to take it to their matriarch.” Milo explained. “I asked one of them to be a messenger, so we are going to meet her. I created a small bond with the young one so I can tell they are still working on it.”
“Are you crazy?! We would be lucky if she just ate us before killing us.” Crescens said.
“As my brother tends to say, beings like us are crazy when observed from a mortal’s point of view.” Milo said, his tone keeping that, almost grating, reassuring tone. “I may not be able to kill, but if something’s alive, then it’s beneath my control.” His tone dropped all warmth and became cold as freezing water, sending a shiver down Crescens and Jonathan’s backs.
“If I hadn’t been under your control before and understood just how thoroughly it is…” Jonathan mused.
“I repeat, if it’s alive, it thinks or it’s got a Soul, then I can heal and modify it. It’s very easy to take full control when you can modify anything.” He said. “And don’t think that the offer to leave this Realm is not offered to you too.” He added, looking at her.
“I don’t think that bringing my whole tribe would be feasible, this Realm’s not exactly safe to travel in groups.” Crescens pointed out.
“Oh, I would not be asking that of you and your tribe.” Milo said as his hands reached towards his chest.
In front of their eyes, his finger sunk into his chest as if they were dipping into water. It took them a moment to realize they weren’t sinking into his body, but instead into a thin layer of water that hadn’t been there before.
His hands pulled in opposite directions and a hole opened up, a portal to a paradisiacal view. A sunny sky like the ones Crescens hasn’t seen since her childhood. An ocean in a familiar shade of blue. And what appeared to be a massive, tropical island.
“Wha-what is that?” Jonathan prompted.
“This is the Realm inside my Soul, us three children of Guru have very special Souls.” Milo spoke with gravitas. “Our Souls are both physical and ethereal. While my brother’s Soul is the most inhospitable, and my sister’s Soul’s the most dangerous, mine accommodates for Life and Nurture, using Light and Water.”
They could only watch, entranced, as the island shifted and a massive tortoise head rose from the water, showing the island had been its shell all along.
“My Soul may not be as large as this Realm, but it can still hold a few planets inside, taking your home and tribe is no problem for me.” Milo finished and let the portal close.
Crescens wondered why it didn’t take much more talk for her to accept the offer back to her tribe, it took even less for the rest of her people to accept the offer. The idea of freedom from the Realm was too good to pass up, especially when they would be taking their home with them.
It was only a few hours later that she found herself by Jonathan and Milo outside of their home.
And once more Milo surprised her as the man shifted further than before. His figure started to expand, that long, sinuous tail swaying as he was suddenly a towering titan over them. A gigantic cat with light pink-colored fur. Once more his hands reached for his chest, but the hole that opened nearly dwarfed her home before swallowing it whole in one single movement.
And a moment later Milo was back to normal, floating over to their side.
“You’re just full of surprises.” Jonathan said and chuckled.
Milo just kept on smiling. “I feel the Abyssalisk coming back, so I imagine it may have achieved what I asked of it.” He said. “And don’t worry, as long as you are near me, you will be safe. It’s not like death’s actually permanent with me around.”
Crescens glared at the man, wondering how true that was. And why it scared her more than it most likely was.
“I don’t know why I am surprised that you joined the Explorer Society.” Brianna stated.
“Well, there’s little reason not to.” Magnus said. “There are too many advantages, mainly the reservation of a dig site.”
Brianna eyed the vast desert in front of them. Thankfully the Systems kept them nice and comfortable even in the sweltering heat of the sandy dunes.
“I’m surprised there’s anything to dig around here.”
“Nothing visible.” Magnus clarified as he turned to look at Stardust, who was happily following behind them.
It was showing just how non-human she was, she was easily keeping with the both of them. Even if the heat and weather didn’t affect her, walking up and down the dunes wasn’t easy if you weren’t used to it. Against expectations, the young woman was just enjoying the stroll, and somehow coaxing any hidden animal from the sand to get her attention.
“So we’re heading into some hidden place?” The eldritch-touched woman asked.
“That’s right, Monty actually asked me to check the place. Since he’s a dragon once more, he actually has to take more active care of a number of spots on Earth.” Magnus explained. “He asked me to check this one in particular as a sort-of reward as it was mostly a storehouse, or what passed as one.”
“So he asked you to clean it up?” Brianna asked.
“Actually, clean it out .” Magnus corrected her with a small grin. “He wants the place emptied completely. He just needs the Mymior stored inside and I can keep the rest, he doesn’t even mind if I take a peek at it.”
“That’s not what he said.” Brianna guessed.
“No, more like a defeated understanding that there was nothing he could do to stop me.” He joked. “But in more words and definitely phrased like permission to do so.”
Finally they stopped in front of nothing , or at least to Brianna and Stardust’s eyes. For Magnus the sight was different, slightly hidden away from Reality was a massive sandstone structure, protected from the ravages of time by the same method that hid its existence.
He could have certainly ripped it apart, but since he had the metaphoric key for it, he simply allowed the Runestone he had been handed to do its work.
Like a mirage, the walled oasis appeared in front of them. Palm trees, bushes and other plants that were completely out of place filled the area visible past the entrance to the building. Each block of stone that made the fortress was magnificently carved, and they appeared as fresh as the day the whole area had been hidden away from time.
“Oh! It’s beautiful.” Stardust said as she tried to rush forward, only for Magnus to grab her by the collar of her shirt.
“And just as dangerous.” He warned.
“That’s right, I can feel the place’s still full of magical traps.” Brianna mused. “And who knows what else.”
“Yup, it’s meant for cocky thieves that didn’t know that you have to use the Runestone in multiple ways.” He explained as he reached for the entrance and moved the key towards a few of the carvings.
As he moved it around, the area lit up, drawing a second pattern. Funnily enough, he could see it even before activating the correct one, as there was only one True way to deactivate the security system.
“And now we can step in.” He gestured to the oasis.
Brianna just chuckled as Stardust rushed on ahead.
“She would still have been right, no?” She asked.
“Oh, totally. Her immortality means that even being chopped into pieces wouldn’t kill her, even if she was reduced to a paste she would still be alive and conscious. But better not get there.” Magnus answered. “Also, I’m pretty sure Milo did bestow her some unnatural regeneration just in case.”
Brianna nodded as they walked into the inner courtyard. The oasis was definitely beautiful, to the point the area appeared to be some kind of dessert palace rather than what it was. They enjoyed the view for a bit before heading inside.
Even with the Systems providing personal weather protection, they didn’t miss how the temperature inside of the building was magically controlled. The heat of the desert disappeared the moment they passed the entrance and was replaced by a cool and dry atmosphere.
A few spots magically lit up as they walked deeper.
“This place was made by dragons, right?” Brianna asked.
“As far as I understood… though, I think it wasn’t made directly by Dragons or to be used by them.” Magnus offered.
It wasn’t hard to notice why they said that. While the entrance and the chamber they were in was definitely sized for Dragons, all doors leading deeper weren’t larger than those a Troll would use.
“I don’t understand.” Hope said, switching her gaze between both entrances.
“Unfortunately, the myths of Dragons hoarding riches and enslaving beings they considered lower is not a Lie. A good number of them practically enjoyed it, most of the rest saw it as below them and only a tiny few considered all races to hold the same kind of Potential.” Magnus explained.
“Oh…”
“Even today many dragons consider other races to be beneath them. Thankfully the majority either sees the Potential in all other races to spawn people of impressive abilities or simply considers slavery to be of bad taste in general.”
“That’s good… right?”
“It’s definitely better than the alternative.” Brianna commented.
Magnus nodded as he retrieved the Hyrulean Masks and summoned his Shadows to explore what he felt were the smaller passages as the three of them moved towards the one that felt the deepest.
Fauntleroy watched the sand pass far below. The Dragon-turned-Human rode on Thirty eight’s back as Three flew close by.
“S-sire, are you sure it’s there?” Three asked. “I’m not doubting you, but a hoard of that size would not be left out without protection.” She quickly added.
“I know why you would think that,” the man answered, “I only learned about this place through reading some of my father’s old diaries. The curious thing was that he noted a few flaws with the method used to secure the place.”
He looked into the distance, noticing something he hadn’t expected.
“And if Gina hadn’t interrupted my access to Dreadwing’s Mymior I would most likely not have seen the one hidden in this hoard.” He added before letting a growl at the sight of the oasis fortress coming into the view.
“Should it be visible?” Thirty Eight asked.
“No… no it shouldn’t.” Fauntleroy said as they quickly got there, landing just outside of the fortress. The two dragonesses shifted into human forms.
“Does this mean we got here late?” Three asked.
He didn’t reply right away, instead moving to one of the carvings on the wall and running his fingers over it. He then turned to one of them.
“Three, I need you to channel your magic here, here and here.” He points to three points.
She didn’t doubt his orders, doing as she was told and a moment later the engravings lit up. Fauntleroy just eyed them before speaking, “It looks like it was just opened, so we may be in luck and not need to use the backdoor as they have so helpfully turned all security measures off.”
As they walked into the place he looked around. “Be ready just in case.” The two women nodded to his words as they quickly headed towards the deepest part of the building.
Fauntleroy remembered enough of the diary to know there should be a good amount of treasure along with the Mymior. But even as they descended, there was nothing of what he would expect. Even outside of the hoard, treasure should decorate the area.
He raised his hand and the three of them stopped as he could hear some voices coming from deeper inside.
“… can’t believe a place this big had actually been filled nearly completely.” A feminine voice he didn’t recognize spoke in the distance.
“It’s not that strange with long-lived species, which Dragons are, and in addition to that this particular location was used by a number of them before they had to leave Earth. Since they weren’t sure when they would come back they just sealed the place and left everything inside.” Another voice, a masculine one, spoke next.
Fauntleroy recognized that voice. “That beast…” He whispered, just loud enough his two wives heard him.
He felt his temper heating up as he marched down the hallway and finally entered the chamber.
In his father’s journal the treasure chamber had been described as bursting with riches. Pillars of gold coins, pools of precious stones, walls of piled up artifacts, and the crown jewel a Mymior. While it wasn’t even comparable to the one he lost to Gina Diggers, the power contained in it would go a long way to recover his own position.
Instead of that what he found was a massive cavern completely empty, not even a gold coin had been left, not a shiny object, nor anything he could use. And the Mymior was shrinking down into some kind of book before disappearing.
Magnus turned to him and grinned. “Well, well, well, if it isn’t Flaunteroy.”
Next to him was who Fauntleroy recognized as Gina Digger’s sister, and an unknown woman with goat horns. He remembered there had been a Rakshasa with them, but this appeared to be someone else.
“You! You… you beast! What do you think you’re doing with the treasure of the Dragon race?!” He asked, not hiding an iota of his anger.
He hated not being able to put this pathetic creature in their place, if he had access to his real form he would show him exactly the price for his crimes.
“Sire, let us show these fools the error of their ways.” Three stated, walking forward and assuming her true form now that they were in a place capable of housing them.
“She’s right, master. We’ll show them how below us they are.” Thirty Eight changed next.
The two Dragoness stood to each side, making Fauntleroy grin victoriously.
“That’s right, once we have shown these fools how-” The man barely got to dodge as a blade nearly shaved the top of his skull off his head.
A snake-like blade whip licked the air his head had been, a few loose hairs falling off as it swiftly returned back, reforming as a blade on Magnus’ hand.
“Didn’t you know? Talking ain’t a free action.” The man’s comment made Fauntleroy growl.
Three stepped forward, about to say something before a glowing bolt of energy slammed against her jaws, closing her mouth forcefully.
“Don’t think I don’t remember what you did last time.” Brianna growled. “I still owe you for it.”
Fauntleroy gave the woman a look, she was wearing an impressive piece of armor, one he could feel was magical in more than one aspect. Even worse, the rectangular gun she held felt like danger to him.
Thirty Eight looked at the other woman. “You won’t fight me, right?”
The goat woman laughed softly and waved her hand. “Oh, I’m not a fighter.” She said, “Everyone calls me Stardust, nice to meet you.”
A shiver made Fauntleroy turn quickly, only to find that Magnus was by his side and his weapon already moving as if in slow motion towards his neck. He was glad that even as a human, he still kept a good amount of his Dragon strength that allowed him to jump away.
“Close, no?” Magnus grinned and jumped after him. “Come on, I promise not to kill you before I hand you over to authorities.”
“Youuuu!” Fauntleroy screamed as he tried to punch the man, but quickly found him slippier than a muddy eel. “Stay still you maggot.”
Instead of doing as he was ordered, Magnus just laughed and dodged, not even attacking.
“You frustrating worm. I will sho-” The word died in his mouth as a quick hit on his chin made him bite his own tongue. “Gah! You-” Another hit on his chin forced his mouth closed. “Stop that!”
“Why? It’s hilarious.” Magnus said, cockily.
And a moment later he jumped back as Thirty Eight swept the place he had been standing.
“Sire, are you okay?” She asked.
“Only slightly humiliated.” He admitted with a growl. “What happened to the girl?”
“She’s still over there, but… She weirds me out.” The dragoness admitted as she pointed at the dark-skinned woman waving to them. “There’s something incredibly wrong about her.”
“Leave it be, these two are already more than we can handle.” Fauntleroy said.
“Come on, Flaunty, the fun’s not over yet.” Magnus called out.
“Master, allow me.” Thirty Eight stepped forward. “Let’s see how you deal with someone greater than you.”
Magnus raised an eyebrow. “Oh? We’re talking size?” His grin started to expand as fur spread through his body as he grew larger and larger.
Thirty Eight and Fauntleroy took a step back as the beast in front of them was now holding a massive ax instead of a whip sword.
“What’s wrong?” His deep voice made the stone chamber vibrate. “Too big for you to deal with, lizard?” His lips pulled back to show fangs like swords.
Fauntleroy felt a shiver go down his spine, Thirty Eight was definitely not ready to fight someone in her weight-class, and Three was getting kept at a distance by the blonde woman’s strange magical artifact.
“Three, Thirty Eight, retreat.” He called out, but as he was preparing to turn around, a voice made him stop in place.
“You know,” Magnus’ voice was soft, sounding like it came from right behind his ear, “there are many benefits to being an illusionist.”
He didn’t even get to turn around as his whole body locked and his vision gained a yellow filter. He could barely see how Thirty Eight’s body had been locked too, her body covered in glowing Runes.
“Don’t worry, Flaunty.” Magnus said. “I promise I will drop you guys somewhere nice, I heard there’s some uninhabited islands that are lovely this time of the year.”
Fauntleroy wanted to scream in anger as the three of them were so easily manhandled. He swore vengeance on this man. But this defeat proved he lacked the necessary power to tackle him. Maybe he would see to find some locals willing to help for a price.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds ‒ 87
Magnus hadn’t lied when he said he would leave the three Dragons in an uninhabited island, though he hadn’t been petty enough to leave them in a crappy one. Honestly it was quite the nice place the three of them could chill for a bit, nice beaches, plenty of food and fresh water.
Honestly, it surprised him quite a bit just how many virgin islands existed in this version of Earth. The world’s surface was just larger . It wasn’t hard to just wander in a direction and sooner or later end up in an untamed land, wild and ferocious. And if you explored enough you ended up finding ruins from a time before.
Places constructed by beasts of legend, kings and queens from ages past, places that had ended in places they shouldn’t for reasons unknown.
There was enough in the world for an association like the Explorer Society to be created and still exist.
Honestly, it wasn’t that hard to understand how so many of these places weren’t found, there was magic everywhere if you knew where to look. The Age of Magic may have ended, but Magic rarely leaves easily. Instead if collected in some depressions, spots special enough to collect and maintain enough Magic to exist under slightly different rules.
Most larger ruins managed this, but it wasn’t only that. From what he had read of the future there were places like the Amazon Island, where gigantic women coexisted with monsters of similar size.
And it wasn’t just on the surface, underground existed so many more places and secrets. He may need to sneakily strip some of those places bare before certain figures get to them, it would certainly save a lot of pain in the ass situations.
Thankfully many of those events were literally years away, it felt strange to him to have so much time to plan and act. Not like he would get lazy, but there were certainly more than one thing he could take patiently.
He may ask Brianna if she would like to accompany in the retrieval of some of those items, he didn’t want to leave Ace without his potential ride, but between the two of them they may be able to study it properly without the looming threat of a massive tyrano-robot controlled by a megalomaniacal despot deciding to take over the world.
Magnus stopped his train of thought to run his finger through his hair, it seemed that his System had found something interesting between all the treasure they had picked.
It was a surprise it had taken so long, he had already left the Mymior with Monty a few hours earlier… after having let the System interface and copy it. But looking into it could wait until later. He wondered if Monty understood just what he had done or just expected him to look through it and get bored.
Still, treasure mattered more at the moment. He reached into his inventory and retrieved the sword that had piqued his interest. It appeared to be just a decorative sword, multiple gems decorated the handle and guard, and the blade appeared to be just steel. But it was simple for him to see it wasn’t .
It only took some little work to free the blade off the handle, which in comparison was completely mundane and extremely gaudy. But the blade… oh! The blade .
It was a thing of beauty. Closer inspection showed just how perfect it was, the edge may have been thousands of years old and had definitely been used for a good amount of time. But it was practically untouched and nearly atomically thin. And it wasn’t a mistake! The edge was carefully curved a step above that level.
The rest of the blade was similarly impressive, whatever was the alloy made from was nearly perfectly spread through the blade and Magnus wasn’t sure if the fact that it wasn’t was on purpose or not.
The more he studied the blade, the more he realized that it appeared to have been once part of something larger, repurposed by a smith skilled enough to work with the material. While he made a note of the smith’s signature, closer inspection revealed partial markings that appeared to indicate it had indeed been part of something larger.
Even for him it was hard to put his finger down upon what it had once been its True form. But the toughness of the material definitely indicated some bellicose use, and it felt True to him.
And mainly of all, his instincts were telling him this was exactly what he had been needing to finish his swords. The only unfortunate detail was that he only had enough material for a single blade… Well, he would have to see how to fix that.
“I can’t believe you just… just… just asked an Abyssalisk Matriarch that and…” Crescens seemed to be at a loss of words of what had just happened.
“Asked one of the Realm’s most, if not the most, dangerous beings for help and they conceded?” Jonathan finished for her.
“Yes, that!”
“Multiple things, different from the abject fear my siblings can put in other beings, I carry a more calming aura when dealing with what most would consider wild creatures.” Milo explained. “I hold a great connection to the concepts of Life and Nurture, which allow me to get living beings to relax around me. In a way it’s similar to how I got you to relax, I provided a sensation of safety and trust. I mean, it’s not a lie. But you get the idea. Though I’m surprised the Matriarch only asked for her daughter and a select few to leave instead of her whole group.”
Jonathan laughed softly. “I don’t think it’s that hard to understand.” He said.
Milo raised an eyebrow in questioning.
“You offered to take one of their main enemies off the Realm, effectively putting them at the top of the food chain.” The man explained.
Milo nodded.
“And if we fail she loses nothing.” Crescens said.
“Well, it’s not like we’re going to fail.” Milo said. “Also, you don’t have to worry about your people being in danger, my Soul’s more than large enough and filled with life forms to keep the few Abyssalisks busy and far away.”
It was left unsaid that he would be also moderately modifying the Abyssalisk princess and her followers. Reducing size and aggression, increased long term intelligence gain, better digestive systems to keep them sated better, and a few others. All inheritable to make their descendants more peaceful.
“But for now we just have to wait until we get news of Kia’s position. Unfortunately not much else we can do around here outside of hunting down one other person.” Milo said. “Though I will admit I’m not even sure if she’s around at the moment.”
“Who?” Jonathan asked.
“A time-displaced Djinni who accidentally copied one of your Granddaughter’s persona. Neither my brother or I know how exactly she ended up in this timeline, originally she would have helped Crescens and Brittany to go along. But that would have been in eight or so months, looked from Earth Realm. So I’m not sure how it would correlate with this Realm’s different time pacing.”
“I will take my time unwinding that piece of information.” Jonathan said.
“Still, if she’s around she’s bound to approach us sooner or later.” Milo said as he looked out.
Though given how long it may take, he may need to send a message back to his brother.
Link woke up feeling incredibly refreshed, the bed wasn’t his own, but somewhere half-way through the night he regained a sense of familiarity with the house, making it feel properly like a home to him.
He took his time on the bed, part of him wanted to lay back down and resume his sleep for a few more hours. But old habits had him get off the bed and start the day.
The shower was straightforward enough to use and he wouldn’t say no to hot water. It surprised him to find a change of clothes that fit him quite well. At first he was sure they were Magnus’, but a closer look showed they had never been used before.
Similarly the kitchen was similarly easy to use, and being able to control the heat so well allowed him to make a large breakfast without much problem.
Clean, well fed and properly dressed made Link feel like a new person. He finished his attire by practicing retrieving one of the swords the house’s previous owner had left for him and hanging it from his back along with a small and sturdy shield.
He noticed the sun was halfway to noon by the time he left and the village was quite active. There were quite more children than he remembered seeing the night before, especially a lot of very young children being watched by a few older ones.
Once more he noticed a lack of older villages, it appeared everyone in the village was either underage or in their prime. Though he didn’t see any sign that it was seen as a bad thing.
Symin was waiting for him by the door when he arrived at the Sheikah Lab.
“Good morning, Link, the director’s waiting for you inside.”
He thanked the man and followed him in.
“Linky!” Purah immediately stopped what she was working on and turned to face him.
He barely could see the image of a man on the screen he was working on before his whole attention was captured by her.
“... wait, Link’s over there? Put him- ” The man’s voice was cut as Purah swiftly closed the screen.
“Ignore that old fool… anyways, it looks like you’re doing much better than last night.” She said.
Link just smiled and nodded.
“Good, it wouldn’t do for the hero to just fall asleep mid-adventure.” She said. “But, I noticed you didn’t use the teleportation Rune outside, you should experiment with it. It’ll help you travel all over Hyrule quickly once you’ve activated all towers.”
He raised an eyebrow, he usually did well enough by walking.
“Oh sure, you can walk or ride a horse quite easily, especially with the new roads that have been restored. But sometimes you will want to travel quickly between here and Rito Village and you won’t have two days to make the trip.”
He shrugged, he would use it if necessary.
Purah rolled her eyes. “I don’t know why I am trying to change your opinion, a hundred year nap and you’re still just as stubborn.” She huffed with a small smile.
He smiled warmly and nodded, this whole interaction felt familiar enough to tickle something in his mind. But sadly not enough to remember.
“If you won’t change your mind, I would once more suggest you head towards Zora’s Domain to start.” Purah said. “With your awakening the Divine Beasts have also stirred and the Domain’s been engulfed in a constant storm. It’s only been a couple of days, but better take care of it quickly. After that I would recommend heading towards Death Mountain. Remember to check all shrines between here and there, you will need the boons you acquire before visiting the Lost Woods, I’m sure you will find something very useful there.”
He eyed the spot the screen had been a moment before, making Purah sigh.
“Okay, okay, if you want you can go visit the old man at the Akkala Lab, it shouldn’t extend your trip too much if you head North after clearing the problem of the Zora’s Domain. It may actually be useful to hit the Shrines in the area too.” She said.
“And if you’re heading in that direction you should visit the Great Fairy Mija if you didn’t visit Cotera outside of Kakariko Village.” Symin added.
He nodded. For some reason it felt as if he had purposefully forgotten something about the Great Fairies. He was sure it wasn’t anything too important.
“Now go, I don’t doubt you’re itching to leave.” She waved him off. “It’s not like I can’t reach you at any time thanks to the armband.” She shooed him away.
He laughed lightly and thanked the both with a bow of his head before he headed down the road. A small pink from his armband made him notice a message from Purah.
Forgot to tell you, I stored some extra Rupees in your inventory, use them well. Though once more I doubt money will be a problem for you for long.
He wrote a small note of gratitude as he made way through the village. He once more noticed the lack of third age villages and remembered he forgot to ask Purah about it. He would ask her later, if he remembered.
Once he reached the entrance he wished the guards a good day and whistled loudly.
Epona quickly arrived, having been in the nearby fields with the other horses. Link jumped onto his mare’s back and quickly took off back in the direction of the fort.
With such a nice day, it was a pleasant way to travel. He made it to the Dueling Peaks Stable by noon and stopped to have lunch with the few other travelers around. It gave Epona a break and allowed him to hear a few rumors.
There were two that caught his interest, the first he sort-of knew, one of the Sheikah towers had risen on the other side of the Dueling Peaks. This meant he would be seeing to hit it in an hour or two before continuing his travel. The other was more of an old rumor, or well, more of how the area was doing.
The thing was that the area to the East of the sable had been a swamp until a few years ago. The area had been littered with broken guardians, but someone had cleaned them all up and now the area was slowly turning back into a plain. This meant there were a few attempts to use the area for farming as it was moderately safe with the constant patrols from the armed forces stationed in the fort further East.
As interesting as it was, it wasn’t something that needed his attention, apparently the worst that the area had in monsters were Octoroks and an average bow user could pop them from the distance.
He thanked the other travelers for the information before resuming his ride. Past the bridge and through the road between Dueling Peaks, only stopping when the road opened once more and he could see the slightly leaning Sheikah Tower on the other side of the river.
He couldn’t help but to groan inwardly at the sight.
Link allowed Epona to wander a bit as he approached the shoreline. It took him a bit of walking, but soon he found a spot shallow enough for him to cut through. He gave his mare a look to make sure she was okay. Thankfully he knew she was smart enough to stay safe.
As he prepared himself to start to cross, his eyes caught sight of a strange flower growing by the edge of the water. It was not only quite particular looking, but also felt out of place. Curiosity won and he reached for it, getting quite surprised as the flower exploded into sparks and petals before a trail of them moved over the water; curiously in the path he was planning to take.
There was a musical giggle that felt like childish glee and fun. It was completely peaceful, so he saw no reason to not follow it.
The next flower exploded similarly, crossing further through the river. Link could see that as shallow as the water was, the current appeared to be stronger than he could swim, so with a quick gesture of his hand, a large block of ice rose from the water.
Seeing that the block wasn’t dragged along, he took a small run and jump as another gesture of his hand created a new block of ice, landing right onto it as it rose. His boots bit firmly into the icy surface, preventing him slipping and allowing him to keep up the speed as he jumped again.
Another gesture and he landed on a block of ice, run, jump, ice Rune, land, run, jump, ice Rune, and so on.
It didn’t take even a minute for him to make it to the other side of the river and the next flower. The moment he touched it the explosion surprised him a bit more as a Korok.
“You found me!” The small wooden being cheered.
The Korok looked almost like a wooden doll, if it couldn’t fly and move around it would almost be ignorable.
Link gave the small woodland being a nod.
“It’s been some time since someone could see me. That deserves a reward.” The Korok cheered before producing a small, golden seed and handed it to Link.
“Look for Hestu, if you find enough of us he may be able to reward you more!” The Korok added before disappearing in another small explosion of sparks and petals.
Link just blinked a few times, it appeared the little being was more of a little storm. It just had come through and left before he could even fully understand them. At the end he shrugged and stored his reward before facing towards the Sheikah Tower.
It appeared the whole area around said tower was underwater. It would have been a problem if he couldn’t create the ice blocks to use as step stones.
Link moved to the closest spot to the tower before once more running and jumping.
Ruby really hoped Magnus was feeling better, she doubted Pluto would survive much more damage; closer inspection showed that the planetoid would most likely be torn apart next time it moved close enough to another planet.
Her boyfriend, partner and once savior just laid silently in the massive crater he had created. It was quickly filled with half-boiling, half-freezing water. In the distance massive geysers were bleeding the pressure that had accumulated under the layer of ice underground, where the liquid water was.
It was impressive just how hotter the planet’s surface had become that none was automatically freezing the moment it reached freedom. Though snow was very slowly starting to fall down.
“Feeling better?” She asked.
He didn’t stir, but soon answered, “… not entirely.”
After a moment he sat up, letting a sigh that was only audible thanks to the System.
“Can’t say I don’t understand you.” She offered. “That world…” a small shiver went down her spine, that being enough for him to move over and wrap his arms around her, “it brought back some unpleasant memories.”
His arms tightened around her figure, it helped.
He hadn’t been alone in sealing the dwarf planet’s fate, she had certainly done plenty of damage herself. She had let go in ways she hadn’t even allowed herself in the training room, even when said room would turn all collateral damage null.
“It was as if everyone in that world decided to go insane and become stupid.” He complained. “And what I hate the most is that it was almost logical in how they reached the decision that it was okay to murder kids for their body parts. But of course it was just capitalism once more.”
She could only nod. Pluto hadn’t been the only collateral damage since they had arrived. The Earth had gained more than once crater after she had learned what they did.
It had taken Lydia to break them out of simply erasing all life on Earth. It would have been so easy too, they had multiple ways to cause the complete extinction of the human race. Crashing the Moon on the surface wasn’t even that hard. Or maybe detonate both the Ring of Fire and the supervolcano under Yellowstone. Or Curse them so all dead kids rose and took their pound of flesh, literally .
Funnily enough, they had still ended up Cursing them all. But it had been a Curse of Empathy and Realization. It had forced everyone to realize what they had been allowing and feel empathy for all of those who had been taken. And they had Cursed more than a few people after finding the guilty parties.
Watching people get tore apart by their own body parts was almost cartoonish. Until you saw how messy it was when someone’s organs were revealed from the inside. Not that it didn’t feel more than cathartic.
And it wasn’t as if the Curse would be over, it would remain in Humanity, forcing them to understand each other better. It wouldn’t bring world peace, there were too many loopholes to stop people from attacking each other. So they hadn’t tried to patch them, people would be people, hopefully they would learn from the warning. The most they had done was balance it with a Boon.
It wasn’t big enough to be a Blessing, but it would work to keep things from spiraling out of control.
“Are you going to ask your sibling to come pick the pieces?” She asked.
“No, honestly this World doesn’t even deserve that.” He admitted. “I did copy a few interesting pieces of tech in organ cloning and organ preservation. But mostly out of novelty, we already have much better stuff on those lines. It’s mainly that it’s all pure Technology.”
A world-shaking earthquake stopped their talk, making the two of them quickly relocate to the Long Fortune.
“Ready to leave, bro?” Orange asked.
“Yeah, we can leave.” He said, sounding like he didn’t want anything else to do with the World.
But she did. “How bad is it going?” Ruby asked.
“Well, it’s bad, but not that bad.” Orange said. “While basically ninety percent of the world has stopped due to riots and other disturbances, I’ve kept the online opinion in the correct direction. By now it should self-sustain itself. I was tempted to leave a VI to keep things going. But I decided it was too much trouble for a place that’s not really worth it.”
“Do you think they will get things together soon?” Ruby asked, almost hopefully.
“Unfortunately, it’ll be a long work. On one hand, they achieved some pretty miraculous medical technology with organ printing and preservation. On the other, they have pits and warehouses of corpses and body parts respectively, on top of having moved from a fix-it to a replace-it mentality and that will be hard to turn back; especially as it’s been decades.” Orange explained.
Magnus shrugged. “I hope they do it, but honestly I expect them all to suffer for a few years at least and suffer a little less in the medium term.” He said. “Letting it all happen doesn’t make them innocent. Plus the Tear yourself apart Curse will remain along with the more general one. If someone tries to push for the whole Unwinding or similar again they are going to suffer quite visibly.” He said darkly.
He waved the bad mood off. “I’m going to go make something nice for Lydia, I owe her the wake up call.” He said as he walked off.
Ruby and Orange just watched him, the latter speaking after he left, “In a way, it’s not as bad as what his siblings would have done. Claire would have killed them all, most likely released her monsters after stating the whole reason for it. Milo… he would have been kind , which as you realize, it could have been so much worse.”
Ruby could believe that. She had discussed with Magnus before how his brother tackled some problems. Life was as miraculous as it was terrifying, but the idea of Nurture being used to make people feel the true disapproval of a parent. It edged on psychological torture when he could apply it to Humanity itself thanks to his Domain and Psychic power.
As they left the World, she decided that she also needed to do something to clear her mind. Maybe retracting all her Enigmas and just spending the day relaxing in one of the medical hot springs would do her some good.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds ‒ 88
Magnus had still not recovered from his bad mood, even as they were leaving it had felt so easy to just reach into his Shadow and pull the blade to cut the World apart. But it wasn’t worth it, they weren’t worth it.
At the end he had thought about it long enough to realize he was blowing things out of proportions. Idiocy just pissed him to no end, especially this kind.
But it didn’t matter anymore to him, the World was behind them, the buoy left outside would be enough of a mark and held enough of a story for anyone else who wandered close enough.
Unfortunately, it didn’t mean that he was in the mood to craft, train or just hang out with the others. Instead he had decided to do something he didn’t do frequently, he stepped onto the surface of the Long Fortune.
Though calling it the surface almost felt incorrect given how it didn’t exist when looked from certain angles. Because he, just like the ship, was a World in himself, and right there, right at that moment, he was less of a being and more of a World.
He could easily move along the surface of the ship, it wasn’t as if there was a sense of speed or acceleration, there was no inertia, no sudden stops. Nothing existed. It could be said that he didn’t even exist with a defined form, more of an extension of the Long Fortune.
He sat down, or maybe it was better to say that he reduced his silhouette, or maybe it was better to say he coupled closer to the ship? Descriptions failed in the Outside, there was barely any frame of reference and anything just stopped existing when outside of the ship or his body.
He felt a bit like his sister, or at least it would be better to say that he understood her way of acting a bit more. Claire rarely cared to fix other people, and in most cases she took out the problem and fixed what was left.
Magnus only fell back into it when he found situations in which he felt people were being extremely stupid. Just like in the Wizarding World and now in this latest World. He didn’t really care much for the people, he just saw such deeply seated stupidity and got angry.
Thinking about Clair naturally made him think of Milo, by now his brother should have arrived to Ruby’s original World. He wondered if they were doing okay. Though that made his mind turn back to his sister, he wondered what she and Akira were doing.
(Spoilers for Arachnid)
Akira really wondered if she was the one with the curse and not Clair.
They had arrived at a curious World and it hadn’t taken long before they found out it was another World with a whole assassin organization bullshit. Even Ranma’s World had a few crazy assassins organizations.
In this case it was all themed around bugs, with a large number of them being underage.
Claire was already taking care of most of them, there had already been a few news stories about people suddenly disappearing in public spaces, blurry videos and other similar events caught on camera. It made her realize that as much as she was bothered by the situation and angered at kids being forced into the killing life, her friend was much more angered.
She looked at the highschool and even from the outside she could sense the problems with it.
“We’re already setting up a quarantine procedure.” June stated.
She nodded to the Metaloid’s comment, she could see the ephemeral barrier around the whole area. “What about Claire?”
“She’s finishing up a few things, then will join you here. She said that you’re free to go in if you want.” June answered.
She nodded again. She couldn’t sense anyone in her weight level… Well, maybe one person in the building could be a problem. But the rest were mainly dangerous because of their gimmicks, and even then her body wasn’t the same from before she joined Claire in this trip.
“She plans to kill all of them, unless you think she shouldn’t?” June asked.
“By them you mean the assassins, no?” June nodded. “I don’t think I’ve much problem with it, but I feel something interesting. There’s at least one person there that feels like an outsider. I mean outside of the victims, you guys will be able to deal with them, no?”
June nodded again. “It shouldn’t be hard, we have the numbers and skills.”
“Okay, then I’m heading inside to check on something.” With those last words she jumped a few floors up, using some of the broken windows as steps to get higher and up to the floor she felt that that curious signature.
Her System indicated that a number of security cameras had been hacked and looped to keep her presence secret. It showed just how weird it was that such an extensive security system existed in what appeared to be a normal highschool.
She grimaced at what her nose could smell. She really hoped June and the others could deal with the mess going in the lower floors, no one deserved what was going down there.
It was amazing how even destroyed the place was, it still stood. Akira reached for a wall and ripped a good chunk of it, revealing reinforced steel just a few centimeters under the mundane wall.
Someone had constructed the school with the whole destruction in mind.
It didn’t take her much to find the curious energy signature. It appeared someone had blocked all windows in what was marked as a chemistry room. She detected three energy signatures inside. The curious one, a very weak, yet very old, one that she would have said was a dead person, and a more mature and sickly one.
Now the question was, should she break in or sneak in? She could actually sense some danger in the room, so she needed to think things carefully.
Akira thought about it for a few moments before putting her hand on the door and sliding it open, the lock broke with a clean crack and light shone into the poorly-lit room.
The two conscious women inside the room turned instantly to her. One was a teenage girl, a few years younger than her. Her System quickly found her information in the school’s database, Alice Fujii. More information quickly trickled into her field of vision, mother committed ‘suicide’, father missing, uncle committed ‘suicide’.
The woman’s identity came up as false immediately, but June seemed to be more than up for the task and brought her up as an international assassin called Sasori, scorpion, who used poisons. Akira felt like snorting at the joke.
The one laying cold on the ground was a completely different story. Yoriko Tajima was and wasn’t a fake name. The thing was that it was a name that poked its face in history going back decades, definitely not a name that should be attached to an apparently teenage girl. But Akira could sense the age in the body, very curious.
And then there were the near invisible threads of reinforced steel that webbed the whole room. Which makes sense since from what June found, Alice had taken the title of Kumo, spider.
Before she could even speak, she had to react, her left hand drawing a half circle from her waist to her head, hitting the mechanized tail that came flying right towards her neck. A solid impact and the hypodermic needle at the tip of the tail hit the door’s frame, the tip of the tail visible dented from the lazy block.
“Rude.” Akira said.
“A-another assassin?” Alice said.
“Yes, but no, but also kinda yes, but not really.” Akira answered, waving a hand as she easily sidestepped the next stab from Sasori’s tail as she easily dodged the multiple wire traps installed all over the room.
Sasori snorted. “Dodge all you want, all I need is one good hit and you will be done.” The woman said in a sadistic tone.
Akira raised an eyebrow. “Hit me with what? This?” She asked as she dropped the needle, perfectly severed off the tail.
That seemed to irk the woman who quickly changed her approach to attacking her by using the robotic tail like a blunt weapon. Repeated gongs echoed in the small room as Akira lazily blocked each one of those attacks, slowly walking closer to the woman.
“How come I’ve never heard of an assassin like you?” Sasori complained as her tail stopped moving.
“Because I’m not from around here.” Akira answered.
On a side Alice just watched.
“Then no one will ever hear from you.” Sasori said, her face stretching into a rictus of madness as her tail swung down.
Akira tilted her head as her right hand closed all fingers except for the index before it flickered. The tail coming down at her stopped completely dead.
“Uh…?”
“Bakusai Tenketsu.” Akira answered. “A move originally created for quarry workers as it only works on hard materials, designed to find the fault lines in an object. It doesn’t work for fleshly bodies, but as organically-designed your tail is…” She finished with a smile.
Sasori looked in confusion as the tail started to bloat. One by one the segments of the tail exploded in a controlled fashion, the shrapnel hitting only the woman. She couldn’t even scream as her throat was shredded through.
Akira looked at the woman before taking a step forward and stabbing two dozen and four acupuncture points, stopping all bleeding and putting the woman in suspended animation. Otherwise she would have died from bleeding out in just a few minutes. Then she turned to Alice.
“Are you okay?” She asked.
“I… yes…? Who are you?” Alice asked.
“Oh, I totally forgot to present myself, but in my defense, I got interrupted.” She said. “I’m Akira Akao, and you, Alice, are very interesting.”
That seemed to irk the teenage girl who quickly tried to slap her. “You all…! It’s always the same, just because I’m interesting !” She screamed before falling to her knees crying.
“Whoa, calm down, I’m external to this whole thing. Honestly I didn’t even know your name, I just found the situation in this school and noticed you.” Akira said, trying to calm the girl.
“If you had noticed earlier then Tajima-san would still be alive!” The girl just wailed.
“But she is.” Akira said, causing the girl to freeze.
“...what?”
“Yeah, she’s actually healing, pretty curious life force she has.” Akira answered. “Want me to wake her up?”
“If she’s alive, please help her!”
Akira didn’t shrug, but she felt close to it, it wasn’t like the ‘girl’ laying on the ground actually needed much help. But permission did allow her to approach her carefully and inspect her.
The ‘girl’’s body was interesting, physically looking like a teenager, but her life energy was well over a hundred years old. In addition to that her endocrine system was severely mutated, just a basic study provided by her System showed it had affected her body’s development and most likely how she had lived for so long. But it wasn’t all, there was a barely perceptible mutation all over her skin, her System compared it to the electroreceptive organs on many types of fishes.
Akira easily sneaked a few more points in her body, shutting down these abilities. In the long term this could have repercussions as these biological systems could back up dangerously. But that wouldn’t be for days.
She easily moved back when the ‘girl’ started to recover and Alice rushed forward to hug her.
“Tajima!” The girl hugged the black-haired ‘girl’.
“Wuh… A-Alice?” The ‘girl’ said, sounding lost.
“You’re alive!”
Akira smiled, the sight was heartwarming. Even if there was something that felt wrong about the whole thing.
“Well… as heartwarming as this is, I think it’s time to get serious, because my friend should be arriving soon. “Akira said, bringing the attention of the two other in the room.
“I’m sorry… but who are you?” Tajima asked.
“I’m Akira Akao, ex assassin, traveling martial artist and sometimes called the Water Fist.” She presented herself. “And you are Alice Fujii, also known as Kumo, and you are Yoriko Tajima… or should I call you Boss?”
She smiled as the ‘girl’ froze as Alice looked confused.
“Wha-what? That makes no sense, Tajima’s just a normal girl.” Alice stumbled through the words, not wanting to believe it.
But both of them could sense the way the ‘girl’ had reacted to the revelation. Akira saw some of herself in Alice in more than one way. She hadn’t missed how the girl had easily followed each of her movements since she had come into the room. Her eyes had perfectly followed each movement, even when she used Bakusai Tenketsu.
The girl had been holding a strange knife in one hand, but her other hand closed in the same way Akira had used for the technique. The girl’s eyes had followed and tried to learn, her reflexes and will to learn was very familiar.
“Hey Alice, want to forget all about this World and come with us?” Akira asked, her full and honest desire.
That seemed to trigger Tajima who snarled. “Who do you think you are to come in here and-” Her words were cut by the noise of a single drop of water.
The sounds deafening and oily as it was the shadows of the ceiling that had dripped that inky substance. It became even more deafening as it became instantly obvious that all noise in the school had ceased.
That familiar weight of a pissed off Claire fell into the building, soaking through everything as if they had suddenly fallen to the deepest part of the ocean. The whole building groaned with each step Claire took into the room.
Akira sensed that over ninety nine percent of the people in the building had instantly passed out from the pressure. Only a few seemed to have resisted, and even then, most of them seemed to be frozen in place.
Claire gave the ‘girl’ a look and sighed. “Stop trying to understand what goes inside my head, there’s no brain for you to read the synaptic releases.”
“Whu-what?!” Tajima stammered and laughed awkwardly. It came through as very fake.
“Ruse’s up, your organization’s been terminated.” Claire said in her usual calm tone.
Akira nodded along as she saw a blurb of information, courtesy of June, appear in her field of vision.
The ‘girl’ didn’t speak, instead Alice seemed to recover from the situation and turn to anger.
“Who do you think you are?!” The demure girl’s voice rose. Surprising fact as Claire hadn’t exactly pulled back on her presence.
“I’m Claire Andes, sometimes called the Abyss Princess, keeper of monsters and many other titles. I am of Water and Darkness. I hold control over Oceans and Abysses.” Claire spoke calmly. “We stopped in this World out of curiosity, but it seems that we hit something quite interesting. Though it would be more interesting for one of my brothers.” She waved it off.
Akira smiled and quickly spoke when her friend gave her a look, “I gave Alice an invitation to come along because I can’t not see myself in her.” She explained.
Claire raised an eyebrow as she turned towards Alice. The teenager frowned before pulling on her knife. Akira felt silly for having missed the deployment of the blade. Unfortunately for the teen, whatever she had planned had no effect on Claire.
Dozens of hundreds of hair-thin wires coiled around Claire. A web made of reinforced steel wrapped around her figure and tightened hard enough to sever rebar, or at least severely deform it.
And it failed to even cut through her clothes.
“Yeah, that won’t work on someone like me.” Claire said.
“What are you?” The question was surprisingly uttered by Alice and Tamija.
“Unique, but if you want me to be specific, not Human may work for you.” She explained.
The two of them turned to Akira. “Oh, I’m Human, just extremely trained and slightly modified by personal experiences… and other stuff that would take ages to explain.” She answered the unasked question. “Also, it’s not like Tamija can’t come too, she will just have to learn that she will be a tiny fish in a huge Ocean and there are many fates worse than death.”
“Come?… Come where?” The ‘girl’ asked.
“Out of this World, visiting other Earths, or even other planets.” Akira explained honestly. “It’s just… I see Alice and I see myself. Assassinated family member, forced into a world of killing, some sort of nearly supernatural body quality.”
“You have C.E.C.?!” Alice asked.
Akira raised a finger as her System fed her the information. “Uh, not exactly. But curiously similar. In my case I’ve extremely reactive reflexes, to the point that I’ve hurt myself because my body reacted to things I didn’t even notice.” She explained. “I had to train a lot to master it, and honestly I’ve found it’s only gotten stronger with time.”
She wasn’t lying, if anything it had started to step into the precognitive, and what Claire had called a Spider Sense due to the power from an American Superhero comic.
“Wait! You would let me come just like that?” Tamija prompted.
Claire shrugged. “Sure, it’s not like my family hasn’t taken people like you before.” She admitted.
“If anything, Claire deals with worse, no? Princess? ” Akira’s playful tone made her groan.
“Don’t remind me of them, even if…” She looked at Sasori’s body. “Actually, they may be useful. You’re worried about the many people you ordered killed, Tamija?”
Alice looked half confused and half betrayed as the ‘girl’ just nodded.
With no other words given, Claire’s shadow spread out and rippled like the surface of a pool. One filled with deep, dark ink that rippled more as a pair of horns were the first to poke out from those depths.
Pale horns with rings of red and black gave way to a head with dark, oily hair and a skin so white it was chalk. Her eye burned in an ethereal blue and her lips were pulled into a manic grin, barely hidden by the black, abyssal metal muzzle she wore. Her clothes could be described as skin-tight, if they had been clothes, instead they were more akin to a second layer of skin. Similarly the armor was more of a bone growth over her body, black as her hair.
“You called, my princess?” The woman-shaped monster practically purred the question.
“Got you a toy.” She dismissively pointed to Sasori. “Make sure she lives whole, as for her mind…” She turned to Akari.
“I’m pretty sure she was already crazy.”
Claire nodded. “You heard her, have fun.”
“With pleasure.” The Abyssal Ship’s tongue left little, or too much, to the imagination about the assassin’s fate, dragging her into the shadow pool.
“As you can see, I’ve no problem with your past actions.” Claire continued. “So yes, both of you are invited to come. Just take in mind that you will be observed, not that you will be able to affect any of my family, or humans for that matter.” She shrugged.
Akari turned to the door. “Looks like we’ll have company soon.” She noted, not as if Claire hadn’t noticed it before her.
Her friend just shrugged. “I’m sure we can take one or two more people.” She decided. “Let’s move to a better place to talk.” She said and moved, the many wires holding in place just snapping free from the spots they had been anchored.
Akari couldn’t help but laugh at the surprise of the two teenagers.
“Come on you two, this place is way too dreary and the rest of the crew should be finished dealing with the zombies below.” She said and marched after her friend, easily dodging a few of the remaining wires.
She really hoped Alice took the invitation, she would love to test her mettle against her.
Magnus walked back into the ship when his sister had asked him to talk.
“What’s up?” He asked. “We really aren’t there yet, no?”
“Of course not, I would say a couple more weeks. But it looks like a certain almighty alpaca has managed to tap onto the buoy we left outside of his World.” She said.
“Oh? I’m not surprised Arceus was capable of that. What do they want?”
“Looks like someone’s messing with Time and Space and causing some troublesome ripples through alternate dimensions.” Orange explained.
“Doesn’t he have Champions for that?”
“Most likely, but it appears he’s asking it as a sort-of favor repayment for having let us vacation in his World trouble-less.”
Magnus nodded. “Well, it’s not like it would be too much of a problem for us. And I like that World, so giving a helping hand wouldn’t be a bad idea.”
“He already gave us the necessary dimensional directions too.”
“Okay then, let’s go kick some idiots’ asses. I think I could use something a bit more silly after the shitshow that was last World.” He said, still a bit sourly even after meditating.
“Gotcha, you should go and hang out with Ruby then.” She suggested.
He just nodded. He always forgot that time stopped making sense on the Outside and he had spent way longer than he thought. He missed her and wanted her company quite more.
He had really completely fallen in love with her, no?
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 89
Ash glared towards Team Rocket.
It was and was not the Team Rocket he was used to. Yeah, he recognized the usual trio of Jessie, James and Meowth. But he had no idea who the others were. Sure he knew Team Rocket was more than the three fools he usually clashed with, but the habit of the trio had set up a sort-of image.
It was also not the Team Rocket he knew, apparently they came from a different dimension, they had decided to abuse the conflict between Palkia and Dialga to kidnap Pokemons from other dimensions.
“You won’t get away with this!” Goh screamed out.
Ash gave his friend a look, and once more a part of him found it so strange to see their alternate versions. Goh’s alternate, his own alternate, Dawn and her alternate and Chloe and her alternate. The eight of them stood together against this common threat that was Team Rocket.
“Doesn’t matter what you say, twerp, we already got away with ours.” The alternate Meowth grand stood in front of them.
“That’s right,” the alternate James said, “with the gods’ powers on our side, we will turn all Pokemon back to eggs before raising them as loyal pokemon for the Rockets’ cause.”
“And there’s nothing you can do about it!” The alternate Jeese cackled, their Wobbufet let out an agreeing cry.
“Show him, boys.” James called out.
And just like that the Rockets in front of them started to release their Pokemons, just like the members, each Pokemon was wearing the same equipment as their trainers. Ash recognized that most of them were last evolution and looked quite strong too. Toxicroak, Purugly, Skunktank, Rhyperior, Weezing.
“Pi-ka!” Pikachu jumped off his shoulder, ready for a fight as Ash nodded.
“That’s right, we’ll show them!”
His friends released his Pokemon too. But it was a fight against time, from what Team Rocket had said a moment earlier, just staying in this place made them all younger by the second, and that went for their Pokemon too. Goh’s Cinderace had just gone back to being a Raboot a moment earlier.
“We need to break that chain and stop Dialga and Palkia from fighting.” He told his friends.
“I will take care of that!” Goh called out and got onto his Flygoon, but the dragon type glowed before turning back into a Vibrava.
“Just give up you snot-nosed kids, no one will stop Team Rocket from taking over the worlds.” One of the grunts called out.
Dawn was about to say something, but the loud sound of glass breaking made everyone look up, even the two Legendaries seemed to react as the air itself exploded out and a figure shot through that cloud of dust.
His eyes took a moment to make sense of the figure quickly falling down. They weren’t too tall and the long thing trailing after them turned out to not be a tail but a long braid. The man came down like a falling star, landing on the ground between all of them at a much faster speed than Ash had expected.
The dry, rocky ground cracked and dust rose as the man had landed on one hand, one feet and the knee of his other leg. He slowly pulled himself up and wiped the dust off.
“It’s been way too long since I tried the three point super hero landing.” His voice made more than one of the people watching nearly face fault.
Magnus looked at the situation, behind him was Ash and who he was pretty sure were his friends, and duplicates of each one of them; also their Pokemons by duplicate.
In front of him was a version of Team Rocket, he could practically taste the difference in their dimensional signature. And high above was the pair of idiots the big llama in the sky had asked him to help before they screwed things more.
If Magnus remembered correctly, and his memory was spotless, Space and Time frequently had spats like this. Of course frequent when talking about beings like them was every few millennia, but even that was weird since one of them looked after Time .
It appeared that Team Rocket had gotten a Red Chain to keep the two fighting, the same artifact Ruby had collected to give to him. Though in that case it had been reduced to sand, and it would most likely end up reduced into it this time too. He may end up collecting it too, Ruby shouldn’t have too much trouble repeating the magical circle she used originally and it would be a nice gift to take to his duplicate.
As he finished surveying the situation, he pondered how to tackle things. He could certainly cut the Red Chain with a good hit from Hard Truth or Gentle Lie. But that wasn’t fun .
“So you are the guys making a mess big enough for the big guy to ask me to help?” He said, using a cocky tone on purpose.
“And who are you exactly?” Meowth asked.
“I’m the Traveler, and apparently given what you guys have been doing I was asked to clean things up.” Magnus explained. “And honestly, there’s little more that I would want to do, I just hate the kind of thing you are doing here.”
“So? There’s nothing you can do to stop Team Rocket now.” James called out and Wobbufet chimed in. “Just by being here you and your pokemon are growing younger and younger until there’s absolutely nothing you can do.”
Magnus blinked and chuckled. “Two problems with that.” He grinned. “First, I do not have Pokemon, two, an effect like that doesn’t actually affect me… and I should.”
He turned to the kids and waved over them, his Domain spread out, casting an area of protection. “Stay there kids, and don’t worry, all will be okay.”
“But without Pokemon you won’t be able to do anything.” The blue-haired girl, Dawn, said.
“Oh, it’s okay.” Magnus smiled as he started to change. “Would this fit better?”
“Ah! A Zoroark!” Ash cried out.
“Not really, but I think it fits well enough.” Magnus turned back towards Team Rocket.
“A Zoroark? Still doesn’t change a thing.” James said. “It makes it easier even, it’s still one against many.”
“Oh! I knew I was forgetting something.” Magnus reached for the bracelet around his wrist. “I forgot to take this off.” He nearly purred those words as he turned the presence masker off.
Instantly every Pokemon in the area took a step back, even Dialga and Palkia stopped their fighting for a moment to look at him.
“Ah, that’s so much better.” Magnus said as he cracked his joints. “Now… who will be first?” He made a come-at-me gesture and grinned.
It didn’t surprise him much that it was the Toxicroak that stepped forward, most likely they were counting on their Fighting type. Sadly for the frog, before they could even make it half-way to him, Magnus had blinked right in front of them, his fist embedded on the chest piece.
The poor frog’s eyes bulged out as the delayed effect of the punch sent them flying back, impacting the Skuntank and sending them rolling onto their trainers.
“ You will need much more than that .” Magnus taunted, Dark type energy suffusing his words to Taunt them.
The effect was too good, because even the Rocket grunts found themselves rushing towards him, and right into his trap as his Shadow spread out. A massive fox head made from pitch dark rose from it and swallowed all of them.
“And now they will enjoy some nightmares.” He said.
“What?!” One of the Dawns cried out.
“Oh, don’t worry, it’s just childish nightmares, running from a scary pet, forgetting your pants in public or forgetting they had a test.” He really didn’t push further, and didn’t even target the Pokemon as he wasn’t sure if they had been raised by the Rockets or they were part of the victims of the whole thing.
Magnus hummed as he turned away from the confused kids and glared towards the four Rockets left. “As for you four.”
It seemed like they hadn’t been idle, because Meowth had jumped ahead and released what appeared to be a Dark Pulse. Magnus barely needed to bat it away, mostly for show as it wasn’t strong enough to deal with the enchantments in his clothes to begin with.
“Look, I will admit I don’t mind playing with my food. But you and your Pokemon won’t be able to do anything to me.” Magnus’ tone evened out. “But you’re pretty on the edge of ticking me off with your whole plan of breaking friends, families and other similar things apart with this whole plan.” His glare was approaching glacial temperatures, nothing like the glares his sister could level out. But it stopped the two human members of the team from throwing out their pokeballs.
Magnus took a step forward and his presence swelled more, still keeping the kids protected. “Now, I want to leave something clear. I was sent because I was around, don’t think Arceus doesn’t have others capable of taking care of this. He usually leaves it to humans and honestly the kids were on a good path to take care of you lot.”
“Yo-you don’t s-scare us!” Jessie forced out.
“If I wanted to scare you,” Magnus smiled, his beastly fangs showing as his lips parted, “you would have known.”
He kept walking forward, with each step he grew larger and larger, soon his face was covered by the usual mask as he looked down at Team Rocket.
“ Choose .” His word a threat.
Magnus turned away, leaving the four Team Rockets blabbering as the Illusion he had weaved in their perception dug deep enough for the underlying Curse to eat away at the knowledge they had used to craft the protective armor they were wearing. It wasn’t like he hadn’t acquired a number of them from the previous members.
He shifted back into his normal, human form as he walked towards the trainers.
“Okay kids, all of you are okay?” He asked as he gave them a look, noticing the way the clothes they were wearing were starting to become loose on their bodies.
“We have to free Dialga and Palkia.” The kid that looked like Ash cried out.
It took Magnus a moment to find that he was called Goh.
“Oh, right, the two idiots.” He noted and launched Hard Truth and Gentle Lie.
Their sudden appearance made the chattering from the kids stop and watch as the two blades drew parallel lines as they flew true. Their composition allowed them to cut through the chain and go past to destroy the rings controlling the two Legendaries.
Instantly the two of them stopped fighting and started to complain about each other, making Magnus roll his eyes. He also activated the collection spell for all that sweet, sweet Red Chain bits.
“There we go.” He said.
“Traveler, sir.” One of the Dawns spoke carefully.
“Just call me Magnus, the other’s a title.” He offered gently.
“Ah, Magnus, sir, how will we fix this?” She gestured to herself, the others and their devolved Pokemon.
“Hmm… unfortunately my control over time’s not the best, but thankfully we do have one very capable guy up there.” Magnus turned towards the Temporal Dragon. “ Dialga, come down here! ”
He winced slightly as he noticed the kids cover their ears due to his volume. But it was effective as the blue legendary zeroed on him before moving down. Palkia moved down a moment later.
“ Mortals, I should have expec- ” Magnus didn’t let the idiot keep talking as he shifted into his Titan form, easily three times the Legendary dragon and flicked it on the forehead.
“Drop it.” He warned them. “Mortals took advantage of you two and mortal kids were more than ready to save your hides. I’m here only because Arceus asked for me to pay back a small favor.”
“ You are no mortal. ”
“Big revelation, what do you want to notice next? How about that water’s wet? Or that Mew enjoys pranking?” Magnus said dryly. “Doesn’t matter, you should fix the temporal problems caused by the spat you had.”
He shifted back to human form, not dropping the glare.
“And you don’t think you won’t have to help too.” He turned to Dialga.
The Spatial Dragon snorted. “ It’s not the first time I’ve cleaned this idiot’s mess. ”
Magnus rolled his eyes as Palkia instantly reacted and started to complain. He quickly reacted faster and sent Dexter&Sinister to bonk the two dragons.
“I’m not your father, but I will put you two over my knee and spank you. It doesn’t matter if you are Space and Time, I will make it True.” His words were enough to make the two stiffen up.
Dialga was the first to relent and nod their head, instantly all the devolved Pokemon and deaged Trainers returned to normal. He nodded and released the Rockets he had kept in his shadow, all of them lacking their armors.
Dialga and Palkia shared a look before their power combined and spread out. The Rockets quickly disappeared, most likely sent back to their dimension and time, the many dimensional holes hanging in the air shifted before disappearing.
“ Take the humans and their partners back to their dimension, we will need to collapse this pocket space to finish cleaning things up. ” Palkia asked.
“You heard the Legendary kids, chop chop.” Magnus said and guided the kids through the portal that the dragon opened.
“But-”
“Yes, yes, I know you aren’t all from the same timeline, but you need to say your goodbyes, don’t worry, they will open a way for you four kids and your partners once that’s done. Otherwise I will do it and then hunt these two idiots.” Magnus answered the unasked question, loud enough for the two Dragons to hear him.
He smiled as he noticed the container had filled quite considerably. Most likely it wasn’t even half, but it would have to do. The wasteland was replaced by a green field, an amphitheater not far from where they had come out.
“Uhmm… sir?” The other Dawn spoke up.
“Yes?”
“Uh… sorry to ask this, but what happened?” The girl who was hugging one of those cute little penguins asked carefully.
“Well, to be honest I did kinda steal your thunder, the eight of you more likely had it well handled. But the big guy asked me to solve things faster.” ‘ And most likely berate the Dragons a bit too. ’ He added internally.
“But if you want to know, I just neutralized Team Rocket, took care of the knowledge they used to mess with dimensions and then glared at the two big Dragons so they fixed the mess as it was originally their fault. Now you just have to say goodbye and head back home.”
The kids looked unsure, but it didn’t appear that they were brave enough to ask any more questions. Magnus took a step back and allowed them to talk, shake hands and finally part ways. As he had expected, a portal opened up for the four non-native to walk through.
He smiled when he noticed Ruby join his side. “All went well?” She asked.
“Yes, did it look worrying from the outside?”
“No, but I wanted to confirm it.” She said and reached for his hand. “We should take a few days, even if we don’t head to Alola again, we could use some time out from the Long Fortune.”
“Doesn’t sound bad, did the three rats already departed?”
“Yes.”
The answer made Magnus chuckle. “Looks like they know me pretty well already.”
“Orange also gave them permission.” She said before turning to look over her shoulder.
“Hmm?” He prompted.
“Looks like the blonde champion I met the last time.” She answered.
“Do you want to dodge her? I’m sure we could drag her around the area for a few hours while watching the sights.” He offered.
“No, it’s not like she can do much to us, and you said it before, this World’s not bad, so establishing good relationships is not a bad idea.” She answered.
“Okay, let’s move to a nice spot before the kids notice I disappeared.” He decided as he weaved an illusion around them, letting Cynthia see them walk away.
As it looked like she was heading straight for the kids, they were bound to get some time until she turned her attention to them.
It took about thirty minutes before Cynthia came to find them. Neither of them faulted her for taking so long, the champion had to take care of the fallout of the situation, and doing it so in thirty minutes was actually quite impressive.
The kids had forgotten about Magnus by then, helped a bit by a small Lie allowing them to return to what they original plans for the day may have been. Not that they would have been able to find him. Even when they just sat on one of the park’s picnic tables.
The blonde champion had looked unsure at first, but after making her mind, she took the position in front of them. Magnus would admit he was surprised by how quickly she caught the fact that no one noticed their presence once she joined them.
“Magnus and Ruby, you two are very hard to find.” She said.
“I would imagine so, since we weren’t in this World at all.” Magnus said in good humor.
“Yes, Professor Kukui mentioned that you had explained it.”
“I’m sure you still have questions, so ask away, champion.” Magnus offered.
“Yes, I definitely have questions.” She eyed them. “First of all, what did you do with the remains of the Red Chain?”
Magnus raised his sleeve. “It went partially towards this work, the rest was used either to bond a number of artifacts to myself or for the creation of two powerful ones.”
The blonde champion’s eyes opened, gazing at the tattoo he had done to himself. The design had actually grown with time and the number of weapons linked to it, and had done so naturally. By now it extended all the way up to his shoulder. And closer inspection would show it wasn’t static, instead the many lines seemed to coil and uncoil, to braid themselves before coming loose, some even grew and retracted.
Magnus was quite proud of his work as it always managed to look good.
“And the artifacts?” She asked curiously, causing Ruby to giggle.
“I don’t think it’s a good idea to retrieve weapons right now.” Magnus said, jovially.
It was visible how Cynthia quickly realized what he had meant. Magnus imagined the kids had mentioned the weapons as Magnus hadn’t hidden them when he used them to break the chains.
“Yeah, maybe you’re right.” The woman admitted and let out a sigh. “… this is harder than I thought. I specialize in the field of archaeology when I’m not busy with my duties as a Champion. But dealing with people like you two feels strangely outside of my abilities.”
“We are rarely in anyone’s capability to deal with.” Ruby said. “It was similar for me too at the start. It’s been months and I still find myself getting surprised by certain aspects of my new life from time to time.”
“Sounds interesting, but again, as the regional Champion, I don’t get as much freedom as I would want. Even if it has helped me in my personal pursuit of archaeology.” Cynthia said. “I’m curious to ask what’s the weirdest thing you've seen.”
“I don’t think I should answer that for your mental safety, so I will leave that question to Ruby.” Magnus quickly waved away answering.
His girlfriend laughed. “Outside of Magnus and his siblings? Because that would be too long, I would say it’s been learning there’s something outside of Reality, though there’s always more. So I can’t say I can’t say there won’t be weirder in the future.”
“Wait till you meet my parents.” Magnus joked.
“What’s wrong with your parents?” Cynthia asked, curious.
“Well, mainly my father, as he stands in a pretty similar role to Arceus in this World.” He answered.
“What?! But that would make you-”
He quickly interrupted her and explained, “My father’s no God like Arceus. But he’s one of Creation and has similarly fathered many races. He’s climbed to a similar role, and that position doesn’t come with certain… let’s say stipulations .”
“What he’s saying is that he left his Humanity long behind. Though from what Magnus explained in the past, it wasn’t something his father was much attached to to begin with.”
“That between many things, champion.” Magnus nodded.
“I… wait.” Cynthia looked at him. “That sounded strange.”
“What did?”
“The way you said Champion.” She noted.
“Oh, I apologize if I offended you.” Magnus said. “It’s mainly because what I call a Champion has specific connotations that can’t be used lightly.”
Ruby decided to continue for him, “Champions are very special people, usually chosen by the World itself to take care of very large problems. We actually met one of them not long ago and helped them beat a terrible entity.”
“Though they can also be Divinely-chosen, it’s similar enough, though still different.” Magnus added. “I think that Ash boy’s definitely a Champion to at least one Legendary.”
The blonde woman didn’t speak, instead looked to be thinking about something. “… I imagine Champions don’t live easy lives, right?”
Both of them nodded.
“Then I can see why you would say he’s a Champion, I’ve read enough files to know that the boy’s been in enough incidents to set a record.” She said. “Though he also mentioned you were here as a favor for Arceus, no? Wouldn’t that make you Champions too?”
“Ah, not really. Outside of very stringent situations, Champions are always locals, there’s a certain need for familiarity. We’re not from anywhere near, there’s also the fact that I fit in the power scale just above Legendaries like Dialga and Palkia if I go all out. Ruby’s case is almost as complicated as mine, and my three students are technically claimed by me, so any Higher Power would need to ask me for permission.” He explained, the last bit had been done for Team Maus’ protection after all.
“The favor was more because Arceus allowed us into this World those months back, and they made sure we weren’t bothered during our stay. Though that was mostly because we would have easily tipped any plan they had in place.”
“Even when we did our best, Fate will bend with my presence, so some things may have ended differently. It’s also why we don’t stay in a World for too long unless we intend to take full responsibility for our presence.” He said. “Not that we won’t interfere, but it takes certain personal decisions as our touch’s rarely considered gentle .”
“So you will leave soon?” Cynthia asked.
“Not straight away, while we do have a goal, we can take a few days to breathe. I promise we’ll try our best to not start trouble… but I will again note that Fate’s fickle and we’re very heavy things on the fabric of reality.”
“Think about it this way, you get a few days to think about more questions.” Ruby offered.
Cynthia didn’t look entirely bought on the idea, but she sighed and nodded.
The conversation that followed was quite more lighthearted as they took a turn asking the woman a few questions about her role and job. All in all, it turned out to be quite a lovely afternoon.
Chapter 90
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 90
A sunny day with barely any clouds in the sky was the perfect day for some tourism, which was why Magnus had invited Brianna to come with him to Venice. It wasn’t the complete reason, but it certainly added some entertainment to the outing.
“So how did you find the place?” She asked and added, “I mean, outside of you know what.”
“I had to do some actual archaeology for it.” He half-joked. “I needed to compare a number of old maps of the city, old geological records, local legends and the registry of infrastructure repairs.”
It had actually taken a lot of research, and it was only because he knew the entrance to the catacombs was somewhere in the city and that limited the possible area that he could find the proper location.
The key had been looking for spots that hadn’t been properly fixed in decades and hadn’t shown foundation problems. A remote scanner had been enough to confirm the location of the underwater entrance even before they arrived in the area.
“And I get that you have plans on how to get down there?” She asked next.
For an answer, Magnus retrieved two masks, Zora masks in particular. “I’ve not had the pleasure of studying the Atlanteans, but I do know a lot of Zora biology. It took some work, but you should be able to use one of these.”
Brianna took the offered mask and looked at it. “It feels strangely familiar, it’s almost as if…” She looked at it closer, even with the sun above, it was obvious that her eyes were glowing for a moment. “You used something similar to the Werecurse?” She guessed.
“Bingo!” He said. “My Mask works by supporting my ability to shapeshift, yours does something similar. But it’s based on the remains of the Werecurse.”
“I get it! It effectively acts as a mod, like for a game. When I put this on it will overwrite the Cheetah part of the Curse and turn me into a Were-Zora.” She said, snapping her fingers.
“It’s less rewriting and more of adding. I’m betting, and hypothesizing, that you will most likely end up either as a catfish or leopard shark.” He said it in good humor.
Brianna just rolled her eyes before giving the Mask a second look.
Soon they got to a particular alley away from the tourist transit. Masks came on as both of them jumped into the water, disappearing under the surface.
Magnus was once more a purple-colored Shark Zora, to his size Brianna easily followed. She had turned into a golden-colored Zora, with only half of her body covered in Cheetah spots.
“This feels so strangely natural.” She said as they swam fast enough to only be seen for the trails they left behind.
“A big part of the Mask’s ability is giving you the necessary knowledge.” He explained as they reached the spot and swam down into the barely visible entrance.
It didn’t take more than a few seconds at the speed they were swimming for all light to vanish. Or at least until Magnus created a source for them to see.
“We’ve seen a change in the architecture a few times, each section’s age is separated by thousands of years.” Bri commented.
“From what I know and what I can gleam from the walls, people have been finding the newest piece and constructing an addition to it. But none managed to go past the oldest part.” He said.
They soon reached a dead end, or at least it looked that way. It was actually more of a locked door than a dead end.
“Get ready.” He said.
Magnus locked the passage behind them and wrapped an arm around Brianna’s waist. She grabbed onto a wall as he unlocked the door. Instantly all water evacuated the small room and was replaced by the cold, dry air of the underground chasm.
“Impressive…” She gawked a bit. “So now what?”
“Now we fly.” He said, retrieving a new set of Masks.
Brianna’s eyebrows rose and she smiled.
Brianna knew speed and knew flying, but flying like this was a whole new thing. She could feel the air currents as her wings caught them and bent them to her own desire.
“This place’s huge.”
“Yeah, Dwarves never do something small .” Magnus joked as he guided her over to an outcrop to land. “How are you feeling?”
“I’m okay, why do you ask?”
“Because it's the first time you’ve shapeshifted like this, and as good as I am, I would like to make sure I’ve not hurt my girlfriend.” His words made her blush, which in her current form caused the feathers on her face to poof up.
“If that’s the case, yes, I feel fine. I’ve not felt myself tempted to try things I hadn’t considered before. My mind feels clear and I can run a few of the meditative exercises the Balance Mage I saw recommended to me.” She said.
“Would you? Please?” He said and she nodded.
She nodded and quickly sat down. Bird legs turned out to be a bit awkward to assume the same meditation position she used normally. It took a couple of tries, but soon found what felt natural enough by sitting sideways.
Once she found herself comfortable she proceeded to control her breath. She counted in her head calmly, bringing herself to a state of calmness. She felt as her plumage flattened as she relaxed. It also made her feel strangely cold for a moment, it wasn’t a temperature thing, she already knew the System kept her body temperature comfortable at all times.
There was something in the chasm that was rubbing her the wrong way, something she could barely perceive. But it was still strong enough to make her feel worried.
Thankfully the sensation of a familiar presence against her back reassured her. Magnus’ winged arms wrapped around her as a protection that allowed Brianna to focus further in herself.
Thankfully, as she ran through the mental exercise, all came up correct. The only influence she was under was the clear effects of the Mask and how it provided her the knowledge necessary for her new form. It was also completely ignorable if she felt like it. Of course it would make it very hard to move around, and even more to fly.
Her breath was still calm and even as she came out of the meditative state. Though she didn’t move, Magnus was currently resting his chin over her shoulder, his body pressing against her back. Even if he was quite smaller than she was, he provided a very reassuring big spoon.
“All good?” His voice came softly near her ear, sending a pleasurable shiver down her spine.
“Yes.” She replied. “Ready to continue?”
“I don’t think we have to rush, no?” His tone once more sent shivers down her spine.
“Hmm… maybe next time.” She decides and stirred enough to allow him to untangle himself off her and stand up.
After a few more minutes of flying she asked, “How much longer?”
“Scans indicate a bit, no more than a minute of flying.”
The answer made her nod as she looked at the walls of the chasm, the architecture was once more changing, and the System indicated they were leaving Italy and entering the country of Gracenaria.
“Over there.” Magnus pointed towards an opening in the wall.
They landed carefully and both of them removed their masks. “Whoa…” She stared in awe at what appeared to be a combination of temple and tomb.
Just like the rest of the chasm, the area was lit up by some kind of artificial light installation. She was tempted to pick apart some of the flat panels inlaid in the construction to see how it worked. But that wasn’t what had their attention.
At the center of the room laid what appeared to be an empty throne, and in the four columns surrounding it, gigantic, humanoid figures.
“Would you do me the favor?” He asked and Brianna nodded.
She walked forward and retrieved a small tablet with an upgraded version of the interface Gina and her had developed years ago when they had dealt with the Dynasty. Her System connected with the tablet and a moment later they got their answer.
“Silicon-based life forms, currently kept in a state of full stasis by what could be called ‘rust’. Dynasty symbiotes located, equally in hibernation.” She announced.
With that confirmed, they deployed eight containment pylons for each statue. While magically created cages to contain the statues, a powerful Lie effectively made those walls count as solid nothing; a precaution to keep the statues from awakening.
“Now I wonder, these four were definitely either some kind of guard or defense system, so… what sat on the throne?” Brianna asked.
“Well, there’s no sign of anything but us having moved in this area but the wind, and I can’t see any hidden paths in the walls. So I’m guessing that whoever was in control of this place was either in what now is the chasm, or they are long gone.” Magnus speculated. “It could very well be further down the chasm and be one of the living statues the current ruler of Gracenaria found under her castle.”
“I think we should at least try to carefully investigate it.” Brianna said.
“I agree, we’re still early in the timeline so the giant robot should still be buried under the city and the whole spat between Roxy and Trixie shouldn’t have escalated yet.” He mused.
“That should be, last I checked Roxy was still in jail after her latest attempt to ‘take over the skies’. But I wouldn’t be surprised if it’s all a trick and she’s already preparing her next scheme.”
“Then we should move, Europe doesn’t need a robot kaiju stomping around at the moment.”
“What do you have in mind?” She asked.
“If you can interface with the Dynasty Symbiote then you should be able to keep it asleep, Trixie shouldn’t know about them. Hopefully that will be long enough for us to work with these four samples and find a way to keep any future recovered Living Statues from making problems.” He decided. “Plus, once Milo returns with Fortress Kia, we may be able to fix some of them. I’m not a hundred percent sure, but it’s a possibility.”
She nodded. “So we fly again?”
“We fly again.”
She smiled, she was starting to really like flying like this. She may ask him to set up a date in the sky, maybe find some nice spot in Jade for doing it.
The two of them had made sure to neutralize the t-rex robot before returning home, only after a date through the beautiful streets of Venice.
But relaxation soon had to end, and the time to work started. Three of the four statues were being kept in stasis as they studied the fourth.
“The more I study them the more I realize that while they are Dynasty Symbiotes, they are an entirely different version. Not exactly older , but less developed?” Brianna theorized.
“Hmm, maybe it’s more that Father Rio’s version was just more aggressive? Both samples come from the same place, but he developed his in a different direction. While these developed slightly differently, maybe just not as far.”
Brianna nodded and looked away from Magnus, meanwhile he ran one of the Living Statue’s chipped bits through a series of study; a Lie keeping the material from interacting with the metal available for the moment.
“You guys interacted with them back when you first met the Dynasty, no? Think we could awaken these and try it too?” He asked.
“Hmm… I don’t know if it would be a good idea. We practically got lucky with them as they were against what Rio was doing. But we can’t know with these ones.” She answered.
“Should we ask Strypp for help then? He’s bonded to three of their artifacts and was the vehicle to turn Rio’s off.” He mused.
“Let’s leave that as a plan C, I don’t want Brittany getting angry at us for getting her husband in a hard situation… again.”
“Yeah, you’re right.” He said. “Should we bring Gina into it? I imagine using one of her blank bots to give the Symbiote a better body to work with would be useful.”
“Hmm… I would have said a Peebot would work, but now that I think about it, maybe a larger body will make it harder for them to get ‘lost’.”
“That was mainly my idea.” He agreed with her.
“But if we’re bringing her in, did you fill all the paperwork correctly? She is the director and I know she’s a thing for not abusing her position.” Bri asked.
“Yes, the location we retrieved them is still effectively under Italy, so the permission I wrote down for Venice counts and Gracenaria has no claim over them.” He answered. “Not as much with the T-Rex we definitely did not touch .”
He thought about it and added, “Talking about the big robot we did not touch, I think we should mention it to the association of heroes as a heads up. I could certainly do it as I should set up a meeting with them soon, I’ve left it be for too long.” He mused.
Brianna stopped what she was doing and moved over to poke at his side. “No seducing Debra.” She warned.
“I’ve you and Ibis. I think I’m more than happy like this.” He replied and dragged her into a hug. “I promise I’m not trying to seduce any other women, at least not on purpose. I will keep the right to flirt as a way to disarm or put someone on their back foot.”
She just rolled her eyes. “Talking about Ibis, how’s she doing? I’m both glad and a bit worried that she’s not been an issue.”
“Most of the Hive’s busy keeping the plains safe from monster movements, and a small group of them led by my duplicate is exploring slash investigating how the other races of Jade live.” He answered calmly. “Ibis’ enjoying watching through their eyes.”
“So no panic?” She asked, curious about it.
“Only a few old people even remember what Kobolds are. Most just see them as a curiosity.” He said. “I will add that I did convince Ibis to only send some of the scouts on the smaller end of the spectrum and crafted some cloaks to make them look a bit more civilized.”
“But they are not.”
“Baby steps and faking until they make it.” He replied with a grin. “Think about it this way, if Ibis gets a better opinion on the races of Jade, then she will see a reason to interact with them. So by making sure the races of Jade see the Psi-Kobolds as a race worth interacting with, they won’t dismiss them right off the bat.”
“And how is it going exactly?”
“We’ve been mostly going as tourists, but I managed to guide them closer to where Brod lives by accident . After apologizing to interrupting those three, I laid a powerful Lie over each of them, should keep them out of trouble. Though talking about trouble, I’m thinking on reaching for G’nolga to take out Serpentus before that asshole becomes an actual problem.”
“And it’s not like anyone in Jade will miss him.” Brianna said, trusting him to have a way to deal with the parasite.
“Yup, the fastest the better. Plus since hopefully Brod and his two companions won’t be found anytime soon, he won’t lead the jailbreak that would have let G’nolga escape and all that.” He shrugged, the future was becoming more and more impossible to come each day and each action they took.
Ruby having left the World already marked many fates heavily. For example, from what he had been researching, Tyrant’s original plan to take over Jade had failed even more explosively as without Ruby, it had been several times harder to find all the information and coordinate things. Thankfully as Brianna’s issues had been addressed properly before the whole event, Gaja hadn’t suffered a deadly injury and had been key in stopping the villain.
None of his later plans had managed to reach the same level. Ruby truly had been a godsend for the man. Magnus would need to see if there was a way to give him a chance to redeem himself, the man was honestly just misguided, without her he would most likely only sink deeper. He would need to talk with Old Gina about it, she was honestly better than him at setting those things up.
Thinking about future planning had made him stop to think about different, but still quite similar. What would it mean for him when his original arrived?
In all honesty, Magnus was quite happy with his current life, and Milo had confirmed he wouldn’t be re-absorbed. But what would his original do about his plans? They were originally the same person, but this Magnus had definitely developed slightly differently from the one that had visited half a dozen other Worlds.
Was he even needed? Was the other Magnus even needed?
The Wererats and Ruby had some things they had to do. But in all honesty his presence in the World covered practically ninety nine point nine percent of what his original could get up to.
It was also True that he was overthinking things, they would meet and take things as they came. That was, after all, how they did things. He knew his original wanted to return to Hyrule much more than he did, this Magnus felt no connection to said World.
He turned his eye to Brianna as she worked on the Living Statue, it didn’t look like she had noticed his internal ruminations. But he hadn’t exactly stopped his work, a good part of his mind still on it.
He would think about it later. For now he had a good life and plenty of things to keep himself busy after all.
Jonathan once more couldn’t help but to think back to the last few months and how everything had changed for him. And at the same time it felt like he was back to his youth, traveling with a pair of curious companions.
Even after months of flying through the Realm together and with all the information he was happy to give, the man was a mystery. Not in the way most mysteries worked, he certainly didn’t lack information. Milo had thousands of stories and anecdotes, all of them true, not all of them about himself, but enough to start to form an image of his life. And it was crazy.
The more he heard the more he realized that while Milo knew his life was not like others’, it was an understatement.
Jonathan was glad to still have access to his Diary, apparently Milo had simply seen no reason to not link said artifact to his Soul and allow him free access to it. It allowed Jonathan to keep his memories intact and add to them in an active way. This had allowed him to note down all stories and work on his understanding of it during time off in their travels.
Priestess Crescens’ story wasn’t any less impressive, but at least it was much more linear and understanding. She had been a font of information about the Gardeners, the race that had survived their Universe’s end and escaped to the current one.
And it hadn’t been only that, Crescens had been there at the start, when the Gardeners had taken the few last survivors of the Gaoblin race. She had met them personally, not a tale passed down a bloodline, she had known them personally, been taught and raised by them.
She had practically become the adoptive daughter of one of them, Mother Ri had been the Gardener buried along with the Key of Oblivion, the whole reason this last tribe of Gaoblins had remained in the Sealed Realm and in the ruinous remains of one of their ships.
She hadn’t spent all their time with them, as priestess and leader for her people, she visited her tribe frequently; Jonathan had done so too on a few occasions to break the monotony of their travels. During one of these visits they had been greatly surprised to find that new young Gaoblins had been born.
“Quoting an old movie: Life finds a way .” Milo had said. “I’m a source of Life, you expected things to stay as they were?”
It wasn’t just that every Gaoblin in the tribe was enjoying good health, even the oldest ones were feeling spry. But it was also the new births that had been completely without complications and more than one had been multiple births; something not seen as long as Crescens remembered.
It helped that there was plenty of good food and water inside Milo’s Soul.
But as good as the mood got with that news, the situation turned much more somber once they found the first sign of Fortress Kia’s presence.
They had found what appeared to be a scout or lone hunter, the sight made Jonathan’s temper flare. But it was little compared to the tiny moment of terror that he felt when Milo observed closer.
“A purpose, corrupted.” Those words had sang like a gong.
The scout rode some kind of winged reptile, both of them barely gave any show of what they had been before. Instead they had been transformed, turned into living machines of black metal and red energy.
Milo had simply taken them out after a few moments.
“We’re almost there, keep close, it will be much more dangerous from now on.” His words marked the change of the journey.
The end was coming soon, it meant he would meet his family once more. But it also meant the most dangerous part was coming.
Notes:
Little post-chapter author note: Unfortunately I've been having a very hard time getting in the mood of writing lately, buffer's ran down to just 5 more chapters and I just have not felt like writing this project much. So instead of hitting my face against this wall, I'm going to try and tackle one of the two other projects I've laying around, I really hope that diversifying things for a while may get me out of this rut.
Sadly, that will most likely end up putting this story in hiatus once those five chapters are released, I wish I could continue with uninterrupted release, but my muse (I'm lying, I love my muse, it's just me the problem) has abandoned me for a while. Hopefully I will get back into writing mood as I do have plenty of ideas for the next arc, it's just the current one I'm not working out well.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 91
The Retreat, a pocket Realm created shortly before Magic waned off in the Earth Realm. A tiny, concentrated slice of what it had been, protected. And the very nature of the protections that keep the pocket Realm existing has led to its second use, a prison.
As far as G’nolga knew, the place was practically ruled by Queen T’mat, and while she left the every day to her subordinates, at the end of the day, her word was rule.
Or that was G’nolga heard from the guards when they felt chatty. She spent most of her day either meditating, exercising or observing the outside through the tiny window slits her room had.
It wasn’t like she had any way to escape, even if she could ditch the enchanted chains, there were only a tiny few exits to the Realm, and the moment she left her cell without permission they would be closing tighter than T’mat’s asshole.
She could wait, the truth was that there was no fool-proof prison, no inexcapable box, and for a Dwarf she was still young. She could wait and take advantage of the situation once things happened. Even if her title could be denied, she was still one of Jade’s Weaponmasters in skill.
Or she should, because there was an unknown man sitting in the other corner of the room watching her. And she didn’t remember seeing him come in; no one should have been able to visit her outside of the guards and her sister.
She couldn’t help but to feel that he was dangerous. The man looked too soft to be dangerous. But she knew better that appearances could be deceiving, and her hunch was screaming that the man could kill her. She didn’t know how or why, just that he was capable of it. After all, he had allowed himself to be seen by her.
She frowned when he smiled, as if he could tell what she was thinking.
She didn’t react more than that, looking away and just waiting.
“Don’t worry, right now they only see you meditating as usual.” His words made her turn slowly. “I’m Magnus, though I also go by the Teacher. A pleasure meeting you Weaponmaster G’nolga.”
She rolled her eyes. “Really? I was pretty sure that magic capable of that would be easily seen through here.”
“Oh, I’m not using Magic. I’m just exploiting the fact that everyone wants to believe that it’s impossible to break into this place without their knowledge. It’s very easy to Lie when they want to believe it’s True.”
G’nolga looked around, it certainly didn’t appear as if any alarm had been raised, maybe there was some truth in his words.
“And what do you want? I’m done being a patsy for some random guy with big plans.” She said.
The man chuckled. “Oh, nothing like that. It’s more like I want to help with your plan.”
G’nolga slowly fixed her posture and sat facing him. “And what do you think my plan is?”
“Kill Serpentus, obviously.”
She stiffened and nearly jumped off her spot. “What do you think you know about that?!” She still screamed at him.
A moment later she winced, expecting the alarms to blare or the guards to check on her. But nothing happened, instead the man just sat there.
“I know they use the banned Reaper Magic, and I also know that even if you killed them, it would mean nothing as they are capable of body-jumping.” Magnus said. “But I know that the whole situation with the council of Jade makes it impossible for anyone to ‘legally’ take that blight off the land.”
G’nolga spit. “At least I agree with that.”
“Hmm, that’s why I decided to give you the chance to leave this cell and finally take that monster out once and for all.”
She snorted. “And why would I help you? What do you get out of it?”
“I get access to the network and the information you acquired, and you get to get out of here and put that asshole into the ground permanently.”
She glared at him, not like it seemed to do much. The man kept a placid smile and detached attitude as he waited for her response.
After some thinking she let out a sigh. “...okay, take me out of here.” She decided. “So how are we leaving?”
“Excellent.” The man walked forward and offered his hand to her.
She gave him a look before rolling her eyes and grabbing his hand. Her sense of danger pinged a moment too late as her hand suddenly felt glued to his before the two of them were pulled away without moving.
It felt as if she had been suddenly squeezed through a tiny hole and came out the side as a long noodle before she was back to normal. Her stomach squeezed and it was only the fact that she hadn’t eaten yet that she didn’t end up puking out.
“Fuck!” She cursed as the acid reflux his the back of her throat.
She snatched the glass of water that was offered to her and emptied it before noticing that the woman that had handed it over was familiar.
“You… Diggers, right?” She asked.
“Brianna Digger, yeah. Good to see that being imprisoned didn’t ruin your memory too much, G’nolga.”
“I don’t see your mother around, so I get that she doesn’t know I was broken out?”
“Everyone believes you are still in your cell, G’nolga.” Magnus said as he approached them. “There’s a very convincing Illusion left in the cell, it will last until I say so or it gets violently dispelled. But until then everyone should believe it’s a better idea to not touch it.”
“And how do you even managed that? I’m pretty sure Illusions shouldn’t work like that.” G’nolga said.
“They do when I add a bit of Truth and Lie… but that doesn’t matter right now.” He said and changed the subject as he threw a weapon to her.
She snatched it off the air and froze at how good the weapon felt on her hand.
It was a long staff, but she could easily see how it unlocked into a three-section staff. The balance was impossibly more than perfect, the craftsmanship was simple and functional, just like how she liked it.
She swung it around, it cut through the air making no sound. “Impressive.”
“I’m glad you like my work, it should withstand a lot of use since I worked hard to make the material as indestructible as possible. It even survived a hit from The Soul Edge.”
G’nolga raised an eyebrow, not entirely believing the weapon she had could survive such a legendary weapon, or that the man in front of him actually had it. Legends say that said sword had been lost to time. But… weirder things had happened in the last few minutes, no?
Her fingers slid along the staff and found the small mark, her calloused fingers recognized the mark of a blade trying to cut on the staff. It had a strange sensation, so even if the true thing hadn’t been used, the quality of both weapons was assured.
“So now what?” She asked.
“First is getting you back to fitness and then helping you get in contact with whatever allies available you have before we go kill that snake.” Magnus said.
G’nolga wondered why the thought excited her so much.
Magnus walked into the normal-looking office building, a pretty standard construction of glass and steel like the one he had memories of existing in nine out of ten modern Worlds out there.
The inside of the reception area was almost mundanely boring. But Magnus could see through the Lies, just the receptionist woman behind the counter was more than ready to fight if the many weapons he noticed hidden in hand’s reach were a sign. There were also at least ninety two cameras tracking him if his System was correct, and he had been scanned in at least half a dozen different ways between the door and the desk.
Once the receptionist confirmed his identification she indicated him an elevator. Once more, while it looked mundane, Magnus could feel the extremely reinforced frame capable of lifting a few elephants if necessary. He wondered if it was a need due to some particular people or just a security measure.
The way up was swift and accompanied by a gentle tune that barely reached the annoying by the time the door opened. An attempt to off-balance him maybe?
Or maybe it was the chocolate-skinned, orange-haired, amazonian woman in a pencil skirt and suit whose buttons threatened the eyes of anyone in the vicinity. Magnus penned her as someone in punishment duty if the normal-sized desk and chair was any indication when she was at least three meters tall.
She gave him a measuring look before nodding. It was good enough as a sign for him to approach.
“Magnus Traveler, Debra’s waiting for you inside.” She said in a business tone.
He politely ignored the look she kept on him as he passed by her and entered the office.
The room he entered was sparse in decoration, but quite tasteful, in all honesty the main virtue was the massive window that provided a panoramic view of the city. The Dragon princess awaited her on the other side of a modest desk.
“Magnus, thank you for coming.” She greeted him.
“It’s not a problem, I had some free time while my brother finished some things.” He replied as he took the chair in front of her.
She looked surprised for a moment. “I think you mentioned him, but he’s already here?”
“Yes and no, he arrived a couple weeks ago. But I asked him to deal with a problem he was much better fit in dealing with. Unfortunately it deals with a different Realm, and the qualities of it make it hard for him to return until it’s finished.” He explained.
“That’s…” She quickly shook it off and smiled. “Never mind, we’ve run tests on the potions you handed us, we’ve confirmed their effect and we’ve decided we would be more than interested in setting up a way to acquire more.”
She pushed over a contract over the desk, letting him read through it.
He took a couple of minutes to read through it before deciding to accept it. It was quite fair and given the extensive stock-life on the potions, it was mainly based on making sure they could keep a number and provide more in case of large-scale emergencies. And thinking about large-scale emergencies.
“Oh, reading this reminded me.” He pulled a folder from his Inventory and handed it over. “We didn’t find something underground under the neighboring country from the one we actually had permission to actually study in.”
Debra raised an eyebrow and reached for the file, eyeing the first few lines before giving him another look and rushed through it faster.
As he finished signing his part of the deal, she let out a sigh and rubbed the bridge of her nose.
“Tell me more, because you’ve certainly left many details off these pages… and no, it won’t be official.” She added.
He nodded and proceeded to tell the events of a couple days prior. Obviously leaving out the fact that they knew of the threat before going in.
“… we are still decoding the logs, but we’re pretty sure that we’re talking about a crashed Dynasty’s ship from before Magic left the Earth Realm if the Dwarven construction is any sign of it. Now why the ship hadn’t been scavenged yet we’re not sure, the main theory is that whatever security system didn’t stop working until after Magic left, and by then most didn’t visit the oldest part of the ruins anymore.”
“And this… giant robot?”
“They must have unearthed one of the ‘statues’ we found and allowed it to come in contact with machinery, the Symbiote would have aimed to cannibalize said technology to repair itself, adapting to them in the process.” He reached for the files and pulled a small pamphlet he had added. “It’s just the case that the country had a dinosaur museum with life-sized animatronics.”
Debra looked at him before opening her computer and spending two minutes looking into it. “And one of their largest examples was taken off the museum for repairs .”
“They may have accidentally awakened one of the statues while moving it and then decided to experiment with it. The only thing I can assure you is that Brianna used an improved version of the same program that was used back when they first met with the Dynasty to ask said Symbiotes to not act for the moment. But I can’t promise how well it will last as they have already remodeled the machine.”
“And you didn’t do more?”
“While I won’t Lie and say we couldn’t have just taken the whole thing. But given some of the information about the country and previous ‘predispositions’ we decided to not touch it.” He left it pretty clear that he thought the woman in power was more than a bit unhinged. Smart, but unhinged, just like her sister.
“And for that you have our gratitude.” Debra said, maybe a bit drier than she intended. “In your honest opinion, why do you think they made it?”
“Half because they could, half because Gracenaria’s current leader is sister to known terrorist Dark Bird, and while they do not have the best of relationships between them, I don’t think they are that different from each other.”
Debra could easily connect the point and sighed.
“On the good side, it should be quite a match to any giant monster that could attack Europe. It just sucks that the country’s practically land-locked.” He added.
“Well, at least we know about it now.”
“On better news.” He handed over a small, lacquered box.
“Is this…?”
“Yes, it’s the enchanted accessory to reinforce the user’s eyes.” He gestured to the box.
She opened the box carefully, inside was a silver ring with a single red stone, a Ruby. A small circle projected in front of her eye as she inspected the piece. “Impressive.”
“There’s one other item I should pass to you, though I will be handing it to D’bra.” He said and retrieved a much larger box, reinforced physically and magically. “I would recommend only letting a few people know you have it.”
The Dragon princess looked at him before pulling it closer and opening, she instantly froze and closed the box with a livid expression.
“How the fuck you got this?!”
“An impossibility.” He answered, earning himself a glare. “I mean it, I can’t explain how I acquired it because it should be impossible for the sword to be acquirable. But here we are.”
It seemed like she was quickly getting a headache. “And why would you give it to me?”
“Multiple reasons, first, it’s useless for me. I already studied it as much as I could, it’s an impressive piece and above anything I can currently make, but… that’s temporary and I prefer to use weapons I made myself.” He answered. “Second, I honestly think you are both worthy of trust and capable enough to hold the weapon safely, along with being smart enough to know if it’s necessary to use. Third, uh… I honestly didn’t think there was a need for another reason, the first two are good enough for me.”
Debra opened the box to give the sword another look before closing it. “Okay, I will take it. It’s certainly reassuring to know where it is.”
“Excellent, now I think we could discuss the number and delivery of potions.”
She let out a sigh of relief, happily moving onto the subject that would most likely take only a few more minutes to discuss.
It was three hours later and Debra had decided to go full into princess-mode for the negotiations. Magnus was pretty sure it had been revenge from her part.
Thankfully that was done and now he was blowing off some stress by sparring with G’nolga.
The Dwarf woman parried Iris’ swing, the whipsword wasn’t entirely repelled. Instead the flexible weapon bounced against nothing and attacked a second time. The second attack was perfectly timed by the Ax he had thrown, forcing her to unlock her staff and block both of them at the same time.
With a small kiai she parried both attacks at the same time before taking a step back and panting.
“I’m either rustier than I thought, or you are the most annoying fighter ever.” She said.
“I’m a master of all weapons.” He proudly said. “I simply decided for a more exotic one since it’s easier to surprise people with them.”
“I can agree, I have only met a few Whip Sword users before, and even then none that used it as naturally as you do.” She praised him. “But it felt like something was missing.”
“Oh, it’s because it’s enchanted.” Magnus said and with a flick of his wrist Iris shot towards one of the targets.
Instantly the target caught on fire, froze, melted, was shocked, crushed down and twisted. And all of those were just because only a few segments had hit it.
She just gave him the stink-eye.
“I mostly use it in combination with the Grimoire,” he made the enchanted book appear with a gesture of his other hand, “though it’s not as much a weapon as a set-up tool.”
“I can’t say I’ve much appreciation for Magic, just a healthy respect. But I didn’t know a Human as young as you could have mastered so many fields to such an extent.”
“Oh, I’m not Human, never was, never will be.” He shifted a hand into a furry, clawed paw. “And no, I’m not a Were, I was created by my father nearly from the ground up.”
“So you’re a crazy guy’s personal project?” She joked.
“Crazy? Totally, but more that he and my mothers wanted children and they weren’t biologically compatible. So he used the three of them to create children, I’m just a third of that.”
G’nolga just sighed. “Okay, complicated.”
“Anyways, how are things going for you? Any contact working?” He asked.
“It’s going, it’s a bit harder when everyone believes I’m still imprisoned in the Retreat. But it’s going, I’m thinking three weeks to a month before I can get everything in place to move.”
He thought about it, there wasn’t much in the next few months. “That won’t be a problem, I can be patient.”
“Good, I would have offered another sparring if you were impatient.” She said with a cocky smile.
He grinned. “Oh, I’m always up for a sparring, and if you’re feeling up to it,” he retrieved a number of masks before channeling his power through them, allowing the Shadows to take form, “we can always see how you would do against groups.”
G’nolga didn’t lose the grin, but she took a step back as she prepared herself.
“Maybe you are as crazy as your father.” She said as she prepared for the multiple opponents.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 92
“I’ve to say that I love the atmosphere.” Magnus teased G’nolga as the two of them, plus half a dozen Psi-kobolds scouts that the Dwarf woman knew nothing about.
It had taken some work, but taking some inspiration from his sister and some work along Ibis, they had managed to allow the smaller and stealthier Psi-kobolds to merge into his shadow and become untraceable.
While it wasn’t necessary, just him was more than enough to devour the troublesome Orkist Tyrant. But there was always the matter of the act he liked to keep going. There was also the fact that this allowed Ibis to not only feel included, but also see some of the worst side of Jade. And as counterproductive it sounded, knowing and seeing that there were bad sides to the Realm helped soothe some of her worries.
“Shut up.” G’nolga said through her teeth, almost growling. “You sure love the sound of your voice, eh? I should have known my first impression of you was right. These last two months have been the most fruitful and frustrating I’ve had.”
“Look on the bright side, after this is done we won’t have a reason to remain in the same are for long periods.”
“Don’t worry, I’m sure I’ll miss your presence very much.” She stated sarcastically as they soon reached the clearing, a small number of people were already there.
It wasn’t entirely a surprise to see kinda familiar figures. Four of the five people that would have originally been there, the only one missing was the villain Slasher, the woman was still jailed in the Earth Realm as far as he knew.
The others were Hanza, previously Hanzo, a mercenary that had decided to drink the wrong potion. Gaining an impressive physical strength, but losing much in the process.
The Lywi siblings, two Werejaguars, scouts, rogues, and well known thieves. He had actually heard of the two, Kit and Kat, from Gar during one of his visits to Jade, troublesome, though mainly because they had kept themselves from being caught for so long.
Finally there was Cruk, the cloaked man outmassed everyone else in the clearing outside of Magnus by at least four or five times in mass. He was a Blister Titan, or as they were rudely called before, Wart Ogre. Their race was famed for their physical might, and Cruk had refined it to a lethal edge by training as a Samurai, and survived hundreds of campaigns during some of the earlier ages of Jade.
“You’re finally here, and you brought company?” Hanza greeted in an acid tone.
G’nolga pointedly ignored the mercenary and turned to Cruk and quickly presented Magnus to everyone in the clearing and vice-versa. The siblings looked almost bored, but there was a hint of excitement under it, tampered with the patience of years and the promise of revenge. Hanza kept shooting glares at him and Cruk had just given him a wary look; definitely the most experience between them.
“Looks like you found good help.” Cruk spoke. Magnus was surprised by how deep the language he used was, it seemed to be a more archaic version of Jade’s current language. But there was more there he couldn’t catch without a larger sample. “If he’s the reason why you’re and are not still in the Retreat, he could very well help us in today’s mission.”
“Yes, I told you before, Cruk, I discussed it with Magnus and we can still do something similar to your original plan.” She agreed.
“Good, then we’ll be moving soon, while your sister as a balance mage would have worked better, if we can sneak directly into his chamber and keep anyone else from noticing us then we can do as we planned.”
“Wait, what do you mean by that?” Hanza interrupted.
Magnus gave G’nolga a look, the Dwarf sighed, but nodded.
“I’ve developed an untraceable teleportation method along with being one of, if not the best Illusionists in Jade and near Realms.” He said.
Hanza snorted. “So you can make people see th-” Her words died in her mouth as a simple Illusion made her choke.
“Just like that.” Magnus said. “I can extend Illusions to the five senses and a bit more.” An understatement . “Even an experienced fighter would be off-put if they suddenly feel things that aren’t True. How does it feel to suddenly run out of air?”
Hanza’s glare only grew more hateful as she tried to move forward, only to be stopped by G’nolga. “Don’t try it, he can fight me one on one and not lose.” She warned the mercenary, the comment earning him a second look from the Were siblings.
“Returning to the plan.” Magnus retrieved a small number of boxes and threw the others one each. “These are sealing blades, once we’ve our target in place, we’ll need to use these to make sure he doesn’t escape when killed.”
“Wait, what do you mean by that?” Kit asked.
“It appears the bastard’s not happy enough to just be a Shade Reaper, but he perverted his Soul so it can jump bodies when his current one dies.” The looks he got made it clear they understood the problem. “Those will erect a barrier trapping any Soul and Soul-like entity, allowing it to be killed.”
“I like that idea.” Hanza grinned. “I’m all up for knowing that the bastard will die and not escape through our fingers.”
Cruk just nodded as he studied the small blade appreciatively.
“The only problem is that the blades need a drop of blood from our target to make sure it only locks him inside, otherwise anyone that ends inside the formation will be stuck along.” Magnus noted, earning a serious nod from everyone.
“If everyone’s ready.” G’nolga said before giving him a nod.
“Okay, I’m opening the way and masking our presence.” He said.
With that sign, Magnus focused on his version of the Psi-snail’s planar jump. He had modified it a bit already to allow Milo to travel into the Sealed Realm, this was a further modified version, working inside the Realm, but achieving the same untraceability.
At the same time he spread an Illusion out from the hole as it opened. Like a bounded field it grew to encapsulate the throne room Serpentus sat in. From the Reaper’s point of view, nothing had changed. But what he saw and what was happening was quickly changing as everyone else in the throne room only heard him order them to leave.
Kit and Kat were the first to move, the thieves moving wide as Hanza rushed past their target. Cruk and G’nolga were the last to move. The samurai kept the rear as the Dwarf weaponmistress rushed towards the Ork.
As rusty as Serpentus was, he moved quickly to block G’nolga’s attack. But Magnus could see the Truth, the Ork could only withstand the blow by drawing on the power of his bonded slaves. That would quickly get taken care of once the capture field was erected.
While G’nolga was keeping him off-balance, the others started to move too.
“Fools, you think you will be able to leave after attacking me here ?” Serpentus gloated, but quickly looked surprised as none of the Orks he still saw around reacted. “What’s happening?”
“You think we would have attacked you without a plan? Who’s the fool here?” G’nolga said through a grin as she unlocked her staff and attempted to trip him.
It wasn’t enough, Serpentus managed to keep enough balance to reach and dig his fingers into G’nolga’s Aura and start to pull. Thankfully Cruk was fast enough on the draw to create a long slash along the Ork’s arm and interrupt the formation of the Aura weapon.
“Careful there, G’nolga, don’t let your anger blind you.” The Blister Titan warned as he threw the bloodied weapon away.
Magnus quickly caught it and stabbed it in the first corner.
Serpentus sounded like a repeating disc as he looked at the injury in his arm and once more asked what was happening, a Curse of Bleeding on the edges had made sure blood came out, and it kept doing so.
The siblings took full advantage of the Ork’s surprise, hiding under Hanza and G’nolga’s own attacks to go for a low blow and aimed their cuts towards the Ork’s calves. Though it seemed that he saw it coming and managed to reinforce his body enough that he wasn’t immobilized. But then second and third blood was drawn.
Two more corners completed, now it was Cruk’s turn to push on the attack, even with his previous warning, it was obvious for Magnus that the Blister Titan had plenty of hate of his own.
“I remember you.” Serpentus said as he stopped the samurai’s blade with one hand and reached with the other to pull on the Aura. A long, slightly curved blade started to take shape.
And it caught even Magnus by surprise that the Samurai allowed Serpentus to try and yank at his Aura to make an opening for G’nolga and Hanza to bloody their own blades on the Reaper.
Serpentus let out a sound of anger and pain. “You think little paper cuts like this will help you defeat me?” He glared at them.
“No.” G’nolga said. “But it will certainly help our plan.”
The Ork raised an eyebrow as Magnus finished the last corner before launching the last blade towards the ceiling, closing the pyramid. Only he was left inside the Pyramid as the rest were outside of the glimmering walls.
“WHAT?!” The Ork screamed as all color instantly bled off his face, the connections from his Soul severed and all right to leave denied.
“It’s easy, we learned that just killing you would be useless.” Hanza gloated. “So we just had to make sure you were locked in before we carried the killing blow.”
Serpentus glared at the Illusions outside until Magnus dismissed them.
“They left before we started.” Magnus explained, allowing the Ork to see him for the first time.
“You…! I’ve no idea who you are, even her,” he pointed to Hanza, “I heard about, even if it was just good for a laugh.”
“Hey!” Hanza glared at the Ork.
“I’m no one special.” Magnus smiled, earning himself more than one glare at the comment.
“Enough prattling, we kill him no, yes?” Hanza interrupted.
Magnus gave G’nolga a look and grinned. “Should I do the honors and make sure he stays dead?”
The Dwarf woman looked at the cage and the trapped individual, a series of emotions went through her face. She looked at Cruk, the only other person there that had something personal against the tyrant.
The Blister Titan nodded and so did the Dwarf.
Magnus couldn’t help but to grin as he pulled on the Shadows, he shook his hands and reached forward. “Let me see if I remember how this goes.”
Thumb touching middle and ring finger, index and pinky straight up.
The shadows inside the pyramid stirred, two dark triangles sprung from the ground before the rest of the fox’ head slid out, staring at Serpentus.
Middle and ring finger up, thumb down and NOM .
In the blink of an eye the Ork tyrant and half a ton of stone that made the ground disappeared along with the shadow fox head.
“It’s done.” Magnus announced as he felt the Ork fall into his Darkness Star. Nothing of him would be left. “I would recommend we leave.”
“… that was no illusion.” Hanza pointedly said as she got into his personal space.
“It wasn’t, but I never said I was only an Illusionist.” He clarified as he once more opened a portal.
“Let it be,” G’nolga warned her, “trust me that you don’t want more information about him than you got.”
“Yeah? What’s the worst that could happen?” More than one in their little group facepalmed at her attitude.
Magnus’ lips tugged into a nearly-unhinged grin, his teeth much sharper than before she he leaned over Hanza’s shoulder. “Curiosity has a limit because if you look for information you may end up finding it, and you will be forced to pay a price you’re not ready for.” He warned before pushing her through the portal before following.
“Hey!” She complained as she stumbled through.
“Drop it, Hanza!” G’nolga’s tone was much harder, causing her to comply. “And don’t worry, you will get your payment as the job was successful.”
The mercenary just scoffed as the Wereleopard siblings just chuckled and thanked G’nolga and Cruk before leaving their way. Magnus just assumed their payment had already been previously carried.
Hanza didn’t take too much longer to leave after G’nolga handed her the money Magnus had been carrying, that was enough for the woman to grin and head off, muttering about getting a new weapon and armor.
“What did you do with Serpentus?” G’nolga asked once there were only three of them in the clearing. And the Psi-kobolds in his shadow.
“Ate him.” He answered.
Cruk just raised an eyebrow as G’nolga looked at him.
“It felt karmic for someone that reaped power from others and fed on it to end up at someone else’s jaws.” “He answered. “And don’t worry, nothing I don’t want will survive my insides.”
“I trust it wasn’t a nice experience?” She asked in a hateful tone.
“Oh, that I can promise, the kind of Truth I put the last of his Body, Mind and Soul through is not a kind one. Forced to face everyone of his actions and accept the Truth that he strayed away from what he one meant to do. Karmic retribution can be nasty once it finally catches up.”
There was one fun fact he was leaving out, mostly because it was just a novelty for him. He hadn’t needed to Curse Serpentus, the Ork had practically Cursed his own Soul all by himself. His Magic ripped the Auras of his enemies for power, and while he mainly used the wrath, anger and other similar emotions aimed at him, there were also leftovers .
Those remnants slowly accumulated, like filth in a machine. It didn’t matter if it was still working, all it took for the machine of his Life to stop once and all came pouring out to swallow him whole.
Truth had done very little else but help it happen faster.
The Dwarf woman and the Blister Titan man seemed to relax, a weight had finally been taken off their shoulders.
“Now what?” She asked.
“I would recommend laying low for a few years. I will update the Illusion left in the Retreat, you will suffer an unexpected death, matters will be helped along and done with quickly before the memory of your imprisonment dies off in their minds.” He flung her a small pendant. “That’s enchanted to keep people from truly recognizing you unless you act on it. Two or three years and no one will remember you were ever at the retreat or died.”
“…You’re one scary man.”
He just smiled, that was okay with him. The night had been a success and one big, future trouble had been dealt with as sneakily as possible.
The death of Serpentus had already been felt by his descendants, there would be some temporary panic. But he had left enough Truth of his death to make sure they didn’t doubt it. Now he would need to wait and watch.
Reaching the Dynasty fortress hadn’t been neither a fight nor a battle.
Jonathan and Crescens could only watch with the same tired surprise as every converted attacker was completely immobilized and captured. Beings as small as a human and as large as an adult dragon were easily dispatched and put to the side.
The most trouble had been when they came close enough to the towering fortress to be in the reach of its defense systems. But even then the attacks were just bent away from them as if space itself was being twisted. Which actually may be happening, but Milo was not explaining much.
His mood had become more and more somber the closer they came to their target, his usual talkative mood died down and only the alien being behind was left. It was an unnerving experience. But Crescens held a personal interest in what awaited them inside, while Jonathan held an interest in recording what he saw.
“Over there.” The Gaoblin priestess led them into the building.
Neither of them said a thing about how her tone revealed her current emotional turmoil.
Once the three of them were inside, their advance accelerated. The fortress’ internal defenses presented even less of a threat to them and any fighter went down as quickly as those that they had found before.
The dark hallways were lit in dull red, giving the whole area an almost hellish look. And maybe it felt pretty similar to Crescens as she had once been part of the fortress’ leading forces.
It wasn’t long before the attacks coming felt less like that, and more like a scared person swatting away at a threat they didn’t understand.
Neither of them talked more than it was needed, and it was mainly Crescens guiding them until they reached what appeared to be some kind of throne room. It appeared empty at first, not one fighter nor security system. But they soon saw the only other inhabitant of the room.
They were almost child-like, a silhouette in the same red energy that lit the fortress and every converted being they had come across. They cowered and tried to hide behind the throne, not too successfully as their form cast more light than anything else around.
“Leave! Leave! Leave! Leave…” They screamed when it became obvious they couldn’t hide anymore.
“Fortress Kia, that’s enough, surrender.” Crescens’ tone was almost pained as she spoke.
“NO!” That single word created a shock wave out, but it harmlessly stopped before reaching the three of them. “You left me! And now you come back? You are here only to torture me!”
“Yes, I did leave,” she slowly started to approach the physical representation of the fortress’ leading intelligence after getting Milo’s nod, “but I didn’t come back to torture you.”
Jonathan and Milo just watched as she slowly knelt down by Kia’s side.
The older man moved close to Milo and asked in a low voice, “Will it be okay?”
The younger one took a moment to react, a soft nod. “Yes… it won’t be a quick or clean thing. But I’m making sure things go well between them. Fortress Kia’s very old and very traumatized, their child-like body is not just a choice, it very much represents how mature their mind is.”
“Wait… you are-”
“Yes, I’m making sure things Heal properly.” Milo said, a soft smile on his lips. “I’m helping things move along, some Nurture goes a long way when one of them is so young in Mind. Of course it will take time, I would recommend getting used to the sight of the fortress because we’ll be staying for a bit before we get to move back to the Earth Realm. Not just for those two, but also to retrieve all of the converted forces not currently around.”
Milo didn’t miss the turmoil that came up in Jonathan’s mind the moment he mentioned their return to the Earth Realm, and it wasn’t just because little could hide their thoughts from him when he was paying attention. But the older man’s face hid little of his internal thoughts.
“I can tell that you’re worried, but they are family, and if there’s something I’ve learned from my own, it is that you can never say no to returning family.” Milo spoke with an honest, and a tiny bit of his Psychic powers, that reached the older man.
“… you are right.” Jonathan said after letting out a soft sigh, running his fingers through his blonde hair. “Quite paradoxical, I can’t wait and at the same time I don’t want it to come.”
“From my understanding, that’s a very common human condition, the thrill and fear of the unknown has always pushed your race forward while trying to keep itself safe from the dangers outside.” Milo gave him a little shrug.
As much as Milo could peer into the future, his existence made said information mostly unusable. Beings like his brother and himself scrambled the threads of Fate by existing. So it was a funny thing, he was strong enough that the future was as nebulous as for a common mortal, he just had more tools to approach it.
But the future was to come and their present was right there, so maybe taking care of the current problems was the best. The future would come, no need to rush it.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 93
Magnus pushed Lydia’s flaming kick away, he ignored the flames licking at him as he simultaneously blocked Moisha’s shocking punch, and did so with the same hand. Romeo’s attack was stopped perfectly still with the sole of his foot, and with a small push sent the three flying back.
“Again, and now make it worth my attention.” He barked out.
A hint of anger flashed through Lydia’s face, wanting to bark back at him, but quickly steeled herself as shared her plan with her two partners. This was done wordlessly as Romeo had improved his psychic abilities enough to create a mental connection between the three of them.
It had taken work and some help from Orange, but his powers had developed well into something that was usable during battle, to the point their synchronization during the fight made them a single fighter in three places.
And as one fighter they moved.
Magnus watched patiently, calmly observing as the ambient Magic started to stir with their actions. Small currents formed and Magic started to get filtered, parting into the three elements the Team used. He could only admire how they had made it work.
Fire and Ice may be considered opposite, but they both worked in a similar manner. One added energy, the other pushed it away. Under normal circumstances magic created and destroyed that energy to make matters simpler. But the three of them had learned how to skip that step in the magic and instead use that movement of energy.
As Romeo pushed away the energy to lower the temperature of his Magic, Lydia happily took it in, feeding her own. And in the middle Moisha was both feeding, feeding on, the exchange of energy to empower herself.
And as the song of Magic reached a crescendo, the three of them moved. Three sources of Magic moving as one, their natures feeding each other and growing even more.
The ground and very air around them started to freeze, scorch and get zapped, the resulting noise being almost deafening. Enough damage that Magnus had to admit it would even damage his body. The very threat caused him to grin and prepare to take the attack.
He took a page from their book and called on his own Elements. The flesh of his arms shifted away. From the tip of the fingers to his elbows it flowed away, revealing a pair of almost undetermined limbs made from Light and Darkness.
While they didn’t feed each other in the same way, Darkness and Light propped each other up, the former was deeper when Light shone somewhere else, and the latter stood out more when there was Darkness. But he went for something a bit simpler.
Light moved behind Darkness and shone brightly, casting out a massive hand made of Shadow to catch the mixed Elemental attack.
The noise suddenly changed, from a chainsaw cutting live wires that had caught on fire during a snowstorm, to the muffled scream of the silent damned. It only lasted for a few moments, but once the three of them pulled back, the extent of their exhaustion was clear.
While Moisha and Romeo were kneeling, Lydia had managed to remain standing. But even then the three were panting heavily and it was only their boosted regeneration that had returned them enough stamina to not just pass out.
“Nothing? Really?!” Moisha cried out.
“Actually, that was quite more damaging than it looks.” Magnus cleared up. “It just doesn’t show on the physical side.” And it was True, just one layer under his physical body the signs of their attack would have been quite visible all the way up to his wrist.
“So feel proud of your improvement.” He said. “And with that, and the fact that we will be arriving pretty soon, I’ve what you could call a sort-of graduation into the level of Weaponmaster.”
“New stuff!” Moisha cheered as Romeo moved to catch her when her knees nearly gave up.
“Sort-of,” Magnus said cheekily, “but more of a project I’ve been working on for the three of you for a while. But first you three should freshen up and recover, your new threads ain’t going nowhere.”
The three of them nodded and headed off to hit the showers, sipping on healing potions on the way there. They took their time, but soon they found themselves back in Magnus’ workshops, where the man waited for them by a set of very conspicuous covered displays.
“Now, I could very well get sappy here, but I don’t think either of us are much into that stuff.” Magnus said. “So with little more preparation, here are your new suits.”
The three curtains dissolved as if they hadn’t been there before, most likely a fact given the man, and revealed three, color-coordinated…
“Ninja outfits?” Lydia asked, dryly.
Magnus shrugged. “Not really, I mean, they look this way, but that’s because I based them on the usual Sheikah attire.” He pulled on his own garments. “The whole black and color thing is mostly their stand-by mode, they can mimic practically any clothing, even the coloring is optional.”
He allowed them to pick their respective equipment as he explained their properties. Things like increased defense, a buff to their respective Element, superior stealth capabilities and dozens of other tiny things.
“Is there a reason why the material feels weird on the colored parts?” Romeo asked.
“Good catch, it’s because they were made with the leather sourced from the King Gleeok, the same one that was used for your weapons.” He answered. “But that’s not all, I also used a good amount of the leather recovered from the Basilisk.”
“Basilisk?” Lydia asked.
“Oh, right, I never told you about it. Back in the Wizard World there was an event a couple years before our arrival where they killed an ancient, as in over a thousand years old or so, magical snake under the magic school and they kinda just left the body there.”
“...there’s so much wrong about that sentence.” She said, face palming.
“Yup, it was a trove of materials, the skin is naturally highly resistant to magic. But there were ways to work and enchant it, so I did for your clothes, I also tapped sideways with a bit of a Lie to pull the camouflage abilities of a few other magical reptiles, that’s where the transformation abilities come from.”
The three of them changed behind a curtain as he explained, taking no more than a few minutes as the clothes were made to be worn by them.
“That’s not all, the snake also had a fang, big enough for three blades.” Magnus explained as Romeo was the first one to reach for his waist, retrieving a curved dagger with a green pommel. “Those blades are extremely dangerous, but after a week they will have bonded with you, providing you with an immunity to their poison and any other weaker than its own. It should also make it impossible for anyone else to use them. Actually, anyone who tries will find things going quite badly for them.”
“…So this is it?” Lydia asked after some thoughtful moment.
“If you’re talking about getting back to your World, I would say it’s a big chance to settle your issues with it.” Magnus answered. “You’ll be free to stay if you want, or you can still come with us.”
The three just exchanged a look before nodding in silence. Magnus could only wonder if his sister was having similar problems with her companion.
Frank West aimed and shot zombie after zombie, the camera captured the shambling corpses… or well, they weren’t exactly undead . No, it was better to call them mindless, aggressive bodies, closer to animals rather than common undead.
He put the camera down, letting it hang from his neck as he pulled the last baseball bat her had left from his last scavenging in the sports section of the Willamette Mall. The weapon was looking more than a bit up, but if he remembered well, there should be some chairs in the way towards the roof access if it broke.
He got ready to swing the bat towards the shambling body before a small glint in the corner of his vision made him stop.
Frank had covered natural disasters, marches that had turned violent and even wars -as he liked to remind people-, and through all of them, it had been his vision and reflexes that had kept him ahead of danger and safe enough to live another day.
And it was those two facts that made him notice something moving around very quickly. Fast enough that he could only tell it was metallic and oddly shaped.
Frank kept his bat up as he kept seeing the flashes moving between the shambling bodies, never coming too close, but moving in such erratic manner that he couldn’t make sense of what it was doing. Of course it wasn’t as troubling as when he stopped seeing it.
There was something very weird happening, he couldn’t put his finger on it. But if he had to say, it had started earlier in the day. He was pretty sure there were less zombies than usual. And now the zombies around seemed to be slowing down, as if they were stuck in place, which made it very easy to notice when someone appeared in his field of view, walking between the zombies as if they weren’t there.
He would guess she wasn’t even sixteen, or maybe she was just small. He could tell she was most likely Japanese, he had traveled enough to notice the tiny details. Said old experience made him bring his camera up and take a few pictures, because there was something entrancing about the girl. She just looked completely uncaring about the threat, dancing between the zombies, never coming close enough to any of their grasping hands.
“Hey, it’s dangerous here.” He called out after putting his camera down.
The girl turned to him and Frank got the sensation that she already knew he was there. She once more moved between the bodies to his side, and none managed to reach her even once.
“Frank West, right?” She asked in perfect English. It surprised him that she had absolutely no accent.
“Yes, who are you? And what do you want?” He asked.
“I’m Alice and I was asked to look for you, we’re rounding all survivors and dealing with this whole mess.” The teenage girl said.
Frank raised an eyebrow as he looked around. “While that’s a nice thought, I would say we still have a problem around here.”
She followed him looking around, and said with a mischievous smile on her lips. “Oh, these?” The question sounded very much like she didn’t find them to be a problem. And why did he believe that to be true?
There was still something very weird, and it took him a moment to realize what it was, there was hardly any shuffling. It had become an almost constant background noise, the sound of feet getting dragged over the dirty floor, stumbling bodies and sometimes things breaking. But there was none of that.
“Don’t worry about them, this should take care of all of them.” The girl’s voice made him refocus on her and notice the strange object on her hand.
It looked like a bladeless knife handle, but a closer inspection showed there was a very thin wire coming out of it. Actually now that he looked, there were wires everywhere in the area. A cold sensation ran down his back as he hadn’t noticed them until then, was it a trick of the light?
“What do you-” He didn’t finish the question as the girl gave the handle a little tug and the wet, snapping noise of dozens of necks.
It was a grotesque sight as suddenly every zombie in the area went stiff and was promptly decapitated, the wires that crisscrossed the whole area had shifted just enough. And then came the sound of dozens of bodies hitting the ground as dead, dead weight.
Words died in his mouth as he looked at Alice, suddenly the girl didn’t look so much like just a normal teenage girl. Her eyes held a dangerous glint, they made Frank feel like a tiny bug in front of a predator.
He tightened his grip on his bat as a cutting sound was followed by the disappearance of all wires in the area and the appearance of a wicked-looking blade connected to the previously blade-less handle.
“...how?” He managed to squeeze out.
He had confronted some crazy people in the last day or so, but something told Frank that the young woman in front of him was several times more dangerous than any of the psychos.
“I inherited the title of Spider, I was a natural at it.” She explained and started to walk, easily dodging the piled bodies.
Frank took a moment before he rushed after her. “Wait, wait, title of what? Natural at what?” He asked once he got to walk by her side.
“Assassination,” she replied and smiled, thankfully it didn’t have that dangerous edge, just felt very sad, “oh, don’t worry, I was given an escape from that life. It’s just that the skills I built up turned out to still be useful.”
He couldn’t help but to look around, and shoot a few more pictures. As grotesque as it was, he couldn’t deny that she was good at killing if she could take out these many targets. He ignored the thought of how easily those wires could have wrapped around his neck too.
“So who are we looking for?” He asked.
“She’s a friend… well, a friend of a friend more like.” The girl explained. “I… it’s not like I don’t get along with her. But I still don’t feel like I am any more than acquaintances.”
“Does she have a name?”
“Claire.”
“And a title?” He asked.
“Yes, but she’s no assassin.” Alice answered. “Actually, I think she has a few, but I only heard one of them, Abyss Prison.”
“What is she then?” Frank asked as they left the food court and moved towards the roof access. He didn’t miss how the area was filled with more corpses. Though they didn’t appear to have been fully decapitated, instead it looked like they had their necks broken in different ways.
“In her own words, Unique .” She answered, and before he could react, she brought her hand up, grabbing the face of another girl that hadn’t been there a moment before.
It took him a moment to realize that she hadn’t come out of thin air, and instead had been brought to a sudden stop.
Alice just sighed. “Mr. West, this is my friend Megumi, Megumi, behave.” Her tone sounded tired, but accepting about the situation.
Frank didn’t judge, even as the girl seemed to slip around Alice’s hand and wrap herself around the other teen.
“Boo, he’s old and boring.” Megumi said. “Akari and the others finished their part, all zombies were taken out and the survivors rounded up. Though there were a few troublesome individuals still around, but Ran was going to take care of them… oh! There she goes!”
Both Alice and Frank turned to follow the girl’s pointing finger. Without all the shambling zombies, it reminded him that he was in a massive mall, and through a massive window he could see the leisure park the mall existed around.
Said park was usually teeming with zombies and a constant problem with a number of escaped convicts from the near prison. Frank really wondered where they had gotten the armed jeep. But at the end of the day, it didn’t matter much how they got it, just that they had it.
Without any zombies around, it was easy to see them coming. And said group of armed convicts was speeding towards a young girl, looking barely older than Alice or Megumi.
A snort made him turn to the latter girl. “Don’t fret, Ran’s much tougher than she looks.” The girl said and pointed once more.
He turned once more and lifted his camera, zooming in to look at the situation and shoot a few pictures. The girl was right, the other girl, Ran, didn’t look surprised or fearful at all at the situation, even when there were three men accelerating towards her.
“What you have to understand,” Alice’s voice didn’t break his concentration as he kept shooting the camera, “is that none of us is normal. Megumi’s skin creates a particular oil that makes her extremely slippery and her nerves can react many times faster than a normal human. My brain can take massive amounts of information and process it in the time it takes most people to understand something’s happening, and Ran…”
The girl outside extended her hand and Frank caught in the camera how something in her hand extended into an over two-meters long trident. He could only keep taking the pictures as the jeep came closer and closer.
If his camera couldn’t shoot at high speed he would have missed, a simple blink of an eye and it would have been over. But the camera caught every frame of it.
Ran thrust the trident forward, piercing the jeep’s engine block and heaving the whole vehicle, convicts and all, up into the air. It felt almost impossible, if he had not seen it with his own eyes. The car was held in the air like a fake prop. And the small thing of a girl swung it around, flinging the convicts off the vehicle before smashing them down with said vehicle.
If Frank hadn’t seen the men gun down innocents that tried to escape through the park he may have felt more troubled. Instead he shook his head and turned to Alice for an explanation.
“Ran’s muscles are abnormally strong, a mutation in her myostatin has led to her muscle fibers, tendons and bones to be dozens of times stronger than normal.”
Frank felt like he remembered having read something similar in the news just a year before. He looked at the girl that had flung the wrecked vehicle off her weapon like it was a toy she had done playing with. She had turned and gave them a wave; he quickly caught her on camera.
It was just her face, barely any corpses could be seen in the back of the picture, made him wonder if anyone would believe him if he told them that the same girl had manhandled a vehicle single handedly.
Frank took another picture as the girl walked inside and spoke with the two others, he quickly put the camera down and followed the three of them and wondered, what was this Claire like?
The mall’s roof felt oddly silent and it took Frank a moment to realize it was the lack of growls coming from the distance. He took a moment after the elevator door opened to wander over to the edge and look over.
The streets were still in complete chaos, but there were no shambling zombies, only still bodies laying on the ground. He tried to sharpen his gaze, but quickly ended pulling his camera up and using it to zoom on the bodies.
From closer it became obvious that the bodies hadn’t been brought down by normal weapons. There were literal chunks missing from the bodies, the result of very high caliber weapons, usually only seen as emplacements. As he had seen in more than one war.
He turned away when he heard one of the girls mention Claire.
Said young woman wasn’t what he expected, he would have honestly have described her as goth. Pale skin, dark hair, green tattoos and metal fan getup. But he could instantly tell that she wasn’t a normal person.
By reflex he lifted the camera to take a picture. But instead of getting a picture, all the camera caught was a black void of a silhouette. He tried a few times, every time it seemed to get the same result. The only difference was that he was almost sure the black was moving around; as hard as it was to describe how.
“It won’t work.” A voice made him turn, finding another young woman. “Akari, nice to meet you.” She offered her hand.
Frank shook it, surprised by how strong her grip was. But after seeing Ran swing a whole jeep around…
“What do you mean?” He asked as he shook her hand.
“Claire prefers her privacy,” she said before laughing and waving it off, “I’m joking. But the real explanation would be too long, just has to do with light and how it bends around her, you would have better luck sketching her.” She said and pointed. “Plus she’s about to start the show.”
He raised an eyebrow and turned to look, it seemed that someone had brought the corpse of Dr. Russel Barnaby.
“What are you going to do?” Jessie McCarney, one of the two DHS agents there, asked.
“Just administering some Karma.” Claire said.
“He’s dead, it's not like that can be changed.” Jessie said.
“You would be surprised. But I’m not my brother, he would have been able to deal with this whole mess much easier.” Claire said, a small sigh escaping her lips. “That’s why I’m doing this.”
As she spoke, she raised a hand, causing the air to tremble before a mass of green, gaseous substance to coalesce above it. Frank tried to shoot it with his camera, but different from what he got from Claire, the image in the digital screen appeared to be full of static.
“What the hell is that?!” Brad, the other DHS agent, exclaimed.
“Ectoplasm, about a week’s worth of production.” Claire explained. And with that, she flung it towards the corpse.
At first nothing happened, not that it stopped Frank from shooting the scene multiple times per second. Then came the tremors, the spasms and the screams of surprise from the two DHS agents as the body contorted unnaturally.
Frank noticed it first as the digital camera’s feed started to get fed with static, forcing him to pull it down as the see-through. The good ol’, dead, doctor looked around confused.
“...wait, ectoplasm… is this Ghostbusters now?” Frank asked and Akira just laughed.
She looked to be about to explain it, but before she could speak, the air on the mall’s roof became cold and asphyxiating. The sunlight shining down seemed to be choked down by the growing shadows.
“Dr. Russel Barnaby, due to acts carried on life, it’s in the name of my uncle that I declare you guilty.” Even if her voice was still as calm as ever, there was a weight that was undeniable. And Frank was sure he was still missing part of what was happening.
The ghost of the doctor seemed to be frozen under her gaze, causing Claire to let out another sigh.
“This is why I prefer to not do this.” She snapped her fingers and her shadow stretched out, going from slightly dark to a complete pitch black. It looked as if space itself had been removed and nothing was left behind.
Interestingly, his camera managed to catch the sight of said black void as a strange and monstrous figure rose from it. It was a mix of femme fatale and mad scientist. A skin as pale as chalk, hunched over, wearing a labcoat, arm covered in gadgets straight from a horror story and a single red and black horn coming off her forehead. Plus a manic grin and almost lost gaze, only focusing when Claire spoke.
“Research Installation.” Claire said, getting the monstrous woman to look at her.
“ Yes Princess? ”
Frank just gave the young woman by his side a side look, causing her to giggle and wave it off.
“Take him and see about fixing the damn problem, I will get you the samples you need.” Frank was pretty sure Claire’s tone denoted tiredness. But it sounded so flat it was hard to tell.
The mania, horny woman just grinned before grabbing the ghost and dragged him back into the dark depths of Claire’s shadow. Even as the doctor looked like he wanted nothing about it. But no matter how much he fought, it seemed that he was outdone easily.
“That should do it, as much as I prefer to keep from asking Installation and the rest, her skills are still the real deal.” Claire explained, little .
Honestly, as much as Frank felt that any control on the situation had been completely lost, he couldn’t deny that for some reason, it felt as if everything would be better now.
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 94
Magnus looked around the dark side of the Moon. For such an advanced World, the local, natural satellite had a surprising lack of installations. He knew some people had small things here and there, Gina for example had a few pods; one of them containing certain troublesome Djinni for example. But overall, mostly just rocks and dust.
It wasn’t like he was going to start building on the Moon, he had managed to develop those pocket realms that provided him all the space he would need. Right now he was just waiting for his brother to return.
And it was just in time for Brittany to give birth, Magnus wondered how much it was his brother timing things and how much just chance.
Because it was most likely just the latter, he retrieved a golden pocket watch from his Inventory. The piece was the curious result of a little experiment of his in the last few months. Instead of telling time, the clock effectively counted down towards an event. The only problem is that the event couldn’t be willingly set, and instead worked along the unconscious desire and the effects of Fate, along with a tiny bit of oracular magic.
So it was a bit useless for most people. Magnus could use it more effectively mostly because he Lied to the watch and could set it to count down to whatever he wanted. Of course, given his nature, any action he took recalculated the time, and that could take some time. Fun how that worked.
Time ticked down until it hit zero, and Space buckled. To his senses, multiple things happened at the same time. The sight of the stars bent and shifted, as if they had been painted on literal fabric and someone pulled it from behind. Time ached as two different speeds were forced to match locally. Magic was also being affected on a large scale, a pinprick of magic pierced through Space before it unfolded and opened a path for the massive, dark fortress to come through.
And invisible to practically everyone else, he saw the Truth and Lie battle to make up for the forced changes on Space.
The tunnel slowly closed behind it, the process once more shifting the Light coming from the stars. He wondered if the space anomaly would be enough to be a problem on Earth. He was pretty sure it shouldn’t, but he had warned the people in charge about the arrival just in case. No need to start trouble over miscommunication.
It was quite an imposing construction. Roughly a cube of about a square kilometer, made from some dark, stone-like material. There was little doubt that it was a weapon of war, a long, almost forgotten war.
“ Good to see you again, Magnus. ” Milo’s voice echoed in his head.
“Good to have you back, and just in time, what took you so long?” He asked.
“ Kia’s records had information about a few other exiles wandering the Silent Realm, we picked up a few more people. ”
Magnus smiled. “I would bet it’s more like you picked a few more people, how many planets will dad have to make?”
A sense of mirth came through instead of a laugh. “ One, maybe two. I may have better luck with a pocket realm for some of them, though they may just end up living along with the others in Yuki. ” His brother answered.
“Can I come in now?”
“ I’m not the one you have to ask for permission. ” Milo’s tone was mirthful.
He laughed softly. “So, who do I've to ask permission to come aboard?”
“ Hello? Hello! I apologize for this, but Milo told me to connect on this frequency. ” A more childish voice came through one of the public channels in the System.
“Ah, you must be Fortress Kia. A pleasure talking with you, may I come aboard to meet properly?” He asked.
“ Oh! It’s actually Battlestation Kia, not Fortress… but I think that in some languages that may not make much difference… You can just call me Kia as I’m the intelligence guiding the Battlestation, even if the whole ship uses both for designation. ”
Magnus couldn’t help but to chuckle. “Good to know, but it seems you’ve picked up some of my brother’s verbosity, and I don’t mind hearing more, but I asked a question.”
“ Oh! Yes, of course, I’m sorry, of course you can come in. ”
It only took Magnus a step to Blink between his spot and the entrance that opened on one of the walls. The visage of the Moon was replaced by black metal and red-light corridors. And waiting for him was a kid-shaped construct of blue energy.
“Welcome! I’m Kia.” They say cheerfully.
“Nice to meet you, Kia, as you know I’m Magnus.”
“Yes! You are not entirely what I expected from what your brother told me. But that’s okay!”
Magnus followed Kia as they started to walk. “Oh, that must be because I’m a copy and I’ve differed from the original in the over a year since I was created.” He mused. “You may meet him soon since he should be arriving shortly.”
That made Magnus think about the meaning of his original’s arrival. Even after months, he was still failing to get a good way to deal with the damned thing just outside of Time and Space.
It wasn’t like he didn’t have ideas, some that he was even pretty sure were assured to work. But… but, the most assured to work would need him to sacrifice himself. It was the simple fact that their father had made them the ultimate parasites, to the point that anything that tried to parasitize any of them would find the roles getting switched.
Given how the Umbra worked as a parasite when giving power, all he had to do was jump straight into the monster’s maw. That would, theoretically, allow him to take over the whole monster.
And there came the problem, it didn’t exactly take out the monster, he just replaced it, forcing Magnus to be the being. At best he was capable of dragging the thing into himself. But he wasn’t sure, his nature made the atemporal existence of the being clash with his own temporal weight and size.
I talked about some light stuff with Kia as we walked, they were quite childish, and even if they were very, very old, their maturity hadn’t reached the level of an adult. It was a curious thought to ponder about, how much time would it take them to mature? Would they ever even do it?
The two soon reached a room that was slightly different from the rest of black and red. This room was much more colorful, the black had been replaced by a softer gray, the harsh reds were replaced by yellows, blues and greens. The combination of color gave the room a much welcoming atmosphere.
“Milo.” He smiled as he saw his brother, waiting for him along with a few other people.
“Magnus.” His brother replied and gestured to the other two with him. “You already knew Jonathan, even if he was not in the best mental situation, or soul.” The older blond man chuckled. “And this is Crescens.” The Gaoblin priestess nodded
“Then it’s a pleasure to meet you, I’m sure your brother already presented me well enough in your time together.” Magnus said.
“You and your brother’s actions have given me a second chance at life, literally .” Jonathan said. “I don’t know how I will ever thank you enough for it.”
“I’m sure Milo already said it, we like to meddle.” Magnus said, causing the older man to smile knowingly.
“I’ve to extend my gratitude too, not just for what your brother’s arrival meant for me, but also for my people.” Crescens said. “And before you say anything, I know you asked your brother to go, so you deserve part of my gratitude too.”
“I wasn’t going to say anything.” He teased her, making his brother snort. “Except that I’m glad to see you’re all doing well. Especially you, Jonathan, your great grandchild will be born in just a few days. Don’t worry, I already talked with the necessary people for your return from unlife.”
The man nodded, seemingly wordless about it.
Magnus then turned to Milo and Kia. “How many species and individuals will need deprocessing?”
“Why do you ask?” Milo asked.
“Mostly to know if I will have to prepare some new pocket realms to house them and provide food, though I doubt the latter will be much problem with you around.” He said with a grin. “Outside of that, if you will need help with that. Once we’ve solved that I would be taking Jonathan back to Earth.”
His brother nodded and started planning things. It quickly became obvious they may have to take things with care as many would most likely not react well when freed and the presence of the two of them may be needed to keep things in control.
“Having second thoughts?” Magnus asked, easily reading Jonathan’s face.
It had been a few hours, but tiredness was nothing when Milo was around. Not that the older blond man didn’t know a trick or two to refresh his body and mind.
“Yes, but I can’t turn back now.”
Magnus nodded and gestured to the door, but as the older man still had a bit of a doubt, he reached for the bell himself. “No escaping now, I don’t want to have to hunt you down.”
Jonathan gave him a look, but didn’t get to say anything before the door opened and Theodore, Gina’s father and Jonathan’s son, looked out.
“Magnus, good to see you, what brings… you… by…”
“Ah, hi son.” Jonathan so eloquently said.
Before Theodore could say anything, or react in way, Magnus snapped his fingers between them, breaking that spell. “Now, I’m sure you have many questions, but I think they are better answered inside. And yes, it’s safe, you can trust me.”
He took a moment before nodding and inviting them to pass. Julia was much faster to react to the man, but Magnus was ready to stop her sword. The surprise of him acting was enough to convince her it was safe before the four of them sat down to talk.
“Now, to explain how this came to be,” Magnus took the lead in the talk, “first is how, and the answer is my brother.”
“Milo?” Julia asked.
He nodded. “While Milo’s the antithesis to Undead and similar beings, he’s not restricted to just releasing them to whichever cycle will take their Souls. He can bring them back, providing them with a renewed spark of Life.”
“Somehow I doubt that was the end of it. Especially as I’ve not seen your brother in the last few months.” Theodore guessed.
“That’s right, if he had just done as I said, it would only have given the Lich his life back. But I found a little chance to change things.” He gave Jonathan a look, the man retrieving the diary now bonded to his Soul and Mind.
“That book...” Theodore recognized it.
“Exactly,” Magnus continued, “Milo required a, let’s say, sample of the old Jonathan to fix the changes. Thankfully one existed, it just took some time to track it down and find a way to reach it.”
“If I remember right, the last time I saw that book was before one of your many travels through the Realms.” Theodore said, finally addressing his father.
“That’s correct, I unfortunately forgot to grab it when I had to do a rushed exit.” The older man said.
“You mean you had to escape from the locals?” His son said with a knowing smile, getting a similar one in return.
“Thankfully the nature of said Realm managed to keep the book in good condition, and inside an imprint complete and pure enough that Milo could use it.” Magnus resumed the explanation.
“But wouldn’t that mean he’s back to then?” Julia prompted.
“No.” Jonathan answered for Magnus. “I remember everything that has happened in my life, with extreme clarity, even those moments that happened while I was a Lich after the thwarted Essence Inversion spell. Milo’s act wasn’t just replacing, he corrected the damage the transformation forced on me.”
“Why not erase it? He definitely has that kind of power.” Theodore said, sounding quite angry.
“Because my brother’s, and honestly most of my family too, opinion is mind control and memory erasure is a big No. We have a few tangential things we’ll do and one or two exceptions, I won’t deny that. But effectively erasing about a decade or two of memories is out of the question. All memories have worth, in Jonathan’s case, those years have been made distant, disconnected. They are still completely available, but are now closer to watching a full immersion movie.”
“Still-”
“That’s enough, son. I’m okay with it, after so many years, I can’t not take the existence of those memories as anything but a penance I’ve accepted to carry. It’s not like I’ve not also learned plenty in my time, especially in very useful ways to deal with Undead.” The older man said, a dangerous edge on his voice.
Magnus smiled. “Well, I think I will retire for now.” He said as he stood up. “Oh!” He quickly added, “with Milo back, please message us when Brittany goes into labor, he will more than happily help.”
Julia and Theodore thanked him and Jonathan gave him a nod.
He wished them a good day and departed. After all, his original had arrived.
Reality buckled and the Long Fortune entered the Jade Realm. The ship slid into Reality much easier than it’s first time, appearing above where the Psi-Snail and Yuki were currently staying.
Magnus, the local one, looking up to the ship, a sense of trepidation filling him like it had never before. Even from a distance he could feel his original just like how he could feel his brother not too far off.
He wondered if his original feeling was the same as he hadn’t reached out for him yet. The silence was troubling, but as he watched the ship land he knew he would not have to wait for long.
Magnus felt his nervousness increase by the second, and all he could do was watch as the Long Fortune landed just in front of him.
The moment stretched into an eternity, and even with Milo, Ibis and the rest of the Psi-kobold colony in the back of his mind, he couldn’t help but feel like he should be fidgeting.
Of course, it wasn’t as if his body would show those feelings. Just like his original and their siblings, their bodies had practically no autonomous reaction; the only autonomous reactions were linked to their adaptation to new environments. So even if he felt nervous, his hands didn’t grow clammy, nor his body sweated more, nor tapped the ground or any other similar reaction.
Instead all he did was wait patiently as one of the side-entrances of the ship opened and his original walked out, soon followed by the rest of his crew.
It was the matter of an instant that they spent measuring each other, and both quickly realized something. The original was bigger. Of course it wasn’t a physical thing, he was practically a xerox copy as he hadn’t seen the need to change his looks. But there was a strange qualitative difference between them. The original’s Soul was richer, deeper, complex, more of everything .
In hindsight it was quite obvious. The original had been traveling across Worlds, and that tended to be quite the enriching experience for a Soul. To add to that, there were Perks the original had acquired that he had not.
The copy decided to take the last step and offered his hand towards the original. Both shared an identical smile before their hands made contact. And then contact deepened .
As much as their Souls had grown into different directions, they were still original the same, and that allowed them to synchronize, becoming a single being again. It wouldn’t be permanent, they both understood themselves enough to not merge completely.
And just like how water flows downhill or air tries to equalize pressure, some of what had made the Traveler more flowed into the Teacher.
It reinforced, filled and complemented the copy, it drew him up. It didn’t make them equal, but it wasn’t needed, they were two different individuals and both understood it. The copy also felt a number of Perks the original had acquired be replicated in him, and so did the few that he had acquired be reflected on the original. Knowledge, experiences and similar memories were shared too.
“Good to have you here.” He said towards his original.
“I’m glad to see that you managed to build a life here.” The original replied.
It wasn’t just words that were exchanges, memories and meanings packed into each word in their conversation.
“I would say I’m still working on it, but slowly making sure the Reality doesn’t crash under a hungry being’s interests and plans.”
“How’s that going?” The original asked.
“Unfortunately only bad ideas.” Magnus said, sharing the ideas of the plans he felt were the closest to achieve his goal. “Hopefully a second set of eyes will allow us a better result.”
“Then I hopefully will be able to help with that.”
“That’s the idea, because I don’t want to shoot myself into the problem to take over it from the inside.” He grumbled.
They slowly let go of their hands and their appreciation of time returned to normal as the rest of the crew came to a stop by the original. Their conversation had gone unnoticed by everyone but Milo, their brother was hard to trick in the matters of telepathic conversations.
There were plenty of greetings shared back and forth, even the Psi-Snail chimed in.
For as nervous as Magnus, both of them, had been about the meeting, things had gone better than expected. Now they just had to find a problem for the big monster and not collapse reality in itself.
Link rode Epona towards Central Hyrule.
The stop at the Dueling Peaks hadn’t taken more than half an hour, and that had mostly been getting up the tower. The rest had been almost too easy, the Cryo Rune had made crossing the river as easy as it had been getting down from the tower thanks to his glider.
His current horse had shown to be an extremely intelligent mare. She had kept herself safe while he was away and came to his call instantly. Link was pretty sure the mare would have little to no problem taking out one or two Bokos by herself, he had noticed some Malice residue on her hooves during one of the breaks they had taken.
He made a mental note to visit the Gorons to see if they had some better horseshoes to equip her with, or maybe check in one of the many stables; he didn’t remember if they offered similar services. But given the areas he was most likely going to be traveling to, he would do well in making sure Epona was comfortable.
Maybe he would check with some of the merchant union that had formed in Hyrule. He hadn’t noticed until he had talked with Symin about it later, but apparently Magnus had gotten some of the traveling merchants the idea of teaming up. It had apparently been very effective.
It wasn’t like individual traveling merchants had disappeared, in fact, he saw a small team of two walking just ahead of him.
The pair Hylian traders were walking placidly to each side of their pack horse, said animal was loaded up with an almost comical amount of stuff. From his position, Link could tell that the whole thing appeared to be folded up, most likely for easy deployment once they got to their destination.
One of them turned when Link was close enough. His presence seemed to surprise the man who quickly warned their partner. Link watched as they moved off the road and slowed down to wait for him.
“Greetings traveler.” The man that hadn’t noticed him at first greeted him.
Link nodded as he hopped off Epona to let her rest as he gave the man a look. The man’s voice was quite soft for his ruggish looks.
“Oh, not one of many words?” The man asked and shrugged. “That’s okay, most merchants speak with rupees.” He laughed at his own joke as his partner finished unfolding the stand.
As Link had expected, the whole box seemed to expand into a stand, allowing their horse to graze as they started to offer him varied items. There was nothing truly surprising, it seemed they were mostly peddling the standard items for the travelers, things like rations, water bags, fire starters, etc…
The most interesting thing was a few fire-less torches. He hadn’t seen those before, but he could tell they had been made with engraved rubies at the end of wood and metal sticks. He bought a couple to have.
“May I ask where you’re going, stranger?” The merchant prompted after the money was exchanged for goods.
Link just gestured towards the Zora Domain, seemingly that was enough for the man.
“Then you better buy yourself some rain-proof gear, rumors have it that the Divine Beast Vah Ruta awoke recently and has been causing the whole area to be under a constant downpour.”
Link nodded, Purah had mentioned that the Divine Beasts could start acting up as they had been taken over by Malice.
He thanked the two men for the information.
But before they could part ways, and even as the two men had started to put their stuff back into storage, the man had turned to him.
“Ah! Before I forget, there’s been a lot of cases of highwaymen disguising themselves as normal people lately, I would be careful if I were you, especially with such a lovely horse.” The man’s words caused Epona to snort.
Link smiled and thanked him again, but he was pretty sure that anyone trying to take Epona would find themselves kicked or stomped on.
He still considered the warning as Epona started to lazily trot away from the pair of sellers, it meant it wouldn’t just be monsters he would be needing to be wary of. It surprised him a bit that he hadn’t heard much about it before, but he had practically done a straight line towards Kakariko Village after waking up and only talked with a few people.
In addition to that, the Necluda Region was definitely safer as the constant patrols kept even the monsters’ numbers low, thieves and highwaymen would most likely steer away from the region too.
And as they moved North through Central Hyrule, Link couldn’t help but to start to hum a tune.
Chapter 95
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Venturing the Worlds – 95
The sight of the Undercity was familiar and so alien at the same time for the three of them. The rocky ceiling and artificial lights had never felt so oppressive. The sea of buildings similarly had a foreign feeling.
They had been born and lived the first years of their lives in one of the many alleys and nooks. But they didn’t belong to them anymore.
Lydia observed the flowing Wererats going on with their lives and felt a small amount of pity for them. Most lived in squalor, stealing from each other just to survive another day, and the system in place to provide them with proper jobs ran on pure nepotism. Most were lucky if they even got a job that wouldn’t do its best to try to kill them.
Lydia pushed all those thoughts away as her eyes stopped at their current target, built at the center of the Undercity, acting not only as pillar to the ceiling, but also as focus to a huge number of spells that kept the city existing and empowered those few at the top.
“We’re, like, totally going to end up fighting those two before we’re done, no?” Moisha asked.
“Unfortunately, while I would love to kick their asses ourselves, as good as we have become, those two are monsters on a different level.” Lydia answered patiently.
Thankfully Magnus had provided them with a small trinket capable of keeping them hidden from all observation until they reached their target. Meaning they didn’t have to talk in whispers or sign language.
“That’s okay, knowing that we set them up to get destroyed.” Romeo said and hummed, shrugging lightly with his shoulders.
“Yup.” She said curtly. “Those two have not skipped on making a lot of enemies, and with the oldest Digger back, they will most likely want to get their pound of flesh.”
The two of them nodded knowingly to her. The old rat had lived a long life, and accrued a lot of enemies during that time, apparently his pride had led him to gloat to more than one person about his deeds and that knowledge sooner or later had gotten to the affected parties.
Now there were two arch-mage level threats about to breath down Gothwrain’s neck and the three of them all they had to do was set up the fight in their allies favor before moving far away and watching the fireworks.
With a gesture of her hand an illusory image of the tower appeared in their vision, a series of points started to glow brighter on the image as the internal map of the tower became visible.
“Our main targets are recovering the Oracle gem first and setting up the beacons second. Tertiary to both of those is getting into contact with Jzu Jzu for retrieval. The man’s old enough to know what he got into and skilled enough to get out of it.” Lydia said, coldly.
A silent nod was all she needed to know that they were ready for what was to come. As one, the three of them moved, a perfectly oiled machine as they rushed towards the tower. The stealth effect they were under held up firmly, keeping everyone and everything from noticing them; even air-currents were forced to ignore them.
Sadly, the effect’s strength quickly weakened the moment they entered the building. Magnus had warned them it would happen, as powerful it was, it wasn’t too flexible without him there to manipulate it.
This forced them to shift into their smallest form that of rats, just rats wandering through the maze of tunnels that had been purposefully built into the building. And even as their Systems allowed them to do quick work of any digital lock and their hard-earned skills tackle the mechanical ones, each one was another tick towards their reveal.
Unfortunately, they only made it to their tower’s inner sanctum and deployed the beacon before they were found out.
It was the telling smell of those stinking cigars that warned them they had been found out even before the alarms were triggered. It made Lydia wonder how long he had known. In a moment she discarded the idea that they were somehow tagged, Magnus and Milo had both given the clear that there was absolutely nothing on or in them that they didn’t know about. But she didn’t discard the fact that the old rat could have external ways to know where they were.
“I would have expected that you three would have beelined for my neck.” Gothwrain said in a placid tone.
None of them answered, it wasn’t just old habits dying hard. But it was also giving in to his mind game if they answered and gave him any kind of information.
The old rat gave them a look, tapping on his cigar after taking a deep breath through it.
“Not even a curse thrown my way? Maybe you three did grow while away.” He said, giving them a measuring look. “There’s something about you three that chan-” The old Wererat moved even before he finished talking, dodging Moisha’s attack.
But not well enough to dodge the electrical arcing out from her weapon. The lightning bolt shot out almost like a living being, biting down on the rat’s wrist and eliciting a small sound of surprise.
“Well, well, well, that’s a new trick.” The old rat said sourly. “But nothing I can’t deal with.”
Lydia didn’t need to look towards Romeo to feel her partner and teammate let her know that the old rat had felt the attack. And while that meant they weren’t powerless against him, it would still not be their job fighting him. Their main goal was still retrieving Oracle.
She attacked just as Romeo did, and as they expected, Gothwrain dodged the attack, allowing the two elementally-opposite attacks to hit each other and explode into a dense fog that covered them as they shot away from their enemy and towards their target.
Not that it was too effective and took mere moments for him to rush after them as if the fog hadn’t even been there.
It became painfully obvious that being hundreds, if not thousands, of years older than them had given Gothwrain plenty of experience, and their fighting retreat was quickly becoming a fight against getting caged as doors and hallways became blocked.
It also became obvious that some of the misses and lucky breaks they got weren’t just chance as Romeo could feel the Wererat’s anger as they kept slipping through his fingers. The old rat was cursed and they could very well tell where it came from.
Lydia felt a very grin of satisfaction form on her lips as they closed in on their target.
But it couldn’t be that easy.
The three reacted differently to the danger. Lydia momentarily shifted into her smallest form to slide through the small holes in the web of wires that had risen. Moisha’s whole body shifted into pure electricity, darting through the holes. Romeo froze the ground and use it to slide, frictionlessly, under the danger.
“Rusty?” A female voice asked and Lydia knew they were in danger, more danger.
They could run from Gothwrain and hopefully achieve their objective, but balancing him and Elder Sherisa was a different matter. It meant that they needed to make an opening, and for that they would have to stop running.
Moisha was the first to move, her linked, magical tomes projected out and quickly started to unleash slow moving balls of magical electricity, filling up the room with hazards to force their enemies to move.
Lydia pulled Searing Devourer, and for the first time she felt the weapon fully agreeing with her feelings. She hated the two old Wererats, and her weapon relished in those feeling, eager to break loose.
The weapon’s hungry flames licked the air, eating away at any loose magical energy, sucking in the room’s temperature too. Similarly Romeo’s Icy Moon was pushing temperature away from him, cooling things.
“Nice trinkets you found.” Gothwrain said derisively as he moved around, easily dodging Moisha’s spell.
They did their best to ignore them, feeding her emotions to her blade, growing them into a torrent of malevolent flames. It wasn’t just a wave of dark fire, it was a wave of dark fire that quickly ate Moisha’s spells to grow more and more dangerous.
She could see the acknowledgment of danger in the two older fighters’ eyes before they moved close to defend from the attack.
Her eyebrow twitched momentarily as she saw the two of them come out untouched from the fire. But that was okay.
Their true attack had time to prepare. After releasing the fire she had shifted into setting up their combination attack, and the flow of temperatures and energy had reached it’s peak to catch their enemies by surprise.
The three elements merged into one single attack of pure energy, it ate through the ground, air and even space trembled as it passed. If there had been acknowledgment in their eyes before, there was outright panic now, and Lydia felt a dark delight in seeing it.
It was over in a moment and the results were better and worse than she expected. Both Wererats were showing injuries all over their bodies, injuries that were having a hard time fixing themselves. Unfortunately they were both still standing.
“Okay, that was a surprise.” Gothwrain spit what was left of his cigar before dropping a handful of what appeared to be pebbles. “I was hoping those charms would save me from more worthy opponents… but I think it’s just that you three ain’t so small anymore.”
With just a gesture from his hand all sense of fairness disappeared as magical chains wrapped around their bodies.
Sherisa seemed to be happy by staying back and just watching as the old rat walked towards them.
“I wondered where you three had run away to, I even thought about hunting you down and dragging you back… but here you are now, you should have remained gone, because now I get to teach you the error of your ways.” He grinned as he pulled a silver blade and pressed it against Lydia’s cheek.
But nothing happened, not even the faintest hint of the material burning her.
She couldn’t help but to grin, even as her life was held on by a hair, she grinned and gave the old rat a smug look.
“What…?” Sherisa said from behind as she walked forward.
He tried again, pressing it against Romeo, getting absolutely nothing again.
She let out a chuckle as the bitch that may be her mother snatched the blade out of the old rat’s hand and pressed it against Moisha. Except that instead of getting nothing, she was launched back as her body suddenly broke down into pure electricity.
The flash and explosion caused the spell holding them to break as Gothwrain’s attention was broken by the surprise.
They jumped back as Moisha took form between them, a gem on her hand.
“Wait, when did you get that?!” Gothwrain cried out with pure wrath.
Lydia chuckled. “Just making sure nothing’s holding them back.” She said, loud and clear.
“Them…?” He asked, confused.
She didn’t need to answer as space was sliced open in front of them, opening a gate for two figures to step through.
“What?! No! You should be dead!” Gothwrain raged on.
Jonathan Digger cracked his knuckles. “Unfortunately for you, Gothwrain, it seems your plans failed.” The man looked over his shoulder towards the gem Moisha still held, and his features softened for a moment before hardening once more as he turned towards their enemies. “You three, go, this is going to get very dangerous.”
They didn’t need to be told again, the three of them jumped through the portal, feeling it close just as the last of their tails passed through, feeling the sensation of battle magic nearly tickle their backs.
She turned to Magnus. “I would have thought you would have wanted a part in that.”
The monster just laughed. “As fun as it would be, it was their fight, similarly of why there was a need it was the three of you who set things up.” He answered. “Between their preparations and the beacon you deployed making sure neither of the two old rats have any chance of escaping, they will be dead.” He added. “I made sure of that.”
She felt a familiar shiver going down her spine. Just a reminder what kind of monster they had chosen to follow. Not that it bothered her as much as it did before, sneaking into the ship turned out to be the best screw up they had ever done.
“It’s done?” Magnus asked as the two men returned.
A solemn nod and a pair of fist-sized stones were handed over to him. He only needed a moment to check to confirm the two Wererats had been completely captured, he could tell it was the Truth.
“Good.” He put those away and gently handed Jonathan a box with his wife's gemstone over. “You can ask Milo for help if you want.” He added.
“Ah, no, this is something I’ve to do myself. I’m grateful for the offer, but…”
“No, no, it’s okay, I can understand that.” Magnus said, gently. “I let you two fight them after all for the same reason. Good luck.” He said and sneaked a small Blessing of Luck.
It was nothing major, more of a Boon if he had to be honest. Just well wishes.
He watched the two men leave. He turned towards the two stoned rats. “As for you two, I think you will enjoy what Milo has in store for you.” He chuckled as he put them away and moved towards the pocket dimension where his original was currently working.
“So it’s done?” Traveler asked.
“Yup, one less problem.” He answered. “How’s the Negative Infinite Engine?”
“Crazy comes short to describe it.” His original replied. “I mean, I’ve been working on it a lot, but I’m less than a quarter through the schematics, and I’m being generous with that estimate. I can see why Dreadwing took literal ages to finish it.”
“Dreadwing was almost mortal, or at least as mortal as Dragons are.” He noted.
“I agree, most likely why he never truly made it to Primordial level on his own. But it also means I may need to free myself a bit to properly study and work on it.”
“What did old Gina said?”
“Mostly wished us luck and promised to get us the necessary materials, which may take as much, if not longer, than what we may need to properly study this.” The original pointed to his work. “If this work I may need to ask for the positive side to take to dad, I bet he would be interested in studying it.”
Magnus let out a whistle. “That’s some impressive bit of magitech then.”
“It’s actually not. If I had to describe it, it’s more of a mechanism that utilizes the World’s constants to get a desired result. This Chaos Engine’s effectively just a waterwheel utilizing the cosmic currents to generate power.”
He thought about it. “I wonder if that means we could use this knowledge to create fake Infinity Stones, as they are effectively physical representations of cosmic constants.”
“Let’s not get ahead of us, first we study this, then we build it, then we see if we can duplicate it later.” His original said. “Have you checked if Gina still has the mini Chaos Coil? Because it may be useful to study once we are done with the theoretical part of this study.”
“I will go over later, I imagine Jonathan and Theodore may be busy with Oracle. So most likely the whole family will need some time.” He said. “Plus Brittany should be going into labor pretty soon.”
“Yeah, better wait until later. For now come here and help me, maybe we will finish before the year ends.” His original joked.
Magnus let out a small chuckle before joining him, synchronizing their memories and getting to work.
Hope, or Stardust as now everyone had gotten to call her, had to admit that it had taken longer than she would admit to fully accept the fact that multiple Worlds existed. She could wrap her head around her Reality being the result of dreaming Eldritch Gods. But to think there was more even after that…
Still, maybe she hadn’t fully understood what it meant, but it didn’t mean that she hadn’t fallen in love with more than just the most gorgeous tree/goat lady as she had found that she had found a hearty liking for adventuring and archaeology, which in their current World wasn’t too different apparently.
She had been to nearly half a dozen trips all over the world and seen so many new things. And also scared her companions more than once as she had apparently lost all sense of danger. It was just hard to worry about injuries when she couldn’t die, like at all.
Plus Milo had made sure her body would heal itself back to pristine no matter what happened, so at most she would be inconvenienced momentarily before she was back to normal. Even her clothes had been enchanted to fix themselves and keep her from having a wardrobe malfunction.
She had been skewered, squished, sliced, sawed, shot, seared, stunned, and many other harms that started with s.
Which was why they had asked her to take some time off and try to remember to be more careful. While nothing would kill her, the people she adventured with could still get a heart attack.
Thankfully there was plenty for her to do outside of wandering blind into danger, like shopping and such. She had enjoyed a few outings with the girls, but Brittany was entering labor and she felt better by not being around.
That was why she was wandering all alone, and it felt a bit lonely.
So when she saw a familiar face she rushed over to greet them.
“Hi!” She said, smiling warmly as she grabbed the hand of one of the female dragons she had met a few months earlier in the middle of the desert while adventuring with Magnus and Brianna.
And it seemed that she remembered her too, by how she had frozen with her pupils dilating.
“...hi?” The woman asked very carefully.
“It’s so good to see you again, did you three get out safely from the island?” She asked with full honesty and curiosity.
The woman, and she now realized she didn’t know her name, seemed to still be completely lost.
“Oh! So rude, everyone calls me Stardust, what’s your name?” She asked as she dragged the woman over to a bench.
It took her a moment to answer her, “… I’m Thirty eight.”
Stardust looked at her. “Oh, that’s a curious name, anyways, how’s your husband? I know Magnus likes to play tricky, so I hope he’s okay.” She said. “His name was Flaunteroy, no?”
The dragoness seemed to break out of her stupor. “His name is Fauntleroy, not flaunteroy.” She hissed.
“Really? I’m sorry, how are you three doing?”
Stardust’s unending positivity, and relentless stream of words, seemed to get the woman to relax and slowly open up.
Apparently Thirty Eight was looking for a way to earn some money so they could recuperate their standing before they tackled their next target. She wondered if the woman realized she was being so open with her, not that she would do much with the information unless it meant people would get injured.
She happily paid for some groceries as the Dragoness led her to where they were staying, and from what she was being told, Fauntleroy had practically burnt their latest expedition’s results in buying a proper mansion for them to stay. Which, in her opinion, was a waste since they were just three people.
“I’m home.” Thirty Eight called out, getting no answer she turned to her. “Looks like no one’s home, let’s go put those things away in the fridge.”
Stardust nodded with a smile. She was quite happy to have found such a nice new friend.
Three closed the door behind Fauntleroy and her as they entered their current house. It was a nice place. But honestly she would have preferred to aim for something more practical and use the rest of the money to invest in some future expeditions, they were running practically on the red.
No matter how much Dragon pride she would have to have at the moment, there was pride and there was spending all of your money on showing off to no one.
Still, she couldn’t go against Fauntleroy, she loved him and he had uplifted her from a mere Wyrm to a full-on Dragon, and that was something he would owe her forever. Especially as he had passed the chance to turn back into a Dragon himself in exchange of turning his two consorts into Dragons instead.
“We’re home.” She called out.
“We are in the kitchen.” Thirty Eight replied from the kitchen.
Three shared a look with her sire who raised an eyebrow. The two of them moved carefully towards the kitchen.
She only got a moment to recognize the figure currently sitting by the table before Fauntleroy moved. The resulting crashing sound made her wince for more than one reason.
The horned girl she had met previously in the companionship of that Digger bitch and her asshole boyfriend had been launched by a sudden and swift kick by her sire, crushing the chair she had been sitting on, at least one cupboard and the wall behind it.
“Why did you do that?!” She couldn’t help but to cry out. Not only because it was definitely considerable damage to their place. But also because it could open them to reprisal.
He snorted and wiped his hands. “Just dealing with a pest. That should have killed her, if we move quickly and dispose of the body they won’t know it was…” His words died down as something moved in the pile of rubble.
Three moved carefully over to check the young girl’s situation.
“… this is the part where I say ow, no?” A soft and raspy voice came from the rubble.
She felt herself swallowing dryly as rubble started to move off and a figure got up. Her stomach instantly churned at the grotesque state of the girl.
Her limbs were twisted in unnatural ways, broken in at least half a dozen places each. Her chest had been caved in where he had punched her. One leg appeared to have popped off her hipbone and the other had its knee shattered completely. And her face… a large piece of rebar went in the back of her head and came out of one of her eye sockets, said eye completely missing; she was also pretty sure the girl’s neck was broken.
She was standing and Three could see that something had changed about her. Her pupils had turned into rectangles, a fine coat of fur coated her body and her fingers had turned smooth and black.
“What happe… oh!” Thirty Eight stopped when she looked at the girl.
“I’m okay.” Stardust’s broken voice wasn’t exactly reassuring. “Don’t worry, I can’t die.” And as if answering to her words, a nasty and wet pop made them squirm as her knee popped back into proper shape. “Oh dear, this may take a bit of work.”
Three took a step back as the girl slowly pushed herself out of the rubble by her own power, deadly injuries fixing themselves in front of their eyes in real time. Even her sire was frozen in shock as only the piece of metal sticking out of her face remained.
“Uh… what’s left?” She talked out loud as she touched her face until her fingers fell on the piece of metal. “Oh dear.” She grabbed and tried to push forward, letting out a cute grunt as the piece of rubble the rebar piece was attacked hit the back of her head.
Three was practically rooted in place as the girl walked over and turned around. “Can you help me? I don’t have eyes in the back of my head.” She said in a light and playful tone.
The act of reaching for it felt almost alien to her, as if it wasn’t her mind that had told her body to do it.
The resulting sucking sound send shivers down her spine, she was sure she would never forget the noise. Or seeing light coming through the hole before it closed in front of her eyes.
“Much better.” The girl cheered. “Anyways, I’m Stardust, may I have your name?”
Three started to wonder what exactly they were in front of.
Notes:
And this marks everything I've written, putting this project sadly into Hiatus, I don't know when I will be able to go back to it, hopefully not too far off as it's practically around the corner of the end of this arc.
Thank you all for reading so far.
Pages Navigation
mattecoolio on Chapter 1 Mon 18 Mar 2024 08:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 1 Mon 18 Mar 2024 08:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 1 Mon 18 Mar 2024 08:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 1 Tue 19 Mar 2024 09:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 2 Wed 20 Mar 2024 10:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 2 Wed 20 Mar 2024 10:58PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 2 Thu 21 Mar 2024 12:10AM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 2 Thu 21 Mar 2024 11:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 2 Fri 22 Mar 2024 08:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 2 Fri 22 Mar 2024 02:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 2 Fri 22 Mar 2024 02:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 2 Fri 22 Mar 2024 02:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 3 Sun 24 Mar 2024 04:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 3 Sun 24 Mar 2024 01:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 3 Sun 24 Mar 2024 10:42PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 4 Mon 25 Mar 2024 06:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 4 Mon 25 Mar 2024 06:25PM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 4 Mon 25 Mar 2024 07:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 4 Mon 25 Mar 2024 07:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
Barbaric Bob (Barbaric_Bob) on Chapter 4 Tue 26 Mar 2024 09:08PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 4 Tue 26 Mar 2024 09:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 5 Wed 27 Mar 2024 09:40PM UTC
Last Edited Wed 27 Mar 2024 09:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 6 Fri 29 Mar 2024 07:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 6 Fri 29 Mar 2024 08:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 6 Fri 29 Mar 2024 09:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 6 Sat 30 Mar 2024 12:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 6 Sat 30 Mar 2024 12:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
chxenocide on Chapter 11 Thu 11 Apr 2024 12:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 21 Tue 02 Jul 2024 05:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 24 Tue 02 Jul 2024 05:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 32 Tue 02 Jul 2024 11:11PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 02 Jul 2024 11:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
TheBot on Chapter 33 Sun 13 Oct 2024 10:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 33 Sun 13 Oct 2024 11:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 37 Tue 11 Jun 2024 10:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 37 Tue 11 Jun 2024 11:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
mattecoolio on Chapter 37 Wed 12 Jun 2024 04:03AM UTC
Comment Actions
Unosknight7274 on Chapter 38 Wed 12 Jun 2024 11:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
alexallcaps (Guest) on Chapter 40 Tue 18 Jun 2024 02:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 44 Tue 06 Aug 2024 06:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
Melakias on Chapter 44 Tue 06 Aug 2024 08:43PM UTC
Comment Actions
Crimson666 on Chapter 44 Tue 06 Aug 2024 10:17PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation